+P OP8@e recesses, 127 **?* Petenbnan ree

ewe tee yererne Pebererenerecann nt! beeen neee: 404 So.

abs renee ene cent eh TSSt os vewewereenay Stiltrerssttsiss te lete ss pittcthrteissetietetate tities

TOT tees oteecesees 6. a. Tirtitrttsseseiabatitarslete te tettsetiesecs eer teenaa srs ses eset ee! Cistiiite eer earesateees

OR Ne beer ese ee ee tet ewerene: pv - rrr rer hehehehe Lanes gl itele ppetititiitestetistinsstsstats tate yeareeys tit

tan he dart Peehewees. eee! PO benwre re We Rw Rae Saanasae Set Peseseeeeade cs, Bttt-trter Stventerree ee +44, eoreees 7 yee sears eeecerere rg.

oor We eee erbet ates eters be000C twee mere, Pre eistbiledeletit Tei treeeeaeselete SLiLg Mitr estes tanesncectress : sarah : rare ereeen T3gtssttst poerest

Mertieeitrtrtta tees Ne Doom tiititiettiptesssarateledetehite?: Paatetieete resewtse > whes > Seer ibe ees ee, ~ Stetrti sit rtltest

t-te Tty bh ease stir: Poses. * . I wore: wee, rus Pees no ST rwrrtet ss steebbbmieseseabs

4 Titties eee ere Sitter tr titted sacks ee oer iP er tes as een rere eae, Teste es :

setae rire taste tttrdsde bd te cat et s342ala st ritariestesere! eeeh soaring vets. eet artotstireeeehisse te itetser sisi ey reese Rene, . rarer erews weverces

Sigiiitretere site pertessscatasstress EET Tetees etels: renal) a sarees seer beenens. imeetiser init ittersetidtesetahy

: Ceaet ie treboeee peti uae Se ieee! riwewerecen seers to ~: 4

- marie Pere Sat PMG Lae paNeEt eee tteterseeestey, Totti

Wmsesestaritencinet tetesseenstesssticeseseess a

"eabaonene

ths rittetesheleseiiiass city

Ps ea aene comes re recens ent. wen POP ewens eee OrOe ee tare

titreHst Tt etet aces 8 Pewers

7 ieee e ere ees Thttrtrs+tes irtetetsa tell ees eta na, i meabaeananee te

: stecetete pes eeebereses Ts

preres iets ema teeet

sistgtiieas aehaeet

+ woee wer,

rit 7

tii lbalebabatatersiitosiey resersessyrerpsasetets

2 : ret staseteeatath steed Bone Poet ereee sete! teers a, weeseshe Sites ‘ : Three oe oP DF on

eeepenires ewer Meher leecle eon e eechdedne ta) Scenes St oe em Mrtetyitietitsstitesetitestatatits oes: . : pet tees eces Set st ererer ys

be a re Ow: ” i powees eer ° ebetli at tetest te. : ae + ; >

+ +r Tet tet este Seer et TT popemaennne wend es SFT pete sister Ser em seer. Sede 8 dO pe ar Ee Ob 8, ee R ete es y| res . . enone heres seeeeeee es :

Sihtesres naatehstetenssetststensseest sessseagectsseistesseaspuanenestiessyietemrscataret tessteoeneestets tawessitas oy Seve ee ivac sere gearessessyy girsrergevtatatnestararae tevestnevnes Sivestit% ae eset reer ereesenen ‘

Litttaterty bitte: thats ‘ = be " pstemsteet! stiteeri testi + Wests ratroventss $ys7 pasa re Ith er aey. oer p Ver

4 ree os 2 i Seer Chips irittset reaped . > rae orere Ty toe phe eseaenes agit > roses etetotee

ries Hietitety our eseecacse: ootneetetete ttt sase strssttitehatitsties easitatrtstasttepes tess tit z ee bbeitiastsssiesnistsstssessisitest! att pesastet tes: $ret Hast etesessereere seSstaseeetevetetesescsstets . sie

Mit-teele tees : Ristoties eres tees + sere Sar orgcewee > it hdoe th. 2 raters: ‘—arereserse, = tes <4 Sy hi rhedepesee et

0006? wees tan iat es tities) seyetteetaitietiretatatat ae ersiese! were bees) ee! sSSsessiees eases ec! res Sriteqtite etsy see esh Sibceceresecsstsecess 20: tSttitt ctr pecsuens oe

* Se 3h meee 7 ar avewdateise: Mets ie stontaesteite Histiptnaissitteetets Srotte te Pes oc ornes tay ea tee, : reson ; HHH 2

teats ry enbenanles : +. he a " = ? *

i rea Wlalstitterpyietetestteee ssitebasetaeepescemgiy tt Neha thy ; . :

etwas - 7 oy TTT ite +yey hs

=e Sorts

sietststisetsteestese Stsetestts

- reat ee il ’

: srieveny re resbonetene ds)

rueetedassnt untae

oe tt © *

aretevinen teeth}

eeseges fasgaatyteteee sets es msestacarie atte seisass

- seeecsesisensetee: yess: Ly he 3 a Lt ts $4101 iH =

erraere wees : : : 475 ; —~ >

‘ : sets

aaa bata ts + pesya ert eas Papititetau otis rt] 3

; tariseteviltrhepasatcussmmeccpensncsees eeitatirstsitt ttt

fests : wee ets ta tege te. pases epraeget Ihe tc oaeen veneer Ssearaeatin. 4 . ti

5 ¢ " . Hr - atein ds . =< M r ttne

raiteastses Sa2e SHsieeaie ssa Mepis seesets #1 gegistitetisse ziti

eelise ete hitatcs pais : ,

Satateteeite : te? Soh ee i

Haasrtts esttey. re °

prveeee ra

ae eestsesentess 2s ee titity

oe Spiess + oe ss irestrertits pebabeue * pataty)

set pitt sicsareeti tise drarseetenanisanaes wstetisseadh

seme

ititetitiiser irstitint

ewe reese v4 *

popriitiiatatietcetisesess

333

ss8

Povererte®

ts+4 La) ‘

regitteds Aes +.

ertiet sogoce

aeaetieent sie Stat

ieiegseroeatesieeesente eattssits

i URES

VEST enareretete rebate > : eiveees re beset tats ttt satesesets 4 ig : :

piers adrestaaetetees ivie sajeteasigs TI Sau Met espneatis feted eptasaszaneaursaaatare seteiet 3

eatitits nants iH Perens ¢ :

greases site ate fis

ee. . oo

sy28 oot Sascerat engin: iytee

Bimtpen rbittsae + asressracesease

Heine satsese tpaeeaease teete

+s ” eheese

nest eit

ce Batts : sith

eae Lit alee att hele al a rh ¢

i Stu eee eat Rie

sibestegesieseszissartess tH

: tae Beeegetrantst sf

ee Slevesere

seiuntten i

satraeriste att

ni sgtaty

2 HH 3 hs

3 Ht of i

53343 30 * om

ire i ie

r4 ew Lad

Ht at i

ai att 13

bakcncee

eer?

et etosese sonvisivenwee

con

419s iT

THE ANNALS

°?

hd AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

INCLUDING

ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, ann GEOLOGY.

(BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE ‘MAGAZINE OF BOTANY AND ZOOLOGY,’ AND OF

LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH'S ‘MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.’)

CONDUCTED BY - wes

Sir W. JARDINE, Barr., F.L.S.—P. J. SELBY, Esa, F.LS.,

GEORGE JOHNSTON, MD.,

CHARLES C. BABINGTON, Esa., M.A., F.LS., F.G.S.,

J. H. BALFOUR, M.D., Prof. Bot. seease wah a

AND

RICHARD TAYLOR, F.LS., F.G. s,

, am a Ses

VOL. I—SECOND SERIE

, LONDON:

PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY R. AND J. E. TAYLOR.

SOLD BY S. HIGHLEY; SIMPKIN AND MARSHALL; SHERWOOD AND Co.;: «> W. WOOD,

TAVISTOCK: STREET ; BAILLIERE, REGENT STREET, AND PARIS:

LIZARS, AND MACLACHLAN AND STEWART, EDINBURGH:

CURRY, DUBLIN: AND ASHER, BERLIN,

1848.

**Omnes res create sunt divine sapientie et potentie testes, divitie felicitatis

humanz :—ex harum usu bonitas Creatoris; ex pulchritudine sapientia Domini;

ex ceconomia in conservatione, proportione, renovatione, potentia majestatis elucet.

Earum itaque indagatio ab hominibus sibi relictis semper estimata; a veré eruditis

et sapientibus semper exculta; malé doctis et barbaris semper inimica fuit.”—

- LINNZEvs.

o sel we gh ose te een eta’ ene: eylvan powers

Obey our summons ; from their deepest dells

The Dryads come, and throw their garlands wild

And odorous branches at our feet ; the Nymphs

That press with nimble step the mountain thyme

And purple heath-flower come not empty-handed,

But scatter round ten thousand forms minute

Of velvet moss or lichen, torn from rock

Or rifted oak or cavern deep: the Naiads too

Quit their loved native stream, from whose smooth face

They crop the lily, and each sedge and rush

That drinks the rippling tide: the frozen poles,

Where peril waits the bold adventurer’s tread,

The burning sands of Borneo and Cayenne,

All,.all to us unlock their secret stores

And pay their cheerful tribute.

J. TAYLOR, Norwich, 1818.

PREFACE TO THE SECOND SERIES.

On commencing a New Series of ‘The Annals and Magazine of

Natural History,’ the Editors trust that they may refer, with some

degree of confidence, to the contents of the Twenty Volumes

which have been published under their superintendence, as the

result of their endeavours to succeed in establishing a compre-

hensive and permanent Journal of the departments of knowledge

to which the work is devoted.

Viewing Natural History, so far as the study of Organized

Beings is concerned, as a science each branch of which is essen-

tially connected with the others by principles and phenomena

common to all, it has been the object of the Editors to include

whatever tended to the advancement of the study both of the

Animal and Vegetable Kingdom.

The important duty of making known in this country the

labours and discoveries of Foreign Naturalists, the Editors trust

has hitherto been to a considerable extent fulfilled, in the great

number of Translations and Abstracts from the principal Journals

and Memoirs of other countries, and in Notices of Foreign Works

in all branches of Natural History, which have been given with

a view to enable the lovers of the science to keep pace with its

progress in every stage of advancement. In this, as well as in

all the other departments of the Journal, the Editors continue

to avail themselves of the aid of Dr. Wint1am Francts, whose

services they take this opportunity of acknowledging, as from the

commencement of the Work they have had the advantage of his

constant and valuable assistance in its regular superintendence.

iv : PREFACE.

With regard to the Naturalists of our own country, it has

been a source of great satisfaction to the Editors, that their

Journal should have been instrumental, from its circulation at

home and abroad, in diffusing a knowledge of their labours: and

to what extent it has been efficient for this purpose will be

evident from the multitude of references to the original commu-

nications which have appeared in it that are to be found in foreign

Journals, and in the Reports on the various branches of Na-

tural History by Wagner, Miiller, Von Siebold, Erichson, Bronn

and others, as may be seen in the translations which have been

published by the Ray Society.

Of the manner in which their endeavours have been seconded

by the lovers of Natural History, the Editors can speak with

much gratification, as the pages of the Annals have been conti-

nually honoured with contributions from Naturalists of the first

eminence: and they regard as the most satisfactory testimony

which they could receive as to the conduct of their Journal, that

its successive Volumes have been enriched by the original com-

munications of so great a number.

For the principal Bodies connected with the study of Natural

History in this country, the monthly numbers of the Annals

furnish an early and faithful record. ‘Authentic reports of the

proceedings of the Linnean, Zoological and Entomological

Societies of London, and the Botanical Society of Edinburgh,

are Officially communicated through its pages.

The commencement of this New Series affords the Editors

a fit occasion for expressing a hope that they may now receive

an accession to the number of their supporters. They would

urge how much their means of giving additional interest and

value to the Annals, both as to quantity of matter and en-

eravings, must depend upon the extent of the sale ; in the hope

that those lovers of Natural History who are not already sub-

scribers may take this convenient opportunity of increasing the

number of those by whose support the work has been upheld.

CONTENTS OF VOL. I.

[SECOND SERIES.]

. NUMBER I. c

e€

I. On the Recent British species of the genus Lagena. By W.C. ra

Wituiamson, Esq. (With two Plates.) ..........+. hiatderceaessets Ave renee |

II. Note on the genus Cypridina, M. Edwards; with a description

of two new species. By W. Barrp, M.D., F.L.S. &c. (With two

RAALOE. ): 5 sis ich nteebapeiagiviblenepieusanien Wiel dks isledabn'sipuine on ak'ee Vecesesscecs 2h

III. Observations on the Development of the Meduse. By Joun

Rerp, M.D., Fellow of the Royal College of Physicians of Edinburgh,

and Chandos Professor of Anatomy and Medicine in the University of

St. Andrews. (With two Plates.) .....cecscssccscsses side pennpe dvs davies 25

IV. On the Ventriculide of the Chalk; their Classification. By

J. Toutmin Smit, Esq. ...scececeeeees Seabee vdsatbecdesedics ess odaveveweeds 36 .

V. Reports on the Progress of Physiological Botany. No.1. Recent

Researches into the Origin and Development of the Vegetable Embryo.

By Anrnus Henwrney, BUS. GG.) civccssuesedictsapsseecs esos Sesececenceee 49

VI. Additions to the Fauna of Ireland. By Witt1am Tuompson,

Esq., Pres. Nat. Hist. and Phil. Society of Belfast ......sc0cs.eeee0s seseee 62

VII. Description of a new species of Coccinella from New Zealand.

By M. Muusanrt of Lyon, author of the ‘ Histoire Naturelle des Co-

léoptéres de France.’ Communicated by Apam Wuire, F.L.S. ...... 66

New Books :—The History of Barbados, by Sir Robert H. Schom-

burgk, Ph.D.—Zoological Recreations, by W. J. Broderip, Esq.,

F.R.S.—An Experimental Inquiry into the Cause of the Ascent

and Descent of the Sap, &c., by G. Rainey, M.R.C.S.E. ....... 67—73

Extracts from a Letter to Thomas Bell, Esq., F.R.S., from George

Clark, Esq., of Mauritius ; Habits of Insects ; Note on the Insects

of Madeira; Curious Phenomena in the Night-blooming Cereus,

&c.; Descriptions of two new species of Planaria, by Joseph

Leidy, M.D.; Professor Agassiz; Meteorological Observations.

and Table ...... ehacgduseteddaa svebens {edadevcdocceyedcreoness sesssoeeres (3-80

v1 CONTENTS.

NUMBER II.

VIII. On Anacharis Alsinastrum, a supposed new British Plant.

By Cuarzzs C. Basineton, M.A.; with a Synopsis of the species of

Anacharis and Apalanthe. By J. E. Puancuon, doct. és sc. (With

@ Plate.) .iveckssdecan Pater id mil ges enna bie ay auisle aul vdep ae <d \a0 eens vaand «Sabet

IX. On the Anatomy of Zolis, a genus of Mollusks of the order

Nudibranchiata. By Aupany Hancock and Dennis Emsteton, M.D.,

F.R.C.S.E., Lecturer on Anatomy and Physiology in the Newcastle-

upon-Tyne School of Medicine. (With two Plates.) ...... hgasta tacess

X. Description of a new species of Nautilus from the Lower Green-

sand of the Isle of Wight. By J. Morris, F.GLS. ...........cececssececes

XI. Description of an apparently new subgenus of Calandride from

the Philippine Islands. By Apam Wuirts, F.L.S., Assistant Zool. Dep.

British Museum ........sesecseres pas esnigssvesaenes hatainnegeaipe dee ccpune van Vases

XII. On the Insects of Jamaica. By Puitie Henry Gossz, Esq. .

XIII. A few general Remarks on the Fossil Conchology of the

Great Oolite of Minchinhampton in comparison with that of the~same

Formation in other localities. By Joun Lycert, Esq. ......c.cccececeeee

XIV. Descriptions of new or imperfectly described Lepidopterous

Insects. By Epwarp Dovsiepay, Esq., F.L.S., Assistant in the Zoo-

logical Department of the British Museum, &€. .....ccccscseeecscesssesees

XV. Reports on the Progress of Physiological Botany. No. 2.

Anomalous Forms of Dicotyledonous Stems. By Artuur HeEnrrey,

FL. GC, csagscncsocuediethsenves Spe dbnses sea SNUVRULEVevsie dceqhetas ue bpesses este

New Book :—Rare and Remarkable Animals of Scotland, represented

from living Subjects ; with practical Observations on their Nature,

by Sir John Graham Dalyell, Bart. ............0.. Sedesconsdesesacas eee

106

107

109

115

121

124

132

Proceedings of the Cotswold Naturalists’ Club; Entomological So- ,

CRO Y ccs i ceediNGb estes es Vsiives obilese WaT MA Ge Hav lsibiivansor. 140—149

Observations on Mr. Cuming’s Collection of Shells, by Prof. Owen,

F.R.S. &c.; On Sagina ciliata (Fries), by Ch. C. Babington, M.A. ;

Carex brizoides (Linn.); Some Contributions to the Natural Hi-

story of the Rafflesia Patma, by M. Zollinger, M. Bat, Soc. &c.;

On the Gamboge of the Tenasserim Provinces, by the Rev. F.

Mason, A.M.; On the Fossil Vegetation of Anthracite Coal; A

Fact respecting the Habits of Notonecta glauca, by Prof. Forrest

Shepherd ; Meteorological Observations and Table ...... +. 149—160

NUMBER III.

XVI. Further Observations on the Diatomacee ; with descriptions

of new genera and species. By G. H. K. Tuawarres, Lecturer on Bo-

CONTENTS. vil

part Page

tany and Vegetable Physiology at the Bristol Medical School. (With

two Plates.):ccscciccseecssvecee bivndees oxi aFeryea as pekldeiektTkes sp ahead gad Ss bess ULGE

XVII. Researches having for their object the Elucidation of certain

Phenomena in the Physiology of the Araneidea. By Joun Buackwatt,

FL cBc? asstynaiateastegivsceesenesoskesveeni pes dub isgesgelecesgdeshestivecerssceves L0G

" XVIII. On some Points in the Structure and Growth of Monoco-

tyledons. By Artuur Henrrey, F.1.S. &e. (With two Plates.) ... 180

XIX. Some Observations on Caladium distillatorium. By Mr.

FRANCIS WILLIAMSON a... . 00000 Ci A eeu eaten tk tiv wt ).dba eo Jrebuatee 188

_ XX. Additions to the British species of Nudibranchiate Mollusca.

By Josuua Atper and ALtBany Hancock ......... Reape ceeVesheccdacecetss 189

XXI. Note on the Occurrence of the Bonapartian Gull (Larus Bo-

napartii, Rich. and Swains.) for the first time in Europe. By Witt1am

Tuompson, Esq., Pres. Nat. Hist. and Phil. Society of Belfast’ ......... 192

XXII. On the Insects of Jamaica. By Puimir Henry Gossz, Esq. 197

XXIII. On the Ventriculide of the Chalk ; their Classification. By

| J. Toutmin Smits, Esq. ........ NPB y Fe * be (avuatdeebavene dia tod does iy vreee 203

Proceedings of the Zoological Society ; Entomological Society; Lin-

.nean Society ; Botanical Society of Edinburgh —............ -221—239

British Mollusca ; Fave Ants when deprived of their Queen the power

of selecting one of their number and converting her into a fertile

female?; On the Digestive Apparatus of the Gnat, Culex pipiens,

Linn., by F. Pouchet; Description and Anatomy of a new and

eurious subgenus of Planaria, by Joseph Leidy, M.D.; Basilo-

saurus ; Additional Note on agPaper on Porcupines, by J. E. Gray,

Esq., F.R.S. &c. ; Meteorological Observations and Table... 2839—248

NUMBER IV.

XXIV. Descriptions of Aphides. By Francis Wacker, F.L.S. ... 249

XXV. On the Ovule of Euphrasia officinalis. By G. Dicxiz, M.D.,

Lecturer on Botany in the University and King’s College of Aberdeen. 260

XXVI. On the Insects of Jamaica. By Puitie Henry Gossz, Esq. 268

X XVII. On the Habits and Geographical Distribution of Bulimus,

a genus of Air-breathing Mollusks. By Loveri Reeve, F.L.S._ ...... 270

XXVIII. Reports on the Progress of Physiological Botany. No. 3.

On the Growth of Leaves. By Arrnur Henrrey, F.L.S. &c.......... 274

X XIX. On the Ventriculide of the Chalk ; their rapnfication. By

J. Toutmin Smirn, Esq. (With four Plates.) .......ccsecereececcsseces 279

XXX. Notes, &c. on the genera of Insects Pissodes, Hypera, &c.;

with descriptions of several new species. By Jonn Watton, F.L.S. ... 295

XXXI. Notes on the Species, Structure, and Animality of the

Vili CONTENTS.

. Page

Freshwater Sponges in the Tanks of Bombay. (Genus Spongilla.) By

H. J. Carter, Esq., Assistant Surgeon ..........008 dacikheanenananh oenenes 303

New Book :—Rare and Remarkable Animals of Scotland, represented

from living Subjects ; with practical Observations on their Nature,

by Sir John Graham Dalyell, Bart. ........ Ae aR Searsvbeoessers tse OLE

Proceedings of the Botanical Society of Edinburgh .............ssse00 toes O20

The Common Flea (Pulew irritans); Instance of a singular Anomaly

in the History of the Honey Bee, by George Darling, Esq.; Me-

teorological Observations and Table ...........+00+ oeedaned gun - 316—320

NUMBER V.

XXXII. On a new British species of Campylodiscus. By W.C.

Wiuiamson, Esq. ...... veguabhinse ceuseepvedes cbbaedbvcReeb ueeheoeteh we tee sahees Ga

XXXIII. Notes of Diatomacee found in the stomachs of certain

Mollusca. By Gzorce Dicxiz, M.D., Lecturer on Botany in the Uni-

versity and King’s College of Aberdeen ......... Oc cceccesevccccsccsevenee - 322

XXXIV. Notice ofa new species of Spiridens. By R. K. GaEvILLE,

LL.D. &c. (With a Plate.) ......... a ndaencs Udo hvensn ban sies po vcias caehive 325

XXXV. Notice of two new species of Ferns belonging to the genera

Oleandra and Polypodium. By R. K. Grevitie, LL.D. &c. (With

& Pigte. ais Aibcs a aeerewhs tieaiedh 0a Vewhculbese ts sadeies cuneavssedavasevoke 326

XXXVI. Descriptions of Aphides. By Francis Waker, F.L.S. ... 328

XXXVII. Note on the Cyclostomatous genus Péerocyclos, Cowie

(Steganotoma, Troschel). By W. H. Benson, Esq., late Bengal Civil

SErvice.....cceceeees soseceeses Cesesceaeseoveecccercscsesescsaseecesenssoveees ees dee 345

XXXVIII. Description of some new Fossil Shells ole Bissex Hill

and Springfield in Barbados. Communicated by Sir Rosert H.

Scuomsurck, Ph.D., Member of the Imp. Acad. Nat. Curios. &c. ... 347

XXXIX. On the Insects of Jamaica. By Putuirp Henry Gossz, Esq. 349

XL. On the Ventriculide of the Chalk; their Classification. By

J. Toutmrin Soitu, Esq. (With four Plates.)......... ay ROE cl amt aly CEN 352

XLI. Remarks on the Migrations of Aphides. By Francis WALKER,

PB Ne 7 aiden cs cies sdewe nae veka vesb eases cieecvbnadessutensess Sanya ashes vebeens 372,

New Books :—Flore de France, par M. Grenier et M. Godron.—A

Manual of the Botany of the Northern United States, from New

England to Wisconsin and south to Ohio and Pennsylvania inclu-

sive, arranged according to the Natural System, by A. Gray, M.D. 374

Proceedings of the Linnzan Society ; ; Royal Society..........0+ «« 375—389

On a new genus and species of Fossil Ruminantia, Poébrotherium Wil-

soni, by Joseph Leidy, M.D.; On two new genera of Siliceous-

CONTENTS. 1x

Page

shelled Polygastrica from Patagonian Guano, by Prof, Ehrenberg ;

Extensibility of Membrane and Muscle in the Serpent Tribe ;

Observations on the Nummulites, by Messrs. Jolie and Leymerie ;

Description of the Caligus Sirémii, by W. Baird, M.D., F.L.S. &c. ;

Fossil Infusoria in Amber; Obituary—Carl Johan Schonherr ;

Meteorological Observations and Table ..............se0esecees 389—400

NUMBER VI.

XLII. On a proposed new Order of Gasteropodous Mollusca. By

Josuua Anper and ALsany Hancock. (With two Plates.) ............ 401

XLIII. Notes, &c. on the genus of Insects Anthonomus ; with a de-

scription of one new species. By Joun Watton, F.L.S. ....... de snetee 416

XLIV. Some Notes on the Botany of Sinde. By Capt. N. Vicary,

2nd European Regiment ...... Seu HAS dau Sak GAs Nees Laks ekers onal cAteaaaesdapes 420

XLV. Reply to Mr. Smitn’s Remarks on Dr. Mantety’s Account

of the Ventriculites ......... Seonsien name dgaterepseeas Nas cébalevs cok bden o> Kdesighe 435

XLVI. Reports on the Progress of Physiological Botany. No. 4.

On the Multiplication, of Vegetable Cells by Division. By Arruur

Henrrey, F.L,S. &e. ...... ead A Sead vee di eenaed Ld oe » hihi Said diplek caches ce

XLVII. Descriptions of Aphides. By Francis Watxer, F, Ta S..

XLVIII. Corrections of ‘Critical Remarks on Mr. Gray’s ue

- logue of Mammalia and Birds presented by B. H. Hodgson, Esq., to

the British Museum,” Ann. and Mag. N. H. vol. xx. p. 313. By E.

Briytu, Curator to the Museum of the Asiatic Society, Calcutta ...... 454

New Books :—Recherches sur les Animaux Fossiles, par L.de Koninck.

—Monographia Heliceorum Viventium, sistens Descriptiones sy-

stematicas et criticas omnium hujus familize generum et specierum

hodie cognitarum, Auctore Ludovico Pfeiffer, Dr. Cassellana...457—460

Proceedings of the Linnzan Society; Botanical Society of Edin-

burgh CoP H Hoe e eee eeeFEFEHeseee Soe eereneenseresneses Deere eeereessreseace “460—465 -

On some Microscopic Organisms found in the Stomach of a Peruvian

Freshwater Fish, by Prof. Ehrenberg ; Discovery of the Maxillary

Organs of the Jguanodon; Description of a new British Mould,

by George Johnston, M.D. &c. ; Meteorological Observations and

{ Table ..... Core Seevceecaceveveveesceveseusesserenseceseeedsoosece device 465—469

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.2. Vol. i. b.

PLATES IN VOL. I.

Prate iF 7

II.

i. \ Anatomy of Eolis.

V. Development of Medusz.

VI. Development of Medusze.—Cypridina MacAndrei.

VII. Cypridina Adamsi. .

VIII. Anacharis Alsinastrum.

I = } Structure and Growth of Monocotyledons.

\ British species of Lagena.

xiL} New genera and species of Diatomacez.

XIII.

rae: Ventriculidee of the Chalk.

XVI.

XVII. Spiridens Balfouriana.

XVIII. Grammitis blechnoides.

gg } Gasteropodous Mollusca. - 5 t

Sowerby St

TDC.

es Eysresa :

— . )

SEP seo

SAAT

mone

Ann.& Mag. Nat. Host. £2. Voi... 71 LL.

WCW. del SDC Sowerby

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

. [SECOND SERIES. ]}

$6 . . ssesssesesseeeee PEF litora spargite muscum,

Naiades, et circlm vitreos considite fontes :

Pollice virgineo teneros hic carpite flores :

Floribus et pictum, dive, replete canistrum.

At vos, o Nymphe Craterides, ite sub undas ;

Ite, recurvato variata corallia trunco ,

Vellite muscosis e rupibus, et mihi conchas .

Ferte, Dez pelagi, et pingui conchylia succo.”

a N. Partheniit Giannetiasii Ecl, 1.

No.1. JANUARY 1848.

ttn

—

I.—On the Recent British species of the genus Lagena.

By W. C. Wiiiiamson, Esq. |

[ With two Plates. }

WHILST I was engaged upon a memoir on the microscopic

character of the Levant mud and other recent and ancient ocea-

nic deposits (printed for the forthcoming volume of the Me-

moirs of the Manchester Literary and Philosophical Society),

my friend W. Reckitt, Esq. of Boston placed in my hands

some sand obtained on excavating a well near that place, which

I soon found to abound in specimens of Lagene*. Subsequently

* This interesting deposit can scarcely be called recent, being probably

several thousand years old, and yet its geological character is not such as

to justify its organisms being introduced into the category of fossils; being

merely a beach which has been left permanently dry by the tide. When I

wrote the memoir above referred to, I stated “ that a considerable portion of

the Fen district was once an estuary, which has undergone considerable

changes even since the time of the Roman invasion; the old sea-bank

having, at that comparatively recent period, been much further inland than

at present ” (Memoirs of the Manchester Literary and Philosophical Society,

vol. viii. p. 56). This estuary has been gradually filled up, the elevation of

the coast or the recession of the ocean causing the sandy debris, once form-

ing the bed of the latter, to be converted into dry land, and afterwards co-

vered over with a layer of vegetable mould. Mr. Reckitt’s specimen was

obtained from a depth of seven feet below the surface, where he found a very

fine sand containing carbonaceous fragments, and a large number of the

Foraminifera and other microscopic organisms still characteristic of our

existing sea-beaches, including many of the rarest as well as the most

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.2. Vol.i. 1

2 Mr. W. C. Williamson on the Recent

Dr. Mantell supplied me with specimens from a similar accu-

mulation at March in Cambridgeshire, equally rich in the same

elegant organisms. On comparing these with such published

drawings and descriptions of Lagene as were available to me, it

was very evident that both the one and the other were exceed-

ingly incomplete, the drawings being for the most part unre-

cognizable caricatures, and the descriptions not comprehending

half the forms that had come under my notice. Contemplating

the production of a brief monograph on the subject, I wrote to

J. Gwyn Jeffreys, Esq. of Swansea, soliciting his valuable aid,

knowing that he possessed. an excellent series of these interesting

objects from various British localities. In reply he informed me,

that in 1828 he had laid before the Linnean Society a memoir on

the same genus, which memoir the Council of the Society ordered

to be published in their ‘ Transactions.’ Mr. Jeffreys however,

not being satisfied on some points connected with the natural hi-

story of these animals, declined publishing the memoir until he

had carried out further investigations, and consequently it was

not printed.

This memoir, embodying his views of the genus up to that

comparatively early period, he has kindly placed in my hands,

and also, with that generous liberality which characterizes the

true philosopher, he has forwarded to me his entire collection of

Lagene to be used as I thought proper.

Under these circumstances I resolved upon a revision of the

genus, giving figures of all the known British species, believing

that the monograph would be neither useless nor uninteresting

to the students of these microscopic organisms. The Boston and

March deposits have enabled me, from their productiveness, to

compare an immense number of specimens, and the two collec-

tions of Mr. Jeffreys and Mr. Bean of Scarborough have afforded

common of our British species. The specimen from March, which Dr. Man-

tell has placed in my hands, confirms my view as to the extent of this marine

deposit, I have little doubt that it extends over the greater part of the Fen

district, and probably it will be found to be continuous with the existing

beaches of the coasts of Lincolnshire and Norfolk. The most curious fea-

ture of the deposit, as it exists at Boston and March, is the young state of

nearly all the organisms found in it. The specimens of Rotalina Beccarii,

Polystomella crispa and Quinqueloculina seminulum rarely exceed the 5th

of an inch in diameter, which, with their highly translucent aspect, shows

them to be in a very young state. ‘The same remark applies, though in a

less degree, to the Lagene: does not this most strikingly illustrate the sift-

ing power of aqueous currents, and explain the way in which such differ-

ences have been produced in rocks, which, like the chalk, have been entirely

formed by an accumulation of Foraminifera and other small organisms,

which in some localities are exceedingly minute, forming very fine-grained

strata, whilst in others they are comparatively large, forming deposits of

coarse texture?

British species of the genus Lagena. 3

me the opportunity of verifying the present existence of the same

forms on various parts of the British coasts.

The earliest notice of any forms of Lagene which has come

under my observation is in the ‘Testacea Minuta Rariora’ of

Mr. Walker, published in 1784. He describes a number of Bri-

tish species which he arranged amongst the Serpule, distinguish-

ing them however by the subgeneric name of Lagena.

In 1789 and 1791 Soldani figured some forms from the Adri-

atic, in his ‘ Testaceographie et Zoophytographiz, parve et mi-

croscopice,’ &e., tab. 120.

In 1803 Montagu republished Walker’s species in his ‘ Tes-

tacea Britannica,’ adding a few others which had been discovered

by Mr. Boys of Sandwich. Montagu followed Walker’s plan of

arranging them with the Serpule, making them a part of his

genus Vermiculum.

In 1808 Denys de Montfort introduced the genus into his

‘ Conchyliologie Systématique,’ under the French and Latin ge-

neric names of Lagénules and Lagenula, classing them amongst

his Univalves cloisonnées, or group of Nautili, in which group,

like his predecessors Soldani, Plancus, and Fichtel and Moll, he

comprehended all the Foraminifera.

In 1815 Dr. Fleming separated them from the Serpule, and,

carrying out the intimation of Walker, gave them the rank of a

genus in the article Conchology, published in the ‘ Edin. Ency.’

vol. vii. p. 68. He applied to them the generic name of Lagena,

very properly adopting the subgeneric term given to them by

Walker, to whom certainly belonged the credit of pomting out

the necessity for distinguishing them from any existing genus.

It is to be regretted that Dr. Fleming subsequently abandoned

this name for that of De Montfort.

In 1826 M. Dessalines D’Orbigny published his classification

of the Cephalopoda*: in this arrangement he followed the views

of preceding naturalists, regarding most of the Foraminifera as

cephalopodous ; but he separated three of the genera, Lagenula,

Discolites and Chelibs; having anticipated Ehrenberg’s subse-

quent discovery of the zoophytic character of al/ the Foraminifera,

by determining that these three must be arranged with the true

Polypifera.

At the same time Dr. Fleming, in his work on ‘ British Ani-

mals,’ was arranging the genus “ Lagenula” amongst the Fora-

minifera, regarding them as Cephalopoda, but with evident mis-

givings as to his correctness ; for he observes, “The place of this

genus is far from being satisfactorily determined, and the mi-

* Tableau Méthodique de la Classe des Céphalopodes; Annales des Sci-

ences Naturelles, val. vii. pe 96.

4 Mr. W. C. Williamson on the Recent

nuteness of the species composing it presents a great obstacle to

an accurate examination.”

The more recent writers have followed in the steps of those

who preceded them, with two exceptions.

Professor MacGillivray, in his work on the ‘ Molluscous Ani-

mals of Scotland,’ &c., made the first attempt to classify the Bri-

tish Foraminifera according to the comprehensive system of

D’Orbigny, and at the same time reunited the Lagene to those

organisms from which D’Orbigny had separated them.

In 1839 Ehrenberg laid- before the Academy of Sciences at

Berlin the brilliant results of his investigations into the structure

and relations of the Foraminifera. He completely exploded the

long-received opinion that they were Cephalopoda, and proved

beyond doubt that they were zoophytic, being in fact Bryozoa

allied to Flustra, Eschara, Cellepora, &c. In his classification of

the Bryozoa according to his new views, of which a copy was

published in the ‘Annals and Magazine of Natural History’

for 1841, vol. vii. p. 302, he places some of the Lagene at the

head of the list of Foraminifera, under the name Miliola ; ap-

parently considering them the most simple and rudimentary form

of that curious group. This is I believe the last published notice

of the genus, except what is to be found in Thorpe’s ‘ British

Marine Conchology’ (which contains no more than had been

previously given by Dr. Fleming and other conchologists), and a

few remarks in the memoir before alluded to on the microscopic

character of the Levant mud.

On subjecting the Lagene from the Boston and March deposits

to a close examination, and especially by adopting Ehrenberg’s

plan of mounting them in Canada balsam and viewing them as

transparent objects by means of transmitted light, I soon ob-

served some interesting facts which had apparently escaped the

notice of our British conchologists. One of the first was, that

these objects, the whole of which consist invariably of one iso-

‘lated cell or chamber, require, nevertheless, to be divided into two

distinct groups or genera; the one characterized by a long ea-

ternal neck or tube, with a small patulous orifice at the free ex-

tremity, projecting from the upper part of the cell (see Pl. I. figs.

1,6, 9 & 10.) ; whilst in the other there exists a very similar tube,

only occupying a reversed position. Instead of projecting exter-

nally, it descends into the internal cavity; still taking its rise

from the upper portion of the cell, towards the lower part of the

interior of which, the patulous orifice of the tube presents itself

when it attains its full length (see Plate II. figs. 14, 16 & 22).

A little time after making this discovery, I received from Dr.

Bailey of New York, specimens of Lagena striata (which is one

of those having an external tube), and attached to it was the

British species of the genus Lagena. 5

name of Miliola ficus; which name had been given to it by M.

Ehrenberg. Along with these were specimens of Lagena glo-

bosa (one of the species characterized by an internal tube), to

which was affixed by Ehrenberg the very expressive name of En-

tosolenia miliaris? Hence it was evident that the great Prussian

naturalist had observed the same peculiarity of structure in the

species exhibiting the internal tube, and had given to the objects

characterized by it the very expressive name of Entosolenia,

which name it is my intention to retain, in separating the exist-

ing genus Legena into two distinct groups

Beyond all doubt, Ehrenberg, MacGillivray and Fleming are

correct in classing the Lagene near the Foraminifera instead of

separating them as was done by Dessalines D’Orbigny. Several

of the species, when mounted in Canada balsam and examined

under a high magnifying power* as transparent objects, show

the whole of the calcareous parietes of the cell to be crowded with

innumerable minute perforations; a structure identical with that of

Rotalia Beccarii and many other well-known Foraminifera, when

examined under similar circumstances. Some species exhibit

traces of much larger foramina; but whether these are normal

or have been the result of accident, | am as yet undecided. The

above fact however is sufficient to prove, that in their external

microscopic structure there is a close affinity between the Lagene

and the other Foraminifera.

As regards the soft animal of Lagena, I have not been able

to ascertain that anything has been done, or that any one has

hitherto examined it in a living state. This probably arises from

the fact that all collectors have obtained their specimens from

dried sea sand. Still however some little light may be thrown

upon it from the affinity of these objects to the other Foraminifera.

Ehrenberg has investigated the nature of the soft parts of some

of the latter group of organisms with considerable success. He

considers that each cell of a Foraminifer, except the two first, which

he found to contain a transparent substance, is filled with two

differently coloured organs, which he regards as the thick alimen-

tary canal; and some granular masses, which he suggests may be

ovariest. He also found that the animals had the power of pro-

* One of one-fourth of an inch focus will suffice.

+ In none of the nimerous specimens I have examined have I found

anything analogous to ovaries. Many of them contain a great abundance

of oil-globules, which_in the dried specimens become inspissated and hard-

ened, adhering to the sides of the cells, and which on decalcification pre-

sent an aspect very like that of ova. I suspect that the small round objects

found by Dr. Mantell in connexion with the fossilized animal bodies of

Rotaliea from the Folkstone chalk may be nothing more than these. At

least they are undistinguishable from the recent specimens in my cabinet.

See Philosophical Transactions, Part 4 for 1846, tab. 21. figs. 5, 10 & 11.

6 Mr. W. C. Williamson on the Recent

truding through the foramina in the calcareous cell, long exten-

sile tentacula or pseudopodia ; great bundles of filaments, which

projected from the surface, and especially from the umbilical re-

gion. These tentacula had also been noticed by M. Alcide D’Or-

bigny (see the Voyage dans L’Amérique Méridionale, tome v.

p: 29).

In some further investigations into the structure of these cu-

rious creatures, in the memoir above alluded to (which is already

printed), I have come to the conclusion that a more or less dense

but elastic membrane lines the interior of each cellof the compound

Foraminifera allied to Rosalina globularis, Rotalina Beccarii and

the Textilarig, upon which my observations were chiefly made,

prolongations of which membrane, injected from within (like the

processes which the Echinodermata push through the ambulacral

pores), constitute the pseudopodia observed by Ehrenberg and

Alcide D’Orbigny ; since, however large and distinct may be

the foramina in the external calcareous portion of each cell, no

trace of these foramina can be found in the membrane which

continuously lines the calcareous portions of the cells, when the

latter have been removed by acid. This internal membrane ap-

pears to have been filled with gelatinous matter, having appa-

rently very little organization—a condition noticed by M. Du-

jardin, and which led him to regard the Foraminifera as little

more than an animated slime encased in an external calcareous

shell, and to associate them with the Pseudopodian Ameba

amongst the Infusoria. When the outer shell is removed by acid,

we often find that the different sacs of the inner membrane con-

tain numerous small siliceous organisms, which the animal ap-

pears to have swallowed, but which are scattered indiscriminately

over the whole of the cell in which they occur, and not confined

to any one line, which would have been the case had there been

any restricted portion, confined within special and narrow limits,

performing the functions of an intestinal canal. Hence it appears

probable, that, as in the case of the Hydra and some of the lower

infusorial animals, the whole cavity of the organism was one sac-

culated digestive organ, the various cells or divisions of which, in

those compound forms which are allied to Rosalina and Rotalina,

are connected together by one or more tubular necks ; channels

of communication passing through the septa, and along which the

food received could pass from one cell to another. How the rejecta-

menta made their escape is doubtful ; possibly, as is the case with

the Hydraform Polypifera and many other lower animals, the

oral orifice may be at once both mouth and anus.

It will be understood, that, according to these views, the ani-

mal membrane which is left after the removal of the calcareous

portion is in reality an exact cast of the interior of the latter.

British species of the genus Lagena. 7

The above opinions are at variance with those of M. Ehrenberg,

who considers that the calcareous case of the Foramiifer is

merely the dried skin of the animal, containing dendritic calca-

reous particles, which on the contraction of the skin closes and

conceals orifices through which the food is received. His ob-

servations which led to the above conclusions’ were chiefly made

upon the curious little Sorites orbiculus, Ehr., the Nummulina

nitida of D’Orbigny. However much this organism may support

his opinion, certainly the Rotalina Beccarti and similar genera

do not. We have no evidence that the external parietal fora-

mina have an extensile and contractile property ; and even if the

large orifices of Rosalina globularis had any such power, we have

demonstrative proof that the orifices do not penetrate the lining

membrane, into the interior of which the food would have to find

its way. M. Ehrenberg rests his argument upon the discovery

of small siliceous organisms in the interior of the cells. It is

possible that the oral? orifice may be capable of some degree of

extension, allowing the transmission of objects of this kind. In

Membranipora, Eschara and other allied groups, the analogous

parietal foramina are obviously employed for no such purpose

as the transmission of food, which is received through the large

orifice at the extremity of the cell. Though the fact that these

latter objects are furnished with true polypes may make a dif-

ference, still is it not probable that there may be a resemblance

in the functions of such closely corresponding foramina in objects

so nearly allied? At the same time I may observe, that I have

never found siliceous organisms of any size in the smaller inter-

nal chambers of Rosaline, Rotaline, &c., though the frustules of

Cocconeis, Grammatophora and Navicula are not uncommon in

the larger cells, where the communicating apertures are propor-

tionately large.

One of M. Ehrenberg’s results is much more analogous in some

respects to those obtained by Milne Edwards, in his mvestiga-

tions into the structure of Eschara. The latter observer has clearly

shown that the cells of this animal are thickened by external ad-

ditions of calcareous matter, and that, consequently, the soft

animal membrane does not line the internal cavity, but pervades

the whole substance of the calcareous cell; the calcareous atoms

not being developed upon, but in the skin of the animal. From

this it is evident, that very different modes of growth and deve-

lopment are to be found in animals otherwise closely allied.

I have found that M. Ehrenberg’s remarks on the soft animals

of the Foraminifera apply strikingly to that of Rosalina globu-

laris, but scarcely to any other of those that I have examined.

In this species, the animal membrane, lining the smaller cells of

what in a shell would be called the spire, is of a rich brown co-

8 Mr. W. C. Williamson on the Recent

lour, becoming of a paler hue as we approach the larger cells;

the terminal ones being almost colourless. In Rotalina Becearut

this difference is scarcely to be observed, all the cells beg nearly

transparent ; and in Polystomella crispa, the animal portions fill-

ing the innermost and outermost cells appear to exhibit no dif-

ferences of transparency or colour. A slight deepening of the

colour is observable in the young cells of Quinqueloculina semi-

nulum.

It is from Rosalina globularis that the best specimens of the

decalcified animal membrane are to be obtained, and from Rota-

lina Beccartu the next; these two, especially the former, pre-

serving their contour the best, owing to the greater density of

the liming membrane. In Polystomella crispa, and in the Quin-

gueloculine, this membrane is so exceedingly thin, and the con-

tained anima] matter in such a thoroughly fluid state, that less of

.a definite form is left on drying the decalcified animal than would

result from submitting Paramecium aurelia, or many others of the

Polygastric Infusoria, to a similar process, corroborating M. Du-

jardin’s observations, though not the inferences which he deduced

from them.

On treating various species of Lagena with dilute nitric acid,

in the same way that I had done the other Foraminifera, the re-

sults were of a precisely opposite character to those I had pre-

viously arrived at, but analogous to those obtained by Milne

Edwards in operating upon Eschara. I found a strong animal

membrane, which, had the organism not been dried, would evi-

dently have been flexible; not lining the cavity of the cell, but

retaining all its external form. This was obtained most easily

from L. levis, var. Amphora (fig. 3), and L. striata (fig. 5), in old

specimens of which the decalcified membrane was of considerable

thickness. In LZ. striata the membrane was very thin and trans-

parent along the coste, but in old specimens thick and opake in

the intervening spaces, the latter portions being easily separated

in the form of long shreds. The same transparency in the mem-

brane was observable in the translucent reticulations separating

the areole of Entosolenia squamosa, the areole being opake.

The only species which I have hitherto had the opportunity of

examining in a fresh state is the Lagena (Entosolenia) marginata,

which was rather abundant amongst the branches of an Anten-

nularia, which Mr. Jeffreys sent to me from Falmouth, whilst stall

moistened with sea-water. In these specimens, no trace of organi-

sation was observable in the soft animal; each cell being filled

with a perfectly transparent gelatinous fluid, lke that contained

in the outermost cell of a Rotalina, but even still more completely

colourless.

The existence of foramina in many of the species, implying

British spectes of the genus Lagena. 9

the presence of pseudopodia, renders it probable that the animal

of all the Lagene will eventually be found to be like that of other

Foraminifera, viz. a gelatinous substance capable of projecting

minute filaments, used probably as organs of progression, and

also of receiving foreign bodies into its interior by means of the

tubular orifice, by which substances it is nourished. Whether in

any species the orifice at the extremity of the tube be furnished

with a ciliobrachiate polype like that of the Eschara or not, is

doubtful. The peculiarity in the structure of the membranous

part of the cell, resembling that of Eschara and differing from the

Rotaline, would indicate the possibility of some resemblance in

this point, but my observations on Lagena marginata render it

scarcely probable.

The existence of the internal tube of the Entosolenie, though

so different from what generally occurs amongst the Foramini-

fera (in which all siphuncular appendages usually project ante-

riorly and not retrally, as has been already observed by M. Ehren-

berg), constitutes no real difficulty in the way of classing them

together; since in an elegant species of Polymorphina, not un-

common in the Boston deposit, and sometimes occurring on our

own coast, the outermost cell is furnished with a precisely simi-

lar internal prolongation of the terminal oral? orifice, and which

I have not hitherto seen noticed by any observer.

As regards the mode of growth of the Lagene one thing is

certain, viz. that in the young state the cell is very thin, vitreous

and transparent, whilst it becomes more and more opake with

age. Here again we have another resemblance to Eschara, in

which the gemmule after fixing itself to some object first covers

itself with a very thin calcareous case, which it gradually thick-

ens by the addition of calcareous particles. In L. striata the

young cells, which are comparatively small, are perfectly trans-

parent, whilst the large specimens commonly found in the cabi-

nets of collectors are strong and quite opake* excepting along the

coste. From an examination of an immense number of speci-

mens, it soon became evident to me that the animal must have

possessed the power of enlarging and thickening its cell with in-

creasing age. This fact first led me to suspect that in its struc-

ture it would approach nearer to Hsehara than to Rosalina ; an

induction which subsequent investigation confirmed. Owing to

its form, the cell could not have been so enlarged if it had been

merely a calcareous secretion from an internal membrane. — It is

only in young specimens of the true Lagene that the long ex-

ternal neck is found perfect. On older specimens it is almost

always worn off: this is especially the case with L. striata.

* In some instances this opacity arises from the deposition of calcareous

matter, in others from a thickening of the membrane.

10 ~ Mr. W. C. Williamson on the Recent

If then the Lagene be true Foraminifera, the next question is,

what relationship do they bear to the other organisms of the same

group? I apprehend that most if not all the Foraminifera, like

other Bryozoa, however large and complicated they ultimately

become, commence their existence as single isolated cells, upon

or around which others are subsequently built ; some linearly, as

in Nodosaria and Glandulina; others spirally, as in Rotalina,

Truncatulina, Polystomella, &c.; whilst others again present va-

rious modifications of these two types, as Marginulina, Cristel-

laria, Spirulina, Quinqueloculina, &e.

The most simple of the above structures belong to the genera

Nodosaria and Dentalina, and consist only of a few smooth cells

piled one upon another with connecting necks. Now a Lagena,

in its perfect and matured form, must closely resemble the iso-

lated germinal cell of one of these, exhibiting a phenomenon, of

which analogues occur in every department of the organic world.

It becomes then the most simple and primitive type of the Fora-

minifera; bearing in this respect the same relationship to the

more complex forms that the globule of the Torula or Yeast-plant

does to Nostoc, Anabaina, &c. amongst the Conferve, and that

Eunotia does to Fragillaria and young states of the Diatome

amongst the Diatomaceze. It is another instance of the grada-

tion, so admirably distmguished by Mr. Lyell and Mr. Miller *,

from the erroneous and recently abused doctrines of development

and progression.

At the same time that the analogy of form and external con-

tour thus links the Lagene with Nodosarie and Dentaline, the

structure of the cell already described appears to indicate a con-

nexion between them and the genus Eschara and its allies. This

affinity shows that there are great difficulties in the way of re-

ceiving any of the existing linear arrangements of these objects,

and that a new classification will be required, based on a much

more extended series of observations upon the physiological cha-

racters of all the genera than we as yet possess. This subject

presents a wide and interesting field of inquiry for those who

reside on the sea-coast and have access to these objects in a

living state.

The only general fact which remains to be noticed respecting

the Lagene, is the extraordinary capacity for variation which they

exhibit in different states and ages. Extreme forms which appear

to be very distinct from one another may be connected together

by specimens of an intermediate aspect to an extent only to be

believed by those who examine a large series of specimens side

by side. I am well aware that the synthetical plan which I have

* “Old Red Sandstone,’ by H. Miller, Esq.; p. 52.

British species of the genus Lagena. 1]

followed will not suit the views of many of my conchological

friends, who would have preferred my multiplying the number of

species to a far greater degree than I could approve. I have

however endeavoured to compromise the matter with them by

giving names to what I consider to be merely varieties, but which

some would regard as good species. Those who prefer the latter

view can act upon it if they choose, by adopting these names as

specific ones. This capacity for variation is probably a charac-

teristic of very many of the lowest forms of animal and vegetable

organizations, and is a source from which more or less of diffi-

culty will always arise in attempting to classify objects so small

in their dimensions and so obscure in their nature. In the pre-

sent case it would scarcely be a difficult task to exhibit every in-

termediate form between Lagena levis. var. Amphora to L. striata

and L. substriata, rendering it possible that they may be all va-

rieties of one species.

The Lagene are usually found in dried sea-sand, free and de-

tached, though Prof. MacGillivray observed Lagena levis to be

adherent to Fuci and the byssus of a Modiola; and amongst the

branches of an Antennularia sent to me from Falmouth by Mr.

Jeffreys were numbers of the Entosolenia marginata along with

Rosalina globularis and Polystomella crispa.

In dividing the objects comprehended by Dr. Fleming, in De

Montfort’s genus Lagenula, into two groups, I have retained for

the first of these Walker’s term Lagena. Though the latter did

not make them into a new genus, separate from Serpula, yet he

distinctly indicated the necessity for a division, pointing out cer-

tain well-marked forms, and giving them a distinguishing name.

In this he accomplished more than was subsequently effected by

De Montfort ; hence, in raising them to the rank of a genus, pri-

ority gives his name of Lagena the right to a preference before

that of Lagenula. The adoption of the latter by English concho-

logists was owing to its introduction by Dr. Fleming into his

‘ British Animals,’ where he employed it, I understand, because

of its beg more euphonious than Lagena, notwithstanding

that, as has been already mentioned, he had previously adopted

Walker’s very expressive term for the genus in the ‘ Edinb. Ency-

clopedia’ (vol. vi. pl. 1. p. 68, art. Conch. 1815). A slight im-

provement in the sound, or even expressiveness of a name, does

not justify its displacing an older one, and hence throughout

this memoir I have retained that of Lagena in preference to

Lagenula.

Genus Lagrena, Flem. Edin. Enc.

Serpula (Lagena), Walker. Serpula, Turton. Vermiculum, Mon-

12 Mr. W. C. Williamson on the Recent

tagu. Lagenula, De Montfort, Fleming, MacGillivray. Milla,

Ehrenberg.

Cell calcareous, single, globular, ovate or cylindrical, with a

long produced external tubular neck projecting from the upper

extremity. Internal cavity simple.

1. Lagena levis. PI. I. figs. 1, 2.

Serpula (Lagena) levis ovalis, Walker, Test. Min. Rar. p. 8. t. 1.

fig. 9.

Vermicalus leve, Mont. Test. Brit. p. 524.

Serpula levis, Turton, Conch. Dict. p. 157.

Lagenula levis, Flem. British Animals, p. 235; MacGillivray,

Molluscous Animals of Scotland, p. 38.

Cell ovate or claviform, sometimes narrow and much elongated,

having a long slender tubular neck somewhat contracted near its

apex, surmounted by a narrow rim, surrounding a small circular

oral ? orifice, smooth and shining, sometimes white, but more

frequently transparent and hyaline, or with a delicate tint of

bluish white: under a high magnifier its surface appears crowded

with very minute foramina.

Tn its usual form, with the exception of the terminal rm, this

delicate object bears the closest resemblance to a Florence flask.

Fig. 2 represents a longitudinal section.

Long. Diam. Long. Diam.

1 mae | ue SE 1__ x

20° “80 LOU * °°." So

1 1 1 1

BS %3.33° TB DOs ° 20% * Tao

Scarborough, very rare, W. Bean, Esq. Swansea, Sandwich,

J. G. Jeffreys, Esq. “ Adhering to Fuci, and among the byssi of

Modiola barbata, on the Girdleness at Aberdeen,” Prof. MacGilli-.

vray. Boston, Lincolnshire ; March, Cambridgeshire.

L. levis, var. a. Amphora, nob. Figs. 3, 4.

Cell elongated, cylindrical ; some examples having the form of.

L. levis, with the addition of a long tapering mucro at the base ;

others being much more lengthened and fusiform, as in the

figure. The majority of specimens exhibit a medium form, the

greatest diameter being at the lower third of the cell. Neck

long, slender, tapering, surmounted by a small rim surrounding

the circular orifice. Texture and hue like L. levis, of which I

believe it to be only a variety, as 1 have found almost every in-

* In order to give a correct view of the variable dimensions of these ob-

jects, I have selected several specimens and given the length and breadth of

each individual in fractional portions of an inch. The dimensions of all

the species, as described by preceding writers, are very much larger than

in any examples which have come under my notice and are surely inac-

curate.

British species of the genus Lagena. 13

tervening form between the figures 1 and 3. It is one of the most

elegant of the Lagenule.

Long. Diam.

Z0 hd iy Tso

Se! 170

a5 ‘ 200

Oxwich, Sandwich, Oban, J. G. Jeffreys, Esq. Boston ; March.

2. Lagena gracilis, nob. PI. I. fig. 5.

In form this species bears a very close resemblance to the L.

levis, var. Amphora, from which it differs chiefly in having its

surface marked by longitudinal striz, which are well defined over

the greater part of the cell, becoming less distinct towards the

upper portion. If we consider this as only another variety of the

Amphora, it will become necessary to regard all the forms of

L. striata merely as states of L. levis, of the propriety of which

view a suspicion has more than once crossed my mind when ex-

amining some specimens of the var. 8. semistriata. For the pre-

sent I have thought it better, having seen several specimens of

it, to give ita distinct name. If this suspicion should ultimately

prove to be correct, L. gracilis will bear the same relation to

L. striata and its var. perlucida that the var. Amphora does to

L. levis. :

Long. 3; ; diam. 545.

Boston: very rare.

3. L. striata. Pl. I. figs. 6 & 8.

Serpula (Lagena) striata, Walker, p. 2. tab. 1. fig. 6.

Vermiculum striatum, Mont. Test. Brit. p. 523.

Serpula striata, ‘Turton, Conch. Dict. p. 157.

Lagenula striata, Fleming, p. 234.

Cell ovato-claviform or spherical, with numerous parallel lon-

gitudinal costz or lamelle, which generally run nearly from one

extremity to the other, only not usually reaching the apex infe-

riorly but terminating abruptly, forming a small circular coronal

(see fig. 7). These costze are sometimes very thin and lamelliform,

but more commonly obtuse and rounded. The cell surmounted

superiorly by a long tubular neck terminated by a narrow rim

encircling the small round oral ? orifice.

Nothing can be much more variable than the conditions under

which this species presents itself. In small young specimens

alone is the tubular neck found perfect, and these are usually

either transparent and hyaline or of a pale bluish white. On the

other hand, the specimens usually seen in the cabinets of concho-

logists are strong, globular, of an opake dirty white, the rounded

cost alone remaining semitransparent, and with very imperfect

14 Mr. W. C. Williamson on the Recent

traces of a neck, which appears to wear away with age. Between

this common form and that previously described, which I con-

sider to be the perfect type, every modification exists. In some

forms the coste terminate abruptly near the base of the neck,

the superior portion being smooth. This condition obviously

connects the L. striata with the var. 8. semistriata. In others

the costz are continued longitudinally along the neck, whilst in

a few elegant specimens in the cabinets of Messrs. Bean and

Jeffreys they were wound spirally around it. In some examples

I have noticed that the neck appeared to be atrophied and

wasting, having lost its brittleness and become membranous, as

if it were only of use in the early condition of the animal. The

character of the decalcified membrane of this species has been

already described (p. 8).

Long. Diam. Long. Diam.

1 1x 1 ‘edge

30 eee 6O 80 eee 1 60

1 1

30) * °F aa

“ Reculver, Sheppey, Mr. Walker. Devonshire,’ Montagu.

Exmouth, — Clarke, Esq. Swansea, Rossilly, Manorbeer, Tenby,

Oxwich, Caswell Bay, Sandwich, Oban, Kyleakin ; Roundstone,

Connemara ; Mr. Jeffreys. Scarborough, Mr. Bean. Boston ;

March. Fossil in a miocene tertiary deposit at Petersburg, U. S.+,

Dr. Bailey ; also in the English crag, Mr. Searles Wood.

L. striata, var. a. interrupta, nob. Fig. 7.

Like LZ. striata, only the coste are more irregular ; sometimes

they bifurcate, at others they are not continued over more than

the half or two-thirds of the cell, no two being exactly the same

length. The specimen figured represents a common form of the

neck when half-gone.

Swansea, Rossilly, Manorbeer, Tenby, Oxwich, Caswell Bay,

Sandwich, Oban; Roundstone, Connemara; Kyleakin. Scar-

borough, Mr. Bean. Boston; March. Not uncommon.

Lagena striata, var. B. semistriata, nob. PI. I. figs. 9, 10.

Similar in most respects to some young states of L. striata,

only the cost arising from the base terminate, some at the lower

third, others at the middle, and in one specimen towards the

uppermost third of the cell. What has been already said of the

smooth neck found in some specimens of L. striata convinces me

that this is only a variety. I have seen one specimen with a mucro

at the base approaching the form of L. levis, var. Amphora.

Long. =35; diam. z33-

* In this specimen nearly the whole of the neck is worn away.

+ The same deposit has also furnished examples of Entosolenia globosa, Are-

thusa lactea, Flem., Renoidea oblonga, Brown (both species of Polymorphina.

D’Orbigny), and what I believe to be young specimens of Rotalia Beccarii.

British species of the genus Lagena. 15

Manorbeer near Tenby, very rare, Mr. Jeffreys. Scarborough,

one specimen, Mr. Bean. Boston.

Lagena striata, var. perlucida, Pi. I. fig. 11.

Cell usually globular, sometimes broadest at the base, at others

ovate. Marked with longitudinal costz, which are very distinct

at the lower portion, but gradually lose themselves as they ap-

proach the long, elegant, tapermg neck. In this it differs from

the last var., in which the striz terminate abruptly at the upper

part. Cell exceedingly thin and fragile, beautifully hyaline and

pellucid, sometimes of a pale milky tint, but more commonly

transparent as the purest glass.

I believe this to be the Vermiculum perlucidum of Montagu : his

figure represents a highly depressed form of cell, furnished with

a small umbo at the base; but as Montagu had never seen the

specimen, but only copied a drawing sent to him by Mr. Boys, I

suspect that some error exists. I have often seen the projecting

base of the central costa give the appearance of an umbo, and‘as

_regards form I have observed very great differences. The number

of the ribs varies considerably. Some specimens, like Montagu’s

V. perlucidum, have not more than seven or eight, whilst in others

they increase in number so as to merge this variety in the ordi-

nary forms of L. striata, of which species I believe it to be one of

the young states. Its most common aspect is precisely that of

the ordinary fluted water-bottle used at the dimner-table. Some-

times the striz are so short and indistinct as to render the spe-

cimen almost undistinguishable from L. /evis; indeed in some

few specimens the strize are only represented by a small circle of

minute tubercles forming a coronal at the base of the cell.

Long. Diam,

1 1

COO NESTS.

1 1

88 Ter

i 1

0) oe. 6:8 240°

Swansea, Tenby, Manorbeer, Sandwich, Kyleakin, Mr. Jeffreys.

“ Seasalter, Mr. Boys.” Montagu. Boston; March.

4. L. substriata, nob. PI. II. fig. 12.

Cell oval, sometimes considerably elongated and cylindrical,

furnished with a long tubular neck. Surface marked with nu-

merous exquisitely delicate parallel longitudinal striz.

At first I thought that this rare object was an extreme variety

of Lagenula striata, but after examining at least twenty specimens

I am nearly satisfied that it is a distinct species, as the lines vary

so little either in their number, strength, or distance apart. The

general form of the cell also is much more ovate and elongated.

16 Mr. W. C. Williamson on the Recent

The drawing represents a specimen that is the least so. It is an

exceedingly delicate and beautiful species.

Long. Diam.

15 1

65 so

1 1

66 eeee 200 °

Swansea, very rare, Geo. Barlee, Esq. Boston.

Genus Enrosotenta, Ehrenberg.

Serpula (Lagena), Walker, Adams, Turton. Vermiculum, Mont. La-

gena and Lagenula, Fleming. Lagenula, MacGillivray, Thorpe.

Cell calcareous, globose or ovate, sometimes compressed, fur-

nished with a tube arising from the upper extremity and pro-

jecting downwards into the cavity of the cell. Oral? orifice

opening into the tube.

1. E. globosa. Pl. II. figs. 13, 14.

Serpula (Lagena) levis globosa, Walker, p. 3. tab. 1. fig. 8.

Vermiculum globosum, Mont. p. 523.

Serpula globosa, Fleming, p. 235.

Cell ovato-globose, smooth, not compressed, projecting slightly

at the upper extremity, in the centre of which projection is the

small rounded orifice opening into the internal tube, which is

‘slender, patulous at the extremity, and sometimes reaching nearly

to the bottom of the cell.

When examined under a very high power, this object, like

L. levis, is found to be densely perforated with minute foramina,

through which in all probability pseudopodia were protruded.

In very many cases I am satisfied that specimens of my

E. lineata have been mistaken for this very rare form.

The cabinet of Mr. Bean of Scarborough contains one’ example

of this species, in which two separate cells are united together at

the lower part, having each a central aperture at the opposite

end. The Lagenula globosa of Thorpe’s ‘ British Marine Con-

chology’ is obviously not the LZ. globosa of Fleming. It is de-

scribed as having a long slender neck and is marked with opake

longitudinal lines.

Long. Diam.

1 1

200 se - 1eO

1 1

I66 «eee » ALY

16s -+ ++ DIF

“ Sandwich, Mr. Walker,” Montagu. Scarborough, Mr. Bean.

Portsmouth, Swansea, Mr. Jeffreys. Mindanao, Philippine Islands,

and fossil in a miocene tertiary stratum, Petersburg, U.S., Dr.

Bailey. Boston, March, the Levant. A rare species on the Bri-

tish coasts.

British species of the genus Lagena. 17

2. Entosolenia marginata. PI. II. figs. 15, 16.

Serpula (Lagena) marginata, Walker, p. 3. tab. 1. fig. 7.

Vermiculum marginatum, Mont. p. 524.

Lagenula marginata, Thorpe.

Cell nearly orbicular, compressed, transparent or translucent,

especially in a young state, having a slight projection at the upper

extremity, towards the end of which is the orifice communicating

with the internal tube. The cell is surrounded by a thin marginal

lamella, which is continued as far as the oral orifice ; within this

margin, in old shells, is occasionally a thickened opake portion

shaped like a horse-shoe, with the concavity and interrupted part

directed upwards, the circumscribed central portion bemg more

transparent. The lower extremity of the cell is sometimes fur-

nished with a small external mucro. The internal tube, which

is somewhat patulous, is rarely straight, except at the upper por-

tion, the remainder being usually arcuated, following the curva-

ture of one of the lateral parietes of the cell. Fig. 15 represents

a section of the cell, with the tube cut across where the curvature

commences.

This is the most common of our English species. At the Fal-

mouth habitat it was comparatively abundant, adhering to a spe-

cies of Antennularia, along with young forms of Polystomella

crispa, Rosalina globularis and some others.

The L. marginata of Dr. Fleming is a concamerated shell ; the

Rimula marginata of some authors, and belonging to D’Orbigny’s

genus Biloculina.

Long. Diam.

Too Tea nae ae

Tos se ae

z00 li ZI0

Swansea, Rossilly, Manorbeer, Portsmouth, Sandwich, Oban,

Kyleakin, Mr. Jeffreys. Scarborough ; Lamlash Bay, Ayrshire ;

Mr. Bean. ‘“ Reculver,”’ Walker. Boston, March, Falmouth,

the Levant.

E.. marginata, var. lucida, nob. Pi. II. fig. 17.

Cell elongated, somewhat pyriform, compressed, smooth and

shining, surrounded by a marginal ring, which instead of being

a thin lamina as in the ordinary type, is usually thickened and

somewhat rounded. It is occasionally scarcely visible, especially

towards the base, where however it often projects in the shape of

amucro. This margin, with the upper and central portions of

each of the lateral parietes, are generally transparent, whilst the

remainder of the cell is usually of a clear shining white ; internal

tube generally straight.

I was much disposed to have regarded this ‘as a distinct spe-

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol, i.

18 Mr. W. C. Williamson on the Recent

cies, but I found many orbicular specimens of the true EZ. mar-

ginata in which the margin was obviously somewhat thickened

and rounded, and others which, as already mentioned, showed the

horseshoe-like white portion within the margin, nearly surround-

ing the transparent centre, so that I have no doubt of this being

merely a variety of the same. It is often mistaken by collectors

for a form of E. globosa, to which it sometimes approximates very

—_ but from which it may be distinguished by its compressed

orm.

I have seen one specimen which was trilocular, having three

transparent margins instead of two.

Long. Diam

1 Re!

es * T60

80 1 ee

1 ak

eeete 160

T00

Swansea, Rossilly, Manorbeer, Portsmouth, Sandwich, Ky-

leakin, Mr. Jeffreys. Scarborough, Lamlash Bay, Mr. Bean. Bos-

ton ; March.

3. Entosolenia lineata, nob. PA, II. fig. 18.

Cell ovate, broadest towards the base, more or less truncated

at the upper extremity, which is sometimes furnished with a very

small projecting neck, of variable length, in which is the oral?

orifice ; once only I have found it equal to the entire length of

the cell. The base, which is rounded, has generally appended to

it a small mucro, which is sometimes affixed obliquely, and oc-

casionally wholly wanting. Texture translucent, of a pale dull

bluish white ; the surface covered with exceedingly numerous

longitudinal lines, so fine as to be visible only under a good mi-

croscope. Internal tube straight, patulous, reaching nearly to

the base of the cell.

The dull leaden hue of this species appears to be a constant

characteristic ; I have usually been able to identify it at a glance

from this feature alone.

It is possible that the Vermiculum urne of Montagu may have

been a short stumpy specimen of this form. Montagu only

saw a drawing of it. ;

T2B +++ FOO

Sandwich, Mr. Jeffreys. Boston; March: very rare.

4, E. squamosa. PI. II. fig. 19.

Vermiculum squamosum, Mont. p. 526. tab. 14. fig. 2.

Serpula squamosa, Turt. p. 158.

Lagenula squamosa, Flem. p. 235.

Lagenula reticulata, MacGillivray, p. 28.

British species of the genus Lagena. 19

- Cell ovato-globose, with a slight projection superiorly, at.

the extremity of which is the small circular oral? orifice. Sur-

face beautifully ornamented with numerous, small, white, concave,

irregular, areolar spaces, separated by elevated, transparent, reti-

cular lines of demarcation.. These areole are irregular in form

and distribution, being sometimes nearly round or oval, but more

usually exhibiting a marked tendency to become hexagonal, the

lower ones being usually the most elongated. Occasionally the

areolee are transparent and the reticulations milky. In this state

it appears to be the L. reticulata of MacGillivray : one part of his

description alone does not agree with my specimens ; he speaks

of its being “ considerably compressed.” This however may have

been an accidental circumstance, as all the species, both of En-

tosolenia and Lagena, are liable to a considerable degree of de-

formity. Internal tube patulous, usually shorter than in F.

globosa, and generally with a small dilatation or spherical cavity

a little below the oral ? orifice. The base of the cell is sometimes,

though rarely, furnished with a small umbo.

In the figure of this exceedingly variable species, given in the

Supplement to Montagu’s ‘ Testacea Britannica,’ the areole are

made to represent scales overlapping each other. This appear-

ance, though not natural, is easily obtained, by viewing the object

obliquely and by throwing the microscope a little out of focus,

and I have no doubt would be the aspect presented by the object

when viewed under'the imperfect instruments used in the time

of Mr. Walker. Dr. Fleming considers these areole to be “ pa-

rietal cells.” They are however merely concavities in the exterior

of the cell. They are usually to be traced in the form of opake

spots in the decalcified membrane.

I possess one curious abnormal double specimen of this species,

like that of E. globosa already described. There are two cells,

united inferiorly, and having each one central oral ? orifice at the

opposite extremity.

Long. Diam.

1 1

POU rar, eee.

1 1

Bi ak T3530

1 1.

LOGE tet eee

“ Seasalter, Mr. Boys,” Montagu. Torbay, Swansea, Mr. Jef-

freys. Lamlash Bay, Ayrshire, Scarborough, Mr. Bean. “ Bay

of Aberdeen,” Prof. MacGillivray. Boston; March: rare.

Entosolenia squamosa, var. a. catenulata. PI. II. fig. 20.

Lagenula catenulata, Jeffreys MSS.

Cell ovato-globose, usually hyaline and transparent; areole

very small and numerous, square or hexagonal, arranged in per-

pendicular rows, haying parallel horizontal divisions, which are

20s Mr. WG: Williamson on the genus Lagena.

sometimes straight and at othersarcuated. This form is merely

the E. squamosa with the areole in perpendicular rows instead of

being irregularly distributed over the surface. Sometimes these

areole exhibit a tendency to assume the ordinary white opake

appearance of the common form. I have seen specimens in which

one side exhibited the arrangement in fig. 19, and the opposite

one that of fig. 20; thus showing the identity of the two forms.

Long. ;353; diam. +4¢.

Swansea, Sandwich, Mr. Jeffreys. Boston: very rare.

Entosolenia squamosa, var. 8. scalariformis, nob. PI. II. figs.

21, 22.

Closely resembling the last in the distribution of its areole,

only they are very large and few in number ; usually square or

hexagonal, the horizontal lines of division being most frequently

a little arcuated. The texture of this variety is highly hyaline,

and commonly occurs amongst the young states of L. sguamosa.

As in the preceding example, I have seen specimens in which

one side exhibited the arrangement of the areole, characterising

the present form, whilst the opposite one presented that of the

succeeding variety.

i TSE ¢¢+* 200

Kyleakin, Mr. Jeffreys. Lamlash Bay, Ayrshire, Mr. Bean.

Boston ; March: very rare.

E. squamosa, var. y. hewagona. PI. II. fig. 28.

Areole large, hexagonal, concave, not arranged in well-marked

perpendicular rows. ‘The cell is often more conical, opake, and of

a browner aspect than in the other forms, but numerous interme-

diate specimens link them all together, both as regards the colour,

form and arrangement of the areole.

Long. +43; diam. zZ5- ?

Oban, Kyleakin, Mr. Jeffreys. Lamlash Bay, Scarborough,

Mr. Bean. Boston; March: very rare.

The Vermiculum lacteum of Montagu is not a Lagena, but the

Arethusa lactea of Fleming, a species of Polymorphina of D’Or-

bigny. Vermiculum retortum, Mont., is a very young state of one

of D’Orbigny’s family of Agathistégues, probably the Vermiculum

bicorne, Mont. Vermiculum urne of Montagu, as I have already

stated, I believe to be the same as my Entosolenia lineata. Mr.

Jeffreys suspects it to have been the ovary of a coralline. The

Lagenula marginata of Fleming belongs to D’Orbigny’s genus

Biloculina.

Manchester, June 25, 1847. .

SDeC. Sowerby se.

Ann. Mag Nat. Hist.S.2.VoLLFLVI.

Dr. Baird on the genus Cypridina. 21

II.—Note on the genus Cypridina, M. Edwards; with a de-

scription of two new species. By W. Barnp, M.D., F.LS. &e.

[With two Plates. ]

Tue genus Cypridina was founded by M. Edwards in 1838, in a

note to the second edition of Lamarck’s ‘ Hist. Nat. An. sans

Vertébres,’ and was afterwards more fully detailed in the third vol.

of his ‘ Hist. Nat. des Crustacées.? The animal resembles a good

deal in its general form and structure that of the genus Cypris.

From his observations however it appears to have two eyes, di-

stinct from each other ; two pairs of antennz, both pediform ; one

pair of natatory feet, and a peculiar organ apparently for support-

ing the ova, similar in purpose to, but differmg im structure from,

the second pair of feet in the Cypris. In 1840 M. Philippi pub-

lished a paper in the sixth vol. of the ‘ Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist.’

in which he describes and figures a small Entomostracan allied

to the genus Cypris, and to which he gives the name of Asterope.

In some of its characters as given by him, it differs from the

Cypridina of Kdwards,—points of difference which he particularly

mentions,—but in others it resembles it very closely. I have very

lately had opportunities of examining two species of Entomo-

straca which I can only refer to the genus Cypridina, and which,

upon dissection, I found in several of its parts to partake of the

nature and form of that genus, and in other parts to resemble

Asterope. From this mixture of the characters of the two genera,

and taking into consideration the minuteness of the parts ex-

amined, and the different appearance these same parts assume in

different positions under different microscopes and with different

observers, I am inclined to believe these two genera to be iden-

tical. Waiting however till better opportunities occur for exa-

mining these little creatures, I shall content myself at present

with describing two new species that have lately occurred to me.

Sp. lst. Cypridina MacAndrei. Pl. VI. B. figs. 1,2. Shell of

an oval shape; the two extremities prolonged into sharp points ;

that of upper extremity curved and projecting forwards and a

little upwards, that of inferior extremity projecting a little back-

wards. The whole shell is dotted over with small spots. On

anterior edge near the upper extremity the shell is deeply notched.

It is smooth and of a light colour (dry).

Several specimens of this little animal were placed in my hands

by Mr. M‘Andrew, who dredged them in deep water off the Shet-

land Isles. They were preserved dry, the whole animal being of

the size of a small pin’s head, and the shell being tolerably hard.

In consequence of having been kept thus dry for a considerable

time, the animal had become so shrunk that it was with consi-

22 Dr. Baird on the genus Cypridina,

derable difficulty I succeeded in dissecting it. For the accom-

panying sketches of this species I am indebted to the pencil of

Mr. Charles Ager. |

The eyes I did not succeed in making out. The first pair of

antenne (Pl. VI. fig. 3) are large and pediform: they consist

each of four articulations. The first or basilar joint is stout and

of a considerable size; the second is nearly equally large ; the

third is short, about half the size, and the last is more slender and

terminated by several strong sete. From the junction of the

third and fourth joints issues a bundle of long slender sete as in

Cypris, and the second articulation is beset on both upper and

under edge with numerous strong sete also. The organ which he

calls the natatory foot (fig. 4) is however a very remarkable one : it

consists of a very large, fleshy, round basilar joint, from which

issue two branches separate from each other and differing in size

and structure. The superior is much the larger of the two, and

consists of one long and stout joint and six short ones, from the

base of each of which issues a long hair. The inferior branch is

much smaller and consists of two nearly equal joints, the lower ter-

minating in two short claws. According to the figure given by

M. Edwards, this pair of feet consists of only one branch instead

of two. The mandible I did not succeed in seeing ; but the first

pair of jaws appeared to be very like that organ as represented

by M. Edwards. The second pair of antennz presented the ap-

pearance given in fig. 5, but the parts were too rigid to enable me

to describe it distinctly. On the posterior portion of the animal

there was another organ, which is described by M. Edwards in the

Cypridina as a slender, cylindrical, filiform and twisted body

which supports the ova. In this species it appeared a cylindrical

body (fig. 6) composed of a very great number of small joints, of

a twisted form, and giving off from each side several pretty long

sete which appear numerously jointed also and furnished at their

extremities with sharp spines. It resembles more the same organ

as described in the Asterope by Philippi than that in the Cypri-

dina of Edwards. The abdomen is terminated by a double caudal

plate (Pl. VI. fig. 7), broad, flat, and armed with nine spines ; six

of which are very strong and serrated on their under edge. The

first is the longest and they gradually become shorter as they

descend, the three last being much smaller than the others, not

serrated on their under edges, but furnished with a tuft of short

sete at their extremities. This caudal plate appears to be a simple

continuance of the abdomen, and not articulated with it as in the

tail of Cypridina figured by M. Edwards, and in this particular

resembles much more nearly that organ as represented by Phi-

lippi in his Asterope. ,

Sp. 2nd. Cypridina Adamst. Pl. VII. fig.1. Shell of the size

with descriptions of two new species. 23

of a small pea, of an oval form and very convex, rounded at the

base and somewhat pointed at its apex, under which anteriorly it

is deeply notched. The shell is smooth, shining, and of a pale

yellow or cream colour (dry).

Two or three specimens were brought home by Mr. Arthur

Adams, Assistant Surgeon Royal Navy, attached to H.M. Ship

‘ Samarang,’ who dredged them during the late voyage of that

vessel in the South Atlantic Ocean. They had as well as the

preceding species been preserved dry, and from the long time

they had been kept so, it was almost impossible to dissect the

animal. However by steeping them in spirits of wine for some

time, I succeeded in obtaining the body of the animal sufficiently

entire to be able to ascertain the genus. ‘The anterior antenna

(fig. 2) consists, as in the preceding species, of four joints, the

three last having numerous pretty long plumose sete springing

from the upper edge, and the last being terminated by a tuft of

similar but longer sete. The natatory foot (fig. 3), as in the

other species, consists also of a very large basilar joint which

gives origin to two branches; the upper of which consists of one

very long joint and six very short ones, from the base of each of

which issues a long plumose seta. The oviferous foot (Pl. VII.

fig. 4) resembles very much that of the preceding species, being

cylindrical, and beset at its upper extremity with spines. The

jaws and tail resembled very much the same organs in C. Mac-

Andrei, but the body of the animal was too much decomposed

to allow me to see them sufficiently accurately to be able to figure

them.

Godeheu de Riville, in his paper on the Luminosity of the Sea,

published in 1760 in the third vol. of the ‘Mémoires pour les

Savans Etrangers,’ describes a small Entomostracan which must

belong to this genus. Sailing along the coast of Malabar, when

in 8° 47' N, lat., and in 73° EK. longitude of Paris, the sea was

observed to be unusually and most brilliantly luminous. Having

had his attention previously directed to this interesting pheno-

menon, Riville determined to ascertain the cause. The water all

roundsthe vessel and to a considerable distance from it was white

as snow, and in the wake of the ship innumerable star-like bodies

of a still brighter lustre sparkled on the surface of the agitated

surf. He had some water drawn up from alongside, and he then

observed numerous bright sparkling spots in the bucket in which

it was contained. Pouring it out upon a piece of linen, numbers

of small bodies still giving out light were observed adhering to

the surface of the cloth. They were alive, and resembled, he says,

those small insects called in France Puces d’eau.” The body

of the animal was contained in a little shell which was transpa-

rent, and resembled in form an almond cleft on one side and

24 Dr. Baird on the genus Cypridina.

notched at the superior part. The animal, besides several organs

which he shortly describes, had, he remarks, “ a large foot armed

with a toothed talon resembling that of the puce d’eau, and de-

stined for the same uses, being a kind of rudder which enables

the insect to move about with swiftness.” An officer on board

made several sketches of this interesting little creature, and from

these and the above description I have little doubt of its belong-

ing to this genus*. Riville does not mention the size of his in-

sects, but from what he says they must have been much smaller

than the species above described. Amongst the very interesting

drawings of Crustacea made by Mr. Adams during the voyage of

the ‘Samarang’, there is one which appears to be another species

of this genus. It was taken in the Sooloo Sea. Mr. Adams de-

scribes it as of a bluish colour, semi-opake, two lines in diameter,

and very quick in its motions, darting about with great velocity

and constantly revolving. The figure however is not sufficiently

detailed to enable me to describe the species, and no specimens

were brought home. Mr. Adams observed both of these species

to be highly luminous.

British Museum, October 1847.

PostscRIPT.

Since the above was in type I have had an opportunity of ex-

amining another specimen of the Cypridina Adamsi, kindly placed

in my hands by Mr. Adams. Though equally dry as the other

specimens I had previously received from the same gentleman,

the body of the animal was almost entire, and I was thus enabled

to make out the anatomy more satisfactorily. The eyes are two

in number; each placed upon a conical lengthened peduncle,

which takes its origin near the base of the first pair of the pedi-

form antenne. From the state of the animal I could not

distinctly make out the construction of the organ, but apparently

it was composed of numerous crystalline lenses. The oviferous

feet, placed on each side of the body and directed upwards,

consist each of a long cylindrical body, club-shaped, composed

of a great number of short articulations, and furnished with

many stout barbed spines arising from each side. The ‘articu-

lations are completely circular, and with a high power can be

discerned running round the body of the foot like a bell-wire

(fig. 4a). The spines on its edges are composed of a long basal

joint, smooth for three-fourths of its entire length, and five or six

very short articulations at the apex, each armed with a short awn-

like seta oneither side (fig. 4b). The second pair of antennz (fig. 5)

are each formed of three joints. The basal is stout and fleshy,

and has at its posterior extremity an appendage consisting of a

* Miiller however quotes it as resembling his Lynceus brachyurus!

Ann.& Mag. Nut. Hist. §.2. VAN. PLT

“yh | \ » D4 /

A SFatterson . del. J. De. C Somerby st.

: 1 aN

ike 5 Pe

bo ite

A.fatterson del.

FT De C.Sowerby stv

Ager. ae.

Dr. Reid on the Development of the Medusze. 25

semicircular plate, armed at its edge with numerous slender sete.

The second is shorter and has several long plumose hairs spring-

ing from its inferior edge, and three or four not plumose from

the upper surface. The terminal joint gives off at its apex four

stout sete, and numerous others more slender from its upper

edge. The first pair of jaws (fig. 6) consists each of a semi-

circular plate furnished on its convex margin with a great num-

ber of long beautifully plumose filaments, and has attached to

one extremity two other plates, each provided with numerous

very slender setee on their edges. The second pair of jaws (fig. 7)

consists cach of a semicircular plate furnished on its inner margin

with numerous long slender sete disposed like the teeth of a

comb. At one end it gives off a stout branch like a finger,

which is terminated by seven or eight long curved spines, and

at the other sends off seven or eight long stout plumose setz.

The organs represented at fig. 8 are perhaps the mandibles,

but as I did not observe their exact situation in the animal, I

cannot with certainty refer them to those organs. The part repre-

sented (fig. 9) is unique, but I do not know its nature or use.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES VI. B. and VII.

Prate VI. B. Fig. 1. C. MacAndrei, highly magnified.

Fig. 2. The outer shell removed to show the animal.

. Anterior antenna.

. Natatory foot.

Second pair of antenne.

. Oviferous foot.

Tail.

C. Adamsi, slightly magnified.

. Anterior antenna.

. Natatory foot.

. Oviferous foot: a. portion highly magnified ; b. one of

the spines highly magnified.

5. Second pair of antenne.

6. First pair of jaws,

Fig. 7. Second pair of jaws.

Pirate VII. Fig.

Be 2 bo NT OU co tO

Mandibles ?

III.— Observations on the Development of the Meduse. By Joun

Rerp, M.D., Fellow of the Royal College of Physicians of

Edinburgh, and Chandos Professor of Anatomy and Medicine

in the University of St. Andrews*.

. { With two Plates.]

Tue following observations were made upon three colonies of the

larvee of a Medusa. One of these was procured on the 15th of

* These observations were laid before the Literary and Philosophical

Society of St. Andrews at the Meetings of the 4th of May 1846 and the 5th

_ of April 1847, and abstracts of them were printed in the ‘ Transactions’ of the

Society, and reprinted in Nos. 118 and 131 of the first series of this Journal.

26 Dr. Reid on the Development of the Medusee.

September 1845, and the other two on the 11th of July 1846,

adhering to the lower surface of stones in pools near low water

mark. ‘The stones were of a size which readily permitted them

to be conveyed home, where I have kept them up to the present

time. The mode I have followed in keeping these animals alive

is this. The stones to which they adhere are placed in vessels

of considerable size, supplied daily with water fresh from the

ocean, and the animals fed once or twice weekly with small

morsels of mussels, which they readily swallow. The first of the

three colonies consisted of between thirty and forty individuals,

and the largest was between two and three lines in length ; the

individuals composing the other two colonies were more nume-

rous and of somewhat larger size.

After I had completed my examination of the structure of

these animals I discovered that they had been described by Sars,

first under the generic name of Scyphistoma, and afterwards as

the larva of the Medusa*.

Many of the larvee increased much in size several sicltin after I

took them home, and the body of one that I measured was ird of

an inch in length and }th of aan inch in diameter ; another was

3‘, ths of an inch in length and ;%ths of an inch in circumference.

As every part of their body is contractile, they can assume a great

variety of forms. The more common of these are represented

in Pl. V. figs. 1, 2,3, 4and5. Though almost all of them are

throughout of a grayish white colour, a few presented spots or

patches of a purple colour, which were sometimes observed to dis-

appear and reappear in the same individual. The tentacula are

generally from twenty-two to twenty-seven in number, and when

fully expanded are three or four times the length of the body. In

one that I measured the body was ;4,ths of an inch, and the tenta-

cula 77ths of an inch in length ; in another the body was 2%ths,

and the tentacula 8,ths of an inch in length. The mouth is very

dilatable and varies much in shape, but is most commonly qua-

drangular. When fully expanded it forms a round aperture oc-

cupying nearly the whole of the disc (fig. 5) ; at other times its

margins or lips are elongated and approximated so as to form a

considerable quadrangular projection (fig. 2). Its more com-

mon condition perhaps is that represented in fig. 3 a.

The four round, equidistant and slight depressions placed be-

tween the mouth and margin of the disc are represented in fig. 2 a.

The body and tentacula of the larva are composed of two di-

stinct layers, an internal and external. The internal layer chiefly

consists of nuclei and nucleated cells (PI. VI. fig. 19) of various

sizes, some of them containing a large number of nuclei; while

the external is chiefly composed of a structureless substance with

* Annales des Sciences Naturelles, tom. xvi. p. 321, 1841.

Dr. Reid on the Development of the Meduse. 27

numerous minute nuclei disseminated through it. Numerous

nearly elliptical and oval capsules (filiferous capsules), having a

long thread or filament coiled up in the interior of each, are fixed.

upon the outer surface of the external layer, and in much smaller

number upon the inner surface of the internal layer, where it lines

the internal cavity or stomach. These capsules are most abundant

upon the external surface of the tentacula. Fig. 20 is a highly en-

larged view of a small portion of one of the tentacula, showing

the filiferous capsules attached to its outer surface. These fili-

ferous capsules vary much in size, but the largest are generally of a

uniform size, nearly of an elliptical form, and about 555th of an

inch in their largest diameter (PI. V. fig. 8). Several of these, de-

tached in examining portions of the larva under the microscope,

had burst open at the smaller end, and the spiral thread projected

through the opening and was uncoiled (fig. 9). In the entire

capsule a rounded and narrow column passes from the smaller end,

beyond which it slightly projects, in the direction of its longest

diameter, nearly to its other extremity ; and this column, to which

the spiral thread is attached, protrudes from the interior of the

capsule when it bursts. I have never observed these filaments

projecting from the capsules when adhering to the surface of the

body, unless when subjected to pressure, but it is difficult to use the

more powerful object-glasses necessary for distinguishing these,

without compressing more or less the part under examination.

The internal is considerably thicker and more opake than the

external layer, is of a slightly yellowish colour when it accumu-

lates at any point in greater abundance than usual, and is folded

inwards to form the four equidistant projections seen on the sur-

face of the stomach when the mouth is dilated (fig. 5 a), and

when the body of the animal is slit open and then spread out

(fig.6¢c). By making a transverse section of the body, the rela-

tive thickness of the internal and external layers, and the man-

ner in which the internal is folded to form the four pouches or

short canals that project from the internal surface, are very di-

stinctly seen (fig. 7). These four short canals (fig. 7 a) termi-

nate at their upper end in another canal, encircling the mouth

and placed between it and the margin of the disc (fig.6 6). Into

this circular canal the hollow tentacula also open. The inner

surface of the circular canal and the tentacula is lined by the in-

ternal layer. The four depressions (fig. 2 a) placed between the

mouth and margin of the disc correspond to the termination of

the four vertical in the circular canal. Across the bottom of

these depressions, which at first sight look like apertures, a mem-

brane is stretched sufficiently thin to permit readily of the trans-

udation of fluids. ;

After reading Steenstrup’s observations on the structure of

28 Dr. Reid on the Development of the Medusee.

these animals*, where he describes four canals,—one in each

angle of the extensible membrane surrounding the mouth and

forming the lips,—passing from the circular canal already men-

tioned, and also another circular canal placed in the free margin

of the lips, I repeated my examinations; and though I used

glasses of very different magnifying powers, and made numerous

trials, I could not satisfy myself of the existence of these canals.

No doubt four equidistant white lmes presenting the appearance

of canals are seen, in certain conditions of the extensible lips,

running in the positions indicated by Steenstrup ; but in some of

the numerous forms which the lips assume these lines entirely

disappear, and when present they seem to be formed by narrow

ridges on the external surface, resulting from the quadrangular

shape assumed by the lips. The free margin of the lips fre-

quently presented indications of the presence of a canal, but I

could never satisfy myself of its actual existence. In making

such investigations, it must be kept in mind, that the internal is

readily separated by pressure from the external layer, otherwise

we may be led into error. In the almost daily examinations I

have made of these animals during the last two years, I never

observed the slightest traces of the hollow quadrangular body

described by Steenstrup as growing from the lower surface of

the cavity or stomach in the body of the animal, sometimes pro-

jecting as high as the mouth, and placed in the middle of the

stomach, like the clapper in a bell. ;

The inner surface of the lips and of the stomach, and the ex-

ternal surface of the tentacula and body, are covered with very fine

cilia, so that currents of water, unless when the mouth is shut,

are constantly passing in and out from the mouth and along the

tentacula. The cilia upon the external surface of the body re-

quire the use of the higher object-glasses for their detection, and

for a long time they escaped my notice.

The colony of larvee first obtained began to produce buds and

stolons about the middle of January 1846, and the other two colo-

nies at the end of July of the same year. With intervals of com-

parative repose they have gone on reproducing abundantly ever

since; so that, notwithstanding they are constantly suffering

loss by death and other causes, the number of individuals in

each colony has greatly increased. Whenever buds and stolons

are formed, they commence by a thickening of the internal layer

at those parts, causing a bulging outwards of the external layer.

A single bud (fig. 10 a), occasionally two buds, grow from the

upper surface of the stolon, and these become developed into

larve in the manner described by Sars. The buds form upon

* On the Alternations of Generations, &c., translated for the Ray So-

ciety, pp. 22, 23.

Dr. Reid on the Development of the Meduse. 29

all parts of the external surface, but most frequently near the

lower part, of the body. On many of the larger larve several

buds were seen growing at the same time (fig. 11a). As a bud

enlarges it becomes elongated and attenuated at its free extre-

mity, and bends itself downwards to reach the surface of the

stone to which the elongated extremity adheres: after this the

attached end is gradually separated from the body of the parent.

When thus detached, a small opening presents itself at its upper

end, its interior gradually becomes hollowed out and cilia grow

upon it, and tentacula commence to sprout around the mouth,

exactly in the same manner as in the buds formed on the upper

surface of the stolons. The outer surface of the buds is also

covered with very fine cilia. Several of the buds were found

lying loose at the bottom of the vessels in which the stones are

kept, probably detached by accident, and these after a time fixed

themselves to the surface of the vessels, and passed through

their development into larvee in the same manner as those that

adhered for a longer time to the bodies of their parents. One

of these detached buds fixed itself at two separate points, and

two mouths, each furnished with its own tentacula, were formed

at opposite ends of its upper surface. When a bud was deve-

loped on a stolon, the connecting part between the bud and the

parent was more frequently absorbed, or at least disappeared, at

other times the bond of connection remained; so that occasion-

ally two, three or more larvee of different or of nearly equal size

might be seen growing closely united together at the base, as if

one had split itself longitudinally into two or more separate in-

dividuals. This chiefly took place when the larvee were so thickly

clustered together that they had not room to spread sufficiently.

When the buds were developed into young larve, these generally

moved outwards from their parents to a small distance, leaving

room for those that were to succeed them. This locomotion is

generally slow,—one larva that I watched moved ,°,ths of an

inch in fourteen days,—and is effected by a sliding motion of

the attached end over the substance to which it adheres. In this

motion the attached end bulges outwards in the direction it is

about to take (fig.12a), and the whole of this end gradually

follows, carrying of course the whole of the upper part of the

body along with it. More rarely they move more rapidly by

pushing outwards a narrow prolongation similar to a long sto-

lon (fig. 4a), which becomes fixed at its further extremity, and

the attached end becoming loosened, the whole body is carried

onwards by the contraction of the prolonged part. The older

larvee are almost or entirely stationary.

The larvee, when detached from the surface to which they are

adherent, can again fix themselves. I have frequently performed

30 Dr. Reid on the Development of the Meduse.

this experiment by placing those detached in separate vessels,

and almost always successfully, when care was taken to disturb

them as little as possible for three or four days, or longer. A

considerable number of larvee are adhering to the surface of the

vessels in which the stones are kept *. -

I made several experiments upon the reparative powers of th

larvee. In several the upper half of the body was cut off, and

after three or four days its lower or cut end had closed in, and

by the sixth day it had attached itself to the surface of the ves-

sel, and shortly assumed all the appearances of an entire larva,

sending out stolons and forming buds. Fig. 12 is a representa-

tion of the upper half of a larva eight days after it had been cut

off. New tentacula, and a new mouth also, after several days

presented themselves on the upper or cut end of the lower half.

Several were divided longitudinally through their entire length,

and when means were not taken to keep the cut edges apart

they soon adhered again, and no traces of their division remained.

In one divided longitudinally the two portions were kept apart,

and in each the cut edges approximated and adhered, and two

separate animals were thus produced from one.

The larve are voracious, and readily seize and swallow uni-

valve or bivalve molluscans, or a crustacean, as large or even

larger than their own bodies before they are stretched out, and

after retaining them in the stomach, generally for about twenty-

four hours in summer and nearly twice as long in winter, they

reject them through the mouth. They also not unfrequently

swallow one of their neighbours, and its sojourn in the stomach

for some time terminates in its digestion and destruction. When

they seize a univalve molluscan too large to be swallowed, they

retain it firmly embraced in their tentacula, and insert their elon-

gated mouth into the interior of the shell; and in like manner

they keep dead articulate animals, or molluscans without shells,

too large to be swallowed, in their tentacula for more than a day,

and probably extract nourishment from them by acting on their

textures by their extensible lips. ne

The larvee of the first colony, obtained in September 1845, did

not split transversely into young Meduse in the spring of 1846, as

I expected them to do, but continued to produce stolons and buds

abundantly. A great. number of them had then attained a large

size, and many of them presented on their outer surface transverse

rugee, and four pretty deep equidistant vertical grooves, as repre-

sented in fig. 13, but none of them presented the appearances now

* According to Sars, “si on détache violemment ces polypes, il n’y a

qu’un petit nombre qui peut se fixer de nouveau, et alors ils n’adhérent pas

si fortement qu’a l’ordinaire; la plupart restent libres au fond du verre,” —

Opus cit. p. 339.

Dr. Reid on the Development of the Medusze. 31

about to be described, indicative of their splitting transversely into

young Meduse. In the beginning of February of the present year,

the upper part of the body of some of the larvee of the first colony

became cylindrical, considerably elongated and much diminished

in diameter, with thickly-set rings forming at the top. From the

circumference of the rings first formed eight equidistant lobes or

rays began to grow, the rings increased in size and became of a

reddish brown colour, the tentacula gradually wasted away, and

in the course of eight days the young Meduse were beginning

to detach themselves in the manner described by Sars. While this

was going on at the upper part of the body, the process of elon-

gation and the formation of new rings was proceeding downwards,

as represented in Pl. VI. fig. 14, so that thirty or forty rings,

each of which was about to become a young Medusa, could be

counted on the body of one larva at the same time, and the body

in some cases measured three-fourths of an inch in length. At

this period the upper part of the body was of the form of an in-

verted pyramid, and had a distinctly reddish brown colour. As

the grooves separating the rings increased in depth, it was ob-

served that the body of the young Medusa above was at last

attached only to the upper margin of the lips of the one below:

Fig. 15 is a greatly enlarged representation of one of these young

Medusz immediately after it had separated itself from the body

of a larva. A small proportion, probably not above one-sixth or

one-seventh of the larva, underwent this process of splitting into

young Medusze, and in no case that I observed did it extend

through the whole length of the body of the larva; for a portion,

often very small, at its attached end did not become ringed

(fig. 14 a), threw out new tentacula before the young Meduse

last formed were detached, and it continued to live as a .

larva. Some of the larvee of the other two colonies obtained in

July of the preceding year began to yield young Medusz about

the middle of March, and exactly in the same manner as in the

first colony. A fortnight, or more, generally elapsed, after the

commencement of the separation of the young Meduse in a

larva, before the process was finished.

The general appearance and habits of the young Meduse im-

mediately after they have detached themselves from the larve

have been described already by Sars, but there are various parts

of its structure which stand in need of additional elucidation.

External to the quadrangular mouth occupying the centre of the

lower surface of the body of the young Medusa (fig. 15) are four

bifid hollow processes, placed at equal distances from each other,

and adhering by the end of their undivided portion to the inner

surface of the inferior wall of the stomach (fig.15 a). The in-

ferior wall of the stomach, which forms also the inferior surface

32 Dr. Reid on the Development of the Meduse.

of the body, is so thin that at first sight these processes appear

to be attached to the external surface. Fig. 16 is a greatly en-

larged view of one of these bifid processes. Each of these pro-

cesses forms two hollow floating tubes, communicating with the

stomach or internal cavity by a common orifice (fig. 16a), and

having the edges of their external surfaces covered with nume-

rous filiferous capsules (fig. 16 4). The stomach is large and

extends nearly to the margin of the body or disc. Outside the

position of the four bifid processes, and on the lower surface of

the inferior wall of the body, there is a circular band, slightly

elevated, more granular and opake than the portion of the body

placed within it, having prolongations passing off from its outer

edge to the intervals between the eight bifid lobes or rays that

spring from the margin of the body, and others along the centre

of the lower surface of these bifid lobes, as far as the ocellus

placed at the point of bifurcation of each lobe (fig. 15). When

the animal contracts the marginal lobes in swimming, this circle

becomes narrower, more distinctly defined, and approaches nearer

tothe mouth. In certain states of the animal the prolongations

from the outer edge of this circle to the intervals between the

eight bifid rays are longer than represented in fig. 15. When

the animal is examined in certain positions and with glasses of

weak power, this circle, and the sixteen prolongations extending

outwards from it to the intervals between the rays, and along

the lower surface of the rays themselves, assume pretty nearly

the appearances represented by Steenstrup as vessels; and as I

have been unable to satisfy myself of the presence of any vessels

there, I am inclined to believe that he has been misled in this way.

I have occasionally observed the appearance of a thread-like

nervous circle around the mouth, sending a filament along each

of the rays towards the ocelli, on approaching which it bifurcated ;

but not having been able to make these out at other times,

under circumstances that appeared favourable for their detection,

I am not prepared to affirm that a nervous system is present.

At the point of bifurcation of each of the marginal lobes or

rays there is placed, as Sars has described, a little eminence, hy-

pothetically designated by Steenstrup an ocellus (figs.15¢ &17a).

This ocellus forms a mammillary process, consisting of three

distinct structures (fig. 17 a). The apex is chiefly formed of a

considerable number of very minute crystals, and a small part of

its base is more opake and more granular than its larger middle

portion. From a greatly enlarged view of the crystals occupying

the apex of the ocellus, given in fig. 18, it will be observed that

the upper are shorter and thicker than the lower; in fact, while

a few of the former are almost as thick as they are long, some of

the latter are almost needle-shaped. On fixing the polarizing

Dr. Reid on the Development of the Meduse. — 88

apparatus to the microscope, it was observed that these crystals

depolarized the light. I gave some of the young Meduse to

Principal Sir David Brewster for examination, and he returned

me the following report: “'The small raised portions of the Me-

dusze named ocelli consist each of six or more similar parts, each

part having the property of depolarizing polarized light. When

all the other portions of the animal are absolutely black, the ocelli

shine with considerable brightness. Upon turning the Medusz

round in a plane perpendicular to the axis of vision, the individual

parts of the ocelli disappear and reappear, according to the angle

which their neutral axes (if they have double refraction), or their

planes of separation (if they are merely polarizing lamin), form

with the plane of primitive polarization. If these raised por-

tions named ocelli are really organs of vision, the probability is

that their axis of vision is perpendicular to the general surface

of the Medusa.”

The inner half of the lower surface of the bifid portion of each

of the marginal lobes (fig. 17) is thinned off to a sharp edge,

bounded externally by a continuation of the ridge running along

the middle of the inferior surface already described, so that the

bifid portion resembles in form a pair of strong scissors.

A number of larger and smaller filiferous capsules, similar to

those observed in the larvae, adhere to the outer surface of the

young Meduse; and fine cilia are present on the inner surface

of the lips and stomach, and on the outer surface of the four bifid

processes floating in the stomach.

Though the normal number of the marginal lobes or rays is

eight, yet occasionally they were as few as four and as many as

twelve. In a few cases one or more of these lobes were trifid,

with an ocellus placed in the cleft of each division.

I was not able to preserve the young Medusz alive more than

twenty days. During that time the lobes or rays had become

shorter from the expansion of the body, and im a few, small pa-

pillee were forming in the clefts between the lobes.

A comparison between the observations of Sars and Steen-

strup upon the larve of the Medusa living in the ocean, and

those made upon them while living in the artificial condition de-

scribed, elicits some facts of considerable interest. According

to Sars and Steenstrup, the colonies of these animals living in

the ocean split up entirely into young Medusz each spring, and

completely disappear, and new ones are founded in September

from the ova of the adult Meduse; but while living in the arti-

ficial state, as was also some years ago remarked by Sir John

Dalyell *, a certain number only of the individuals of the colony

* Jamieson’s Philosophical Journal for 1836.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.2. Vol. i. 3

34 Dr. Reid on @ new species of Actinia.

undergo this process, and that not throughout their entire length ;

for even a portion of each of those that form young Meduse by

transverse divisions of their substance, continues to live as a

larva. The first colony I obtained was seventeen months in my

possession before any of the individuals composing it underwent

its development into young Medusz. That the larve, even when

living in the ocean, are not always formed in autumn and un-

dergo their development into young Medusz in spring, is evi-

dent from the fact, that two of the colonies in my possession were

obtained from the ocean in July. Whether these larve had

been generated the preceding autumn, and continued to live as

such up to the time they were obtained from the ocean, or had

been generated at some period subsequent to this, it is impossible

to determine.

Account of a new Actinia.

Though the Actinia I am about to describe has in many respects

a close resemblance to the Actinia chrysanthellum of Mr. Peach,

described and figured in Dr. Johnston’s late edition of his work

on ‘ British Zoophytes,’ vol. i. p. 220, it yet differs from it suffi-

ciently, at least as far as [ can make out, to justify me in regard-

ing it asa distinct species. If this should be confirmed, I would

propose to name it Actinia cylindrica.

Body elongated, cylindrical, free ; tentacula uniserial, submarginal ;

mouth elongated upwards, forming a conical tube with small pro-

cesses attached to its margin.

This animal was found in St. Andrew’s Bay, by Mrs. Macdonald

and myself about two years ago, immediately after it had been

thrown ashore during a storm, and it was kept alive for three days.

Fig. 21 (Plate VI.) is a representation of the form of the animal

of the natural size.

_ The body is cylindrical and marked by longitudinal lines. The

inferior fourth of the body is translucent, more contractile than

the upper part, and sometimes assumes nearly a conical form with

the apex downwards. The upper three-fourths of the body are

opake and of a faint pink colour. The tentacula are twelve in

number, ranged in a single row, smooth on the surface, of a light

pink colour, and having their internal or oral surface crossed by

four zigzag white lines (fig. 22). They are elongated trans-

versely or flattened from. within outwards, and taper towards

their free extremity. They were never seen more elongated than

what is represented in fig, 21, but as the animal appeared to be

languid, it is quite possible they are capable of greater elongation.

When contracted to the utmost they formed little conical emi-

nences, projecting outwards and upwards, and were seen to be

attached immediately below the outer margin of the disc. Twelve

Dr. Reid on a new species of Actinia. 35

bands of a faint reddish brown colour and adhering along their

edges, radiate inwards from the circumference of the disc, con-

verge at its centre, and prolong themselves upwards to form the

mouth, or rather the lips. The margin of the lips is surrounded

by twelve small processes, six of which are very minute; these

processes are of a triangular form and of an orange colour, except

at the edges, which are translucent. This prolonged mouth did

not always occupy the centre of the disc, but could be directed

towards any part of the margin.

The external sac sent strong partitions inwards, the position of

which was marked by the longitudinal lines on its outer surface,

and in the interstices of these partitions the ovaries were placed.

This animal in many respects closely resembles the J/uanthos

Scoticus of Professor EK. Forbes*, and the chief difference between

them is found in the structure of the mouth.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES V. and VI.

Prate V.

Figs. 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5. Representations of the more common forms assumed

by the larve.

Fig. 6. A larva slit open and stretched out to show the four vertical canals,

and the manner in which they terminate in the circular canal:

a, extensible lips; 6, circular canal ; ¢, four vertical canals ; d, ten-

tacula considerably shortened by their contraction.

Fig. 7. Transverse section of the body of a larva to show the manner in

which the four vertical canals are formed: a, vertical canals.

Fig. 8 Filiferous capsule entire.

Fig. 9. Filiferous capsule burst and the spiral filament uncoiled.

Fig. 10. Larva throwing out stolons, from one of which a bud is springing.

Fig. }1. Larva having several buds growing from its surface.

fig. 12. Upper half of a larva eight days after it had been cut across.

Fig. 18. One of the forms assumed by some of the larvee.

Pirate VI.

Fig. 14, Larva in the process of splitting into young Meduse.

Fig. 15. Lower surface of one of the young Meduse after its separation

from a larva: a, one of the four bifid processes in the stomach;

e, ocellus.

Fig. 16. Greatly enlarged view of one of the bifid processes in the stomach.

Fig. 17. Greatly enlarged view of one of the eight marginal rays or lobes :

a, ocellus.

‘ig. 18. Greatly enlarged view of the crystals in apex of o¢ellus.

Fig. 19. Two of the nucleated cells and several of the nuclei that enter so

abundantly into the structure of the internal layer, as seen when a

portion of this layer is detached.

Fig. 20. Small portion of a tentaculum, highly magnified, to exhibit the fili-

ferous capsules adhering to its outer surface.

Fig. 21. Representation of Actinia cylindrica of the natural size.

Fig. 22, Oral surface of one of the tentacula.

in the examination of the more minute structures figured above, a one-

eighth of an inch object-glass made by Powell and Leland, and a one-fourth

of an inch object-glass by Smith and Beck, were employed.

* Annals of Natural History, vol. v. p. 180.

36 Mr. Toulmin Smith on the Classification

IV.—On the Ventriculide of the Chalk; their classification.

By J. Toutmin Smiru, Esq.

[Continued from vol. xx. Ist Series, p. 191.]

I HAVE thus described with some detail the structure which marks

a large group of fossils from the chalk, and have further endea-

voured to show what are the natural affinities of the group thus

marked. The only clue has thus been obtained towards arran-

ging, in a true and natural classification, those widely varied

forms to which, under various secondary modifications, this

structure belongs. The few of these which have hitherto been

known have been uncharacterized except by names as various as

the different writers, and which, being names merely, could leave

no impression of reality on the mind of the inquirer.

It will assist the inquirer, and will much enhance the import-

ance of the present investigation, if, before entering on the de-

scription of their modifications, something is said of the strati-

graphical distribution of these fossils.

From what has already been stated,it will be obvious that these

fossils require to be sought: they can seldom fall in the collec-

tor’s way as do fossils having solid parts, Testacea, Vertebrata,

&e. If found at all in the hands of the dealer they will usually

be fragmentary only, or in a matrix, the flint, the deceptive

character of whose obvious appearances has been already shown.

By far the greater part of the forms assumed are, besides, such that

no blow of the hammer can disclose the character of the fossil.

It is necessary to premise thus much that it may be under-

stood that the fact of these fossils not having yet been recognized

in particular localities or strata is no proof that they do not exist

therein ; and, now that the true structure characteristic of them

has been described, it may be hoped that the presence of some

representatives of the family may be detected much more widely

than has been hitherto suspected. A mere fragment may now

serve for the detection of that presence*.

As far as can be gathered from the various authorities already

cited, it would appear that these fossils are more abundant in

England than in any other country. In the chalk of Kent,

Sussex, Norfolk, Wiltshire, and the respectively adjoining locali-

ties, some of the forms aré abundant, though in each region the

localities in which they abound are certainly restricted. In the

chalk of Yorkshire they appear to be much less abundant. In-

deed many bodies which have heretofore been grouped as Ventri-

culide from that region have no relation to that family; while

* Of course not for the determination of species, or, necessarily, even of

genus.

of the Ventriculide of the Chalk. 37

the forms hitherto collected there of true Ventriculide are very

rare, if we may judge from the specimens in the museum of the

Yorkshire Philosophical Institution, for the opportunity of care-

fully inspecting which specimens I am indebted to the courtesy

of Mr. Charlesworth*. In England these fossils have not hitherto

been recognized in any other than the Cretaceous group. It is

probable that careful search will reveal them throughout all the

members of that group. At present they have been found in

five divisions of it; viz. the Upper Chalk, the Middle Chalk, the

Lower Chalk, the Chalk Marl, and the Upper Greensand. The

prevalence indeed of certain forms is characteristic of certain of

these divisions} ; a result which unexpectedly displayed itself

after the classification presently to be exhibited had been worked

out from a cautious study of the individuals, and the value of

which result must therefore strike every inquirer. The particular

divisions characterized by the predominance of one or the other

class of forms will be shown in severally describing those forms.

There is no & priori reason why representatives of these forms

should not be found in older and in newer formations than these

cretaceous beds. Still the fact of their not having been thus found

in England, where, in those cretaceous beds, some of them so much

abound, leads to some hesitation in relying implicitly on the

alleged much lower stratigraphical position of some foreign forms.

The foreign forms from the true chalk appear to be few and rare ;

but there are several figures in Goldfuss, to some of which I have

already alludedt, probably representing forms belonging to this

family, which are there given as from the “Jurakalk.” In the

* In addition to the acknowledgements which I have already made, I

have the further pleasure of now recording the kindness, in affording me

the means of examining different specimens from very various localities, of

Mr. Lyell, Mr. Wetherell and Mr. Oakeshott of Highgate, Mr. Cunnington

of Devizes, Mr. Catt of Brighton, and Mr. Whittle of St. John’s College,

Cambridge, besides that of Mr. Charlesworth as above-mentioned. I must

also acknowledge the kind assistance afforded me by Mr. Waterhouse of

the British Museum, in facilitating the task of inspecting the specimens in

that collection. To the President of the Geological Society I am also in-

debted for the prompt courtesy with which he has enabled me to avail

myself efficiently of illustrations from the valuable museum of that Society.

I would take this opportunity of saying that I shall be greatly obliged

by any illustrations and opportunities similar to those which have already

been so kindly and liberally afforded to me.

+ See observations in the Ann. and Mag. of Nat. Hist. vol. xx. p. 337.

An interest beyond even that which they are calculated intrinsically to ex-

cite is thus given to these fossils, of the same nature as that which attaches

to a series of Ammonites from different beds.

{ Ante, vol. xx. p.78. It is proper to state that there are many forms,

besides those thus specified, figured by Goldfuss as from the Jurakalk, and

which I have not much doubt are Ventriculide. I have only enumerated

the more obvious.

38: Mr. Toulmin Smith on the Classification

British Museum, again, is a large and valuable series of fossils,

which I have carefully examined, and which I can therefore state

with assured confidence to belong to this family*, and which are

stated to be from Mount Rhanden in Switzerland ; a locality the

strata of which are declared to be equivalent to the lower beds of

the Middle Oolite of England. The matrix appears much the

same as that of our English chalk marl; but that test is, of course,

very incomplete. The point requires careful investigation ; and,

as the true character and importance of these fossils will have

now become known, it may be hoped that the attention of some

of the many competent foreign observers may be directed to it.

As I shall show the changes which these forms have undergone

m passing from one division of our English strata to another to

have been great, it will be peculiarly mteresting to ascertain

exactly to what strata these foreign forms do actually belong ; for

many of them differ much from our English forms. It is inter-

esting at present to remark that the form which is of the great-

est vertical range in the English beds (Brachiolites digitatus) is

unequivocally found in these Rhanden beds.

In p. 510 of the first volume of the Journal of the Geological

Society there is described by Mr. Lonsdale, under the name of

“ Ocellaria ramosa,” a fossil found by Mr. Lyell in the Eocene

deposits at Jacksonborough in Georgia, United States. Did this

fossil exhibit any true affinities with the group which has been

called Ocellaria it would necessarily belong to the Ventriculide,

and I was anxious to ascertain the facts. Mr. Lyell has obli-

gingly enabled me to do this by placing in my hands all the

specimens found by him, and which are, it is believed, all that

have ever been found. The result is, that the fossil is found to

present none whatever of the characters of Ocellaria; and I

cannot understand upon what grounds it has had this name affixed

to it by Mr. Lonsdale, except that he appears, from his observa-

tions, never to have had an opportunity of examining any actual

specimens of the so-called Ocellaria, and to have been misled by >

some of the figurest. These fossils however answer to no part

of the generic description given by Ramond, or any subsequent

writer, of the Ocellaria. The tubules in the Eocene fossils are

tubules ramifying through a massive substance, and there is not

any polyparium which is “ explanato-membranaceum,” and “ utro-

* These treasures are at present unarranged. I should be happy to

assist in that task, and to complete it by adding, as far as possible from

my private collection, all the British forms, should the present Commis-

sion result in any prospect of improvement in that respect.

+ The figure specially referred to, and which is copied by Lamouroux,

pl. 72, fig. 5, has certainly aconsiderable resemblance to a special fractured

surface of the Eocene fossil.

of the Ventriculidee of the Chalk. 39

que latere porosum.” The characters of Ocellaria, as given b

all the authors*, are clear and unmistakeable so far as they go;

and there cannot be a moment’s doubt as to what the true rela-

tions of the so-called genus are, as will presently be seen. It is

perfectly certain that this so-called Ocellaria ramosat has none

of these relations, and therefore that it does not serve to bring

the Ventriculide within the tertiary period. No trace of this

family has, then, yet been anywhere discovered higher than the

upper beds of the English chalk.

As it is desirable to have the treatment of the subject as com-

plete as possible, so far as it goes, and as the materials which I

have collected from the English chalk are sufficiently abundant

to lead me to hope that such completeness may be given, for all

practical purposes, to the description of the forms found in those

beds, I shall confine myself at present to these last ; which I the

rather do in that, while it would be @ priori probable that the

examination of so extensive a series of beds would at any rate

afford a full series of typical characters,—and therefore a sound

basis for a permanent and generally applicable system of classifi-

cation,—the examination of the Rhanden specimens in the British

Museum has satisfied me that all of them will range within the

typical groups which the forms of the English chalk have led me

to assign. f

I have already indicated { in what direction we must look for

the essential characters which mark this whole family. It is

extremely improbable that a structure so extraordinary, so pecu-

larly bearimg the marks of special design and adaptation as

the octahedral structure, should be otherwise than characteristic

of the family in individuals of which its existence has been dis-

covered. Until, then, it has been found elsewhere, the philoso-

phical inquirer will take that structure as his guide in the deter-

* Those characters are, ‘‘ Polypier pierreux, aplati en membrane, diverse-

ment contourné, subinfundibuliformée, a superficie arénacée, muni de pores

sur les deux faces.”” The observations of Milne-Edwards, on an inspec-

tion of the actual fossils, are alone sufficient to show that the present fossils

could not be Ocellarie, their apparent tubules being, as stated in p. 511,

sometimes penetrated by fibres in a radiated manner. Milne-Edwards

expressly says (Lamarck, Anim. sans Vert. ii. p. 291), “‘ L’axe solide, qui

remplit assez ordinairement les trous, et qui a été pris pour une partie du

Polypier lui-méme, n’est que la gangue qui s’est moulée dans ces trous, et

qui s’est cassée au niveau de la surface du Polypier, lorsque celui-ci a été

détaché de la masse qui le renfermait.”

+ The fossil is however a very curious and interesting one. Its whole

aspect and character recall those of the Alcyonium, both in its massiveness,

its cylindrical tubules, and their connecting plexus of fibres. I have many

analogous fossils from the chalk, into the investigation of which it is my

intention to enter when the present subject shall be completed.

{ Ante, vol. xx. p. 182.

40 Mr. Toulmin Smith on the Classification

mination of the members of this family. My careful attention

has therefore been directed to ascertainmg the presence of that

structure under every various mask of external form, and I have

hitherto invariably found that presence accompanied by certain

other characteristics, which would necessarily be present if the

affinities which I have already attempted to show are those of

the Ventriculidz be the true ones. Without full confidence in

the Law of Unity as a sure guide, I cannot conceive of any pro-

gress being made in any scientific mvestigation. I have not

found that guide to fail me yet in the present investigation, and

am therefore content to take it as the basis of such exposition as

I am now able to give of the genera and species of the family

VENTRICULIDE.

Proceeding therefore on this basis, it may be stated generally,

that all those’fossils which are marked by a membranous struc-

ture made up of cubic squares, with equally subtending octahedral

fibre at the angles of union of those squares, belong to the family

Ventriculide, and that all members of that family are marked by

that structure. We shall find, it is true, thus associated forms

externally most diverse*, and the alleged affinity of which would

at first sight startle the inquirer ; which have indeed hitherto had

places the most different assigned to them : but I shall be able to

show that other and most interesting Unities prevail through all

these various forms in addition to that structural one; and these

diversities will thus become only another useful addition to the.

often repeated but too often neglected lesson, that no guide is

more fallacious than likeness or unlikeness of mere external

form t.

“ A natural classification,” says Milne-Edwards, “is nothing

else than a description of the modifications, more or less import-

ant, observed in the structure of animals, and a specification of

the differmg degrees of likeness or unlikeness which the latter

bear to each other.” Nothing is easier than the multiplication

of genera and species. But it is no slight task, though a most

important one, to determine what are the material modifications

on which distinction of genus should be founded; what the ma-

* On the other hand, I shall take a future opportunity of showing that

forms externally bearing much resemblance to the Ventriculide have in

truth a very different structure and affinities.

+ Parkinson long ago remarked, that “if the figure of the fossil be as-

sumed as the leading character of the species, substances, differing mate-

rially in their structure, will be classed together in the same species ; and,

on the other hand, if the species be formed on the external structure, we

shall have under the same species substances differing widely in their

forms.’’ Vol. ii. p.128. It would have been well if Goldfuss and others

had paid a little attention to these important truths.

t Sur les Crisies, &c., p. 233.

of the Ventriculide of the Chalk. 41

terial points of likeness or unlikeness which should mark separate

species*, :

The only principle upon which I can understand any philoso-

phical or natural classification to be founded, is the taking some

principal and most easily recognizable point in the ceconomy of

the living animal, and examining all the individuals under review

in reference to that one point.

It has been already seen that the Ventriculide belong to a

high type of the Molluscan Polyps,—to the Polyzoa,—approach-

ing most nearly to the recent Hschara and Halodactylus. The

fossilized remains of animals of this order, the organization of

whose recent congeners has been but so lately understood, might

seem at first sight to baffle any attempt to seize on such a point.

It seems to me however that such aone may be found. In all

recent animals of this order the first essential to their life and

well-being is the presence and free access of the sea-water. Va-

rious contrivances are adopted to secure this end,—some genera

and species being parasitical, some loosely floating, some stiffly

erect ; each, varying as they also do in form, adapted to the pe-

culiar circumstances of the locality which it inhabits, and each,

according to the particular plan adopted, exhibiting some charac-

teristic differences in habit and organs. This is precisely consistent

with the observations already made+ as to the constant relation

existing between the polypidom, rightly examined, and the nature

of the inhabiting polyps. Such differences no doubt existed in the

recent Ventriculide ; and though it is obviously impossible that

we should ever be able, in these fossils, to ascertain the points of

difference in habits and imdividual organs, we may, by care and

patience, ascertain those differences in the contrivances displayed

in the structure of the polypidoms which we must thus be satis-

fied were intimately and necessarily connected with such differ-

ences in habits and individual organs. I allude to the various

modes of folding of the delicate membranet which forms the

framework of every individual of this family, and on whose sur-

face the minute and numberless colony of polyps dwelt. I ap-

* Were I to follow the example of some botanists, who, for example, in

a favourite tribe, the Cactus, have amused themselves with hair-splitting of

genera to a marvellous extent, I might readily succeed in perplexing the

inquirer with a great multitude of unintelligible names. Between many

of the species which I have grouped together, differences far more marked

exist than those by which these gentlemen—and too many paleontologists

—have' overlaid the intelligibility of their classifications as generic distinc-

tions.

t+ Ante, vol. xx. p. 177-179.

{ A membrane, it will be remembered, which, by its structure, was firm

like the Eschara (though not calcareous), and not loosely floating like the

Halodactylus. This is important in considering the permanence of the

different modes of folding adopted.

42 Mr. Toulmin Smith on the Classification

prehend that it can need no detail of argument or mathematical

demonstration to show, that upon the mode and degree of fold-

ing of this membrane, the greater or less freedom of access,

change, and circulation of the water, and its consequent power

of being acted upon by the numerous ciliated tentacles and move-

able processes, must have depended. Every one who is familiar

with the difference in mere circulation of air between the narrow

street and the open road, between the deep valley and the hill

top, will recognise the essential importance in this respect of every

difference in that mode and degree of folding; and, when the

extreme minuteness of the individuals is considered, it will appear

that variations of fold hardly appreciable to the eye will have

probably had a material influence on the condition of the tenants

of these wonderful structures. I cannot doubt that every con-

stant difference in the mode and degree of folding of the Ventri-

culitic membrane was accompanied by some modification in the

organs or habits of the animals, adapting them to that particular

mode and degree of access, change, and circulation of sea-water

which that mode and degree of folding made a matter of absolute

necessity *;

Taking then the Ventriculide as a family of the Polyzoa, I

shall first endeavour to show that there are certain broad and

very marked constant modifications in the mode of folding + cha-

racterizing certain extensive groups which yet have many points

of constant difference between the individuals which, as groups,

are respectively thus characterized. These groups will form

distinct genera. I shall show that certain subordinate but yet

important modifications mark, in common, several of the indivi-

duals of each of these genera, which individuals yet have further

still subordinate but constant and therefore characteristic points

* Sir J. G. Dalyell, in his recent work on ‘ Remarkable Animals of Scot-

land,’ especially notices the importance of attention to the varying condition

of the water in which specimens are kept as the great secret of their preserva-

tion ; and even his care has often failed. A ‘‘ low organization ”’ and slight

sensibility have been hastily attributed to Polyzoa from their enduring great

changes of heat and cold. There is no animal capable of enduring greater

changes in this respect than man. But take another class, and it is well-

known that from the same heap of frozen fish one may be dashed to shivers

on the ground, while another, put into a pail of water, will, in two minutes,

be swimming about.

_+ The inquirer will at once perceive the difference between this and mere

external form. ‘The same general external form may mask numberless most

different modes of folding. My object is to aid in realizing, by classifica-

tion, the living animal in all its integrity and varieties. By the accumu-

lated names Scyphia, Coscinopora, Guettardia, &c., nothing ever was or can

be vivified; no real idea conveyed to the mind. But the object of the natu-

ralist should surely be, not an accumulation of mere names, but the realiza-

tion of living and true ideas of various absolute modes of actual existence,

be they past or present.

of the Ventriculide of the Chalk. 43

of difference. The inquirer is thus further relieved from the

detail of specific differences by the division of each genus into

sections. The still subordinate but constant points of difference

last named will be characteristic of species.

I have already alluded to the important and valuable test of

the soundness of these principles of classification afforded, un-

expectedly and after the work was completed, by the stratigra-

phical harmony exhibited by the table of classification. It will

be sufficiently obvious that the ocean of different ages would

have such modifications as would not be adapted equally to all

varieties. We accordingly find among the Ventriculide, as in

other divisions of paleontology, a few species enduring through

many changes; others dying out; winle with every fresh era

fresh forms display themselves.

It will be understood from this, that mere size does not enter

as an element into the determination of genus or species. Of

many species I have specimens from an inch to eight or nine

inches in diameter. It is not necessary to enter very fully, there-

fore, into the question of growth. That question,always a difficult

one in paleontology, is difficult even in recent forms of the families

allied to the Ventriculide. It would be vain to hope to throw

much light upon it by fossil forms. Where constant differences

are found under all varieties of size, we are bound to consider

them as distinct species. I shall touch briefly on the question

of growth in introducing each separate genus.

It will be also understood that the mere external (outward or

inward) general form of the fossil does not enter as an element

into the determination of genus or species. I have shown how

deceptive that criterion must ever be. In the present instance

the same gencral external form conceals essential differences in

the mode and degree of folding of the membrane.

It will occur to the reader that to follow the fold of a mem-

brane, the trace of which is preserved only in a hard and solid

matrix, must be a work of great difficulty ; and especially when

that matrix is either so friable as the chalk, or so impracticable as

the flint. The actual amount of the difficulty* cannot however be

fully appreciated without actual experiment. The presence of that

very oxide of iron, without which the forms could not be, in general,

* In order that the actual nature, importance, and results of the present

investigation should be properly understood, it is necessary to remind the

reader that from the time of Dr. Mantell’s first work to his latest, and

either by him or the other latest writers (see Portlock’s ‘ Report, &c.’ p. 342),

it has never been suggested or suspected that any membrane whatever existed

in any of the Ventriculide. They all describe them as composed of ana-

stomosing ‘‘ cylindrical fibres,” (see ante, vol. xx. p. 76,) between which, on

the inside, papille or tubuli arise. I have demonstrated that the basis of

the Ventriculide is a simple unperforated membrane; that, therefore, the

Add Mr. Toulmin Smith on the Classification

even detected, necessarily stains the matrix beyond the structure

itself; and it requires the nicest and most painful discrimination

to determine what is due to structure and what to mere iron

stain. Feeling however that such a course of investigation could

furnish the only true materials of a natural classification, I have

endeavoured to overcome these difficulties. And it may save the

task both of making and answering many objections if I now

state that I have, with this object, dissected with elaborate care

numberless specimens, in addition to many hundreds of sections

of specimens both in flint and chalk, which, with the like purpose,

I have made. ‘There is not one species which I have established

which I have not determined from actual and personal section

of specimens either in chalk or flint, usually both, and in which,

with scarcely an exception, I have not followed and traced out

the actual fold with the knife and needle.

My aim has been to present such a classification and no-

menclature as should be intelligible and at the same time ex-

pressive ; which, whether respect be had to genus, section, or

species, should gave some accurate and specific idea of the point

on which the respective division has been founded; that thus a

mere inspection of the table of classification may carry with it

some real and true ideas as to the objects included*. Thename

descriptions so long before the world, and so often repeated, are funda-

mentally erroneous,—the conclusions as to the ceconomy of the animal being

necessarily, therefore, as fundamentally erroneous. It is upon the same

laborious care which has enabled me to demonstrate these facts, that I rely

in attempting the descriptions now to be given of the different modes of

folding assumed by that membrane, and the superficial appearances of

which have misled these observers.

* Tt is usually unadvisable to alter names once applied; but where the

character of an object has been wholly misunderstood, not even its generic

or structural character having been known (see the last note), there can

be no claim to retain old names. Their retention is then generally mis-

chievous as a mere perpetuation of error. I fully agree with Dr. Farre (ut

ante, p. 405, note) that oftentimes ‘‘ confusion and doubt (in nomenclature)

can only be dispelled by beginning de novo,”’ and so applying new names

in harmony with a system founded in nature and upon some definite prin-

ciple. I think it better to give here all the names which occur in Mr.

Morris’s Catalogue whose objects appear to belong to the Ventriculidze,—

a list which will, moreover, show the ‘‘ confusion and doubt’? which have

hitherto prevailed in the nomenclature of this family.

Names in Morris’s Catalogue. In the following classification.

Choanites flexuosus Ventriculites latiplicatus.

Choanites subrotundus Cephalites constrictus.

Ventriculites aleyonides [Ocellaria] Ventriculites quincuncialis.

—— alternans Probably V. bicomplicatus.

— Bennettie One of the Cephalites annulati, but

no accurate description ; and the

figures of Michelin and Mantell

totally differ.

of the Ventriculidee of the Chalk. 45

applied to the whole family and to the first genus is the only

apparent exception to this rule*. Thename Ventriculites would

certainly not have been applied to any of these bodies, or to the

family, by myself. It was applied by Dr. Mantell to the few

forms found by him, under the idea of the internal cavity being

the true digestive surface of a single animal. Though the idea

under which the name was thus applied has been shown to be

wholly erroneous, I have been unwilling, out of respect to the

many labours of Dr. Mantell in the field of paleontology, to

reject, as others have done without assigning any reason, this

generic appellation ; and I have justified myself in its retention

by the classical use. of the same word, though in a secondary

sense only, in a very different way, viz. as applied to mere sacci-

form cavitiest. It will be understood, therefore, that the terms

Ventriculide and Ventriculites bear no reference to any digestive

cavity, but simply to the fact of the creatures to which they are

applied always assuming forms which display a central cavity

more or less simple. I am glad that this modification in the

meaning of the word enables me to retain a name which will

always bring to the inquirer’s recollection the long and successful

labours of Dr. Mantell.

It is impossible to examine an extensive series of remains ex-

hibiting the characteristic structure of the Ventriculide, without

perceiving that, however widely in other respects the individuals

differ from one another in the mode of fold of their membrane,

they all range themselves within one or the other of three strongly

marked and constant modifications, quite independent of mere

size.

The first in natural order, as having most of that simple pouch

form which is implied in the name Ventriculide as above ex-

Names in Morris’s Catalogue. In the following classification.

Ventriculites infundibuliformis Ventriculites cavatus or bicompli-

catus.

quadrangularis Brachiolites angularis.

—— quadratus ? not a Ventriculid.

radiatus Ventriculites radiatus.

Ocellaria inclusa quincuncialis.

nuda Ibid.

Spongites Townsendi Ventriculites simplex.

labyrinthica Brachiolites convolutus.

Scyphia Fittoni Fragment of Brachiolites digitatus.

* The termination “ites” is not in itself very classical, but has been so

generally employed as to be a convenient and intelligible distinctive mark

of fossil generic appellation. Hence I retain it in ‘‘ Ventriculites,”’ and am

therefore obliged so to terminate the other generic names. Iam glad tobe

able to retain, consistently, Dr. Mantell’s specific name radiatus.

+ Thus Cicero: ‘‘ Ex ea [anima] pars concipitur cordis parte quadam,

quam ventriculum cordis appellant, cui similis alter adjunctus est in quem

sanguis a jecore per venam illam cavam influit.””"-—De Nat. Deor. ii. § 55.

46 Mr. Toulmin Smith on the Classification

plained, are a large number whose general form is that of a more

or less open or close sac, the wall of which rounds or thins off to

a marginal edge. All of this kind are single, and supported on

a single root, unless in those few abnormal cases before men-

tioned*, and which afford no exception to the principle either of

the structure or classification. Where, as very rarely occurs, two

are united, it is at the roots that they are united. They are

not branches of one body.

All these forms I distinguish by the name of VenrricuLiTEs.

Next to these are naturally placed another group, all the mem-

bers of which are much rarer than the last, most of them of great

rarity, but yet exhibiting a diversity of forms as great, well-

marked and constant as the different individuals of the genus

Ventriculites. All however are marked by the very striking

peculiarity of the wall of the pouch not thinning or rounding

off to a marginal edge, but being crowned by a broad and distinct

head, prominent and well-defined, and totally differing in aspect,

structure, and function from the rest of the body. This charac-

teristic suggests, as peculiarly appropriate, the generic appellation

of CEPHALITES.

The two genera thus distinguished each exhibit, though with

striking modifications, more or less of the simple pouch form in

their internal cavity, or of obvious singleness in the general shape

which the fold of the wall of their cavities, or their apolypous

head, assumes; but a large group remains to which neither cha-

racter applies, and all the members of which stand out conspi-

cuously as folded in many lobes and in many broadly separated

parts. The word brachiwm being often used by the best authors

in the sense of projection simply, I use the diminutive of that word

to distinguish all of this group by the name of Bracuio.irTEs.

But, again, the individuals comprised within the description

of the genus Ventriculites are found to exhibit two broad modi-

fications in the general aspect of the membrane composing the

wall of the pouch. The two sides of the wall correspond in the

one group, both surfaces being either smooth, or, if marked with

folds, the depression of one side having a corresponding eleva-

tion on the other; in the other this correspondence is absent,

owing to some change in the direction of the fold before reaching

the opposite surface, as already alluded tot. It will materially

assist the memory and researches of the inquirer if we accord-

ingly divide the genus Ventriculites mto two sections, which I

distinguish by the names Simplices for those species having cor-

responding surfaces, Complicati for those which change the direc-

tion of their fold between the two surfaces.

* Ante, vol. xx. p. 90. + Ante, vol. xx. p. 88.

of the Ventriculidee of the Chalk. 47

So the individuals comprised within the description of the

genus Cephalites exhibit two broadly-marked modifications ; the

head of the one group being only of the same breadth as the thick-

ness of the wall, and being placed exactly at the top of that wall,

and nearly at right angles, at every point, to the outer and inner

surfaces of that wall; the head of the other group being much

broader than the thickness of any part of the wall, and never

lying flat at the top, but extending more or less down over the

sides of the wall. These marked differences are accompanied by

important differences in the mode of fold of the membrane. I

distinguish therefore the genus Cephalites into the two sections

Annulati, being those in which the head extends as a mere broad

ring round the flat top of the wall, and Dilatati, being those in

which it is spread out so much more extensively.

_ And so also the members of the genus Brachiolites are at once

separated into two groups, by the remarkable circumstance that

some of them have the extremities of those projecting lobes into

which they are divided open, others closed. The latter I distin-

guish as the sectional division Operti, the former as Aperti.

I shall hereafter pot out the minor modifications accompa-

nying these more striking ones, and endeavour to show the final

purposes of the respective modifications themselves.

It will-of course be well understood that, as in every class of

fossil forms the exact determination of the species of individual

specimens is often difficult, frequently impossible, such must

sometimes be the case with respect to the Ventriculide. The con-

ditions under which they are found render them peculiarly liable

to this difficulty ; and the inexperienced observer who has not

yet learned to distinguish that which is a mere cast* from a speci-

men in which some of the actual body is preserved,—a task of

no slight difficulty, and only to be successfully undertaken after

acquiring a full knowledge of structure,—--will often find himself

baffled in the attempt at specific identification. Hence the

importance of attention to those sectional and generic characters

already noticed, and which he will rarely be unable to distinguish.

These broad modifications, and the respective relations thereto

* Michelin’s Ocellaria grandipora, p|.40.3a&3b, is a mere cast of external

and internal surfaces. The imperfection and indefiniteness of almost all the

figures yet published have been already noticed (ante, vol. xx. p. 78-80). It

would therefore be a useless attempt to endeavour to identify them. Ob-

jects of this class require to be well understood before they can be truth-

fully represented by figures. The figures of Dr. Mantell are no exception

to this remark, as they only give the broad external characters of one species

(which they however do) without any indication of the mode of fold of the

membrane which gives rise to those characters, and the very existence of

which membrane Dr. Mantell denies.

43. Mr. Toulmin Smith on the Ventriculide of the Chalk.

of the minor modifications, will be the better understood from

the following table of classification, in which I have arranged the

species belonging to each genus in such relative position as should

best display the transition from one general character of folding

to another, and thus gradually realize the true relations existing

between the very different forms which lie at the two extremes.

Class MOLLUSCA TUNICATA*.

Order Potyzoa ft.

Family VenrRicuLip&.

Ventricutites, Mant. CEPHALITES. BRACHIOLITES.

§ a. SImpLiceEs. §a. ANNULATI. § a. Overt.

ae aaeehae 1. longitudinalis. 1. tuberosus.

rane tees 2. guttatus. 2. elegans.

3. aie cat li 3. paradoxus. 3. convolutus,

2 = CE ame 4. alternans. 4. angularis.

5. tessellatus. 5. bullatus. § b. Apert.

6. cavatus 6. retrusus. :

ra otra kite. 7. catenifer. 1. foliaceus.

J a Var. annulatus, 2. racemosus,

§ 6. Compuicatt. 8. compressus. . cigiah

. tu °

1. mammillaris, § 6. Dizaratt. 5. fideo atin

2. latiplicatus. 1. capitatus. 6: labrosus:

3. decurrens. 2. campanulatus. 7. protensus.

Var.tenuiplicatus. 3. constrictus.

4. radiatus, Mantell. 4, perforatus.

5. bicomplicatus.

* It is quite beyond my present purpose to discuss the exact position of

the Polyzoa. ‘The main truth of Professor E. Forbes’s opinion is however

so generally recognized, that I am justified in the above designation of class,

which must always be felt to be an important element in giving vitality to

a classification. Professor Forbes says, ‘‘ The anatomical structure of the

Ascidioida or Bryozoa removes them altogether from the class of Zoophyta

into that of Mollusca, where they should form an order of Mollusca tunicata

parallel with the group of compound Tunicata of which Botryllus and such

forms are examples.””—Ann. and Mag. of Nat. Hist. vol. xiv. p.390. See

Owen’s Lect. on Comp. Anat. I. pp. 100 and 269, 270; Van Beneden, Re-

cherches sur les Bryozaires, p. 37; Johnston’s British Zoophytes, p. 2.

(See also Thompson and Farre.) The actual and important distinctions are

noticed by the last writer, p. 256; and the vast superiority in vital activity

of the Polyzoa to the Ascidians, is well pointed out by Sir J. G. Dalyell (ué¢

ante) pp. 229, 230. I have heretofore used the general term ‘‘ zoophytes ”’

in conformity, as already intimated (vol. xx. p. 190), to what is at present

the ordinary language of authors, and a departure from which would,

therefore, have caused ambiguity and unnecessary confusion.

+ Thompson; Bryozoa, Ehrenberg; Ciliobrachiata, Farre.

[To be continued. }

Mr. A. Henfrey on the Progress of Physiological Botany. 49:

V.—Reports on the Progress of Physiological Botany. No. L.

By Arruur Henrrey, F.L.S. &e.

Recent researches into the origin and development of the Vegetable

Embryo.

Tus “ vexed question,” on which botanists in general have of

late years been unable to form a satisfactory opinion, so contra-

dictory and well-balanced has been the evidence for the various

hypotheses, appears now somewhat nearer to a decisive settlement,

since within the last year we have had no less than four elaborate

and comprehensive essays presented to us, detailing the whole

series of changes which the ovule passes through, from the open-

ing of the bud to the ripening of the seed. When the names of

Amici and Von Mohl appear as the authors of two of these papers,

it will be understood how important these new investigations are ;

and the fact of the agreement of all four inter se, excepting in

some trivial points, and the possibility of reconciling their results

with the appearances which have presented themselves to authors

holding different views, will probably cause them to be regarded

as tolerably conclusive. The great result at which all these

recent writers have arrived is, that Schleiden’s statement, that

the end of the pollen-tube becomes the embryo, is incorrect, and

that the old opinion, which regarded the pollen as the source of

a fertilizing matter necessary to stimulate the embryo-sac to the

development of the germ of the future plant, is true; the pollen-

tube being consequently merely the agent for the conveyance of —

the fertilizmg matter through the style and the foramina of the

ovule, having its progress arrested upon the outside of the wall

of the embryo-sac, through which and the membrane of the

pollen-tube itself the fecundating fluid is supposed to be im-

bibed.

The few remarks which it may be necessary for the reporter

to make on the relations of these investigations to preceding ob-

servations, will be most conveniently reserved till after a general

account of them has been laid before the reader.

The first paper we meet with is one read by Prof. Amici before

the Italian Congress at Genoa in 1846. Our knowledge of it is

derived from German and French translations*.

In the first instance the author refers to some observations

previously made public upon Cucurbita Pepo, in which he showed

that the pollen-tube penetrates into the neck or summit of ‘the

nucleus to a certain depth, but never into the embryonal vesiclet,

* On the Fertilization of Orchidaceae, by Prof. J. B. Amici, Giornale Bo-

tanico Italiano, di Filippo Parlatore. (Transl. Ann. des Sc. Nat. 3 sér, vii.

193, April 1847 ; and by Von Mohl, Bot. Zeitung, May 21 & 28, 1847.)

+ By embryonal vesicle Prof. Amici signifies the embryo-sac, and this must

Ann, & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. i.

50 Mr. A. Henfrey on the Progress of Physiological Botany:

which pre-exists and is visible in the nucleus before the intro-

duction of the pollen-tubes into the ovules. Probably the im-

pregnation is effected by the passage of the fertilizing fluid

through the membrane of the embryonal vesicle, this fluid being

conducted to or deposited in the vicinity, or even on the surface

of the latter. It is certain that the vesicle only acquires the

power of development after the pollen-tubes have penetrated

the coats of the ovule, and poured out the fluid which they con-

tain upon it; it dies without having shown any signs of growth

when it is not moistened by the fertilizing fluid.

The subsequent development of the embryonal vesicle shows

itself first towards the base ; that is, at the pomt opposite to where

the pollen-tube acts. All trace of this tube has disappeared by

the time the enlarged embryonal vesicle begins to multiply its

cells ; these become enlarged, particularly toward the base of the

nucleus, finally reaching its walls, thus entirely filling its cavity,

and even causing its rupture. The form which the embryonal

vesicle ulteriorly assumes in the course of development is that of

a constricted sac (the embryo-sac), within which, at the summit,

many days after the epoch of fertilization, a greenish body makes

its appearance, which is the true embryo of the new plant.

From these facts, which are constant, it follows that the pollen-

tube is not transformed into the embryonal vesicle*, because the

latter exists already in the unfecundated ovule: still less is the

pollen-tube developed into the embryo, for the embryo is not

produced till long after, when the vesicle, very much enlarged,

has become the embryo-sac. Moreover, the embryo is visible

long before its diameter is equal to that of a pollen-tube, so that

this latter cannot have become converted into it.

“In reference to Cucurbita Pepo therefore,” says Amici, “I could

be certain that Schleiden’s theory was incorrect, and, microscope

in hand, offer direct demonstration. Analogy led me to believe

that in other plants, where the action of pollen is necessary to

fecundation, the opinion of the German botanist was inadmissible;

and I was the more strengthened in this conclusion, that in my

numerous earlier researches in other plants, I had never seen the

ollen-tube either lodge itself in the embryonal vesicle when the

bite existed before fertilization, or itself become the embryonal

vesicle.”

After stating that although he had not extended his observa-

tions to the families Orchidacee and Asclepiadacee, he was induced

not be confounded with the germinal vesicle, which is the first cell of the

embryo.—ep.

* There is some confusion in the translations here: in the French this is

given vésicule embryonnaire; but Prof. Mohl uses the term Ketmbldschen

(germinal vesicle), with the synonym vesichetta germinativa.—Rep.

Origin and Development of the Vegetable Embryo. 51

to presume, from his knowledge of the researches of MM. Brown

and Ad. Brongniart, that there was no essential difference in the

mode of fertilization in these families, M. Amici goes on to say

that he considered new researches necessary to the confirmation

of his conjectures, and this more than ever after the publication

of the supplemental note of Mr. Brown, in which the “mucous

tubes,” instead of being regarded as pollen-tubes, were stated to

be apparently distinct from them, although engendered or pro-

duced by their influence. If this last statement were incontest-

able, not only would Schleiden’s theory be totally overturned,

but Amici’s idea, that the elongation and penetration of the

pollen-tube into the coats of the ovule is a general law, would be

devoid of ground. .

The want of means and leisure had prevented the prosecution

of his researches on this subject until the publication of Gaspa-

rini’s observations on Cytinus hypocystis revived M. Amici’s desire

to determine these points, and he commenced a minute investi-

gation of the organs of fructification of the Orchidaceae. These

have confirmed him in the earlier opinion of Mr. Brown, and he

regards the strings of tubes descending into the ovary as really

bundles of pollen-tubes. He has moreover been able to deter-

mine the precise state of the ovule before the arrival of the pollen-

tube; then, how the latter penetrates the coats and behaves in

relation to the embryonal vesicle ; and lastly, observed the imme-

diate changes which follow, in the ovule, the introduction of the

pollen-tube. All these go to support his former observations,

and exclude the idea of the conversion of the extremity of the

pollen-tube into the embryo.

In the first place is offered the evidence on which he founds

the opinion that the six bundles or cords of tubes descending into

the ovary are prolonged pollen-tubes. Regarding the description

of the appearance and course of these tubes, given by Mr.

Brown, as altogether agreeing with the characters of pollen-tubes

in other phanerogamous plants, it only remained to determine

the identity of the pollen-tubes attached to their granules, and

entangled in the thickness of the stigma, with the other tubes

of a supposed different origin, and (hypothetically) produced in

the immediate vicinity of the former ; this identity was established

several times by compressing the stigma between two glass plates,

and observing that the tubes were continuous with each other.

The slight peculiar characters proposed to be founded on the

coagulations, &c. in the “mucoustubes,” Amici considers valueless

for distinguishing them from pollen-tubes ; these coagulations,

sometimes interruptions of the continuity of their cavities, being

consequent on the gradual withering of the layers of the stigma

and style, which interferes with the communication with the parts

52 Mr. A. Henfrey on the Progress of Physiological Botany:

above, and the upper part of the tubes thus remains destitute of

granular matter or fertilizing fluid, because the latter is always

carried toward their lower extremities. To the objection that the

tubes are too numerous to be produced from the pollen-grains,

the author opposes the fact of the enormous number of granules

contained in the pollen-masses ; for instance, in Orchis Morio the

two principal pollen-masses contain each no less than 200 secon-

dary masses; and the latter, which when compressed divide into

granules united in fours, individually present more than 300

orifices from which pollen-tubes may be emitted; consequently

in all no less than 120,000 tubes may be produced. Again, in

Orchis abortiva the moistened point of a needle will take up

several thousand of the simple spherical pollen-grains, and in

this species the progress of the pollen-tubes along the conducting

tissue of the female organ may be easily followed, affording con-

viction that the mucous cords are neither more nor less than

prolongations of them.

With regard to changes of relative position of the parts of the

ovule in the ovary occurring before the period of fertilization, the

author does not consider it worth while im the present day to

stop to discuss them, since it is known that in whatever direction

the orifices of the coats of the ovule point, the ovules may be fer-

tilized by filaments floating freely in the cavity of the ovary. He

notices that M. Brongniart found instances of this in Helian-

themum niloticum and egyptiacum, without however recognizing

the free filaments to be pollen-tubes; and he himself has seen

similar filaments free m the ovary of Cresta gialla*, which pos-

sesses no conducting tissue.

The first researches of Professor Amici on the Orchidacee were

made on Orchis Morio. At the period when the corolla expands,

the ovule is so far developed, that the testa, the tegmen and the

nucleus, or the primine, secundine and nucleus, may be distin-

guished; the latter consists of a large central utricle inclosed in

a layer of smaller cells; it resembles an acorn, the teguments

representing the cupule.

Subsequently this cellular layer or membrane which clothes the

nucleus opens like a tulip, and the nucleus, consisting of a simple

cell, remains wholly uncovered, so that a granular fluid collected

toward the apex may be seen in its interior. It might be sup-

posed that this exposure of the nucleus indicates the fitting mo-

ment for fertilization, but this is yet far distant.

When the flower has begun to wither, a new transformation

has taken place in the ovule. The testa and tegmen have in-

* Cresta gialla is translated Cockscomb, with a query, by Prof. Von Mohl.

In the Ann. des Sc. Nat. it is considered as Rhinanthus crista galli. It

seems most probable that Ce/osia cristata is the plant in question.— ep.

Origin and Development of the Vegetable Embryo. 53

éreased in size; the tegmen still projects beyond the testa, but

the nucleus is covered by both membranes, and has not percep-

tibly enlarged. But the granular fluid formerly collected at its

upper extremity has become converted into a cell, which is the

embryonal vesicle (vesichetta embryonale), and is filled with a

similar fluid.

Another epoch succeeds the withering of the flower. The

stigma (or stigmata, for there are three) show by their decay that

they are dead. The pollen-mass has already acted upon them ;

the pollen-tubes, after having traversed their tissue and that of

the style, have become prolonged into the evidently enlarged

ovary. The ovule has equally undergone a change ; the tegmen

no longer projects beyond the testa; it is contained within it.

The nucleus retains its relative situation within the tegmen, and

the embryonal vesicle, which is always adherent to its upper end,

exhibits the granular fluid, previously distributed throughout its

cavity, collected toward its base. [Prof. Von Mohl, in his trans-

lation, here explains that the author, by the apex of the embry-

onal vesicle, signifies the end corresponding to the apex of the

nucleus; and by the base, the end hanging free in the nucleus; -

an explanation rendered necessary by the anatropous condition

of the ovule.}| The ovule is now exactly in the condition to re-

ceive the influence of the pollen. The pollen-tube enters by the

orifice of the testa, and its progress into the interior of this first

coat is as visible as though no membrane intervened ; its passage

through the canal of the tegmen is not always so clear, for either

from an actual narrowing of the canal, or from an optical illusion

resulting from the cylindrical form of the cells of the tegmen

which bound it, the diameter of the tube appears to be much

diminished. But there can be no doubt of its prolongation when

its extremity is clearly seen to pass out from the narrow canal of

the tegmen and into the cavity of the nucleus. The question

now is, does it push back the pre-existing embryonal vesicle in

order to enter its cavity? To this Prof. Amici replies, most de-

cidedly, no. The pollen-tube merely comes in contact with the

side of the upper part of the embryonal vesicle, and remains ad-

herent to it, finally withering and disappearing. The end of the

pollen-tube, filled with a greenish and granular fluid, contrasts

distinctly with the embryonal vesicle, which in the upper part,

where it is in contact with the tube, is filled with a limpid fluid ;

while below, where the pollen-tube never reaches, it contains a

white granular fluid. This condition of the circumstances, the

author says, is so constant, that he can tell at a glance whether

an ovule has been fertilized or not. Whenever the embryonal

vesicle presented itself with the pollinic appendix just spoken of,

he was certain of finding the tube engaged in the coats of the

54 Mr. A. Henfrey on the Progress of Physiological Botany:

ovule, while he never met with it when the appendix was

wanting.

After fertilization, the granular white fluid contained in the

embryonal vesicle becomes condensed, and appears evidently

contained in a new cell, which shortly after subdivides into several

others filled with granules; then these become extremely multi-

plied, and thus form the embryo which by degrees comes to

occupy the whole of the cavity of the nucleus. At the same time,

the other portion of the embryonal vesicle, that which was in

contact with the pollen-tube, becomes elongated upward, dividing

likewise into cells, but into cells which are transparent and situ-

ated one above another, so as to form a large confervoid filament ;

this traversing in the opposite direction the course followed by

the pollen-tube, enlarges and passes through the orifices of the

tegmen and testa, and becomes prolonged even into the interior

of the placenta (observed in Orchis mascula).

The pollen-tube usually disappears during this period, but

occasionally it may still be seen with its extremity in situ, even ~

after the cells of the embryo have been multiplied. It is not rare

to find it in this condition in Orchis abortiva, and the author has

once observed it persistent even to the period when the repro-

ductive body had filled the whole cavity of the nucleus.

Orchis abortiva is better adapted for these observations than

O. Morio, and particularly for 6 a the introduction of the

pollen-tube into the orifice of the tegmen, since in this species

the state of the ovule at the epoch of fertilization is such that

the testa only covers the lower half of the tegmen and nucleus.

O. maculata appeared a less favourable subject than O. Morio,

but it afforded proofs that the phenomena were identical in the

two species. The author imagines that O. pyramidalis would

offer great facilities for these researches, as the ovule appeared to

him to be extraordinarily transparent ; he was unable to follow its

entire development, having only at handasingle withered specimen.

Prof. Amici states directly that he.is unable to say what is the

real action of the pollen-tube upon the ovule in impregnation.

However he considers it probable, although it cannot be demon-

strated, that the subtile fluid of the pollen-tube filtrates through

the membranes into the interior of the embryonal vesicle, and

that the mixture of the fluids of the male and female organs con-

stitutes the organizable substance. It is also possible that the

generative power resides in the membrane of the embryonal

vesicle, and that the imbibition of the liquid brought by the

pollen is necessary to set this power in action. Other explana-

tions of the phenomena might be offered, the author says, but it

is not his intention to give himself up to speculation, to lose

himself in the field of hypotheses. He adds merely one fact,

Origin and Development of the Vegetable Embryo. 55

namely, that in his numerous investigations he has never found

more than one pollinic filament within the nucleus, although he

has several times met with two embryonal vesicles, and conse-

quently two embryos fertilized by a single tube.

Prof. Von Mohl* has published an account of his elaborate in-

vestigations on this subject made during the spring of 1847, his

attention having been newly directed to it by the observations of

Amici above-related. They agree almost perfectly with the latter,

but considering the interest attaching to the inquiry, it may be

as well to give an account of the points not fully described by

Prof. Amici, and the slight discrepancies which exist between the

accounts given by the two observers.

Prof. Von Mohl states that the pollen-tubes are easily distin-

guished from the cells of the conducting tissue of the style by

their greater length and their much smaller diameter; that of

the pollen-tubes being on an average +4 th of a millimetre, that

of the cells of the tissue of the style ;4,th ; and he states that the

“ mucous tubes” of Mr. Brown are certainly the pollen-tubes.

About the fourth to the sixth day the ovary has become twice or

thrice as large as at the time of the expansion of the flower ; the

ovule has become greatly inclined, and the coats of the ovule have

grown, tke inner some distance upward on the nucleus, the outer

not so far as the mner. The nucleus has become enlarged up-

ward in a clavate form; the embryo-sac is relatively much in-

creased in size, so that the cells which form the outer layer of

the nucleus are flattened, and form a comparatively thin invest-

ment to the embryo-sac which they inclose.

In about seven or eight days the ovule is perfectly anatropous ;

the inner coat has become much longer than the nucleus, and the

outer coat attained a length about equal to the latter. The nu-

cleus possesses essentially the same structure as before.

In this last observation there is a disagreement with Amici’s,

since he says that the outer layer of the nucleus opens by the

separation of its cells, before the coats of the ovule grow over the

nucleus. This Von Mohl could not detect ; on the contrary, he

perceived the outer cells forming an envelope to the embryo-sae

up to the tenth or twelfth day. During this time the embryo-

sac has become much enlarged, and its former polyhedral form

changed into an ovate. Its cavity is no longer, as before, per-

fectly filled with protoplasm, but a space filled with watery fluid

has formed in the midst, and the protoplasm principally accu-

mulated at the two ends of the embryo-sac, particularly at the

upper. The coats have by this time become very much larger

in proportion to the nucleus ; the inner projects a good way be-

* Ueber die Entwicklung des Embryo von Orchis Morio.—Botan. Zeit.,

July 2, 1847,

56 Mr. A. Henfrey on the Progress of Physiological Botany :

yond its apex; the border of its mouth is swollen into a kind of

roll, and the canal leading from it to the nucleus has begun to

diminish in diameter. The outer coat begins to elongate down-

ward from the lower end of the ovule in the form of an obtuse

hollow spur. The pollen-tubes have by this time reached the

lower end of the placenta.

About the end of the second week the embryo-sac has wholly

displaced the outer cellular layer of the upper and larger half of

the nucleus. How this occurs the author could not clearly

make out, and he leaves undetermined whether these cells are

compressed gradually until their cavities are obliterated, and

whether their membrane finally becomes blended with the em-

bryo-sac or is absorbed. The outer coat now projects beyond

the imner, and the canal of the latter becomes sensibly narrower,

the mouth of the outer coat still continuing widely open. The

pollen-tubes form a dense interlacement of curling filaments

with knot-like swellings upon the placenta; their diameter is

from 7+ to 75 millim. 3

The external form of the ovule remains henceforward without

much alteration, but a series of changes of the highest import-

ance now ensues in the contents of the embryo-sac. The mass

of protoplasm collected at the upper end, which hitherto appeared

in the form of a simple deposit in the interior of the wall of the

upper part of the cell, begins to separate into three masses,

rounded below, connected together above. These masses are the

first traces of the formation of three contiguous cells ; the nucleoli

of each of these cell-nuclei can be distinctly seen before any trace

of their membrane is visible. No sharp line of demarcation be-

tween the nuclei themselves, or between them and the proto-

plasm, can originally be detected; this is either because the

nucleus is subsequently formed by a firmer union of a portion of

the protoplasm, or its substance differs so little from the sur-

rounding protoplasm in optical qualities, that the line of division

escapes the eye. The conversion of these masses of protoplasm

into ovate cells, which become enlarged downward to reach about

the middle of the embryo-sac, takes place rapidly; the author

states that he has reason to assume that this change takes place,

as a rule, in twenty-four hours. In proportion as these cells be-

come elongated downward, the protoplasm contained within them,

enveloping their nuclei and originally occupying their entire

cavity, is drawn downward toward the lower end ; that is, the end

turned away from the apex of the nucleus.

This is the epoch when the pollen-tubes, which proceed from

the placentas in a very tortuous manner, enter the mouth of the

ovule, and now, Prof. Von Mohl says, “the more difficult part of

the investigation begins.” The pollen-tubes are easily followed

Origin and Development of the Vegetable Embryo. 57

through the canal of the outer coat, but it is very difficult to

trace them (as Amici also remarks) through the very narrow canal

of the inner coat. The pollen-tubes must not only become di-

minished to a third or a fourth of their former diameter, but the

refraction of the light in the cylindrical cells of the inner coat

greatly interferes with distinct vision of its form. Some assist-

ance is obtained by a very slight compression of the object, which

is also necessary to expel air-bubbles which remain between the

coats and in the canal of the inner coat, when the ovule is viewed

in water; and a microscope of the sharpest defining power is

very desirable. A magnifying power of 200 diameters suffices,

if its lenses be perfectly corrected. The lower end of the pollen-

tube reaches the rounded apex of the embryo-sac, and turns

toward the side to run a short distance sideways upon it. This

of course can only be seen when a side view is obtained; if the

pollen-tube lies above or below the embryo-sac, as the observer

looks down upon it, he may easily imagine that it is in the interior

of the embryo-sac. The circumstance that the pollen-tube follows

the curved surface of the embryo-sac well supports the conclusion

that it lies upon the outer side of the latter, and runs between

its membrane and the inner coat of the ovule. The lower end

of the pollen-tube swells up considerably in a clavate form, and.

then projects, especially at a somewhat later period, a good way

into the embryo-sac, probably on account of the pressure it ex-

periences from the coat of the ovule. The next phenomenon is

a change in the interior of the lower end of the pollen-tube and

its inferior clavate expansion; they no longer contain, like the

upper part of the pollen-tube, a clear fluid in which granules

are intermixed, and which has not the most distant resemblance

to a tissue on the eve of development, or a protoplasm destined

to the production of cells; they now exhibit a coagulated, gru-

mous mass, of a greenish-yellow colour. That this mass results

from the transformation of the fluid contained in the pollen-tube

is evident, from the fact that in certain cases the contents of that

part of the pollen-tube outside the mouth of the ovule acquire a

similar peculiarity. This coagulated condition of the contents of

the lower end of the pollen-tube caused the author to feel doubt-

ful at this stage of his inquiry as to the real point of origin of the

embryo, since it seemed possible that this lower end of the pollen-

tube was about to become developed into it.

One of the three cells lying at the upper end of the embryo-

sac now begins to grow; in rare cases a second follows it in a

similar development. The protoplasm of this cell is, as will be

remembered, collected at the lower end ; in ashort time a trans-

verse septum is formed; a second and two more quickly fol-

58 Mr. A. Henfrey on the Progress of Physiological Botany:

low, so that this cell (the germinal vesicle) is thus changed into

an ovate body composed of three or four cells lying one above

another. Of these secondary cells the two situated at the two

rounded extremities are of greater diameter than those lying in

the middle. Each of them contains a nucleus.

_ Contemporaneously with the growth and division of the ger-

minal vesicle, the protoplasm collected at the base of the embryo-

sac forms itself into an irregular mass of roundish parenchymatous

cells, of which some frequently project into the central unoccupied

space of the embryo-sac, and even come in contact with the lower

end of the germinal body. In the course of the next two or

three days the germinal body increases in size so much that it

gradually comes to occupy the whole embryo-sac, displacimg the

cells contained in its lower end; its diameter is now about 5th

of a millimetre. At the same time a longitudinal septum is

formed in the lowest cell of the germinal body, and soon after

in the next above it.

The lower end of the pollen-tube, the swollen, blind extremity

of which is about ;4, of a millimetre in diameter, undergoes no

change during this time.

The lower cells produced by the division of the germinal ve-

sicle grow faster than the upper, so that the form of the struc-

ture is changed from ovate to clavate, the larger end downward.

The cells of the upper end now grow upward and form trans-

verse septa, finally passing out through the canals and the mouth

of the ovule, as described by Amici, in the shape of a confervoid

filament or articulated hair. Originally the end of the pollen-

tube lies beside this, so that they cannot be mistaken one for the

other. Simultaneously the cells of the lower end multiply and

form an enlarged body, the cells of which are filled with a dense

mass of granules; this opake cellular nucleus is of course the

embryo. The hair-like prolongation of the upper end is distin-

guished both by its cylindrical form and the transparency of its

cells, which merely contain watery fluid with a small quantity of

finely granular protoplasm and a cell-nucleus. When the ger-

minal vesicle has thus become developed into the embryo and its

filamentous appendages, the pollen-tube disappears, apparently

by absorption. At the time when the filamentous appendage

becomes elongated, a deposit of spiral fibres occurs in the cells of

the outer coat of the ovule, and the seed proceeds rapidly toward

maturation.

Comparing these observations with Amici’s, it will be seen that

they only differ in one point of very small importance, which re-

fers to the mode in which the embryo-sac displaces the nucleus.

Prof. Von Mohl deduces from them the conclusion, “ that we must

Origin and Development of the Vegetable Embryo. 59

consider the pollen-grain, not as the ovule of the plant, but as its

fertilizing organ ; that Schleiden’s theory of vegetable impregnation

is false.”

He considers these observations as a complete proof of this

proposition, since he worked with such care and perseverance

that he ventures to consider them incontestable. They refer toa

single species alone, and this of a family possessing many pecu-

liarities, but he believes that every one will agree with him in

idea that the process of fecundation is essentially the same in all

Phanerogamous plants, that is, in reference to the question whe-

ther the pollen-grain or the ovule produces the embryo—what-

ever modifications of the mimor points may occur in different

families. At the end of his memoir the author offers some spe-

culations which have arisen out of the foregomg observations.

He asks whether the three germinal vesicles which are formed in

the upper end of the embryo-sac may not be identical in their

nature with R. Brown’s corpuscula in the Conifere: the chief

difference between them appears to be, that in the Orchidacee

the suspensor (the filamentous elongation) consists of a single

row of cells and takes a backward course, breaking through the

nucleus and growing out into the seed, the embryo remaining in its

place ; while in the Conifere the suspensor is composed of several

rows of cells and breaks through the embryonal vesicle below, so

that the growing embryo at its lower extremity attains its fuller

development outside the embryonal vesicle*.

K. Miiller + has followed the development of ovules in a num-

ber of plants; he gives a minute account of his observations on

Orchis Morio, Monotropa Hypopitys, Begonia cucullata and Ela-

tine alsinoides. He fully confirms the statements of Amici and

Mohl with regard to O. Morio, the only point of difference being

that he could never see the end of the pollen-tube filled with

green matter as above described. Otherwise he traced the pollen-

tube through the foramina of the coats and saw it lying on the

side of the summit of the embryo-sac. His researches in O. /a-

tifolia, paludosa, maculata, militaris, Platanthera bifolia and

Ophrys ovata yielded similar results. In all these the embryo

was produced from the lower cell of the series produced from the

germinal vesicle. In Monotropa the pollen-tube is applied di-

rectly to the apex of the embryo-sac, and the embryo is here

* It appears to me that this parallel is not well-grounded: have not the

corpuscula of the Conifere rather the import of embryo-sacs, like those

of Viscum, than of germinal vesicles? This is the opinion of Schleiden.—

Rep.

+ Beitrage zur Entwickelungsgeschichte des Pflanzen-embryo, von Karl

Miiller.— Botanische Zeitung, Oct. 15, 22 and 29, 1847.

60 Mr. A. Henfrey on the Progress of Physiological Botany :

developed out of the middle cells of the series, and thus presents

two appendages at a certain stage.

Begonia cucullata offered avery favourable opportunity for the

investigation, from the great transparency of the cells of the coats.

Here Miller states that he is certam that the germinal vesicle is

formed by a cytoblast in the cavity of the embryo-sac. In Hia-

tine alsinoides the coats of the ovule are so much developed that

it becomes necessary to make a section of the ovule to see what

goes on in the embryo-sac. In this plant again the fertilization

was found to occur precisely as in the preceding species—the pro-

gress of the phenomena is here exceedingly rapid. In Epilobium

angusttfolium the embryo was found to be developed in the same

manner, but the author could not trace the pollen-tube to the

embryo-sac, a section of the ovule being necessary here also.

W. Hofmeister* has published an account of a series of obser-

vations on the impregnation of the Ginotheree, his examples being

Godetia quadrivaluum, G. rubicunda, Ginothera longiflora, At. Sel-

* lowit and Botsduvallia concinna. His results are in perfect ac-

cordance with those already noticed as to the real operation of

the pollen-tube upon the embryo-sac; he finds that the pollen-

tube does push it inwards a little distance in some instances

where the embryo-sac is very delicate, in other cases it is itself

distorted by the resistance of the embryo-sac.

The first phenomenon which presents itself in the embryo-sac

is an accumulation of the protoplasm at the micropyle end of the

embryo-sac, and in this we soon find from two to four free cell-

nuclei. Round one of these nuclei (cytoblasts) a cell forms, which

is the germinal vesicle ; a second is next produced, which some-

times divides into two. From one of these the embryo is deve-

loped ; and that this is the case, and that the end of the pollen-

tube does not become the embryo, is the more certain, since at the

time of fertilization the pollen-tube and embryo-sac are so firm

that they may be separated with a needle under the microscope ;

the fertilizing matter must therefore pass through three mem-

branes, viz. those of the pollen-tube, of the embryo-sac, and of

the germinal vesicle itself.

In Godetia traces of the pollen-tube were found even in the

ripe seed, and during the progress of the development of the em-

bryo here the pollen-tube branches as it lies in the canal of the

inner coat of the ovule, while the cellular layer around the em-

bryo-sac has been absorbed, so that the latter with the contained

embryo lies free in the ovule.

* Untersuchungen des Vorgangs bei der Befructung der CEnotheren, von

W. Hofmeister.— Botanische Zeitung, Nov. 5, 1847.

Origin and Development of the Vegetable Embryo. 61

From the preceding statements we gather the following gene-

ral statement of the process of impregnation.

At the period of the opening of the flower the embryo-sa¢ ex-

ists, and at its upper (micropyle) end one or more cells (germinal

vesicles) are produced from cytoblasts. The pollen-tube makes

its way down the style into the ovary, and finally through the

foramina of the coats of the ovule, and comes in contact with the

embryo-sac ; here it either applies itself immediately upon the

apex or proceeds a little way further, so as to lie rather on the

side of the apex of the embryo-sac. Hereupon (and probably as

a result of the imbibition of the fluid of the pollen-tube through

the membranes) the cell, or one of them if there are more, lying

in the embryo-sac, begins to develope, and in course of time

produces the embryo.

We may glance at the evidence to be obtained from the accounts

given by authors who deduce conclusions different from the above.

Meyen* believed that the phenomena presented themselves with

two modifications ; the first where the embryo-sac evidently exists

before impregnation, and the second where, as he believed, this

is wanting at that period. The latter modification, where he said

that the germinal vesicle is produced by the end of the pollen-

tube, cannot be brought into relation with the theory under exa-

mination, but the latter presents some points of resemblance. In

this case he stated that the pollen-tube comes in contact with

the embryo-sac and becomes united with it, and then the ger-

minal vesicle makes its appearance in the embryo-sac. But in

one instance which he figured, namely in Mesembryanthemum glo-

meratumt+, he confessed that the absorption of the membranes

separating the cavities of the pollen-tube and embryo-sac was an

assumption, and the figure in question exactly resembles Miiller’s

representation of the phenomenon, the pollen-tube lying rather to

the side of the summit of the embryo-sac. If we could believe

that he was mistaken in supposing that an actual union of the

embryo-sac and pollen-tube took place (and in such investiga-

tions graver errors are easily fallen into), the only point of differ-

ence would be with regard to the period when the germinal vesicle

is first produced.

In reference to Schleiden’s opinions, the view which he first

promulgated was that the pollen-tube pushed the summit of the

embryo-sac before it and became invested by it, but in the last

edition of his ‘Grundziige}’, he admits the possibility in certain

cases of the actual entrance of the pollen-tube into the embryo-

* Pflanzen-physiologie, vol. iii.

+ Op. cit. vol. iii. pl. xiii. figs. 46, 47.

¢ Grundz. des Wiss. Botanik, 2nd edit. ii, 366.

62 Mr. W. Thompson’s Additions to the Fauna of Ireland.

sac, in the manner which is described by Gelesnow* ; and the

figures to his own memoirs do not always show the depression of

the summit of the embryo-sac, but exactly resemble the condi-

tion which is figured by Miiller from Monoiropa and Begonia,

where the pollen-tube is applied upon the apex of the embryo-

sac and lies in a line with the embryo. Here his statement, that

he has drawn out the pollen-tube from the embryo-sac, with the

embryo at its extremity, must be set against Hofmeister’s affir-

mation that he has detached the pollen-tube from the apex of the

embryo-sac without disturbing the germinal vesicle.

Finally, the whole question now appears to be narrowed to the

determination of the point, whether the germinal vesicle does

actually exist before impregnation, since if that can be proved,

all appearances yet observed may be reconciled, by allowing for

very slight errors in interpreting and delineating them. Amiei

does not express himself very distinctly on this point, but the

other three papers which have just been investigated, added to

the opinions of Brongniartt and Mirbelt, will probably satisfy

many upon this point.

P.S.—Since the above was written I have found that L. R.

Tulasne$ has given a brief résumé of some researches into the

embryogeny of Veronica hederefolia, triphyllos and precox. Ac-

cording to his statements, the pollen-tube here actually perforates

the embryo-sac and lies within it; the end of the pollen-tube be-

comes the embryo and at no period can any germinal vesicle be

distinguished. These observations therefore go to support the

modified views of Schleiden, but until they are more distinctly

detailed by their author, their true value can hardly be estimated.

VI.— Additions to the Fauna of Ireland |. By Wuiittram

Tompson, Esq., Pres. Nat. Hist. and Phil. Society of Belfast.

AVES.

Bridled Guillemot, Uria leucophthalmos, Faber.

—-— lacrymans, Valenc., Gould, Yarrell.

A communication from Richard Chute, Esq., of Blennerville, county

of Kerry, dated Feb. 26, 1846, informed me of his having once shot

this bird at Dingle.

* Botanisch. Zeitung, i. 841.

+ Mem. sur la génération de l’embryon, &c., Paris, 1827.

t~ Ann. des Sc. Nat. 2° sér. xi. 200 and 381.

§ Comptes Rendus, June 14, 1847.

|| This short communication was intended to be supplementary to two

papers on the same subject in the 20th volume, but was too late in being

forwarded for that purpose.

Mr. W. Thompson’s Additions to the Fauna of Ireland. 63

PIscEs.

“ Syngnathus ophidion, Linn.,” Yarr. Brit. Fish. v.11.447, 2nd edit

A specimen taken in the dredge with oysters, at Killinchy, Strang-

ford lough, in October last, happened fortunately to be brought

with them to Belfast market, where I procuredit. Its length is eleven

inches; the characters all as described by Yarrell. After being pre-

served in spirits for some weeks its colours are a mixture of very

pale bluish and brownish olive, with a fine black interrupted or non-

continuous line along the back from the head to the dorsal fin :—

whitish spots along the medial line.

Mo.tvsca.

Idalia aspersa, Ald. & Hane. Brit. Nudib. Moll. part 1. pl. 26.

One of this species, hitherto only known from a single individual

procured on the coast of Northumberland by the authors referred to,

was dredged in about seven fathoms water off Bray Head (county of

Wicklow) last July by Mr. R. Ball. When living it is said to have

been somewhat of a dull rosy hue. The specimen is now (probably

being contracted in spirits) five lines in length: it was submitted to

Mr. Alder’s inspection.

Tellina pygmea, Phil. MS.; Lovén, Index Moll. Scandinaviz,

p- 42 (1846).

Specimens procured on the coast of Cork by Mr. John D. Hum-

phreys are—as Mr. S. Hanley informs me—in Mr. Jeffreys’s collec-

tion at Swansea.

Ascidia tubularis, Mill. Zool. Dan. iv. p. 12. t. 180. f. 3.

One of this species, about twice the size of that represented in the

‘Zoologia Danica,’ was dredged from pure sand at about six fathoms

depth in Ballyhome bay, co. Down, in July 1846 (Mr. Hyndman

& W.T.). Professor E. Forbes, to whom the species was previously

known, says that it is common in the Hebrides.

Ascidia grossularia, Van Beneden, Recher. Ascid. Simples, pl. 4.

a a

This species, defined as having the “test corné, presque lisse, de

couleur rouge,” and being always known by its bright red colour, of

which the vitellus also is, was found in abundance on oysters at Brit-

lingsee by its describer. What I consider to be the same species is

likewise abundant on shells, stones, and occasionally on Laminaria,

dredged from a few fathoms depth on the north-east coast of Ireland.

It seems to me identical with what is represented in the ‘ Zoologia

Danica,’ vol. i. p. 15. t. 15. f. 3, as the young state of Asc. rustica

(previously noticed by me in the ‘ Annals,’ vol. vy. p. 94). No allusion

however is made by Van Beneden to the A. grossularia resembling

any other Ascidia: but I agree with him in considering it a perfectly

64 Mr. W.Thompson’s Additions to the Fauna of Ireland.

developed species, and consequently,am of opinion that what Miller

considered its adult state is another species.

_ Amaroucium albicans, Edw. Ascid. Comp,, p- 71. pl.1,38.

Dredged from several fathoms in Belfast bay (1839) and on the

Galway. coast (1840), W. T.

Mr. McCalla mentioned to me last spring that he had collected

this species on the Irish coast.

Didemnum gelatinosum, Edw. Ascid. Comp. p. 79. pl. 7. £5?

Adherent to Serpula tubularia dredged in Strangford lough, Oct.

1839, &c., W. T.

A species apparently of this genus may not uncommonly be found

investing the stems of Halidrys siliquosa. It is of a pale gray colour,

and may be said to give the plant the appearance of being besmeared

with bird-lime.

Botryllus violaceus, Edw. Ascid. Comp. p. 89. pl. 6. f. 4.

On Fuci, Belfast bay, W. T.

Botryllus smaragdus, Kidw. Ascid. Comp. p. 91. pl. 6. f. 6?

. A species taken at Holywood, Belfast bay, by Dr. J. L. Drummond,

in the summer of 1846, of which he made a drawing and noted the

colour, seems to be the B. smaragdus. ‘The notes are not in sufficient

detail to ensure certainty.

‘The last four have not, that I am aware, been made known as °

British species :—the genus Didemnum indeed seems unnoticed. Dr.

Scouler has met with it on the Irish coast.

CRUSTACEA.

Crangon fasciatus, Risso, Hist. Nat. de ?Eur. Mérid. v. 64; Edw.

Hist. Crust. mi. 342.

Among Crustacea lately submitted to my examination by Mr. R.

Ball are two individuals of this species, which were taken by him at

Bray in July last. They are nearly one inch in length, and exhibit

masses of mature ova. The species is admirably characterized in

Milne-Edwards’ description above referred to. Its short thick form

at once arrested my attention as distinct from that of C. vulgaris :—

the colour designated by the trivial name fasciatus does not so distin-

guish it. One specimen exhibits a blackish band on the fourth seg-

ment of the abdomen and the other none; and the greater number

of specimens of C. vulgaris from various parts of the Irish coast

examined in reference to this character have more or less of a blackish

band on this segment. It is slightly shown too in Sowerby’s figure

on Leach’s Malacost. Podophth. Brit. ‘This species has not been

noticed as British, but has I believe been lately obtained by Professor

Bell. :

Mr. W. Thompson’s Additions to the Fauna of Ireland. 65

Praniza cerulata, Mont. (sp.) ?

A letter from A. H. Haliday, Esq., dated October 9, 1847, con-

veyed the following information :—‘‘I found a species of Praniza

pretty common on the clayey shores of Strangford lough last week,

in company with Anceus mavillaris. They were in small cavities on

the surface of the clay under stones, sometimes singly, oftener two,

or even three and four in each hole; the smaller slender green ones

were few in comparison. You will find some of the new-born young

with them, having all the characteristic form of the parent, but the

posterior thoracic segments not so completely confounded together.

I have given but a hasty look at them, but have not recognized ¢

among the adults.”

Along with the Crustacea since received from Mr. Ball were sent

specimens of a Praniza, purchased of Mr. McCalla as collected on

the Irish coast, but no locality is given. They were obtained pre-

vious to those first noticed.

Bopyrus hippolytes, Kroyer, Gronl. Amfip. p. 78. pl. 4. f. 22.

Two females of this species were found within the carapace of the

Hippolyte varians, Leach, which | obtained on the coast of Galway

in July 1840. M. Kroyer found it on the Hippolyte polaris.

Sida crystallina, Mill. (sp.) Edw. Crust. iii. 385.

Daphnia crystallina, Mill. Entomost.

Professor Allman lately sent me sketches of a Daphnia obtained by

him during autumn in a little subalpine lake near Killarney, where

it was in profusion adhering to the under sides of the leaves of the

water-lily (Nymphea alba). On the sketches being transmitted to

Dr. Baird of the British Museum, he at once recognized in them the

D. crystallina, Mill. (Sida, Straus), adding that he had met with

the species but in two localities—near London—and in both spa-

ringly.

ZOOPHYTA. |

Hippothoa sica, Couch, Cornish Fauna, part 3. p. 102. pl. 19. f. 8;

Johnst, Brit. Zooph. p. 292, 2nd edit.,

I find within a very large dead Pinna dredged at the entrance of

Belfast bay. Mr. Couch’s description, but not his figure, is applica-

ble to my specimen. The striking characters may be noticed. The

length of the cells is as described, ‘‘ about four times their transverse

diameter,’ and the apertures ‘are long and tubular, frequently as

long as the cell.” But whether this remarkable form may not be

due to the security and freedom from injury enjoyed by the zoophyte

within the closed valves of the Pinna, I shall not, from the exami-

nation of a single specimen, pretend to determine. Mr. Couch’s

specimens were however procured ‘on stones, from deep water, com-

mon.’ But for this character (which probably may not be perma-

nent) I should not enumerate my Hippothoa as distinct from H. di-

varicata, which too is described by Dr. Johnston as sometimes having

the apertures ‘‘ shortly tubular.”

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.2. Vol. i. 5

66 M. Mulsant’s Description of a new species of Coccinea.

VII.—Description of a new species of Coccinella from New Zea-

land. By M. Muusanr of Lyon, author of the ‘ Histoire

Naturelle des Coléoptéres de France.? Communicated by

Apam Wuirts, F.L.S.

Coccinella antipodum, Mulsant. Cocc. ovata, glabra, thorace luteo

lineis duabus obliquis nigris, antice abbreviatis. Elytris virescenti-

griseis, macula obtriangulari juxta scutellum, linea longitudinali

antice et postice valde abbreviata, margineque inzequaliter, luteis ;

pectore rufo; abdomine nigro; pedibus luteis.

Body oval. Head, antenne and palpi of an orange-yellow ;

eyes black; prothorax anteriorly with a bisinuate notch, the

central portion projecting at least as far as the angles when the

insect is seen perpendicularly from above, the anterior angles

projecting in the form of a tooth, subcurvilinearly dilated on the

sides ; from the apex to the base subrotundate on the posterior

angles, with the convexity towards the elytra, with narrow raised

margins on the sides; moderately convex, smooth, punctate, of

an orange-yellow, with two longitudinal oblique black lines di-

verging posteriorly, each connected with the outer third of the

base, and extending somewhat irregularly to about the anterior

fourth, corresponding by their outer side to the inner side of the

eyes. Scutellum triangular, yellow. Elytra one-fourth broader

anteriorly than the prothorax at its hinder portion, three times

as long or somewhat more, subrotundate at the shoulders, form-

ing an oval truncated in front, but an acute ogiv posteriorly, with

a narrow margin and faint groove near the shoulders ; moderately

convex, more distinctly punctated than the prothorax; the hu-

meral sides prominent, of a grayish green, somewhat obscure, and

ornamented with—1l. a subtriangular spot near the scutellum ;

2. an irregular band, taking its rise from the centre of the base,

broadest in the first half of the sides, where it occupies about a

sixth of the breadth; and 3. with a longitudinal line, becoming

broader posteriorly where it is truncated, and situated near the

centre; yellow. Under side of body fawn-coloured on the breast,

with the venter black; epimera and postpectus of a yellowish

white ; mesosternum entire ; abdominal plates in the form of a V,

extending to the hinder margin of the ring: legs of an orange-

yellow.

Hab. New Zealand.

The above detailed description is made from a specimen of

Coccinella sent to Dr. Joseph Hooker, R.N., by the Rev. William

Colenso, subsequently to the publication of the insects of New

Zealand in the ‘ Zoology of the Voyage of H.M.SS. Erebus and

Terror.’ Dr. Hooker kindly put into my hands a bottle of in-

_ Bibliographical Notices. 67

sects from New Zealand, which contained this and: some other

unrecorded species. I hasten to publish it, as the Coccinella

Tasmanii of the above Fauna is only a variety of the Australian

C. leonina, Fabr.

M. Mulsant gave me this description for the second and forth-

coming part of the ‘ Fauna of New Zealand,’ but I prefer publish-

ing it at once. The name he had provisionally given it havmg been

used by Klug for a Mexican species of the family, I have given

it another name.

I may mention, that since the publication of the Fauna alluded

to, I have ascertained the following to be the correct synonyms

of one of the Longicorn Beetles mentioned there :—

AUMONA VILLOSA.

Saperda villosa, Fabr.

Saperda hirta, Fabr. (olim).

Jimona humilis, Newman, Entomologist, p. 8.

Isodera villosa, White, 1. c. t. 4. f. 1. ;

We have only received within the last week a small box of in-

sects at the Museum from Dr. Andrew Sinclair, R.N., the Colo-

nial Secretary, perhaps the most interesting feature of which is a

rather small species of Mantis.—A. W.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES,

The History of Barbados. By Sir Roserr H. Scnomsurex, Ph.D.

&c. Royal 8vo, 772. London, 1848.

Tis new proof of the indefatigable activity of its well-known au-

thor consists of a portly volume, containing a geographical and sta-

tistical description of the island, with a sketch of its history, and, what

brings it more particularly within our province, an account of the

geology and natural productions. This third division forms a very

important feature of the book, and is much more perfect than such

portions of topographical works usually are; in addition to the very

interesting geological details and special natural history, we find

copious lists of the organic forms, vegetable and animal, inhabiting

the island, which are chiefly the fruits of the author’s personal re-

searches. These lists are prefaced by brief introductory notices which

will add much to their interest in the eyes of general readers, and

the author states that want of space alone prevented his adding a

popular account of the plants with their uses and properties ; he still

looks forward to the composition of a Flora of Barbados.

In describing the general outline and aspect of the island, Sir

Robert compares it in size and in some measure in outline to the

Isle of Wight. ‘‘ It is almost encircled by coral reefs, which in some

parts, as in the parish of St. Philip, extend for nearly three miles to

seaward, and prove very dangerous to the navigation. The shore

68 Bibliographical Notices.

rises boldly to a height of from thirty to fifty feet on the northern

point and on the south-eastern part of the parish of St. Philip, but

otherwise we find long lines of sandy beaches, which are protected

against the encroachments of the sea by coral reefs.”

Although possessing no very elevated points, the surface is exceed-

ingly irregular; the highest. point is Mount Hillaby, 1147-55 feet.

‘If we choose this point as our station, we observe clearly two struc-

tures well-defined and geologically different from each other. A

narrow strip runs parallel, to the west, with the coast from north to

south. We may easily trace it from Bridgetown to almost the ex-

treme end of the island, where, in the neighbourhood of Harrison’s, a

bold bluff point ends it, from whence the coast assumes the rugged

outlines which cliffs of soft material generally present where en-

croached upon by the battering power of the breakers of a stormy sea.

From the west or leeward coast, the ground rises in very distinct

successive terraces to the central ridge. ‘These terraces are inter-

rupted by ravines (called gullies in the island). If we turn now to

the east, an aspect of a quite different nature presents itself; we see

before us a rountainous country in miniature; hills of ‘a conical form

radiate from the central ridge, and chiefly from Mount Hillaby ina

north-eastern direction towards the sea-shore ; their sides are rugged

and worn by the heavy rains and mountain torrents, their colour being

generally of a dark reddish-brown, here and there tipped with whitish

marl. This district has been represented as.similar to the alpine

country of Scotland, which name has been adopted for it.””, Mount

Hillaby is not exactly in the centre of the island, but rather in the

middle of the northern and larger portion of the island, divided from

the southern by adeep valley running from east towest; “the southern

division is an imitation of the northern on a smaller scale, only that

the line of its greatest length stretches from east to west, while in the

northern division it extends north and south.” The western aspect of

Barbados presents a succession of terraces of table-land rising preci-

pitously from one another; the south aspect is similar, but the total

elevation is not so great. The north offers a considerable extent of

champaign country with Mount Gilboa and Boscobelle rising suddenly

from it: seen from the east the island is wild and picturesque, the

cliffs rising almost abruptly from the sea to a height of nearly a

thousand feet.

The Caribbee Islands form two geological groups; the one, calca-

reous, is external and exposed to the direct action of the Atlantic;

while the other, volcanic, includes the inner islands. Barbados is

the most eastern of the calcareous chain, and its aspect indicates at

once its origin from the coral’animals.

Our author divides the now existing rocks of Barbados into two

formations, viz. the Coralline limestone and what, from its locality,

he terms the “Scotland” formation. The coralline limestone in-

cludes beds of calcareous marl containing recent shells in large

numbers and many species; the ‘‘ Scotland” consists of strata of

sandstone, siliceous and calcareous, siliceous limestone, clays, selenite,

earthy marls often containing fragments of pumice, strata of volcanic

Bibliographical Notices. *

ashes, seams of bitumen and springs of petroleum (Barbados tar).

The coralline limestone occupies six-sevenths of the whole area of

the island, and the author considers that the terraces it presents are

owing to gradual elevation with intervening periods of rest and sub-

sequent denudation, and gives a detailed account of the present con-

dition and probable progress of the changes it has undergone. Casts

of the shells of Turbo, Lucina and Petricola occur at the highest

elevations of the coral rock; the shells found eight hundred ora

thousand feet lower still retain their lustre, but though resembling

those of the adjacent seas, are usually much larger than the recent.

The ‘“‘ Scotland” formation presents a very different appearance

and structure from the coral; the district in which it occurs is en-

circled by a semicircular range of heights from which long ridges of

hills project, converging towards each other and diminishing in height

as they approach the sea. The various modifications of tertiary rocks

of this district manifest an original uniformity, but present great signs

of disturbance, and the stratification varies from horizontal to ver-

tical, or is wavy or even contorted ; thus it is often difficult to ascer-

tain the dip; the direction is generally south-west and north-east.

The earthy marl constitutes by far the greater part of this series,

and it sometimes occurs stratified. It abounds in Polycystina: in

the marl from Mount Hillaby Ehrenberg found 54 species, belonging

to 22 genera ; another specimen gave 113 species of Polycystina with

5 of Polygastrica, 1-Geolithia and 2 Phytolitharia. ‘lo the south

the marl is succeeded by sandstones. ‘The bituminous sandstones are

intermixed with the more calcareous varieties. As to the age of these

rocks, our author says, ‘‘ the Scalaria which I found on the summit of

Bissex Hill and the Nucula of Springfield, induced Prof. E. Forbes to

consider the Scotland rocks as belonging to the miocene period of the

tertiary strata. ‘The mineralogical character of rocks is considered

at present of little importance when conclusions respecting their age

are to be formed. Still my observations on the spot, combined with

the mineralogical character of the rocks, lead me to coincide in

Prof. Forbes’s opinion. The chalks of Caltanisetta, on which Prof.

Ehrenberg rests his opinion that the Scotland formation in Barbados

belongs to an older period than the miocene group, have been con-

sidered by different geologists as belonging to different periods ; by

some they have been regarded as secondary, by others as tertiary

rocks.”

The whole Scotland district is apparently an old sea-bottom, and

the author attributes its present disturbed condition to volcanic

agency acting from given points and thus giving rise to local de-

rangements. ‘The presence of pumice and strata of volcanic ashes

render this less doubtful, Isolated rocks of the coral formation are

found lying on the summits and declivities of hills in the Scotland

district ; these Sir Robert is inclined to regard as fragments detached

from the cliffs which now border the district (and which, with the

exception of Mount Hillaby, all exceed in height the ‘‘ Scotland”’

hills), before the upheaval of the sea-bottom.

A description of the fossils follows this chapter, containing an

f° : Bibliographical Notices.

illustrated account of the Polycystina,also a new Scalaria, Ehrenbergi,

and two Nucule, Parkeri and Schomburgki, described by Prof. E.

Forbes.

The botanical portion, prefaced by a few general introductory re-

marks, contains a list of the Barbados plants ; to the scientific names

are added the vernacular names by which they are known in this

island, and frequently the French or other foreign names used in the

adjacent colonies. It contains all the species indigenous, natural-

ized or cultivated, the two latter being distinguished by the addition

of the name of their native country. Next follow alphabetical arrange-

ments of the vernacular names, one English and another foreign,

which referring by numbers to the scientific lists will be useful to

local botanical students, and are not without importance to us at a

distance. A single new species, a lichen, Endocarpon flavidum,

Taylor, is described. In the zoology the different classes are treated

seriatim ; after an account of the zoophytes, we come, under the head

of Insecta, to some interesting details concerning the Sugar Ant

(Formica omnivora, L., Myrmica omnivora, Latr.), whose ravages

have often so fearfully interfered with human industry. They

showed themselves first in 1760 in Barbados, and our author states,

on the authority of Dr. Coke, that ‘‘it was deliberated whether that

island, formerly so flourishing, should not be deserted” on account

of the dreadful devastation they caused. It appears that these ants

do not actually feed on any part of the sugar-canes or the leaves of

trees, but make their nests under the roots, which protect them from

heavy rains, and, being firmly fixed in the ground, place them in se-

curity against the agitation of the usual winds. The stool of the

sugar-canes is firmly attached to the earth, and almost impenetrable

to rain; the trees of the orange tribe afford similar advantages to the

insects, while the coffee, cacao, plantains, &c. are not molested.

The ants apparently live entirely on animal food, and not only attack

dead substances, but living bodies; thus small animals and poultry

perish when not assisted, and it becomes necessary to guard the eyes

of cattle by a circle of tar, to prevent them from being blinded. The

destruction of these creatures was attempted with poison and fire

during the “plague” following 1760, but all attempts. proved inef-

fectual till the hurricane of 1780, before the violence of which the

Sugar Ant disappeared. In 1814 they again made their appearance

and caused considerable injury, but soon disappeared. ‘They are

still to be found in Barbados, but only in small numbers. The Great-

headed Ant or Cushi, Formica cephalotes, Fabr., is equally destructive,

attacking the leaves of trees and of vegetables, such as the sweet

potato, cassada, &c. The White or Wood Ant (Termes devastans,

Kollar) is another of the plagues of Barbados.

Among the enemies of the sugar-cane are enumerated the Borer

or Yellow Blast, the grub of one of the Pyralidee, Diatrea sacchari,

Guilding, which burrows into and feeds upon the interior of the stems;

the Grougrou Worm, the larva of Calandra palmarum, Fabr. (which

is eaten by some of the creoles and considered a great delicacy) ; and

Calandra sacchari, Guilding, the Large Borer. Since the hurricane of

Bibliographical Notices. 71

1831 an homopterous insect has shown itself, and multiplying rapidly

has committed great ravages; this is Delphax saccharivora, West-

wood. ‘Two other insects, apparently belonging to the Aphiside and

Coccidex, have more recently been highly injurious to the sugar-canes,

and others of this class equally infest other plants. The cocoa-nuts

are so attacked by an Aleyrodes, that when the author quitted Bar-

bados there was not a single healthy tree left.

The list of Crustacea is compiled by Mr. Adam White. Sir Robert

Schomburgk believes that, if thoroughly examined, the islands and

seas of the West Indian Archipelago would yield probably four

times as many species as are at present known, and states that al-

though the marine fauna of these islands is still insufficiently known

to enable us to deduce results as to the distribution of the Crustacea,

it is Mr. White’s opinion that many of the species discovered by

Jay and his correspondents on the south shores of the United States

will eventually be found in the West Indian Archipelago.

The number of Mollusca found in the neighbourhood of Barbados

is by no means large, and the author having been disappointed of a

list, gives a catalogue of those found both in Barbados and the West

Indies in general.

The Fishes, determined by Profs. Miiller and Troschel, include a

number of new species and one new genus, Caprophonus, Miill. et

Trosch., belonging to the family Scomberoidei. ‘he Reptilia are

sparingly represented in Barbados : the Iguana tuberculaia, the largest

of the Saurians, is now very scarce. Only one snake has been found,

and the sight of a specimen is a rare occurrence ; it is perfectly harm-

less, and from the description given to the author, probably a Tortriz.

The number of indigenous birds does not amount to fifteen, and

there are about forty species recorded as birds of passage, or only

occasionally seen on the island. ‘The absence of woods and umbra-

geous trees is doubtless the cause of this paucity. A British bird,

the Ruff Sandpiper, Philomarchus pugnaa, L., is recorded for the first

time as occurring on the other side of the Atlantic. It was sent to

the author among other migratory birds, but the communicator, Mr.

Bishop, observed that its name was not known; thence it may be in-

ferred that its occurrence in Barbados is a rare circumstance. Our

space does not admit of more than this hasty glance over the contents

of this book, but we hope that it will be sufficient to convince our

readers of the interest attaching to it, and induce them to become ac-

quainted with the details by a perusal of the work itself,——A. H.

Zoological Recreations. By W. J. Broperip, Esq., F.R.S.

A pleasant book on a delightful subject with a pleasing title. This

work, which we should have noticed before, consists of a series of

papers written by one of our most talented lawyers for the pages of

the New Monthly Magazine, from which their author, urged by Pro-

fessor Owen and other scientific friends, has reprinted them. Hehas

done well in collecting these papers, for he has given us another book

belonging to a class far too rare, in which White of Selborne, Knapp,

72 : Bibliographical Notices.

Waterton, Darwin and Gosse have earned laurels. The chief object

_ of this class of works is to please while they instruct, to enliven as

well as to enlighten, to awaken as well as to cherish a love for

natural history. Along with Kirby and Spence, and in the same list

with Alexander Wilson the American ornithologist, the authors spe-

cified above and the writer at the head of this article may be placed.

A popular writer is too often deemed by the mere scientific man,

not profound, and there may be at times some truth in it ; Mr. Bro-

derip however is not superficially acquainted with some of the chapters

of the book of nature. He is well known as a scientific conchologist,

whose very fine collection of shells, many of them originally described

by himself, were acquired by Parliament for the nation and deposited

in the British Museum. His writings and compilations in the Cy-

clopedia of the Useful Knowledge Society have done much to diffuse

a taste for natural history, and in the work before us, leaving for a

time strict science, he delights us with many pleasing chapters on

birds and beasts.

There are two excellent chapters on our resident and migratory

singing-birds, right pleasant reading at this time of year, from the

associations they call up of spring and summer. He discourses

pleasantly on owls, a grave subject; and from chattering, gay-

coloured parrots and parrakeets turns to gobbling turkeys or bub-

bly jocks, one of which, the ocellated turkey (Meleagris ocellatus),

he strongly urges some patriotic individual to introduce to this

country. The Earl of Derby has one specimen in his noble aviary

and menagerie at Knowsley, but we fear that the bird is a widow, and

likely long to continue so: it is strange that his lordship has been

hitherto unsuccessful in finding a mate for this bird. From swans,

wild and tame, which

‘on sweet St. Mary’s Lake,”

and on other lakes and streams as well,

*¢ float double, swan and shadow,”

our author most undesignedly passes to a chapter of advice tu anglers,

—a fertile theme, unexhausted and inexhaustible, as witness the

writings of Izaak Walton, Sir Humphry Davy—how Walton would

have loved the chemist, and the sculptor Sir Francis Chantrey, even

although he wrote no ‘ Salmonia’!—of Mr. Yarrell, of Scrope, of

John Wilson (the renowned Christopher North), of Jesse, cum multis

aliis—‘‘ Good luck to your fishing :” there seems to be some free-

masonry in the thing itself, and there is certainly something most

attractive in the subject.

Whether the spring-filled song on the bonny month of May in

page 172, immediately after the ‘‘ Word to Anglers,” be the buoyant

spirits that flow from the subject just touched upon, we know not,

but the five stanzas come in most opportunely and read most plea-

santly. ‘We have not got half through the book, and must leave dogs

and cats, (surely Mr. Broderip, like Jeremy Bentham, is a bachelor,)

apes and monkeys, and the grave, gigantic and graphically described

elephants, for another notice ; with three chapters on Dragons, Mr.

Miscellaneous. 73

Broderip concludes his volume. How happy are we that we live in

days when these monsters are doomed to lie petrified in oolitic

rocks or extended, carved curiously ‘‘ by art and man’s device,” out

of the solid stone, and gazed at, in and through glass cases, in the

National Museum! The work of Mr. Broderip is very readable, and

it would prove instructive to many a scientific man, as well as amuse

his leisure hour. We have no doubt that this work will “ cherish,”

as well as “‘ awaken, a love for natural history.” —A.W.

An Experimental Inquiry into the Cause of the Ascent and Descent of

the Sap, &c. By G. Rainey, M.R.C.S.E.

Whatever may be the value of these inquiries, it is certain that

they have led the author to some conclusions which will appear rather

curious to most botanical anatomists. For instance, he endeavours

to show that the crude sap ascends in the substance of the cell-walls _

and intercellular matter without passing through the cavities of the

cells or vessels, and his reasons are founded upon the experiment of

causing plants to imbibe certain solutions and then decomposing these

in sections placed beneath the microscope, when the solid walls alone

exhibit the coloured product (!). If we were to strain a solution of

bichloride of mercury through a piece of gauze, and then to decom-

pose this by hydrosulphate of ammonia and to examine the gauze

by a magnifier, it is probable that we should find the substance alone

coloured, but we should hardly deduce from this that no bichloride

of mercury had passed through the interstices.

The author's way of accounting for the formation of vessels is

equally original ; he shows that “the wall of a vessel is formed by

the union of the external thickened wall of the surrounding cells.”

The various experiments and details respecting the movement of

the sap and the growth of plants offer nothing of value which is not

already well known.

In these days it is absolutely necessary that students of a science

should make themselves clearly acquainted with the results of the

labours of their predecessors: had the author of the present little

volume done so, he would have saved much valuable time and ap-

plication. A. H.

MISCELLANEOUS.

Extracts from a Letter to Tuomas Bett, Esq., F.R.S., from

GrorcE Crark, Esq., of Mauritius.

Port Louis, June 5th, 1847.

* * * «T venture to lay before you the following description of

some bullocks, brought hither from the island of Lombach, near

Java. One cargo only has been imported, and it does not appear

likely that any more will be brought. Their characteristics are so

novel to me that I determined to describe them to you.

74 Miscellaneous.

“Their heads are lighter and more deer-like than any of the Ox

tribe I have before seen, with the eye remarkably full and lively, but

still gentle. ‘The callosity on the muzzle is narrower than that of

ordinary cattle, and extends farther upwards towards the forehead.

The horns are of moderate size and prettily curved, and furrowed

longitudinally as well as transversely at the base, giving almost the

appearance of the butt of those of the stag. ‘These oxen are of

middling size, but have an amazing depth of chest, and considerable

width between the fore-legs : very little dew-lap ; no hump; but the

spinous processes on the side of the hump so elongated as to give

the idea of a hump having been dissected off. Legs remarkably clean

and of moderate length, and so formed as to indicate great strength

and activity. Buttocks full and square behind. ‘ail remarkably

fine and tapering to a sharp point, with a moderate tuft of hair. An

oval mark of a yellowish white colour begins at the root of the tail

and descends nearly to the hocks, including both buttocks ; the length

of this mark is to its breadth as 5 to 8. The skin extremely fine and

soft, with a coat like that of a race-horse. Colour varying, but very

few pied and none quite black ; a light bay predominating, in some

individuals beautifully marked with small white spots. These cha-

racters belong to the whole cargo, about ninety in number, and are

not therefore to be considered as individual peculiarities.

«* The animals were all very gentle, and their appearance, from the

form and lightness of the head and the lively mildness of the eye, was

superior in beauty to that of any lot of cattle I ever saw.

«‘The captain who brought them informs me that the natives

would not part with their cows, and every one of these of which I

speak was castrated. Having been put in a cold shed after landing,

many of them got ill, and some died ; and as we have suffered terri-

bly from a murrain which visited our cattle two or three years ago*,

these oxen were almost all. bought for slaughter, as the planters

fancied the disorder which attacked them to be something belonging

to the breed. I only know one pair surviving, and they work ad-

mirably well, being as active as Devonshire oxen. I send you a

pair of the horns, but unluckily forgot to senda skull till it was too

late to obtain one. ‘The beef was very fine-grained, but of a darker

colour than usual.

«‘T have lately seen it remarked that cross-bred animals, though

possessing some advantages, are generally inferior in stamina to those

of unmixed breed, and more liable to disease ; such observations as I

have been able to make fully bear out the truth of this position.

We have here many Timor ponies, as well as from Java; and their

powers of endurance and exemption from disease are far superior to

those of Cape or European horses. The Timor are very light but

wiry, seldom reaching 13 hands high; they are spirited and active,

rather low before, and are very sure. ‘The Java are larger and

stouter, many reaching 13 and some 1384 hands; these generally carry

the head and tail very high, and are safe and fast. ‘The most valued

* See Annals, vol. xv. p. 141.

Miscellaneous. 75

of all however are the Burmese, or more correctly the Pegu ponies ;

these are universally of the cob make, with great carcase, thick

necks and short strong legs; they are very easy for the saddle,

generally ambling, and are very safe, fast and enduring : their great

power renders them excellent for four-wheeled carriages ; and it is

not uncommon to see one of them 13 hands high draw with ease a

carriage that would be a good load for an ordinary horse of 15: their

chief defect is their impetuosity, which is excessive. This breed is

particularly mindful of ill-treatment, and a person that has once

misused one will seldom be able to do anything with him afterwards.

They are of various colours, but I never saw a black one: the pre-

vailing colour is gray, most beautifully dappled. They all have that

peculiar fulness at the throat which belongs to the horses in ancient

Grecian sculpture. Mares or stallions of this breed cannot be pro-

cured at any price whatever. A captain with whom I am intimate,

a proprietor at Moulmein, assures me of this fact, which I have also

heard from many others. No bribe would induce a native to expose

himself to the certain torture and death that would follow a violation

of this law.

“TI am decidedly of opinion that geldings stand work quite as well

as entire horses here, and some of those persons most competent to

judge concur with me. ‘These Pegu ponies are a striking instance of

the fact.

‘I do not know if you are aware of the amazing fecundity of the

‘Tanree*,’ which is very-abundant here. They sometimes produce

as many as twenty-two young at a birth ; and from twelve to eighteen

is their usual number. ‘Their appearance is much like that of the

hedgehog, and like those animals they hybernate in the dry season.

As far as I can learn they are altogether insectivorous. ‘They are

far from being of so pacific a nature as the hedgehog, for they bite

hard and hold on with great tenacity. ‘The female when followed by

her young will turn and face a pursuer with angry gruntings till her

little ones are in safety. ‘They are a favourite dish with the lower

orders here, and are generally split down the back, after being singed

like pigs, and are then smoked. They are usually fat, but the only

one I ever tasted had arank flavour that was by no means agreeable.

They are not indigenous here, having been introduced from Mada-

gascar ; but they are very numerous, notwithstanding their being de-

stroyed in immense numbers for food.”

HABITS OF INSECTS.

Philosophical Hall, Leeds, Dec. 15, 1847.

Dear Sir,—I know not whether the two accompanying scraps will

be worth a line in the ‘ Annals of Natural History.’ The first is a

case affording an illustration of the powers which the Arachnida

possess of sustaining life when deprived of food.

* This must be the Centetes setosus, which appears to be the only species

introduced into Mauritius.—T. B.

76 Miscellaneous.

In July last I had a large specimen of Jvodes brought me, taken

from off a West Indian tortoise. I put it intoa pill-box, and having

left home for a few weeks in the autumn, it was completely forgotten.

Last month however (November) I happened to open the box, when

I found the specimen still alive, though languid and shrivelled in

appearance, accompanied by a strange-looking mass larger than it-

self, which upon examination proved to be an immense number of

orange-coloured eggs, resembling a portion of the roe of a fish, but

more minute in structure. ‘This day I found the parent dead, but

the eggs I think appear to have increased in size; whether they are

likely to produce any young is still to be seen. At the lowest cal-

culation the animal had lived four months without food.

My second is an instance either of affection or loyalty, I cannot tell

which. In one of my colonies of ants, a small black one, the queen

(which is as large as six of the workers at least), died a fortnight

since from some cause, and lies in one of the passages of the formi-

cary. But up to this day there has been constantly several work-

ers attending her remains, occasionally touching her with their an-

tenne and striking her with their heads (an action common with

this species of ant on meeting each other, which I have not observed

in any other families). A few days since I poured some water into

the nest, to see if it would cause the guards to forsake their charge,

as water generally causes a dispersion when it suddenly enters their

passages; but in this instance, although it threw them into some

confusion, they would not leave the body of their queen. Is this

affection ? I remain, dear Sir, yours respectfully,

Henry Denny.

Richard Taylor, Esq.

NOTE ON THE INSECTS OF MADEIRA.

We make the following extract, by permission of Mr. W. Thom-

son of King’s College, from a private letter addressed to him from

Madeira by our correspondent, T. V. Wollaston, Esq., of Jesus Col-

lege, Cambridge :—

‘«*The country here is most glorious; mountains rising 7000 feet

towards the moon, and Funchal at the bottom of them, ‘looking at

itself’ in the sea: the intermediate space filled up with wood and

rock, and for the last 1000 feet with vineyards arranged on terraces

and the country-houses of the ‘aristocracy’ of Funchal. The vege-

tation is grand to an excess: grapes, oranges, bananas, figs, pump-

kins, guavas and prickly pears in actual profusion, with geraniums,

cacti, fuchsias, myrtles, cassias and heliotropes spread over the coun-

try like weeds. The hills are tremendous, involving the necessity

of keeping a horse, which is sometimes ‘ too large a specimen to be

convenient’ in entomological researches. Insects are themselves

scarce here; so I have been driven to collect all orders alike, and

muster 2380 species, or 970 specimens; and asI have been here only

six weeks, this will at least show you that entomology is still che-

rished, though under adverse circumstances and many local disad-

Miscellaneous. 77

vantages. I have been working chiefly at Coleoptera, Diptera and

Hemiptera, and find them more abundant than the other orders. At

present (25th Nov. 1847) my numbers stand thus: Coleoptera, 87

species; Diptera, 43 species; Hemiptera, 39 species; Hymenoptera,

25 species; Lepidoptera, 20 species; miscellaneous, 16 species.”

This is certainly far above any published list of the insects of Ma-

deira, and we have no doubt that our talented correspondent, Mr.

Wollaston, of Jesus College, Cambridge, when less of an invalid,

will add much to it. As it is, it will doubtless prove interesting to

the entomologists who read this Journal.—A. W.

CURIOUS PHZNOMENA IN THE NIGHT-BLOOMING CEREUS, &c.

Highgate, lith Dec. 1847.

My pgar Sir,— Two days ago a remarkable circumstance occurred

in my greenhouse, which it may be interesting to you to communi-

cate. The Night-blooming Cereus, of which I gave you a cutting, has

long had a bud. Being a fine strong plant, it has been able to ma-

ture it even at this unusual season. It arrived at maturity on Thurs-

day. ‘The days however not being of the length usual at its ordi-

nary season, it seems to have been somewhat puzzled how to bloom.

When I entered my greenhouse at 8 a.m. I found all the petals on

one sideexpanded [left side]. Ithought this remarkable, but conceived

that, in this dull weather, a longer effort at opening was necessary

than usual. I watched it all day, but was surprised to find no ad-

vance. At 8 p.m. I went into my greenhouse for the express pur-

pose of examining the bloom, when, to my great surprise, I found

that all the petals which had opened in the morning were closed up,

while all the petals of the opposite [right] side were then fully ez-

panded! ‘The left petals remained closed. The bud was a full-sized

and healthy one. [The seed promises to mature. 27th December. ]}

It is obvious, I take it then, that the law which regulates the

opening of these flowers, and which normally causes them to bloom at

night only, and for [say] twelve hours only, affects the individual petals

and not the totality of the bloom. Hence if, from any accident, as

here, any number of petals mistake a dull day for the night, and

open, their doom is sealed: they have begun their twelve hours’

race, and can see it—and no more; and their more knowing com-

panions, who keep closed till true night, must flourish alone in their

glory,— but will do it, independent of the prior blooming and present

decay of their companions.

I have often noticed that if the Echinocactus Eyriesii (a remark-

ably rapid bloomer) advances to the point of opening near morning,

it remains in that exact state all the day, checked by the light, and

does not begin to burst till the sun is going down.

While on vegetable life I have another curious matter to notice.

In the ‘ Annals,’ vol. xix. p. 470, is an article on ‘“ Monstrous

Roses.” A far more remarkable circumstance than any noticed there,

or than I ever saw noticed, occurred in my own garden in the same

year as the monsters there recorded, and in a plant of the same na-

78 ~ Miscellaneous.

tural family (Rosacee). A Potentilla, which had for some years been

a favourite plant from its great luxuriance of growth and bloom,

played in that year, without removal or any alteration of treatment,

the following strange antics. As usual it grew luxuriantly and was

covered with bud, but it did not bear a single true flower through-

out the season. Every flower on the plant, without exception,—and

none died off,—opened into a tuft of small regular green leaves: it

was not a mere whorl of leaves for the petals, but, there being no

stamens or pistils, the whole apparatus of the flower was replaced by

green leaves of small size in a thick tuft. Sometimes a second would

grow, smaller, from the centre of the first flower, but it presented —

the same aspect. All these leaves were of the same colour and cha-

racter as the ordinary leaf of Potentilla.

I was much interested in observing this plant, and watched it the

next spring, but it died after this unnatural effort.

If you think either of the above facts worth recording, you are

welcome to them.

I am, my dear Sir, very faithfully yours,

J. Toutmin Smiru,

W. Francis, Esq.

Descriptions of two new species of Planaria. By Joszpu Leipy, M.D.

Planaria maculata. Superiorly convex, faintly blackish or brown-

ish with irregular colourless macule ; inferiorly flat, colourless ; an-

teriorly trapezoidal ; posteriorly spatulate or oval; eyes two, anterior,

proximate, composed of a large semitransparent mass with a reni-

form mass of pigmentum nigrum at the postero-internal part ; oral

aperture ventral, one-third the length of the body from the posterior

extremity; proboscis large and cylindrical. Length 21 lines; breadth 4

line. Found in moderate abundance in the ditches below the city,

creeping upon the submerged stems of aquatic plants.

Subgenus. Prostoma, Dugés. Mouth anterior and terminal.

Prostoma marginatum. Blackish, narrow lanceolate, anteriorly trun-

cate; marginate, margin delicately striate; mouth large; proboscis

large and oblong ; eyes two, anterior, distant, each consisting of two

round masses of pigmentum nigrum in contact with each other, and

of which one is larger than the other; generative orifice one-fourth

the length of the body from the posterior extremity. Length 1 line.

A single specimen found with the preceding, but probably not rare ;

for, from its small size, it escaped my notice while collecting some of

the former, and it was not until I got home that I detected its exist-

ence in the vessel of water containing the others,

The anatomy of P. maculata does not differ from that of Planaria

lactea, as given by Dugés in the ‘ Annales des Sciences Naturelles.’

In Prostoma marginatum the digestive cavity has not the dendritic ar-

rangement of Planaria, batmerely consists of a large capacious sac

extending as far back as the posterior third of the body, and having a

ceecum upon each side of the proboscis. The penis has a yellow

colour, and consists of a round granular mass, with a moderately long

Meteorological Observations. 79

and bent spiculum projecting from its posterior part. The arrange-

ment of the female apparatus I failed to trace.—Proceedings of the

Acad. Nat. Scien. Philadelphia.

PROFESSOR AGASSIZ.

We are credibly informed that this distinguished naturalist has

consented to accept an invitation to remain in this country in con-

nection with the scientific corps of Harvard College. Every scien-

tific man in America will be rejoiced to hear so unexpected a piece

of good news.-—Silliman’s Journal for Nov. 1847.

METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS FOR NOV. 1847.

Chiswick.—November 1. Overcast: very fine: clear, 2—4. Foggy. 5. Densely

overcast : very fine. 6. Very fine: rain. 7. Cloudy. 8. Fine. 9, Exceedingly

fine: clear. 10. Frosty: fine: clear. 11. Fine: cloudy. 12. Rain: fine. 13.

Clear and fine: overcast, 14. Overcast: slight rain. 15. Fine. 16. Rain. 17.

Fine: clear: sharp frost. 18. Frosty: clear. 19. Frosty: hazy. 20. Dense

fog. 21. Foggy: hazy anddamp. 22. Overcast: exceedingly fine. 23. Cloudy:

rain, 24, Very fine. 25. Cloudy. 26. Constant rain. 27, Foggy: rain. 28,

Overcast: rain: barometer very low. 29. Very fine. 30. Rain: cloudy and

mild.

Mean temperature of the month ,........+ ecdascvoanonesepves: 40063

Mean temperature Of Noy. 1846 ....sesseeeeresereees oatebases 43 ‘73

Mean temperature of Nov. for the last twenty years ....., 42 *88

Average amount of rain in Nov. ...scossssccseeessseeeceseesese 2°56 inches,

Boston.—Nov.1, 2. Fine. 3. Foggy. 4,5. Cloudy. 6. Cloudy: rain p.m.

7—10. Fine. 11. Rainy. 12. Rainy: rainearly a.m. 13, Fine. 14. Fine:

beautiful morning. 15, 16. Cloudy. 17. Fine: at noon thermometer 43;

stormy P.M. 18, Fine: snow early a.M.: first ice this morning. 19. Fine, 20,

Foggy. 21. Cloudy. 22. Rain. 23, Rain: rain early a.m, 24, Fine. 25,

Windy: six o’clock r.m, therm, 52°5: rain p.m. 26. Cloudy: three o’clock

P.M. therm, 48:0: rain p.m. 27. Rain: rain p.M.: half-past six p.m. therm. 48.

28, Rain, 29. Fine. 30, Rain: rain early a.m.

Sandwick Manse, Orkney.—Nov. 1. Cloudy: drops. 2. Cloudy: clear. 3.

Showers: clear. 4, Cloudy. 5. Rain. 6. Cloudy: drops. 7. Cloudy: rain,

8. Damp: rain: cloudy, 9. Showers: cloudy. 10, Showers. 11, Bright:

clear. 12. Clear. 13, Bright: damp. 14. Rain: cloudy. 15. Bright : showers,

16. Hail-showers. 17. Snow-showers; hail-showers, 18, Drizzle. 19. Drizzle:

cloudy: aurora, 20. Clear: cloudy. 21, 22. Cloudy: rain, 23. Showers;

sleet-showers. 24. Bright: showers, 25. Cloudy: showers. 26. Showers:

cloudy. 27. Clear: frost: rain. 28. Clear: frost: cloudy: frost. 29, Bright:

cloudy. 30. Showers,

Applegarth Manse, Dum/fries-shire.—Nov. 1. Showers: heavy rain am. 2.

Very fine. 3. Fair: frost a.m. 4, Dull: slight drizzle. 5. Threatening. 6.

Occasional showers. 7. Heavy rain. 8. Heavy rain: flood, 9. Fair and fine.

10, Dull a.m.: rainrp.m. 11. Rainallday. 12. Rain a.m.: cleared. 13. Raw:

frost A.M. 14, Dull, but fine. 15, Showers a.m.: heavy p.m. 16. Fine a.m.:

showers p.m. 17. Frost: ice on pools. 18. Hard frost. 19. Dull: fair. 920,

Dull: slight drizzle, 21. Dull: rainp.m. 22. Fine a.m.: rainp.M. 28, 24,

Heavy showers. 25, Rain: heavy, 26, Finea.m.: raine,M. 27. Fine: frost

AM, 28, Frost: fair. 29, Rain early a.m. 30. Showery.

Mean temperature of the month .........ce0ee0 Recpeonscees oo 45°°7

Mean temperature Of Nov. 1846 c.ssssessessessensees cosecrece 44 °4

Mean temperature of Nov. for twenty-five years............ 40 *4

Rain in Nov, 1967 2... .cccscsesvessss Socbsepeosecessote Sevabeveuve 3°79 inches.

Average rain in Nov, for twenty years secsesesrsoeserevsvees SEO gy

8 See Se es Se a ee ee

ce.26 |

ZZ9-6Z 089-62 012-62 ZUL67 99.60 $98-62 \S£0-0€ | *uvayy

SL-P 6L-€ ZE-1 | 99-1 1%-SP |SE-SP |P-1P |S-0S |1-97 06-98

G+ 09-1, 20+ |PO-| sm-| *M | cm | ems | .€0 | OF |-17) BS] 1S). SE.) 9S ZE-62. | €1-62 .| 89-6% | 62-62 | 8Z:6% |0ZL-62 |928-6z| “Of

seereniereeesitereee] zg, | og femum! om | ems | 1b | fob | Cf) SH] OP) I€ | OG | Bz-6% | 90-6 | 8E-6% |G0-6% | 6:82 ZHE-6z 669-62 “6% D

60. [| €S- | PO. |ereees | HM | upea| es || SOE | VE] 6a] SE} LV} 6% | OG | 00-62 | V0.6 | 06-8% | 16-82 "| GL-8% 806-82 |I 71-62 | “8%

serseclteeeee/ DO. | Ly. | smss| “OU | sms | ca | FOP | SE |TEE|. SV |9-L7| 1¥.| 6P | 1%-6% | OF-64 | 61-62: | S7-6% | 96-8% EF1-6z |920-6Z | *LZ

gt. |°°°°"7| 60. | 7G. | *s | “4S | wre | °s 6£ | fob | ¥gE|for! €v) 6€ | SP | 6.6% | PP-6% | HV-6% |SS-6% 8h-62 €8P-6% |198-62| “9%

Low. \"""°*7/""°""| PO. | sass | ‘Ms | cms | cms | OF | $97 | Eb/FES| Bh] fh | ZF | gf-6% | LV-6% | 09-62. | 69-62 | 19.6% [26-62 690-0€ |. *S%

Of: [777] Ge [eres] ems | cms | om lems | OP |. Ob | 6E] OS] 17) PH | FG (99-62 | 17-62 | £9-6% | £5.66 '| 19.6% LE0.0€ |961-08 | “PZ »

0S |$0-0| La | gt. | *ms | “ms |uyeo) cma | €h | Bh} g&| 09/997) gz | 9G | 00-62 | 10-62. 87-6 82-62 .| €2-6% PES.6z |796-62 | “*€%

19. To. | ts | tas furpeo | om | Eb | IP] OF) LG/S-1h) SE | OG | 18-8% | OF-6% | 0.60. LE.6z | 17-66 0LS-62. 969-62 | ‘22O

90. |)" | TO. | tass | °as | ued | cu chp | €Sb.| Sv| gt) IV) LE. | Gh | 1%-6z | €S-6% | 01-64 | €9-6% 0S-6% £65.62 9£8-62 | “12:

reeree|teeenelseeeesieeeeer) “ems | cms jumped | mu | 67 | 8h] PP FLb| EF! OF | ZF | L9-6% | 06-60 | 28-62 |00-0€ | 08-66 PHb-6% S1Z-0€ | “06 ,

ZOo freee tire emsm | sms furpeo) cm | 19 | ZS.| o€/¥eh| SE) €% | BP -/00-0€ |£6.62 | Z1.0€ |91-0€ 00-0€ 962-0F \69£-0€ |. “61

QO. [orrers re ieeeees| oc | cms | ue | cu ‘oS .| €b.|40z/ #17) PE! 61 ZV | S6-6Z | PI-0€ -| 0Z-0€ |O£-0€ |00-0€ 91€.0€ |GLE-0€| “ST

6€. forrey | TO. ju smu) cu | fo LE | LE |$z€| wh) LE| o€ | Cb | O£-0€ |0Z-0€ | O£-0€. 80-0.) 89-6%° 190-0€ |L1Z-0€ | “LT

CG. IVE || 60. | *muu! sm | mye! ca_| Fee |. Fh |For) foG| 1G]. €€ | EF (98-62 | ZL-6% | 00-0€ |00-0€ | 69.6%. LS1.0€ |L61-0€ |. “91

LO. [reeset lsmum | ems | peal tas | of | $Zb./¥e9| 9G} LS) OF | 69 99-62.|98-6 | 78.6% 26-64 | OL-6Z | 10%-0£ |0ZZ-08 "si C

IE: [rere] toe | tw | cms fuupeo| tas | gh} Of | PV) PS G.0F| Ph | SG 86-6 |96-6% | 86-66 70-0F | 18-62 772-08 [9-08 yc

reeeeeleneeee|ssteerieeees] msm emma! ue) ‘a -| Tgp | Lp} SE). 19] IV} LE. | PS | 86-6% | 26-62 | 60.08 66-62% | £€8-6%_|ZZZ-0€ |TES-CE | “ET

Po. [| Ute | Zoe | ts. | ca jupeo| tm | Th | Ib | E17] LH] 19] 6% | SG | 60-08.) L0.0€ | O1-0€ | 70-08 | $9.62 |310-08 STL-O€ | “ZT

Geers OT. | ca. | taum | “ass | °s ty | oP.| SP feo |¢-LV | gb | SS | LO.0€ | 6.6% | £6.62 | 16-6% | VL-6% |960-0€ |022-0€ | “IT

Go. [rrereeeeeeitstees| cm | es femsm | cms | 6h | 1S | TH PS LP]. SE | 9G | 19-64 | €9-6% | 64-62 | 88-62% | 08-62 €96-62 |182-0€ |. “OT

Sie frrereyeeretfeeee| mss | oom [ems | cma) Lp | $24b.| Lb) Fzo| Le} Lo | SS .| £8.62 + 08-62 66-62 - 0G-62 | £€-6% |0%8-62 9L1-0€ | 6

If (46-0 /""""""}01- | *S | tes | ss | cms} 1G | FEP | €S| gS] 9G). €€ | 19- | 80-66 | E-68 © 11-62 | 41-6% | 1-63. |Z6P-6Z 965-62 |. °8 @

TO« [°2°°°*| LO. Pire*t| *MS | oS *s | «ms | f0¢ | $29 | ZS} PS1S-ZS| 3. | 19 | 01-68 | Zf-6z_| $Z-6% | 1S-6% | PP-6% [962-62 |886-62 | *L

Be [|| PS | CASS | °S ss | *s | #1¢} IG] 29}: 99} 19} Lb | LS | 09.62 | 99-62 | 99-62 | 12-62 | LS-62 .|706-62 |1Z0-0€ | “9

oe achenee wheel wpreiaite Gk: aaa a Raa | ‘s |46p | 09 | bP]. SS] Eh] ah | 99 |99-6z |€L-62 | PS-62 .| 62.6% | 29-62 -|176-62 |010-0€ | °S

se ee [ee a Ly ee FOS, Fe Lv | 9ob.| ov] 1S] 67] PH. | OS | 96.6% | I1-0€ | 96-62) 70-08 | LL-6% |BET-0€ \912-08 | “7

oz. [eerie] to. | *m | tom | uyeo| *s | $b | gh | of] oS|- oS| PH | 0G |8Z-0€'| 1Z-0€ .| 61-0€ |9Z-0F | 88-62 |0LZ-0€ |SZE-0E | “E -

Lo. |rrriees"| Zoe | tm | tm fs | tas | 0G | 0G | 2S] 9S} oS] EF | SS | 60-08 08-62 | 8Z-0€ |£0-0€ | £8-6% |SOE-0€ |EPE-0F | .“G

OG. {°72°""1°°9"9" TO. ||, 78 ‘s *s | ms | $€¢ | 0G] gf] 9S} €S| 9€ | SO | 0L-6% |08-62.| 26-62 | L6-6% | 6L-6% |VZ0-0€ |98z-0F | “I

n ae) Qa ep o = o| f. = ms 5 | = *urd | ‘ure ‘urd’ | -ure mz ete “AON

=o |or | & oe = os mt te x 4S . : 8 xo

peyPe | PLR | RY TR] PPR) UO “| songuina |)? | met | itu | aNuesorymng #3 |. -yormstuo S9

“Urey “pul, *I9JOULOWIOY YT, *19}9UL018 = 2

*kANWUG) ‘asunyy youmpung yo Suoysno[D °C *AeyY 247 Ag pun {auIHs-saraawag ‘asunyy ypivSaddy yo ‘aequng “AA *Ady 277 49 SNoLsOg

70 ‘1189 A “AIA 49 SuopuorT uvau ‘MOIMSIHY) Jv Ajaqa0g jounynaysozy ay2 fo uapsvy ay2 qv uosdwoyy, ay 49 apy suoywasasgg yorsoj0s0ajapy

Ann.& Mag. Nat Hist. 2. Vol.

Anacharis Alsinastrum

SW. Salter. delet Sc.

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SECOND SERIES.]

No. 2. FEBRUARY 1848.

VILI.—On Anacharis Alsinastrum, a supposed new British Plant.

By Cuarues C. Basineton, M.A.; with a Synopsis of the

species of Anacharis and Apalanthe. By J. KE. Puancuon,

doct. és sc.* #

[ With a Plate. ]

_Brrore describing the plant to which this paper more especially

refers, it is desirable to state the reasons which have caused the

adoption of the generic name Anacharis rather than Udora. By

the kindness of Sir W. J. Hooker I have had an opportunity of

examining the numerous specimens of plants referable to these

and allied genera preserved in his Herbarium in company with

my friend Dr. Planchon, its efficient Curator; and I take ad-

vantage of this opportunity of acknowledging my obligations to

him for the very liberal manner in which he has placed his ma-

nuscript notes at my disposal. In Richard’s Memoir upon the

Order Hydrocharidee, where the genera Elodea and Anacharis

were characterized, only the male flowers of the latter are de-

scribed and figured. In the Herb. Hooker. there are male and

female specimens, collected by Tweedie in La Plata, which agree

well with Richard’s description of Anacharis (callitrichoides) taken

from Montevideo specimens of the male plant. They differ

from Drummond’s Saskatchawan Udora (A. canadensis, Planch.)

by having petals to the male flowers, and their sheaths less in-

flated: it seems probable that this is the Hlodea canadensis of

Michaux, who (or Richard) has apparently been misled to consider

it as of the genus Elodea by the very great resemblance of its fe-

‘male flowers to the hermaphrodite flower of E. guyanensis. Indeed,

in the absence of the males, the female flowers of some species of

*Anacharis (A. Alsinastrum for example) might well pass for her-

maphrodite flowers from which the anthers had been accidentally

removed: the female flower of A. Alsinastrum differs from the

ermaphrodite flower of EL. guyanensis (Rich.) solely by wanting

| * Read before the Botanical Society of Edinburgh, 9 Dec. 1847.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol.i. 6

82 Mr. C. C. Babington on Anacharis Alsinastrum,

the anthers (the filaments existing), and in the somewhat dif-

ferently shaped stigmas ; in these respects agreeing with Nut-

tall’s description of his genus Udora. It would seem from these

facts that Richard’s Anacharis is the male of Nuttall’s Udora,

" which genus also Hlodea canadensis (Michx.) must probably be

placed.

It should be observed that the ‘ Fl. Boreali-Americana’ was

published, from his father’s notes, by the younger Michaux in

18038, and that as the genus Elodea is found there, it would

appear that he is the true author of the name, and that the ZH.

canadensis is therefore a triandrous plant. But the name Elodea

is expressly claimed by Richard (Mém. de l’Instit. 1811, Pt. 2.

p- 4) in these words: ‘genre encore peu connu, et auquel j’ai

donné le nom d’Eiodea ;” and as it is well known (as I learn

from Dr. Planchon) that Richard greatly assisted the younger

Michaux in the preparation of his work, although he did not

allow his name to be placed on its title-page, there can be no

doubt that this genus was named and described by him. This

will account for the North American plant being placed in Tri-

andria, not Dicecia; for H. guyanensis is triandrous, and the look

of the plants is so similar, that Richard might well be led to

consider EH. canadensis as of the same structure when inspecting

dried specimens alone. Of the hermaphrodite structure of E.

guyanensis Richard had convinced himself by seeing it alive in

its native waters, and it is highly probable that he saw only the

female flowers of E. canadensis, with three barren filaments, and

considered them as hermaphrodite.

I need scarcely remark, that Anacharis (1811) is by far an

older name than Udora (1818), and that as it has been shown,

it is hoped conclusively, that they are synonymous, the former

must be employed. Nuttall does not seem to have seen Richard’s

original paper (Mém. Inst. 1811, Pt. 2), for he quotes a figure

of the seed from the ‘Annales du Muséum,’ where a copy of that

part of the plate of Elodea is inserted. Had he seen the memoir

itself, he would doubtless have identified his plant with the

genus Anacharis, and not have conferred a new name upon it.

In the Hookerian Herbarium a plant is preserved collected

by Schweinitz in the United States of America, which Dr.

Planchon has determined to belong to the genus Elodea, Rich.,

but as that name is employed elsewhere, he proposes to name it

Apalanthe Schweinitzi.

The genus Anacharis may be characterized as follows :—

Anacuaris, Richard.

Flores dioici. Masc. Spatha tubulosa, ore inflato bifido, uniflora ;

flore pedicellato. Perianthium sexpartitum, laciniis exterioribus

a supposed new British Plant. 83

calycinis ovato-oblongis; interioribus petaloideis linearibus, aut

nullis. Stamina 9; filamenta basi in columnam brevem connata ;

anthere oblonge, basi affixee, loculis connectivo angusto sejunctis.

—Fem. Spatha tubulosa, ore paululum dilatato bifido obliquove, uni-

flora. Perigonii tubus filiformis, elongatus; limbus sexpartitus,

laciniis ovalibus, conformibus, exterioribus calycinis, interioribus

petaloideis. Staminodia tria, laciniis exterioribus opposita, subulata ;

anthere nulle. Ovarium inferum. Stylus setiformis cum perigonii

tubo connatus; stigmata tria, bifida vel emarginata. Bacca sub-

trigona, unilocularis, oligosperma.—Herbe perennes (vel annue,

Rich.)*, aquaticee, caulescentes, radicantes. Folia verticillata vel

opposita, sessilia. Spathe axillares.

Anacharis, Rich. in Mém. de I’ Institut, 1811, ii. p. 61. t. 2 (mas).

Udora, Nutt. Gen. N. Amer. Plants, ii. 242.

A. Alsinastrum (nov. sp.?) ; foliis ternis ovali-oblongis obtusis sub-

tilissime serrulatis, spatha floris masculi (ignota), floris feminei

tubulosa ovarium sessilem pluries superante apice bifida, perigonii

laciniis latis subequalibus, stigmatibus ligulatis reflexis emargi-

natis.

Hab. In ponds connected with the canal at Foxton Locks

near Market Harborough, Leicestershire, where it was disco-

vered by Miss Mary Kirby, flowering sparingly, at the begin-

ning of September 1847.

Plant submersed ; stem solid, round, semitransparent, several

feet long, branching at irregular and distant points, elothed

throughout with whorls of leaves. Leaves three (rarely four) in

each whorl, oblong, 3—4 lines long, 13-2 lines broad, obtusely-

pointed, minutely and closely serrulate, diaphanous, formed

throughout (a continuous semitransparent midrib excepted) of

longitudinal rows of small oblong green cells, of which the two

or three marginal rows are colourless and quite transparent ; edge

furnished with very minute closely-placed (except towards the

base, where they are altogether wanting or very distant) spinulose

teeth pointing forwards ; end formed of two curves meeting at an

obtuse angle and tipped with a spinous point similar to the mar-

ginal ones; uppermost leaves blunter than the lower ones, and

often quite obtuse; all spreading at right angles from the stem,

their extremity rather reflexed ; lower internodes about as long

as the leaves, lowest much longer and with opposite and short

* A. callitrichoides, Rich., is expressly stated by that author to be an-

nual, our plant is undoubtedly perennial. In a growing plant, now (Dec. 22,

1847) before me, the old stem is losing its leaves, which have nearly all

decayed and fallen off, and appears to be itself on the point of death, but

several clusters of young shoots have sprung from it, at the base of which

roots are produced. In the spring each of these clusters will probably ap-

pear to be an independent young plant. This may account for the supposed

annual duration of some of the species,

84 Mr.C.C. Babington on Anacharis Alsinastrum.

leaves, upper scarcely half their length ; the node marked by a

transverse dull red line. Roots long, threadlike, diaphanous,

from the points at which branches have sprung.—Female flowers

from the axils of the upper whorls, solitary. Sheaths sessile,

solitary, linear, slightly enlarged at the end, deeply bifid. Flower

sessile ; tube very long (so as to reach the surface of the water),

filiform ; limb six-parted; divisions oval, similar, three exterior,

three interior rather narrower and moreacute. Filaments three,

subulate, without anthers. Style adnate to the tube; stigmas

ligulate, reflexed, notched, fringed.—Male flowers unknown.

A. Nuttallii (Planch.), Udora canadensis (Nutt.), from New

Jersey, closely resembles this, differmg in the acute termina-

tion of its leaves, and apparently its less deeply divided sheath :

its flowers are not in a state admitting of examination. A.

canadensis (Planch.) has lanceolate-linear leaves and a much

shorter sheath. The latter differs from the former by not

having any inner divisions to the perianth of its male flowers.

Our plant is clearly not A. canadensis, but it may be A. Nuttallit,

the want of male flowers totally preventing its absolute determi-

nation. As the genus Anacharis is, as yet*, confined to the

American continent, it has been thought better to give a di-

stinctive name to our plant (derived from its resemblance to Ela-

tine Alsinastrum), so as to prevent its being confounded with the

American species, and thus extending their range far beyond

what may prove to be their natural limits. Should either of them

eventually be shown to be identical with our plant, one of the

names will of course drop; and as that species to which ours is

the most nearly allied is now for the first time distinguished

from the Elodea canadensis of Michaux, it will then be for bota-

nists to determine which name should be retained. |

Shortly after receiving this plant from Mr. Bloxam, I was in-

formed that similar ones had been found in Hampshire and near

Dublin. I am indebted to my friend Mr. H. Collins for a speci-

men from the former locality, an ornamented pond, at Leigh Park,

about eight miles from Chichester. He informs me that there

is very great probability of its having been introduced there ac-

cidentally with the roots of Nymphea odorata, received by the

gardener a few years since from America. The plant had not

been noticed in the pond previously to those roots being put into

it, and it appeared shortly afterwards in small quantity, but

soon rapidly increased. Mr. Scott, the intelligent gardener at

Leigh Park, has sent three female flowers to Mr. Collins and

Mr. Borrer, one of which I have examined carefully. It has three

* The Udora pomeranica and U. lithuanica of European authors have

never been seen in flower, and have much more the look of Hydrilla than

Anacharis, but their genus is at present undeterminable.

Dr. J. E. Planchon on Anacharis and Apalanthe. 85

broad calycine segments ; three narrower, shorter, perhaps spa-

thulate, coralline segments ; three broadly linear barren filaments ;

and two long, greatly recurved, possibly emarginate, stigmas.

The upper part of the plant to which one of the flowers is at-

tached is exactly like a similar portion of A. Nuttallit from New

Jersey, for which I am indebted to Sir W. J. Hooker, and I have

no doubt that they are the same species. It is a curious coinci-

dence, that the only perfect flowers of the Market Harborough

A, Alsinastrum, and also of the Leigh Park A. Nuttallii which I

have been able to examine, have no trace of more than two

stigmas.

Mr. Mackay accompanies specimens of the Dublin plant

(found growing in a small pond in the garden of J. D’Olier,

Esq., at Collignes near that city,) by the statement that it is

in company with Aponogeton and other rare aquatic plants, and

was in all probability introduced with them. Flowers have not

been observed upon it, and its name must therefore remain

doubtful—even its genus. In appearance it is almost exactly

like A. Nuttallii, with which it agrees im having narrower and

acuter leaves than 4. Alsinastrum.

The question now arises, May not the A. Alsinastrum have

been introduced? ‘To this I answer in the words of the Rev. A.

Bloxam, who kindly visited its place of growth and supplied me

with numerous living and dried specimens. He says, im answer

to an inquiry of mine, “I can find no reason to doubt the Udora

being a true native. Numbers of other water-plants grow in the

same locality, Potamogetons of various kinds, &c.’? He adds,

that “although not observed until this year, I should suppose

that it must have been a long period in the ponds from the great

quantity of it.”

Synopsis specierum Anacharidis et Apalanthes ; auetore

J. E. Puancnon, Scien. Doe.

. Anacuaris, Richard.

1. A. callitrichoides (Rich.); foliis oppositis vel ternis linearibus

acutis minute serrulatis, spatha pedicello (brevi) cylindrico con-

tinua sensim a basi ad apicem dilatata lineari-oblonga apice bifida,

antheris (polline emisso) siccitate czrulescentibus, stigmatibus

perianthii laciniis longioribus ad medium bifidis ; cruribus linea-

ribus.

Hab. in Brasilia australiori; Montevideo, Commerson; La Plata

(absque loco proprio), Tweedie in Herb. Hooker.

A. callitrichoides, Rich. in Mém. Inst. 1811, it. 7. t. 2.

Character e specimine T'weediano, quod floribus utriusque sexus

gaudet, masculis, sicut folia, cum icone Richardiano plane congru-

entibus, femineo unico et pro investigatione nimis imperfecto.

86 Dr. J. E. Planchon’s Synopsis of the species of

2. Anacharis Matthewsii (Planch.) ; foliis 3—4-nis dense imbricatis,

spatha mascula (ante dehiscentiam) breve pedunculata ellipsoidea,

perianthii laciniis exterioribus oblongis interioribus linearibus et

petaloideis subzequilongis, antheris (novem) subsessilibus polline

emisso non cerulescentibus.

Hab. in Peruvie ditione Ubuamantanga, prov. Canta, Matthews,

No. 581. In aqua fluente rivulorum.

Folia 7-8 lin. longa, 1 lin. lata, haud acuminata sed apice sub-

rotundato breviter acutata, patentia vel erecto-patentia internodiis

pluries longiora. Antherz lineari-oblonge.

3. A. Alsinastrum (Bab.); foliis ternis ovali-oblongis obtusis sub-

tilissime serrulatis, spatha floris masculi (ignota), floris feminei

tubulosa ovarium sessilem pluries superante apice bifida, perianthii

laciniis latis omnibus subzequalibus, stigmatibus ligulatis reflexis

emarginatis.

Hab. in Anglia.

Folia 3-4 lin. longa, 13-2 lata, in apice caulis ramulorumque con-

fertis, in parte infima ramulorum parvis distantibus oppositis, ses-

silia, squarrosa, apice paululum reflexa.—Babington.

4. A. Nuttallit (Planch.) ; foliis 3-4-nis oblongo-linearibus subtiliter

serrulatis interdum obtusis, petalis floris masculi ligulato-spathu-

latis, stigmatibus ligulatis reflexis bifidis—— Nuttall.

Hab. in America septentrionali, sed loci natales dum stirps cum

duobus aliis hucdudum confusa sit, observationibus novis denuo

notandi.

Udora canadensis, Nutt. Gen. N. Amer. Pl. ii. 242. excl. syn.

Miche.

Huc fere absque dubitatione refero stirpem prope Novam Cesa-

ream a cl. Torreyo lectam cujus folia variant late vel anguste line-

aria, sed tamen sunt semper acutiora quam illa 4. Alsinastri. Spatha

floris feminei sessilis, tubulosa, ovario adpressa et super eum pro-

ducta, apice acute bifida. Flores pauci et pro examine accurato

nimis imperfecti.

5. A. chilensis (Planch.); foliis ternis lineari-oblongis obtusis sub-

tilissime serrulatis, spatha floris feminei sessili tubulosa apice hinc

fissa, stigmatibus tribus bipartitis perianthil laciniis exterioribus

reflexis longioribus.

Hab. in Chili prope Valparaiso, Cuming, No. 636.

Folia illis A. Alsinastri plane similia, unguicularia, 2 lin. lata, in

parte infima ramulorum opposita. Spatha in flore unico suppetente

folii tertiam partem vix equante. ‘Tubus perigonii pollicaris; lim-

bus reflexus, laciniis exterioribus circiter 1 lin. longis, interioribus

... Styli tres, profunde bipartiti, laciniis linearibus.

6. A. canadensis (Planch.) ; foliis ternis lineari-oblongis vel anguste

linearibus, apice interdum rotundatis breve acutatis, spatha floris

masculi (breve pedunculata) ventricoso-obovata, floris feminei ses-’

silis tubulosa ovarium sub 5-plo longiore apice bifida, perianthii

floris masculi laciniis interioribus nullis.

Anacharis and Apalanthe. 87

Hab, in America septentrionali. Saskatchawan, Drummond (spe-

cimina mascula). Canada, Cleghorn (specimina feminea imperfecta),

Elodea canadensis, Michr. Fl. Bor. Amer. i. 20.?

APpaLANTHE, Planchon.

Elodee sp., Richard. Udore sp., Endlicher (sed character gene-

ricum ex elementis heterogeneis infauste exstructum).

Flores hermaphroditi, ceeterum femineis Udore, preter anthera-

rum presentiam, in omnibus conformes. Stamina in specie typica

Guyanensi vidi interdum haud zquidistantia, nec cum stigmatibus

regulariter alternantia, sed alterum liberum inter stigmata duo, altera

duo inter se filamentis plus minus concreta et cum crure altero unius

stigmatorum bifidorum semiconnata. Antheras vidi potius late

ellipticas quam cordatas; pollinis granula levia, 3—4-natim cohe-

rentia. Dehiscentia antherarum mihi obscura. Cl. Bonplandius, in

descriptione Apal. (Elodee) granatensis, stylum in collo longo calycis

liberum adesse asserit; sed character illud, cum oculatissimum

Richardum fugerit, in vivo rursus inquirendum est. Ipse nihil vidi

ad confirmationem observationis iste tendens.

1. Apal. guyanensis (Planch.); foliis 3—-9-nis lanceolato-linearibus

(vel anguste linearibus) a basi ad apicem sensim angustatis acutis

haud recurvis, spatha sessili cylindracea ‘“ ovarium in ipsa sessile”

superante; stigmatibus (sepius) bifidis: cruribus apice dilatatis.

Hab. in Guyana, Rich. Demerara, Parker, in Herb. Hook.

Elodea guyanensis, Rich. in Mém. Inst. 1811. ii. 4. t. 1.

2. Apal. granatensis (Planch.); foliis 7-15-nis, anguste linearibus

acutissimis, spatha sessili ovarium in ipsa sessile subeequante.

Hab. in aquis Nove Granatz prope Guaduas inter Honda et Cune.

Humboldt et Bonpland.

Elodea granatensis, Humb. et Bonpl. Pl. Aiquin. ii. 150. t. 128.

8. Apal. Schweinitzii (Planch.) ; foliis seepius 3-nis (in parte infima

ramorum oppositis) lanceolato-linearibus (vel subovalibus) acutis

subtilissime serrulatis, spatha sessili cylindrica acute bifida florem

demum longe pedicellatum exserente.

Hab. in Americe septentrionalis provinciis confederatis (United

States), loco proprio non indicato, Schweinitz in Herb. Hook.

Serpicula occidentalis, Pursh? Fl. N. Amer. i. 33 (ob flores her-

maphroditos triandros, sed diagnosis manca imprimis quoad

floris situm non sufficit).

Herba omnino facie Anacharidis Nuttallit vel A. canadensis. Folia

in ramulorum parte inferiore opposita, abbreviata, subovalia, 2-24

lin. longa, internodiis multo breviora ; cetera linearia, patenti-erecta,

internodiis multo longiora ideoque laxe imbricata, acuta nec tamen

acuminata. Spatha 4-5 lin. longa. Pedicellus floris 6—8 lin. longus.

-Ovarium anguste ovatum in collum 1-1} pollicarem sensim angus-

tatum. Lacinie perianthii exteriores latiuscule lineares, patentes,

88 Messrs. Hancock and Embleton on the Anatomy of Eolis.

pellucidee ; interiores petaloidez, tenerrime. Stamina tria; fila-

menta gracilia, antheris longiora; anthers obovate, compresse,

loculis granulis pollinis inter se conglomeratis repletis, dehiscentia

ignota. Stigmata tria, bipartita (?), cruribus recurvis perianthii

laciniis exterioribus duplo longioribus.

Obs. Elodea canadensis (Michx.) a specie supra descripta differt,

ob verba auctoris in delineatione characteris generici, ‘‘ ovarium ad

caulem sessile.” Inde stirps ad Anacharidem canadensem ( Planch.)

verosimiliter recte referta.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VIII.

Anacharis Alsinastrum, natural size, with a detached flower showing its

very long tube.

Note.—The flower, the only one obtained, is doubtless imperfect, by

wanting the third stigma.

a. A whorl of leaves,

b. Summit of the sheath.

c. A female flower.

d. Stigmatic fringe.

We are indebted to Mr. J. W. Salter for the beautiful diving.

made for the ‘Supplement to English Botany,’ from which our

plate is engraved.

Magnified.

IX.—On the Anatomy of Holis, a genus of Mollusks of the order

Nudibranchiata. By Atsany Hancock and Dennis Em-

BLETON, M.D., F.R.C.S8.E., Lecturer on Anatomy and Phy-

siology in the Newcastle-upon-Tyne School of Medicine.

[Continued from vol. xv. p. 88.]

[ With two Plates. ]

Organs of Generation.

For the sake of convenience we will treat of these in the fol-

— lowing order :—

1st. Male apparatus: testis and penis, and mechanism for

intromission and retraction.

2nd. Female apparatus: ovary with oviduct and accessory

glands.

3rd. Complementary androgynous organs: spermatheca and

its channels.

The generative organs lie for the most part beneath all the

other viscera, and occupy the greatest part of the cavity of the

body. The ovary at the season of reproduction nearly fills up

the posterior half of the body, and the median line divides it

into two almost symmetrical parts.

The other organs lie in front of the ovary, and extend as far

forwards as the sides of the buccal mass ; they are unsymmetrical,

Messrs. Hancock and Embleton on the Anatomy of EKolis. 89

being placed chiefly on the right side, partially covered by the

stomach which dips down on the median line between them and

the posterior border of the buccal mass ; all their outlets leading

to a common orifice, which is situated on the right side between

the terminations of the rows of papille and the margin of the

foot, and a short way behind the dorsal tentacles.

This orifice exists at the depressed apex of a small conical nip-

ple or papilla, formed by a projecting and slightly puckered fold

of skin, and is readily seen. When this orifice is laid open, a

vestibule, or small cavity, is discovered, on the inner wall of which

are three perforations, two being easily discovered, surrounded

by a wrinkled and projecting border of skin, one directly in front

of the other ; athird may be detected with some pains among the

folds around the posterior opening, and at its anterior part. Of

the two openings first mentioned the anterior leads to the male

apparatus ; the posterior, which is the largest of the three, leads to

the female organs ; and the third, by far the smallest, leads to the

spermatheca. Such is the state of the external parts in their

most perfect state of contraction, after death, or in the absence

of sexual excitement during life. But during the breeding sea-

son it is often found that the vestibule is obliterated by the pro-

trusion outwardly of its inner wall, and then the anterior aperture

is replaced, as it were, by a curved conical projection with its con-

cavity posteriorly. This projection is the penis in a partial state

of protrusion, and directly behind the base of it is seen the large

female orifice, and immediately within this exists the third and

smallest opening.

To obtain a complete view of the internal generative organs, it

is necessary to remove all the other viscera. The ovary, Pl. IIT.

fig. 1d, is then seen as before mentioned, filling nearly the whole

of the posterior part of the cavity of the body. It is of a pale yel-

low colour, lobulated and granular, broad and thick in front, ta-

pering behind. Its anterior surface is concave, and moulded upon

the parts directly in front. These are two large, delicate, semi-

pellucid, convex and somewhat rounded lobes of a gland accessory

to the female parts, Pl. III. fig. 1 g g, which we will call the

mucus-gland, since it appears to secrete the mucus-like envelope

of the ova, as will afterwards be seen.

These lobes are continuous with each other below, but above

there is a deepfissure between them running from behind forwards.

At the posterior end of the fissure lies the convoluted part of the

oviduct, fig. 1 f, which runs forwards into the fissure. Under

the convolutions of the oviduct lies the spermatheca with its duct,

fig. 1 h,i. At the anterior erid of the fissure, and resting on

the front of the right lateral lobe of the mucus-gland, lies a long

pale-flesh-coloured much-convoluted tube, fig. 1 c, the testis, one

90 Messrs. Hancock and Embleton on the Anatomy of Kolis.

end of which passes backwards into the fissure and communicates

with the oviduct, the other enters the apex of a conical projection,

fig. 1 a, which it will be seen is the retracted male intromittent

organ.

Having given the above general notice of the parts as they are

seen on being laid bare, and partially drawn asunder, we now

proceed to a more particular description of the same after they

have been carefully dissected, premising that the description, as

well as the general notice, is taken from £. papillosa, except where

it is otherwise expressed.

1st. Male apparatus ; we have already said, that of the external

orifices, the male, fig. 2 a’, lies in front of the other two. When

this orifice is laid open in a specimen that has the parts fully

retracted into the body, we find a short canal opening almost

immediately into a pretty large sac, fig. 7 a, which is nearly filled

by a somewhat egg-shaped body ¢, projecting into its interior.

The sac at its innermost end is found to be reflected upon the

exterior of the contained body, forming a coating for it. When

this body is examined by section it displays in its interior a fine

tube which is continuous with the testicular convolutions, d, at

the internal extremity, and at the other opens near the apex, e, of

the egg-shaped body above mentioned. This body is formed then

of a reduplication of the wall of the sac that opens at the external

orifice, and. contains the termination of the testis towards the ex-

terior. It is capable of being elongated, drawn out to a point, and

protruded altogether from the sac that contains it, and the sac

itself is also capable of being everted through the external orifice.

The contracted egg-shaped body, and the sac in which it lies, on

being thrust out externally, assume the form of a much-elongated |

and finely tapering penis, fig. 5 a, inclosing the excretory duct of

the testis which opens at its apex. When the parts are contracted,

this penis forms the internal conical projection alluded to at the

end of the general description.

The testis, fig. 1c. This is a tolerably large tube, intricately

convoluted in a somewhat zigzag manner, its coils bound together

by a tissue of delicate filaments, and by the branches of the ar-

tery and nerve distributed to them, into a pretty compact mass,

which lies in front of and upon the mucus-gland, and against the

right side of the buccal mass, partly concealing the penis. When

the coils are all unravelled we have a tube of uniform diameter,

the length of which in one specimen was two inches, being greater

than that of the animal itself. It is of a pale flesh colour and

opake; and if a portion be removed and examined in the com-

pressorium of the microscope, its walls are seen to be made up of

three concentric coats; the two outer are muscular, and their

fibres are longitudinal and transverse ; the innermost is a secre-

Messrs. Hancock and Embleton on the Anatomy of Eolis. 91

ting membrane, and is lined by numerous corpuscles similar to

those in the expressed contents of the tube.

The contents of the tube are easily pressed out, and consist of

a tenacious mucus-like matter that contains a great number of

corpuscles of different size and appearance, fig.9. These are

chiefly delicate transparent cells, some of considerable diameter,

perfectly circular and having a double outline. They are of three

kinds: Ist, those which are devoid of contents and of nucleus,

fig. 9 a; 2ndly, those which present a large granular nucleus,

which is either within and lying close upon the wall, or projecting

‘about half their diameter beyond it, 6; and 3rdly, those which

are more or less completely filled with circular, granular and

unnucleated corpuscles, c; these corpuscles are also seen in con-

siderable numbers, d, free, of various sizes and apparently under-

going development into cells.

Spermatozoa have been observed among the contents of the

testis of EH. coronata, though we have not been able to detect any

relation between them and the nucleated cells above described.

The tube of the testis after the unravelling of its coils can be

traced a short way backwards, along the fissure between the lobes

of the mucus-gland, where, after undergoing a sudden and re-

markable constriction, it opens into the oviduct where that tube

is abruptly bent upon itself, figs. 1 & 2k.

The penis of H. coronata when exserted differs from the elon-

gated conical organ of E. papillosa in being much bulkier in pro-

portion to the size of the animal, and in its extremity being much

enlarged and terminated by an almost circular fungiform mem-

branous expansion, near the anterior border of which the excre-

tory duct of the testis opens. This peculiarity appears to be ac-

counted for by the modified form of the duct leading to the sper-

matheca in this species, and will be again noticed further on. The

testis, fig. 3 c, differs also from that of E. papillosa in being very

short, but of much greater diameter. The constriction at the

part where it joins the oviduct is more strongly marked, and pro-

longed like a small duct. Fig. 8 represents the penis of E. co-

ronata retracted within its sheath in the interior of the body.

The penis of H. Drummondi, fig. 6a, is similar to that of EZ.

coronata, and is given from a specimen preserved in spirits, in

which it was exserted. The testis, fig. 4c, is somewhat shorter and

thicker.

The male organs of H. olivacea resemble those of E. coronata.

2nd. Female organs: the position and general appearance of

the ovary, fig. 1d, have already been described. On further ex-

amination the organ is found to be intersected by a longitudinal

median fissure, which can be traced deeply into its substance,

and which divides it into two principal lateral masses; smaller

92 Messrs. Hancock and Embleton on the Anatomy of Eolis.

fissures, offsets from the chief one, pass away laterally into the

masses subdividing them into numerous lobules of varying form

and size. The lobules are connected together by fine filamentous

tissue, in which lie the branches of the oviduct and of the ovarian

artery. Each lobe is invested by a delicate membrane, and ap-

_ pears to consist entirely of a congeries of ova inclosed within very

delicate irregularly-shaped polygonal cells. Pl. IV. fig. 1 a repre-

sents these cells with the ova at a very early stage of formation ;

b, ova somewhat further advanced ; c, ova much more highly

developed, showing the germinal spot surrounded by the pellucid

zone.

The ovary is attached to the skin by what appears to be deli-

cate cellular tissue, and here and there by fine but firm flat bands

that seem to be continuous with the inner or muscular layer of

the integument. Small tubes, which we think are veins, are also

seen passing from the outer surface of the organ into the sub-

stance of the skin. )

At the front of the ovary, the oviduct, Pl. III. figs. 1 & 2 e, re-

sulting from the union of the lesser ducts from all the lobules, is

seen toissue from the longitudinal fissure; it is there a minute

opake tube, but soon dilates, and passing over the spermatheca is

bent upon itself two or three times very acutely, being further

considerably increased in diameter, f; after this it becomes rapidly

diminished in size, e’, straight, and continued forwards along the

fissure between the lobes of the mucus-gland, and dipping down

it receives the constricted part of the testis near k as before men-

tioned, and is then suddenly bent back upon itself. After this

it is joined by the duct of the spermatheca, 7, and the tube re-

sulting from this union turns immediately forwards, and after a

short course bifurcates, as is shown at fig. 2m; one branch, n,

the shorter, dipping downwards, is lost upon the channel belong-

ing to the right side of the mucus-gland, and into which channel

it appears to empty itself as the termination of the oviduct ; the

other and longer branch, 7’, is continued on to the third and

smallest external orifice by the side of the female aperture, and

appears to be the channel of the spermatheca. This latter branch

we have not been able to trace so satisfactorily as the rest, but

have no doubt of its existence as described.

We now come to the large semipellucid or mucus-gland_pre-

viously mentioned, figs. 1&2 gg. An analogous organ exists in

Doris and Tritonia which has been described by Cuvier as the

testis. It appears on looking first at the upper surface to consist

of two distinct glands, but on the under surface these are seen

to be perfectly continuous with each other. It is more or less

convex on all sides, but the upper surfaces are so inclined towards

each other as:to leave a deep fissure, in which are lodged, as be-

Messrs. Hancock and Embleton on the Anatomy of Eolis. 93

fore mentioned, the oviduct, the duct from the spermatheca, and

the posterior termination of the testis. The whole surface of the

gland presents to a certain extent the appearance of the cerebral

convolutions of the higher animals ; there is however a rounded

portion g', seen next the fissure on the upper aspect of the lobes

when they are held asunder, that differs from the rest in being

opake, granular-looking and of a flesh colour, but more mi-

nutely convoluted than the semipellucid portion, yet forming

an integral part of it. The semipellucid part of the gland

can easily be seen to be disposed in the form of hollow laminz

folded upon each other, and these on the upper surface have a

zigzag arrangement. ‘The cavities of the laminze communicate

freely with a wide channel in the interior of each lobe, and these

channels unite to form a common tube 8, which ends externally

at the female orifice, fig. 2 b', after having received the termina-

tion of the oviduct n. This gland we believe not to be the testis,

as Cuvier and his followers supposed it—for it has no direct con-

nexion with the male parts—but to be the organ which secretes

the transparent glairy matter that envelopes the ova previous to

their passing from the body, by which they become attached to

the substances on which they are deposited, and which protects

them from injury during their evolution. On examining the se-

cretion of this gland by the microscope we found no spermatozoa,

but instead, a tenacious granular-looking fluid, with broad nucle-

ated granular scales of what seemed to be pavement epithelium.

The ovary and other female parts do not appear to differ ma-

terially from the above description in E. coronata, E. Drummondi

and HE. oliwvacea.

3rd. Androgynous apparatus: the spermatheca, figs. 1 & 2 h,

lies in front of the ovary between the two lobes of the mucus-

gland, and is almost concealed from view by them and by the

dilated convoluted part of the oviduct. It is a globular or pyri-

form sac, of a dirty olive colour, having one or more accessory

sacs, j, attached to its duct; its walls are thin, but strong and

muscular. In E. papillosa and E. coronata it has been found

crammed full of a mass of fully-developed spermatozoa and cor-

puscles. The spermatozoa, fig. 10 a & 6, consist of a narrow

elliptical transparent head often bent upon a long slender tail or

filament, which is seen to be either straight or waved, or spirally

rolled upon itself. The corpuscles, c, are small, elliptical, and

varying 1n size, many of them having a transverse band, others

a cross upon them, apparently indicating a tendency to split into

two or four parts as represented in the figure.

The duct cf the spermatheca, 2, comes off from the under and

anterior part, and after a very short course forwards empties

itself into the oviduct at /, fig. 2, appearing to end there, but in

94 Messrs. Hancock and Embleton on the Anatomy of Eolis.

fact continued on in union with it to the bifurcation m, where it

separates from it as the smaller branch which goes on to the ex-

ternal genital orifice.

In EF. coronata, E. Drummondi and E. olivacea, the female

parts we have seen agree with those of E. papillosa; the male

parts we have shown differ materially, and the androgynous ap-

paratus again presents corresponding modifications in these three

species.

The spermatheca in £. coronata, fig. 3 h, is a simple elongated

pyriform sac without any accessory.

In E. Drummondi it is a sacculated bag. The ducts connect-

ing the spermatheca, the oviduct and testis together in these spe-

cies have the same disposition as in E. papillosa, but the duct

which leads from the spermatheca to the external orifice is very

much modified. It begins externally by a large orifice leading

into a short wide channel with thick and wrinkled walls, figs. 3 &

4, 7! 7', into the side of a strong globular sac 77; from the oppo-

site part of this sac issues a minute canal 7’ 7, which returns

along the external wall of the wide channel, and approaching the

testis near its union with the oviduct, passes under it and be-

tween it and the penis, and then after a short tortuous course

backwards it unites with the duct of the spermatheca near 2, a

little above, and not, asin E. papillosa, below, the junction of the

latter with the oviduct.

The great size and peculiar modification of the external por-

tion of the channel just described has reference obviously to the

modified size and form of the intromittent organ in these species.

We feel little doubt that the penis passes along the wide channel

into the globular sac, which from its size and form is well-adapted

to receive and probably to retain the expanded extremity of that

organ.

This part of the apparatus is then a peculiar vagina ; it is pos-

sible that a small point may be protruded from the orifice of the

penis, fig. 6c, at the time of conjunction ; but whether this be so

or not, we believe that the seminal fluid is conveyed along the

minute channel, fig. 3 7’ 7’, we have noted as passing off from the

vaginal sac j, and is thus delivered into the spermatheca h.

Looking at the remarkable shortness of the testicular tube in

E. coronata, E. Drummondi and EF. olivacea, in reference to the

modification of their copulative organs, we suppose that the de-

ficient development of the essential is compensated for by an in-

creased efficiency of the accessory organs, that a more prolonged

union of the sexes is here rendered necessary, and the conditions

for this we find in the peculiar form of the penis and the

vaginal sac.

In E. papillosa, on the contrary, copulation is effected by the

Messrs. Hancock and Embleton on the Anatomy of Eolis. 95

introduction of the elongated, conical and pointed penis, fig. 5 a,

into the small simple channel of the spermatheca, fig. 27’, along

which we believe it to pass to at least beyond its junction with

the oviduct, if not quite to the spermatheca itself. The penis, as

represented in the Plate, is from a specimen preserved in spirits,

but in the living state this organ is capable of taking a much

more elongated and attenuated form.

The way in which fecundation is effected will be understood if

we now trace the passage of the ova from the ovary to the external

orifice: they pass along the oviduct, fig. 2, and are detained

awhile in the dilated and convoluted part of it, f, probably to re-

ceive some necessary investment ; after this they are conducted

forwards to where the testis joins the oviduct at k; here they are

subjected first of all to the influence of the seminal fluid of the

individual itself, for there appears to be little or no doubt that

the double muscular coating of the testis, c, is capable of driving

its contents either outwardly towards the penis a, or if required,

inwardly towards the oviduct e’. Ciliary motion may also assist

in determining the flow of the seminal fluid in either direction.

The operation of this self-fecundation being thus accomplished

in the first instance, the ova are secondly conveyed backwards to

the duct of the spermatheca at /, where they undergo the action

of the semen injected into that receptacle from another animal

during the sexual union; afterwards they are carried into the

right duct of the mucus-gland at 2, which is freely continuous

with the left duct, and with the common female channel of out-

let d. |

In the wide ducts of the mucus-gland the ova receive their last

coating and their peculiar arrangement in it, and lastly they are

expelled through the female orifice b', the form of the channel

probably impressing upon the continuous strap or cord of mucus-

enveloped ova the peculiar form which the spawn of the different

species is found to possess.

It will thus be seen that a double impregnation is here pos-

sible, and indeed more than probable, considering the anatomical

relation of the parts; but whether it be in every instance essen-

tial, we are not prepared to state. If the experiments of M. Alex.

de Nordmann related in the ‘ Annales des Sciences Naturelles,’

3me série, tome v. 1846, touching the breeding of Tergipes, which

we consider a member of the genus Holis, be thought conclusive,

it may be deemed that self-impregnation is alone requisite. Since

however copulation is observed to take place among these ani-

mals frequently and freely, even in confinement in the house, we

have little doubt of the necessity of a double impregnation.

On a review of our description of the generative organs in the

above-mentioned species of Kolis, it appears that these organs

96 Messrs. Hancock and Embleton on the Anatomy of Kolis.

bear a good deal of resemblance to those of the other Nudi-

branchiata as described by Cuvier ; but in assigning the peculiar

functions of the various parts, we ‘differ from that distinguished

physiologist. It is however only after often-repeated careful dis-

section, observation and deliberate consideration that we venture

to dissent from such high authority, and we feel it incumbent

upon us to state generally in what points we differ, and the reasons

of our dissent.

That part in Doris called by Cuvier testis answers to what we

call the mucus-gland: that it is not testis we are assured, by its

having no direct connexion with the male parts, but opens very

evidently into the female channel, of which it is an appendage ;

we have several times examined its secretion, and found it to cor-

respond exactly with the mucus-like matter that envelopes the

ova. Again, the convoluted tube, called by Cuvier penis, we be-

heve to be the testis, and for the following reasons :—lIst. It is

not uncommon to find the true penis, exserted in specimens pre-

served in spirits : on examination of the parts of EL. papillosa in

such case, the penis of Cuvier is still found in the interior of the

body as a closely convoluted tube, the coils of which are nearly

all attached to each other by fine filaments, as noticed in our de-

scription, and are therefore not susceptible of being unrolled and

made to act as an intromittent organ. A small portion however

is freer than the rest, and is often found at the base of the penis,

being prolonged also to its extremity as the excretory duct of the

testis. 2ndly. Its internal structure and its contents are clearly

those of a glandular organ, and spermatozoa have been found in

it in E. coronata ; and lastly, its connexions as already pointed

out, namely with the penis at one end and with the oviduct at

the other, seem to indicate pretty accurately its character.

The sac we have called spermatheca we have ventured so to

name, because we find it possesses a channel of communication

with the exterior and a direct connexion with the oviduct, besides

containing, as we have witnessed in E. papillosa and E. coronata,

abundant masses of densely packed spermatozoa. This organ is

doubtless the “vessie” of Cuvier.

In passing from the Baron’s description of the genitalia of

Doris, while we are glad to acknowledge that his plates and de-

scriptions have been of great service to us in confirming in many

points the result of our own dissections, we cannot help being sur-

prised that two other anatomists, who have so recently been en-

gaged upon the corresponding organs of some of the Kolidide,

have not availed themselves of the store of valuable information

accumulated by their illustrious precursor in the same path of in-

vestigation in his ‘ Mémoires pour servir’? &c.—we allude to

MM. de Quatrefages and de Nordmann. If we turn to the former

Messrs. Hancock and Embleton on the Anatomy of Kolis. 97

gentleman’s account of the genital organs of his Eolidina, we find

it to be very meagre and imperfect. He states at the commence-

ment that these are as simple as possible ; we have found them to

constitute that part of the organization which is the most com-

plicated and difficult to be understood. The copulative vesicle

he mentions, which he thinks analogous to that of insects, and

destined to receive and preserve the spermatic fluid of the same

individual, acting the part in fact of seminal vesicle, and which

he is tempted to believe renders the conjunction of two individuals

unnecessary, seems to correspond to the spermatheca: the only

other parts he mentions, the testis and ovary with their ducts, we

find great difficulty in identifying with the parts described as

such in our paper. That the congress of two individuals does

really take place, we have had abundant proof.

In the latter gentleman’s paper on Tergipes above-quoted, we

have a confused but more detailed account of these organs. The

Professor seems to have confounded the testis and ovary together,

owing to the action of the compressor ; for we cannot believe in

the development of spermatozoa in the female parts, and in this

we agree with his translator as well as in our conviction that the

“ poches séminales”’ are parts of a multiple testis. If this be the

true interpretation then, we find that in this section of the genus

there is a modification of the testis which does not exist, as far as

we know, in any of the others. Such a modification we think

not improbable, since we have observed a similar conformation in

Chalidis, a naked mollusk having considerable affinity to the

Kolidide, and placed as the lowest genus in M. de Quatrefages’

order Phlebenterata. The liver, as M. de Nordmann gives it, ap-

pears to be a part of the large mucus-gland we have described.

The urmary gland is perhaps the opake granular part of the

same. The testis is evidently the spermatheca, from its form and

contents. The “vessie muqueuse”’ would seem to answer to the

sac of the penis, and the short flexuous canal, which, coming from

the crytalloid (?) bodies of the foot, enters its posterior extremity,

appears to indicate the duct of the true multiple testis.

Organs of Circulation.

These are a heart and blood-vessels.

The central organ consists of auricle and ventricle with valves.

The vessels are arterial and venous.

The heart and the roots of the large vessels lie in the wide

cavity of a delicate pericardium, Pl. IV. figs. 2 and 4 ff, cc; this

is a very fine transparent membrane, difficult of detection.at first,

which is attached to the aorta just beyond its origin, and to the

three great venous trunks just before their union in their com-

mon sinus, the auricle. At the same parts its external surface is

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. i. 7

98 Messrs. Hancock and Embleton on the Anatomy of Eolis.

attached to the skin, and by means of these attachments the

heart and great vessels are secured in their position. The heart

and vessels thus inclosed lie free in the cavity, which they fill

when fully distended with blood. The heart and pericardium lie

above all the other viscera, and immediately beneath the skin of

the back, on the median line, and just behind the anterior third

of the body.

In E. coronata and those species which have the branchize

similarly arranged, they lie between the second and third clumps.

They form during life a manifest elliptical elevation, more or

less transparent, and in which the pulsations may be seen and

counted.

On opening a specimen preserved in spirits, the auricle, fig. 2 5,

is seen at the posterior part of the pericardium, of a cruciform

figure, resulting from the union of two large trunks of veins pp,

coming from the sides of the body with one, g, from the posterior

part, lying along the median line; the anterior limb of the cross

is formed by the contracted portion of the auricle 7, where it goes

forwards to open into the ventricle a. The walls of the auricle

are quite smooth and polished externally, and within are formed

of a very fine but wide meshed reticulation of delicate muscular

bundles which are continued upon the greater venous trunks.

At the anterior contracted part is placed a valvular apparatus,

fig. 3c, the auriculo-ventricular, to guard the ventricular opening

which is on the under surface of the heart.

The auriculo-ventricular valve consists of two flaps continuous

at their bases with the walls of the ventricle and prolonged into

its cavity, having their ends attenuated and free. They are placed

one under and the other over the opening, the former being

longer than the latter. They are broad and strong, and when

brought together they will effectually close the opening. The

opening is wide, and the auricle is attached to its margin at the

bases of the valvular flaps.

The ventricle a, much smaller than the auricle, is of a pyriform

shape, with its apex anteriorly. Its walls are considerably thicker

and more fleshy than those of the auricle, and its cavity displays

very numerous, strong and bold projecting carnez columnz, some

of which are attached to the bases and outer surfaces of the valves

at both orifices. The interior of the ventricle from its high de-

velopment reminds us forcibly of that of animals much higher

in the scale. The upper half of the organ is much thicker than

the under, owing to the superior number and strength of its

fleshy columns. The muscular fibres of the auricle and ventricle

are devoid of transverse strie ; they are minute, simply granular

and rounded.

A valve, the aortic, fig. 3 d, is placed at the anterior or pointed

Messrs. Hancock and Embleton on the Anatomy of Kolis. 99

end of the heart ; it is a broad elongated lamina, very thin at its -

free edge, which is slightly semilunar. It projects a long way into

the aorta. Its base is continuous with the fleshy columns of

the upper wall of the heart, and just above this connexion, and

behind the valve, there is a large well-marked sinus at the com-

mencement of the aorta.

The aorta, fig. 2 d, begins at the base of the valve, and very

soon after perforates the pericardium before giving off any

branches.

The elliptical swelling and the transparency observed in the

cardiac region during life is mainly owing to the dilated state

of the two chambers of the heart. After death the fulness is

lost, and the chambers are found contracted and flattened. With

some care we have succeeded in a dead specimen in partially in-

flating the auricle by means of a small blowpipe, so that the parts

resumed a good deal of the appearance they present during life.

Fig. 4 represents the chambers of the heart inflated, imitating

the condition of the parts during life*.

In -Holis then we have a simple two-chambered heart, the

blood coming from veins into the auricle, passing then into the

ventricle, and being thence propelled along the arteries. The

pulsations are regular, and their number in E. papillosa is up-

wards of fifty, and in H. coronata sixty-five in the minute. The

systole of the auricle is followed immediately by that of the ven-

tricle, and during the former action the heart is pulled sharply

backwards, during the latter forwards, showing the heart to be

free in the pericardiac cavity. |

The aorta on emerging from the pericardium gives off a small

branch e, for the supply of the stomach, and immediately after-

wards bifurcates ; one branch, the larger, passes forward to supply

the anterior parts of the body, the other backwards to be distri-

buted to the posterior parts.

* That what we call the auricle is really such, and not a mere sinus or

confluence of veins branchio-cardiac, as set forth by M. Milne Edwards in

his ‘ Voyage en Sicile, sixiéme article, sur l'appareil circulatoire des Thé-

thys,’ we believe for the following reasons. It is distinctly divided from the

great venous trunks by the pericardium which is evident enough in Lolis,

and strongly defined in Doris: during life, or if injected after death, it pre-

sents a well-marked elliptical ampulla within the pericardium, and possesses

a pulsation proper to itself, a pulsation that is seen during life to be con-

fined within the bounds of the pericardium, and as if in confirmation of this

it is found to be furnished with carneze columne proportioned to the deli-

cacy of its coats.

The branchio-cardiac sinus figured and described by Milne Edwards ap-

pears to us to be somewhat anomalous, and certainly differs from anything

we have seen either in Zolis or Doris, and is quite at variance with the cor-

responding part in the 7’ritoniade, of which family it is clearly a member,

for in Tritonia Hombergii and in Scylle@a pelagica the auricle is not longi-

tudinally, but transversely placed, receiving veins from the skin at each end.

7%*

100 Messrs. Hancock and Embleton on the. Anatomy of Eolis.

The anterior aorta, fig. 2 f, passing forwards over the genital

organs, and on the right side of the stomach, but on a plane below

the ramifications of the digestive system, gives off three or. four

small arteries, ee ee, to the stomach, and next from its under

part a large branch 7, which after sending off some small twigs is

distributed by two or three branches which ramify on'the penis,

testis, mucus-gland'and ducts.: The main trunk, after this, is

bent down in front of the genital organs, passes under the ceso-

phagus, and becomes applied to the under surface of the buccal

mass n, on the median line, after having given an offset, k, for-

wards to the anterior part of the cesophagus and upper surface

of the buccal mass.. Next, about half-way along the under sur-

face of that fleshy organ, it gives off a large artery /, which pene-

trates its floor at an aperture left between the muscular bundles,

to. supply the tongue and the interior of the mouth: shortly

after this, a branch springs on each side from the trunk ; these

encircle the anterior part of the mass of the jaws just behind the

lips, supplying the muscles that connect the mass to the skin,

and the skin itself m the vicinity. Lastly, the anterior aorta

terminates in three branches near m, which are distributed by

twigs to the lips and the anterior part of the foot.

The posterior aorta, f’, runs a very short way forwards and

then turns downwards and backwards, passing under the heart

and gastric system ; at this turn, and as it runs backwards, it gives

off four or five branches to the rectum, which hes on its right

side: one branch to the rectum is sometimes given off from the

common aorta just after it has perforated the pericardium. The

artery then gains the inferior surface of the ovary, among the

lobes of which it is at first partially imbedded. On entering this

viscus it at once gives off twigs right and left to the contiguous

lobes ; it next bifurcates, one branch passing on to be distributed

by small lateral twigs to the middle and posterior lobes of the

ovary, among which they can be seen to subdivide two or three

times, accompanying the divisions of the oviduct ; the other gomg

to the skin of the foot under the ovary ; seven or eight branches

come off from it which penetrate the skin, and can be traced a

little way dividing in its substance.

Thus we can demonstrate arteries supplying almost all the

viscera and a great portion of the skin of the foot, and show that

they undergo minute division, and all the branches laid down in

our Plate have been verified by repeated dissection: we have

failed however in making out their mode of termination. We

cannot undertake to say whether they end by closed extremities,

or whether they have open mouths which communicate with

lacune or sinuses in the intervisceral spaces, or with those in the

skin. The lacune among the viscera we have not been able to

make out by dissection, and have not made use of injections

Messrs. Hancock and Embleton on the Anatomy of Eolis. 101

on account of the great difficulty of injecting such small animals,

and from a feeling of the unsatisfactory nature of such an ope-

ration on tubes so delicate as the minute branches we have ob-

served. The existence however of intervisceral lacunze we do not

wish to deny, since the valuable papers of M. Milne Edwards in

the ‘Annales des Sciences Naturelles’ seem to establish the fact

of their presence in nearly the whole of the Mollusca.

The branches of veins coming from the skin, represented in

Pl. IV. fig. 2.ssss, have been several times verified ; from four

to six venous branches have been made out, uniting ‘so as to form

two large trunk-veins, fig. 2ppy! p' and fig. 4ee ee, on each

side, which joining together pour their united contents at once

into the auricle : one of these veins can be seen along the inner

aspect of the skin as far forwards as opposite to the transverse

portion of the intestine, receiving branches, fig. 4 99 99, in its

course from the skin, into which its most advanced branch pene-

trates ; the other and much smaller vein turns backwards, and

enters the skin sooner than the former, after visibly receiving a

small branch or two from it. Entering the posterior part of the

auricle is the posterior trunk-vein, fig. 2 g and fig. 4 d, which

coming from the back part of the skin receives three pairs of

branches at least: one pair appeared coming from below as if

from the ovary, but was not so distinctly made out as the rest.

If we attempt to trace the veins into the skin, we find that they

communicate with a system of sinuses therein. This network of

sinuses pervades the whole of the skin, being abundant on the

sides under the bases of the papille, and on the foot, and we

suppose communicates freely with the system of intervisceral

lacunze pointed out by Milne Edwards. Whether the lacunz of

the skin have any thing like a symmetrical arrangement as prin-

cipal trunks or canals, we have not been able to determine; but

if a cross section of a papilla be made, a distinct canal becomes

visible at each extremity of the section, as shown in fig. 6 cc,

and from this and the symmetrical order of the venous trunks

passing from the skin to the auricle, we might infer that such an

arrangement exists. Those canals run the whole length of the

papilla, and communicate with the meshes of a delicate cellular

tissue which lines the skin of that organ ; at the base of the papilla,

they open into the sinuses of the skin. The position of these

canals in the papilla, and the cellular tissue in connexion with

them, are indicated in Pl. IV. fig. 9 of our former paper on the

digestive system.

The general course of the blood will be necessarily then from

the ventricle along the arteries to the viscera and to the skin;

in the first case it passes from the arteries, in a way we do not

understand, into the lacune among the viscera and between them

102 Messrs. Hancock and Embleton on the Anatomy of Eolis.

and the skin, and thence into the network of sinuses in the

skin itself, in the latter case imto the tegumentary sinuses: in

them and in the papille into which it is freely admitted ; it is

more or less perfectly aérated, and thence flows into the veins

which pass from the skin to the auricle, and which are called by

M. Milne Edwards branchio-cardiac vessels. From what we

have observed however on attentively examining the connexions

of the ovarium, we are inclined to think that the whole of the

blood does not circulate in the way above described, for we are

pretty sure we have recognized small veins passing away from —

the sides of the ovarium and entering the skin, and we men-

tioned above that we had, though indistinctly, made out a pair

of veins running from the same organ to the posterior trunk

vein that empties itself into the auricle. If these observations

be correct, then a small portion of blood is returned to the heart

in a way that forms an exception to the general rule, and the

existence of veins distinct from the branchio-cardiac is established.

These veins we presume must carry off from the ovarium to the

heart and the skin the blood which has been supplied by the

ovarian artery. In confirmation of these observations and of the

inference drawn from them, we would add, that Baron Cuvier in

his ‘ Mémoires,’ &c. has described and figured in the anatomy

of Tritonia Hombergit six veins passing from the mass of liver

and ovarium into the skin of the side of the body, and conveying

the blood to the branchial tufts ; and having ourselves seen some

time ago in the same animal similar vessels passing also from

that mass to the skin, we are the more inclined to confide in the

observations of the Baron.

Examinations of the heart of E. coronata have afforded the

same results as we have detailed with regard to E. papillosa.

We have succeeded in tracing nearly all the arteries in that

species that were observed in the latter; but the venous tubes,

from the excessive delicacy and high transparency of the parts,

enhanced by the minuteness of the species, have hitherto escaped

us. From frequent observations of the above organs in &. oli-

vacea and several other species in the living state, we are confi-

dent that the circulatory system is as complete in theseas in the

previously mentioned species. 7

In M. de Quatrefages’ account of the organs of circulation in

Eolidina, the existence of the venous system is altogether nega-

tived. The incorrectness of this observation we have already suf-

ficiently proved. The two funnel-shaped auricular appendages

of the heart described by him have been suggested most likely

by a view of the anterior border of the auricle, and by some

folding of the auricle itself or of the skin along the median line

of the body. It is certain that the auricle is single, and that it

Messrs. Hancock and Embleton on the Anatomy of Eolis. 103

does receive trunks of veins on each side and behind,—trunks

that result from the union of numerous venous branches of various

size ; that it does not communicate directly with lacune among

the viscera is also certain; and that if we admit the existence of

lacunze, they do not supersede the venous system, but occupy

the position of the capillary system of the higher animals. With

regard to the arterial system, we can follow M. de Quatrefages

with confidence only so far as the bifurcation of the aorta, and

have not been able to discover the symmetrical division and ar-

rangement of its branches as described in his memoir and figured

in his plate, but we have succeeded in tracing many branches of

arteries to a degree of fineness of which that gentleman seems to

entertain no idea.

M. de Nordmann describes a ventricle and funnel-shaped pro-

cesses, but besides these mentions an auricle ; in other respects

he seems to have fallen into the same errors as M. de Quatre-

fages: these errors seem due to the exclusive use of the compressor.

Organs of Respiration.

The function of respiration we believe to be performed by the

whole surface of the skin, including the papille ; the skin of the

back and of the sides between the papille, and the entire sur-

faces of these latter organs, present the phenomenon of ciliary

vibration*. The papille we regard as one modification among

many of increasing the surface for a respiratory purpose, and

thus are to be regarded as a specialized breathing apparatus, to

which the rest of the skin is subsidiary.

The skin, Pl. IV. fig. 5, consists of a layer of muscular fibres

covered by a tegumentary envelope or cutis that is provided with

an epithelium.

The skin varies much in thickness in different parts, bemg

thinnest over the back and on the papille, very thick where the

papille exist ; and it here contains near the external surface the

ramifications of the digestive system, becomes much thinner sud-

denly where the papillz cease along the sides, and attains on the

foot its greatest thickness and strength. Its epithelium consists

of very small granular nucleated particles, which during life are

provided with vibratile cilia.

The outer or dermal layer of the skin, fig. 5 6, appears to

secrete the abundant tenacious matter that exudes from the ani-

mal, and to be the seat of an exquisite sensibility ; this layer is

thin, but continuous with the next or muscular layer a, which

* Having recently, and since writing the above, discovered vibratile cilia

covering the whole of the under surface of the foot of Doris and also of se-

veral of the testaceous Gasteropods, there can be little doubt that they are

present also on the foot of Eolis.

104 Messrs. Hancock and Embleton on the Anatomy of Eolis.

might be called the cellular from its structure; this it is which

varies so much in thickness. Next the visceral cavity there is a

thin stratum of longitudinal and transverse fibres ; outside of this

is the membranous cell-work, containing sinuses that open into

the trunk-veins going to the auricle.

The muscular coating in the papille is very delicate, and its

fibres wider apart than in the rest of the skin, running longi-

tudinally in bundles of two or three together at intervals, and

transversely in fewer number and less regularly, as is represented

in Pl. IV. fig. 9 of our previous paper.

The cell-work described as existing in the papille communi-

cates freely with the system of smuses mentioned as belonging to

the skin of the body, and this system again we have traced to be

continuous with the venous trunks leading to the auricle.

Under the compressor of the microscope we have seen, in the

cellular layer of the papille, the blood move backwards and for-

wards to and from the base of the papille and into the skin, in

obedience to the contractions of the body and of the papillary

walls ; but we believe, that if the animal were at rest and quite

free, the action of the heart would also cause similar motions

in the normal way. We look upon the contractions of the gene-

ral integument and of the papille to be only accessory, not essén-

tial, to the perfect circulation of the blood.

Now the whole or nearly the whole of the blood that passes to

the auricle of the heart comes, as we have shown, in the section

on the circulatory organs, directly from the skin, and as we

know that the blood thus circulating in the skin and papille is

separated from the oxygenated water of the surrounding sea by

a very thin layer, in the papillz by an exceedingly delicate mem-

brane, we have little hesitation in saying, that it is in the papille

essentially, and in the rest of the skin secondarily, that the func-

tion of arterialization of the blood is carried on previously to the

return of that fluid to the heart.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES III. ann IV.

Puate III.

Fig. 1. General view of the generative organs of Z. papillosa partially drawn

asunder: a, sac of penis retracted into body; b, female channel ;

ce, testis; d, ovarium; e, oviduct; f, dilated portion of ditto;

e’, continuation of ditto towards spermatheca duct; gg, transpa-

rent portion of mucus-gland ; g'g’, opake portion of ditto; h, sper-

matheca; i, its duct; 7, accessory glandule; %, confluence of testis

_ and oviduct.

Fig. 2. Same organs more fully displayed : a, sac of penis; a’, male orifice ;

b, female channel ; b', female orifice ; cc, portions of testis ; e, ovi-

duct; f, dilated portion of same ; e’, continuation of ditto to testis ;

99; pellucid portion of mucus-gland ; g’, granular portion of ditto ;

h, spermatheca ; #, its duct ; yy, accessory glands; k, sudden angle

Messrs. Hancock and Embleton on the Anatomy of Folis. 105

of oviduct receiving testis ; 7, point of union of oviduct with sper-

matheca duct; m, bifurcation of oviduct into channels going to

external parts; 2, short branch going to duct, of mucus-gland ;

i’, long branch to external orifice, being continuation of spermatheca

duct.

Fig. 3. Generative organs of Z. coronata fully displayed: a, sac of penis;

b, female channel ; ¢, testis; d, ovary; e, oviduct; f, dilated portion

of ditto; gg, pellucid portion of mucus-gland ; g’, granular por-

tion of ditto; h, spermatheca; 7, its duct; 7’ 2’, branch from it to

vaginal sac; jj’, channel from exterior into vaginal sac ; %, union

of oviduct and testis ; J, junction of oviduct with spermatheca duct ;

m, termination of oviduct in duct of mucus-gland.

Fig. 4, Portion of generative organs of E. Drummondi: a, sac of penis ;

b, female channel; c’, testis; d, oviduct receiving testis; 72, duct

from vaginal sac to spermatheca; j, vaginal sac ; 9’, its channel

leading to external orifice.

Fig. 5. Exserted penis of Z. papillosa: a, penis; b, female orifice.

Fiy. 6. Exserted penis of Z. Drummondi: a, penis; 6, female orifice ; ¢, ori-

fice of penis. :

Fig. 7. Sac of penis of Z. papillosa laid open: a, cavity of sac ; ), its orifice ;

ce, penis retracted ; d, testis ; e, orifice of penis.

Fig. 8. Sac of penis of Z. coronata laid open: a, cavity of sac ; 8, its orifice;

e, retracted penis; d, testis ; e, orifice of penis.

Fig. 9. Contents of testis: a, b, c, different appearances of cells found

therein. ;

Fig. 10. Spermatozoa: a, from spermatheca of #. coronata; b, two more

highly magnified from E. papillosa; c, corpuscles associated with

same,

Puate IV,

Fig. 1. a, cells of ovary containing very imperfect ova; 6, c, ova in more

advanced stages of development.

Fig. 2. Vascular system of E. papillosa : a, ventricle ; b, auricle; ccc ¢, pe-

ricardium laid open; d, aorta; e, artery to stomach; e! e! e! e', small

branches to ditto; /, anterior aorta; f', posterior aorta removed

from body; g, ovarian artery ; h, artery to posterior part of foot;

iii, branches to the intestine; j, artery to generative organs;

k, esophageal branch ; /, branch to interior of buccal mass; m, con-

tinuation of aorta to mouth and anterior part of foot; n, buccal

mass; 0, cesophagus ; pp, anterior lateral veins going to auricle;

p' p', posterior ditto; g, posterior median vein; ss s, venous

branches to ditto ; 7, point of attachment of auricle and ventricle.

Fig. 3. Longitudinal section of heart of Z. papillosa: a, interior of ditto

showing carnez columne; b, portion of auricle ; c, auriculo-ven-

tricular valve; d, aortic valve; e, aorta; f, sinus of ditto.

Fig. 4. Heart of E. papillosa inflated: a, ventricle; 6, auricle; c, aorta;

d, posterior median vein receiving lateral branches; e e, anterior

lateral veins receiving branches, g g, from skin; e! e’, posterior

lateral veins ; ff ff, pericardium laid open.

Fig. 5. Section of skin of foot and side of body of E. papillosa: aa, mus-

cular or cellular layer ; 560, dermal layeror cutis with epithelium ;

e, side of body ; f, foot.

Fig. 6. Transverse section of papilla of £. papillosa: a, hepatic gland ;

b, duct of ditto; c, large vascular canals; ddd, cellular tissue

around gland.

106 Mr.J. Morris on a new species of Nautilus.

X—. Description of a new species of Nautilus from the Lower

Greensand of the Isle of Wight. By J. Morris, F.G.S.*

Navtiztus Saxsit: Morris, 1847.

Testa ovali, compressa, complanata, leevigata, subumbilicata ; dorso

plano seu subcanaliculato ; anfractibus compressis ; apertura sub-

triangulari, vel subsagittata, lateraliter compressa, antice truncata ;

septis numerosis valde sinuosis in umbilico flexuosis vel im-

pressis; siphunculo subcentrali ?

Shell discoidal, smooth, shghtly umbilicated, with compressed

and somewhat angular volutions, contracted towards the margin,

with their greatest diameter near to the umbilicus; aperture

somewhat triangular, laterally compressed, anteriorly truncate,

posteriorly impressed or notched by the preceding volution ; back

flat, or very slightly channeled in the middle. Septa numerous,

nearly equal, the margins very sinuous and rather curved as

they pass over the back; one sinus very large; the other, near

the umbilicus, small, the intervening saddle placed on the greatest

convexity of the volutions. Siphuncle subcentral.

The general form of this Nautilus is like that of Ammonites

Fitton (d’Archiac) and Am. splendens (Sow.), both of which

* Read before the Geological Society of London, 15th December 1847.

Mr. A. White on a new subgenus of Calandride. 107

species it resembles in the shape of the aperture. It is also

allied to Nautilus Gravesianus, @Orb. (Terr. Juras. t. 38), in

the laterally compressed volutions ; but that species is furnished

with a sharp keel, whereas in N. Saxbii the keel is truncated.

The Nautilus Saxbii closely resembles the N. mesodicus

(Quenstedt) *, but differs from it in being of less breadth, having

a smaller umbilicus, and in the greater number of the septa.

This shell is readily distinguished from the other lower green-

sand species by its more compressed form, angular volutions,

truncate back and somewhat sagittate aperture, and more sinu-

ous septa; in which latter character it resembles some Jurassic

species, as Nautilus biangulatus, N. sinuatus and N. triangularis

of the inferior oolite.

In the individual specimen here described, the last septum ‘is

filled with iron pyrites, presenting a contrast to the remaining

septa, which are occupied by crystallized carbonate of lime. The

body chamber is filled with the sandy matrix of the bed from

which it was obtained.

Locality. From the Lower Greensand, at Atherfield, Isle of

Wight ; in the lowest bed of the “ Crackers’ group” (No. 4 of

the “ Table ” in Geol. Journal, vol. ii.) +. :

This interesting species of Nautilus, which I believe is hitherto

undescribed, was put into my hands by Dr. Fitton, F.R.S., to

whom it had been sent, with other rare specimens, by S. M.

Saxby, Esq. of Mountfield near Bonchurch, Isle of Wight, from

his valuable collection of Isle of Wight fossils.

XI.—Description of an apparently new subgenus of Calandridz

from the Philippine Islands. By Apam Wuirs, F.L.S., As-

sistant Zool. Dep. British Museum.

CALANDRA.

(Hyposarothra, White.)

Antenne rather strong, springing from a depression situated a

little behind the middle of the side portion of the beak, and

if stretched out would reach slightly beyond the end of the

beak ; basal joint nearly as long as the funiculus and last

joint taken together ; first and second joint of the funiculus

* “Die Cephalopoden des Salzkammergutes, &c. von” Franz R. von

Hauer ” (tab. 10. f.4, 5). Vienna, 1846. .

t In vol. iii. of the Geological Journal the name is N. Saxbianus. The

genitive termination is here adopted, on Dr. Fitton’s suggestion, as accord-

ing with the other new names (Ammonites Hambrovii, &c.) in the ‘ Cata-

logue ” of part of the Society’s Museum (Journal, vol. i.).

108 Mr. A. White on a new subgenus of Calandride.

longer than the other four, which are cup-shaped and all punc-

“tured ; club fusiform, apparently of one joint, the end slightly

pointed.

Beak nearly as thick as the head, considerably longer than the

thorax, gradually bent and deflexed at the tip, the sides com-

pressed and channeled from before the eye to within a short

distance of the base of the mandibles, upper part more or less

rounded ; the under side, except just at the tip, thickly clothed

with close thick-set hairs, much like a tooth-brush, the middle

line seemingly with fewer hairs or perhaps free from them.

Eyes largish, oblong, nearly straight behind, somewhat pointed

above, slightly rounded in front where the beak comes, and

nearly as much separated below as above, the space between

them being considerable.

Thorax subovate, convex all round, upper surface behind some-

what depressed, the front part slightly strangulated ; scutellum

longish, narrow. Prothorax below, just in front of the inser-

tion of the fore-legs, with a prominent dagger-shaped keel.

Calandra (Hyposarothra) imperatriz, White.

Head and antenne white, tip of beak black, club of antennz

black, the other joints punctured with brown; of an obscure

whitish colour, with seven dusky | 7

brownish longitudinal bands ee

on the thorax, one and the

widest down the middle, three

on each side of the thorax, the

intermediatetwo joimed in front;

each of the elytra with a large

dusky brown patch intersected _<

by a cross, which at the top ~

emits two white branches, con-

nected with the white of the

base and sides ; pygidium with

a large oval patch on the mid-~

dle, and some brownish dots ;

the sides of three of the seg-

ments of the abdomen with a Calandra (Hyposarothra) imperatrix.

blackish brown patch ; some of the mesosternal plates punctured

and marked with a largish pale brown patch. |

The femora and tibiz of each leg thickly furnished on the n-

side with reddish yellow hairs; legs clouded and dotted with

brownish ; tarsi with the claws and last joint black. Head and

beak above finely punctured, excepting down the middle, where

it is smooth. Thorax above with many scattered punctures and

Mr. P, H. Gosse on the Insects of Jamaica. 109

a slightly impressed line down the middle, which runs into a

triangular depression in front of the scutellum; scutellum white,

without apparent punctures.

Elytra, each furnished with nine deeply impressed. lines, the

third (from the suture) joined at the tip with the eighth, fourth

and seventh joined at the tip, and the third and fourth also joined

at the tip and connected with the fourth by a branch.

Hab. Philippine Islands. Mus. Brit.

Elytra considerably depressed above, the base somewhat mar-

gined close to the thorax; each elytron with the lateral edge

widely sinuated, the end rounded.

Legs strong, the anterior pair close together at the base ; tibize

short, slightly bisinuated within ; tarsi with the two basal joints

narrow, the second subquadrate and both grooved at the base,

the third subrotundate, somewhat widest in front, grooved at the

base, and furnished on the sole with very close thick-set hairs.

This subgenus would almost appear to connect the two sub-

divisions Cryptopygi and Gymnopygi of the family Calandride

of Schoenherr (Genera et Species Curculionidum, vin. p. 334) ;

with the former it nearly agrees in the position of the antenne,

being about the middle of the beak (which however, as in Bren-

tide and many Curculionide, may be ‘only a sexual distinction) ;

with the latter in the pygidium being exposed, or not covered by

the elytra. The form may thus prove interesting as one of those

links which serve to show how families, subdivisions and genera

lapse into each other. In appearance, judging by Schcenherr’s

description, this in external colour seems to resemble his Pote-

riophorus niveus, iv. 846. ?

The figure, carefully made, of the natural size, by Mr, Wm.

Wing, will show its form, the profile, and also the markings of

the only species which was found by Mr. Cuming, F.L.S., at the

north end of Luzon in the Philippine Islands in the province of

Cagayan.

XII.—On the Insects of Jamaica. By Puttie Henry Gosse.

Tue following is a very imperfect list of the Insects collected

by me during a residence of about a year and a half in Jamaica :

imperfect, because many species seem to be as yet unnamed,

and also because many others which I omitted to register with

a number, it would now be exceedingly difficult to determine.

Imperfect as it is, however, | communicate it, as local lists are

always useful to science: and I shall use this one as a vehicle

for recording afew scattered notices of individual species, which,

though too trivial to form separate papers, may yet, as isolated

facts, be worth preserving from oblivion.

110 Mr. P. H. Gosse on the Insects of Jamaica.

I had left England with high expectations of the richness of

the West Indian entomology: large and gaily-coloured. beetles,

I supposed, would be crawling on almost every shrub, gorgeous

butterflies be filling the air, moths be swarming about the

forest-edges at night, and caterpillars be beaten from every bush.

These expectations were far from being realized ; a few species of

butterflies, chiefly Pieris, Callidryas, Terias, Heliconia Charitonia,

Argynnis Passiflore, and.A. Delila, Cystineura Mardania, and one

or two Nymphalide and Lycenade, are indeed common enough

at all times, and in almost all situations ; others are abundant

at a particular season or locality ; but in general butterflies are to

be obtained only casually. Moths are still more rare: I had pro-

vided myself with bull’s-eye lanterns, and repeatedly took them out

after nightfall, carefully searching the banks and hedges by the

sides of roads, the margins of woods, &c., but never, in this way,

took a single specimen. At some seasons, however, as Decem-

ber, and more particularly June, on rainy nights, hundreds of

little Noctuade, Pyralide, Geometrade, Tineade, &c. fly in at

the open windows, and speckle the ceilmg, or flutter around the

glass-shades with which the candles are protected from the

draughts. A good many small beetles, and other things, also

fly in on such occasions, and several interesting species | have

taken in this way which I never saw at any other time. But in

general beetles and the other orders are extremely scarce, and

especially Diptera; I have often been astonished at the paucity

of these, as compared with their abundance in Canada, the

Southern United States, and other localities (in which I have

collected) during the hot weather. One may often walk a mile,—

I do not mean in the depth of the forest, but in situations com-

paratively open, beneath an unclouded sun,—and not see more

than a dozen specimens of all orders. Nor is the beating of

bushes productive of insects and their larvee, as I have found

it in North America. In Canada I have shaken off perhaps

twenty species of lepidopterous larvee in the course of an hour

or two on an autumnal morning ; but I think I have seen scarcely

more than half that number of caterpillars in Jamaica during a

year and a half’s collecting.

To this scarcity of insects however there are two or three local

and seasonal exceptions. And this leads me to speak of the prin-

cipal localities where I have collected my specimens, and to give a

brief description of them, which yet will be but superficial, owing

to my ignorance of botany and geology.

Buiverretps.—I begin with this place, because it was the

centre of my operations, and my stated residence durmg my

whole sojourn in the island. Bluefields was once a sugar-estate,

situated on a gentle slope, about a quarter of a mile from the

Mr. P. H. Gosse on the Insects of Jamaica. 111

sea-shore. The greater part is now what is called ruiate, being

covered with a dense and tangled mass of second growth, chiefly

logwood, interspersed with calabashes (Crescentia) and many fruit-

trees, such asthe Avocada pear (Persea), orange-trees, mangoes,

cocoa-nuts, Blighia sapida, guavas, papaws, and the different kinds

of Anona. About a dozen acres are kept open, in pasture, in which

there grow many flowering weeds, as Argemone, Stachytarpheta,

small Passiflore, Asclepias, &c. The fences consist of “ dry

walls,” that is, low walls built up of loose stones without cement.

Over these sprawl various kinds of Cereus, Aristolochia, Aroidee,

and beautiful Convolvuli, Ipomee and Echites; while at their

bases spring up numberless bushes of Lantana, of several species,

always covered with their cheerful blossom, Cleome, and many pa-

pilionaceous and other flowering plants. The out-buildings of a

sugar-estate, as the mill, the boiling-house, &c., still stand, but

as mere skeletons; the bare walls, the beams and rafters yet

remaining, but the planking of the floors and the shingles of the

roofs almost quite gone. These buildings present a curious ap-

pearance ; for with the singular rapidity of tropical vegetation,

the whole interior is occupied with young trees, already over-

topping the roof, and slender lanes hang down like cords from

one to another, or are thrown in loops over the beams; while

elegant ferns of many kinds spring from every crevice of the

walls both within and without, and, curving outwards, depend

in the most graceful forms. Various insects have established

themselves in these ruined outhouses: the earthen floor of one is

pierced with the burrows of a red Sphex, numbers of which are

coming and gomg, and wheeling hither and thither close to the

ground all day long; and in the dry dust of another are hun-

dreds of the conical pit-falls of a Myrmeleon larva, the manners

of which I found to agree exactly with those described by Reau-

mur. The soil of Bluefields is a friable whitish marl; its ele-

vation may be from 50 to 100 feet above the sea.

BuiueFieLps Mountartn.—Immediately behind the spot I

have been describing rises the loftiest elevation of the western

portion of Jamaica. The Peak, which I may have occasion to

mention once or twice, is estimated to be 2560 feet above the

sea, but this, as well as the summit of the ridge generally, is

covered with a dense and tangled forest, except that here and

there in isolated spots the negroes have chopped down and

“burned over” an acre or two, and planted cocoas (Colocasia)

and plantains. As they do not reside here, however, but in the

lowlands, visiting their mountain-gardens one day in a week, for

cultivation or for collecting the produce, the solitude is scarcely

broken, and the primeval wildness of nature is scarcely affected

by these trivial intrusions. That giant of the lowlands, the

112 Mr. P. H. Gosse on the Insects of Jamaica.

cotton-tree (Hriodendron), reaches not to these elevated regions,

but its place is supplied by scarcely less bulky fig-trees, whose

hoary trunks and broad horizontal limbs are a perfect nursery of

Orchidacee and Bromeliacee ; and magnificent Santa Marias (Ca-

lophyllum), broad-leafs (Terminalia ?), and parrot-berries (Sloanea)

tower up to an enormous pre-eminence above their fellows.

Dense thickets of joint-wood (Piper geniculatum?) grow in

large patches to the exclusion of every thing else: in other

places the trees are tall, slender, and somewhat open in growth ;

but the edge of the woods is formidable with cutting sedges

and spinous Solanacee, relieved by beautiful tufts of Canne. The

mountain cabbage and the long-thatch are the prevalent forms

of Palme; tree-ferns are abundant, and caulescent species of

great beauty climb to the summits of tall trees; while in the

damp and dark hollows, and by the sides of the winding paths

which lead to the negroes’ grounds, terrestrial ferns of many

species grow in luxuriant profusion. Such a scene, beautiful as

it is, is not favourable to the development of insect existence ;

a few species occur there which are not elsewhere met with ; but

it is at a rather lower range, at the brow of the mountain, that I

have found more success in entomologizing. A property of con-

siderable extent is here partially reclaimed, and devoted to the

growth of the pimento and coffee; and though its back is

bounded by the dark and tangled forest-peaks I have alluded to,

its area displays a very different aspect. Five hundred feet of

elevation produce some difference in vegetation, and probably

the openness of the cleared ground still more. The bamboo,

planted along the sides of the shelving road, throws its gigantic

plumes overhead ; the mahoe (Hibiscus) displays its large and

showy flowers ; the scarlet blossoms of Malaviscus arboreus and

the crimsoned ones of some species of Melastomacee, beautify the

edge of the forest, and large beds of Urena lobata border the

road. In such parts as have been cultivated for a few years,

and then (according to the custom of West Indian agriculture)

allowed to run to waste, bushes of numberless kinds have sprung

up, many of which are in blossom at all seasons. Though the

flowers of most of these are individually small and inconspicuous,

yet from their profusion they present an attraction to Hymenopte-

rous and Lepidopterous insects; and such a wilderness of vege-

tation is usually more or less productive to the entomologist.

In this particular locality I have usually found butterflies pretty

numerous, principally Nymphalide and Hesperiada, and those of

sorts rarely found in the lowlands; but from the tangled cha-

racter of the “bush,” and from the height of the blossomed

summits about which they hover, they are less readily obtained

than observed. It is to this scene that I shall allude when I

_ Mr. P. H. Gosse on the Insects of Jamaica. 113

have occasion to mention Bluefields Mountain, distinguishing

the loftier and more wooded region as Bluefields Peak.

Sasrro.—In going from Bluefields to Savanna le mar, the

road for some miles borders the séa-shore, which at first is a

sandy beach, but soon rises to a shelving, rubbly sort of cliff, at

the top of which the highway passes. The first portion, extend-

ing to about a mile from Bluefields, is called Sabito Bottom ; the

soil here is a heavy sand, mixed with shingle, doubtless washed

up by the surf in heavy gales; large masses of the Jamaica lily

(Pancratium) spring up on each side of the path; a narrow belt

of single trees, chiefly of the sea-side grape (Coccoloda) on the

left hand, overhang both the road and the sea-beach, and on the ©

right a dark and fetid morass is hidden by great bushes of the

black-withe. This would seem an unpromising place for a col-

lector, and yet it forms one of the signal exceptions I have men-

tioned to the general paucity of insects. Many magnificent but-

terflies frequent this bottom, as Aganisthos Orion, Charaxes

Cadmus, Charaxes Astyanax, Papilio Pelaus, P. Cresphontes,

P. Polydamas, P. Marcellinus and other Papilionide, besides

more common Lepidoptera. And when we get up the hill,

where the trees are manchioneel, cedar (Cedrela), mahogany,

bully-tree (Achras), log-wood, &c., with the fragrant wild coffee

(Tetramerium odoratissimum), the papaw, the trumpet-tree (Ce-

cropta), the beautiful Spanish jasmines (Plumeria alba et rubra),

festooned with the noble tubular blossom of Portlandia,—we find

insects very numerous. Many species of Preris, Callidryas, Terias ;

of Nymphalidae, Heliconia Charitonia; of Lycenada, of Hespe-

riade, and not a few of other orders, are at most seasons abun-

dant here. A large portion of my insect-spoils was collected in

this locality.

Brei_mont.—Pursuing the same sea-side road, but in an oppo-

site direction from Bluefields, we come to the estate of Belmont.

It is very sandy, close to the sea, and on the same level with

Sabito Bottom ; yet it possesses some peculiarities both in botany

and entomology. Prickly Acacias of several species border the

road, intermingled profusely with the formidable pinguin (Bro-

melia Pinguin). The fences are logwood hedges, over which trail

many beautiful creepers, as different kinds of Ipomea, and the

lovely Clitorta Plumiert ; and passion-flowers throw their feeble

stems and entwine their tendrils among the shrubs and herbaceous

plants that fringe the road-sides. Some small Melitee, Cystineura

Mardania, and Charaxes Asiyanax ; some pretty low-flying Glau-

copide and Pyralide, haunt these lanes, and a few rare Coleoptera

have been taken from the shrubs.

Conrent.—About fifteen miles to the eastward of Bluefields,

on the road which winds up from Black River towards Hamp-

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.2. Vol. 1.

114 Mr. P. H. Gosse on the Insects of Jamaica.

stead, and the summit of the Luana mountains, stands a little

cottage called by this name, singularly situated on a mass of bare

rock on the steep mountain-side. Above, below and around is

the primeval forest, scarcely interrupted by the small and widely-

scattered clearings that here and there occur. From so singular

a position—the tops of the trees immediately beneath the little

space that surrounds the dwelling scarcely reaching to the level

of its base—the eye commands a magnificent prospect, embra-

cing the sinuous coast, from Pedro Bluff on the east as far as

Mount Edgecumbe on the west, ranging over the sombre inter-

veniny forest with the cultivated openings, and resting on the

broad savannas and flooded meadows that surround Black River ;

this town with its bay and shipping in the distance, and the

course of the river itself visible at intervals, winding like a silver

thread through the dark morass.

The high-road, passing just behind and above the cottage,

climbs the mountain in the zigzag direction so frequently adopted

in Jamaica, to diminish the steepness of the ascent; and it is a

mile or two of this road that forms the most remarkable excep-

tion to the general scarcity of insects that I have noticed. During

the month of June the shrubs and trees that border the road

(which is cut through the forest) are alive with insects of all

orders, but particularly Coleoptera ; many species of Longicornes,

Lampyride, Buprestide, Cassidide, Chrysomelide, &c., occur by

hundreds on the twigs and leaves; and the air is alive with

butterflies, Hymenoptera and Diptera. I cannot at all tell why

this abundance exists; it is very local; beyond a certain point,

the road, the forest, seem to be unchanged, but the insects have

ceased: itis very temporary also; it suddenly commences about

the end of May, and by the middle of July scarcely a dozen

beetles are seen where there were thousands. I might have sup-

posed it a casual thing, if I had had but one season’s experience ;

but in 1846 it was the same as in 1845, the same abundance at

precisely the same season, and with the same local limits. It is

worthy of record, that at the same time and place the leaves of

the trees were studded with shelled Mollusca, of the genera

Helix, Helicina, Cyclostoma, &c., as I never saw them elsewhere.

It is not improbable that some peculiarities in the geological

or the botanical character of this region would account for what

I have mentioned ; but I regret that of this I have no knowledge.

The mahoe (Hibiscus tiliaceus), the bastard cedar (Guazuma

ulmifolia), the mammee sapota (Lucuma mammosa), the locust

(Hymenea Coubaril) and the trumpet-tree (Cecropia Peltata), are

some of the forest-trees, with others called burn-wood and down-

tree, of which I know not the systematic appellation. But there

is one tree which grows numerously in that locality, which I

Remarks on the Great Oolite of Minchinhampton. 115

suppose to have some influence on the Lepidoptera and Hymeno-

ptera; it is provincially called the potatoe-wood; it is at that

time covered with blossoms, which, though they grow in thick

racemes, offer nothing pleasing to the sight or the scent. But

these form the centres of attraction to the insects I have named ;

Pierides and Thecle in particular flutter around the summits in

considerable numbers, and swarms of small beetles and flies.

The Bauhinia displays its elegant blossoms, and in one corner a

large patch of Cassia attracts Papiliones and Coliades; but in

general there is an almost total lack of the flowering herbaceous

vegetation that frmges the roads in most other places. It is

remarkable also that the trees in these woods are nearly, if not

quite, destitute of epiphyte Orchidacee, which are so abundant on

Bluefields Mountain at a similar elevation, that hardly a tree is

without one or more specimens. But in other respects the cha-

racter of the vegetation in the two regions differs greatly.

This district I habitually visited every alternate week, very

frequently spending eight or ten days at a time with my worthy

friends at Content. Probably two-thirds at least of my collec-

tion of insects were the result of my labours here. The eleva-

tion of the region may be assumed (I speak only from my own

estimate) as ranging from 1500 to 2000 feet above the sea.

Before I leave this subject, I would add, that during the period

of insect-abundance on the Hampstead road, a large number of

species were taken by flying im at the open windows of Content

cottage by night. Many valuable specimens occurred in this

way, not only of the crepuscular and nocturnal Lepidoptera, but

of other orders in considerable variety. Curculionide, Longicornes

and Lampyride were very numerous. I am inclined to think

a a far greater number of insects are active by night than

y day.

At length then I proceed to the list of species, deferring the

notice of a few other less important localities until they arise.

[To be continued. ]

XIII.— A few general Remarks on the Fossil Conchology of the

Great Oolite of Minchinhampton in comparison with that of the

same Formation in other localities. By Joun Lycnrt, Esq.*

Tux following observations have been suggested to me by a re-

mark of Dr. Buckland in his Bridgwater Treatise, and which

has since been occasionally quoted and repeated by others ;—in

effect, that during the vast period when the secondary formations

* Read before the Cotswold Naturalists’ Club at Purton, August 3, 1847.

116 Mr. J. Lycett on the Fossil Conchology

were in process of deposition, a molluscous class (the carnivorous

Trachelipods), which in our present seas perform the office of

keeping down within due limits the other molluscous races, did

not then exist, or that they were extremely few, and that it was

only on the extirpation of those extensive genera of Cephalopods,

the Ammonites and Belemnites, at the commencement of the

tertiary epoch, that the carnivorous Trachelipods made their ap-

pearance. Living in a district distinguished by a great profu-

sion of molluscous remains, a large proportion of which are abso-

lutely unknown. to science, a favourable opportunity for testing

the correctness of the foregoing theory was presented to me,

more especially as these remains occur in an unusually good

state of preservation, extending in some instances even to the

original colours of the univalves, the hinges of the bivalves, and

the external ligament of the hinge in the latter shells. Before

however stating the results of this inquiry, a very brief sketch of

the physical and geological characters of the district may not be

unacceptable to the members.

A circle having a radius of only four miles, with the town of

Minchinhampton in the centre, will comprise the whole district

to which these fossils refer. The Bath Oolite, or Compound

Great Oolite as it is now termed by geologists, is the uppermost

formation ; its continuity is however broken by two great valleys

of denudation, the vales of Brimscomb and Woodchester, which,

with their numerous lateral ramifications, have- cut through the

whole series of rocks from the upper part of the Great Oolite to

the middle of the lias inclusive, having a mean depth of 500

feet, thereby producing a combination of circumstances eminently

favourable for exposing the useful beds of stone and conveying

it by water-carriage. :

The divisions of the Compound Great Oolite are, Great Oolite

and Fuller’s Earth, the former having a thickness of 130 and

the latter of 70 feet. At some few localities the base of the Great

Oolite has one or two beds of true Stonesfield slate associated

with brown marls. In this respect however, as in the mineral

character of the formation generally, the greatest variety and

uncertainty exist; opposite sides of the same quarry will often

exhibit such a change; thus an oolitic and shelly limestone will

pass into a barren sandstone. Keeping this fact in view, a con-

siderable latitude must be allowed in the following arrangement,

which is given only as a general and approximate view of the

whole series of beds. The Great Oolite proper may be con-

veniently subdivided into three series of beds, an upper and

lower fossiliferous, often serviceable for building purposes, and

a middle, more barren and unserviceable. Beginning with the

uppermost, or those which immediately underlie the Bradford

of the Great Oolite of Minchinhampton. 117

clay, we find an alternating series of limestones and clays or

marls, extremely variable both in thickness and extent. Certain

of these bands, and more especially one of a compact cream-

coloured limestone, are eminently shelly, but will seldom allow

of the shells being separated entire. These gradually pass down-

wards into the middle subdivision, where the rock is more bar-

ren of organic remains, and sandy.

The lower subdivision assumes a very different aspect: we

here find 35 or 40 feet of shelly beds, separating into large

masses, and well suited for the mason. From the third or lower

subdivision it is that nearly the whole of our fossils are derived,

the stone usualiy admitting their being cleaved with a knife.

The uppermost portion of this series, the planking*, which is

from 8 to 10 feet thick, contains the most numerous suite of zoo-

phagous Trachelipods, several of which are not found beneath it.

To this succeeds a few feet of incoherent sandy rock, the upper

part of which is nearly destitute of shells, or only occupied by a few

species of small bivalves. The shells gradually increase in number

downwards, and repose on several beds of hard shelly rock,

locally called Weatherstone. Here more especially abound the

valves of small oysters, which at length constitute no inconsider-

able portion of the mass, and whose peculiar structure imparts

such great hardness to the deposit, that the lower few inches

strike fire with the tools of the workmen.

These shelly beds or weatherstones have a high character for

durability ; they have a coarse aspect; when once dried by ex-

posure to the sun they do not readily absorb water, and conse-

quently resist the action of frost; a careful selection is however

necessary to ensure this desideratum. The south transept of

Minchinhampton church, five centuries old, is built of this stone,

and notwithstanding its very exposed situation, displays all the

sharpness and distinctness in its angles and carving which we

should expect in a modern edifice.

The Fuller’s earth which underlies these deposits is but par-

tially and imperfectly exposed within the district ; it consists of

a series of brown and blue marls and clays traversed by three or

four bands of a hard argillaceous rock locally called clay rag.

Some portions of the clays, and more especially the rag-stones,

are made up of the.valves of small oysters, chiefly Ostrea acumi-

nata; the organic remains however are far from numerous

when counted by number of species ; they are nearly all bivalves,

and I have not observed any which are not likewise found in the

weatherstones above. The Fuller’s earth constitutes the most

fertile soil in this part of the county ; when properly drained it

* A local term indicating a thin-bedded stone.

118 Mr. J. Lycett on the Fossil Conchology

is well-adapted for pasturage and orchards, which together with

a good supply of water derived from the superincumbent oolite,

has made it in populous districts the chosen seat of man’s habi-

tation ; accordingly its course may he traced by a belt or terrace,

more or less wide, of houses and gardens encircling the hill-

sides. Landslips from such a yielding deposit, as might be

expected, are frequent, and thereby render the barren slope of

the interior oolite fertile: a coating of its marls sometimes

extends even down to the lias. The numerical proportion of

species obtained by me from the Minchinhampton Great Oolite

are in number as follows :—

Bivalves 164, Univalves 141, Radiaria 13, Cephalopoda 9. Of

the latter 6 are Ammonites ; these are so scarce, that 50 speci-

mens probably exceed the entire number. Of Nautili there are

two species, one of which has furnished only three specimens,

and the other is far from numerous. The Belemnites have only

one species, small and likewise scarce.

Of the 141 Univalves 45 pertain to carnivorous genera, ex-

clusive of 8 species of Phastanella, the living shells of which are

now known to be both carnivorous and phytophagous. These

- genera are, Nerinea 13 species, Cerithium 5, Murex 6, Bucci-

num 2; anew group of large shells belonging to the Muricide,

to which as yet no generic appellation has been given, 4 species ;

Pleurotoma 1; Hippocrenes, a group of winged shells differing

from the Rostellarie of the recent period, 10 species; Fusus, or

a group at least belonging to the Fusine, 4 species.

This extreme paucity of the Cephalopoda, taken in connexion

with the occurrence of numerous genera and species of carni-

vorous uniyalves, is a remarkable circumstance. We know that

previously throughout the lias and inferior oolite the Cepha-

lopods reigned supreme amongst the molluscous tribes. Subse-

quently also the Oxford clay and Portland oolite contained

them in nearly equal profusion. With these facts before us,

the inquiry naturally follows,— Were there any peculiar circum-

stances connected with the mineral character of the deposit at

the locality in question, and what was the probable depth of the

sea over the shelly beds; since we find here zoophagous tribes

differmg from those of warm seas at the present time not very

materially either in number or in their generic affinities? First,

with regard to the nature of the deposit, or at least the more

shelly portions of it:—In the planking and Weatherstone beds

we find heaps of broken shells piled diagonally, the bivalves

rarely having both valves in apposition ; with these are frag-

ments of wood, crabs’ claws, jomts of Apiocrinite and Pentacri-

nite, ossicula of Ophiura, palates and teeth of fishes, small boul-

dered fragments of Madrepores, and nodules of rock apparently

of the Great Oolite of Minchinhamption. 119

foreign to the deposit: these conditions vary and change every

few yards, as likewise does the mineral character of the beds ;—

the results, in fact, of littoral action ; of a shallow sea where the

shells were subjected to strong currents producing hasty de-

posits and frequent trituration. The oolitic structure is rather

scanty and very uncertain. As a complete contrast to these

conditions, the Great Oolite in the vicinity of Bath may be cited.

The rock is there thick-bedded ; the oolitic structure prevails ;

the shells are few, and those chiefly Terebratule; the denizens,

it may be presumed, of a deep and tranquil sea, in which corals

and sponges multiplied and attained large dimensions. In Mr.

Lonsdale’s list of 31 species of Mollusca from the Bradford clay,

Bath oolite and Fuller’s earth of that neighbourhood, no less

than 8 are Terebratule, and a Crania has since been added ;

a larger number of Brachiopods than will be found in the 327

Minchinhampton species which I have tabulated.

The list given by Mr. Buckman, in his ‘ Geology of Chelten-

ham,’ from the Bradford clay and Stonesfield slate of the Cot-

teswolds in the north-eastern part of this county, comprises

5 Radiaria, 2 Terebratule, 44 Bivalves, 6 Cephalopoda, and 19

Univalves. Stonesfield has yielded a rich store of remains of

reptiles, fishes, crustacea and land plants, but the conchologi-

cal list is but meagre, and we are nearly destitute of information

with regard to the shells of the Great Oolite in its long course

through the counties of Northampton and Lincoln. Yorkshire,

on the other hand, has found able illustrators in Phillips, Wil-

liamson and Bean, the latter gentleman having given, in the

‘Magazine of Natural History for 1839, a list of fossils from

the stratum called Cornbrash in that county, consisting of 4

Radiaria, 8 Annulata, 91 Bivalves, 16 Univalves, and 3 Cephalo-

poda. Unfortunately, however, the rocks beneath the Oxford

clay in that county form a great carboniferous series of deposits

accumulated in an estuary, and will not allow of its subdivisions

being identified with those of the middle and west of England.

From this cause the shells have little more than a local value,

since we cannot be sure that any particular stratum is contem-

poraneous with another in a different locality. On looking at

these lists, together with those relating to the oolitic rocks of

France, Germany and Switzerland, we are struck with the great

paucity of univalves as compared with the small district of Min-

chinhampton. :

A careful scrutiny however of various foreign works which

bear upon the subject,—of the works of Goldfuss, Roemer, Dun-

ker, Deslongchamps, d’Archiac, &c.—has convinced me, that if

any peculiarity exists with regard to the Minchinhampton fos-

sils it is at least of a very limited nature, inasmuch as nearly

120 Remarks on the Great Oolite of Minchinhampton.

one-half the entire number of bivalves can be identified in those

works, a considerable number being from the coral rag of Ho-

henggelsen, which seems to be the equivalent of our Great Oolite.

Among the univalves, the general resemblance to the Minchin-

hampton shells is so great, that at first we fee] prepared to iden-

tify the greater number of them; a closer scrutiny undeceives

us, and ultimately we are surprised at the very few which we can

eall our own. It may be suspected deed, that the meagre lists

of univalves hitherto published relating to the formation in

question are the result, not so much of an actual deticiency of

those shells, as of the difficulty of separating them from the stone

in a condition sufficiently well-preserved to admit of specific

characters being recognized. -The oolite of our district itself

furnishes an instance in illustration; almost the entire suite of

univalves are procured from quarries to the north and west of

the town, and even within those limits are certain localities from

which the univalves can hardly be separated; but in the upper

and middle subdivisions, to the east of the town, we can obtain

but few, and those only which approach the globular figure, as

Natica and Bulla, usually in the form of casts; with slender

spiral shells the attempt is hopeless. These circumstances how-

ever are altogether independent of the great fact forced upon

our attention,—viz. the scarcity and almost entire disappearance

of the Cephalopoda from the sea of this portion of the Cottes-

wolds during a period in which deposits 200 feet in thickness

were formed, and the simultaneous appearance of a large num-

ber of new and more simple forms to supply their place.

With our present very scanty knowledge of the circumstances

which conduce to change of species on the floor of the sea, rea-

soning would be little better than conjecture; I have therefore

rather preferred to state facts as they are presented to my no-

tice, reflecting that every such contribution, however insignifi-

cant, is something added to the general store of knowledge, and

consequently an aid to our conceptions of the operation of that

infinite and all-pervading wisdom which is exemplified equally

in the lowest as in the highest beings of creation.

Hence, though it is well known (as above-quoted from Dr.

Buckland), that throughout the vast deposits of the secondary

rocks those important tribes of Cephalopods, the Ammonites and

Belemnites, reigned supreme amongst the molluscous races, and

that they became extinct prior to the commencement of the ter-

tiary era, their paucity in the Great Oolite of Minchinhampton

would lead us to infer that some peculiar conditions of sea-bot-

tom existed at that locality which were unfavourable to their

merease. But so far from the carnivorous Trachelipods “ not

having existed prior to the commencement of the tertiary era,”

Mr. E. Doubleday on some Lepidoptera. 121

we here find them in the middle of the secondary deposits in

great force and variety, forming in fact a considerable proportion

of the whole number of univalves, and consequently existing

long before the extinction of the Ammonites and Belemnites.

It is highly probable that Dr. Buckland would not now adhere

to the above theory, stated some ten or eleven years ago; but

having the authority of his name and occurring in a standard

work, it still passes current with the reading public, and has

frequently been quoted by subsequent writers.

On a future occasion I anticipate the pleasure of presenting to

the Club some remarks more in detail on the new or less-known

molluscous forms which occur in this formation. The Inferior

Oolite within the narrow limits of my observation has likewise

yielded a considerable store of novel materials for investigation :

these would require a separate communication.

XIV.—Descriptions of new or imperfectly described Lepidopte-

rous Insects. By Epwarp Dovus.epay, Esq., F.L.S., Assist-

ant in the Zoological Department of the British Museum, &c.

[Continued from vol. xix. p. 389. ]

Fam. PIERIDE.

Genus Kurerre.

Eut. Manco. Eut. alis omnibus supra nigro-fuscis, atomis cinereis

adspersis, anticis fasciis duabus transversis macularibus, maculisque

marginalibus cinereis; posticis macularum sagittiformium serie,

maculisque marginalibus cinereis. Exp. alar. 2 unc. vel 50 mill.

Hab. Bolivia. ;

Above: anterior wings fuscous, sprinkled with cinereous, the

cell with a cinereous spot at the extremity; followed by two

transverse macular bands of the same colour running nearly

parallel to the outer margin, the inner one becoming wider and

less defined towards the inner margin, the outer margin marked

with a series of cinereous spots between the nervules. Posterior

wings fuscous at the base, then thickly sprinkled with cinereous

scales, so as to form a broad band across the middle of the wing

in continuation of the first band of the anterior wings: beyond

the cell fuscous, with a series of sagittate spots composed of

cinereous and fuscous scales, about equally mixed, and on the

margin itself a series of cinereous spots. Below: the anterior

wings are grayish white, towards the apex slightly silvery ; below

the subcostal and also the median nervure is a fuscous vitta,

arising from the base, and at the end of the cell a fuscous spot ;

about half-way between the cell and the outer margin is a trans-

verse fuscous band, nearly straight internally, very angular ex-

122 Mr. E. Doubleday on some Lepidoptera.

ternally, marked near the costz with a black spot, on each side

of which is a yellow dot, the outer one followed by two larger

ones of the same colour placed on each side of the discoidal ner-

vule ; the margin with a series of seven triangular spots bordered

with black, the four nearest the apex yellow, the others cinereous.

Nervures, nervules and cilia fuscous.

Posterior wings silvery white, the base with a black patch,

bounded anteriorly by the costal nervules, marked with eight

yellow spots, and a single crimson one on the inner margin ; cell

with a slender black line along the median fold, throwing off a

slender branch internally near the end of the cell, this line

bounding externally a bright yellow vitta. Beyond the cell is a

series of yellow cuneiform spots bounded internally with black,

and there is a similar series on the outer margin ; the space be-

tween the first median nervule and the submedian nervure is

marked with a yellow vitta. Nervures, nervules and cilia black.

Head, thorax, abdomen and legs fuscous, more or less clothed

with gray hairs; the abdomen paler below. Antenne black.

This species and the last-described are very nearly allied, and

may possibly prove to be varieties of one species. The whole of

this group, of which Euterpe Semiramis may be regarded as the

type, are very difficult to determine.

Genus Lepratis.

L. Eumara. ULept. alis anticis supra nigris fascia media, alteraque

pone medium macularibus flavis; vitta baseos pallide testacea,

posticis, supra, testaceis, margine, nervulis, lineisque inter nervulos

nigris. Exp. alar. 2 unc. 4 lin. vel 60 millim.

Hab. America Meridionali.

Above: anterior wings fuscous black, with a testaceous vitta

at the base upon the median nervure, extending along a space

about equal in length to one-half the inner margin of the wing ;

a macular band composed of a large spot, slightly divided by

the nervules, and of a much smaller one, extends from the middle

of the costa nearly to the anal angle, close to which on the inner

margin is a small yellow streak: near the apex is a transverse

band of four yellow spots. Posterior wings reddish, with the

outer margin broadly fuscous ; the median nervure and nervules,

a series of dashes between the nervules, also fuscous.

Below: nearly as above, but all the colours paler; the dark

border to the posterior wings less distinct.

Head black, antenneze black ; palpi yellow internally, black ex-

ternally.

Thorax black above.

Abdomen fuscous above, gray below.

In the collection of Conrad Loddiges, Esq.

Mr. E. Doubleday on some Lepidoptera. = 123.

L. Theucharila. Lept.alis anticis supra nigris, vitta seu plaga trian-

gulari basali fulva, maculisque tribus pone medium flavis, posticis

fulvis, maris, fimbria fasciaque submarginali nigris, costa late

selenitica; femine margine anteriori externoque, vitta subcostali

fasciaque submarginali nigris, puncto apicis fulvo, luteove. Exp.

alar. 2 unc. vel 50 millim.

Hab. Venezuela.

Above: anterior wings black, the base with a fulvous vitta,

occupying in the male nearly the whole of the cell, and in the

female extending beyond it across the median nervure; on the

costa is a yellow spot divided by the first and sometimes also by

the second subcostal nervule, below which, upon the third median

nervule, is a small oval yellow spot in the male, a larger one in

the female, and towards the apex is a short yellow fascia divided

by the last subcostal and the first discoidal nervules. Posterior

wings of the male fulvous, with the outer margin black, a band

of the same colour extending from the hinder part of the inner

margin to the outer margin near the termination of the third

submedian nervule; the costa widely of a satiny or selenitic

white. Posterior wings of the female fulvous, with the fuscous

border and the submarginal band rather broader than in the

male; the costa black, divided by a fulvous vitta terminating in

a spot of the same colour.

Below : the anterior wings have the costa brown from the base

to the middle ; the apex as above, but paler, and with a series of

eight white dots near the margin; the remainder of the wing

whitish, with a selenitic lustre along the middle of the wing, a

chalky appearance towards the inner margin. Posterior wings

of the male pale dull luteous, yellower towards the costa; the

outer margin, the costa beyond the middle, two bands, one along

the middle of the wing, the other near the outer margin, fuscous ;

a space above the first band nut-brown; near the apex are two

white dots, and in the fuscous margin three or four faint dashes

of white between the nervules. Posterior wings of the female

more fulvous than those of the male, the black margin and band

broader, the marginal white spots more distinct.

Head black; antennz black, dotted with white; orbits and a

patch on the vertex white.

Thorax and abdomen fuscous ash below. Legs black, lined

with white.

In the collection of the British Museum, W. C. Hewitson,

Esq., &c.

In size and form this beautiful species resembles Leptalis Me-

thymna, but in colouring approaches nearer to Lept. Amphione

and its allies.

124 Mr. A. Henfrey on the Progress of Physiological Botany :

L. Theugenis. Lept. alis omnibus supra lete flavis, anticis macula

media costali apiceque nigris, posticis margine externo nigro. ¢.

Exp. alar. 2 unc. vel 50 millim.

Hab. Bolivia.

Anterior wings elongate, rounded at the apex, the first sub-

costal nervule anastomosing with the costal nervure. Above:

bright yellow, the apex from the termination of the first sub-

costal nervule to that of the third median nervule black; this

black patch united to a spot of the same colour occupying the

outer margin as far as the termination of the first median nervule.

Posterior wings yellow, the outer margin fuscous from the apex

to the first median nervule; the fuscous margin broadest at the

apex.

Below : anterior wings yellow on the costa and at the apex, the

dark markings of the upper surface slightly indicated; the rest

of the wing whitish, the inner margin with a large spot of a

chalky appearance. Posterior wings yellow, with two pale brown

bands, the first extending along the subcostal nervule to its ter-

mination, the second below the cell extending from the sub-

median nervure to the second subcostal nervule, which it just

crosses.

Head, thorax and abdomen brown above, yellow below. An-

tennze black. Legs, except the COxe, black, with a pale yellow

line on each side.

In the collection of the British Museum.

This species is closely allied to Lept. Melite, from which how-

ever it may be known by the want of the black vitta on the inner

margin and of the yellow spot in the black of the apex, pap aia

dent of some less striking differences.

XV.—Reports on the Progress of Physiological Botany. No. 2.

By Arraur Henrrey, F.L.S. &c,

Anomalous Forms of Dicotyledonous Stems.

Pror. TREVIRANUS* has published an exceedingly interesting

essay on the anomalous forms under which the wood presents

itself in certain dicotyledons, in which he endeavours to arrive at

some general conclusions as to the regulating causes. The essay

is a kind of critical examination of all the observations hitherto

published on the subject, interspersed with the results of new

investigations undertaken by the author with a view to explain

or confirm the views of other writers.

Our attention is first directed to those remarkable bodies called

* Botanische Zeitung, May 28, 1847.

Anomalous Forms of Dicotyledoncus Stems. 125

Embryo-buds, first described by Dutrochet*, and considered by

him to be buds, which instead of becoming elongated are deve-

loped on all sides, and, producing no leaves, are nourished by the

sap of the bark. Prof. Treviranus remarks that this view is dif-

ficult to reconcile with the generally received opinion that the

formation of wood depends on the presence of leaves, and new

investigations upon living specimens are very desirable ; it is ob-

vious however that the production and development of secon-

dary layers of wood occurs here, quite separate and distinct from

the central primary ligneous body of the tree. [With regard to

these remarks it may be observed, that it is only if we admit the

notion that the new layers of wood actually grow down from the

leaves, like roots, as is affirmed by Gaudichaud, that there is

any difficulty in adopting Dutrochet’s views. If the leaves only

elaborate the juices for the formation of new wood, the elaborated

sap conveyed down in the bark and cambium-layer may go to

form new layers around the nucleus it finds in the shape of an

embryo-bud, just as readily as to increase the great central woody

mass of the tree.—Rep. |

The author next notices those stems in which, in addition to

the central woody mass, from three to ten smaller ligneous

masses occur surrounding the central one and increasing in size

in proportion to it. Mirbel + first pointed out this structure in

Calycanthus floridus, and Gaudichaud t in the Sapindacee. The

course of the formation of the four secondary woody masses in

Calycanthus is as follows :—In a young stem there are found

four vascular bundles in the bark, distinct from the central wood,

and from each other except at the nodes, at every one of which

cross bundles uniting these together form a ring round the cen-

tral body ; as the stem grows, new layers of woody substance are

deposited on the znner faces of these bundles (which are of

course carried outward with the bark to make room for the in-

creasing thickness of the central mass of wood). These new

layers are considerably thicker than the outer, previously formed ;

they are also progressively wider, and thus form a somewhat cres-

cent-shaped body (when seen in a transverse section) ; the horns

of the crescent advancing outward gradually approach and meet,

so as to include a portion of the bark, which then forms what

resembles a kind of pith to it. This false pith of each woody

mass is thus of course excentrical, the woody layers which sur-

round it being fewer and thinner on the outer side.

In regard to the origin of this structure, Mirbel compared the

four bundles to those lying in the angles of the square stem of

* Nouv. Mém. du Mus. d’Hist. Nat. iv.

+ Ann. des Sc. Nat. xiv. t Archiv de Bot. ii.

126 Mr. A. Henfrey on the Progress of Physiological Botany :

Labiate ; but the author states that this is incorrect, inasmuch as

these latter are the commencement of the central ligneous sy-

stem, being in fact afterwards united together into a ring by new

bundles which are produced between them.

The author says he formerly imagined these secondary wood

masses to have the import of branches, but he has now given up

this opinion, having found the structure to be normal in several

other instances. In trees with opposite leaves, like the ash and

horse-chestnut, the woody mass presents the following pecu-

liarities in the youngest internode: the vascular bundles from

each petiole, arranged in a semicircle, unite with those of its

fellow to form a circular or rather somewhat quadrangular mass ;

at the next node below, this opens on opposite sides to receive the

bundles of the petioles there situated, and again closes. In Ca-

lycanthus the fibrous substance of the petiole also forms a semi-

circle, containing the vascular bundles of all the nerves of the

leaf except that of the lowest or outermost nerve on each side,

which remains isolated. This isolation is persistent after the

two semicircular fibrous bodies have united at the node to form a

ring, and thus it happens that the bark of the new-formed stem

contains four smaller vascular bodies, outside the regular ring of

wood and occupying the four obtuse angles. Tracing the course

downward in the stem, we find, at every node, that not only the

central ring, but the cortical woody bodies receive accessions, and

they have grown independently. In Calycanthus floridus there-

fore (and in C. precoz also, although it is not so distinctly ex-

hibited here), the four cortical ligneous bodies originate in the

leaf, run down in the angles of the gutter-shaped petiole, distinct

from the central mass, and enter the bark at the nodes, where

each of them unites with one similar coming down from the leaf

above and another coming from the leaf opposite. This obser-

vation has already been made, substantially at least, by Gaudi-

chaud, but was doubted, without statement of the reason, by

Lindley. Any one may readily satisfy himself of its correctness

who will examine this common shrub. [I found the above de-

scription of the structure perfectly correct as regards C. floridus ;

I have not examined C. precox.—Rep.* |

The woody stems of certain climbing Sapindacee are still

more remarkable on account of the number and size of the late-

ral woody masses; sometimes as many as ten of these occur, in-

closed in a common bark, and these rapidly increase in size to

* The arrangement of the woody bundles of the Cucurbitacee which have

pentagonal stems, described by Dr. Stocks in the ‘ Ann. of Nat. Hist.’ for.

Aug. 1846, bears some relation to this point. It would be interesting to

ascertain whether any of them remain distinct, or if they become biended as

in the Labiate.—Rep.

Anomalous Forms of Dicotyledonous Stems. 127

such an extent, that they often, collectively, exceed in volume the

central ligneous mass of the stem. No other plants but the

Sapindacee are known with certainty to possess this structure,

and not even all the genera of this family, nor all the species of

particular genera. Gaudichaud does not name the species and

only doubtfully the genus in which he found it ; A. de Jussieu *

names only Serjania cuspidata. The author has detected it in

Paullinia pinnata, Serjania triternata, W., and Serjania Sello-

viana, Kl., but not in Serjania rubifolia, K., and Paullinia obli-

gua, K.; not in Cardiospermum, Nephelium, Kelreutera, Sapin-

dus saponaria and capensis. He had at his disposal a living stem

of Paullinia pinnata, bearing leaves, the length from ten to twelve

feet, and the thickest portion a German inch in diameter. This

stem presented three convex sides and as many obtuse angles in

each of which lay a woody mass unconnected with the central

mass and separated from it by cortical substance; they were of

similar form and almost identical structure. In Serjania triter-

nata the stem in the young shoots is triangular with a woody

mass in each angle, but in the older twigs the angles and their

lateral woody masses are seven in number, and the same struc-

ture occurs in S. Selloviana, Kl., so that it may be concluded

with tolerable certainty that the woody bodies which Gaudichaud +

indicated generally as belonging to Sapindacee were either spe-

cies of Paullinia or Serjania. The same may be said of a form

of wood from an unknown source described and figured by the

author in his ‘ Physiology of Plants’t. The number of lateral

masses may as above shown increase, but it may also decrease by

some of them losing their independence. In one of Gaudi-

chaud’s§$ plates the upper end of one specimen exhibits nine,

the lower only five, another seven above and five below ; so that

some of them have either become united together or to the cen-

tral body. Jussieu says: the four woody masses of Serjania cus-

pidata, at the first formation of a shoot, are united into a single

mass ; but they soon separate and become isolated. The author

also, in the twigs of Paullinia pinnata, where they run out as side

shoots from the triangular main stem, perceived that the form

was originally cylindrical, and thus only a central woody mass

existed, but that in its course one or more lateral bodies disen-

gaged themselves. The manner in which this took place is thus

explained : the circle formed by the aggregated bundles presents

three obtuse angles, and the bundles which form these angles

diverge outward and leave the combination. They then become

* Monogr. Malpigh.—Archiv du Mus. iii. 110, 117.

Tt Rech. sur l’Organogr. &c. des Veg. t. 13. fig. 1-4. t. 18. figs. 14, 16,

18, 19, 21.

t Phys. d. Gew. ii. 174. t. 1. fig. 6. § Loe. cif. t. 18. figs. 16, 19.

128 Mr. A. Henfrey on the Progress of Physiological Botany :

placed so.as to converge more toward each other, since they take

away a portion of pith with them, and the centripetal arrange-

ment is finally perfected. In a directly opposite manner occurs

their reunion with the central mass by the loss of the concentric

arrangement of their woody bundles, and their reception into a

cavity which is produced at a corresponding point in the central

mass.

From the nature of the composition, therefore, the lateral bo-

dies have a pith, like the central, also medullary rays and fibrous

tubes, but the author has not observed annual rings in either.

The existence of this pith in the lateral bodies has been denied*,

but on insufficient grounds; the round or oval central cellular

mass into which the medullary rays enter, for example in Paul-

linia pinnata, cannot be called anything but pith. A. de Jussieu

also describes a pith in the lateral woody masses of several Sapin-

dacee, especially Serjania cuspidata, which pith was inclosed in a

medullary sheath containing spiral vessels, and was of a cylin-

drical or flattened form. Gaudichaud figures the latter form of

pith, which is centrally situated in the central woody mass, but

more or less excentrical, toward the external surface, in the

lateral bodies.

It is important to observe that the pty and lateral bodies

are all inclosed in a common bark which contains a common

layer of liber ; since this proves that the lateral woody masses are

not liber-bundles of the bark, as Martius + appears to have as-

sumed. But the author observes that, so far as his limited ma-

terials allowed him to see, the circle of liber above-mentioned

does not increase in diameter proportionately with the woody

masses.

An attempt has also been made by Martius to explain the

presence of these anomalous lateral masses by considering them

as undeveloped branches running under the bark in the manner

that the roots do in some Lycopodia, as was pointed out by

Ad. Brongniart {, who thereby explamed some phenomena ob-

served by him in the fossil genus Sigillaria. Lindley § has

observed a similar condition in a Barbacenia from Rio Janeiro.

Before these phenomena can be applied to an elucidation of the

structure of the Sapindacea, it is necessary to investigate these

lateral woody bodies in their earliest conditions. With this view

the author examined Paullinia pinnata, taking a yet herbaceous

twig about eighteen inches long on which three leaf-scars ex-

isted on the three angles, while two leaves were still in a vege-

* Schleiden, Grundz. 2nd ed. ii. 162.

+ Ueber die Veg. d. unacht. u. acht. Parasit. Miinch. gel. Auz. 1842,

N. 44-49. 390.

t Archiv du Mus. i. § Introd. to Bot. 3rd ed. 316. figs. 191-3.

Anomalous Forms of Dicotyledonous Stems. 129

tating condition at its apex. Each scar presented on its roundish

disc the almost perfect circle of vascular bundles of the fallen

leaf ; above the scar was a dried bud, and below it a strong,

blunt ridge ran downward on the stem. On each side of the

cicatrix was a little semicircular scar indicating the articulation

of the fallen stipules, and from each of these lateral scars an

acute ridge originated which became united with a similar one

coming down from the leaf next above. On the examination of

the living leaves it was perceived that the vascular bundles of the

petiole formed the central woody mass, and those of the wing of

the petiole and of the stipules, the lateral bodies. These were

quite isolated just below the node; but in another twig which

was examined, either two or the whole of them were always

united to the central mass, and this was particularly the case in a

twig which had a roundish instead of the usual triangular form.

So that this anomalous structure of the wood of Sapindacee has

its origin at the earliest stage, and is connected with the forma-

tion of leaves rather than of branches, and depends upon a pecu-

liar tendency of the vascular bundles to develope independently

of each other, round several centres, which tendency however

they occasionally lose and subsequently blend with the central

mass.

The structure of the wood of the Malpighiaceous Lianes agrees

to a certain extent in appearance with that of the Sapindacee,

and here it is evident that the lateral bodies do not belong to the

liber. But according to A. de Jussieu the lateral bodies show no

disposition to arrahgement of their fibrous tubes and vessels

around a pith, as occurs in the Sapindacee. He has also shown

that the wood lying immediately around the central pith is very

regularly formed, and has narrower and straighter medullary

rays than the layers subsequently produced ; while in the Sapin-

dacee the separation of the lateral from the central masses is evi-

dent in the very earliest stages of the formation of the wood.

In the same memoir Jussieu has mentioned several climbing

dicotyledons of very different families, where the masses of wood

have a tendency to become separated from each other; to these

may be added the climbing species of Begonia. Those species of

Begoniawith an upright stem have the wood symmetrically formed,

but in, for example, B. hirtella, the wood on the side of the stem

next the wall on which the plant grows is scarcely half so thick as

upon the other side which has been exposed to no pressure ; on

this side the wedges of wood are much expanded and quite un-

symmetrical, being separated from each by medullary rays which

equal them in breadth.

Lastly may be mentioned some peculiarities in the wood of

certain climbing Bignoniacee, figures of which are given by Lind-

Ann, & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.2. Vol. i.

180 Mr. A. Henfrey on the Progress of Physiological Botany :

ley*, Gaudichaud + and Schleiden t. Here the general mass of

the wood is interrupted by plates of a different substance which

pass in from the circumference to the centre, which substance, if

it be wood, is of a distinct kind from the rest ; these plates cor-

respond to each other on the opposite sides of the stem. Gau-

dichaud says that the Bignontacee in Guayaquil have originally

four of these plates, next eight, then sixteen, and probably after-

wards thirty-two; but he never saw this in the plateaux of

Brazil. |

Analogous but less regular divisions of the wood occur to a

certain extent in old stems of Bignonia capreolata, but here only

four plates exist in stems even two inches in diameter. Ina

stem of a Bignonia collected im Columbia by Karsten (marked

No. 83) there are eight such divisions, of which four are not so

broad as the other four, and they correspond to each other ex-

actly on opposite sides of the stem. Jussieu found four in B.

Unguis Cati and B. grandiflora ; in a Bignoniaceous plant from

Peru eight, with the traces of the commencement of a duplica-

tion of them, which would thus have made sixteen.

Their intimate structure exhibits chiefly fibrous tubes, agree-

ing with those of liber, but in B. capreolata the author found

vessels. The former are arranged in transverse rows with thin

layers of cellular tissue imterposed ; an organization similar to

that of liber. They never reach quite to the pith, the wood im-

mediately surrounding this is therefore undivided, and they are

only firmly united to the true wood at those points where they

terminate internally. A recently gathered leafy shoot of B. ca-

preolata about a line and a half in diameter, exhibited the first

trace of these four introversions of the liber. Where each of

these originated in the bark there was a fibrous bundle like the

others, but much larger. There were four of these chief bundles,

and they had their origin in the petiole like the woody bodies of

the bark in Calycanthus and Paullinia. It appears therefore that

continual additions are made to the liber on the inside of these

bundles as the wood of the stem-increases in diameter, and con-

sequently, no formation of true wood occurring at these points,

cavities would result, but that the liber bundles grow inward and

fill them up.

Comparing these last-mentioned forms of ligneous structure

with that of Calycanthus, of certain Malpighiacee and Sapindacee,

the distinction is observed, that in the Bignoniacee the fibrous

substance, separated from the chief mass of the wood, does not

develope outside the latter, but in and with it, at the same time

* Introduct. to Botany, fig. 38.

+ Recherch. &c. t. 14. fig. 4, t. 18. figs. 4-10.

t Grundziige, &c. 2nd ed. fig. 146-148,

Anomalous Forms of Dicotyledonous Stems. 131

without becoming blended with it. But here however, as in the

Malpighiacee, has been observed a disposition to separation of

certain portions of the wood from the central mass *.

We require more investigation to enable us to determine the

relations of the structure of Phytocrene to that of the Bignontacee;

especial attention should be paid to the conditions at different

periods of the growth. Jussieu opposes the opinion that the

plates passing inward from the bark belong to the liber, on ac-

count of the different structure of the liber observed in the same

stem. But since this difference consists in the fact, that, accord-

ing to Griffith}, they also contain striped vessels of small size,

while in the proper wood these are larger, in shorter jomts and

of the dotted kind, the author does not think this is sufficient

reason to overset the idea that they originate from the liber. In

Nepenthes the ligneous twining stems, the bark, liber and pith,

are full of spiral-fibrous cells {, a proof that under certain cir-

cumstances these may occur in parts of the stem where they are

not usually found. |

Glancing retrospectively over the anomalous forms of dicoty-

ledonous stems we have enumerated, this much is evident, not-

withstanding the imperfection of the observations arising from

the want of materials :—the fibrous and vascular bundles de-

scending from the leaves are in general destined to be collected

around a common centre and there to become united together,

but yet in their ever-progressive vegetation a certain independ-

ence is retained by them, so that certain collections of them may

separate from the main body and be developed independently,

This development will at the same time proceed according to the

law of symmetry, 7. e. they will arrange themselves around a

centre, and, in case the stem belongs to a dicotyledon, be placed

in a radiating series behind one another. What external cause

must arise, to produce such deviations from the usual mode of

growth, cannot yet be determined for want of comparative obser-

vations, in the localities where these stems are found. Jussieu

conjectures § that one of the chief causes of these peculiarities is

the remote position of the leaves, the distance between them

being greater in the Lianes than in other plants. But the au-

thor says, that, if he is not mistaken, twining shrubs of the same

families are met with without the anomalous structure ; thus it

seems that some special impression must be received, which is

given to the formative principle by some external cause, such as

ressure in a particular direction, as mostly if not always happens

in climbing stems. It is well known that Bignonia radicans, also

* Jussieu, Mém, Malpigh. 119. + Wallich, Pl. Asiat, Rar. 216,

t Korthals Verhandelingen, t. 20. § Cours de Botanique, t. 81.

182 Bibliographical Notices.

a Liane, has, when in a condition where it can freely extend

itself, the usual symmetrical wood-structure. But Uttewall *

observed a stem of this plant flattened into a band-like form,

arising from pressure against the angle of a wall, which form it

still retained after it had grown up far beyond it, so that the

numerous shoots afterwards developed all partook more or less

of this character.

[As somewhat relating to the present subject, may be men-

tioned a curious fact lately pomted out by Prof. A. E. Ross-

missler. He states that the Firs are subject to a peculiarity in

the growth of their wood which causes them to split obliquely

instead of perpendicularly, and that this occurs, for instance in

Pinus sylvestris, throughout whole estates, in Bavaria, and it is

necessary to raise young plants from foreign healthy seed, since

the seeds of these twisted firs inherit the water of the wood.

—Rep.]

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

Rare and Remarkable Animals of Scotland, represented from living

Subjects; with practical Observations on their Nature. By Sir

Joun Granam Datyett, Bart. Volume first, containing fifty-

three coloured Plates. London: John Van Voorst, Paternoster

Row, 1847. 4to. Pp. 270.

WE could wish that this noble volume was in the hands of every

one of our readers. It is, always excepting Ellis’s ‘ Essay on Coral-

lines,’ the most valuable contribution to Zoophytology ever made by

one individual, and contains more that is true and of interest in the

economy of zoophytes than any other work hitherto published.

The name of Sir John Graham Dalyell has been familiar to the

naturalists of Scotland for nearly half a century. He first introduced

himself to their notice by a translation of some of the physiological

writings of Spallanzani, a naturalist of congenerous dispositions with

himself; and he subsequently became better known by his valuable

contributions to our national Encyclopzedias, and by his little book

on the Planaria, the most interesting by far of any publication on

this family of worms. But beyond his native country Sir John was

scarcely known until after the meeting of the British Association in

Edinburgh in 1834, when the naturalists of England even were taken

by surprise on finding one unbruited,—an accomplished scholar and

learned antiquary,—who had studied natural history in a more phi-

losophical spirit, and with a less selfish love, than any more blazoned

compeer, and who had learned much in the school of nature of what

was secret and hidden to others. Henceforth this quietly perse-

* Tijdschr. vy. Natuurl. Gesch. en Physiol. iv. 90

Bibliographical Notices. 133

vering experimentalist was mentioned by those who write for the

public ; and foreigners were compelled, almost reluctantly, to ac-

knowledge that the Scotch savans had been for years familiar with

facts and phenomena, for the discovery of which, in a less perfect

manner, they were seeking the praise and honour of their competi-

tors. ‘The present publication will not only prove Sir John’s inde-

pendent discoveries and priority, but it will place its author in the

first rank of those who gain deserved honour by their talent for ori-

ginal observation, and by that devoted love to a subject which car-

ries one unwearied through years of patient experiment, heedless of

any future reputation, and regardless of being forestalled by the fear

of anticipation which urges on too often to hasty publicity.

In our present notice we shall confine ourselves to the Hydroid

Zoophytes. And were we to distinguish these according to diver-

sity in their embryology, the researches of Sir J. G. Dalyell would

enable us to divide them into three families, viz. (1.) those which

“‘ propagate the young in their own Jikeness by gemmation or bud-

ding from the side ;” (2.) those which in the foetal or larva state re-

semble the Meduse; and (8.) those which produce an unciliated

roundish corpusculum, that, on its escape from the ovarian vesicle,

assumes the shape and motions of the Planarie.

The first family is limited to the freshwater Hydre, and need not

now detain us, excepting only to remark that our author appears

never to have observed these polypes to propagate by any other

means than by gemmation. Their winter eggs, described by others,

do not seem ever to have come under his notice.

The species of the second family ascertained to be so by our

author are Tubularia indivisa, T. larynz, T. ramosa and Laomedea di-

chotoma. The similarity of their larve to miniature Meduse in form,

in structure and in habits is so very remarkable, that, even after

having witnessed their progressive development and birth from the

parent, Sir John can scarcely bring himself to admit their relation-

ship. But there can be no doubt of this, and the metamorphosis is

one of the most wonderful in the animal kingdom. We know not

that we could make more distinct to our readers the idea of these

larvee than by the comparison of them to Meduse which has just

been made, and must therefore refer to the volume itself for the full

details. The interest of the zoologist will not flag in their perusal,

and in the examination of the figures; although there is certainly

wanting that precise and regular specification of embryotic changes

which distinguishes the memoirs of Van Beneden.

The third family embraces Tubularia ramea, Thoa halecina and

Beanii, Sertularia polyzonias, abietina, rosacea, pumila, argentea and

arcta, Antennularia antennina and ramosa, Plumularia falcata and

pinnata, and Campanularia verticillata. All these produce a roundish

oviform body, which on, or even previous to, its eduction from the

ovarian receptacle assumes the figure of the worms of the genus

Planaria. Hence it is called a planule by our author. It appears to

be an immediate evolution from the central pulp, the colour of which

it has on its birth; but some species produce planules of at least two

134 Bibliographical Notices.

colours, as, for example, the Plumularia falcata, which produces some

white and some yellow. The number produced varies according to

the species, nor does it seem to be uniform even in the same species.

After moving about in the open waters for some hours, not by cilia

but by inherent mobility, the planule rests and settles on some fixed

body, where it contracts itself into a circular spot, whence the young

polypidom speedily shoots up in the shape of a primary spine. We

quote the author’s description of the planules of Sertularia polyzonias :

«‘ About fifty planules issued from the vesicles on the 8th of

July, the specimens having been procured on the day preceding.

These animals were nearly a third of a line in length; the body

plump, approaching rotundity, somewhat flattened below, of a

smooth uniform aspect, and darker in colour than straw-yellow. In

course of their escape they were obviously suspended from various

parts of the specimen by an invisible thread ; but when reaching any

solid surface they advanced with an equal, gliding motion, resembling

that of Planarie. The observer could not associate them with any

other genus in the ‘ Systema Nature.’ No external organs could be

detected by the most careful microscopical inspection. They as-

sumed various forms, according to circumstances, and, as afterwards

established, these were modified also, according to the period of their

existence.

‘‘Many planule continued quitting the vesicles from the 8th

until the 12th of July. They spread on the bottom and crowded

together on the sides of their vessels. Numerous dark green, thick,

obtuse spines were rising from spots on the bottom on the 14th of

the month. Several were enlarging as buds next day, which had

developed as a hydra from some others of them.” (p. 146.)

These discoveries in the embryology of zoophytes will necessitate

some alterations in their systematical distribution, and will, we are

inclined to think, lead ultimately to the recognition of new principles

on which to found even their distribution into new classes.

The book is full of particulars relative to the growth, the almost

unlimited regerminations, the structure and physiology and the

habits of zoophytes, but the interest lies rather in the minutie and

truth of the details than in general deductions, and cannot be relished

unless by a student who will read them seriously and in earnest and

in the spirit in which they are written, for the style is unfortunately

sometimes ambiguous and obscure, and too often Johnsonian with-

out the Johnsonian antithesis and elegance. We shall therefore pass

on to particularize the species described, making a remark or two as

the occasion arises.

1. Tubularia indivisa. This is described and illustrated with mi-

nute detail, and is evidently a favourite. The experiments made to

test its tenacity of life and its regenerative powers remind us of

those made by Trembley and Baker on the Hydre, and they are

equally remarkable, but to detail them would be endless, for, as the

author tells us, ‘‘no definite rules or principles can anticipate the

precise course of reproduction,” p. 28. Sections of a single stalk

will each of them produce a new head, more especially the section

Bibliographical Notices. 185

near the base ; but the mode of growth of the stalk itself is more re-

markable still. The head of the polype falls off and this is followed

by an elongation of the fistular stalk, the point from which the elon-

gation started being distinctly marked by a circular stricture ; another

head is then produced and this again falls away, and again there is

an elongation of the stalk upwards; and so on the growth proceeds

for several periods in succession. But the successive growths are

not regular either in time or in their lengths ; the periods and length

of the new prolongations being dependent on circumstances not yet

understood. There is something in this very curious, and we shall

better impress attention to it by the following extract :—‘‘ Some re-

markable facts attend renewal of the head; and first, the prolonga-

tion of the stem seems absolutely dependent upon it. Having lost

its head, the stem to all appearance remains stationary, unless in the

wound closing ; but from the moment that the rising internal bud

reaches the vacant extremity in its integument, the neck, or that por-

tion sustaining the young hydra, visibly lengthens, and so continues,

until further prolongation is arrested by the separation and fall of

the regenerated parts. The wound cicatrizes again. If reproduc-

tion follow by another embryo rising within to issue from the sum-

mit, a new prolongation ensues also ; and so on with a third, a fourth,

or more. Thus are formed as many nodes or articulations of the

stem.

« Prolongation of the stalk seems combined with the evolution of

the hydra by one of the few invariable laws ascertained. But the

irregular duration of the successive hydree or heads produces an irre-

gularity in the accessions to the length of the stalk. One shoot ex-

tending six or eight lines may be followed by another of only two

or three ; and the prolongation seems scarcely sensible where the

head flourishes merely to decay. The utmost dimensions of this

product are therefore as uncertain as the number of regenerated

hydre whereby they are attained. Let it be always remembered

that the prolongation of the hydra’s neck is the sole medium of ex-

tension of the stem.” (pp. 6, 7.)

Sir John Dalyell has not been able on many trials to discover the

circulation described by Lister in the stalk of Tubularia indivisa

(p. 22), but he has seen it, and described with great accuracy its

phenomena, in the Tub. ramosa, pp. 65 and 69, Thus the discoveries

of successive observers will probably prove the circulation of a fluid

in the stems to be a general law in the physiology of these zoophytes,

for negative observations cannot be allowed to invalidate the positive

results obtained by previous naturalists. How many have in vain

tried to see the currents in the living sponge; and yet there is no

fact better ascertained than the existence of these currents !

2. Tubularia laryne. ‘This is very interestingly described and

illustrated.

8. Tubularia ramea. ‘‘ This,” says our enthusiastic author, “is a

splendid animal production—one of the most singular, beautiful and

interesting among the boundless works of Nature. Sometimes it

resembles an aged tree, blighted amidst the war of the elements, or

136 Bibliographical Notices.

withered by- the deep corrosions of time; sometimes it resembles

a vigorous flowering shrub in miniature, rising with a dark brown

stem and diverging into numerous boughs, branches and twigs, ter-

minating in so many hydre, wherein red and yellow intermixed

afford a fine contrast to the whole. The glowing colours of the one

and the venerable aspect of the other, their intricate parts, often

laden with prolific fruit, and their numberless tenants, all highly

picturesque, are equally calculated to attract our admiration to the

creative power displayed throughout the universe, and to sanction

the character of this product as one of uncommon interest and

beauty.” (p. 51.) |

- Very unexpectedly this remarkable zoophyte is proved by our au-

thor to belong, not to the family Tubulariade, but to the Sertularians,

for it produces its germs in a “ prolific pod” analogous to the vesi-

cles of the Sertulari@, and these germs are planules on their birth.

**Only a single large, bright yellow planule is contained in the ve-

sicle, whence it is discharged on maturity from an orifice towards

one side near the summit. But the vesicle itself is of such extreme

transparence that it is hardly visible after losing its contents,” p.58.

Perhaps we might remove the anomaly in its present place in the

system by placing the species in the genus T’hoa, of which it has

the habit.

4. Tubularia ramosa. The doubts which have been entertained

of the distinctness of this as a species from 7’. ramea are now re-

moved, for the two productions do not belong to the same family,

the larva of the T. ramesa being medusiform. But its polype differs

greatly from that of the genus Tubularia as restricted in present

systems, for while the head of the latter is naked and exposed and

remains so under all conditions and circumstances, this can and does

retreat within the tubular extremities of the polypidom for shelter

(p. 65).

5. Hydra viridis, pl. 12. figs. 17-20.

6. Hydra fusca, pl. 12. fig. 15. The only species which the au-

thor has found in Scotland. The figures are of the natural size, and

very characteristic.

7. Sertularia polyzonias. The most complete history of the spe-

cies that has been published, and the figures are entitled to great

praise. We here learn that the polypes or hydre in the cells of

the polypidom may die and be replaced after their decay by others,

p- 149. The following passage on the food of these zoophytes is

worth extracting :—‘‘ The food of the smaller compound zoophytes

is problematical ; but it is obvious that all must have subsistence to

sustain life and promote enlargement. .I was induced by the size of

the hydra here to attempt feeding them with soft particles of the

mussel, a substance the most grateful of any to most of the lower

carnivorous tribes; and I believe that I succeeded. I thought the

particles might be discovered in the remoter parts of the stomach,

whither they were transmitted by a distinct channel. ‘here the

contents appeared as a dark internal mass, becoming ovoidal, and the

hydra distorted. If the particle be too large, it is retained a long

Bibliographical Notices. 137

time externally ; nor can it be forcibly removed without the visible

reluctance of this diminutive being.” (pp. 144-5.)

8. Sertularia abietina. A monograph of interest equal to the pre-

ceding. The figure on pl. 23 is an admirable portrait of the species.

The species has “ two differently formed vesicles,” ‘‘ a fact also in-

cident to a few other Sertularie.”’ One of the vesicles is ampullate

or flask-shaped with nearly white contents and’ numerous oviform

corpuscula; the other is compound, ‘‘ the spherule containing a

single yellow globular corpusculum,” p. 155. Here we are informed

that ‘‘ great diversity occurs in the shape of the same planule, from

whatever zoophyte they come. Nothing can be more variable than

their soft, extensile and contractile bodies, in motion or at rest; and

according to the freshness of their element or the temperature of the

atmosphere, and especially when about to undergo the metamor-

phosis incident to their race.” (pp. 155-6.)

The following paragraph is also interesting :—‘‘ The evolution of

the nascent Sertularie, from vesicles in situ, is a rare occurrence.

We have seen that, from some unnatural retention in the cysts of

the Tubularie, the organs of the young may begin to unfold. This

may tend to corroborate and explain a figure given by Ellis, repre-

senting a hydra issuing from a vesicle of the Sertularia pumila. But

it is to be noted also that examples are not wanting of portions of the

Sertularie vegetating through an empty vesicle with a generated or

regenerated hydra. I can account for it only from the sudden me-

tamorphosis frequently rendering the planule motionless, and thus

precluding its escape from the vesicle. But although this may ensue

in the Sertularia abietina, the discharge of the planule from the ve-

sicle, to undergo its metamorphosis unrestrained, is the ordinary and

natural course whereby the species is perpetuated.” (p. 156.)

9. Sertularia abietinula. This is merely an early state of S. ar-

gentea, so far at least as fig. 7 of pl. 25 is concerned. Fig. 6 seems

to represent a small specimen of S. abietina.

10. Sertularia rosacea.

11. Sertularia pumila. We doubt whether figures 19 and 20 of

plate 26 represent this species.

12. Sertularia halecina and cognates. ‘The natural-sized figures of

this species are beautiful and correct, but drawn from small speci-

mens. We differ from the author in referring Ellis’s S. halecina, as

exhibited in pl. 10 of his ‘ Corallines,’ to Thoa Beanii; it seems to

us to be a good figure, and certainly zot ‘from an indifferent draw-

ing,” of the true S. halecina. This is elaborately described by our

author, but we cannot be brought to admit that Thoa halecina and

T. Beanii are only states of one species, although the observations of

Sir J. Dalyell shake our confidence in their absolute distinctness.

The question is still open to future inquiry.

The following quotation describing the rapid growth of the polypes

is interesting :—‘‘ Where vigorous hydre already subsist, the rege-

neration of others advances in their vicinity—the clear and transpa-

rent sheath showing their progressive evolution. Nothing can be

more interesting than to witness the rapid refinement of an embryo

138 Bibliographical Notices.

hydra into perfect configuration, and the display of the organic

parts actually completed under the observer’s eye. My notice having

been directed to a specimen, wherein, from the highest of three frills,

a dark green globular mass rose prominent as an acorn in the cup;

in an hour it became somewhat clavate, while turned slightly aside,

still enlarging without any indications of tentacula. But in anothes .

hour these organs became perceptible through a very delicate trans-

parent involucrum protecting the mass. ‘he head had now pro-

truded almost entirely from the frill, and the extremities of the ten-"

tacula separating, having improved the symmetry of the parts, they

were gradually and at length freely unfolded two hours afterwards

in their due proportions. The new head of the finest green was

perhaps the fourth which the twig sustaining it had borne in suc-

cession.”’ (p. 165.)

13. Thoa Beanit. Well figured and described, and its history

completed by the description of the animal and of its planule.

14. Thoa muricata. The author has never observed ‘‘ any visible

object’ ever discharged from the muricated vesicles of this species,

though he has had many specimens at various seasons of the year,

and which were preserved with every possible care. He questions

whether the capsules are truly vesicles, or whether they are not rather

extraneous substances—the capsules of some of the Testacea. They

are certainly not the capsules of any bivalve, as suggested, but they

may be those of a zoophagous gasteropod. We incline, however, to

believe them integral parts of the zoophyte.

15. Plumularia falcata. A beautiful history of the species.

16, Plumularia pinnata.

17. Plumularia? fascis. ‘This is apparently a new species allied

to P. catharina. The magnified figures are scarcely sufficient.

18. Sertularia argentea. The figures appear to us to represent

S. cupressina, but the author entertains doubts whether the two be

truly different, and his observations tend to prove that they are not

so. The species has two sorts of vesicles, a simple one resembling

a vase, and one “ of compound formation, consisting of a hollow

pedestal, surmounted by a sphere about three times its diameter,”

p. 192. The propagation is very minutely detailed.

19. Antennularia antennina. |

20. Antennularia ramosa. The author has proved these to be

perfectly distinct. The first has avesicle which produces “ a single

yellow embryo” ‘‘ so large that there seems no room for more. It

is evolved as a planula, surpassing the size of any that I have seen

issuing from a Sertularia, for it is nearly the twelfth of an inch in

length,” p. 201. But the vesicles of 4. ramosa contain many—from

twelve to thirty—corpuscules, and the planula is very minute, ‘‘ not

exceeding the sixth part of the size of the single yellow planula ”

of A. antennina. After some interesting observations, the author

concludes (1.) that A. antennina has “ a single ruddy stalk ten inches

high, begirt by slender verticillate twigs, and bearing axillary ovate

vesicles, each containing a single yellow planule ;” (2.) that 4. ra-

mosa is “a greenish shrub, diverging into boughs and branches, clothed

_ Bibliographical Notices. 189

with twigs: likewise with slender, prolonged, plumose vegetations

sometimes interspersed, whereon, besides hydre, are borne long

ampullate axillary vesicles, each containing many planulz ;”’ (3.) that

A. ramosa may have three vesicles all different from each other in

form ; (4.) ‘‘ that vigorous reproductive energies reside in the ramosa,

-which are readily and frequently exhibited, while similar energies

are feeble and rare in the 4. indivisa.”’ (p. 209.)

21. Laomedea dichotoma. Admirably described and figured. The

‘cell of the polype is deciduous. The larva is medusiform, and has

some resemblance to a hand-bell. ‘‘It swims by jerks, or bounds

like the various species of Meduse, from collapse of the body,

perhaps aided by the tentacular organs. It pursues all directions,

rising, falling, or remaining stationary in equilibrio. Like a grotip of

the Medusa bifida, these creatures narrowly resemble a flock of mi-

nute birds wending their course through the expanse of the firma-

ment.” (p. 216.)

_ 22. Campanularia verticillata. The margin of the polype-cell is

either ‘‘ plain or serrated,” a remark which may tend to reconcile

the discrepancies in the descriptions of some allied species. The

cells are normally deciduous, falling off with the decay of the

polypes. ‘‘ The two are mutually dependent on each other,” p. 219;

the very reverse of what exists in the Sertulariade. The larva is a

planule.

23. Campanularia dumosa. The generic relations of this species

remain unascertained. Its structure, says Sir J. Dalyell, is very dif-

ferent from Laomedea dichotoma or Campanularia verticillata. The

polype is a vivid grass-green. The mode of propayation is unknown.

24. Campanularia syringa. Another doubtful member of the genus

Campanularia. The structure of the cell is peculiar, nor does it fall

off on losing the polype. ‘This has about sixteen tentacula. ‘‘ That

number has been ascertained as the complement of several. I have

not observed any of the hydre with only eight tentacula, which is

in fact a very rare characteristic of any of the marine hydraoid zoo-

phytes,”’ p. 223.—The species which follows affords an exception to

this remark. ,

_ 25, Sertularia arcta. This is the same as the Campanularia inter-

texta of Couch. The polype has eight tentacula, and a few indivi-

duals only have ten.. The larva is a planula, “‘ but instead of bein

generated within a pod or vesicles as others from the hydraoidal

Seriularie, its matrix consists of a congeries of cavities or compart-

ments, as seen in the surface of the mass. An aperture being dis-

covered in the middle of each after the planula has been discharged,

we may presume that no more than one is contained in a compart-

ment,” p. 225. The production is evidently the type of an undefined

enus.

. We shall continue our analysis in a future number.

In the Press.

We are glad to learn that Mr. Gosse, author of the ‘ Birds of

Jamaica,’ ‘ Canadian Naturalist,’ &c., is about to publish a series of

140 Cotswold Naturalists’ Club.

lithographic drawings, illustrative of the species described in his

‘History of the Birds of Jamaica.’ The figures will be drawn on the

stone by the author himself, partly from original drawings and partly

from preserved specimens, with the advantage of his own notes and

personal knowledge of attitudes, &c. ; and they will be very carefully

coloured. The number of species proposed to be illustrated amounts

to about a hundred and twenty ; of which more than one-half are not.

figured in English works, worthy of reference, while a considerable

number are new to science.

The work is to be issued monthly, and is not to exceed the extent.

of thirty numbers.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

COTSWOLD NATURALISTS’ CLUB.

At a Meeting of the Cotswold Naturalists’ Club, held at Rodbo-

rough Common, May 18th, 1847, Dr. Wright of Cheltenham exhi-

bited a beautiful preparation of the Geophilus longicornis, Leach, in

which he had observed the veneniferous glands of that Myriapod.

He had found no description of these glands in any of the great

authorities on the structure of the articulate animals whom he had

consulted, from which he inferred that these bodies had hitherto

escaped observation.

Dr. Wright observed that the salivary glands in the vertebrate

animals are in general absent in those classes and tribes which live

habitually in water. In Fishes they are absent, an increased mucous

secretion being poured into the mouth by a great development of

the buccal follicles. In Batrachia distinct glands are absent, a com-

pensative secretion being supplied by the mucous glands of the

mouth and tongue. In the Cetacea they exist only in a rudimentary

state. Hence the conclusion that animals that seize their prey in

the water and swallow it without mastication have no necessity for

saliva as a preliminary solvent for the digestive process, the gastric

juice in these animals being sufficient to complete the chemical

changes in the stomach. In the invertebrate classes salivary glands

are absent in all the Radiata, nor do we observe these bodies in

the Tunicated or Acephalous Mollusca; but they are found in the

Gasteropoda and Cephalopoda ; they are absent in the Entozoa, but

exist in a rudimental state in the Annelida and Crustacea. In all

the classes of the Articulata that respire air, as Myriapoda, Insecta

and Arachnida, salivary vessels can be demonstrated: these organs

may be subdivided into simple and compound glands.

A. When the secretion supplied is a fluid concerned in the di-

gestive process, the secreting organ is a simple tube with its distal

extremity closed.

B. When the secretion supplied is used for the destruction of

prey, the secreting organ is a compound body or gland.

In the majority of Insecta the salivary vessels are simple ramified

tubes that open into the gullet, but in Hemiptera simple tubes and

Entomological Society. 141

glandular bodies coexist ; the former I regard as the true salivary

organs, the latter as veneniferous glands for the destruction of prey.

In Nepa, Notonecta, Naucoris and Ranatra these bodies are beauti-

fully developed.

In pulmonary Arachnida the veneniferous glands are situated in

the cephalothorax ; their excretory ducts arise from the anterior part

of the gland and traverse a minute canal in the mandibles, and open

at the perforated extremity of these organs.

In Myriapoda, as in the preparation of Geophilus longicornis now

before us, the veneniferous glands lie at the base of the mandibles

among the striped or voluntary muscles that occupy this region. With

an inch glass we see these organs most satisfactorily ; they consist of

two oblong compact bodies composed of bundles of diaphanous cells

closely pressed together and inclosed in a distinct capsule reposing

loosely at the base of the jaws and occupying the hollow part of

these organs; from the anterior part of the gland rises a single ex-

cretory duct, which passes forwards in an arched direction and enters

a canal in the horny part of the perforated jaw and opens near its

apex, as in the Arachnida. By this mechanism, when Geophilus in-

serts its mandibles into the body of its victim, it at the same moment

introduces a poison into the wound which destroys life, after the

same principle as the parotid glands in some ophidian reptiles, as

Crotalus, Naja and Vipera, are metamorphosed into veneniferous

glands for the destruction of living prey. After this communication

was made, Dr. Wright demonstrated the preparation to the members

of the Club, and exhibited the singular structure with the aid of the

microscope.

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

January 5th, 1846.—The Rev. F. W. Hope, F.R.S., President, in

the Chair.

Mr. Edward Doubleday exhibited a large web, of a delicate silken

texture and four or five yards long, sent from Mexico, and intended

for the collection of the British Museum, known by the name of the

Tela de Maiz, spun by the caterpillars of some small Yponomeuta or

Anacampsis over heaps of maize laid up in store.

The President exhibited a portion of Mr. Fortnum’s collection of

insects formed at Adelaide in South Australia, with drawings of some

of the more remarkable kinds, and announced that it was intended

that a share of the duplicates should be placed in the collection of

the Entomological Society.

Mr. Bedell (who was present as a visitor) exhibited a specimen

of Argyromiges Roborella of Zeller, a species new to Great Britain.

A note was read by Mr. Brayley, accompanied by a species of

Anthomyia (A. pluvialis, Linn.?), observed by a druggist to settle

in great numbers on the filter when he was preparing tincture of

cantharides, and at no other time. They did not however come out

of the cantharides. :

Extracts were read from letters addressed by Mr. Benson to Mr.

142 Entomological Society.

Westwood, containing notices of four new species of Pausside, re-

cently captured in India (detailed descriptions of which have been

subsequently published by Mr. Benson in the Calcutta Journal of

Natural History).

A decade of new Cetoniide, chiefly sent from Cape Palmas by Mr.

Savage, was read by the Rev. F. W. Hope.

Mr. E. Doubleday noticed, with reference to the minutes of the

meeting of the Society on the 2nd of December 1845, as published

in the Journal of the Proceedings of the Society, that it is his opinion

that Papilio didea of Clerck is distinct from, although closely allied

to, Eierusia pulchella, Hope; and that in respect to their antenne,

the genera separated by Mr. Hope constitute but one genus,

February 2nd,—-The Rev. F. W. Hope, President, in the Chair,

Mr. Longley exhibited a specimen of one of the species of Ophiusa

common on the western coast of Africa, captured on the 23rd of May

1845, in latitude 24°15! north and 24°45! west longitude, the nearest

land being the island of St. Antonio, one of the Cape de Verd islands,

distant 390 miles, and the main land being 470 miles distant, the

wind being from the north-east.

Mr. Bedell exhibited a specimen of Sphine Coavolvuli, taken on

board ship on the 9th of September 1845, about forty miles from

the Land’s End, in lat. 49° 24' north, and longitude about 5° 30!' west.

The ship left Cadiz on her return on the 11th of August, and the

wind at the time of the capture was moderate from the north-east,

the insect being observed to fly from the direction of the wind.

Mr. Westwood exhibited drawings and specimens of the curious

cases made by the larva of Clythra 4-maculata found among the

debris of ants’ nests, from the collection of the Rev. F. W. Hope.

The Rev. F. W. Hope read a paper containing descriptions of the

following new Coleoptera, collected by Mr. Fortnum at Adelaide in

South Australia.

CorynopnyLuvs Fortnumi, Hope. Female: the male having been

previously described and figured by Mr. Hope in the ‘ Transac-

tions ’ of the Society. |

SEMANoPTERvs, Hope. A new genus, in habit approaching Chei-

roplatys, but distinguished by the elevated lines on the elytra

and general sculpture. It possesses the grooved thorax of

Cheiroplatys, and seems to approach Phileurus. The species

are found under dead bark. Detailed descriptions and figures

of the parts of the mouth were given.

Semanopterus Adelaide, Hope. Niger, elypeo cornu brevi armato ;

thorace glabro in medio sulcato, sulco sparsim punctulato ; elytris

lineis elevatis politis, interstitiis punctulatis, punctis triplici serie

impressis. Long. corp. lin. 104.

Semanopterus subequalis, Hope. Niger, clypeo dente parvo ar-

mato ; thoracis sulco haud fortiter impresso, punctato; elytris

Sere equalibus, lineis elevatis et punctis triplici serie ordinatis,

Long. corp. lin. 10.

Entomological Society. 143

Semanopterus depressus, Hope. Niger, pectore pilis ferrugineis

obsito ; clypeo dente parvo armato ; thorace sulcato, disco glabro

sub lente tenuissime punctulato ; elytris lineis quibusdam elevatis,

punctisque in triplici serie ordinatis; ano rubro. Long. corp.

lin. 10.

Onthophagus cereus, Hope. Niger nitidus ; antennis piceis ; clypeo

fere trigono, postice furcato, seu occipite lamina lata bicorni ar-

mato ; thoracis dorso canaliculato, antice retuso, in medio bituber-

culato ; elytris sub forti lente lineato-punctatis.

Onthophagus Adelaide, Hope. Nigro-eneus, clypeo sub-bidentato,

postice furcato, seu cornubus duobus acutis, lateraliter divergentibus

armato ; thorace atro-eneo et granulate rugoso ; elytris depressis,

sub lente striato-punctatis. on

Aphodius Adelaide, Hope. Niger nitidus, elypeo subemarginato ;

antennis atris ; thorace glabro ; elytris sub lente striato-punctaitis ;

corpore infra nigro ; femoribus tibiisque rubro-piceis.

Aphodius cincticulus, Hope. <Affinis A. anachorete, Fab. Capite

nigro subemarginato, antic? flavescenti, tubercula unico armato ;

thorace atro nitide, margine omni pallescente, scutello flavo ; ely-

tris striatis, fusco-flavis, margine flavescenti, sutura nigra.

Aphodius sculptus, Hope. Niger, antennis flavo-piceis; clypeo

emarginato; thorace varioloso-punctato ; elytris lineis elevatis

giabris intermediis sculptilibus ; corpore infra atro nitido, pedibus

concoloribus.—Port Philip.

Aphodius ‘Tasmaniz, Hope. Fusco-brunneus, clypeo integro vix

reflexo ; thorace nigricanti punctulato, margine omni pallescente ;

elytris striato-punctatis fusco-brunneis ; corpore infra concolori,

pedibus flavescentibus et ciliatis posticis longissimis.—Van Die-

men’s Land,

Aphodius Howetti, Hope. Precedenti affinis, at minor. Fusco-

piceus, clypeo integro vix reflexo ; thoracis disco nigricanti punc-

tulato, margine omni rubro-piceo ; elytris striato-punctatis atro-

piceis; corpore infra flavescenti, pedibus concoloribus.—Port Philip.

These descriptions were accompanied by some verbal observations

on the Stercorarious beetles of New Holland. Mr. Fortnum stated

that the Aphodiide which he had observed possess the same habits

as the Melolonthide in England in flying by night, and that they are

found in human feces, but are never met with more than five miles

from the coast. Several species of Onthophagi are also found in

human feeces.

Mr. E. Doubleday observed that he had noticed the small Ontho-

phagi in North America upon bones; and in allusion to the attrac-

tion offered to insects by putrid fungi as well as decaying animal

matter, he stated that in some parts of Peru the splendid butterflies

of the genus Morpho are captured in great numbers upon rotten

fungi, and are used to decorate the altars of the churches on saints’

days and great festivals. ©

Mr. Spence stated, that from his own observations he was inclined

to think that a much higher degree of instinct had been attributed

to the sacred beetles than they really possessed. He had observed

144 Entomological Society.

them in Italy for a long time, and had never observed that they

formed a hole previous to rolling their balls; and that instead of

assisting one another, the whole scene was one of confusion, each

individual endeavouring to appropriate whatever it could to its own

purpose. Mr. E. Doubleday also stated that his own observations

on the tumble-dung beetles of North America coincided with those

of Mr. Spence, and that he had never seen any pitfall formed, but

that the insects sunk their balls in the same way as the Necrophagi,

by merely scratching the earth from beneath them.

March 24th.—The Rev. F. W. Hope, President, in the Chair.

Two boxes of Lepidopterous insects, sent from Ceylon by R. Tem-

pleton, Esq., were exhibited by Mr. Westwood.

Mr. J. F. Stephens exhibited a pupa-case of the emperor-moth of

an irregular form, being nearly twice the ordinary size, and having

the appearance of being double, from which however only one moth

had been produced.

Captain Parry exhibited living specimens of a new species of Di-

tomus, which he had received inclosed in quills transmitted by post

from Lisbon.

Mr. S. Stevens communicated the following new and very effective

method of relaxing insects :—‘‘I procure about a dozen shoots with

the leaves of the common laurel, the younger the better, put them into

a coarse bag or cloth (shot bag I use), bruise them well with a wooden

mallet till the bag becomes quite moist, then put it into a glazed

jar or other large vessel, and stick the insects on the top of the bag,

which must be tied over with a bladder, or secured in some way so

that it is perfectly air-tight. ‘Twenty-four hours is generally suffi-

cient to relax most insects; but one great advantage is, that if they

remain a week or ten days in the laurel, it does not in the least

injure the specimens, ‘so that they can be set out at any convenient

opportunity. It also completely destroys the mites or mould, if the

specimens happen to be infested; and it will be found to have many

very great advantages over the old plan of damp sand or flannel. I

was in hopes, from experiments that I made on two or three green

species, that the colours would not fly; but I since regret to find on

further trial, that Hipparchus papilionarius, Hemithea vernaria and

Cythisaria are considerably changed by it. Mr. Dale informs me it

answers equally well with the other orders, he having relaxed nearly

the whole of his dragon-flies ; and it is much used at Bristol for the

Hymenoptera ; it also effectually relaxes the skins of birds, and kills

the vermin much better than camphor.”

Mr. Marshall mentioned that a compound formed of one drachm

of corrosive sublimate to eight ounces of the strongest alcohol was

the most effectual remedy, when washed over an insect, against the

attacks of mites, &c.

Mr. Hope read a paper containing descriptions of some new species

of Australian Buprestide.

Mr. Westwood exhibited drawings of two very splendid Chalcidide,

forming a new genus, from Adelaide, collected by Mr. Fortnum.

Entomological Society. 145

Mr. Douglas read a series of observations suggested by, and in

opposition to, the views concerning insect life published by Dr.

Badham.

April 6th.—W. Spence, Esq., F.R.S., in the Chair.

A letter was read from Sir Gardner Wilkinson, thanking the

Society for his election as a corresponding member.

Captain Parry exhibited a box of insects recently obtained from

the Gold Coast, including many rare and interesting species, as well

as specimens of Goliathus Cacicus; a locality worthy of notice, as

Mr. Savage had stated his opinion that the Gold Coast was the region

of G. Drurii, and the Grain Coast that of G. Cacicus.

Captain Parry also exhibited some heads of seeds similar to that of

millet, obtained from the interior of South Africa, 300 or 400 miles

from the Cape of Good Hope, nearly every seed of which was infested

by a living specimen of a small Calandra allied to C. oryze.

Mr. F. Bond exhibited a specimen of Phryxus Hippolytes, a remark-

able parasitic crustacean allied to Bopyrus, recently described by

Rathke in the ‘ Nova Acta,’ and which had been found beneath the

abdomen of a white shrimp (Pandalus annulicornis) on the coast of

Sussex.

Mr. E. Doubleday exhibited a new species of the genus Papilio,

P. Dionysus, Doubl., allied to P. Hippocoon, from the coast of tro-

pical Western Africa, from the collection of Mr. Loddiges.

Mr. Ingpen exhibited a specimen of a species of Polistes from

Mexico, from the body of which several filamentous fungi had vege-

tated; likewise the nest of the campanular wasp of Britain.

Mr. S. Stevens exhibited a specimen of a new British moth, Gra-

phiphora tristigma, Ochsenheimer (but not of Stevens), allied to Gr.

triangulum, which he had reared from a caterpillar found feeding by

night on the blessoms of the sallow in April 1844 at Weybridge, as

Mr. Stevens believes. ‘The insect hitherto known in this country

under the name of ¢ristigma is distinct, and is the Noctua rhomboidea

of Esper and Ochsenheimer. He also exhibited specimens of Orthosia

leucographa, rubricosa, munda, miniosa, Calocampa exoleta, and Xylina

rhizolitha, taken this spring from the blossoms of the sallow in the

neighbourhood of Dorking ; also Orthosia munda, populeti and Calo-

campa vetusta from Wimbledon Park, having captured these insects

(in consequence of the mildness of the season) a month or six weeks

earlier than he took them last year.

Mr. Doubleday also exhibited, in behalf of Mr. Angus, a new

genus of butterflies captured in New Zealand by that gentleman,

allied to Polyommatus ; also another new genus allied to Agarista,

from the same island.

The following memoirs were read :—

‘‘A Monograph on the genera Pseudomorpha, Adelotopus, &c.”

By J. O. Westwood, Esq., F.L.S.

** Descriptions of some species of Oiketicus from the island of

Ceylon.” By R. Templeton, Esq.

* Descriptions of three new exotic Insects.” By A. White, Esq.,

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol.i. |

146 Entomological Society.

since published in the ‘ Annals of Natural History,’ by whom also

some observations were made on the geographical distribution of

insects in North America as compared with New Zealand.

May 4th.—W. Spence, Esq., F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair.

: The Secretary announced that the Address delivered by the Pre-

sident at the last anniversary meeting had been printed and was

ready for delivery.

Mr. Moore, jun., exhibited some foreign beans attacked by a larva

which had eaten through them, spinning its web for a passage.

Mr. S. Stevens exhibited a specimen of Deilephila lineata, taken

at Hammersmith on the 16th of last April; also a specimen of

Cleora pictaria, found on palings at Dartford Heath on the 12th

of last April. It was also stated that specimens of D. lineata had

been taken at Langport, Somersetshire, and by a nurseryman at

Bristol in the past month of May, as well as a specimen of D.

Celerio at Manchester.

He likewise exhibited the larvee of Polia tincta and Tryphena fim-

bria, both found on the birch at Birchwood at the beginning of May.

A memoir by W. W. Saunders, Esq., containing descriptions of

some new species of Australian Chrysomelide, was read.

June lst.—Thomas Marshall, Esq., Vice-President, in the Chair.

Mr. 8. Stevens exhibited a second specimen of Deilephila lineata,

taken at Hammersmith a short time previously ; also several cases

of a tough leathery texture, formed by a lepidopterous larva which

eats through the base of the horn of the two-horned rhinoceros,

from Southern Africa.

He also exhibited some twigs of oak from Darenth, Kent, com-

pletely defoliated by the small green Tortrixr viridana, which was

extraordinarily abundant this season.

Mr. Ingpen exhibited a case of insects from Adelaide, including

various rare and interesting Coleoptera, Psychopsis mimica, &c.

Mr. Harrington exhibited various splendid Coleoptera from the

Himalayan range of India, including the male of Cheirotonus.Mac-

Leaii, Hope, &c.

. Mr. Moore, jun., exhibited a cocoon of Hriogaster lanestris of a

globular form, which on being opened was found to contain two male

chrysalides ; and Mr. Weir mentioned that he had observed the

same circumstance several times in the same species, as had also

Mr. Longley. |

_ Mr. Westwood exhibited specimens of a minute species of the

Dipterous genus Phytomyza, the larva of which mines within the

leaves of the holly, causing large unsightly blotches upon them, and

which had occurred in great profusion this spring. He had also

reared a small parasitic Ichneumon from the leaves, which keeps the

Phytomyza in check. He also exhibited specimens illustrating the

nistory of the minute moth Argyromiges Blancardella, the larva of

which mines the leaves of the evergreen oak, the chrysalis pushing

itself half through a hole which it forms in the leaf in order to-effect

Entomological Society. 147

its escape. He had also reared the parasitic Ichneumon attached to

this species. He also exhibited specimens of the Coccus manniparus

of Klug, brought from Arabia by Ehrenberg, as well as some manna

brought from Mount Tabor by Lieut. Wellstead ; and exhibited spe-

cimens of the Womela, an analogous secretion formed upon the under

sides of the leaves of the various species of Hucalyptus in New South

Wales by a minute species of Psyl/a, numbers of which were found

secreted amongst the Womela. Mr. Westwood had been informed

by Mr. Gould, that for several months last year this secretion formed

a large portion of the food of the natives. ‘The insects are attacked

by a minute and very beautiful parasite of the genus Hncyrtus. Mr.

Harrington also stated that the genus Hurymela produces a kind of

manna on the Hucalypti, and which falls to the ground in the shape

of small white crystals.

A letter was read from W. Spence, Esq., inclosing an extract from

a letter from his son R. Spence, Esq., giving an account of the dis-

covery, by Professor Schiodte, of as many as twenty species of blind

insects of different orders and genera, all new, in the caves of Styria;

so that it would appear that there exists a subterranean fauna of blind

animals. Ten of the insects were Coleopterous. It was mentioned

that a Carabideous genus without eyes has lately been described

by the German naturalists, and that various blind insects and spi-

ders had been found in the mammoth-caves in Kentucky. (See Dr.

Erichson’s ‘ Bericht’ for 1844.)

An extract from a letter addressed by Captain Boys to Mr. West-

wood was read, giving an account of the habits of some Indian species

of ants, white ants, and other insects :—

“‘On our way down towards Sukker, I observed what I consider

an undescribed species of Termes, of an unusually large size, of which

I made a note. The workers alone are nearly half an inch long.

I never saw such monsters. The nestis peculiar. From the surface

of the plain on which I observed these nests, which are conical in

form, little hillocks of about six inches high were seen at various

distances from each other, from five feet to twenty apart. These

were composed of grains of earth worked up to about the size of

millet seeds, and were quite loose, and might be taken up in hand-

fuls. Inside each of these heaps, a raised structure, branching off

in three or four short arms, was to be found, with an internal passage

from the surface of the earth to each branch: but how the creatures

contrived to cover the whole without appearing outside is left to

conjecture. ‘The apex of each cone was about three-quarters of an

inch from the arborescent-looking structure inside. The latter was

also composed of small pellets of earth, but half as fine as the super-

incumbent grains, and were moreover glued firmly to each other. I

removed the earth from the outside of several nests, and blew away

all the pellets, leaving only the stump sticking erect from the earth.

At the top of the latter and at the end of each branch was an orifice,

—the continuation of the internal canal. In about ten minutes hosts

of the inhabitant ants came up with earth freshly manipulated, and

began pouring their pellets out of each orifice: the latter of course

10*

148 Entomological Society.

were carried by their jaws. I sat observing them for about an hour,

when I marked the spot and returned to camp. In the afternoon, on

my return to it, all the stumps were again covered over.

“The red ant you mention as having been described by Colonel

Sykes is, I think, familiar to me. I allude to an ant of about four

lines long which builds a beautiful nest in trees, mostly in‘a mango-

tree. The nest is composed internally of a web much resembling

that of the earth-spider, but much closer, and infinitely stronger in

texture. The outer portion of the nest is a thatch of leaves, brought

together by main force, and joined one to another by the foremen-

tioned-web. I have seen nests almost as round as footballs, and

quite as large. ‘The mango-tree has its leaves long and oval, similar

in shape to each segment of the casing in a tennis-ball, and the end

of each branch bears a bunch of leaves (in a circle) to the number of

eight or ten: however, these leaves are depressed and brought. to-

gether in an admirable manner. The web bears writing on with

facility, and the insect in the winged state is green. ‘The bite of the

worker is severe; and the scent of the formic acid, when the nest is

interfered with, is so strong as to be almost insupportable.

“There is also a black ant which forms its nest in trees, in the

Himalayas above Kimaon, but I have not studied their habits. The

nest looks like an agglomeration of sawdust.

** Of locusts there are undoubtedly two species, exceedingly distinct,

and which migrate in swarms, doing intense damage :—one, a pink

underwinged kind with fuscous patches on the upper wings ; the other

with yellow underwings, and in other respects nearly similar, except

that instead of being tawny it is of bright yellow, and which is far

more common thanthe former. Again, there are three other species

which are not so abundant, but still do much damage. ‘These I have

only observed in loose flocks, and have never taken them in the larva

state. The whole country has suffered severely from the ravages

committed by the two first species noticed, during the greater por-

tion of last year and the latter end of 1843. The pink underwing

species were so numerous in the terrai at the foot of the Himalayas

near Bennourie, on the road to Almorah, that the branches of shrubs

and trees on which they settled were completely hidden by them,

and twigs a finger thick broken down by their weight alone. The

ground one brickdust red. I observed these wretches in flights ex-

tending for miles, so thick as absolutely to obscure the sun, and

cause some difficulty to my palanquin-bearers in getting through

them, as at every step they rose in swarms, striking and flying

against the men’s faces in every direction. This was in the middle

of October in 1843. Several large flights of the yellow kind I had

observed a month or six weeks previously at Almorah. Of the pink

description the colour is more or less intense according to age, or

quantity of rain they may have been exposed to. In fresh or lately

matured insects the underwings are a very pale pink, and the outer

ones not much darker. In old and tough specimens these latter

organs become a dirty claret and water colour, inclining to Indian

red. Of the yellow kind I obtained the larvee in abundance at Nus-

Miscellaneous. 149

seerabad in the latter end of July 1844, though I had never pre-

viously seen the insect in this state during nineteen years’ sojourn in

India. ‘They were as numerous as their parents, swarming on every

bush, and crawling all over the ground for miles among the hills near

the above-named cantonment (these hills are a portion of the Ara-

valli range which rise near Delhi). ‘The larva is very handsomely

marked with orange-yellow and black ; the face, if I may so term it,

is bright orange-yellow, the portion behind and below the eyes a

dark maroon. Legs (posterior ones) bright yellow banded with black ;

winglets light yellow, faintly striped with dusky connected spots.

Antenne black, with the two first joints yellow. But nothing but

a correct delineation, or the insect itself, can give a just idea of its

handsome markings.

“The two specimens now forwarded of a new species of Colias,

together on one card, are, | am strongly inclined to think, different

only in sex; and I consider the white as the male, having observed

it hovering over the red. And besides this, I have been led to

the conclusion by the fact, that for one red I took at least five white.

The tree jungle about the place is called the Peeloo: its technical

name is unknown to me; but the wood is held in high esteem by

the natives for the purpose of making tooth-brushes.

‘IT have two species of Celyphus from Mhow in Malwa; one

a bright bottle-green, the other darkish brown: the smaller species

is about three lines long, the other a line longer. They resemble

some of the Fungicole, but are rather longer inshape. The hard case

(beneath which the wings are distinctly visible and extrude over the

abdomen) is very like what obtains in many species of Scutellere.”

A letter was read from Mr. Boreham, suggesting that the colours

and forms of larvee might possibly be preserved by inclosing them in

glass tubes hermetically sealed from which the air had been ex-

tracted. |

Mr. White read the descriptions of several new exotic Hemiptera,

since published elsewhere, and alluded to the alteration produced by

desiccation in metallic coloured insects, whence a species of Callidea,

described under the name of purpurea by Mr. Westwood, was, when

alive, of a metallic green. Spirits of wine, warm water, or ether

were equally efficacious in restoring these colours after death. Mr.

White also stated that Mr. Walker was engaged upon a work on

the British Aphides, to be published by subscription.

MISCELLANEOUS.

MR. CUMING’S COLLECTION OF SHELLS.

We have learnt with much gratification that the Trustees of the

British Museum have resolved to recommend to Government

the purchase of the well-known conchological collection of Hugh

Cuming, Esq., F.L.S. We trust that no motives of mistaken

economy may operate to frustrate this resolution. Its import-

150 Miscellaneous.

ance in the advancement of the scientific character of the Na+

tional Collection of Zoology every naturalist, and especially that

large class of the cultivators of science who are interested in the

progress and application of conchology, must fully appreciate.

We have endeavoured to obtain mformation as to the present

extent and scientific value, as well as facts regarding the history

of the formation of Mr. Cuming’s remarkable collection, and

we have been favoured by the following letter on the subject

from Prof. Owen, who was one of the trustees of Mr. Cuming’s

museum during his absence m the Philippine Islands, and who

has described the anatomy of some of the rarer animals of the

shells in the Transactions of the Zoological Society. ’

To Richard Taylor, Esq., F.L.S. &c.

My prar Sir,—I send agreeably with your desire the following

sketch of the nature and extent of Mr. Hugh Cuming’s concholo-

gical museum, and I can only regret that my time will not permit

me to do more justice to a subject on which all naturalists, and

those more especially who are engaged in the advancement of con-

chology, and concerned in its important relations to other branches

of science, must feel deeply interested.

The Memorial on the Cumingian Collection of Shells, signed by

naturalists, geologists and comparative anatomists, which was com-

municated to the Trustees of the British Museum, on the occasion

of the proposition for the sale of the collection made by Mr. Cuming

in 1846, well described its important scientific value and applica-

tions.

At present the collection contains upwards of 19,000 species or

well-marked varieties; and these are represented by about 60,000

specimens. Not only is every specimen entire, but choice and perfect

ef its kind, as respects form, colour, texture and other characters

that give it value in the eyes of the practised shell-collector.

In affirming from my own personal knowledge, and from authentic

sources of information, that no public collection in Europe possesses

one-half the number of species of shells that are now in the Cu-

- mingian collection—one-third the number would be the correct state-

ment as regards the national museums in Paris and Vienna—you

may judge of the vast proportion of rarities and unique specimens

possessed by Mr. Cuming. It is this which has given him for some

years past the command, so to speak, of all the conchological cabi-

nets in Europe. He is better known, and his labours more truly

and generally appreciated, in any city or town in Europe having a

public natural-history museum and its zoological professor, than in

busy London.

_ Mr. Cuming, in his annual visits to the continent, carries with

him the inferior duplicates of his rarities, representing species, with

the sight of which the eyes of the foreign naturalist are gladdened

for the first time. They open their treasures to him in return, and

from most of the collections of Europe Mr. Cuming has borne away

Miscellaneous. 151

the prized species or specimens in exchange for the still rarer and

more valuable shells, which his abundance has enabled him to offer,

without detriment to his own rich stores. ‘The mode in which Mr.

Cuming has obtained this conchological wealth is as novel and

exemplary as the result is important and marvellous, considered as

the work of one individual.

Not restricting his pursuit to the stores and shops of the curiosity-

mongers of our seaports, or depending on casual opportunities of

obtaining rarities by purchase, he has devoted more than thirty of

the best years of his life in arduous and hazardous personal exer-

tions,—dredging, diving, wading, wandering,—under the equator,

and through the temperate zones, both south and north, in the

Atlantic, in the Pacific, in the Indian Ocean and the islands of its

rich archipelago, in the labour of collecting from their native seas,

shores, lakes, rivers and forests the marine, fluviatile and terrestrial

mollusks, 60,000 of whose shelly skeletons, external and internal,

are accumulated in orderly series in the cabinets with which the

floors of his house now groan. I never think of the casualty to

which such a collection in such a place is subject without a shudder.

The result of this personal capture of the chief bulk of his collec-

tion is, that he has been enabled to assign to each shell, not only

its country or ‘ habitat’ in the ordinary zoological sense, but all the

circumstances in which it lived and was developed: if a land-shell,

e. g. its favourite rock, or herb, or tree; if a water-shell, the kind

of water; and if marine, the depth and the nature of the sea-bottom

at which the mollusk resided, the rock that it bored, and the animals,

the weeds or other substances it devoured.

The importance of these particulars will be peculiarly appreciated

by the paleontologist, on account of the insight they afford into

the habits and habitat of the fossil shells of the same or allied

species ; and perhaps one of the most striking points in the scien-

tific value of an extensive collection like Mr. Cuming’s arises out

of its relation to the present active pursuit of geology, as an in-

dispensable instrument to the determination of fossil shells. It is

unnecessary to dwell on the importance of well-determined fossils,

and especially shells, to a right knowledge of the relative age and

position of the stratum in which they were imbedded. Our con-

fidence in theories or deductions based upon fossil conchology must

be in the ratio of the extent of the comparison with recent shells

that has been gone through in the determination of fossil shells,

and especially before sentence of extinction is pronounced upon a

species.

The geologist therefore from scientific motives, and the statesman

on economical grounds, are alike concerned in securing for the

national zoological collections the completest possible series of recent

shells, as forming an indispensable instrument in the scientific ex-

position of the structure and riches of the earth. As such, I believe

Mr. Cuming’s collection to be the best and most complete that has

hitherto been made.

This however is but one of its scientific uses. From the period

152 Miscellaneous.

when the Atlantic, American and Polynesian departments of this

collection reached England in 1831, scientific conchologists have

there found subjects without intermission for their descriptions ; and

the novelties were far from being exhausted, when Mr. Cuming,

having undertaken a third voyage in prosecution of his favourite

science, returned in 1840 from Manilla, freighted with the concho-

logical riches of the Indian Ocean, which have subsequently kept

the pens of competent describers of new genera and species actively

at work, and will so supply them for years to come: thus the Cu-

mingian collection has directly advanced the science of conchology

in an unexampled degree, and possesses the same peculiar claims

upon the Government and Custodians of the National Museum in

this country which Linneus’s Herbarium did upon the Swedish

State. Mr. Cuming’s collection contains, for example, the originals

from which many hundreds of new species of shells have been de-

scribed in the scientific periodicals or systematic works published

since its arrival in this country.

Any doubt that may arise through the incompleteness of the de-

scription, or from the inapprehensiveness of the student, may be de-

cided at once by reference to the original specimens. These ‘ types

of the species’ become therefore an instrument of great importance

to the progress of the science in the country in which they are pre-

served and made accessible. The price asked by the executors of

Linnezus was deemed by the authorities in Sweden too high for the

great botanist’s dried herbs, and you well know what happened.

When better knowledge and consideration had awakened a due sense

of their value, it was too late; an enterprising Englishman had

‘struck the bargain with the widow. ‘The Swedish government sent

a frigate in chase of the vessel on board which Sir James Edward

Smith had embarked the precious herbarium, but without success.

It now forms the choicest treasure of the museum of the Linnean

Society, and continues to be of peculiar value as affording botanists

the means of ascertaining with certainty the synonyms of the wri-

tings of Linneus.

An English naturalist may be pardoned for citing this well-known

incident in the light of a warning, when further delay in securing for

the nation the Cumingian types of new species of shells may involve

the necessity of crossing the Atlantic in order to compare and verify

the descriptions and synonyms of Broderip, Sowerby, Gray, and

other eminent conchologists.

To the physiologist the Cumingian collection has a value beyond

any other now in Europe, from the circumstance of its possessor

having endeavoured to exemplify each species by a series of shells of

different ages, as well as by the chief varieties which result from the

influence of peculiar external circumstances.

The extent to which Mr. Cuming has carried out this truly philo-

sophical aim of elucidating his favourite department of nature is

very, remarkable, and renders his collection most important and sug-

gestive in its bearings upon the higher generalizations of zoological

science, touching the nature of species and the circumstances and

Miscellaneous. 158

condition under which specific characters, or what are so deemed,

become modified.

The bearing of the phenomena of development upon the solution

of the great problem of the natural system of classification is rapidly

becoming appreciated, and day by day the inadequacy of a single

adult specimen, or pair, for the scientific illustration of a species is

becoming more obvious, but especially in the department of con-

chology.

I could say much more on a theme so suggestive as the collection

of shells now offered to the British Museum by Mr. Cuming, but I

‘fear that I have already trespassed too long on your attention in ad-

verting to the more prominent features of its scientific character. Of

its money value I cannot speak from my personal experience as a

collector, but of all objects of natural history shells are those of

which the current or market-price is most easily determined. Their

texture, durability and colour give them something of the character

of precious stones, and one molluscous: production, the pearl, takes

renk among the gems of price. ‘The value of a shell, as of a jewel,

depends, no doubt, much upon its rarity, and is to that extent arti-

ficial. The Concha unica which today commands the sum of twenty

pounds, shall next week, when a score of specimens have come into

the market, fall in price to as many shillings. Still, the commonest

exotic shell, if it be perfect and well-coloured, and taken from a living

mollusk, as is the case with the Cumingian collection, from which

‘dead ’ shells have been strictly excluded, finds its market.

I am given to understand, by competent authorities, that the sum

of £6000, asked by Mr. Cuming in 1846, does not exceed two-thirds

of the most moderate estimate of the present market value of his sub-

sequently augmented collection. ‘That ten times that sum would not

bring together such a series as Mr. Cuming has offered to the British

Museum, I do firmly believe, from a knowledge of the peculiar tact

in discovering and collecting, the hardy endurance of the attendant

fatigue under deadly climes and influences, and the undaunted cou-

rage in encountering the adverse elements, and braving the opposi-

tion of the savage inhabitants of seldom-visited isles, which have

conduced and concurred to crown the labours of Mr. Cuming with

a success of which his unrivalled collection is a fitting monument,

and of which science, and, let us hope, its cultivators in his native

country more particularly, will long continue to reap the benefits.

Believe me, my dear Sir, yours sincerely,

Royal College of Surgeons, January 1848. Ricuarp Owen.

SAGINA CILIATA (FRIES).

This curious little plant was found near Thetford in Suffolk by the

Rev. W. W. Newbould on June 6, 1847. It agrees so nearly with

the description and specimens of Fries that I have no doubt of its

identity with his plant. The differences are, that its stems are erect

rather than diffuse, and the leaves are nearly or quite devoid of cilia;

both of which seem rather the marks of a variety than of specific

154 Miscellaneous.

distinctness. Concerning the latter, Fries himself, when writing about

S. ciliata, says, ‘‘ cilia foliorum plus minus distincta, seepe decidua :”

he also says, ‘‘capsula ...matura nutans,” but his own specimens

show that this is too strong an expression; for although nodding

whilst the fruit ripens, they become erect at the time of maturity

when the capsule opens and the seeds are shed. S. patula (Jordan),

Obs. sur Pl. Nouv. de la France, i. t. 3, is very similar to our plant,

but differs by having numerous gland-tipped hairs on its sepals and

the upper part of the peduncle. To it probably belongs the S. ciliata

of Reichenbach, both of his ‘ Fl. Excurs.’ and ‘ Icones Plant.’ v.

tab. 200. f. 4956, and S. depressa, f. 4957, unless the protruded cap-

sule of the former should be considered as distinguishing it. Neither

of them can be the S. ciliata of Fries, since they are both figured and

described as having glandular-pilose peduncles and calyx. The fol-

lowing seems to be the distinctive character of our plant :-—

S. ciliata (Fries!) ; stem elongated, branches diffuse or ascending,

leaves linear awned, outer sepals acute longer than the petals and

shorter than the capsule, apex of the peduncles reflexed after lower-

ing ultimately erect.—Sven. Bot. t. 562, not Reich.—Glabrous ;

central stem elongated and fertile. Leaves with or without cilia at

their base, tipped with a long bristle. Calyx of mature fruit ad-

pressed to the capsule. Tubercles on the seeds blunt.—The figure

quoted above from the ‘ Sven. Bot.’ isfar from good. It represents

all the sepals as gradually narrowed into a long acute point. Not

so the specimens published under Fries’s own superintendence

(Herb. Norm. Suec. i. 42), which resemble ours in this respect,

having two shortly acute sepals and two only pointed or cuspidate

ones.—C. C. B.

CAREX BRIZOIDES (LINN.).

I am indebted to Mr. William Stevens of the Drumlanrig gardens

for specimens of this addition to the flora of Britain, which was dis.

covered in July 1844 by Mr. W. Maclvor in Studley Wood, York-

shire. Its specific character may be stated as follows :—C. brizoides

(L.); spikelets several all simple contiguous sterile at their base

alternate in a simple spike, stigmas 2, fruit lanceolate plano-con-

vex bifid at the end serrated from near the base, nut (elliptical

beaked and stalked?), glumes rather shorter than the fruit, root

creeping, bracts short or none.—Reich. Icon. Fl. Germ. viii. tab. 207.

fig. 548 ; Hoppe Car. Germ. in Sturm Deutschl. Fl. tab. a. 23.—Stem

afoot high. Glumes acute, silvery brown. Leaves long, slender,

equalling or overtopping the spikes. Rhizoma creeping extensively.

—C.C.B.

Some Contributions to the Natural History of the Rafflesia Patma.

By M. Zouiincer, M. Bat. Soc. &c.

This flower, which still continues a problem in botany and a rarity

in the collections of botanists, appears not to be so scarce as has

hitherto been believed. I know that it occurs on the south coast of

Java on the hills near the boundaries of the Residencies of Passartiwan

Miscellaneous. ' 155

and Beztkie ; 1 found it also on the mountain Watargan near Puger,

on the south coast of the division of Bondowosso. ‘The flower was

brought to me from Jengawar in the same division. All these places

lie in the lime formation, and I consider that the Rafflesia is an ex-

anthem of the roots of Cissus scariosa, Bl., and may occur wherever

its mother-plant grows. It is still uncertain whether my specimens

belong to the species which Blume found on Nusa Kambangan.

Blume’s specimens must have been larger. ‘The largest I possess do

not attain so muchas a foot in diameter, and mostly only 4-3 f. This

plant probably occurs also on Nusa Baron, and, itis likely, along the

lime hills which nearly surround the whole south coast of Java. I

have often seen on one root of Cissus scariosa three or more Raf-

flesia. It does not occur on the sand of the coast, as many believe

and assert, but mostly in the ravines and humid hollows of the lime

rocks. The Javanese of Eastern Java name this flower Pidh mo, or

Pidehmé. It is scarcely possible to conceive what idolatrous notions

are entertained concerning the flower by this people. An ordinary

man would not be able to find it until after he has fasted and prayed

or been sanctified when he goes to search for it. The flower is pre-

pared with other articles as a medicine which is used after delivery

by women, in order completely to purify the matrix. It is also

amongst the most reputed aphrodisiacs of the Javanese, although

only for women of the higher classes. Common women would be

taken sick were they to use this medicine. It is further said, that if |

a woman of the people has recourse to it, and afterwards going out

on foot treads on some dirty place, she will ever after forfeit the in-

clination of all men. The Javanese reckon the Rafflesia properly

amongst the fungi, an opinion which is partly received in science; at

least in so far, that we have placed the plant in the natural system

as a link between the sponges and the higher plants.—/rom the

Journal of the Indian Archipelago and Eastern Asia for Aug. 1847.

On the Gamboge of the Tenasserim Provinces.

By the Rev. F. Mason, A.M.

In conversation with a distinguished medical officer, and member of

the Asiatic Society, I found that he was not at all aware that the

Tenasserim Provinces produce Gamboge. It has therefore occurred

to me that a brief notice of the Gamboge of these provinces might

not be unacceptable to the readers of the Journal, and would con-

tribute its influence to draw attention to a most interesting portion

of the British provinces in the East; one that is exceeded by few in

the richness and variety of its natural productions.

Three works in my possession describe Gamboge each as the pro-

duct of a different tree; a fourth represents all to be wrong, anda

fifth suggests a different plant still. One refers it to Cambogia gutta,

a plant which, as described by Linnzeus, has probably no existence.

He described a Ceylon plant; and it is now quite evident, says Dr.

Wight, “that the character of the flower and ovary is taken from

one specimen, and that of the fruit from a different one, owing to

156 Miscellaneous.

the imperfection of his specimens, and his not being aware that the

lobes’of the stigma afford a sure indication of the number of cells

of the fruit.”

Another refers it to Garcinia cambogia, but Dr. Wight says that the

exudation of this tree is ‘‘ wholly incapable of forming an emulsion

with the wet finger,”’ a statement which the writer knows to be cor-

rect. ‘The tree is very common in the Tenasserim Provinces, but

the bright yellow exudation it produces is certainly not gamboge.

A third refers it to Stalagmitis cambogioides, but Dr. Wight re-

marks, ‘‘ The juice of this tree differs so very widely in its qualities

from good gamboge, that it can never be expected to prove valuable

as a pigment.”

Dr. Graham has described a Ceylon tree under the name of Hebra-

dendron cambogioides, which is said to produce good gamboge; but

no gamboge has ever been exported into the English market from

Ceylon. ‘hus it would appear, to use the language of Dr. Wight,

that ‘‘ the tree, or trees, which produce the gamboge of commerce

is not yet known.”

Dr. Helfer, who was employed by Government as a scientific natu-

ralist, in these provinces, at an expense of thirteen hundred rupees per

month, reported, ‘‘’The gamboge of this country dissolves very little

with water, and consequently does not yield that yellow emulsion as

the common guttifera. It will never serve as a colour, but promises

to give a very beautiful varnish.” ‘This statement was controverted

by a writer in our local periodical at the time, who said he had ob-

tained “ fine gamboge of the very best description” from our jungles ;

in which he was no doubt correct, but he erred when he added that

it came from the “true Stalagmitis cambogioides.”’ A very small

amount of botany would have served to preserve him from falling

into this error; for that plant has a quinary arrangement of its flow-

ers, while the arrangement of the flowers in those that produce gam-

boge in these provinces is quaternary.

The hills that bound the valley of the Tavoy river, on both sides,

from their bases to their summits, abound with a tree which produces

a fine gamboge. It is Roxburgh’s Garcinia pictoria, which he knew

produced gamboge, but which he said was liable to fade. As soon

as I satisfied myself of the identity of the trees by an examination of

the inflorescence of our plant compared with Roxburgh’s description,

I coloured a piece of paper, one band with this gamboge, and an-

other with the gamboge of commerce; and subsequently exposed

both to the weather equally for more than twelve months, but with-

out being able to discover that one faded any more than the other.

South of the latitude of the mouth of Tavoy river, and throughout

the province of Mergui, there is found on the low plains at the foot

of the hills, and on the banks of the rivers, almost down to tide waters,

another species of Garcinia that also produces good gamboge. I have

no doubt but it is the tree from which Dr.Griffiths furnished Dr. Wight

with specimens, and which the latter says, “I refer doubtfully to

Wallich’s G. elliptica.”” We will call it then G. elliptica, a species

which Dr. Wight has on his list of ‘species imperfectly known.”

Miscellaneous. 157

The foliation and female flowers are however very well described,

and to complete the description I may add, the male flowers are

pedunculated, but the peduncles are shut, and they might be charac-

terized as subsessile. The anthers, like those of the female flowers,

are sessile, depressed or flattened above, and dehisce circularly. The

ripe fruit is globose, and not furrowed. As I send along with this

paper specimens of both the male and female flowers, any of your

botanists will be able to correct me at a glance, if I be in error.

Neither Wallich, Wight, nor Griffiths appear to have been at all

aware that this species produces gamboge. Dr. Wight, in a recent

_ number of his ‘ Neilgherry Plants,’ says, ‘‘ T'wo species of the genus

Garcinia are known to produce gamboge ; most of the others yield a

yellow juice, but not gamboge, as it will not mix with water.” The

species which he has described as producing gamboge, and to which

I suppose he refers, are G‘. gutta or H. cambogioides (Graham) and

G. pictoria (Roxburgh). That others may be enabled to judge of the

character of the gamboge produced by this tree, I have the pleasure to

send specimens of its exudation. In its appearance to the eye, and

in its properties as a pigment, I have failed to discover the slightest

difference between it and the gamboge of commerce. It serves equally

well to colour drawings; the Burmese priests often use it to colour

their garments, and the Karens to dye their thread. It is also used

by the native doctors in medicine, but I think not extensively. Dr.

Lindley, in his new work the ‘ Vegetable Kingdom,’ says, ‘‘ The best

gamboge comes in the form of pipes from Siam, and this is conjectured

to be the produce of Garcinia cochinchinensis.”’ As G.elliptica is spread

all over the province of Mergui, is it not probable that it extends

into Siam, and that the Siamese gamboge is the produce, a part at

least, of this tree?

There are several other species of Garcinia indigenous to the

Provinces, but I know of no others producing anything resembling

gamboge, except G. Cambogia; the exudation of which, though it

will not dissolve in water, dissolves in spirits of turpentine, and forms

a very beautiful vellow varnish for tin and other metallic surfaces.—

Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal for July 1847.

ON THE FOSSIL VEGETATION OF ANTHRACITE COAL.

Mr. J. E. Teschemacher, at the recent meeting of the American

Association of Geologists and Naturalists, read a paper on this sub-

ject, confining his observations to the remains of vegetation found

in the body of the coal, apart from that in the accompanying shales.

The principal points of the memoir were, that the remains of the

larger forms of the coal epoch, as well as of the smaller plants, were

abundant in the coal, contrary to the usual opinion. Specimens

were exhibited from the interior of the coal, showing the external

and internal parts of plants—the vessels, the leaves, the seeds, &c.

Since the meeting, Mr. T'eschemacher has continued his investi-

gations, and has communicated in a letter to one of the editors the

following results :—

158 ~ Miscellaneous..

Ist. What I considered as vessels were said to be mere marks of

sliding of the coal. Prof. Bailey prepared a specimen of this by bis

method, and told me that if I found vessels there, my proposition was

correct. Examined by Agassiz and myself, with his large Oberhauser,

it turns out to be nothing but a mass of perforated vessels, as clear

and distinct as if they were recent. M. Agassiz observed, ‘‘ One

moment suffices to remove every doubt on the subject.”

2nd. What I considered as fossil seeds were said to be mere pea-

cock-eye coal; the dark carbonaceous centres of these seeds, which

I held to be carbonized cellular matter, was thought to be a mere

mistake and the seeds imaginary. I have since discovered them

with distinct and clear apparently spinous appendages. M. Agassiz

thinks the seed a Samara, and I have found sufficient quantity to

pick out the carbonaceous matter from the interior witha fine needle

—decarbonize it in a clean platina crucible over.a spirit-lamp, with |

every possible precaution to prevent any foreign substance mixing

therewith. On examining this with the Oberhauser, 760 diameters,

M. Agassiz showed to Dr. Gould and myself the cells as clear and

plain as possible ; it is a mass of cellular matter, as I stated. You

may of course imagine the extreme tenuity of the parietes of cells

of seeds when decarbonized, and the difficulty of those less experi-

enced than M. Agassiz in the microscope in managing the subject—-

he feels quite convinced of their being fossil seeds. The nature of the

genus of plants must require further examination.

3rd. ‘The smooth glossy surfaces, which I considered the external

parts of large plants rendered smooth by intense pressure, were said

to be nothing more than slickensides. My position here is proved

much more easily than in the other cases, by specimens passing gra-

dually from the smoother through different degrees of protuberance

(all still smooth and polished), until we arrive at the full form of the

Lepidodendron. Nay more, I have found the parallel lines (channels)

which are on the slickensides, also on the perfectly-formed Lepido-

dendra. The correctness of my views here I could prove to the

most sceptical.

The discoveries still to be made on this subject are numerous and

important ; and I doubt not that the investigation of the coal itself

will soon solve the doubts hitherto existing in the comparison of the

coal fossils with recent plants.

I will merely add, that I have found quite distinctly the impression

of the cellular cuticle of some of these plants, which of course can-

not be seen in an impression on shale, the grains of the sedimentary

matter being as large as the surface of the cells; but on the pasty

mass of coal the impression is perfect. —Silliman’s Journal, November

1847.

A Fact respecting the Habits of Notonecta glauca.

By Prof. Forrest SHEPHERD.

In the evening twilight of a pleasant day in September 1846, Sir

George Simpson encamped for the night, on his route from Red

River to the head waters of the Mississippi, in the vicinity of lati-

tude 48° north and longitude 95° or 96° west from Greenwich.

Meteorological Observations. , 159

While supper was preparing, he perceived something falling on his

hat like drops of rain; but as there were no clouds to be seen, pre-

sumed it could not be rain. On looking on the ground near the fire

he saw distinctly that the falling substance instead of being rain was

a small winged insect, which although unable to fly had yet life and

motion. The number rapidly increased so as to give great annoy-

ance by falling into the frying-pan and supper vessels, and continued

until the ground was covered by the shower. On the following

morning Sir George ascertained that this extraordinary shower ex-

tended at least from twenty-five to thirty miles in the direction he

was travelling. No information has been received as to its extent

in other directions. It was observed that soon after the shower the

weather changed suddenly from warm to cold. It is therefore pro-

bable that the whole of this immense swarm of insects encountered

the cold current, and were paralyzed and precipitated thereby.

They all died soon after falling. Specimens of these insects were

collected by the attendants of Sir George, from whom I received

them. In no instance however were they seen to revive after coming

into a warmer atmosphere.—American Journal of Science and Arts

for Nov. 1847.

METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS FOR DEC. 1847.

Chiswick.— December 1. Very fine: clear. 2. Frosty: overcast and mild.

3. Densely overcast: rain. 4, Clear: overcast : boisterous. 5. Fine. 6. Boiste-

rous, with rain; lightning at night. 7. Rain: cloudy and boisterous: clear and

windy at night. & Clearand cold. 9. Rain: overcast. 10, Rain: cloudy.

11. Densely clouded: fine. 12—14. Very fine. 15. Very fine: slight rain.

16. Cloudy. 17. Slight rain. 18. Rain. 19, Fine: cloudy. 20. Cloudy.

21—23. Overcast. 24. Foggy. 25, 26. Overcast. 27,28. Cloudy. 29, Hazy.

30. Rain. 31. Hazy and damp.

Mean temperature of the month ......esseseeeeeeees ea sdavevees «» 41°09

Mean temperature Of Dec. 1846 ....cscescesccsccccsscccceecccses 31 *26

Mean temperature of Dec. for the last twenty years ......... 39 °59

Average amount of rain in Dec. .......eseeeeeeeee ees Seehcasceny 1°58 inch.

Boston.— Dee. 1. Fine. 2. Fine: 8 o’clock p.m. thermometer 54°. 3. Cloudy :

raine.M. 4, Fine: rain e.m. 5. Cloudy: rain early a.m. 6. Rain. 7. Rain:

stormy A.M. and p.M. &. Fine:raina.M. 9 Rain. 10. Fine. 11, 12. Cloudy.

13—15. Fine. 16. Rain. 17. Fine: rainearly a.m. 18. Rain: rain a.m. and

p.M. 19. Fine. 20. Rain. 21. Fine. 22—29. Cloudy. 80. Snow: rain and

snow A.M. and p.m. $1. Rain: rain a.m.

Applegarth Manse, Dumfries-shire.— Dec, 1. Wet a.m.: cleared and was fine.

2. Wet a.m.: damp all day. 3. Damp a.M.: cleared: fine. 4. Heavy rain and

high wind. 5. Rain: unsettled weather. 6. Shower of snow: frost. 7. Heavy

rain; frost a.m. 8. Fair, butcloudy. 9. Rain early a.m : fine, 10. Showers.

11. Rain all night and morning. 12. Fair and fine. 13. Fair a.m.; rain and

wind p.m. 14, Fine a.m.: raine.M. 15. Mild and fair a.m.: raine.m. 16. Rain

nearly all day: flood. 17. Fair and mild: slight rain p.m. 18. Fair, but cloudy.

19. Frost a.m.: dulland cloudy. 20,21. Frost, slight. 22. Frost, hard: clear.

23. Fine: slight frost. 24. Fine. 25. Frost: fine and clear. 26, Fine: clear.

27, 28. Frost: fine. 29. Heavy fall of snow. 390. Snow lying: frost, hard.

$1. Frost, very keen : thermometer 11}°.

Mean temperature of the month ......... ésentsconcetasn soe 402

Mean temperature of Dec. 1846 .........008. dnvdastesacede GS “5

Mean temperature of Dec. for twenty-five years......... 38 +19

Mean rain in Dec. for twenty years....... dtexieevabecscn -. 2°94 inches,

-* Pe

gi-P |90-€ 19-1 : Of |P-PP P-1P 61-SE 00-LP | ” 216.60 019-62 a ate

SG ¢.9€ Cee IP 61-SE 00-27 | LLS-6% OLS-6% ZF-6z |S99-6z 'L98-63 | “URATH

eeceee 19- eeeeee *MS—O "95 "ou & & : ‘ ;

Berth ae sili pong be a ie ae ae a ZL-60 | £8-6% 09-62 |L18-6% |PS8-60 | “TE

rane licshtl At, SE cea We gy anette eee teeas 18-62% |79-62 | SP.6z (311-62 |9S8-6z | “Of

Rt ON hed a EA ech ee es pairs p 8E-6% | 84-62 |SL-6% OFL-62 |P60-0€ | “6z D

Siccaslessbealigeoes aot. boagacs Sou rs of (o-ce! -0€:|- LE O1-0€ |ST-0€ | 76.6% \Z8t-0€F |S61-GE, “gz

sesseeleoeeeel TQ, a. et, Evga + lapel eel get of |b oF Q1-0€ |81-0€ [6.6% P0zZ-0€ |SZZ-0€ | *LZ

SG ie FTA tb cy Pee ee celsep| iP} SE 61-0€ |Z-0€ 06-62 |1P1-0€ 061-08 | 9%

es eee aia ton dee te el eolesel $6 : VZ-0F 01-0€ | 06.6% ghI-0€ $81-0€ | *Sz

1Z0-1 |"***2"| $0- ‘as | urea} ‘a See |Sge| Pe] Ze | 6E 80-08 8-62 65-62 981-62 SF0-08 | “Fz

COT}. os | a0. Ss eee. tee ne peer ae : 99.6% | PL-6% | 89.62 859-62 016-62 | *€%

sesenaleesens|eaeens es ee ay ew ice aS ee if on Gg-6% 99-62 | LV.6% ZEL-6% 86-60 | °Z%

Vie ee oe fon ae eel eel ae. AP 25.66 |65-6% PE-6% 619-62 |619-64| “1ZO

veel og. | 10. Sn A alas ek t or lger| ge| ce | Lb 69-62 |0L:6% | 1-62 |L99.6z |SL9-6z | “0%

bees eae pet wee |? as rer ois te. Be 8P.6% |B%-6G E1-66 B8E-6z 005-62 | “OL

ree] 7. | £0. ae ar ns ep eciogh| oF | $¢ 12.6% 61-62 Z1-6% 6€€-62\29V-62 | “81

Leet | £00 |e Dee ete oy fzg Gehl oF.| €$ 80-62 06-62 | LE-6% 8&S-66 \ZLL-62 | “LI

hd ep OE ee aes 24 He aeet fy |. Pe SV.6% |ZS-6% | 8F-6% 908-62 |S88-6z| “OI

sdbugtbav cdwa ten caus i oy iy ms “6P tp a 99.6% |Z9-6% |S9-6Z 1316-62 |810-0€ | “SI C

1 SN ae wee = orl eer api 1S 6L-6Z | 6L-6% | 69-6% |Z£0-0€ 990-08 | “VI

ie A i re ie a ur LC 3 re VL.6% |$9-6% |$9-6% |%66-62 |8Z0-0€ | “ET

ee et aed Shae oe oe ee 6-4 €L-6% |09-6% 96-62 |LE6-6z §10-0€ | “aI

noesest a. 1106 vo a *s | ‘ms ari ézs| es| 6F | Ss 67.6% |0£-6% | Z£-6% \0€L-6% |%L8-6% | “Il

seer] gg. 1£0. |, | cme’ | cms | tas | ze| 1$| eh] 19 | Lg Pees hop oc: sume iaeeeu pane OF

Taiive len. oa eo OF | soriore a [0-62 | 86-82 | 11-6% |g€S-6z |LOL-62 | *6

eaeso*tGe. ELT “m | ‘s | cms “Ce cp 9h of | €¢ 01-6 |08-8% | LZ-8% |119-8% 08-62 | *“L @

vee] oc, | BI. Bakes he Sh aig of Ch eyl ie | €s 61-83 |CV-8% | ZF-8% |0SS-gz |LE8-8z| “9

sereesl oT. | QZ cae Tice Ke set | 0S CoP. i. e 01-62 | 86-8% | 88-8% |L8z-8z ORV-6z| °S

SE od, hog a teas ae Te ee ese te _ | 00.6% |05-62 | 6-62 |Shb-6z |fP6-62 | “

Sages eles eos we tae as a lete eet ae tae [se €L-62 |¥8-6% | 09.62 |666-6z |€11-08| “€

Fe 9, Pe ee oe ie a toe] LP 08-62 |06-6Z | €8-6% |€L1-0€ |692-0€ | *%

19€ | av) S% |} 1S 00-0€ | 48-62 | SL-6% |gg1-0€ |€SE-0€ | “L

So iw) a 2 | £o s) o| > - s = 4 2 *ur’ *ur

S| es S, 9};eae] & ~ &. - | ¢ = ard oa. wd | cer :

folegly |?) fe |ef| yp [sf| ee] ELE leg] BLE | S|) op | mel om re

psi("s ie 18 | BS | fe] & | FR] sowpue aa] 3S ! e :

> g > me e * apelin Seatac 35 “sormsryg tana *aILYys-solayun(] # 8 *yommsiyg ries)

“ure . g&

ree PUL *19J9WIOWIOY J, *19}9WIOIVg = 3%

Po.

*KANWUQG) ‘asunpyy younpuny 70 SuoysnoyyD “+ "Ady 2y7 A :

; i ap Q pup $AUlHS-salaaMacy ‘asuvpyy yzsnsajddp yo ‘xvequag * AA * :

gv *|;e9 A ‘AT 49 SuopuoT svau ‘MOIMSIHD Jy Ajarv0g jounynoysoyy ay2 fo Uapsvy) ayy JO Sir Ge hg pa a ay

GH.KT. aed."

ST De. Sowerby se)

PPA Lr

cada tabend baa lecnere

GHET. del?

lalla

ETT all oa

TUT TT aioe

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SECOND SERIES.]

No.3. MARCH 1848.

XVI.—Further Observations on the Diatomacese ; with descriptions

of new genera and species. By G. H. K. Tuwarrss, Lecturer

on Botany and Vegetable Physiology at the Bristol Medical

School.

{ With two Plates. ]

AGREEABLY with the promise made in my last communication, I

proceed to offer a few observations upon the facts there brought

forward with reference to conjugation in the Diatomacee, and

especially as to the bearing which these facts have upon the

subject of impregnation in the higher tribes of plants.

It may be desirable perhaps, by way of preliminary, to give a

short general account of the phenomena, as far as they have been

observed, which present themselves in the course of development

of a species of the Diatomacee.

The frustules of a Diatomaceous plant, which are usually, as

is well known, of very definite and often very beautiful figure,

are continually undergoing fissiparous division—that is, the con-

tained endochrome of each one of these frustules divides into two

portions, each of which developes around itself a cell-wall pos-

sessing a form and character precisely similar to those of the

original one. The process of fissiparous division continuing, ne-

cessarily in course of time causes a very considerable increase in

the number of frustules. There appears however to be a limit

to this mode of propagation of the frustules, except by the inter-

vention of another phenomenon—namely conjugation, or a mix-

ture of endochromes ; after which process fissiparous division

proceeds as before.

It seems probable that physiologically we ought to consider the

numerous frustules which have originated from the primordial

frustule (the sporangium or product of conjugation) not as so

many individuals of a species, but rather as parts of one indi-

vidual, which instead of, as takes place in the higher plants,

cohering to form one structure, assuming forms more or less

modified, and exhibiting a greater or less specialization of func-

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vel. i. il

P i

162 Mr. G. H. K. Thwaites on the Diatomacese ;

tion, maintain an independent existence (analogous to that of

the buds of the higher plant), retain all the functions necessary

for this independent life and for the propagation of the species,

and undergo no modification from their original form. The life

of an individual Diatomaceous plant we may therefore consider

to extend from the production of the sporangium to the period of

the conjugation of the numerous frustules which have originated

from it.

Now, for the sake of comparison, let us analyse the higher

plant: we find it to consist but of a repetition of similar parts

and structure ; and by carrying the analysis still further we ascer-

tain the whole to be a modification of cellular structure, and that

this cellular structure is the product of a continued fissiparous

division commencing from the contents of the primordial cell—

the earliest condition of the embryo. In fact, that the entire

active vital part of the whole plant is but a diffusion, as it were,

of the contents (the endochrome) of the primordial cell. This

endochrome possesses an individuality—a character—which

though not appreciable by our senses, would be found, were it

in our power to analyse it, to be as defined as when, in its

further development, it has assumed all the marked peculiarities

of the species. The complicated development of the higher plant

may be said to be the expression of the quality of the endochrome

of its primordial cell, just asthe simple development of the frus-

tule of the Diatomaceous plant expresses the quality of its endo-

chrome. If the foregoing is a correct view of the matter, it fol-

lows that the sporangium of the Diatomaceous plant is the ana-

logue of the primordial* cell of the flowering plant.

_ We may now proceed more particularly to the subject of con-

jugation. In many of the Diatomacee it is seen that at a certain

period of the development of the species a union of the endo-

chromes of two distinct frustules seems necessary for the continued

existence of the species as well as for its reproduction. The

physiologist will endeavour to arrive at some probable explana-

tion of the reason why this mixture of endochromes is necessary,

and he will feel it difficult to come to any other conclusion than

this: namely, that in each of the conjugating endochromes an

essential element must to some extent, probably very trifling, be

wanting, whilst another essential element is in excess, and that a

mixture of such an endochrome with another similarly condi-

tioned, except that the quantities of such respective elements are

reversed, must take place in order to restore the equilibrium and

enable the species to continue its existence. The circumstance of

the mixed endochrome developing around itself a cell-wall pre-

* This must not be confounded with the “‘ primordial utricle ” of Mohl.

with descriptions of new genera and species. 163

cisely similar in every respect, except in size, to that of the or-

dinary frustule, would seem to indicate very slight, if any, differ-

ence in the qualities of their respective endochromes. The spo-

rangium—the product of this mixed endochrome—undergoes

fissiparous division too in like manner with the ordinary frustules,

and is thus converted into a number of sporangial frustules. In

what way the small ordinary frustules are produced from these

has not yet been observed.

Why should not this conjugation of the endochrome in the

lower plants be considered essentially the same process as what

takes place during impregnation in the higher tribes? The most

eminent physiologists seem to be arriving at the opinion that the

fertilization of the ovule, as it is termed, consists in the union of

a part of the contents of a pollen-grain with certain matter con-

tained in the ovule, and that the embryo originates from this

mixed matter. The correctness of this opinion is rendered still

more probable by the consideration of what takes place under

the circumstances of hybridization of species. The phenomena

which present themselves in these cases are of the highest phy-

siological interest, and it seems impossible after a careful consi-

deration of them to doubt that the hybrid plant owes its ex-

istence to—consists in its earliest condition of—an endochrome

made up ef a portion of the endochrome of each of the parent

plants; for the development of the hybrid embryo into the ma-

ture plant indicates a quality of the contents of this embryonic

cell of a character combining that of the endochrome of each of

the two parents. A few facts wili best illustrate the meaning of

the foregoing observations. The ovules of Fuchsia coccinea fer-

tilized with the pollen of Fuchsia fulgens produce plants of every

intermediate form between these two species—some of the seed-

ling plants closely resembling one, and others the other species,

but the majority partaking equally of the characters of the two

parents : scarcely however will any two be found so much alike

as to be undistinguishable from each other. With respect to

each of the hybrid seedlings separately considered, there is a uni-

formity throughout in the mixed character of its various parts ;

so that it is easy from the examination of the foliage to arrive at

a tolerably correct idea of what will be the character of the

blossom. Some persons perhaps will be disposed to believe that

an endochrome may be modified in its character—that the pecu-

liarities of the hybrid plant may be produced—by the situation

in which it is at first developed; but, if this were the fact, it is

clear that the hybrid seedlings ought all to resemble each other

as much as do individuals of one species, which is far from the

truth, as has been just now stated. Moreover, a fact came under

the observation of the writer which completely sets aside the

164 Mr. G. H. K. Thwaites on the Diatomacese ;

idea of such an explanation of the phenomena, for in one ex-

ample of the hybrid Fuchsia seedlings the singular circumstance

occurred of one seed producing two plants extremely different in

appearance and character ; one of them partaking rather of the

character of Fuchsia fulgens and the other of Fuchsia coccinea. It

cannot be doubted that these very dissimilar structures were the

produce of one seed, since they were closely coherent, below the

two pairs of cotyledon leaves, into a single cylindrical stem, so

that they had subsequently the appearance of bemg branches of

one trunk. The plant was unfortunately, before flowering, killed

by an unexpected severe frost, but not before its peculiarity had

been observed by many persons besides the writer. In the case

just cited the idea of a modification of structure caused by mere

circumstance of situation in the early stage of growth is quite

untenable ; for were such the case, it is clear there could not have

been the great dissimilarity which presented itself in these twin-

plants—the produce of a single seed.

The following explanation of the phenomena of hybridization

appears to the author to be most probably the correct one ;

namely, that the hybrid embryo consists, like an ordinary em-

bryo, of a mixture of two endochromes—one derived from the

pollen-grain and the other from the ovule ; and that the peculiar

character of each hybrid individual is due to the preponderance

of one or other of these endochromes. This view of the matter

seems to remove much of the mystery which at present surrounds

this subject.

Returning again to the consideration of the lower plants. It

is true that in the Diatomacee, as far as has been yet observed,

there is no appearance of a difference of sex—there is nothing to

indicate a diversity in the character of two conjugating frustules.

In an allied family, however, the Conjugatee, there is, as Mr.

Jenner pointed out to me some months ago, an apparent adum-

bration of the sexes. ‘The filaments of the genus Zygnema con-

sist each of a single row of cells which correspond to the frustules

of the Diatomacee, like them undergoing fissiparous division and

becoming conjugated. Conjugation of the cells of Zygnema

however takes place by the endochrome of one cell finding its

way into another cell and there mixing with its endochrome ; so

that the sporangium is formed in one of the cells instead of out-

side both cells, as in the Diatomacee. In several species of

Zygnema some of the filaments consist of cells, all of which, with

the rarest exception, after conjugation contain the sporangia,

whilst all the cells of other filaments of the same plant are seen

to have entirely parted with their endochrome. This has much

of the aspect of sexuality, and the sight of the conjugated fila-

ments suggests at once this idea to the mind.

with descriptions of new genera and species. 165

The conjugation of the Diatomacee seems to throw some light

upon a question of much interest with respect to the real nature

of certain vegetable structures, respecting which many eminent

botanists are at present at issue. ‘The structures alluded to are

the so-called untheridia and pistillidia (archegonia) of Mosses.

The paper on this subject by Mr. Valentine* would seem to

settle the point that there can be no impregnation of the con-

tents of the moss-capsule by the introduction into its cavity

of any external substance, after the formation of the sporules.

On the other hand, the learned authors of the ‘ Bryologia Euro-

pa’ state with emphasis that certain species of Mosses, which

are dioicous,—that is, some plants of the same species bearing

antheridia only, and others only archegonia,—do not bear fruit

unless the male plants (those with antheridia) are in the neigh-

bourhood of the plants possessing archegonia. It is perhaps not

impossible to reconcile these at first sight apparently conflicting

opinions. It may be that impregnation takes place before the

production of the capsule ;—that the cell from which the capsule,

with its seta, &c. is developed corresponds with the sporangium

of the Diatomaceous plant or the embryonic cell of the flowering

plant ; that this cell contains a mixed endochrome derived partly

from the antheridia; and that the entire capsule (with its con-

tents, appendages, &c.), the further development of this primor-

dial cell, corresponds to a perfect seed of the flowering plant, or

to the aggregate,of the sporangial frustules of a Diatomaceous

plant. It is true that in some of the Mosses the structure of the

capsule appears very complicated, but it is upon a very simple

type, as shown in other species: and, moreover, the sporangial

frustules of the Diatomaceous plant possess cell-walls as highly

developed as occurs in any other phase of the species. In some

of the Conjugatee there is also a division of the reproductive

mass before this escapes from the plant, so that the numerous

sporules of the Moss furnish no argument against the hypo-

thesis just advanced. As a further argument in favour of the

idea of the capsule of the Moss being the product of a mixed

endochrome, it is stated by Bruch and Schimper that the cap-

sule itself is not developed unless the two so-called sexes of the

species are in proximity.

There now remains to consider a tribe of the Diatomacee,

namely the Meloseiree, which would at first seem to offer an

exception to the usual mode of reproduction in this family, but

the exception is probably rather apparent than real. In those

species of Meloseira and its allied genera which have been met

with in fruit, there is no evident conjugation or mixture of endo-

* Linn. Trans, vol. xvii. p. 465-484,

166 Mr. G. H. K. Thwaites on the Diatomacece ;

chromes ; but it is, nevertheless, perfectly certain that something

analogous to it must take place; for, excepting the mixture of

the endochromes of two cells, the phenomena here exhibited are

of precisely similar character to what has been noticed in the

other Diatomacee. In the Meloseiree*, instead of a conjugation

occurring between two frustules, a change is observed to take

place in the endochrome of a single frustule—that is, a disturb-

ance of its previous arrangement, a moving towards the centre of

the frustule, and a rapid increase in its quantity : subsequently

to this it becomes a sporangium, and out of this are developed

sporangial frustules as in the other Diatomacee. A careful consi-

deration of these phenomena, coupled with the fact of conjuga-

tion of endochromes being necessary in other species of the same

natural family, leads to the opmion that there is great probability

of a process taking place in the one cell of the Meloseiree pre-

cisely similar in physiological character to the conjugation or

mixture of endochromes in other species. In some species of

Zygnema, to which genus reference has been before made, a con-

jugation takes place between contiguous cells in the same filament,

and the contents of such pair of conjugated cells necessarily oc-

cupied one cell previously to its fissiparous division: it is there-

fore not difficult to believe, taking into view the secondary cha-

racter of cell-membrane, that the two kinds of endochrome may

be developed at the opposite ends of one frustule as easily as in

two contiguous frustules, and that at a certain period a mixture

of these may take place, giving rise to the same phenomena

which succeed conjugation in other Diatomacee. The unity of

plan which runs through the whole of nature forbids our enter-

taining the idea of a physiological, though there may be a struc-

tural, difference in the phenomena of reproduction in such closely

allied productions as the several species of Diatomacee.

It is unnecessary to enlarge upon the importance of the doc-

trines now enunciated, if they are, as I believe, correct ; but the

remainder of the paper will be more exclusively occupied with

observations on the genera and species to be described.

The general mode of formation of the sporangia in the Melo-

seiree having already been adverted to, it will now be necessary

only to indicate the peculiarities exhibited in those species of

this family, which have been met with in the state of fructifica-

* It would seem that in the Biddulphiee there is the same absence of an

evident conjugation ; for specimens of Odontella polymorpha, Kiitz. (Bid-

dulphia? levis, Ehr. and Bailey), kindly communicated to me by Professor

Harvey of Dublin, who received them from Professor Bailey, exhibit spo-

rangia, each evidently originating from the endochrome of a single cell, and

in the early stage of growth appearing as a dilatation of one end of such

cell,

with descriptions of new genera and species. 167

tion ; and it is interesting to find that differences are observable

in the character and position of the sporangia sufficient to justify

a removal of some of the species from the genus Meloseira, in

which they are at present included by Professor Kiitzing in his

valuable work on the Diatomacee. A careful examination shows

too, that, independently of the difference in the sporangia, there

is sufficient distinction between the frustules themselves to cha-

racterize the proposed new genera.

Although it is very probable that hereafter it will be found

desirable to break up still further the genus Meloseira, it is pro-

posed at present only to separate from it—I1st. Those species

characterized by the absence in the frustule of an evident cen-

tral line indicating the place of subsequent fissiparous division,

but each frustule having two somewhat distant sulci or fossule

passing round it—Awulacoseira. 2ndly. Those species, the frus-

tules of which are not at all convex at the extremities, and which

therefore form by their close contact an uninterrupted cylindrical

filament ; each frustule is marked with a central line and its in-

ternal cavity is spherical or subspherical—Orthoseira.

These two new genera may be defined as follows :—

AvLacosErIrAa.—Cellulis cylindricis bisulcatis extremitatibus plus

minusve rotundatis in filamenta concatenatis.

Typ. spec. Meloseira crenulata, Kitz. = M. orichalcea, Ralfs.

OxrtHosErRA.—Cellulis exacte cylindricis linea centrali notatis

in filamenta cylindrica connexis ; cavitatibus internis sphericis

vel subspheericis.

Typ. spec. Melosetra americana, Kiitz,

The genus Meloseira, as it stands after this removal of some

of its species, will include all those whose frustules are in any

degree convex at their extremities, and have the central line in-

dicating the place of future fissiparous division. It will probably

be found expedient to separate Meloseiwra arenaria, Moore, from

its present congeners when its sporangia have been discovered.

Sporangia or sporangial frustules have been observed by the

writer in the following species of the genus Meloseira as now re-

stricted, viz. in M. varians, Ag., M. nummuloides, Ag., M. Bor-

reri, Grev., and in an Antarctic species collected by Dr. Hooker

allied to M. globifera, Ralfs. In these species the sporangium is

spherical with its axis of growth corresponding with that of the

filament in which it is situated, and to which it continues for some

time closely to adhere. The sporangium of M. varians, Ag., has

one, sometimes two projections or mammille, each of which fits

into an empty half-frustule, and frequently so closely as to be

inseparable from it. Pl. XI. fig. Al represents various forms

and stages of development of the sporangium of M. varians ; and

168 Mr. G. H. K. Thwaites on the Diatomacee ;

fig. A 2 a filament consisting of sporangial frustules produced

from one sporangium. Fig. C is a filament of M@. Borreri, con-

sisting partly of ordinary and partly of sporangial frustules.

M. nummuloides of Kiitzing I cannot help believing to be the

sporangial state of MM. salina of the same author.

In Aulacoseira crenulata the sporangium is spherical, with its

axis of elongation at right angles to that of the frustule from

which it originated. Around the young sporangium a consider-

able quantity of mucus is developed, by which the empty half-

frustules are for some time held attached. Fig. B 2 represents

filaments of Aulacoseira crenulata with sporangia; and fig. B 3

sporangial frustules of the same species.

Orthosewra Dickiewt, n. sp. Pl. XII. fig. E 1-7 ). Filamentis

brevibus ; cellulis leevissimis.

The filaments of this beautiful species consist generally each of

from two to four frustules, which are hyaline and perfectly smooth,

and each with its central cavity filled with a dark red-brown en-

dochrome. . The sporangium of Orthoseira Dickieti is no less

beautiful than interesting: it is fusiform in shape and marked

with numerous annular constrictions, each with a corresponding

internal septum or chamber, the origin of which can only be un-

derstood by paying attention to the early development of the

sporangium. In fig. EK 3 is shown a filament of this species, the

terminal cells of which have each commenced to develope a spo-

rangium ; H 4 represents two such cells or young sporangia ;

and EZ 5 a mature sporangium. It will be observed that the for-

mation of the ring-like markings is progressive, and that they go

on increasing in number until the sporangium is fully developed.

At the commencement of the formation of the sporangium, the

endochrome, at the same time that 1t withdraws from the end of

the frustule, produces at its centre an additional ring of cell-

membrane ; and this process continuing to take place at certain

intervals—each new ring of cell-membrane exceeding in diameter

those previously formed—produces at length the structure re-

presented in E5. Or it may be a more correct explanation of

the process to say, that an entire new cell-membrane has been

developed by the young sporangium at the time each new ring

has been formed, and that thus have originated the several

chambers into which the ends of the sporangium are divided.

Fissiparous division of the sporangium subsequently takes place,

as shown in fig. EK 6, and sporangial frustules are developed from

each half, E 7.

Meloseira americana, Kitz. Bacillarien, 55. tab. 30. fig. 69, is

evidently congeneric with this species; differing from it princi-

pally in the ends of its frustules being striated.

with descriptions of new genera and species. 169

Orthoseira Dickieti was kindly communicated to me by Dr.

Dickie, who discovered this beautiful species in December last

near Aberdeen in a moist dripping dark cave close by the sea,

and covering the Mosses, Hepaticz, &c. as a fine blackish green

sand, collecting also in the shelvings of the rock.

Cyclotella? Kiitzingiana, n. sp. Pl. XI. fig. D 1-5 @). Cel-

lulis latere primario sigmoideo-flexuoso, lateribus secundariis

radiatim striatis.

The frustules of this species, fig. D 1, 2, are short, and exhibit

an apparent sigmoid curvature, which is due to each of their stri-

ated disciform ends having a prominence on one side of its centre

and a depression on the other, and the opposite end of the frus-

tule having a depression and prominence corresponding to these.

The sporangia, fig. D 4, 4, are developed much‘in the same way

as in Meloseira. ‘This species is evidently closely allied to Cy-

clotella? minutula, Kiitz. Bacill. tab. 2. fig. 3, but differs in the

fewer number of curvatures apparent in the frustule. The spo-

rangial frustules, fig. D 5, are very similar to Cyclotella? Rotula,

Kiitz. Bacill. tab. 2. fig. 4. A species of Cyclotella collected by

Geo. Dansey, Esq. near Devonport, and which I suspect may be

the C. operculata of Kiitzing, differs from the present species in

the radiating striz being only slightly marked, and in the curved.

appearance of the frustule being scarcely evident.

Occurs in brackish ditches amongst the leaves of Myriophyl-

lum, &e. Wareham, Rev. W. Smith ; Shirehampton near Bristol,

GBT.

Before taking leave for the present of the Meloseirea, I cannot

avoid referrmg to the analogy they offer to the genus Tiresias,

Bory (Gidogonium, Link, Vestculifera, Hassall), and its allies.

The Meloseiree seem to bear the same relation to these that the

other Diatomacee do to the Conjugatee. The annulated struc-

ture of the sporangium of Orthoseira also recalls to mind and

explains the character of the rmgs which are met with at the end

of the fructifying cell in Tiresias. |

Schizonema eximium,n. sp. Pl. XII. fig. F 1 (+), 2, 3, 4 (=).

Celomatibus simplicibus aut parce ramosis, rugulosis: navi-

culis sigmoideis levibus.

The sigmoid frustules of this beautiful freshwater species at

once distinguish it from any other described Schizonema. The

delicate gelatinous sheaths are simple or very sparingly branched

and minutely rugulose, especially near their base; they contain

from one to four rows of the large, smooth, sigmoid frustules.

170 Mr. G. H. K. Thwaites on the Diatomacesz ;

Found in small quantity in a rapid stream of fresh water on

the filaments of Vaucheria, roots of grass, &c., at Crew’s Hole

near Bristol, in December last.

Schizonema subcoherens, n. sp. Pl. XII. fig. G1 (+), 2 (*), 38-

7 (=). Czlomatibus in massam amorpham subcoherentibus,

valde mucosis, ramosis, navicularum sepe multas singulas

series continentibus: naviculis late truncatis, versus apices

subito angustatis, striatis.

Evidently closely allied to Schizonema? mucosum, Kiitz. Bacill.

115. tab. 26. fig. 9, but differs from it in having the frustules

striated and towards the apices suddenly narrowed. Tufts of the

plant from a quarter to half an inch or more high ; filaments very

mucous and tenacious, and each containing from one to several

single rows of frustules, which are continued without interruption

into the branches.

For the opportunity of figuring and describing this interesting

species I am indebted to the kindness of the Rev. W. Smith,

F.L.S., who found it in June last in Wareham “ North River,”

densely spreading in a spongy stratum over the clayey bank and

bottom of the stream.

The sporangia of this species, fig. G 6, are produced by the

conjugation of a pair of frustules outside the filaments ; but spo-

rangial frustules are frequently found in a filament intermixed

with ordinary frustules, from which they differ only in size:

from this and from what has been observed by the writer in

other species, it would appear that the frustules have a tendency

to arrange themselves into linear series, and that subsequently a

mucous sheath is developed around them.

Schizonema subcoherens would appear to belong to Agardh’s

genus “ Micromega” : it is difficult however to see the advantage

of creating a new genus from characters derived from the mu-

cous sheath only, and which characters really may be present in

some species without being clearly evident. The so-called “ sper-

matia” of Micromega, now that the true sporangia have been

discovered, require further examination: a somewhat similar ap-

pearance to what is figured by Kiitzing is sometimes evidently

due to minute zoophytes in an immature state.

Schizonema vulgare, n. sp. Pl. XII. fig. H 1 (+), 2-5 (2). Na-

viculis levibus, lanceolatis, versus apices subito angustatis.

Hab. in aqua dulci.

Var. a. rivulorum. Fig. H 1-4. Czlomatibus distinctis, ra-

mosis: naviculis subacutis.

with descriptions of new genera and species. 171

Var. 8. lacustre. Fig. H5. Celomatibus mucosis, simplicibus

(aut parce ramosis ?) : naviculis latius truncatis quam in varie-

tate preecedenti.

Monema lacustre, Agardh ?

Var. y. effusum. Czlomatibus indistinctis, in stratum gelatino

sum effusis: naviculis ut in varietate a.

Although this is perhaps the commonest species of all the

Schizonemata, since it occurs during the spring in almost every

ditch and running stream, yet it does not appear hitherto to have

been described, unless the Monema lacustre of Agardh should

prove to be one of its forms. The species is most abundant in

shallow streams, covering stones, &c. with a dark brown gelati-

nous coating, but in which a linear arrangement of the frustules

may frequently be detected. When the plant occurs in deeper

water, the ordinary Schizonema filaments make their appearance,

which are much-branched when growing in rapid streams, but

when occurring in still water, or where there is only a slight cur-

rent, are simple or nearly so. In the last-named form of the

species, which may possibly be the Monema lacustre, Ag., there

is also a slight difference in the form of the frustules, which are

rather shorter compared with their width, and more truncated at

their extremities. The frustules of all three varieties are of a

lanceolate form, suddenly narrowed near the apices.

Schizonema neglectum, n. sp. Pl. XI. fig. J 1 (=), 2-4 (#).

Celomatibus- ramosis, mucosis: naviculis lanceolatis, delica-

tule striatis.

The filaments of this species, which are branched, especially

towards the base, easily escape detection owing to particles of

sand and other substances adhering to their tenacious surface

and being with difficulty removed from it. It is therefore next

to impossible to get good examples of this species, and hence the

reason why it has hitherto escaped the observation of botanists.

The frustules are lanceolate and very delicately striated, and are

very like those of Schizonema floccosum, Kiitz., which has been

found by Dr. Dickie near Aberdeen ; but in that species they are

not striated, and are moreover included in a gelatinous sheath of

much greater thickness than that of Schizonema neglectum.

Occurring amongst other Diatomacee from fresh or slightly

brackish water near Bristol.

Dickieia Danseii,n. sp. Pl. XII. fig. K 1 (2), 2-4 (). Frons

gelatinosa, indefinita, mammillosa: naviculis ovalibus, striatis.

The frustules of this species are siliceous and of an oval form,

172 Mr. G. H. K. Thwaites on the Diatomacee.

with a linear space on either side of the central mark striated.

This beautiful new species is extremely interesting as illustrating

the real structure of the genus Dickieia. Hach frustule developes

around itself a definite amount of gelatine, so that at each repe-

tition of fissiparous division additions are made to the amount of

gelatine of the frond by the new frustules which are then pro-

duced. In the present species these additions are in the form of

mammillz, and a good deal resemble the mucous prolongations of

some of the Palmellea, a frustule being situated towards the extre-

mity of each. A mammillose and somewhat areolate appearance

is thus given to the indefinite frond, whereas in Dickieia ulvoides

the newly developed additions to the gelatine cohere to form a

compact even membrane.

I have great pleasure in naming this species in compliment to

its discoverer George Dansey, Esq. of Devonport, who finds it in

small quantity upon rocks on the tidal shore of the river Tamar.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES XI. ayp XII.

Pirate XI,

. Meloseira varians, Ag. 1. Filaments with sporangia. 2. Filament

consisting entirely of sporangial frustules. (Magnified 220 linear.)

Aulacoseira crenulata, 1. Filament. 2. Filaments with sporangia.

3. Sporangial frustules. (Magnified 220 linear.)

Meloseira Borreri, Grev. Filament consisting partly of ordinary and

partly of sporangial frustules. (Magnified 220 linear.)

Cyclotella? Kiitzingiana. 1,2. Frustules. 3. Frustules becoming con-

verted into sporangia. 4. Sporangia. 5. Sporangial frustules.

(220 linear.)

oo b>

Prare XII.

E. Orthoseira Dickieti. 1,1. Filaments. 2, Filament deprived of endo-

, chrome. 3. Filament the terminal cells of which are becoming

converted into sporangia. 4. Immature sporangia. 5. Sporan-

gium. 6, Sporangium become fissiparously divided. 7. Sporan-

gial frustules becoming developed from one of the halves of a

sporangium. (Magnified 220 linear.)

F. Schizonema eximium. 1. Filaments (nat. size). 2. Portion of filament

(magnified 220 linear). 3. Frustule. 4. Frustule deprived of its

endochrome.

Schizonema subcoherens. 1. Portion of plant (nat. size). 2. Part of

same (magnified 20 linear). 3. Part of filament (magnified 220

linear). 4. Frustule. 5. Frustule withoutendochrome. 6. Spo-

rangia. 7. Sporangial frustule.

H. Schizonema vulgare. 1. Filaments of var. a. fee size). 2. Filament

(magnified 220 linear), 3. Frustule. 4. Frustule without endo-

chrome. 5. The same (of var. B.).

Schizonema neglectum. 1. Filaments (nat. size). 2. Filament (magnified

220 linear). 3. Frustule. 4. Frustule deprived of its endochrome.

. Dickieia Danseii. 1. Portion of frond (magnified 35 linear). 2. Part of

same (magnified 220 linear), 3. Frustule. 4. Frustule without

endochrome.

Mr. J. Blackwall on the Physiology of the Araneidea. 173

XVII.— Researches having for their object the Elucidation of cer-

tain Phenomena in the Physiology of the Araneidea. By Joun

Biackwatt, F.L.S.

SINcE an epitome of my researches into the structure, functions

and ceconomy of the Araneidea was published in the ‘ Report of

the Fourteenth Meeting of the British Association for the Ad-

vancement of Science, held at York in September 1844,’ and in

the fifteenth volume of the ‘Annals and Magazine of Natural

History,’ I have repeated, with slight modifications, several of

the experiments relative to the reproduction of the limbs of spi-

ders therein detailed, and as they appear to present some in-

teresting results I shall give them in the order of their occur-

rence, together with the inferences deduced from them.

1. The digital joint of the left palpus of an immature female

Tegenaria civilis was amputated on the 28th of April 1845. On

the 24th of the following June the spider cast its integument and

the left palpus was reproduced ; it was unsymmetrical in form,

the axillary, humeral and cubital joints being equal in size to the

corresponding parts of the right palpus, but the radial and digi-

tal jomts were small. The digital jomt of the new palpus was

amputated on the 28th of June, and the limb was again restored

at the succeeding moult, which took place on the 18th of August

in the same year, when the radial and digital joints, though en-

larged, were still inferior in size to those of the right palpus.

2. A very young female Tegenaria civilis had the right poste-

rior leg detached at the coxa on the 30th of April 1845 by means

of a fine pair of forceps. It moulted on the 19th of June, when

the right posterior leg, of a small size, was reproduced. On the

26th of the same month the new leg was detached at the coxa,

and was reproduced on the 30th of July, when the spider again

cast its integument. This leg was detached in like manner on

the 5th of August, and was reproduced on the 11th of September,

at which period also the spider moulted. On the 14th of Sep-

tember the leg last restored was detached, and was reproduced

on the 8th of November, when the spider underwent its final

moult and arrived at maturity. The right posterior leg, which

was reproduced four times, maintained its symmetry inviolate

through the whole of these changes; but though its dimensions

were enlarged with the growth of the spider at each successive

change of tegument, yet they were always greatly inferior to

those of the corresponding leg on the opposite side.

3. On the 28th of June 1845 avery young female Tegenaria

cwvilis had the right anterior leg detached at the coxa.. It moulted

on the 6th of July, but the coxa only of the mutilated leg was

174 Mr. J. Blackwall on certain Phenomena in the

produced. On the 8th of August it moulted again and the entire

limb was restored. The same leg was detached at the coxa on

the 14th of August, the 26th of September, and the 12th of

November ; and was reproduced on the 19th of September, the

8th of November, and the 20th of May 1846, respectively, at

which periods the spider changed its integument. At the last

date, the right palpus, which had been detached at the axillary

joint on the 12th of November 1845, was also reproduced ; both

it and the right anterior leg were small but symmetrical, the

latter having been reproduced four times.

4, A very young male Tegenaria civilis had the left posterior

leg detached at the coxa on the 5th of August, the 14th of Sep-

tember, and the 29th of October 1845, and on the 18th of April

and the 8th of June 1846. This spider cast its integument on

the 10th of September and the 25th of October 1845, and on

the 10th of April, the 5th of June and the 4th of July 1846, re-

spectively, at each of which dates, except the last, the left poste-

rior leg was reproduced, but on the 4th of July the coxa only was

produced. The circumstances attending the restoration of this

limb were similar to those recorded in experiments 2 and 3. I

may add, that the spider frequently.moistened the tarsus of the

third leg on the left side with saliva and applied it to the injured

art.

5. Half of the metatarsus, with the tarsus, of the right an-

terior leg of an immature male Kpéira antriada was amputated

on the 20th of August 1845. On the 8th of the ensuing Sep-

tember the spider moulted and the right anterior leg was re-

produced. ‘The coxa, femur and tibia of the new limb were of

the same dimensions as those parts of the corresponding leg

on the opposite side, but the metatarsus and tarsus were very

small.

6. An immature female Ciniflo ferox had about a third of the

tibia, the metatarsus and tarsus of the left anterior leg amputated

on the 14th of March 1846. It moulted on the 14th of the

following May, when the coxa, femur and genual joint of the

left anterior leg, which was reproduced, were of the same size as

the corresponding parts of the right anterior leg, but the tibia,

metatarsus and tarsus were very diminutive. This spider moulted

again on the 28rd of July in the same year; -at the same time

the tibia, metatarsus and tarsus of the new limb were consider-

ably enlarged.

7. A young female Tegenaria civilis, which had the right pos-

terior leg amputated near the anterior extremity of the tibia on

the 16th of March 1846, cast its integument on the 24th of the

ensuing May and the mutilated limb was reproduced ; the coxa,

femur and genual joint were of the same dimensions as the cor-

Physiology of the Araneidea. 175

responding parts of the left posterior leg, but the tibia, metatar-

sus and tarsus were small.

8. The left posterior leg of an immature female Tegenaria

civilis was amputated near the anterior extremity of the tibia on

the 16th of March 1846. On the 30th of the followmg May

the spider cast its integument and the mutilated limb was repro-

duced ; the coxa, femur and genual joint were of the same size

as the corresponding parts of the right posterior leg, but the

tibia, metatarsus and tarsus were small. This spider moulted

again on the 27th of June in the same year, when a considerable

- enlargement of the tibia, metatarsus and tarsus of the new limb

took place.

9. A very young female Tegenaria civilis had the left posterior

leg detached at the coxa on the 14th of September 1846. It

moulted on the 23rd of the same month, but the mutilated leg

was not reproduced till a subsequent moult, which took place

on the 4th of May 1847. The same leg was detached at the

coxa on the 13th of May, the 24th of June, the 22nd of July,

the 30th of August, and the 13th of October; and the spider

changed its integument on the 16th of June, the 16th of July,

the 22nd of August, the 6th of October, and the 24th of Novem-

ber 1847, respectively, at which periods the left posterior leg

was reproduced. Though this hmb was restored six times, and

was enlarged at each successive moult the spider underwent, yet

it constantly retained a symmetrical figure, and through all its

changes was greatly inferior in size to the corresponding leg on

the opposite side.

10. On the 3rd of June 1847 the left posterior leg of an im-

mature female Tegenaria civilis was detached at the coxa, and the

right posterior leg was amputated near the middle of the tibia.

This spider moulted on the 9th of the ensuing July, at which

time the left posterior leg, of small dimensions, but symmetrical

in form, was reproduced ; the right posterior leg was also repro-

duced, but the tibia, metatarsus and tarsus, compared with the

other jomts of the same limb, were greatly disproportionate in

size.

11. An immature male Agelena labyrinthica had the left pos-

terior leg amputated near the anterior extremity of the metatar-

sus on the 4th of June 1847. It cast its integument on the

30th of the same month, when the left posterior leg was repro-

duced. The coxa, femur and tibia were of the same size as the

correspondiug parts of the right posterior leg, but the metatarsus

and tarsus were small, the latter remarkably so.

12. The left posterior leg of a young female Agelena labyrin-

thica was detached at the coxa, and the right posterior leg was

amputated near the middle of the metatarsus on the 5th of June

176 Mr. J. Blackwall on certain Phenomena in the

1847. The spider moulted on the 14th of the same month, when

the stumps only of the mutilated limbs were produced. On the

7th of the following July it moulted again, at which time the

left posterior leg, of small dimensions, but symmetrical in form,

was restored ; the right posterior leg was also restored, but the

metatarsus and tarsus were disproportionately small.

13. On the 14th of June 1847 the right posterior leg of an

immature female Agelena labyrinthica was amputated near the

middle of the metatarsus. The spider cast its integument on

the 2nd of the ensuing July, when the mutilated limb was re-

produced. The coxa, femur and tibia were equal in size to the

corresponding parts of the left posterior leg, but the metatarsus

was very small, and the tarsus was extremely diminutive.

Experiments 2, 3, 4 and 9 serve to establish the fact, that if a

leg of an immature Tegenaria civilis be detached at the coxa four

or even six times consecutively, it may be reproduced at each

succeeding moult the spider undergoes. This frequent renewal

of the same part seems to warrant the conclusion that a repro-

duction of the limbs of the Araneidea generally, irrespective of

mutilation, actually occurs whenever a change of integument

takes place ; and this view of the subject, which probably might

be extended to numerous subdivisions of the Articulata, derives

additional support from evidence supplied by the other experi-

ments. ;

That the dimensions of reproduced limbs are in inverse ratio to

the extent of the injury previously inflicted on the parts is mani-

fest from experiments 1, 3, 10 and 12; thus, palpi and legs de-

tached at the axillary joint and coxa are usually symmetrical, but

diminutive, when reproduced ; while those amputated at the arti-

culation of the digital with the radial joint, and near the middle

of the tibia or the metatarsus, on being restored are always very

much larger and unsymmetrical; in point of fact, the develop-

ment of the new limb depends upon the capacity of the unde-

tached portion of the mutilated part; for if a leg be amputated

near the middle of the metatarsus, as was the case in experiments

5, 12 and 18, the coxa, femur and tibia will be of the same di-

mensions as those joints of the corresponding leg on the opposite

side, but the metatarsus and tarsus will be very diminutive ;

should the excision be made near the anterior extremity of the

tibia, as in experiments 6, 7 and 8, then the size of the coxa,

femur and genual joint will be normal, but that of the tibia,

metatarsus and tarsus will be very abnormal. These curious re-

sults plainly demonstrate, that not only reproduced limbs in their

totality, but that particular joints also are limited in their dimen-

sions by the capacity of the undetached portion of the mutilated

part in which they are developed, and that restored legs and

Physiology of the Araneidea, 177

palpi are never symmetrical except when developed in the unde-

tached coxa and axillary joint respectively.

In order to obtain a satisfactory explanation of the pheno-

mena stated above, it must be conceded that. the limbs of spiders

produced at each successive moult, from the period at which the

animals quit the cocoon till they arrive at maturity, are abso-

lutely new organs resulting from the vital functions of assimila-

tion aud accretion ; indeed, the renewal of a repeatedly detached

leg at each succeeding change of integument, and the circumstance

of the dimensions of entire limbs or portions of limbs depending

upon the space allowed for their development at the time of re-

storation, present difficulties which do not admit of a solution on

any other physiological principle that I am aware of.

Sometimes the stump only of a partially amputated leg is pro-

duced at the succeeding moult, especially when the injury has

been inflicted but a short time previously to the change of inte-

gument, as may be seen on referring to experiments 3, 9 and 12,

As the formative process in this case must have made consider-

able progress before the excision of the part was effected, there is

nothing extraordinary in the result ; but a similar consequence

occasionally ensues when the partial amputation of a leg takes

place very soon after a change of integument, before the forma-

tive process can be supposed to have commenced; experiment 4

presents an instance of this kind ; a much more remarkable one,

however, is given in the ‘Annals and Magazine of Natural

History,’ vol. xv. p. 233, experiment 12, from which it appears

that the stumps only of the palpi of a young male Linyphia cauta

were produced at two consecutive moults after the parts had suf-

fered mutilation, though several legs of the spider, mutilated at

the same time, were renewed at the next moult after the infliction

of the injury.

If these facts are inexplicable at present upon the principle of

the reproduction of lost parts by the Araneidea which I have

been advocating, it may be attributed to the obscurity in which

they are involved, and as they are decidedly opposed to every

other view of the subject, it is not necessary to notice them more

particularly in this place.

I avail myself of the opportunity afforded by this communica-

tion to correct a statement contained in the epitome of my re-

searches into the structure, functions and ceconomy of the Ara-

neidea, (Report of the Fourteenth Meeting of the British Asso-

ciation for the Advancement of Science, held at York in Septem-

ber 1844, p. 73; and the Annals and Magazine of Natural

History, vol. xv. p. 234,) to the effect, that if part only of a

limb of a spider be amputated, as the tarsus of a leg or the digi-

tal joint of a palpus, all the joints of the limb when reproduced,

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.2. Vol.i. 12

178 Mr. J. Blackwall on certain Phenomena in the

though small, will be proportionate to those of the corresponding

limb on the opposite side ; whereas it is evident from the prece-

ding experiments that legs and palpi restored after mutilation are

never symmetrical except when respectively developed in the un-

detached coxa and axillary joint alone.

So little appears to have been done for the purpose of deter-

mining the longevity of spiders with some approach to accuracy,

that a few observations on the subject probably will not be re-

garded as superfluous.

A young female Tegenaria civilis, disengaged from the egg on

the 6th of July 1842, after quitting the cocoon was placed in a

separate phial and was abundantly supplied with nutriment.

It continued in excellent health and condition apparently till the

8th of July 1845, when it died suddenly, having completed the

third year of its existence.

On the 27th of June 1842 a young male Tegenaria civilis was

disengaged from the egg. It quitted the cocoon on the 21st of

the following month, and underwent its last moult on the 17th

of October 1843. During the winter of 1844 it became greatly

reduced in bulk, and died on the 30th of March 1845.

The egg of a Tegenaria civilis hatched on the 27th of June

1842 produced a female spider, which completed its final change

of integument on the 5th of August 1843. It took its food well,

and appeared to be in good health till the 6th of July 1846, when

it died, having attained to the age of four years and nine days.

Allowing for the disadvantages to which spiders are subjected

in a state of captivity, I think the duration of life in the species

upon which the observations were made should not be estimated

at less than four years, and I have elsewhere shown (An-

nals and Magazine of Natural History, vol. xv. p. 2382, experi-

ment 4; and pp. 235, 236) that the life of Segestria senoculata

is protracted to an equally long period. Whether any spiders

enjoy a more prolonged existence or not remains to be ascer-

tained ; but there can be no doubt that Dolomedes mirabilis, Clu-

biona erratica, Agelena labyrinthica, Epéwra quadrata, Tetragna-

tha extensa, Linyphia montana, Theridion lineatum, and nume-

rous other species, do not usually survive the second winter after

quitting the egg in this northern climate.

The following particulars, extracted from observations made

by M. Doumere on Theridion «triangulifer, are given by Baron

‘Walckenaer in his ‘ Histoire Naturelle des Insect es Aptéres,’

supplément 4 histoire naturelle de Vordre des Aranéides, t. 1.

p- 506 :—“ Prise a la fin de décembre 1839, cette Aranéide fit un

premier cocon le 23 avril suivant, les ceufs ont éclos le 5 mai;

il n’en est sorti que des mdles. Le 10 mai, formation d’un nou-

veau cocon; le 24 mai, les ceufs ont éclos, il n’en est sorti que

Physiology of the Avaneidea. 179

des femelles. Le 16 juin suivant, accouplement de l’Aranéide

mére avec un de ses petits, male, provenant de la premiére couvée,

Deux cocons formés du 26 au 28 juin. Les ceufs d’un des deux

cocons ont éclos le 27 juillet, et il n’en est sorti que des femelles.

Les ceufs du second cocon ont éclos le 31 juillet, et il n’en est

sorti que des males.” The events to which attention is here di-

rected are represented as succeeding each other with a degree of

rapidity unparalleled in the records of arachnology.

It appears that on the 23rd of April 1840 a female Theridion

triangulifer deposited in a cocoon a set of eggs which produced

young on the 5th of May; they all proved to be males, and on

the 16th of the following June one of them paired with its pa-

rent, which enveloped a set of eggs in a cocoon on the 26th and

a second set in another cocoon on the 28th of the same month ;

the first set was hatched on the 27th of the ensuing July and

produced males only ; the second set was hatched four days later,

and from it proceeded females only.

Now, though many of the Theridia are very short-lived, and,

consequently, pass through their several mutations and arrive at

maturity earlier than those spiders whose existence is of longer

continuance, yet, in my researches into the ceconomy of the Ara-

neidea, which have occupied a considerable portion of my leisure

hours during many years, an instance of the young of these ani-

mals becoming adult in the same season that the eggs were de-

posited from which they were disengaged has never come under

my observation ; but in the example before us, an egg laid on

the 23rd of April is stated to have produced a male spider which

on the 16th of the ensuing June was capable of propagating its

species. If the small size of spiders on quitting the egg be borne

in mind, and if it be taken into consideration also that an ad-

vance in growth, particularly of the cephalo-thorax and its ap-

pendages, is limited to the periods at which the integument is

changed, a suspicion can scarcely fail to be induced that there

may have been some latent source of error in the observations of

M. Doumere, which it is very desirable should be carefully re-

peated. As regards Theridion triangulifer depositing two sets of

eggs at different times, each of which produced young of the same

sex only, one males, and the other females, I will merely remark,

that hitherto I have had no opportunity of investigating the ceco-

nomy of this species ; but that the case is very different with

Tegenaria civilis conclusive evidence is not wanting, for I have

brought up individuals of both sexes from the same set of eggs,

deposited in a cocoon by this common and widely distributed

spider on the 27th of May 1842.

A passage in the ‘ Introduction to Entomology,’ by Messrs.

Kirby and Spence, fifth edition, vol. iv. letter xliv. p. 214, merits

| 12%

180 - Mr. A. Henfrey on some Points in the Structure

a brief notice ; it is this: “Spiders are reputed to be subject to

the stone: I do not say Calculus in Vesica; but we are informed

by Lesser that Dr. John Franck having shut up fourteen spiders

in a glass with some valerian root, one of them voided an ash-

coloured calculus with small black dots.” This singular opinion

seems to have originated in a misapprehension of an ordinary

occurrence, which I shall proceed to explain. If the faces of

spiders, which consist of a white fluid comprising black particles

of greater density, happen when voided to be suspended in the

webs or among the lines spun by these animals, they assume,

under the influence of molecular attraction, the spherical figure

common to fluids in general when similarly circumstanced, and

soon becoming indurated by desiccation, a change of colour from

white to gray or grayish brown spotted with black uniformly

takes place, and in this state they constitute, I doubt not, the

substance which Dr. Franck mistook for a calculus.

XVIII..—On some Points in the Structure and Growth of Mono-

cotyledons. By Arntuur Henrrey, F.L.S. &c.*

[ With two Plates.]

AttTHoveH the views which are advocated in the followmg paper

do not possess much originality, I have been induced to lay my

observations before this Section by several considerations. In the

first place, I believe that the subject is one to which a compara-

tively small amount of attention has been paid in this country,

and therefore, dependent as we have been on foreign observers

for our knowledge of it, indigenous investigations may have some

interest ; secondly, the theories of monocotyledonous structure

held by the chief continental authorities are at present not ge-

nerally-received views, but to some extent individual opinions,

conflicting more or less one with another; and, lastly, as I have

devoted a considerable amount of time to the examination of this

most intricate subject, I have thought that independent obser-

vations, carefully and repeatedly made, might by their publica-

tion be of some service to the science of Botany, either by point-

ing out the errors or confirming the statements of other ana-

tomists. .

_ [have directed my attention to the structure of those Mono-

cotyledons which can be readily obtained in a living state in this

country ; the structure of the stems of Palms I have not had the

opportunity of studying, and therefore with regard to them I

have been obliged to depend upon the observations of others. So

_ * Read at the Meeting of the British Association, June 1847, and com-

municated by the Author.

Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. $. 2. Vol.1. FLIX.

SDe.C. Sowerby . se.

,~ oe

Ann.& Mag. Nat: Hist... 2.VAALUX.

Ls .

Sparganium ramosum. AV

eae

via ‘ii

feces,

SoS

eee. os

— A

. . 4

Se2e% 3060

sew 2 S600, e

——— Bao

9h)

JU)

TOTS,

6: EY

K Relate]

POY PH

Je ge Bae

| NER OTE

| ees

UD ye iif COG au

Bete eect eal ie

d ee tees ai =

r << = 7

AH. del. .

SDe C Sowerby se.

and Growth of Monocotyledons. . 181

far as I can at present judge, the various forms are all reducible

to two types, which are themselves united under the single com-

mon character which was first definitely announced by Schleiden.

_ Those who are acquainted with his views will recollect that he

has pointed out an essential distinction between the characters

of the fibro-vascular bundles of Monocotyledons and of Dicoty-

ledons, which in the former are closed; that is, their growth in

the transverse direction is arrested at a definite epoch, whence

results their isolated condition, giving a peculiar aspect to the

monocotyledonous stem; while in the Dicotyledons the fibro-

vascular bundles not only grow laterally, so as to come in con-

tact with one another as wedge-shaped bodies collectively form-

ing a ring, but their peripherical or external face is capable of

development to an extent only limited by the life of the plant

in which they exist. Thus the successive layers which add to

the thickness of a dicotyledonous stem are produced by the pe-

- ripherical growth of the fibro-vascular bundles, the distinction

into rings, frequently so strongly marked, depending merely on

the difference of the condition of those elements of the fibro-

vascular bundle produced in the earlier part of the year from

that of those formed during the advance of the. season.

This is the sole universal character by which the stems of the

two great classes can be distinguished. The theoretical distinc-

tion into Endogens and Exogens has not a single fact to support

it. All plants possessing a stem are Endogens so far as the

origination of organs is concerned, since these are developed in

buds in the axils of older organs, and, in terminal buds, are im-

mediate developments of the central parenchyma. But the new

deposits of fibro-vascular structure belonging to these are found

crossing those of the older organs at the earliest period of their

development, and always and in all stems come to be applied

upon their outer surface. ‘The accounts of endogenous growth

are negatived by all those who have traced the development of

structure in the Monocotyledons, and could only have been

founded on a superficial examination of fully-formed stems. I

have traced the development in the buds of many of our indi-.

genous and commonly cultivated Monocotyledons, and they all

agree with the characters of that one which I have selected to

illustrate this point. , Ment t

In the accompanying drawings (Pi. IX. figs. 2 and 8) are re-

presented sections of very young buds of Sparganium ramosum,

and the nascent fibro-vascular bundles are seen in the central

portion ; the uppermost and youngest, much more delicate and

less perfect than the lower, being in direct connexion with the

central nascent leaves. The figures also illustrate several other

important points concerning the structure of monocotyledonous

182 Mr. A. Henfrey on some Points in the Structure

stems, of which I shall have presently to speak; before passing

to these, however, I must refer to the controversies which exist

as to the course of development, in time, of the different portions

of the fibro-vascular bundles. Von Mohl offers, I believe, no

opinion on this point; Schleiden states that their development

commences below and extends upwards into the leaf, in which

opinion he is borne out by the statements of several authors,

particularly Mirbel* and Naudin+. Gaudichaud}{ states that

the development begins in the centre, and that an ascending and

a descending portion are gradually organized, one passing to the

leaf, the other to the roots.

My own observations are in favour of the former opinion, and

indeed Gaudichaud’s publications are wanting in proper scientific

completeness. His statements are much too dogmatic, and his

figures have too much of the character of diagrams, to be re-

ceived as direct evidence in a case where such complex structures

are in question.

In the very youngest part of the bud the nascent leaf is

wholly cellular; the cells have generally a spherical form, like

those of the other organs and of the conical summit of the stem ;

the whole are clothed by a delicate epithelium. But in the sub-

stance of the stem and nascent leaves are to be remarked certain

regions, where the cells, in the earliest condition I have seen

them, have a peculiar appearance, being elongated and arranged

in parallel rows (Pl. X. fig. 1 a, a) ; in the centre of these bun-

dles of elongated cells first appear the vessels, which are at first

unrollable spiral vessels ; these regions are in fact the nascent

fibro-vascular bundles. These fibro-vascular bundles appeared

to me to be always younger and less perfect as they approached

the apex, or punctum vegetationis. The further development of

these elements into the ducts and woody structures found in full-

grown bundles [ have not systematically followed, as I was more

particularly anxious to attain a clear view of their anatomical

relation to each other and to the roots.

The condition of the relations of the bundles above indicated is

the same as that which exists in most bulbs, and is the form which

gives the type characterized by Schleiden as consisting of a stem

where the internodial portions are little or not at all developed.

I believe that the stem of a solid Palm has essentially the same

relative arrangement of the parts. The other type is found in

some Palms and in the annual stems of Grasses; this is charac-

terized by the development of the internodes.

In regard to the flowering-stem of the first form we have two

modifications to discriminate, depending on the position of the

* Ann. des Sc. Nat. 2 sér. xx. 6. + Ibid. 3 sér. i. 162.

t Recherches gén, sur l’Organographie, &c. Paris, 1841.

and Growth of Monocotyledons. 183

points where the leaves pass off from the stem, in the full-grown

annual stem. In the Crocus, Tulip, Hyacinth, &c., the leaves

arise immediately from the base of the flattened stem situated at

the bottom of the bulb; the fibres of the peduncle of these plants

become developed upwards with the growth of the part in which

they are placed, their inferior extremities retaining their relations

unaltered below. In the Tiger Lily, Crown Imperial, &c., the

leaves are borne upon the elongated stem, and in Asparagus

branching of the stem takes place; in this form the lower part

of the stem retains the bulb-like character, and the ascending

portions of the fibro-vascular bundles become developed upward

in the stem before passing into the leaves.

Such stems, examined without reference to the bulb and in

the full-grown state, would be liable to be taken for instances of

an endogenous growth, since the fibres of the lowest leaves or

branches are most external, and those going to the younger

leaves and flowers, situated in the centre; but by tracing them

downward to the base in the bulb, we there find them crossing

to get outside the older fibres. Some of the fibres in the upper

part of the stem appear to possess no inferior tract ; these may be

supposed to originate subsequently during the growth of the

flowering-stem, and do not interfere with the general character

of the structure.

In speaking of crossing, it must always be recollected that

this term is used rather loosely, as the upper bundles take very

variable courses to get to the outer side of the lower ones; some-

times their lower tract is found on the side opposite to that on

which they ascend, and they succeed one another spirally, so

that it is only here and there that a section will exhibit a direct

crossing like that usually shown in diagrams,

In the above-mentioned plants the annual stem may be re-

garded as an inflorescence. In the Grasses and in Trades-

cantia we find several internodes in the annual stem ; the fibro-

vascular bundles interlace at the nodes, at these points also new

fibres arise, and roots are often given off. These nodes may be

compared to bulbs succeeding one another upwards at intervals

in the stem. In the creeping rhizomata of many Monocotyle-

dons we have examples of bulbs thus succeeding one another ;

only in such cases they are axillary and not terminal, and they are

the buds provided for the next year’s growth, retained in con-

nexion with the old stem instead of being shed like the cloves of

true bulbs. In most instances they are sessile one upon another ;

but in Sparganium ramosum we have an example of bulbs suc-

ceeding one another with internodes developed, and thus we get,

in a perennial monocotyledonous stem, an analogue of the annual

stem of a Grass or of Tradescantia; for the principal difference

184 Mr. A. Henfrey on some Points in the Structure

between the two latter is the fistular condition of the stem in

the Grass*.

I next directed my attention to the lower extremities of the

fibro-vascular bundles, endeavourmg to discover their relations

with the fibro-vascular system of the roots. Here we meet with

several modifications of arrangement.

In the stems I have examined the lower ends of the fibres ap-

pear to branch and to anastomose with their fellows, sometimes

forming a distinct fibrous layer. In order to explain the rela-

tions of these extremities, 1 must point out some peculiarities in

the cellular system.

Von Moh! has described in the stems of Palms a central region, -

a fibrous layer, and a cortical region. The analogues of these

appear to me to be present in most monocotyledonous stems.

The tissue of the central region is generally composed of spheri-

eal cells which contain abundance of starch at certain periods;

this region, in which lie the fibro-vascular bundles, undoubtedly

represents the pith and medullary rays of Dicotyledons. The

cells of the cortical region are usually very irregular in form, and

have large intercellular spaces; they contain little or no starch.

_ In bulbs the central region is inclosed by rather a thin layer

of the cortical parenchyma, which is continuous with the bases of

the coats or scales; the line of junction of the two regions is in-

dicated in the very youngest state of the bulb bya darker colour

and greater density of the tissue. At this lne the fibro-vascular

bundles terminate below, and their extremities, by branching

and anastomosing, frequently produce a dense layer, the “ fibrous

layer” of Von Mohl. The cortical region cannot be made out in

the culms of the Grasses, and it is not continued distinctly into

the flowering-stems of bulbs. In Sparganium ramosum it is very

much developed, both in the nodes and internodes ; in the former

it exhibits fibres crossing transversely, and thus weaving, as it

were, the whole into a dense fibrous coat separating the central

from the cortical region.

The most important point relating to the fibrous layer is, that

it gives origin to the roots, for there is no direct communication

between the fibro-vascular bundles of the stems and those of

the roots. The bundle which lies in the midst of the root of

Sparganium, and indeed of all the annual roots I have examined,

is composed of a number of vessels arising in a circle from the

* An illustration of this analogy between the nodes of the stem of a

Grass and bulbs, physiologically denoting a certain degree of independence,

seems to me to be offered by the possibility of grafting grasses upon one

another at the nodes. ‘This has been effected by an Italian botanist, Calde-

rini, in the Millet, and he also successfully grafted Rice upon Panicum

Crus-gallii—See Ann. des Sc. Nat. Sept. 1846.

and Growth of Monocotyledons. 185

fibrous layer ; they gradually approach one another as they pass

out, thus forming a kind of funnel-shaped body. The central

parenchyma is gradually converted into ligneous cells as the tube

of vessels extends outwards (PI. X. figs. 2 and 3), and the root

at a short distance from its point of origin presents in a cross

section a central cylinder of wood having a ring of vessels near

its periphery, the whole being inclosed in a parenchyma con-

tinuous, near the fibrous layer, with the cortical layer of the stem.

When the roots produce branches the latter are given off at right

angles (Pl. X. fig. 2), and arise on the central fibro-vascular

cylinder, bursting their way through the cortical parenchyma of

the root as the main roots do through the outer part of the cor-

tical layer of the stem. When the roots fall off, they leave ori-

fices in the stem where they have thus burst through. Roots

appear very early in the buds, in fact contemporaneously with

the leaves. In the section of the apex of a bud of Sparganium

(Pl. IX. fig. 3) they are seen in the nascent condition. It is dis-

puted whether the fibro-vascular bundles are first perfected where

they are in contact with the fibrous layer, or whether their bun-

dles are formed independently and afterwards effect a junction.

With regard to the roots of Sparganium, just noticed, I believe

their central bundle is organized contemporaneously and in con-

tinuity with the fibrous layer.

The fibrous layer is not so distinctly marked in bulbs like the

Tulip and Hyacinth, or in tuberous-rooted Monocotyledons like

Asparagus and the terrestrial Orchidacee. The ends of the

fibro-vascular bundles of the stem are found branching and ana-

stomosing at the line of junction of the cortical and central re-

gions, and the bundles of the roots are in connexion with these

plexuses. The tubers of Orchis mascula are merely enlarged

roots; the difference between them and the other roots arises

from the development of the central (otherwise igneous) portion

into a parenchymatous mass, which breaks up the ring of vessels,

and carries them to the outer region of the tuber.

The development of successive roots taking place from below

upwards, the younger roots arise from parts of the fibrous layer

m relation with the younger fibro-vascular bundles. In cases

where the internodes are developed, roots and buds are com-

monly produced at the nodes, as in Tradescantia, Grasses, and

Sparganium ; in the latter, roots are also formed irregularly on

the internodial parts of the stem * (Pl. IX. fig. 1 shows the scars

left by their fall).

* The endorhizal mode of producing roots seems to be a constant cha-

racter of Monocotyledons as well in the full-grown condition as in the

embryo. It is also found in Nymphzacez, which present many points of

affinity with monocotyledonous structure.

186 Mr. A. Henfrey on some Points in the Structure

There is another point in the structure of Monocotyledons

which does not appear to me to be clearly understood. In

the cortical region are often found fibrous bundles, passing into

the leaves above, and which, in the cases I have examined, pos-

sess no vessels, and consequently have the character of liber

bundles. In Sparganium ramosum they are very numerous and

of considerable size; they are also found in the Grasses, and

apparently in all such stems as have the internodial portions

developed. I cannot find them in bulbs, or in such rhizomes as

the common Iris; but in the flowering-stem of many such

plants, ev. gr. the Tulips, Crown Imperial, Tiger Lily, &c., the

parenchyma gradually changes its character towards the peri-

phery, and just within the epidermal layers it consists of long

fibrous cells exactly resembling liber cells. This ring of woody

cells is very much developed in Tamus communis and Smilaz

aspera(and I believe in most plants belonging to the same orders),

and has been taken for a layer of wood analogous to that of Di-

cotyledons ; but this is certainly a misconception, as it is di-

stinctly defined at its outer border, and does not present the

slightest trace of a developing or cambium layer. Internally it

passes insensibly into the central parenchyma of the stem, in

which lie the true woody bundles having vessels as usual. If

this has an analogue at all in Dicotyledons, it is the liber ; and

there are many reasons in favour of such an hypothesis, espe-

cially if we consider it as identical with the fibres of the cortical

layer of such stems as Sparganium.

In conclusion, adverting to the discussions as to the mode of

increase of the stem of Monocotyledons, it seems to me that

many writers do not sufficiently consider the peculiar characters

of this organ. This question must not at all be mixed up with

that of the formation of new layers of wood in Dicotyledons,

since in all the usual forms (making exception of such as

Dracena, Cordyline, &c.) nothing analogous to the second year’s

layer of wood is ever produced. In bulbs the buds are thrown

off; in branching rhizomes they become independent physiolo-

gically, and the old stem never increases; while in the Palms,

the bud, though continually developing, merely applies a new

layer spirally upon the pre-existing portions, so that the new

growth might be roughly exemplified by a series of hollow cones

of equal size placed one upon another. Here all growth is ana-

logous to the upward growth of the terminal bud of a dicotyledon ;

there is no cambium layer, and no peripherical increase*¥. The

* For every year’s development of the terminal bud of a dicotyledon we ~

find a new layer deposited all over the old wood by the cambium layer, form-

ing a new annual ring; in Palms we have merely the terminal shoot with-

out any analogue of the annual ring.

and Growth of Monocotyledons. 187

greater consistence which the older parts of the stems of Palms

acquire is to be regarded as arising from causes similar to those

producing the peculiar characters of the heart-wood of Dicoty-

ledons.

Fig.

DESCRIPTION OF THE PLATES.

Piatre IX.

. A branching rhizome of Sparganium ramosum, exhibiting the nodes,

a, and the internodes, b; in the latter the fibro-vascular bundles

take straight and parallel courses.

. Half of a vertical section through a terminal bud, showing the re-

lative positions of the developing bundles. a, the central paren-

chymatous region, in which the bundles lie ; 5, the line where the

fibrous layer is formed by the lower extremities of the bundles ; ¢,

the cortical region in which lie the liber (?) bundles; d, the punc-

tum vegetationis.

. A similar section; the references are the same; ee are nascent

roots (figs. 2 and 3 are magnified six diameters),

. A portion of the cortical region with liber (?) fibres continued into

the leaves.

. Vertical section of a full-grown node (like a of fig. 1), prepared by

maceration, so as to exhibit the fibro-vascular bundles in situ. a,

the bundles; 6, axillary branches forming the internodial por-

tions (like 5 in fig. 1); ¢, the cortical region, now a mass of fibres ;

d, the fibrous layer, which presents several layers of densely inter-

woven fibres derived from the lower extremities of the bundles of

the central region.

. Transverse section of an internode (0 in fig. 1). a, the central re-

gion; 6, the fibrous layer; c, the cortical region, here very much

developed.

. Vertical section of the same. a, b, ec, same references ; d, a root, the

central fibro-vascular bundle of which is seen arising from the

fibrous layer. The root breaks down the substance of the cortical

region when making its way out. ‘The fibro-vascular bundles of

the stem are parallel here, and the slender liber (?) bundles are

shown in the cortical region c.

Puate X.

. Highly magnified vertical section of a bud. a, the nascent fibro-

vascular bundles.

. Transverse section of a portion of an internode. a, the central re-

gion ; ¢, the fibrous layer giving off the vessels to the root g; d, the

cortical region ; e, liber (?) bundles; jf, epidermis (enlarged about

five times).

. Part of the same highly magnified. a, the parenchyma of the central

region of the stem gradually becoming converted into ligneous

cells as it passes into the centre, b, of the fibro-vascular bundle of

the root; c, the ducts which are given off from the fibrous layer to

form the vessels of the root ; d, the cortical parenchyma of the stem.

. Magnified section of the cortical region, showing the large inter-

cellular spaces (the cells of this tissue are extremely irregular in

form, and contain no starch granules). e, a liber (?) bundle.

188 Mr. F. Williamson on Caladium distillatorium.

XIX.—Some observations on Caladium distillatorium.

By Mr. Francis WILLIAMSON.

To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

GENTLEMEN,

Havine obtained from Mr. Williamson, late Curator of the

Sheffield Botanic Garden, an account of a plant in that collection,

to which he has given the name of Caladium distillatorium, and

thinking it well-worthy of preservation, I beg to entrust it to your

care. I remain, yours respectfully,

Norton Hall, Derbyshire, Jan. 27, 1848. JameEs YATES.

SIR, Broom Hill, Sheffield, Dec. 28, 1847.

I regex a pleasure in complying with your request by giving you

an account of a few of the most striking peculiarities of that in-

teresting plant, the Caladium distillatorium.

This is perhaps the most gigantic species of the family, and

when well-grown possesses many peculiarities to the casual as

well as the botanical observer. In the beginning of the winter

of 1844 a small tuber two inches in length by half an inch in

thickness was imported from Bahia in South America. Towards

the spring of 1845 it showed itself to be a Caladium of gross

habit ; early in April it had leaves upwards of twelve inches long.

The pot in which it stood, six inches in diameter, being full of

roots, made it necessary to transfer it to one of upwards of twelve

inches, which soon also was filled, the plant daily increasing in

magnitude. In June it was removed as a permanent shift to the

half of a wine-pipe. The plant now became exceedingly inter-

esting to every beholder. The beautiful, smooth, green, heart-

shaped leaves, their pleasingly graceful outline, the singularly

shaded and attractive arrangement of the veins, and umbrageous

shade from the majestic leaves high over head, may be more

readily comprehended by the fact, that from a measurement

taken in September—

The foot-stalk of the leaf alone, from where it embraces the trunk

or stem to its insertion into the disc of the leaf, 9 feet 6 inches.

The disc taken at its greatest length . . . 6 feet 6 inches.

The disc taken at its greatest breadth . . . 38 feet 9 inches.

Length of the trunk or stem about . . . . 1 foot 6 inches.

In the night-time each of the leaves had the peculiar power of

distilling water by a somewhat pulsative action from an orifice

near the apex of the leaf on the upper side. Around the mar-

gin of the leaf is a large duct or channel into which the larger

veins empty themselves, and thus convey their contents to the

On some new British species of Nudibranchiate Mollusca. 189

above-mentioned orifice at the apex of the leaf, from whence it is

thrown forth by pulsation. At each pulsation a small globule

of clear tasteless water was ejected. Each drop, as it fell from

the leaf, contained fifteen of these globules, and eleven drops fell

in the course of a minute. This action begins with the shades

of the evening and continues until the heat of the sun changes

the course of action. Hach full-grown healthy leaf will produce

about half a pint of water during the night, which on being ana-

lysed has been found to contain a very minute portion of vege-

table matter. The veins which flow into this duct may be di-

stinctly traced by the light of a candle (the leaf being held be-

tween) from the body of the leaf to the midrib, and from thence

followed down perhaps the one-half of the foot-stalk, where, from

the colouring matter of the leaf becoming denser, they are ulti-

mately lost sight of. There is also a smaller duct which runs

parallel to the larger and nearly close to it, the use of which is

not so clearly marked, but from observation it appears to be con-

nected with another series of vessels running from it towards the

interior, but terminating before they reach the midrib.

From the time the plant began to grow rapidly in April, its

treatment was after the following manner :—Some turf, that had

been cut from an old pasture a few months before, being chopt

into pieces in the form of brickbats, all the loose small earth

being taken away, a small portion of rough charcoal and half-de-

cayed dry manure was added, which, being chiefly fibrous, allowed

water to be given copiously, and admitted the roots freely to feed

on the vegetable matter. There are but few kinds of plants that

will not thrive in a most luxuriant manner treated in this way.

As a finish in potting, a small portion of a fine mixture of soil on

the surface gives neatness, as well as prevents too great an action

of drought in drying weather.

I am, Sir, yours most obediently,

J. Yates, Esq. Francis WILLIAMSON.

XX.—Additions to the British species of Nudibranchiate Mol-

lusca. By Josuua Axper and Arpany Hancock*.

Some new forms of Nudibranchiate Mollusca have occurred to

us during the last and part of the preceding years, of which we

now purpose giving an account. riscin

And first we would notice the interesting addition made to our

fauna by the discovery of Scyllea pelagica on the British shores.

This well-known inhabitant of the deep was found by Mr, W. P.

* Partly extracted from a paper read at the British Association Meeting

at Oxford.

190 Messrs. Alder and Hancock on new British species

Cocks among a mass of sea-weed thrown up after a storm at the

mouth of Falmouth harbour. Three specimens were obtained,

one of which Mr. Cocks kindly sent to us in spirits. The dis-

section of this specimen has shown a peculiar modification of the

digestive system which appears to have been overlooked by

Cuvier, and the particulars of which will appear in the 4th part

of our ‘ Monograph of the Nudibranchiate Mollusca.’

Another species of great interest and beauty is apparently

new, and very nearly allied to our genus Proctonotus, but differs

from it principally in a peculiar crest-like body uniting the dorsal

‘tentacles. It probably belongs to the genus Janus of Veramy,

so far as we can judge from the notice of that genus mserted in

the Reports of Zoology lately published by the Ray Society ; but

whether or not this may be the case, which we have not the

means of verifying at present, the name of Janus being pre-occu-

pied in entomology, we propose now to describe it under the

generic name of Antiopa, and to characterize it as follows :—

Genus ANTIOPA.

' Body ovate, rather depressed and tapering to a point poste-

riorly. Tentacles four: the dorsal pair linear, laminated, non-

retractile, and united near their base, for a short way up, by a

fleshy crest. Head anterior and inferior, without veil, but having

two short cylindrical oral tentacles. Jaws corneous. Branchie

papillose, elongated, clothing the sides of the back and extending

round in front of the head. Anus posterior-dorsal, on the median

line. The digestive system supplied with two lateral trunks which

give off branches to the papillae. Common aperture of the gene-

rative organs on the right side.

Antiopa splendida.

Body of a transparent buff or lemon colour, and rather elon-

gated. Dorsal tentacles tapering and strongly laminated in an

oblique direction; united below by an arched, semicircular la-

minated crest, which is placed longitudinally between them.

Branchie very numerous, large and inflated, clothing the sides

of the back and passing round the front of the head. When held

erect they conceal nearly the whole of the body. They are ovate,

very transparent, of a pale buff-colour, and have a narrow, linear,

brown central vessel, which bifurcates at the top. The apex of

each papilla is of a brilliant opake bluish white with a metallic

lustre, deepening into ultramarine blue below. They are set in

about thirty transverse rows on each side uniting in front, each

-row containing about five papille; the inner ones large and in-

flated, those next the foot small. The back is blotched with

metallic blue. Head subtriangular, the sides forming a kind of

of Nudibranchiate Mollusca. 191

hood, with two short oral tentacles. Foot lemon-yellow, trans-

parent, rather broad and arched in front, with a notch in the

centre and yery obtuse angles at the sides. The sides are thin

and undulated, tapering gradually to the tail, which is a little

produced beyond the branchiz. Length an inch and a quarter,

There is a very conspicuous aperture at the end of each pa-

pilla, which is opened and closed at intervals. When closed the

papilla terminates in a point, but the apex has a rounded form

when the aperture is opened. The gastric vessels are very visible

through the skin, running along each side of the back and

branching into the papill, giving that part a dendritic appear-

ance. :

The first specimen taken of this fine mollusk was dredged in

Torbay by Dr. Battersby, and communicated to us through the

kindness of Mrs. Griffiths. We afterwards dredged three or

four in Fowey Harbour, Cornwall. ;

_ Tritonia lineata. —

Body very slender, pellucid white, with an opake white line , |

along each side of the back, which is curved a little outwards —

opposite each branchial tuft. Veil produced into four long fila-

ments ; the two nearest the centre longest and tapering gradually

to a point, the side ones shorter and obtuse. Tentacles pale

yellow, the fasciculz of filaments slender, and the sheaths rather

tight. Branchie rather slender, bipinnate, transparent, with an

opake white line in the centre of each running into those on the

back. Foot slender, rounded in front and terminating in a

point behind. Length half an inch.

This beautiful new Tritonia was discovered under stones at

Scarborough in September 1846, while we were exploring the

rocks in company with Mr. Bean.

Eolis Peachii.

Body rather flat, yellowish white. Dorsal tentacles longish

and smooth. Oral tentacles shorter. Head broad and rounded,

angulated at the sides. Branchiz very numerous and thickly set,

passing round the dorsal tentacles so as nearly to unite in front,

and terminating behind very near the tail. The papille are

nearly linear, slender, with a brownish central vessel, and having

the apices sprinkled with opake white spots. Foot rather thin

and broad, arched in front, with obtuse angles. Length three-

quarters of an inch.

An adult specimen was dredged by Mr. Peach in Fowey Har-

bour, and we got two or three young ones from the same locality.

More recently we have obtained a single individual at Culler-

coats.

192 On the Occurrence of the Bonapartian Gull in Europe.

Eolis exigua.

Body slender, yellowish white with olive or pale brown mark-

ings. Dorsal tentacles linear, moderately long, with a ring of

brown near the top: oral tentacles about one-third shorter and

of the same colour. Branchiz generally in a single series of five ©

or six on each side, but in fine full-grown specimens there are

two on each side in front or sometimes a cluster of three, the

third being placed a little behind the others, There is also fre-

quently an additional papilla united with some of the others be-

hind. They are ovate, tapering abruptly to a point: there is a

ring of olive or yellowish brown, sometimes reddish, at a short

distance from the apex, and frequently two others, less perfect

below, but generally these are only indicated by brown spots or

streaks. The body is also blotched and spotted with brown, and

there is frequently an interrupted line of that colour on each side.

Foot rounded in front and nearly linear, with a slight margin of

pale brown at the sides. Length 12 to 2 lines.

This species was found in considerable abundance in Fowey

Harbour on Laminaria saccharina. Myr. Cocks has also found it

at Falmouth. It is allied to Holis despecta, some specimens of

which were found in company with it, but it is easily distin-

guished by not having the waved dorsal line of the latter species,

It appears to be the Tergipes lacinulatus of Professor Loven, but

we cannot concur in referring it to the Limaz tergipes of Forskahl

(Doris lacinulatus, Gmelin).

XXI.—WNote on the Occurrence of the Bonapartian Gull (Larus

Bonapartii, Rich. and Swains.) for the first time in Europe.

By Ws. 'T'Hompson, Esq., Pres. Nat. Hist. and Phil. Society

of Belfast.

A sPECIMEN of this beautiful little species of Gull (first distinctly

characterized in the ‘ Fauna Boreali Americana’ of Richardson

‘and Swainson in 1831), was killed at the tidal portion of the river

Lagan, between Ormeau Bridge and the Botanic Garden, about

a mile above the lowest bridge at the town of Belfast, on the

lst of February 1848. It was flymg singly. The person who

shot the bird, attracted by its pretty appearance merely, left it

to be preserved with a taxidermist, who on receipt of any birds,

either rare or unknown to him, kindly brings them for my in-

spection. I had thus most fortunately an opportunity of exa-

mining the bird previous to its being skinned, when all the fol-

lowing measurements, &c. were made. This was not however

until the morning of the 5th of February, when the inides had

faded so that the colour could not be accurately noted.

On the Occurrence of the Bonapartian Gull in Europe. 193

The species is mentioned in the work referred to (p. 425) as

“common in all parts of the fur countries, where it associates

with the Terns, and is distinguished by its peculiar shrill and

plaintive ery.” Mr. Audubon (Orn. Biog. vol. iv. p. 212, 1838)

informs us, that he first met with the species m August when

crossing the Ohio at Cincinnati, and subsequently shot a speci-

men in November on the Mississippi, a few miles below the

mouth of the Arkansas. In Chesapeake Bay after the first of

April, and at the harbour of Passamoudy (Maine) in May, he saw

them in great abundance :—at the latter place his son killed

seventeen at one discharge of his double-barreled gun. It is

added that “none of them were observed on any part of the

Gulf of St. Lawrence, or on the coast of. Labrador or Newfound-

land, and that in winter this species is common in the harbour

of Charleston, but none are seen at that season near the mouths

of the Mississippi.” This author subsequently “found m Lon-

don a pair of these birds * * * which had been brought from

Greenland.” |

The dimensions of my specimen are :—

ROMERECED, WOME Goh Sve enpasess cheno pa ehgonic cer SabgsPcaceseese My ro. 3

Length of bill from forehead ...........cscceecsscscecsceeeees 1 aie

MAELO FICWIS 6S ered. Bodie leededs iuseseeds Y -9

wing from carpal joint to end primaries ...... 10: 4

LATSUS® vc rorclccecescecccecceccccereerscoccceseses epeee:, fk. 44

—— Middle tO€ .........sccceceereee Anas diactilic .s Cakasee L 2

——— middle toe nail ........ccecececssececceseeeeeeees 0 23

a OF Otiber COE oc. .sccecectodcsetecsoeces doaids idee’ 1 Iz

— quntew tom MORN 2. 5553409. A Gis Didekie recesses 0 2

MANOR AAG sig cosine ogcaye aged <arigestgett-cadapede dacehe 0 11

ommiperreres. LUG TOG, BEL, anny as ns phidesunent Gah wee SeAGerNtT 0 2

— FEO COC snc scepegnaiss3 yocemarecss peactpasersopecess 0 2

hind toe nail ........... pe ceaesesaccqnecroeceveccses ee

Tibia bare of feathers from tarsal joint ..........ceseesesees 0 6

Papen pads, ey tails cai. inns. 2 dacs deamdcsapes red bescpens 1 OF

Bill in form as described by Richardson, excepting that at the

base its depth exceeds its breadth. At the base of the upper

* As measured by applying a piece of twine so as to tonch each por-

tion of the bird in a straight line from the point of the bill to the end of the

tail. The bird being laid on a flat surface, the space which it occupied from

the point of the bill to the end of the tail was 12 inches 6 lines. The length

of three specimens given in the ‘ Faun. Bor. Amer.’ was from 15 in. to

15 in, 6 lines. Looking to that work after my measurement was made, and

too late for correction (the bird being skinned), I found that the neck is

stretched when the length is taken, whereas in this and every similar case,

I have been particular that it should never be in the least stretched, but

placed as it were in repose. Audubon describes the adult male as 142 inches

and the “ young in December as 133 inches.”

+ The figure of the adult bird in the ‘ Faun. Bor. Amer.’ does not suffi-

ciently exhibit. the length of wings :—they are described in that work as

passing the tail two inches.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol.i. 13

194 Mr. W. Thompson on the Occurrence of the

mandible where the plumage ends, it is 23 lines in breadth,

whereas the depth at the same place is 3} lines. In colour it is

black ; paler at the base beneath. Tarsi, toes and webs of feet

of a uniform pale flesh colour as the “legs” of the young male

are described to be in the ‘ Faun. Bor. Amer.’ These are de-

scribed as carmine-red” in the adult. In the specimen under

examination they are just the colour that I have remarked those

of the nestling Larus ridibundus to be, and which it retains

through the following autumn and winter ; the adult of this spe-

cies having these parts of an arterial blood-red. The claws are

blackish and dark brown. Inside of the mouth pale reddish

flesh-colour :—described to be carmine in the adult. The tail

may be termed even at the end, “ very slightly rounded laterally.”

The beautiful long tern-like wings were to me the most striking

character at the first glance, and indicated what it was after-

wards found had been remarked by Audubon, viz. that—“ the

flight of this gull is light, elevated and rapid, resembling in

buoyancy that of some of our Terns more than that of most of

our Gulls, which move their wings more sedately.”

Plumage. Head white, excepting the usual blackish seasonal

ear-spot of Xema; a little of this colour before the lower portion

of, and beneath the eye, and a little above it posteriorly—also

blackish mixed with white on the nape. Thence tothe back very

pale pearl gray ; back or mantle (“‘ manteau,” Temm.) pearl or

pale bluish gray. Tail pure white except from about a line in-

wards from the tip, where a band of black nearly an inch in

breadth appears. The wings exhibit generally the bluish gray

of maturity, but have “clove-brown markings on the bastard

wing, lesser coverts and scapulars; anterior border of the wing

white from its shoulder for the breadth of four greater primary

coverts.” Primaries exhibiting in degree considerably more black

than the specimen described in ‘ Faun. Bor. Amer.’—outer mar-

gin of the first entirely black ; of the second, from tip upwards

for 54 inches black, thence white ; of the third, from the tip up-

wards black for 4 inches next the shaft, for 34 inches on outer

margin*. Remainder of the primaries terminated with brownish

black except at the extreme tip. On the third, the first indication

of white appears in a mere line of that colour, thence it becomes

gradually larger in size and deeper in shade to the seventh, where

it assumes the pearl gray of the lower portion of the same feather.

The black becomes more and more tinged with brown from the

* Dr. Richardson remarks that,— the extent of black on the ends in-

creases gradually from the first to the fourth, on which it measures above an

inch, diminishing again in the following ones.’ In my specimen the extent

of black increases gradually only to the third, in which it is 14 inch in depth,

and diminishes in the succeeding feathers.

Bonapariian Gull in Europe. 195

first primary to the last; the light-coloured tip on the contrary

becomes gradually of a deeper shade from the third to the last.

Shafts of all the primaries white, except the upper portion of the

first, which is dusky. Black appears on the inner web of the three

longest primaries, much lessening both in length and breadth

from the first to the third; in the first it occupies four inches in

length, and its greatest breadth from the shaft is 4 lines (4 inch),

The secondaries exhibit a large space of blackish brown towards

the tip within their pearl gray margins ; the tertiaries have more

or less of blackish brown irregularly disposed towards their tips.

Under surface of wings entirely white, except that the portions

of the primaries, secondaries and tertiaries, which are dark above,

appear grayish. Entire under surface of body from the bill to

the extremity of the under tail-coverts white, of an extremely

faint roseate hue. The bird would I consider have attained full

plumage at the next moult. The weight was 5} ounces. It

proved a male on dissection. The stomach contained the remains

of two specimens of opossum shrimp (Mysis), a little vegetable

matter, and some small pebbles.

The occurrence of this North American bird in Europe affords

another opportunity for speculating whether birds can really

cross the Atlantic, which some of the best ornithologists in Europe

did not, at least a few years ago, believe to be possible. In my

opinion, as fully stated on former occasions when noticing the

occurrence of American birds in Ireland, the presumptive or

circumstantial evidence is all in favour of their having really

crossed the ocean*. !

In the estuary, about three miles from where the Larus Bona-

parti was shot, the first dividual also of

Larus SaBInNI,

known to visit the European coasts (as recorded by me in 1834),

was met with ; and at the opposite side of the bay a second example

was afterwards obtained. Since I first noticed the species, a few

individuals have been procured on the shores of continental

Europe. This opportunity of noticing a very rare and closely-

allied species to the preceding may be embraced, although it is

not American, nor has it been obtained there but in a single in-

stance + :—I allude to the

LARUS MINUTUS,

a beautiful adult example of which was shot in the estuary about

* See Yellow-billed American Cuckoo (Coccyzus Americanus) in ‘ An-

nals,’ vol. ix. p. 226, and American Bittern (Botaurus lentiginosus) in same

work, vol. xvii. p. 94.

tT ‘Faun. Bor. Amer.’ p. 426. .The species is not included in the Prince

of Canino’s subsequently published list of North American Birds.

13*

196 On the Occurrence of the Bonapartian Gull in Europe.

three miles from Belfast on the 23rd of December 1847. It came

under my examination within an hour after being killed, and a

full description of it was drawn up. This bird was preserved by

Mr. Darragh, the Curator of the Belfast Museum, who possesses

a critical knowledge of our native birds generally, and who, when

visiting Strangford Lough in January last, a few weeks after

having set up the specimen, saw another of these birds both on

the 18th and 19th of that month at Rough Island. It was also

adult, as denoted by its pure white tail. The diminutive size of

the bird first attracted his attention, and he had the advantage of

seeing it very near both on wing and on the ground. The dark

colour of the under side of the wings was conspicuous; the tail

was square at the end (not cuneate as in L. Rossii*, nor forked

as in Lar. Sabini). The upper surface of the wing, including the

primaries, was particularly remarked to be wholly of a light colour.

My informant’s fear of injuring the bird as a specimen with the

large shot in his gun prevented his firmg at it when seen the first

day; and on the second day, he had crept for a long way—after the

manner that Mr. Scrope graphically describes the deer-stalker

to do—and though enabled unseen by the wished-for victim to

observe it attentively for some time from behind stones on the

beach, and at the distance of about fifteen or twenty paces, he

could not bring his gun to bear upon it without alarming it. In

his attempt to do so the bird took wing, but the rough nature of

the ground prevented his steadying himself so as to get even a

parting shot at it. The little gull has been hitherto known in

Ireland only from a single example; a beautiful bird in adult

summer plumage having been shot on the river Shannon in the

month of May 1840. :

We cannot think of the occurrence of the three preceding spe-

cies of Xema or Black-headed Gulls within so limited an area,

without reflecting that many species of birds of which we are

now ignorant, may visit the British coasts. If in the estuary at

Belfast, on the eastern coast of Ireland, North American spe-

cies are thus met with, how much more likely are they to visit,

unnoticed by any one, the western and northern coasts of the

island, as well as those of Scotland !

Of the other Xeme known as British, X. ridibundus and X. ca-

pistratus (regarded by me as one speciest) are common in the

* This species is noticed under the supposition that it may in winter lose

the black collar, which would otherwise distinguish it. A specimen of ZL.

Rossii is said to have been obtained on the Yorkshire coast last year.

t+ See Zool. Proceedings, 1845 ;—copied into the ‘ Annals,’ vol. xvi.

p- 357, and Yarrell’s ‘ Brit. Birds,’ 2nd edit. ; preface, p. xi. In the three

works, the last word of the foot-note is printed “ hood ” instead of head.

Mr. P. H. Gosse on the Insects of Jamaica. 197

locality indicated for the others*; the remaining one, X. atri-

cilla, has been observed on two occasions on the south coast of

England, and by Montagu only. Of the twot additional Euro-

pean species, X. melanocephalum and X. ichthyaétum, the former

inhabits “ southern,” the latter “ south-eastern” Europe. Xema

Franklini is the only North American species which has not been

obtained in Europe.

XXII.—On the Insects of Jamaica. By Puirte Henry Gosse.

[Continued from p. 115.]

CoLEOPTERA.

1. Cieindela Guadalupensis. I found this species in some

numbers about the end of the year at Alligator Pond, on the

sandy beach, close to the wharf; where the Canavalia rosea grows,

and the beautiful Convolvulus pes capre makes a carpet of verdure,

and trails its long stems over the heavy sand. In May it was

numerous at low-water on a little sandy (or perhaps rather

muddy) point at Bluefields Creek, formed from the draining of

the morass at the junction of the creek with the sea: immense

numbers of little Gelastmi run over this point, and perforate it

with their burrows in every part. Among them the Cicindele

also run when it is not covered by the tide. They are as wary

and as agile as their congeners elsewhere ; on the wing with the

approach of a footstep, and alighting at the distance of a few

yards, so as to be caught with difficulty even with a net. I have

taken them by running headlong among them, and making a

dash at random with the net.

(Carabide. Two or three small species of this great family, I

believe, occurred under stones at the summit of Bluefields Moun-

tain, but I cannot now find the specimens so as to determine

their genera.)

2. Cybister levigatus. In some of the rivulets that cross the

high road between Paradise and Savanna le mar. Its manners

resemble those of the English Dyticide.

3. Copelatus celatipennis.

4. Dineutes longimanus. At Basin Spring, in a brook having

* The species of Larus (as distinguished from Xema) frequenting Belfast

Bay are L. marinus, L. fuscus, L. argentatus, L. canus, L. tridactylus and

L. Islandicus ; all of which are common but the last :—it was once obtained.

Specimens of these, as well as of the Xeme@ noticed from the same locality,

are preserved in the Belfast Museum.

t X. plumiceps, Bonap., is not enumerated in the ‘ Wirbelthiere Europa’s’

or ‘ Rev, Crit. des Oiseaux d’Eur.’ (Schlegel).

198 _Mr. P. H: Gosse on the Insects of Jamaica.

an elevation of (perhaps) 1500 feet, I found in March several

groups of this Gyrinus. Their manners were much like those

of G. natator, but they were less rapid in their evolutions, and

‘when diving did not show any little pearl of air at the extremity

of the body. They huddled together more: at one dash of a

small ring-net I took forty-five. I subsequently saw the same

species at “other seasons of the year in the same brook.

5. Dineutes metallicus. In a brook between Paradise and

Savanna le mar in April.

6. Creophilus villosus. On two occasions I have observed this

beetle crawling and flying about animal substances in a state of

putrefaction. It has an extensive range, for in Newfoundland it

is so abundant about the drying cod-fish as to be quite a pest ;

and I have found it also in Canada and in Alabama, U.S.

7. Philonthus (sp. nov.). On the Hampstead Road is a grove

of rose-apple trees (Eugenia yambos) ; when this fruit is ripe the

stone is loose, not nearly filling the cavity that incloses it. In

the decaying rose-apples beneath the trees I found this little

beetle common, together with a minute Nitidula; two or three

being in the cavity of almost every decayed fruit. I do not ap-

prehend that they are able to get mto the cavity until a part of

the pulp is destroyed by decomposition, but contact with the

earth soon effects this. - In no case were they in a sound fruit,

though several in such condition lay beneath the trees. The

season was the latter part of June.

8. Belonuchus (sp. nov.).

9. Osorius (sp. nov.). At the summit of Bluefields Peak in

March, I found this beetle in some numbers beneath the rotting

bark of a fallen tree.

10. Osorius (sp. nov.). Considerably less than the preceding :

beneath a stone, on Bluefields Mountain, March 12th.

11. Pederus connatus (Haliday). A curious little species, ap-

parently destitute of both wings and elytra; the latter are how-

ever discernible by the aid of a microscope, but soldered together.

12. Phaneus (sp. nov.). Common on the roads, rolling pel-

lets of horse-dung : it chiefly occurs in the lowlands.

13. Onthophayus (sp.). Bluefields, in December.

14. Troz (a sp. near murinus).

15. Oryctes Jamaicensis. Three or four specimens of this spe-

cies were brought to me at different times ; all found near Blue-

fields, and (as I believe) in the earth of cultivated grounds.

16. Megasoma titanus. Repeatedly brought to me, but I

never found it alive. I have taken, however, the great horned

males from the stomach of Nyctibius Jamaicensis, whence I infer

that it flies by night.

17. Cyclocephala signata. Very abundant at almost all times ;

Mr. P. H. Gosse on the Insects of Jamaica. 199

flying in at the open windows, attracted by the candles, crawling

in great numbers over the tables, wading through the gravy, or

drowning itself in the tea. It is commonly known by the name

of Christmas Bug, from its increased abundance at the end of

the year.

18. —— ? Cresus (Scarabeus Cresus, Newm.). This species

seems to belong to an undescribed genus, and was previously

known by a single specimen in the collection of the British

Museum.

19. Podalgus {sp.). Taken at New Forest, near Alligator

Pond, in December.

20. Chalepus geminatus. Flew into the house at Bluefields in

May, attracted by the lights in the evening.

21. Chalepus (sp. near geminatus).

22. Macraspis tetradactyla. In May and June this glossy

black species of the family Rutelide is abundant around blossom-

ing trees. Both at Sabito and at the Hampstead Road we have

observed it so numerous about certain trees as to give notice of

its presence some time before we came near by the loud buzzing

of the scores that were flying around the summit, while on ap-

proach the tree appeared quite blackened by the multitudes that

were resting on every twig. On giving the tree a smart blow

with a stick, the sudden rush into the air of hundreds of these

beetles was really a spectacle worth seeing, and the noise pro-

duced by their wings was like that of a swarm of bees. The tree

provincially called Potato-wood seems to be the kind chiefly re-

sorted to by these assemblages. In May a piece of rotten wood

was brought me, in which were many of this species, in the

larva, pupa, and recently-evolved imago.

23. Gymnetis lanius. This is comparatively a scarce insect.

A single one is occasionally seen in the spring, buzzing around

a flowering bush, in the lowlands.

24. Passalus interstitialis ? or tlascala?. Several were found

beneath the rotting bark of a fallen tree, on the very summit of

Bluefields Peak, in March.

25. Polycesta (sp. nov.). Found resting on a twig of a tre

overhanging the high road near Content, in June.

26. Psiloptera (sp. nov. near torquata). This fine Buprestis

was found in considerable numbers in June, resting on twigs of

the lignum-vite tree (Guaiacum officinale), in an arid plain of

very peculiar vegetation, just behind Pedro Bluff. — I found the

insects of this plain almost totally different from those found at

the leeward part of the island. The elevation is scarcely above

the level of the sea, the soil is sand, the trees scarcely attain a

greater height than twelve feet, and therefore the heat of the sun

is peculiarly intense. An hour or two in the middle of one day

200 Mr. P. H. Gosse on the Insects of Jamaica.

in the very height of the summer afforded the only opportunity

I had of examining this very singular region.

27. Chrysodema corusca. The Hampstead Road is the only

locality in which I have found this brilliant msect ; but there in

the latter part of May and the beginning of June it is very

abundant. It is almost invariably found resting on the foot-

stalks of the leaves of joint-wood and other tall shrubs that over-

hang the sides of the road. When approached, though as yet

the bush is untouched, each one warily shifts round, so as to

keep on the opposite side of the stalk, exactly as the little Tet-

tigonie do on the stalks of grass. The moment a finger is put

near it, down it drops ; so that we found the best way to capture

it was to hold the ring-net beneath the twig and just tap the

bush, when the beetle would drop into the net.

28. Chrysobothris (sp. nov.). An exceedingly lovely little in-

sect, green with crimson bands. I took it as it alighted from

flight at Phoenix Park, near Savanna le mar, in April.

29. Agrilus (sp. nov.). One of the fish-tailed group ; curiously

marked with two large orange spots on each side of the abdomen.

Taken in June, both at Sabito and on the Hampstead Road.

30. Agrilus (sp. nov.). The thorax and forehead rich crim-

son. Taken at Hampstead Road in June: a single specimen.

31. Agrilus (sp. nov.). A pretty little black species, with the

thorax and the tips of the elytra white.

32. Pyrophorus noctilucus. From February to the middle of

summer this beetle is common in the lowlands, and at moderate

elevations. Lacordaire’s account of the luminosity of this Elater

(known to me however only by the citation in Kirby and Spence’s

Introd. to Ent. 1.3833, 6th edit.) differs so greatly from the phe-

nomena presented by our Jamaica specimens, that I cannot help

concluding that he has described an allied but very distinct spe-

cies, and I feel justified therefore in recording what I have myself

observed. The light from the two oval tubercles on the dorsal

surface of the thorax is very visible even in broad daylight.

When the insect is undisturbed, these spots are generally quite

opake, of a dull white hue; but on being handled they ignite,

not suddenly but gradually, the centre of each tubercle first

showing a point of light, which in a moment spreads to the

circumference, and increases in intensity till it blazes with a

lustre almost dazzling. The colour of the thoracic light is a rich

yellow-green. Ina dark room, pitch-dark, this insect gives so

much illumination as to cast a definite shadow of any object on

the opposite wall, and when held two inches from a book the

whole line may be read without moving it. The under part of the

thorax has a singular appearance when the tubercles are fully

lighted up ; for the horny coat of skin being somewhat pellucid,

Mr. P. H. Gosse on the Insects of Jamaica. 201

displays the light within redly and dimly, as if the whole thorax

were red-hot, particularly at the edges, immediately beneath the

tubercles. When left alone, the insect soon relapses into stillness,

and the tubercles soon fade into darkness, either total, or re-

deemed only by a spark scarcely perceptible.

I had been familiar with this firefly for some weeks, and had

made the above observations on it, without being aware that it

possessed any other source of light than the thoracic tubercles.

I had indeed remarked that when flying at liberty the light

which it diffused was of a rich ruddy glow, and yet these indivi-

dual insects, if captured and held in the hand, showed only green

light. I much wondered at this, but knew not how to account

for it, until a friend explained it, illustrating his remarks by ex-

periment. On the ventral surface, when the abdomen is extended,

there is seen, between its first segment and the metathorax, an

oval transverse space, covered with thin membrane, which glows

with orange-coloured light ; totally concealed however when the

abdomen is relaxed, by the overlapping of the metathorax. When

the insect is placed on its back it throws itself into the air like

other Elaters ; but if it be made to repeat this many times it ap-

pears to become weary, and endeavours to raise itself by bending

the head and the abdomen back, so as to rest on the extremities,

in hope to roll over. It is when thus recurved that the abdo-

minal light suddenly appears, the oval space being uncovered.

When held in the hand, the same effect is produced by forcibly

bending back the abdomen with the fingers ; but this is not very

easy of accomplishment, on account of the resistance of the closed

elytra ; but if these be held open with one hand and the abdo-

men recurved with the other, it is readily shown. As the open

space, then, can be exposed only when the elytra are expanded,

the reason is manifest why the red light is never displayed by

the insect when walking or resting: the green thoracic light on

the other hand may be displayed at any time ; it is however very

rarely shown during flight. On one occasion two or three fire-

flies, having entered the sitting-room in the evening, gave out the

red light most brilliantly as they flew round near the ceiling, the

spectators being beneath them ; one of these, being alarmed by

my efforts to capture it, gave out the thoracic light also very

brightly ; and the mingling of the green and red light in the

evolutions of flight produced an effect mdescribably beautiful.

That the thoracic light is subject to the will of the insect is

indubitable ; but whether the same can be predicated of the ab-

dominal light Iam not assured. During flight it is every second

intermitted, as far as the observer can detect ; but its appearance

or disappearance may depend upon whether the dorsal or ventral

surface is presented to the eye. This is when, soon after dark,

202 Mr. P. H. Gosse on the Insects of Jamaica.

the insect is sweeping in rapid, headlong, irregular curves over

the fields or along the edges of the forests ; when the appearance

resembles that of a stick with the end on fire (but not in flame)

earried or whirled along by one running swiftly, quenched sud-

denly after a course of a dozen yards, to appear again at a similar

distance. When slowly flying over the grass, the progress of one

may often be traced by the red glare on the ground beneath ; a

space of about a yard square being brightly illuminated, when

no light at all reaches the spectator’s eye from the body of the

insect.

Whether any light would appear pervading the abdomen if

the segments were stretched, I cannot positively say, for I have

not in my journal any note on this point. I think not, however ;

for in my repeated handlings of these insects and experiments

on their abdomens, I could scarcely have avoided extending the

segments, even unintentionally ; but I am quite certain I never

saw any light except in the one ventral and the two thoracic

spots. Ifone be trodden on, a mass-of mixed light remains for

some minutes among the fragments. The story told by Peter

Martyr of these laters having been hunted for, to eat the mos-

quitoes is sufficiently amusing ; of course it is not right to con-

tradict a statement because one has never verified it, but I may

be permitted to observe that I utterly disbelieve it. That they

might afford a substitute for candles in performing household

operations that required no great exactness, 1s certainly true,

provided they were constantly carried in the fingers ; but if put

under a glass, or allowed liberty in a room, as I have abundantly

proved, they very quickly conceal their hght. I have found too,

that one kept beneath a glass would display very little light the

next evening, even under the excitement of beimg handled, and

on the following night would be irrecoverably dark: this may

have resulted from the lack of food or of exercise, not I think

from the lack of air or of moisture.

About the middle of May a larva of an Elateridous beetle was

brought to me which was luminous ; in the dark the whole insect

was pellucid, but the divisions of the segments showed distinct

light, blue and pale, not very vivid. It was impatient of bemg

handled, and bit fiercely at the hand, but ineffectually. I suspect

that it was the larva of this firefly: the specimen is now in the

British Museum. :

33. Agrypnus (sp. nov.). A single specimen occurred ; taken

on the 4th of June at Sabito.

34. Ectinus (sp. nov.). Taken at Belmont early in June.

35. Limonius? (sp. nov.). Hampstead Road, late in June.

36 to 38. Spherocephalus (three species, minute).

[To be continued. ]

Ann.&- Mag. Nat. Hist.S-2NoLL. PI

2 ppp ihe

we?

vreee

rege

JS D.C. Sowerby

ulmen Smith del.

Mr. Toulmin Smith on the Ventriculide of the Chalk. 208

XXILI.—On the Ventriculidee of the Chalk ; their classification.

By J. Toutmrn Smirna, Esq. 3

{Continued from p. 48. ]

Descriptions of species.

Family VentTRICULIDA.

Character. Structure. Polypidom membranous : membrane com-

posed internally of fibres arranged in several—usually five*—

layers of cubic squares, equal, for the most part, in the plane of

thickness and of superficies, and connected at all their angles

by other fibres having a regular octahedral arrangement : exte-

rior to this, both within and without, a dermis composed of a .

single layer of smaller squares, and in which the polyps are

lodged, usually on both surfaces: exterior to this a simple epi-

dermis: roots distinct, less regular in structure and without oc-

tahedral fibre. ©

Habit. One or more central cavity, the principal opening to

which is at the top: roots ensheathing base of polypidom and

extending below into radicles ; never affixed to solid bodies,

The details which have been already given render further ob-

servations on the characters of the family unnecessary.

Genus VENTRICULITES.

Character. Pouch-shaped; varying greatly in size and dilata-

tion: cavity single and regular: membrane forming the wall

of the cavity either simple and smooth on both surfaces or -

more or less closely and regularly folded (thus giving it a ru-

gose character) : margin of wall thinned or rounded off to an

edge: polypiferous on both external and internal surface.

The structure of all the Ventriculide is obviously designed for

the purpose of securing permanence of form, and thus safety and

free access of water to all the individual polyps. This object is

effected by two means: first by the very remarkable structure of

the membrane already described ; secondly, by the regular, often

nearly hemispherical figure which the whole body assumes.

Specimens of Ventriculites are found of all sizes, and it can

easily be understood that, from the earliest period of their deve-

lopment, the same, general form is assumed, which, as theyincrease

and spread, is still retaimed. ‘Thus the question of their growth

* I believe it to be always five; but the difficulty which exists, from the

causes already named, in ascertaining these minute points in all individual

instances induces me thus to qualify the generality of this character.

204 Mr. Toulmin Smith on the Classification

seems to involve fewer difficulties than, at first sight, strike the

observer in respect to the other genera.

The access of sea-water was well secured in this genus, inas-

much as, though the folds of some species are close, the expan-

sion of the whole mass and relative size of the central cavity are

usually greater than in any other genus, thus compensating for

the frequently looser nature of the fold in the other genera. It

may perhaps be inferred that the ocean in which this genus

dwelt was subject to such modifications that its waters were less

liable to disturbance than those of the ocean in which Cepha-

lites and Brachiolites originated ; so that a larger size could be

attained in safety, and with less multiplied provision for secu-

rity against such disturbances. |

The whole genus Ventriculites is characteristic of the upper

chalk. I have a few specimens which may possibly have come

from the middle chalk* ; but every such case is doubtful, while

I have carefully ascertained that the mass are certainly from the

upper chalk.

§ a. Simplices.

Inner and outer surfaces corresponding.

1. Ventriculites simplex. P\. VIII. (vol. xx.) fig. 1+.

Membrane simple and without trace of fold: moveable processes

minute or absent.

This is the type of the whole family, and it is a most happy

circumstance that it exists. That existence at once destroys all

the theories as to the anatomy and physiology of this group of

fossils which have been suggested from examination of some spe-

cial forms only ; while it affords the means of demonstrating some

important points. It appears to be a rare species, as, though I

am fortunate in having myself obtained a very perfect series, I

have certainly never seen half a dozen specimens out of my own

cabinet.

When the underskin and polyp-skin are absent, as most often

happens, the surface, if uninjured, is particularly beautiful. It

exhibits, over its whole surface, with the utmost regularity, that

square arrangement of fibre, with the subtending octahedra, already

described. When the underskin is present without the polyp-

skin the squares are not seen, but the whole surface is covered

* See Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. xx. p. 337.

+ It is not possible to give illustrations, in this work, of all specimens of

full size, several of them often exceeding in diameter the size of the page.

It will be understood, therefore, that all the specimens of the present genus

figured on Pl. XIII., with the exception of fig. 9, are of specimens below the

usual size.

of the Ventriculidee of the Chalk. 205

-with a much smaller-meshed tissue which appears dotted all

over, the dots being the polyp-cells. When the polyp-skin is

present it hides each of these appearances, and is marked only

with slight depressions in the places where the dots are seen

under the conditions last named.

The traces of the moveable processes appear slight, often quite

wanting, in this species. This is what might be expected if the

object of those processes was to sweep the surface clear of ob-

structions from the mouths of the cells. The surface being plain,

such obstructions would be far less liable to accumulate around it

than near those rugose surfaces which other species present, and

on the most rugose of which the processes are most strongly

marked.

I have specimens varying from 7 inches to 1 inch in dia-

meter.

It appears to me that the fossil called by Dr. Mantell Spongus

Townshendi (South Downs, p. 164) is nothg more than a V.

simplex, in flint.

2. Ventriculites impressus. Pl. VIII. (vol. xx.) figs. 2 & 3*.

Membrane more or less slightly folded at upper part, but gene-

rally without regular figure: moveable processes frequently

conspicuous.

The basal portion of this species is usually plain like V. sim-

plex, but it soon exhibits marks of fold. These are sometimes |

slight, sometimes deeper. They vary much in different speci-

mens, so that it might be thought advisable to distinguish varie-

ties. It has seemed to me, however, better to include all under

one name only. They may be generally known at once by the

basal portion being quite plain as in V. simplex; by the much

less depth of the folds than in the next species ; by the depres-

sions being usually more or less oval instead of round; and by

the want of any regular figure m the arrangement of the folds.

This being the first species in which the membrane is folded,

it will be well to consider the principle, if any, upon which the

fold in all the Ventriculide is arranged ; and also to inquire whe-

ther the polyps existed, during the life of the animal, over the

mner parts of all the folds.

To treat of the latter question first: I have already intimated

that, as a general rule,—exceptions may, as in Eschara and Flus-

* The object of fig. 2 is to illustrate the very deceptive appearances which

the difference in the state of perfection of the fossils will occasion. On the

lower part of that figure all remains of the actual body are lost. On the

upper part an Ostrea is seen, and, near it, a small part of the actual bedy

remains. ‘The difference between this and the rest of the figure must be

very apparent.

206 Mr. Toulmin Smith on the Classification

tra, be found to this general rule,—both external and internal

surfaces of the Ventriculide were polypiferous. And notwith-

standing the closeness of the folds in many species, I believe that

the imner parts of all the folds were polypiferous also. The in-

quirer familiar with recent Polyzoa will find no difficulty in

realizing this as true, as he will be aware that these minute crea-

tures are often packed in spaces so close, that it would seem to be,

and perhaps is, impossible that all should be protruded at the same

time. This fact has attracted the attention of all observers.

Dr. Farre notices that the individuals of Halodactylus diaphanus

“are so closely set that there seems to be hardly room for

their several operations ;” and that, on this account, it is often

‘scarcely possible to make any observations upon them” even

with the microscope*. And the most recent writer on the

Polyzoa, Sir J. G. Dalyell, in his ‘ Remarkable Animals of Scot-

land,’ calls attention several times to the extreme complexity of

the mass and to the difficulty of even microscopic observation

on that account +. And in the plates of both these writers

(pl. 25. fig. 1, Farre ; pls. 43, 44 A, &c. Dalyell) the same fact is

well shown. It thus becomes obvious that, in recent allied forms,

individuals are packed in positions quite as close as, if not closer

than, m any of the Ventriculide, and in positions apparently

more hazardous to the free action of the individuals themselves,

inasmuch as the form of the recent species specially referred to

is less fixed and unyielding than, from the very nature of their

structure, the Ventriculidz have been shown to have necessarily

been.

Having thus shown that there is no improbability that in fossil

forms the surface should have been thus closely covered, in all

its parts, by the polyps, I will add, that the results of positive

observation establish the fact that the inner parts of the folds in

the Ventriculide were thus polypiferous. I have carefully dis-

sected several folds in specimens, both im chalk and flint, in

which the fold is the closest of any species, and I have found, by

aid of the microscope, the presence of the polyp-cells clearly and

unequivocally marked.

With respect to the arrangement of the fold, the elaborate dis-

section of many individuals of more than thirty different forms

of Ventriculide has fully satisfied me that here, as elsewhere,

Uniry is prevalent ; and that the fold of the membrane forming

the wall of the pouch is not capricious and without method or

principle, as at first sight it might appear. I have fully satisfied

myself ‘that every form and variety of fold{ which different

* As before, p. 405.

+ See, inter alia, pp. 233, 234, as to Cellularia loriculata.

+ itis necessary to distinguish the folding of the membrane forming the

of the Ventriculidee of the Chalk. 207

species of Ventriculide exhibit is based on a modification of the

simple plait. Unimportant as the question may, at first sight,

appear, it is in reality of much importance. Every illustration of

the Law of Unity is, and ever must be, interesting to the student

of natural history, and important as the surest indication that

some point of truth has been attained. And without the guide

of some simple unity of this nature, it would be quite impossible

to make the structure of the different species of Ventriculidee

understood by the inquirer. The multiplied dissections which I

have made is a labour which few would have the inclination, and

as few the opportunity, to undergo.

In the present genus and section we shall meet with one spe-

cies in which the form of the simple plait is found without any

modification. In the present species, and in several others, the

primitive plait is not so obvious; but the comparison of several

specimens, and especially, as is so often the case in the illustra-

tion of a Law of Morphology, of particular instances assuming a

somewhat abnormal character, will enable the careful observer

to trace, even in these species, this primitive plait. The limits

within which I am necessarily restricted prevent me from entering

more fully into, and illustrating at greater length, this question,

—which I certainly regard as one of very much interest and im-

portance. In the present section of the genus Ventriculites,

in which every depression of one side answers to an entirely or

nearly corresponding depression on the other, the existence of

the plait is less material to the understanding of the character

of the wall of the pouch than where the fold assumes that com-

plexity which it does in the section Complicati. I shall dwell

only slightly upon the point, therefore, in describing individuals

of the present section, leaving the fuller illustration of it to those

specimens from which the illustrations of Pl]. XIII. figs. 13,14 and

15 are drawn, and which will I hope satisfy every careful and

candid inquirer that the most apparently differing external forms

may depend on the different modifications which the upper and

lower fold of a simple plaited membrane may undergo.

3. Ventriculites quincuncialis. Pl. VII. (vol. xx.) fig. 7, and

PI. XVII. figs TA,

Membrane deeply folded, usually from base to margin, of nearly

equal width the whole depth of the fold, and in regular quin-

wall of the pouch, where the whole body is a single pouch, from the subdi-

vision of the body itself into distinct lobes or branches as found in Bra-

chiolites. It will presently be seen that the wall of these lobes and branches

is marked by the same characters as the wall of the single-pouch forms now

under more immediate consideration.

208 Mr. Toulmin Smith on the Classification

euncial figure: moveable processes conspicuous: wall often

thick.

In this, as in the former species, must be included forms which,

at first sight, vary to a considerable extent, but which I conceive

to mark either distinct varieties or distinct ages. It is however

almost impossible, in specimens in a good state of preservation,

to mistake the species, the characteristic type of fold being found

in all with little variation. The wall is usually much thicker

than in V. impressus, and the fold begins from the base. In some

specimens the fold is so deep that a thickness of nearly two lines,

—sometimes even more *,—is attained in the wall of the pouch.

The folds are almost equally broad down their whole depth, so

that in this species the general aspect, both external and in-

ternal, is level, contrary to what takes place in V. muricatus, and

which difference will best be understood by comparing figs. 11

and 12 of Pl. XIII. which represent sections of these two species t.

It occasionally happens that the outer surface is not quite so

regularly marked as the imner, though still each depression on

one side is accompanied by a corresponding elevation on the

other. This variance is probably owing to some circumstance

connected with the process of the fossilization of the individual.

Hence even a partial angularity in the margin of the folds is, in

some such specimens, seen on the outer surface of the wall of

the pouch. Such specimens appear to have been partly crushed

before or during fossilization. The inside preserves all the usual

regularity of the fold.

It occasionally, though rarely, happens that the quincuncial

figure is not maintained ; in all specimens there must necessarily

be places where it is not truly kept, owing to the mode of increase

of the animal from base to margin. :

The so-called Ocellaria, so often mentioned, belong to this

species. What are thus named are either young specimens, or

the lower parts of full-sized ones. These are usually nearly cy-

lindrical at the upper part and taper very gradually to the base ;

or form, altogether, a very acutely pointed inverted cone.

There is no species which affords more entire disproof of the

contractile theory than this. It is obviously impossible that any

membrane should contract in the way in which this form exists,

—and with no variation whether forming a close cylinder or an

almost flat disc.

I am well-aware that this is the species to which appeal will

always be made in opposition to the views which have been stated

* I have an instance in which the thickness of the wall exceeds a quarter

of an inch.

+ In the specimen figured on PI. VII. vol. xx. fig. 7. the folds are un-

usually narrow, but the quincuncial character is well-displayed.

of the Veutriculidee of the Chalk. 209

as to the fold of the membrane. It will often be triumphantly

referred to as affording evidence of perforation. There may be no

prima facie reason why the Ventriculide should not, like the re-

cent Retepora, have been perforated. When however it is found,

through a vast number of differing forms, that one plan, that of

the folded membrane, has been unquestionably adopted; and

when it is found that in no other case in which Ventriculitic

structure is present is a thickness of more than five of the solid

squares attained by any part of the fold which forms the wall of

the pouch, while it is found that, in this species, the thickness of

the entire wall varies from one line to three lines,—thus exhibit-

ing, if the actual wall be but a perforated mass, the extraordinary

and, upon every principle, anomalous fact of there bemg no con-

stancy* in the structure of the central polypidom ; there is cer-

tainly every reason to conclude that Unity is not violated in this

case, and that, like others of the family, this is truly a folded and

not a perforated membrane. The various deceptive appearances

which the mere fossil may put on have been already more than

once remarked. In the examination of the present species,

above all, the greatest skill and care are necessary, because it is

obvious that the very depth and narrowness of the fold must, if

any abrasion or injury of the external surface} take place, de-

stroy the traces of the membrane covering the top of each

depression, and because the small size of the depressions and

elevations renders it very difficult to follow the fold which forms

them from one surface to the other. Feeling therefore to the

fullest extent the difficulty of ascertaining the actual fact in this

case, and at.the same time the importance of ascertaining that

fact, both as an exception, if it should prove such, to the Law of

Unity, and as a determination of a point in paleontology which

has been now mooted for more than thirty years, I carefully dis-

sected numerous specimens, both in flint and in chalk, and both

with the slitting-wheel and the needle, and followed up and down

the so-called (sometimes) cells or (sometimes) perforations to their

terminations. ‘The clear and unequivocal result has been that the

so-called Ocellaria is no anomaly : that the Law of Unity has not

its exception here; that this is a true case of fold of membrane :

finally, that I have at this moment before me specimens in which

* It will be obvious to the careful inquirer that there is nothing anoma-

lous in the varying depth of the folds, inasmuch as, in all species, that depth

will naturally be dependent, more or less, on the age of the individual.

+ In every instance, both in chalk and flint, with very rare. exceptions,

some of the body adheres to the matrix. In the present species, where the

bases of the folds are so small, it will necessarily, therefore, often happen

that just those bases adhere to the matrix. Hence alone will result an ap-

parent perforation of the wall, the remains of the membrane not being pre-

sent, and not therefore traceable, over those bases.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol, 1. 14

210 Mr. Toulmin Smith on the Classification

I can as clearly see the fold in and out of that membrane as it is

seen in fig. 11. Pl. XIII. I wish to be specific and precise on this

point because I know that a bare description will be questioned.

I am obliged to state that such a reality as is represented ‘ mag-

nified” on p. 279. fig. 2.6 of Dr. Mantell’s ‘ Medals of Creation’

never had existence * in the nature of the animal of which fig. 2

gives a view of the natural size of the fossilized remains.

_ In the museum of the Yorkshire Philosophical Institution

there is a fragment of a specimen of this species almost discoidal,

which still measures more than nine inches across, and, when

entire, must have been of still greater size. This is an unusually

large size for the species to attain, but the variation in that re-

spect is very great. There is another interesting specimen of

this species in that museum in which the whole body has become

converted into chalcedony. The outer surface is nearly entire, as

is also a considerable part of the inside. The structure is, as

usual in solidified chalcedonic specimens‘, obliterated throughout

the greater part, but it can, in places, be still clearly traced.. The

individual underwent pressure before or during the process of

fossilization, and also some decomposition, so that the external

character has become somewhat modified, and it is only in parts

that the internal arrangement can, at places of section, be seen.

The peculiar state of the specimen,—solidly chalcedonic without

the presence of any true flint,—renders it however very in-

teresting f.

4. Ventriculites muricatus. Pl. XIII. figs. 1 & 12.

Membrane deeply folded, without regular figure: folds unequal

in width throughout their depth: moveable processes often

conspicuous : wall of moderate thickness.

The point wherein this species differs most essentially from

the last will be at once understood by comparing figs. 11 & 12

of Pl. XIII. It has been already explained that, through the uni-

formity in the breadth of the fold, the general surface of V. quin-

* And see p. 280: the polyparium of this species is no more “ calca-

reous ” than that of any other of the Ventriculide. ‘Treated with acid it is

acted on in precisely the same way and to the same extent as are all speci-

mens of Ventriculides preserved in flint, and leaves an exquisitely delicate

cast of the body of the animal and of the structure of its polypidom.

+ See before, p. 85. vol. xx.

{ It has already been stated (vol. xx. p. 86), that ‘‘ in general when any

part of the soft substance of a body encased in chalk decomposed, its place

was soon filled up with particles of chalk.” The above instance is one of

the rare exceptions to this general fact; and the peculiar condition of the

Yorkshire chalk (which is much more compact than that of Kent, &c.) may

lead us to expect more numerous instances of these exceptions from that

region than from the chalk of the south-east of England.

of the Ventriculidze of the Chalk. — 21r

cuncialis is smooth. It will be perceived that where, as in fig. 12,

the folds are broad on each surface at their margin and narrow

to a point at their base, the effect must be to give to the whole

wall of the pouch a rough surface. The wall is usually not very

thick. Ihave never seen it attain so great a thickness as V.

quincuncialis often does. The height and depth of the folds

render it difficult ever to confound it with V. impressus, in which

also the same smooth general appearance of the surface as in

V. quincuncialis is usually maintained, and for the same reason

as in that species.

5. Ventriculites tessellatus. Pl. XIII. figs. 2, 3, 4.

Membrane folded in regular quadrilateral and rectangular figures

usually more or less oblong: wall of moderate thickness.

In Mr. Morris’s Catalogue mention is made of a Ventriculites

quadratus, and reference is made to Goldfuss, pl. 33. fig. 1. I

have already* stated that this is no Ventriculite. The description

is, “ seriebus pororum oblongorum rectis parallelis decussantibus,”

—an error into which I cannot conceive it possible that Goldfuss

could have fallen if he really had the present species before him.

And the magnified sketch given in fig. 1 b of the same plate,—

unless fancy and not actual observation be there copied,—differs

as widely from any characters of the present species, and from

any form of Ventriculitic structure, as does the description which

has been cited.

This form is rare ; and it is still rarer to find a perfect speci-

men. I have several fragments, excellently well displaying struc-

ture and fold, and during the summer of-1847 I was fortunate

enough to find a perfect specimen, with roots and margin, and

both body and cast, entirely perfect, and five inches in diameter ;

but I was so unfortunate as for it to break in pieces before I could

convey it home, a danger to which the collector of these delicate

fossils is peculiarly liable. Though this loss is not easily to be

replaced, the opportunity of verifying the entire form of the spe-

cies was important. The rarity of the species has prevented me

from making sufficiently extended observations on the moveable

processes to state, with confidence, anything definite in regard to

them.

In this species the plaits may often readily be traced, with the

oblong depressions running along them on each face of the wall.

This being borne in mind, the figures often displayed on section

will readily be understood, when, instead of the regular alter-

nation of depressions seen at one place of section, as in fig. 4

* Ante, vol. xx. p. 78,

14*

212. Mr. Toulmin Smith on the Classification

(Pl. XIII.), the character represented in fig. 3 will, at another

place of section, be seen.

6. Ventriculites cavatus. Pl. XIII. fig. 5.

Membrane folded in concavities of considerable breadth, rarely

regular in disposition: wall of moderate thickness : moveable

processes often well-seen.

This species can never be confounded with the last. The shape’

of the fold, its sloping edges, and the want, in general, of regular

figure, at once distinguish it. A linear arrangement of the de-

pressions is often traceable, marking the places of the primitive

lait.

i This species might readily be divided into two or three varie-

ties, marked by the fewness or abundance, the small or large

size, and the greater or less degree of regularity, of the folds.

The principle of the fold,—which in all cases is the ground-

work of the present classification,—appears however to be the

same in all these cases, and they may, not improbably, be but

modifications indicative of a difference of age. The concavities

are usually somewhat elongated in specimens of which the pouch

is closely cylindrical.

In this case, as in all others, it is necessary that both sides, or

a good section, of the specimen should be examined, as V. radiatus

will be found to be marked on the inner surface by characters

bearing some superficial resemblance to those distinguishing both

surfaces of the present species, while V. bicomplicatus bears, both

on the external and internal surfaces, characters which may some-

times mislead the observer. A section of the present species how-

ever will show the wall much thinner and the cavities shallower

than in either of those species, while, in well-preserved specimens,

the entirely different character of the fold cannot fail to be seen.

7. Ventriculites striatus. Pl. XIII. figs. 6 & 13.

Membrane folded from base to margin in regular close and sim-

ple plaits : processes very conspicuous : wall of moderate thick-

~ Ness.

This is an exceedingly interesting and very marked species.

The plaits, which have heretofore been traceable only by careful

comparison and an effort of induction, become in this species the

one characteristic feature. Not atrace is present, on either sur-

face, of the “ tubuli”—assumed to be polyp-cells or absorbents—

of Dr. Mantell, and the presence of which is expressly stated by

him to be characteristic of the genus and species* ; upon the as-

sumption of which indeed all his views and descriptions have

* See ante, vol. xx. p. 77.

of the Ventriculidee of the Chalk. 213

been based. The inquirer will be well-prepared for this entire

absence of any such tubuli from its having been seen that, in the

preceding species, the depressions (which alone are what could,

even on a superficial observation, be called tubuli) have the

greatest diversity of form and character, a diversity which at

once negatives their being of the nature assigned to them by

Dr. Mantell. It has moreover been seen that, as a matter of fact,

they are in no instance tubuli, but that they can, on the contrary,

be traced as folds of the membrane forming the polypidom itself.

On the other hand, the present is the only species which could

seem to lend any support to the contractile theory. The observer

however who has studied the several preceding species will pro-

bably ask for no proof that the present does not stand out as an

anomaly and an exception from them all. If he need such, he

may be referred to the observations already made *, generally, on

the matter. These have full application in this as in every other

case, and sufficiently show that this species offers no violation to

that Unity which prevails through every branch of the present

inquiry.

Different specimens vary in the size and depth of the plait.

It is suggestive, perhaps, as before, of difference of age. It is

where the plait is deepest and broadest that the moveable pro-

cesses become most conspicuous.

_ The plaits are not narrow at the base and of increasing size

as they approach the margin. They maintain the same size from

base to margin, and the increase of surface is effected by the

increase in number of plaits as the margin is approached ; an in-

crease effected by the division, from time to time, of one plait

into two,—each of equal size with the original one,—a mode of

increase which generally prevails in all species in which the plait

can be distinctly followed. The species is not common.

§ b. Complicati.

Inner and outer surfaces not corresponding.

1. Ventriculites mammillaris. Pl. XIII. figs. 7 & 14.

Inner plaits simple and regular: outer plaits raised in large hol-

low bosses at regular intervals: processes very conspicuous :

thickness of wall considerable.

This is the first instance in which we find the direction of the

fold changed between the external and internal surfaces. There

is no species more strongly marked, and none which affords a

better illustration of the value and importance of a principle of

Unity as the essential and most valuable means to true scientific

* Ante, vol. xx. p. 89.

214 Mr. Toulmin Smith on the Classification

research. The fact of the mammillated external appearance of

this species is easily seen and as easily recorded: so is also the

fact of the striated internal appearance. But it would be difficult,

by any description, to make it clearly understood how such ap-

parently contradictory appearances could result from the folding

of a simple membrane*, until it had been ascertained, by careful

and multiplied dissections, that this and all other characters of

the fold of the membrane forming the wall of the pouch are

grounded upon one single and simple unity of plan of which all

present clear and intelligible modifications.

On the outside of this species as usually seen in a fossil state,

and as it must usually have appeared in a recent state, no mark

of the plait is seen. Large rounded elevations scattered, at first

sight irregularly, over the whole surface, are all that meet the

eye. If however the reader will carefully consider figs. 18 and

14 of Pl. XIII. he will see, in fig. 13, the simple plaits, regular and

uninterrupted, within and without, as in V. striatus; while in

fig. 14 he will see that the perfect plait is still present, and that

the inner surface [the lower part of the figure] is still simple and

uninterrupted, but that the outer plaits are interrupted along

their whole length by rounded elevations,—not solid, but hollow,

—elevations of the membrane into those shapes instead of the

plait being plain and simple. These figures are somewhat ex-

aggerated in size in order that the principle may be more clearly

understood.

It will be found that in each of the forms which follow, and

* As the extraordinary complications in the fold of the membrane of

many species were gradually developed by multiplied dissections, 1 long de-

spaired of being able, by any descriptions, to make them understood. When

by degrees the unity of plan which I have endeavoured to indicate above,

as the groundwork of all that complexity, opened upon me, I felt an im-

portant key to have been obtained, which experiment proved to be appli-

cable to every case. I indulge some hope that the development of this

unity may be of a utility beyond the mere understanding of the forms now

under discussion—however interesting those may be to myself and others.

In the descriptions of numerous tissues in human and other branches of

anatomy, I have often myself felt the want of some clear and simple basis

of unity in the descriptions attempted of those tissues; which want has

caused them to be often unintelligible. Any pains which the investigation

of the present subject may have cost will be more than rewarded if the sug-

gestion of an unfailing unity in the arrangement of all complex tissues shall

be felt to be (as I cannot donbt that it is) generally applicable. It seems to

me, that as, by application of this principle, forms varying so entirely as it

will be found that many of the Ventriculidz do in mere general external cha-

racters, and therefore heretofore classed in entirely different natural groups,

are now demonstrated to belong to one group, so the application of the like

principle may, in many points of anatomy, lead to the discovery of intimate

relations, not now suspected, between tissues which appear very different

in structure.

of the Ventriculidee of the Chalk. 215

which appear so widely different from each other in all that meets

the eye of the general observer, the characters which each exhibits

may be as readily understood as in the present species by taking

as the basis that simple Unity of plan which has been thus illus-

trated.

2. Ventriculites latiplicatus.

Folds very broad and deep: outer plaits simple and regular :

imner plaits inclining, at intervals, towards, and anastomosing,

a little below the surface, with, adjoming plaits: wall very

thick.

This is a very interesting species. It presents us with the first

instance of the plaits departing from their entire imdividuality,

and of a connexion being formed between adjoining ones. In the

present species that connexion is merely by a slight anastomosis

at distant intervals. There being no depression in the plait, on

either surface, the access of water is perfectly preserved without

any additional provision such as we shall find in V. radiatus

and many others.

In V. mammillaris the departure from the simple plait took |

place on the outside. In the

present species it takes place on

the inside, and is more marked

in its character and degree ; but

it is none the less an illustration

of the principle of Unity which

it has been endeavoured to ex-

plain, being clearly but a modi-

fication of the simple plait.

This will be understood from

the following figure, in which

b,b,b are the lower plaits; c,c,c,

the upper plaits; and a, a, a,

the points of anastomosis. We shall, in the next species, find

the complexity of the fold much increased.

The wall of this species is thicker than that of any other spe-

cies of the genus Ventriculites.

3. Ventriculites decurrens. Pl. XIII. fig. 8.

Plaits often irregular in direction: outer plaits constricted at

distant and unequal intervals : inner plaits depressed at short

and nearly equal intervals; bulging on each side around de-

pressions till adjoming plaits meet and open into each other :

processes conspicuous : wall of moderate thickness.

Var. tenuiplicatus. Pl. XIII. fig. 9.

Plaits close and delicate: outer plaits nearly regular in direction

216 Mr..Toulmin Smith on the Classification

from base to margin with slight occasional constrictions :

inner plaits depressed at regular intervals ; bulging on each side

around depressions till adjoining plaits meet and open into

each other: processes conspicuous: pouch very often nearly

cylindrical: wall thin. !

Marked specimens of these two varieties are very distinguish-

able, but, upon the principles to which I have confined myself in

discriminating species, I do not think it proper to separate them ;

the elements of the modification of the fold being similar in each

variety. Specimens in which the two varieties run into each

other are not unfrequently found. |

The variety tenuiplicatus is a most beautiful and delicate fossil.

I have several specimens on which the polyp-cells are finely seen.

In examining each of these varieties the importance of the clue

afforded by the principle already explained of Unity in the fold

of the membrane becomes strongly felt. Let the reader compare

figs. 13, 14 and 15 of Pl. XIII., always remembering that fig. 13

is the basis of every modification. In fig. 15 he will see the lower

plait [it is immaterial for the present purpose whether that is to

be looked at as the inner or outer surface] retaining its simpli-

city, while along the top of the upper plait he will see a series of

circular depressions at short and equal intervals. At the sides of

these depressions the membrane bulges out,—in order to pre-

serve the walls of the plait below the depression clear from con-

tact *,—until the bulgings on the two adjoining plaits meet and

‘anastomose. These then open into each other in the centre of

the place of anastomosis, leaving, however, below them and on

each side a clear space ; so that strength and security are gained

to the whole mass, and, consequently, the safety of the individual

* This is but one other among the numberless beautiful illustrations

afforded by the anatomy of the Ventriculidz of obvious design and adap-

tation. Did these walls touch, there would be a great loss of surface and

little or no additional strength. By the actual arrangement there is a vast

gain of both surface and strength, as well as an additional security for free

access of sea-water to all parts of the inner surface. It has already been

seen that this additional provision not being needed in V. latiplicatus is not

found in that species. It is proper to add, that the fact that, around the de-

pressions, the adjoining plaits do not only anastomose but open into each

other has been ascertained by most careful examination and dissection of

specimens in chalk and in flint ; but that, having clearly ascertained the fact

in instances where there is thus such an obvious purpose for such an arrange-

ment, I cannot doubt that, under similar circumstances of structure in ad-

joining parts, such is always the arrangement of the fold in this particular,

though the minuteness of the parts generally prevents the possibility of

clearly distinguishing it in chalk specimens, The place of the opening does

not usually exceed, in the necessarily somewhat collapsed state in which

it is exhibited in the fossil condition, the 40th of an inch in diameter, a

space which the iron stain in the chalk is-more than sufficient to obliterate.

of the Ventriculide of the Chalk. 217

polyps is ensured, together with a great increase of polypiferous

surface. |

I am aware of no instance among the Ventriculide in which

a mere ridge or flap of membrane is added on,—as this

would practically be if the membrane forming the sides of these

depressions came in contact with that forming the sides of the

plaits. There are, on the other hand, very many cases in which,

as in the present species, additional strength to the whole mass

is afforded by a means which gives a very great additional surface

for the development and security of that life, the manifestation

and multiplied means of enjoyment of which were the end of the

existence of the whole creature.

On each side of the places where these meeting bulgings blend,

the vacant spaces between the plaits put on, naturally, from the

shortness and regularity of the distance between the bulgings, a

circular form. As one of these must, of course, lie between each

double pair of the depressions, a quincuncial figure is thus as-

sumed by the whole (see the darker spots in fig. 15 of Pl. XIIT.).

The inquirer will thus at once understand the appearance pre-

sented by the inner surface of many species of Ventriculide. He

will clearly see that the “ tubuli” of Dr. Mantell are things with-

out existence. He will understand that though, at the surface of

a fossil of which all the interstices are filled with chalk, all the

circular marks appear alike, yet the dissection of alternate rows

of them will reveal very different conditions ; one row consisting

of more or less shallow (in the present species usually rather

shallow) and closed depressions; the other having no true de-

pressions at all, but consisting of cavities extending to the bottom

of the intermediate plait, and indeed, before and behind, under-

neath the intermediate bulgings, running into and forming part

of the longitudinal cavity of that plait.

The wall of the variety tenuiplicatus being usually thin, the de-

pressions on the inner plaits, though shallow, are sometimes to

be seen through on the outside, if the specimen has come very

clean out of the chalk. It is very rarely, however, that specimens

can be got out of the chalk in this clean manner, portions of the

matrix usually fillig up the spaces between the plaits. In the

recent state, and when, instead of being in the collapsed condi-

tion in which we find the fossils, the animals were alive and fully

distended with all their fluids*, no doubt the lower surface of

all the depressions on the top of the inner plaits could be seen

from the outside. The living creature must have appeared as

composed of a number of plaits which, on their inner surfaces,

* Every reader must perceive the difference between the comparative

states of collapsion and distension and those of contraction and expansion.

218 Mr. Toulmin Smith on: the Classification

exhibited numerous shallow depressions ; and which plaits, on

each side of these depressions, were united together by small

transverse tubules, the mouths of which tubules were directed

towards the outer surface of the whole body, and opened, always,

into the interspaces between the outer plaits.

It will be obvious that sections, whether made longitudinally

or transversely to the plaits, will vary in numberless ways in the

figure which will be seen, according to the particular point of

the plait through which the section passes. This must be re-

membered when the section seen at the edge of a flint or frac-

tured chalk specimen is examined. This observation applies as

well to the present species as to almost every other which will

subsequently come under notice.

The plaits of V. decurrens are not very regular in their course.

On the contrary, the outer plait, where the course is easily traced,

is often very winding, though several generally run parallel to

each other. The constrictions occur at irregular and distant in-

tervals, and cause the surface to appear as if several of the round

elevations of V. mammillaris had run together down the surface,

—a modification which may truly be considered to represent the

fact. Hence the specific name. The constrictions do not extend

the whole depth of the plait. They do not appear ever to ex-

tend so deep as to interfere with the mode of fold characteristic

of the inner surface. It is owing to the winding course of the

plaits in this species that the rings seen on the inside do not

assume, as in V. radiatus, a perfectly regular quincuncial figure ;

the places of the depressions and accompanying characters of

structure varying, of course, in places, as the plait winds. In

V. tenuiplicatus, where the plaits are more regular, the quincun-

cial figure on the inside is correspondingly more regular. The

constrictions on the outer plaits of that variety are much slighter

than in V. decurrens. They resemble much more a very slight

exhibition of the normal characters of V. mammillaris. They thus

rarely interfere with the continuous course of the plait.

4. Ventriculites radiatus. Pl. XIII. figs. 10, 15.

Plaits broad and deep: outer plaits regular, and with an occa-

sional lateral connection: inner plaits deeply depressed at

short and equal intervals; bulging on each side around de-

pressions till the adjoiing plaits meet and open into each

other : processes very conspicuous : wall thick.

I have retained for this interesting species the name radiatus

of Mantell, as being the species which comes nearest in super-

ficial external and internal appearance to his descriptions already

cited *.

* Ante, vol. xx. p. 76.

of the Ventriculidee of the Chalk. 219

This species unites the characters observed in V. latiplicatus

and V. decurrens. In the former mere points of connection exist,

on one surface, between the plaits; in the latter the remarkable

depressions, bulgings and openings into each other last described

exist, also on one surface only. In the present species the latter

characters are found on the inside, the depressions being, how-

ever, deeper than in V. decurrens ; while, the plaits being deep,

they exhibit, on the outside, and at distant intervals, points of

mere connection (no depressions being present on that surface)

as in V. latiplicatus.

The difference between the constrictions which mark the

outer plaits of V. decurrens, and the points of connection, with-

out any constriction, which exist between the outer plaits of the

present species, is alone sufficient to distinguish the two. In

addition to this, however, the present species is much thicker

and more massive than V. decurrens ; it often attains a thickness

in the wall of the pouch nearly as great as V. latiplicatus. The

regularity in the direction of the plaits is another distinguishing

character.

Owing to the regularity of the plaits in this species, the figure

assumed by the inner folds is very regularly quincuncial.

The inquirer must be careful not to be misled by inspection

of an inner surface only into determination of this species, as

such surface in either V. cavatus or V. bicomplicatus, especially

the latter, and sometimes in V. decurrens, will be difficult to di-

stimguish. It cannot be too often insisted on that parts of both

surfaces, as well as sections, should be examined before determi-

ning species with certainty.

This species is very local in its distribution, being very rare in

many places.

5. Ventriculites bicomplicatus.

Plaits broad and deep: both outer and inner plaits deeply de-

pressed at short and equal intervals, which alternate in ad-

joining inner and outer plaits; bulging on each side around

depressions till adjoining plaits open into each other: pro-

cesses very conspicuous: wall very thick.

In the present species we meet

with a much greater complexity of

fold than in any preceding one.

The plaits on both surfaces un-

dergo a marked modification which

resembles the modification seen on

the inner plaits of V. radiatus. The

form of the depressions on the

external surface are, however, ge-

nerally oval instead of round, as in fig. E.

220 Mr. Toulmin Smith on the Ventriculidee of the Chalk.

The descriptions which have been given of the mode of fold

on the inner surface of V. decurrens and V. radiatus render it

unnecessary to dwell on the nature of the modifications which

the present species exhibits, and which are but the reduplication.

of the remarkable characters exhibited in the species just named.

It may be suggested, however, that sections of this species will

vary so much, according to the direction in which they are taken,

that no one figure can be depended on as certainly indicative of

the species, without very extended and careful comparison. Not-

withstanding, however, the complexity of the folding in the pre-

sent species, the application of the observations already made in

respect of V. decurrens will make it clear that the free access of

sea-water would be perfectly maintained to all parts of the very

extended polypiferous surface which is thus gained.

In all these deeply folded species we have seen that the move-

able processes are very conspicuous. They are thus conspicuous

on that portion of the fold which is most exposed. There would

obviously not be room for their operation within the folds, and

the traces of them are not found there as they are on the external

surface. If their object be that which has been suggested*, their

presence and action on this exposed external surface would be

amply sufficient for the protection of the polyps in the deeper

recesses of the folds, and the presence of the processes there

would be useless. The absence of their marked development in

those parts is therefore in harmony with that admirable adapta-

tion of means to ends which the results of every part of the pre-

sent investigation have displayed. :

In examining the various and complicated forms which have

been thus noticed as included within the genus Ventriculites,

nothing is more striking than to find that, be the wall of the

pouch thick or thin, the thickness of the membrane itself remains

always the same. It may be folded up in the most complicated

way, but it still retains, in any single piece of it, precisely the

same characters as have been described as typical in respect to

V. simplex. Were other facts wanting, this would alone go

far to induce the conclusion which other courses of investigation

have already seemed to demonstrate, viz. that we have before us

a true Polyzoic polypidom; and that polypidom one of the most

admirable construction and contrivance. No less interesting

illustrations of that conclusion will be found in the widely differ-

ent forms and modifications of folding which remain to be exa-

mined.

* Ante, p. 205, and p. 185 of vol. xx.

[To be continued. |

Zoological Society. — 221

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

July 27, 1847.—Wm. Yarrell, Esq., Vice-President, in the Chair.

DeEscRIPTIONS OF NEW OR LITTLE-KNOWN CRUSTACEA IN THE CoL-

LECTION AT THE British Museum. By Apvam Wuire, F.LS.,

MEMBER OF THE Ent. Soc. or STETTIN, AND ASSISTANT IN THE

Zoou. Dept. Brit. Museum.

Family Matava.

Xenocarcinus, White, Appendix to Jukes’s Voyage of H.M.S. Fly.

Carapace long, narrow, knobbed above, with a very long thick beak;

beak cylindrical, horizontal, forming an elongated cone, truncated at

the end, with two small spines at the very extremity, one on each side.

Inner antemnz thickish, inserted in a deep groove, which is triangular

in front. Eyes with a short thick pedicel. Outer antenne spring-

ing from the under side of beak just in front of the eyes, eight- or

nine-jointed; the first joint elongated, somewhat bent, the second

not half its length; both furnished at the end with two or three

longish sete; the other joints forming a bristle. The outer pedi-

palps together occupying a square space ; first joint very narrow at

the base, the inner edge finely serrated ; second joint very long, sides

almost parallel, the end gradually pointed; third joint somewhat

pyriform, with a tooth at the tip.

Legs cylindrical, some of the joints slightly curved; claws long,

slightly curved, the inner edge with many closely-placed minute teeth.

Tail (of female) trapezoidal, hollowed in the middle ; the segments,

excepting the terminal, joined in one piece.

A genus closely allied to Acanthonyz, Latr.

XENOCARCINUS TUBERCULATUS, White.

Carapace with nine tubercles above, placed in three transverse

lines, the centre one of the first line double, one placed before the

other; the centre one of the third line also double; the two placed

transversely ; the greater part of the beak covered with minute

closely-placed hairs and scales; two short lines of longer hairs on the

upper side above and before the eyes; two or three waved longi-

tudinal red lines on the posterior half of carapace, the inner one con-

tinued to before the eye.

First pair of legs (in female) short, not reaching to the end of the

beak; the claws small, equal, and minutely toothed.

Hab. Long Island, Cumberland Group, Australia. Caught in a

seine. Presented to the Museum by J. B. Jukes, Esq., geologist

attached to the survey of H.M.S. Fly.

This very interesting form is described in the Appendix to his

Narrative of the Voyage. It will be figured in the forthcoming

Crustacea of the South Seas, in connexion with Sir J. C. Ross’s

Voyage.

222 Zoological Society.

Cuorinus acantTHonotvus, Adams and White, List of Crust. in Brit.

Mus., Appendix, p. 123.

Carapace armed with four long spines, the two front ones rather

close together at their bases, and directed a little forwards; the two

hinder bifid; the forks of the anterior hinder spine diverging late-

rally, and those of the posterior divaricating longitudinally; three

spines on each branchial region, the anterior pointed forward, flat-

tened horizontally ; the middle slender, curved backwards, upwards

and outwards, with two sharp-pointed tubercles at its base directed

downwards; the posterior with two divaricating slender spines di-

rected backwards, outwards and upwards. Horns of the rostrum

long, flattened, close together at the base, gradually diverging, and

curved downwards. Orbital margin armed at its superior part with

a long bifid spine; on the anterior part having a short bifid spine,

and on the posterior part bounded by a short spine curved forwards.

Inferior margin of the orbit nearly wanting, and its external angle

ending in a short sharp tooth-like process. The first pair of legs

armed both above and below with a trenchant denticulated crest;

the other legs cylindrical, and furnished with two long sharp-pointed

Spines, situated one on each side of the upper part of the extremity

of the third joints, and diverging upwards and outwards. ‘Tarsi long,

curved, and smooth below. Body covered with long thin hairs.

This species differs from Chorinus aculeatus (Edwards, Hist. Nat. des

Crust. i. p. 316, and De Haan, Fauna Japonica, pl. 23. fig. 2) in the

length and position of the spines, which are not tipped with a knob,

but sharp-pointed, and in the thin joints of the posterior pairs of legs

being armed with two spines. The peculiarity of the long bifid spine

above the orbit must also be regarded as a singular characteristic ;

the front legs are more slender, the horns of the rostrum are longer

and less divaricating than in C. aculeatus.

Inhabits Eastern Seas; Borneo (Unsang).

The above description was drawn up by Mr. Arthur Adams, As-

sistant-Surgeon to H.M.S. Samarang. A figure will be published

in the forthcoming illustrated work on the zoological results of that

voyage, which in the orders Mollusca and Crustacea are particularly

striking.

I may remark that the above species enters into Chorinus of Prof.

Edwards and Dr. De Haan, but seems to me to be very different

from Chorinus of Leach, founded on a West Indian and South Ame-

rican type.

ZeBRipA, White.

Carapace flattened, and about as broad as long. Front horizontal,

slightly bent down, and formed of two flattened spines, conical, di-

rected forwards, and slightly diverging at their tips. The orbits

circular; the peduncle of the eyes very large and thick, broader from

side to side than from above downwards; the cornea of the eyes

projecting beyond the outer margin of the front, nearly filling up the

orbital cavities, the upper margins of which are salient. The latero-

anterior borders of the carapace armed with a single, strong, flattened

Zoological Society. 223

process; conical, trenchant, broad at the base, their outer edges

slightly elevated, with their points curving forwards. The first joint

of the external antennz is very large, long, cylindrical, and the an-

tenne are covered by the rostrum. The epistome is very nearly

similar to that of Acanthonyx. ‘Vhe chele, shorter than in that genus,

are armed with flattened, conical, slightly obtuse spines. The second

joint triangular, with an external and internal conical spine, the ex-

ternal very long and directed upwards and forwards; the third joint

armed with three spines; one superior posterior, and directed for-

wards; two anterior lateral, and directed outwards and rounded at

their extremities; the fourth joint is crested with a sharp flattened

spine. The legs are short, thick, very much compressed; the third

joint has two large, flattened, conical spines on the front, directed

forwards; the fourth joint has but one flat spinous process on its

anterior part, and the fifth joint enlarged and furnished posteriorly

with a sharp, flat, curved spine directed backwards.

This beautiful genus is very apathetic when alive ; in that respect,

according to Mr. Adams’s observations, resembling Lambrus. In

the system it is not far removed from Acanthonyx and Huenia. The

description is from a female.

Zesripa ApAmsit, White, List of Crust. in Brit. Mus. p. 124.

In colour this species is of a light delicate pink, with dark liver-

coloured markings. ‘There is a central line bifurcated anteriorly,

where it is lost on the inner bases of the horns of the rostrum,

and reaching posteriorly to the last joint of the abdomen, and having

external to it a fine, double, somewhat waved line. Extending from

the apex of the rostral spines, and meeting at the last abdominal

segment, are two broad lines, narrowed in the middle of the carapace ;

external to this is a fine double line, and on the outside of this is a

broad somewhat curved stripe, ending abruptly at the postero-

external angle of the carapace; and at the base of the antero-lateral

spines is another rather broad linear mark, of the same dark liver-

colour.

The third joint of all the legs has two broad, dark, red-brown

bands, directed somewhat diagonally across the joint ; the fourth and

fifth joints have one broad mark of the same colour. The under

surface is of a somewhat darker colour. On the outer part of the

abdominal segments is a round dark spot. The entire surface of the

animal is smooth, hairless, hard, polished and porcellanous. Eyes

black.

A very distinct variety, from about twelve fathoms, in the Sooloo

Seas, had the carapace of a light green, with deep red-brown stripes,

and the legs and chele of a pearly semi-opake white, and very

distinctly banded with deep red-brown.

The specimen from which the foregoing description is taken was

dredged from a sandy bottom at about six fathoms water, near the

mouth of the Pantsi River, on the coast of Borneo. The descrip-

tion, it ought to have been remarked, was derived by Mr. Adams

224 Zoological Society.

from a living specimen ; but even the dried individual in the Museum

collection is very distinctly marked.

Family Pacuripz.

PAaGURUS STRIGIMANUS, White.

Red, irregularly spotted with yellow. Eye-peduncles ‘inetd not

the length of the anterior margin of the carapace. Carapace with

the front part irregularly pitted above, very smooth in the middle,

the sides with tufts of long yellow hairs. First pair of legs not much

thickened; on the outside covered with thickly-set tubercles, many

of which end in a spine; the base of these tubercles in front furnished

with a tuft of longish yellow hairs ; inside of the hand and of the move-

able claw with several slightly raised patches, covered with regular

parallel deepish grooves; the claws black, and slightly hollowed at

the end; the second and third legs with the two last joints furnished

with many small black spines and tufts of long yellowish hairs.

Hab. Van Diemen’s Land. From Mr. Gunn’s collection.

A species somewhat allied to Pagurus guttatus, Oliv.

Pagurus comptus, White.

Whitish, the antenne ringed with red; the legs with three or four

broad red bands. Carapace smooth, with a few punctures on the

side, between which and the middle is an impressed somewhat curved

line; the front edge with a very wide tooth in the middle.

First pair of legs irregular; the left hand much smaller than the

other; the palmar portion of the larger hand somewhat flattened on

the outside, and covered with small depressed warts; the claws short

and thick, the edges of the claws sharp; the second and third pairs

of legs thin, smooth, slightly punctured with a few short bristles ;

the fourth and fifth legs very smooth.

Hab. Falkland Islands (Antarctic expedition).

Pagurus cavipEs, White, List of Specimens of Crustacea in Brit.

Mus. p. 60.

Eye-peduncles short and thick; eye very large; scale at the base

large and serrated at the end. Carapace with two widish teeth in

the front edge, between the outer antennz and eyes; a transverse

groove near the front edge, the anterior angle with a few short

spines ; anterior legs with the left the larger; the wrist tubercled ;

the hand behind the moveable claw tubercled ; the outer edge of the

moveable claw and lower edge of hand serrato-dentate; outside of

hand smooth, inside with a few tufts of shortish hairs; the smaller

claw with several rows of hairs in tufts. The second and third pairs

of legs somewhat serrated on the upper edge; the third leg on the

left side with the penultimate joint longitudinally grooved on the

outside; the next joint angled and somewhat excavated above, near

the upper edge, which is sharpish and somewhat serrated.

Hab. Bramble Key, Australia. Presented by J. B. Jukes, Esq.

Zoological Society. 225-

Family THALassinip&.

GEBIA HIRTIFRONS, White.

Beak above depressed, with six or seven longitudinal rows of small

tubercles, furnished at the tip with tufts of hairs; stomachal region

smooth; false natatory appendage large and ciliated.

Hab. South Seas (Antarctic expedition).

The only specimen which I have seen appears to be very young,

as the crust seems hardly formed. It is closely allied to the Gebia

stellata.

Family Asracip2.

Astracus ZEALANDICUs, White.

Carapace smoothish; beak as long as the peduncle of the outer

antennz, wide, depressed, with a slight keel near the base ; the edges

thickened, and with five or six small denticulations. Hands some-

what compressed, the outer and inner edges spined, the spines of

the inner edge the longer; the hand with many longitudinal rows of

hairs in tufts; wrist with three spines on the inner edge, and a

deepish groove above; the caudal plates all of a crustaceous sub-

stance; the upper side with many small tufts of depressed hairs.

Hab. New Zealand.

Found by the late Mr. Percy Earl, who collected this and many

other objects of natural history now in the British Museum. The

Dendroblax Earlii, White, a very interesting Lamellicorn Beetle,

allied to Ryssonotus and Lamprima, but with much of the aspect of

an Oryctes, was named in compliment to him in the ‘‘ Insect Fauna of

New Zealand,” published in one of the numbers of the ‘ Zoology of

H.M.SS. Erebus and Terror.’, Much was expected from him; but he

was drowned in a lamentable shipwreck off the Australian coast.

It is distinct from any species described by Prof. Milne Edwards,

Dr. Erichson of Berlin, or Mr. Gray in the ‘ Appendix to Eyre’s

Central Australia,’ published in 1845.

Family ALPHEID2.

Aorg, White.

Carapace very wide, dilated on the sides behind, and sinuated in

the middle. Beak short, serrated above, buried in a deep groove,

which has a spine on each side in front, almost reaching to the tip

of the beak. Eyes with a thick short peduncle, situated in a hollow

spine on each side, the outer spine shorter than the inner, which,

as has been said, is on the side of the beak.

Inner antenne thick and elongated; second joint much longer

than the third, which is slightly cloven at the end and has two ter-

minal styles, the one very long and cylindrical, the other short and

compressed.

Outer antenne situated outside the inner; the lamellated appen-

dage elongated, longer than the thickened basal joints, the last of

which has a tuft of hairs at the end; the terminal fillet very long,

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. 1. 15

226 Loological Society.

half as long again as the whole body. Outer pedipalps very large,

nearly equal in breadth throughout ; from the base nearly as long

as the body; first joint the longest, nearly reaching to the end of

the lamellated appendage of the outer antenne; third joint more

_ twice the length of the second, compressed, blunted at the

end.

First pair of legs two-clawed, thickish, extending a little beyond

the second joint of the outer pedipalps; the second pair of legs fili-

form didactyle ; third, fourth and fifth pairs of legs thicker than the

second, monodactyle; claws large, serrated below.

Abdomen largish, middle plate of tail with two pairs of small spines,

the first pair beyond the middle. |

This genus is allied to Pontonia, Latreille, but may be distinguished

at, once by the foregoing characters,

AxopE PALpALis, White, List of Crust. in Brit, Mus. p. 75,

The tail has a pinkish hue,

Hab, New Zealand, From the collection of Mr. Earl.

Family Ericuraip2z.

ALIMA APHRODITE, White,

Carapace somewhat narrowed in front, deeply sinuated behind;

the frontal horn not quite the length of the carapace; the posterior

angles of carapace not much extended, Abdomen more than twice

the length of the carapace, exclusive of frontal horn; penultimate

joint of abdomen with two spines in the middle behind; middle lobe

of tail notched in the middle with a gentle sinuation between the -

notch and the posterior angle, which is very sharp; the posterior

edge is furnished with many short regularly placed teeth, giving ita

fringed appearance; outer lobes of tail with the middle appendage

prolonged into a sharp spine. Anterior pair of legs quite simple.

Hab. South Seas. Antarctic expedition.

Order AMPHIPODA.

Family GAMMARIDZ.

EPuIPPIPHORA,

Head rather large; antenne distant from each other, the upper

pair with the basal joints very thick and corneous, inserted in a deep

notch in front of head; two sete at the end of each, the outer the

thicker. Lower pair of antennz with the basal joint somewhat elon-

gated and furnished with hairs.

Body much compressed, the lateral appendages on the first eight

joints very large, and nearly concealing the legs; the appendage of

the fourth joint much dilated behind at the end; eighth to eleventh

joints slightly keeled on the back ; appendages of the three last joints

of the abdomen longish, with short spines on the edge behind.

A genus allied to Orchestia and Talitrus,

Zoological Society. 227

Eruirripora Kroyeri, White, List, p. 130.

The body is very highly polished, the edges of the segments behind

somewhat tinged with yellow; the legs and caudal appendages

slightly brownish.

Hab. Van Diemen’s Land.

Named as a small compliment to the very eminent Danish natu-

ralist, whose researches among the less studied orders of Crustacez

are so well developed in his published but not easily accessible works.

I regret that, excepting a few foliated plates of the large ‘ Voyage

en Islanda,’ &c., I had not seen any part of them when I prepared

the ‘ List of Crustacea in the British Museum.’

APTERA?

Family PycnogonipaZ.

Nympuon JoOHNSTONIANUM, White.

Head with a distinct neck thicker than the articulations between

the leg. Eyes two, situated above the insertion of the chelicera, on

a rather elevated tubercle, which is pointed atthe end. Beak spring-

ing from the under side of the head, rounded but not knobbed at the

extremity, rather thicker in the middle, with two scales on each side

at the base, the extreme apex with a triangular depression.

Chelicera longer than the beak; the two basal joints longer than

the third, which is slightly thicker and covered with short hairs; the

end with two sharp claws meeting nearly throughout their entire

length. 7

Palpi filiform, 10-jointed; four basal joints small, fifth twice the

length of the fourth, and thicker than the sixth, which is equal to it

in length; sixth to tenth short, the three last somewhat hairy at

the end.

Thorax very narrow, smooth. -

Legs eight, slightly hirsute; second and third pairs rather longer

than the first; the fourth the shortest; each of the joints with some

points at the end.

Tarsi with the first joint very short, the under-side of the second

with many spines; claws two, one smaller than the other.

Abdomen somewhat elongate, most slender about the middie, ex-

tending to beyond the middle of the second joint of the leg from the

base,

In size and general appearance at first sight resembling Decolo-

poda australis, Kights. Boston Journ, Nat, Hist. i. 204. t. 7, but dif-

fering from it in the number of the legs, structure of the head and

claws, &c.

Hab. South Seas. Capt. Sir E. Belcher, R.N.

This herculean species is named after Dr. George Johnston, of

Berwick-upon-T'weed, who among his many valuable works has

monographed the British Pycnogonide. Iam aware that Mr. Goodsir

has named a Nymphon Johnstonii after him, but most probably the

present species will be found to form the type of a new genus.

15*

228 Zoological Society.

Nymruon Puasma, White.

Head with a longish neck, the greater part of which is as thin as

or thinner than the articulations between the legs, thickened in front.

Beak thick, blunt, and somewhat knobbed at the end.

Eyes two, situated on a sharp-pointed tubercle, placed between

the first pair of legs, somewhat in front of insertion.

Chelicera somewhat longer than the beak, thick, two-jointed ;

second joint rounded, furnished with two claws which meet through-

out.

Palpi elongated, filiform, 10-jointed; three basal joints small ;

fourth joint very long; fifth joint shorter than the fourth, with a

slight hook at the end ; sixth joint about the same length as the fifth,

but without hook at the end; four last joints short, somewhat curved.

Legs eight, somewhat hirsute, the third leg perhaps shorter than

the others.

Tarsi with one claw, the under-side furnished with many small

spines.

"Hab. South Seas. Capt. Sir Edw. Belcher, R.N.

This may possibly be the other sex of the preceding. Neither of

them have any trace of oviferous legs.

AppDITIONAL OBSERVATIONS ON CuiTonEs. By J. E. Gray, Esa.,

F.R.S. Erc.

Since the publication of my former paper I have continued my

researches on these animals, and now propose to add four groups to

those which I then described: three of these genera were proposéd

as sections of the genus Chiton in my former paper, but I have since

found that they each present peculiar modifications in the structure

of the plate of insertion of the valves ; and the other is a genus which

I had overlooked, though founded on two of the English species of

the family. On re-examination I think that the genus Chiton should

be confined to the species which have a single notch on the plate

of insertion of the central valves, and the edge of the plate of inser- -

tion pectinately lobed, which is the case with the species marked as

belonging to the section * and ** (Annals, vol. xx. p.131.), except

Chiton Barnesii and Ch. evanidus.

, 1. Rapsta.

Posterior valve entire ; margin covered with regularly..disposed im-

bricated smooth scales; margin of insertion of the central valves

pectinately divided, and each furnished with two notches.

Radsia Barnesii. Chiton Barnesii, Gray.

2. CaLLOcHITON.

The valves keeled, the hinder valve entire ; the plates of insertion

rather short, thick, of the terminal valves divided into many, and of

the central valves into four bifid lobes. Margin with imbricate

scales.

* Margin with lanceolate, elongate, erect, closely-pressed scales.

Callochiton levis. Chiton levis, Mont., Lowe, Z. Jour. v.t.5, f.1.

Entomological Society. 229

Ch. discors, Maton & Racket. Ch. punctulatus, Maton. Ch. septem-

valvis, Mont. Ch. corallinus, Risso.

** Margin with ovate imbricate scales.

Callochiton evanidus. Chiton evanidus, Sow. J//. f. 139.

8. IscHNOCHITON.

Valves thin; posterior valve entire; the plates of insertion very

thin, smooth-edged, of the central valves each with a single notch ;

margin covered with very small imbricate scales.

* Scales of mantle transversely grooved.

Ischnochiton textilis. Chiton textilis, Gray = Ch. longicymba,

Blainv.

Ischnochiton limaciformis. Chiton limaciformis. West Indies.

Ischnochiton Magdaliensis. Chiton Magdaliensis, Hinds.

Ischnochiton alatus. Chiton alatus, Sow. Philippines.

** Scales of mantle minute, granule-like.

Ischnochiton marginatus. Chiton marginatus, Mont. Ch. cine-

reus, Lowe, Z. J.

4, LEPTOCHITON.

The valves rounded, thin; posterior valve entire; the plates of

insertion rudimentary, without any notches on either the terminal

or central valves. Mantle covered with granular scales.

Leptochiton cinereus. Chiton cinereus, Montague = Ch. asellus,

Lowe, Zool. Jour. var. white, Chiton albus.

Leptochiton Hanleyi. Chiton Hanleyi, Bean.

Leptochiton cajetanus. Chiton cajetanus, Poli. Lepidopleurus

cajetanus, Risso.

Should the form of the plates of insertion of any specimen not be

sufficiently seen, they may be easily made visible through the inner

side of the mantle by their being soaked a few hours in a weak solu-

tion of caustic potash, but care should be taken that they are not left

too long in soak, nor the solution be too strong, otherwise the margin

will be dissolved. But should the valves be wished to be kept sepa-

rate, this is the best way of separating them, as the plates of insertion

are cleaned, and not broken, as they are likely to be if taken from the

mantle. I may remark that the number of notches in the plates of

insertion is sometimes, but as far as I have observed, very rarely,

liable to variation ; in one specimen of Chiton Bowenii I have observed

that the plate of insertion of the last valve but one has two notches

on one side, but the normal single one of the genus on the other.

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY,

August 3rd, 1846.—Thomas Marshall, Esq., Vice-President, in the

Chair.

Among the donations were a number of Arpedium subpubescens, a

rare species of Staphylinide, sent by A. H. Haliday, Esq., for distri-

bution among the members.

230 Entomological Society.

Mr. Gutch exhibited several boxes of Coleoptera from Central

Europe, and a new species of Fritillary butterfly from Servia. He

also presented to the Society a quantity of specimens of Simulium

Columbatchense, a small dipterous insect which attacks the cattle in

the Bannat, frequenting all the moist parts of the body, as the nos-

trils, anus, &c., and causing the death of great numbers of these

animals. They occur on both banks of the Danube, appearing in

clouds, and are supposed by the common people to be bred in a hole

in a mountain where the body of the dragon slain by St. George

was deposited.

Mr. Westwood exhibited a small box of Coleoptera from Western

Tropical Africa, including numerous rare Tenebrionide.

Mr. W. W. Saunders exhibited a small box covered with the cases

formed by the larvee of an Australian species of Oiketicus, and inclu-

ding a number of specimens illustrating the natural history of six

species of that genus, sent from the interior of New South Wales by

Mr. Stevenson.

The following memoirs were read :—

** Descriptions of some new species of Heleus.” By the Rev. F.

W. Hope, F.R.S. &c.

- Description of a new species of Pausside from India.” By J.

O. Westwood.

‘Note relative to the Larva of a species of Dipterous insect (evi-

dently Anthomyia canicularia) infesting the human body.” By Mr.

George Downs, F.R.C.8.E.

“Description of a new genus of Lamellicorn Beetles from India.”

By J. O. Westwood.

“Note on a remarkable migration of swarms of common White

Butterflies across the Straits of Dover on the 5th of July, flying from

the south or south-west, and which were also observed at Folkstone,

and on the passage to Ostend, the wind blowing at the time lightly

from the eastward ; and on the Black Dolphin of the hop-plantations,

regarded as the larva of the Coccinella.” By H.L. Long, Esq.

Note from Mr. Louis Frazer, Corresp. M.E.S., giving an account

of his entomological pursuits in Northern Africa.

«* Notes on the Entomology of Australia, as observed during an

expedition from Fort Burke to Port Essington.” By Mr. Stevenson,

Corr. M.E.S. Communicated by W. W. Saunders, Esq.

September 7th.—A. Ingpen, Esq., Vice-President, in the Chair.

The following memoirs were read :—

A note from Mr. Long of Dover, on an attempt to naturalise

Palingenia Virgo (a continental species of Ephemeride remarkable

for its snow-white wings) by bringing over the ova in a bottle filled

with the water of the Rhine where they occur, and by placing them

in the rivers in England. It did not appear that the experiment had

been successful. Also further notes on swarms of white butterflies

observed between Boulogne and Calais a few days after the 5th of

July.

Nuts from the Rev. F. W. Hope on swarms of white butterflies,

Entomological Society. 231

P. Nape and Rape, observed at Southend, Essex, on the 2nd of

September, which disappeared the following day after depositing vast

numbers of eggs; and on the occurrence of numerous specimens of

Sphinx Convolvuli and Atropos.

* A memoir on the ceconomy of the Driver Ants of Tropical

Africa.” By the Rev. T. Savage.

Mr. Evans exhibited various larvee from New Holland.

Mr. W. W. Saunders exhibited a box of insects from Adelaide in

Australia, containing illustrations of the natural history of various

interesting species of Lepidoptera, with their parasites, Also the

sexes of several new species of Thynnide, &c.

Mr. F. Bond exhibited a living specimen of Locusta Christii in full

vigour, taken near Kingsbury, Middlesex. Also a remarkable variety

of Hipparchia Janira, of which the ground-colour of the wings was

nearly white.

Messrs. Stevens and Weir exhibited specimens of Sphinx Atropos

reared from the potato, remarkable for having been produced much

earlier in the year than usual. Mr. Weir also exhibited two speci-

mens of Deilephila Livornica, taken in the spring at Lewes, Sussex.

Mr. J. F. Stephens stated, in allusion to the unusual heat of the

present season, that he had observed at least three broods of Pontie

and two of Bombyw lubricipeda during the summer.

October 5th.—The Rev. F. W. Hope, F.R.S., President, in the

Chair.

Mr. Weir exhibited specimens of Deilephila Celerio and Cyneda

dentalis from Lewes; also of Locusta Christii from Camberwell.

Mr. Evans also exhibited the same species of locust taken at the

Nash Lighthouse near Cowbridge, Glamorganshire, in September,

and stated that another specimen had been taken in the garden of

the gateshouse at Hyde Park Corner. Another taken at Little-

hampton was exhibited by Mrs. Attegus, and Mr. Hope mentioned

its occurrence at Southend. The following additional localities were

also communicated by other members present: St. James’s Park,

Kennington, Margate, Epping, Durham, Glasgow, Cromer and the

adjacent district (where it was numerous), and Newcastle.

Mr. Marshall stated that Deilephila Celerio had been taken at

Hackney ; and Mr. Moore, jun., exhibited a larva of D. Galii having

a red head and anal horn, found upon the mullein near Southend.

Also a Geometrideous larva found on the coast at the same place, to

the body of which several long slender fungi were attached.

Mr. Hope exhibited specimens of Sphinx Atropos, and stated that

he had observed that the white-coloured varieties of the larve feed

on the ash, whilst amber-coloured specimens feed on the potato.

Mr. E. Doubleday stated that the larvee had been found at Cock-

ermouth on Huonymus europeus; and Mr. 8. Stevens mentioned

that they had been so abundant at Margate that they had been col-

lected as food for chickens. Mr. Doubleday also noticed, that on

dissecting some of the specimens, both of Sphinx Atropos and Con-

volvuli recently disclosed, not one of the females was found to have

232 Entomological Society.

the eggs developed in the ovaries. He also mentioned that Gra-

phiphora subrosea had been recently captured at Whittlesea Mere,

thus proving it to be indigenous; which was the more interesting,

as it agrees in the structure of the antenne with a North American

group of which there is no other European representative. Detopeia

pulchella had also been captured at Epping at the end of September.

He also stated that the larva of Polia occulta feeds upon species of

Polygonum, and not on the dandelion as represented by some authors.

Mr. Hope stated that two specimens of Catocala Fraxini had been

taken at Southend.

The following papers were read :—

Extracts from a letter addressed to Mr. Westwood by Captain

Hutton, containing a series of observations on the Indian species of

Papilio.

Extracts from a letter addressed to Mr. Westwood by R. Tem-

pleton, Esq., containing notices of some of the Lepidoptera of Ceylon.

The completion of Mr. Savage’s memoir on the driver ants was

also read.

Mr. E. Doubleday, in allusion to the two former communications,

stated his belief that Papilio Panope and similis are the sexes of one

species; also that P. Pammon and Polytes are varieties of one

species, as affirmed by Boisduval; and that the insects regarded as

the two species, P. Hpius and Demoleus, by Captain Hutton, were

the sexes of one species (as indeed Mr. Templeton had stated in his

letter).

November 2nd.—The Rev. F. W. Hope, F.R.S., President, in the

Chair.

Mr. Newport exhibited a box of Coleoptera, &c. from Melbourne,

South Australia, including a large new species of Hucranium?, Ce-

rapterus Hopii, &c.; and also a species of Blatta of which the left

hind leg had evidently been reproduced, being smaller than the other.

Instances of the reproduction of the antennz, but not of the feet,

had hitherto been noticed in this group.

Mr. Griffith stated that he had observed during the preceding

autumn, on one small spot of woody ground at Addington Hiil near

Croydon, a very great number of specimens of Cynthia Cardia.

Captain Frend stated that he had found Vanessa Urtice alone in

some quantity on the summit of the Sierra Novada in Spain, 16,000

feet above the level of the sea.

Mr. Weaver exhibited a new British Noctua allied to Hadena

adusta, and other rare Lepidoptera from Perthshire.

Mr. F. Bond exhibited a living specimen of Sphinx Alropos, and

stated that he was convinced that the cry emitted by this insect was

not produced by the moveable appendages at the sides of the thorax,

as he had found that the noise was equally strong when the sides of

the thorax were violently compressed and held tight. Mr. Newport,

who had also examined the insect whilst alive, stated that in his

opinion the noise was either produced by the lateral friction of the

parts of the spiral tongue (maxille) against each other, or by their

Entomological Society. 233

combined friction against the front of the prothorax, but added that

this view required further observation.

Mr. F. Bond exhibited a very small papyriceous nest of a wasp,

which had been suspended to a twig by a piece of horse-hair.

Mr. Moore, jun., exhibited several chrysalids of moths, the inte-

rior of which was filled apparently with minute parasitic Acari.

Mr. Westwood exhibited an extensive series of Cremastocheilide,

from the collections of the Royal Museum of Stockholm, Messrs.

Hope, Schaum (including the types of the species described by M.

Gory), Turner, &c. He alsostated that Hntomobia Apum, described

by Signor Costa (in a work presented the same evening), was the

Braula ceca of Nitzsch; and that M. Blanchard had recently pub-

lished a memoir on the impregnated state of the Hippobosce, in the

bodies of which he had detected larvee, contrary to the observation

of M. Léon Dufour.

Mr. Newport, in reference to the statement made at the last meet-

ng, of the immature state of the ova in some specimens of Sphing

Atropos and Convolvuli, observed that he had recently dissected a

female of the latter species which had remained in the chrysalis state

nearly its full period, and that he had detected the ovaries, but in a

very slightly developed state, and which, he did not consider, would

have ever arrived at their full state of development. A consider-

able discussion as to the cause of this non-development of the ova

took place, in which Messrs. Marshall and Westwood having sug-

gested that it was owing to the great heat, Mr. Newport stated

that he had found the ova as fully developed in specimens of Vanessa

Urtice which had been produced from the chrysalis in from 84 to

92 days, in a mean highest temperature of 70° to 75°, as in others

which had remained in chrysalis thirteen or fourteen days with a

mean highest range of temperature of from 55° to 60°. V. Jo was

developed in a few hours over ten days, when the mean lowest

temperature during that period was 71°-06, and the mean highest

75°°55. ‘This may afford some explanation of the fact, that the two

broods of V. Jo usually appear in this country only in the hottest

parts of summer, July and August, when, in its natural haunts, it is

usually about fourteen days in the pupa state.

Mr. E. Doubleday exhibited drawings of the ungues of the two

species of Leptocircus, which he had found to be simple in the one

and deeply bifid in the other. He also stated that Mr. Wing had

obtained a larva of Sphinx Celerio found on a vine-tree at Paddington.

The abundant occurrence of Vanessa Antiopa in different places

during the past autumn was also noticed, especially at Tunbridge

Wells by Mr. Stephens, at Yarmouth by Mr. Ingpen, and at Yaxley

by Mr. F. Bond.

December 7th.—W. Spence, Esq., F.R.S., Vice-President, in the

Chair.

Mr. Moore, jun., exhibited a quantity of flour infested with mites ;

also the eggs of some species of Acarus? arranged in rows on the

234 Linnean Society.

under side of several feathers of birds; likewise a very minute paper

nest of Vespa Britannica.

Mr. Westwood exhibited drawings and specimens illustrating the

transformations of the common flea.

Mr. E. Doubleday read extracts from a letter addressed to him by

M. Guénée, stating that he had become associated with M. Boisduval

in the ‘ Histoire naturelle des Insectes Lépidoptéres,’ and that the

nocturnal Lepidoptera would be described by him.

Descriptions of two new species of Papilio were read by J. O.

Westwood.

Mr. Thwaites gave an account of the observations which he had

recently made on the habits of Tinea granella, in granaries at Bristol.

The moth appears in August, at which time it is advisable to attempt

its destruction by fumes of sulphur. The insects remain in the larva

state through the winter, being full-fed in October, when they seek

out winter-quarters in the woodwork of the granaries, such as the

beams, floors and supports, committing much damage by boring

into them to the depth of half an inch, or sometimes an inch. If

the wood be hard they do not excavate so deeply, but cover the sur-

face with a thick layer of excrement; and it had been observed that

they do not fear attacking kyanized wood; it was consequently sug-

gested that it would be serviceable to coat the wood with plates of

lead or other metal. Mr. Spence noticed how singularly this insect

seemed to set at nought the supposed ubjections to insect life, attack-

ing the knots of the wood, which were of course most strongly satu-

rated with turpentine. On examining the debris left by these insects

with a microscope, it was found to consist only of minute particles

of gnawed wood, which did not appear to have undergone the action

of the stomach; and it had been observed, that when there was a

sufficient mass of debris for their defence they do not bore into the

wood. Mr. Spence aiso alluded to the change of instinct which

these circumstances evidently proved the insects to have undergone

from their natural state.

LINNAZ AN SOCIETY.

April 20, 1847.—E. Forster, Esq., V.P., in the Chair.

Read a paper “‘ On a new genus of Plants of the family Burman-

niacee.’ By John Miers, Esq., F.R.S., F.L.S. &e. &e.

OrnrioMeERIS.

Perianthium superum, tubulosim, gibbosum, caducum; fauce laterali

anntlo semiclausi; limbo 6-partito, laciniis 3 exterioribus brevibus

ovatis, 8 interioribus longissimis subulatis. Stamina 6, libera, infra

perianthii faucem inserta et ejus laciniis opposita, inclusa, Versus tubum

retroflexa ; filamentis petaloideis, margine appendiculatis; antheris ad-

natis in sinu filamentorum terminalibus, 2-locularibus, loculis longitu-

dinaliter dehiscentibus. Ovarium inferum, 1-loculare ; placentis 3 pa-

rietalibus, medio ovuligeris ; ovulis indefinitis, anatropis. Stylus brevis.

Stigmata 3. Fructus turbinatus, truncatus, apice operculatim dehiscens,

1-locularis. Semina plurima, scobiformia. Lmbryo ignotus.—Plante

Brasilienses, hyaline, super lignum cariosum parasitice ; rhizomate

Linnean Society. 235

tuberoso, fibrillis numerosis ; caule simplici, erecto, subflexuoso, angu-

lato, fere aphyllo ; flore solitario, terminali, 2—4-bracteato ; bracteolis

brevibus vel sub flore vel in caule medio, erectis ; perianthii tubo sub-

hyalino, laciniis interioribus roseis, exterioribus flavis, corond luted

margine aurantiacd ; fructu hyalino. ’

1. O. MAcAnensts, caule nudo, bracteolis 2 v. 3 florem solitarium termi-

nalem suffulcientibus.

Hab. ad Macahé, in Prov. Rio de Janeiro.

Planta 2—3-pollicaris.

2, O. IcuassuEnsts, caule subnudo medio bracteolis 3 v. 4 in verticillum

dispositis instructo.

Hab. ad Iguassu, in Prov. Rio de Janeiro.

Planta vix pollicaris.

Mr. Miers compares this Brazilian genus with Thismia, Griff.

(characterized at p. 195, vol. xv. of Annals), of which he has seen

specimens in the herbarium of Sir William Hooker, as well as a speci-

men probably of the same species collected by Capt. Champion in

_ the island of Ceylon. He regards Thismia and Ophiomeris as consti-

tuting a distinct-section of the family Burmanniacee, which he pro-

poses to subdivide as follows :—

BurMANNIACER.

I. Burmanniew. Perianthium tripteruin. Stamina 8. Ovarium 3-loculare.

Placenta centralis. ;

Capsula longitudinaliter dehiscens ...... 1. Burmannia, L.

transversé fenestrata ...ssssese. we 2. Gonyanthes, Blum.

II, Aprertez. Perianthium simplex. Stamina 3. Ovarium 1-loculare.

Placente@ 3, parietales.

Capsula irregulariter 3-valvis .......0....... 3. Dictyostega, Miers.

lateraliter hians .........c00s008 ss... 4. Cymbocarpa, Miers.

apice 3-valvis. Stamina appen- .

GIGUIOEG | Fins piveseccadssoncensosgel tits 5: sdghirie, Nutt

irregulariter dehiscens. chitpyh 6. Gymnosiphon, Blum

. d !

Ill. Tuismiea. Perianthium simplex. Stamina 6. Ovarium 1-loculare.

Placente 3, parietales. Pericarpium circumscissum.

Corolle tubus eequalis. Stamina mona- ba ‘

delpha . : 7. Thismia, Griff.

—— gibbus. Stamina libera ... 8. Ophiomeris, Miers.

The paper concludes with some observations on the affinities of

these plants, and of Triuris, Miers, and Peltophyllum, Gardn. ; and

was illustrated with detailed drawings of Ophiomeris Macahensis, and

of the flower of Thismia Brunonis, Griff., for comparison.

May 4.—E. Forster, Esq., V.P., in the Chair.

Read a paper “ On Jansonia, a new genus of Leguminose, from

Western Australia.” By Richard Kippist, Libr. L.S.

JANSONIA,

Cuar. Gen. Calyx ebracteatus, bilabiatus ; labio superiore fer ad basin

bifido; inferiore 4-pld longiore, 3-partito; segmentis omnibus acutis.

Coroll@ pupilionacee petala longé stipitata; vexillum ovato-lanceo-

latum, reflexum, alis oblongo-ellipticis multd brevius; carine com-

236 Botanical Society of Edinburgh.

presse (alis tertid parte longioris) petala oblonga, basi auriculata,

dorso connata. Stamina 10, libera, vel ima basi coherentia, ineequi-

longa, persistentia. Ovarium villosissimum, substipitatum, stipitulo

basi vaginula cincto, pauci- (4—6) ovulatum, suturis non inflexis.

Stylus filiformis, elongatus, apice incurvus, glaber. Stigma parvum.

Legumen.... +. —Suflfrutex Nove Hollandiz Ausiro-Occidentalis,

Brachysemati, R. Br. proximus ; ramis erectis vel adscendentibus ; foliis

- oppositis, oblongo-ovatis, emarginatis, mucronatis, ulringue reticulatis,

margine revolutis, subundulatis, minuté denticulatis ; stipulis lanceolato-

subulatis, demum deciduis ; floribus sessilibus, congestis in capitula cer-

nua, 4-flora, bracteis 4 ovatis decussatis, coriaceis, fuscis, eatis sericeis

suffulta, ramulos breves axillares terminantia.

J ANSONIA FORMOSA.

Hab. in Nove Hollandiz Ord Austro-Occidentali, ad “ Scott's River ”

(1842), Gilbert (v. s.).

Obs. Specimen habitu debiliore, et foliis ramulisque pubescentibus pauld

diversum a D. Jac. Drummond ad “Swan River” lectum (v. s. in Herb,

D, Lemann).

The nearest affinity of Jansonia is with Brachysema, R. Br., with

which genus Mr. Kippist states that it agrees in its unguiculate

petals, in the form and unusual length of the keel, in the extreme

shortness of the standard, in its elongated filiform style, and in its

shortly stalked villous germen, surrounded at the base by a minute

fleshy ring ; but it is abundantly distinguished by its capitate inflo-

rescence, by the remarkable inequality of its calycine segments, by

the much greater length of the claws of its petals, and by the pau-

city of its ovules, which do not appear to exceed six in number.

Mr. Kippist also compares it with Leptosema, Benth., which is clearly

distinguished by its bibracteolate calyx, composed of two nearly equal

lips, the uppermost of which is very slightly bifid; its scarcely un-

guiculate vexillum ; its wings about equal in length to the keel ; the

distinct inflexion of its carinal suture ; as well as by its inflorescence,

that of Leptosema being a densely crowded raceme, while in Jansonia

the flowers are perfectly sessile and arranged in a verticillate manner

round a common axis, which is slightly prolonged beyond the point

from whence the flowers spring in the form of a short mucro.

The genus is dedicated to the memory of the late Joseph Janson,

Esq., F.L.S.; and the paper was accompanied with a drawing of the

plant, comprising details of its parts of fructification,

BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH.

Dec. 9, 1847.—The Rev. Dr. Fleming, President, in the Chair.

The following communications were read :—

1. “On Anacharis Alsinastrum, a new British plant,” by Chas. C.

Babington, Esq., with a synopsis of the other species of the genus,

by Dr. J. E. Planchon. See Annals, present volume, p. 81.

2. “On the Reproduction of Cryptogamic Plants,” by the late

William Stark Dougall, Esq., communicated by Dr. Balfour.

The first part of this paper was read—viz. On the mode of forma-

tion of spores in Alge and Characee.

Botanical Society of Edinburgh. 237

In the introductory remarks, the author examines the opinions

entertained by botanists as to the existence, in these plants, of bodies

equivalent to the stamens and pistils of the higher orders of vege-

tables. The arguments in favour of their existence are, the presence

in the same or different individuals of two kinds of cells, the union

of which in some way appears to be necessary for the production of

germinating spores. ‘These cells sometimes exist in the same cavity,

so that the functions cannot be always easily detected; at other

times they are separate. In the latter case, the spores are occa-

sionally produced by the actual conjugation of two individuals of the

same species. The spores, when first discharged, frequently exhibit

ciliary movements, like those seen in the ova of animals. And

lastly, the cells representing anthers often contain phytozoa, or

moving bodies similar to the spermatozoa of animals.

The reproduction of Alg@ is then brought under consideration as

observed in Diatomacee and Confervacee, with their cell-division,

conjugation, and development of endochrome ; in the Fucacee and

Ceramiacee, with their antheridia spores and tetraspores ; and in Cha-

racee, with their globule and nucule.

In regard to the latter tribe, the following points are noticed as

favouring the opinion that the globule may be compared to an anther

and the nucule to the pistil :—their co-existence and close proximity

—the opening of the valves of the globule to allow the escape of

filaments and phytozoa (similar to those of Fuci, which Thuret and

Decaisne have shown to be connected with staminal functions )—the

existence of an opening at the apex of the nucule allowing commu-

nication with the interior—the capability of germination in the con-

tents of the nucule when mature—and the decadence of the globule

prior to the ripening of the nucule.

3. Dr. Balfour read a communication from Mr. Charles Lawson,

jun., relative to the cultivation of potatoes by cuttings of the stems.

Six cuttings were planted on the 16th of June, 1847, kept ina warm

frame for six weeks and then planted out; they produced twenty

tubers of very considerable size.

4. Mr. Brand read an extract from a letter from W. A. Stables,

Esq., relative tothe plantations recently made on Lord Cawdor’s estate

in Nairnshire :—‘‘ The forester planted 230 imperial acres in nine

days—57 women and boys being employed each day, and the average

number of trees planted by each was 1566 a day. ‘Two-thirds of

the plants were larch, and the remainder Scotch fir—in all, 3465

plants per acre. The plants were two-years-old seedlings. The

cost of inclosing was 75/. 6s. 10d., and of planting 16/. 8s. 8d.—

together, 92/. 5s. 6d., or about 7s. 7d. per acre of outlay.”

At this meeting the following gentlemen were elected office-

bearers for the ensuing year :—Rev. Dr. Fleming, President; Drs.

Greville, Balfour, Christison, Neill, Vice-Presidents; Sir W. Jardine,

Bart., Dr. Seller, Dr. Lowe, Mr. W. M‘Nab, Mr. C. Lawson, jun.,

Prof. Allen Thomson, Mr. J. Marshall, jun., Mr. R. Holden, Mr. Wm.

Ivory, Mr. W. Wright, Councillors; Mr. Brand, Treasurer ; Professor

Goodsir, Secretary; Dr. Douglas Maclagan, Foreign Secretary ;

238 Botanical Society of Edinburgh.

Dr, Parnell, Curator of the Musdims Mr. J. M‘Nab, Artist; Mr.

Evans, Assistant. Secretary and Curator,

Jan, 13, 1848.—The Rey. Dr. Fleming, President, in the Chair,

Among specimens of Portuguese plants presented to the Society

by Sir Walter C. Trevelyan, were some marked as having been col-

lected in the streets of Cadiz and Lisbon, viz, Frankenia pulverulenta,

Lilecebrum echinatum, and Hippia stolonifera; these plants are re-

markable for their habit of flourishing in the interstices of the paving

stones of much-frequented thoroughfares, hut growing so close to the

ground that they are but little injured by the feet of passengers. The

collection also contained specimens of Statice lusitanica from Per-

soon’s locality.

The following communications were read ;—

1, ‘On the Reproduction of Cryptogamic Plants,” by the late

William Stark Dougall, Esq., continued. Part second; Mode of

formation of spores in Fungi, Lichens, Musci, and Hepatic. In this

part of the paper the author first considered the reproductive organs

in the various divisions of the natural order Fungi, and pointed out

the analogy which they bear to Alg@ in many respects. ‘Thus in the

lower members of the order the mode of reproduction may be com-

pared to that observed in Confervacee, both as regards the develop-

ment of spores and their movement. In other cases the formation of

spores at the dilated ends of filaments or sterigmata resembles in some

degree what takes place in Vaucheria. He regarded the filamentous

paraphyses as being concerned in the fertilization of the contents of

the asci and basidia,

He next noticed the natural order Lichenes, and considered the

production of spores, whether naked or in asci, which are united

in the form of apothecia; and of the round green bodies called go-

nidia or gongyli, which are either single or in groups. He stated

that little was known in regard to the formation of the latter bodies,

and that the subject of reproduction in Lichens was still very obscure ;

although it might be said to resemble that of some Ascomycetous

Fungi.

The Ricciacee, Marchantiacee, and Jungermanniacee were next

brought under notice. In these orders, organs which appear to be

equivalent to stamens and pistils were pointed out, as well as cer-

tain bodies which might be reckoned as buds or gemmzx. ‘The pre-

sence of phytozoa with cilia and of spiral fibres or elaters was also

remarked, |

The Equisetacee were looked upon as in many respects allied to

the last-mentioned orders, especially in developing spores with spiral

filaments. :

The true Mosses were then alluded to, and in them the author

believed that reproductive organs have been demonstrated in the

antheridia with their granular contents and phytozoa, and the thece

or sporangia with their spores. He detailed the various species in

which phytozoa had been detected by Thuret, Brongniart, Meyen,

and Unger, pointed out the moneecious, dicecious, polygamous, and

Miscellaneous. 239

hermaphrodite arrangement of the organs, noticed the difference

between spores and gemme, and concluded by stating the following

arguments in favour of the sexual nature of the spore-formation in the

whole muscal alliance :—1. The existence of antheridia and pistil-

lidia, and the production of true spores by the latter. 2. The exist-

ence of phytozoa in the antheridia, 3. The relation of antheridia

and pistillidia to one another in point of periodicity, both as regards

development and function, 4. ‘iheir relative arrangement, either

together or separate, on the same or on different individuals, 5, The

provisions by which the coming in contact of the contents of the

antheridia with those of the pistillidia may be effected.

2. “On the Ovule of Luphrasia officinalis,” by George Dickie,

M.D., Lecturer on Botany, King’s College, Aberdeen.

The paper was illustrated by drawings, and will appear in the

‘ Annals of Natural History’ and in the Society’s ‘ Transactions,’

3. Dr, Fleming exhibited a specimen of the stem of D’Urvillea

utilis (Bory) from Acapulco, and made some remarks on the pecu-

liarity of its structure, more particularly as regards its transverse

partitions and large air-cells,

4, Dr. Dickie communicated the discovery of a new Diatomaceous

plant, allied to Me/oseira, in the neighbourhood of Aberdeen, It is

the Orthoseira of Thwaites, and will be published under the name of

O. Dickiei (see p, 168 of the present number). Dr, Dickie also

announced from Mr, Thwaites the discovery of a new species of

Dickieia, consisting of binate frustules at the end of mucous ap-

pendages, like the Omacoccus of Hassall.

Dr. Bell Salter communicated the discovery of Zostera nana, in

large quantities, on the shores of the Isle of Wight near Ryde,

Mr. Babington sent notices of the following plants having been

added to the British Flora since the publication of the second edition

of his ‘ Manual,’ specimens of all of which are in his possession, viz. ;

—Thalictrum minus 3, glandulosum, Koch; Ranunculus Petiveri a.

Mairii, Godr., (3, Candollii, Godr,; Sagina ciliata, Fries ; Campanula

rotundifolia (3, lancifolia, Koch; Simethis bicolor, Kunth; and Carer

brizoides, Linn.

Dr. Balfour exhibited specimens of Ceramium acanthonotum, from

the shores of the Frith of Forth,

MISCELLANEOUS.

BRITISH MOLLUSCA.

Tux Truneatella atomus of Philippi (Moll, Sic, ii. p, 134, t. 24. f. 5)

is found in the following localities mixed with the Helia nitidissima

of Adams (Linn, Trans. v. p. 4. t. 1, f. 22, 23, 24); Swansea and

adjacent bays; Tenby (the locality given by Adams); Weymouth;

Scarborough; Falmouth; Cork Harbour; Bantry Bay; Belfast (Wil-

liam Thompson, Esq.), and Skye (George Barlee, Esq.). It appears

to be the Helix bicolor of Adams (L. I’. v. p. 4. t, 1, f. 25, 26, 27),

and referable to the genus Skenea of Fleming, Philippi has omitted

in his figures of the shell to indicate its size, which may have misled

240 Miscellaneous.

inquirers for it. The animal and shell are closely allied to the Den-

talium Trachea (or imperforatum) of Montagu (cecum of Fleming),

for which that accurate observer of British Mollusca, Mr. Clark, pro-

posed the significant name of Dentaliopsis. .It may have been con-

founded by British conchologists with the young of Skenea depressa,

but is a very distinct species. The Helix nitidissima of Adams was

evidently known to Montagu, as in one of his letters te Mr. Dillwyn

he mentions having found ‘a recent (minute) British Ammonite,”

which this beautiful species resembles in form and markings.—

J. Gwyn JEFFREYS.

Have Ants, when deprived of their Queen, the power of selecting one of

their number and converting her into a fertile female ?

Phil. Hall, Leeds, January 10, 1848.

Dear Si1r,—I shall feel obliged if any of your entomological

readers can inform me whether they know a species of Black Ant,

inhabiting this country, whose queen is not distinguished from the

workers by her larger size. My reason for wishing for ‘this infor-

mation arises from the following circumstance :—In August 1846 I

procured a colony of black ants, which I supposed were the Formica

Susca, from the woods near Kirkstall Abbey. I found them beneath a

patch of moss and stones, and consisting of about sixty individuals.

I suspected at the time that the queen escaped me, as no one specimen

appeared distinguished from the remainder by regal characters, which

I frequently regretted. On the 29th of March 1847, however, when

looking at my formicary, I observed one ant carrying a small white

mass in its mandibles, which upon closer examination I found to my

great astonishment was an egg; on the following day there were pro-

bably twenty eggs, and the number continued to increase until June,

when there would be at least sixty, of different sizes, and some had

become larve. ‘Two of these increased in size so much as to lead

me to suspect they would prove the larve of queens, being consi-

derably larger than the ants themselves. By the end of July they had

become pupz, and were inclosed in cocoons as large as a grain of

wheat ; these now appeared to absorb all the attention of the workers,

and the remainder of the eggs and larve decreased, for want, as I pre-

sume, of sufficient attendance. During the month of August I found

one day all dead or dying with the exception of three or four speci-

mens, which I could not account for unless it arose from the formi-

cary having been exposed to a great heat from the sun in my window

during the day, from which they could not escape, having forgotten

to put up the shutters, which are for the prevention of light and too

great a degree of heat.

The point however upon which I want information as connected

with the above colony is this :—From whence did the eggs proceed ?

As I have before stated, there was not one I could suspect more than

another of being the royal mother from external characters, while in

seven other colonies of different species I then possessed, the identi-

fication was very easy and self-evident. Now as we know bees when

deprived of their queen have the power of selecting one or more

Miscellaneous. 241

larvee of workers (which are barren females) and converting them into

queens by feeding them with peculiar food, used only for such as are

destined for sovereignty, and as the working ants are also barren

females,—is it probable that the ants have the power by selecting

one of their number to convert her into a fertile female by the means

of some peculiar treatment which may cause the more full develop-

ment of those organs essential for impregnation? I am aware in the

case of the bees this is accomplished in infancy ; still, as the matured

workers have the female organs perfect, though in a comparatively

low state of development, is it irrational to suppose, that when circum-

stances make it necessary, even at a later period of life, these same

all-important parts may be stimulated and rendered fit for the ac-

complishment of so desirable an object as reproduction? I am also

aware that working ants, like working bees and wasps, do occasionally

lay eggs; but when this does take place, they invariably produce

males, which I suspected could not be the case with those alluded to,

from the great disparity of size observable in the larve and cocoons,

and which I should have been able to ascertain with certainty had

not the before-mentioned accident befallen them.

I remain, dear Sir, yours respectfully,

To Richard Taylor, Esq. Hewry Denny, A.L.S.

On the Digestive Apparatus of the Gnat, Culex pipiens, Linn.

By F. Poucuer.

The digestive apparatus of the Gnat is highly complicated : the

mouth is composed of two mandibles furnished with a row of stiff

fixed hairs, and of two maxille bearing moveable cilia like the blades

of a fan and destined to collect the alimentary granules.

The intestinal tube is remarkable from the presence of eight iso-

lated vesiculiform stomachs which are ovoid, thin, arranged symmetri- .

cally around the intestine, and each communicating with it by means

of a short canal situated at the union of the anterior third with the

two posterior thirds of its internal region. These eight cavities

represent so many stomachs, and cannot be compared with the respi-

ratory vesicles described by Treviranus, Ramdohr, Carus, Meckel,

Owen, Newport and Lacordaire, in several insects belonging to the

order Diptera or Lepidoptera. At first sight these gastric cavities

are observed to be more or less filled with nutritious matter similar

to that perceptible in the remainder of the intestinal tube. These

vesicles in fact are seen to contract from time to time and successively,

in order to allow the alimentary substance to pass into the intestines.

The contractions are repeated at intervals of from twenty-five to

thirty seconds; moreover on immersing these insects in liquids

coloured with carmine or indigo, the eight stomachs are observed in

the course of half an hour or sometimes less to be perfectly filled

with these substances; the nature of these organs is consequently

beyond doubt.

Although certain observers, as Swammerdam and Leon Dufour,

have asserted that several insects ruminate, it cannot be admitted

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. i. 16

242 Miscellaneous.

that in the larva under consideration there is any act which alto-

gether is comparable to what happens among the true ruminant

quadrupeds. From their structure however, their physiological

action and their development, these multiple stomachs of the gnat

call to mind, but on a small scale, what is observed on the ‘ rumen’

and ‘reticulum’ of the ruminants. In fact their inner "membrane

is finely alveolated like that of the paunch in these large animals,

and the nutriment does not pass by these vesicles as if it were a

simple canal, which is generally the case, but it is conveyed into

them by a particular passage; it sojourns there for a longer or

shorter period, experiences a certain elaboration, and is then ex-

pelled by the same passage and re-enters the intestinal tube. The

nutriment does not return, it is true, to the mouth, but it undergoes a

certain alteration in the stomachs, for the particles partially digested

which are perceived in the intestine are considerably thinner than

those in the gastric vesicles. In the first periods of life the rumi-

nants feed solely upon milk, there is as yet no rumination in them,

and the two first stomachs are then proportionately very small; this

is likewise the case in the very young larve of the gnat, as they

immediately after their issue from the egg absorb a very thin and

almost entirely fluid nutriment ; these organs are at this period simply

rudimentary and perfectly impermeable. The thorax itself which

contains them is proportionately much smaller than in larve of a

greater age.

Thus, if the comparison between the digestive function of the vesi-

cular stomachs of the gnat and the physiological action of the two

first digestive cavities of the ruminants is not perfect, however di-

stant these animals are in the zoological scale, yet it cannot be denied

that in a local physiological point of view there is rigorous analogy.

It is moreover highly worthy of attention that these stomachs are

absolutely analogous by their form, their position, and the manner

in which they act, to the stomachs of the polygastric Infusoria de-

scribed by Ehrenberg. This fact adds a fresh proof, although observed

upon other animals, of the truth of the investigations of that scientific

naturalist.—Compies Rendus, Oct. 25, 1847.

Description and Anatomy of a new and curious subgenus of Planaria.

By Josrrn Leipy, M.D.

In October 1840, Prof. S. S. Haldeman published a description of

an animal under the name of Planaria gracilis*. Upon examination

I detected such a remarkable peculiarity in the digestive apparatus

as led me to investigate its anatomy in detail, and to form for it a

separate subgenus, characterized as follows :—

Phagocata, oblonga, plano-convexa, nuda, contractilis, mucosa, an-

tica auricularia. Aperture due, ventrales, ad os et generationem

pertinentes. Proboscides multe.

* Supplement to No. 1 of “ A Monograph of the Limniades, or Fresh-

water Univalve Shells of North America, containing descriptions of appa-

rently new animals in different classes,” &c. By S.S. Haldeman. Phila-

delphia, 1840.

Miscellaneous. 243

P. gracilis, nigricans, lateribus parallelis, postero acuto abrupte, ple-

rumque antico recto ; oculis duobus. Long. 9 lin., lat. 1 lin. Habi-

tat in fontibus Pennsylvanize.

Description. Oblong, limaciform, naked, convex superiorly, flat in-

feriorly, very contractile ; sides ordinarily parallel, convex when the

animal is in a contracted state, convergent anteriorly when elon-

gated ; anterior extremity with a lateral triangular auricular.appen-

dage, straight in front, by contraction becoming convex or concave ;

posterior extremity abruptly pointed ; ocelli two, anterior, composed

of an oblong, semitransparent (nervous?) mass with an intensely

black dot of pigmentum at the internal posterior part ; ventral aper-

tures two ; oral aperture a little less than one-third the length of the

body from the posterior extremity, and very dilatable; generative

aperture half-way between the oral aperture and posterior extremity.

Colour black or iron gray, and in some younger specimens lateri-

ceous.

This animal I have only found in abundance in the neighbourhood

of Prof. Haldeman’s residence, near Columbia, Pa. In a spring in

front of his house, thousands of them may be seen gliding along the

bottom ; some of them occasionally creep up the sides to the surface

of the water, turn upon the back, and by making the ventral surface

concave, float about in the manner of the Limniade. It appears to

be carnivorous in habit, or at least it attaches itself to animal matter

dead or living, in preference to vegetable matter. When irritated,

it throws out a considerable quantity of very tenacious mucus.

In structure it appears to be intermediate between the entozoic

Distomata and the annulose Hirudine. I could not detect any trace

of annulation, but I think that this alone would hardly be sufficient

to place it lower than the latter animals, because, in a closely

allied animal, the Gordius aquaticus, although there is no annulation

in the perfect animal, yet in the embryo state I find it to exist.

The whole animal is composed of a delicate granular structure ;

the only approach to muscular fibre is in the longitudinal striation of

the integument rendered more distinct by the pigmentum nigrum, a

radiated appearance around the oral orifice, and a faint transverse

and longitudinal arrangement of the granules entering into the com-

position of the proboscides, seen more or less distinctly in the con-

tinued movement of these organs when slightly compressed beneath

the microscope.

The digestive cavity presents the same dendritic arrangement as

in Planarie generally*, but instead of possessing a single sucker or

proboscis, the full-grown animal has not less than twenty-three ;

varying however in this respect from three upwards, according to the

age of the animal. One of these proboscides joins the digestive cavity

at the posterior part of the anterior division, as usual ; the others join

the remaining two divisions at their internal side in their course

backwards. They are considerably longer, but narrower, than in P.

Jactea+, and when not in use are closely packed together within the

* Dugés, Ann. Sc. Nat. , + Ib.

16*

244. Miscellaneous.

animal, so that when the lattéris placed beneath the microscope and

‘slightly compressed, they will be seen pressing upon one another in

such a manner, that if one changes its position, it will be instantly

occupied by another. Those which are formed last are smallest, but

they soon gain their full size.

When the animal feeds, the whole of them are protruded from the

oral orifice, the longest extending out full one-third the length of

the body. As they are all convergent to the same orifice, when fully

protruded the animal becomes puckered up and increased in breadth

at the expense of the length. In this state the anterior extremity Is

erected and the posterior brought nearly to a right angle with it, so

‘that it looks as if sitting upon its prey apparently unconcerned, with

its proboscides, which writhe and twist about as if they were totally

distinct organisms.

If one of these animals be punctured or cut, one or more of the

‘proboscides will be immediately protruded as if they existed under

pressure, and will move about in all directions, appearing as if en-

tirely without the control of the animal; or if one of the animals be

crushed between two slips of glass so that the proboscides will be

torn from thei attachment, they move about involuntarily, always

im a line forwards or towards the mouth, which they do by contract-

ing the stomachal extremity towards the oral, the latter remaining

fixed. In this progressive course they constantly contract and dilate ;

the mouth opens, and any matter in its vicinity rushes in, when it is

closed and the matter passes onwards, and by the alternate contrac-

tion and dilatation of different parts of the same tube, it is thrown

backwards and forwards several times, and finally violently expelled

‘at the torn extremity. When they have escaped from the ruptures

of the tegument produced by crushing, or when snipped off with a

pair of scissors whilst an animal is feeding, they will present the

same curious phenomena. In fact, these curious independent move-

ments caused me at first to mistake the organs for viviparous young,

and it was not until I had frequently observed the animal feeding,

and examined its structure beneath the microscope, after having fed

them upon coloured food, that I was convinced of their true nature.

Excrementitious matter is expelled from the digestive cavity

through the same course by which the food enters. |

Circulation.—There appears to be nothing peculiar about the ar-

rangement of the blood-vessels, if such they be; the term being ap-

plied to two semitransparent lines passing along each side of the

ventral surface, and a third along the middle of the dorsal surface,

the three freely communicating with each other by transverse lines

and numerous smaller branches, the whole forming an extensive re-

ticulation upon the surface of the body. At the anterior part of each

ventral line, I distinctly observed a dilatation to exist.

Generative apparatus.—As in all Planarie the animal is androgy-

nous. The penis is a bulbiform organ placed between the oral and ge-

nerative crifice, with its point directed towards the latter. The point

is straight, or contorted; the bulbous portion is also changeable,

sometimes elongated, at others flattened or increased in breadth at

Miscellaneous. 245

the expense of the length. The bulb shows through the thin inte-

gument, and without close examination may be taken for a third

orifice. The penis is perforate, and has a dilated cavity within the

bulb. Immediately above the penis I indistinctly observed a some-

what lobated organ, which appeared to join the penis at its base by

a narrow portion. ‘This is probably the testicle, for it was the only

thing I could discover in connection with the genitalia to correspond

to it. bod

In two individuals only could I see part of the female organs. This

consisted in two sigmoid tubes or oviducts, which could be traced

from the generative orifice a short distance forwards, one on each

side of the penis.

I could detect no traces of a nervous system. 3

The eyes, so called, have been previously described. It is still a

question with many, whether these, as well as the corresponding

deep black points existing in very many of the lower animals of the

invertebrate series, subserve the purpose of eyes; and some anato-

mists have even gone so far as to deny the sense of sight to the

comparatively perfect eye of many gasteropodous mollusca. The

experiments which are made to test the existence of this sense in

these organs for the most part are exceedingly fallacious, generally

being performed by concentrating the light upon them through a

lens. Insects, and even serpents and frogs, I find will frequently

bear the impression of a sudden glare of light produced in this way

without any inconvenience, at other times they will seek to avoid it ;

but Helix albolabris will occasionally retract its tentacle when so

disturbed, and Phagocata will frequently raise its anterior extremity

and move from the too great light. From their position, which is

always such as to be well exposed to the influence of the light ; from

their structure, imperfect as it is in many cases, and their connec-

tion with the nervous system when this exists, I am led to conclude

that in all cases they are organs of vision.

The general sensibility of Phagocata is very considerable, that is,

it contracts with great readiness from the slightest disturbance. The

contraction has much the appearance of being involuntary, and is

very like that of the Meduse. When an individual is irritated at

any point, contraction commences there, and thence rapidly extends

throughout the animal, and the only appearance of volition is in the

effort to escape; but if the touch be too rude, apparently involuntary

contraction takes place suddenly, and appears to destroy all power of

volition for the moment; the animal however soon revives from this

state and glides off with its accustomed speed.

Some experiments which I performed upon Phagocata confirm the

statements that the Planarie are capable of repairing injuries. When

an individual is cut into two, both parts after a time become distinct

and perfect animals. Division carried to a greater extent in some

instances results in as many perfect animals as there are parts, but

generally I have found that when cut into more than three or four

pieces, the intermediate pieces are apt to die, and sometimes the ex-

tremities do not survive.—Proc. Acad. Nat. Scien. Philadelphia.

246 , Miscellaneous.

- BASILOSAURUS,.

The following is an extract from a letter from Prof. J. Miiller to

Mr. A. Retzius, dated Berlin, March 24, 1847 :—

“The Hydrarchus, Koch, found in the tertiary formation in Ala-

bama, is identical with Harlan’s Basilosaurus and Owen’s Zeuglodon

cetoides*, The crowns of the teeth, with which Owen was not ac-

quainted, have a great resemblance to those of the Seal ; in the max-

illary teeth they are cutting and many-pointed ; most of the maxillary

teeth have double roots, but the anterior has, as in the Seals, only a

single root. In the anterior part of the jaw are found conical curved

teeth, viz. an incisive and a canine, at least this is the case with the

under jaw.

«« As such teeth as those which are found in the Hydrarchus oc-

cur in the tertiary formation in Malta, we may conclude that this

animal belongs likewise to the tertiary formation of that island.

‘“‘T think I can positively show that the Hydrarchus is not a rep-

tile, but a mammal belonging to a peculiar extinct family. It has the

ear formed as in the mammals, viz. a helix and a tympanic bone as

in the Whales. It has moreover two occipital condyles, and in the

whole formation of the cranium no trace of reptile structure occurs,

but on the contrary everything is as in mammals.

** The vertebral column is very peculiar in its structure. The cer-

vical vertebre, probably more numerous than in any other mammal,

are without perforations in their transverse processes; the ribs are

only attached to the transverse processes of the vertebre; at the

central and posterior part of the column the bodies of the vertebree

are unusually long, and must both at the anterior and posterior part

of the extremities have been cartilaginous, inasmuch as we find here

beneath the bony shell a mass of pure stone, while the central part

of these vertebrze consists wholly of bone.”—Silliman’s Journal for

Nov. 1847.

ApDITIONAL NoTE ON A PAPER ON PoRCUPINES.

By J. E. Gray, Esa., F.R.S. &c.

In my former paper} I was unable to give the country of Acanthion

Cuvieri. Mr. Frazer has since brought a skull and two living spe-

cimens of this species from Algiers; the latter are now in the Gar-

dens of the Society, and Mr. Whitfield has brought others from the

Gambia. In the number of the Journal of the Asiatic Society of

Calcutta for August 1847 just arrived (p. 772. t. 32), I observe that

Mr. Hodgson has described a new species of Indian Porcupine under

the name of Hystrix alopeus, called Ancholia by the natives, which

is certainly an Acanthion, and most probably my A. Hodgsoniti; if so,

the latter name will have the priority, as having been published in

July.—From the Proceedings of the Zoological Society, Nov. 9, 1847.

* * Phocodon, Agassiz. Squalodon, Grateloup, in Leonhard and Bronn’s

Jahrbuch fiir Mineralogie, 1841, -p. 830.

+ Ann. Nat. Hist. vol. xx. p. 349.

Meteorological Observations. 247

METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS FOR JAN. 1848.

Chiswick.—January 1. Foggy : hazy: sleet-showers. 2. Very fine. 3. Densely

overcast: cloudy and mild. 4. Exceedingly fine: clear. 5. Overcast: rain:

clear. 6. Slight frost: clear: fine. 7. Slight frosty haze: heavy rain: clear.

8. Hazy. 9. Frosty: overcast. 10. Overcast: dusky cloudsand cold. 11. Uni-

formly.overcast, with dusky haze, 12, Overcast: slight rain. 13. Clouds tinged

with red: overcast: rain. 14. Hazy: drizzly. 15. Cloudy: exceedingly fine,

with bright sun : frosty. 16. Sharpfrost : very fine: clear and frosty. 17. Rain.

18, Fine. 19. Cold easterly haze. 20—22. Densely overcast. 25. Slight snow.

24. Low fleeting clouds from N.E. 25. Cold dry easterly wind : densely over-

cast. 26. Dusky haze: clear and frosty. 27. Frosty. 28, Snowing: clear and

frosty : snow in the evening. 29. Foggy: fine: clear. 30. Overcast: rain.

31. Densely and uniformly overcast : sleet.

Mean temperature of the month ........++« saedgespstpetscscoss SB°°GL

Mean temperature of Jan, 1847 .....ssesseceereceeeseeees tooo 94 26

Mean temperature of Jan. for the last twenty years ...... 36 °51

Average amount of rain in Jan. ............ peaccctcdssegocios 1°59 inch.

Boston.—Jan. 1. Cloudy: rain early a.m. 2% Cloudy: rain a.m. and p.m,

g. Cloudy. 4. Fine. 5. Cloudy. 6. Fine. 7. Cloudy: snow a.m. 8. Cloudy:

snow on the ground. 9. Fine: snow on the ground. 10,11. Cloudy: snow on

the ground. 12. Fine. 13,14. Cloudy. 15, Fine: rain early a.m. 16, 17.

Fine. 18. Fine: rain early a.m. 19, 20. Fine. 21. Cloudy: snow early a.m.

22, 23. Cloudy. 24—27. Fine. 28. Cloudy. 29. Cloudy: snow a.m. and p.m.

30. Cloudy: snow and rainr.m. 31. Fine: rain p.m.

Applegarth Manse, Dumfries-shire—Jan. 1. Frost: cloudy p.m. 2. Thaw and

rain. 3. Thaw and rain: snow gone. 4. Rain a.m.: cleared: raine.m. 5,

Heavy rain all night: flood. 6. Frost: cloudy r.m. 7. Frost, slight: sprinkling

of snow. 8. Frost, slight: drizzler.m. 9. Frost, slight: harder p.m. 10. Frost,

rather hard: snow. 11. Frost: fog all day. 12. Thaw: soft wind: snow gone.

13. Remarkably fine: frost p.m. 14. Air moist: rain p.m. 15. No frost:

showers and wind v.m. 16. Showery early a.m.: cleared. 17. Frost, severe:

slight snow. 18. Frost: clear: keen. 19. Frost: clear and fine. 20. Frost,

severe: clear, 21. Frost: cloudy: threatening change. 22. Frost: no change :

clear. 23. Frost: beautiful winter day. 24, Frost, keen: clear and fine. 25.

Frost : threatening change. 26,27. Frost: severe weather. 28. Frost: snow

inch deep. 29. Frost a.m.:rainy.M. 30. Frost: heavy snow five inches deep.

31. Frost: clear.

Mean temperature of the month .........sessscesesseeeee scees 89°C

Mean temperature of Jan. 1847 ccsscsscssccescsesees oc¢pesees SD “9

Mean temperature of Jan. for twenty-five years ............ 34 9

Rain in Jan. for twenty years —sessesseee Siabiawts saeekvertis 2°60 inches,

Sandwick Manse, Orkney.—Jan. 1. Cloudy: clear. 2. Showers: rain. 3,

Cloudy. 4. Clear: cloudy. 5. Cloudy: rain: cloudy. 6. Clear: cloudy,

7. Cloudy: rain: cloudy. 8. Showers: cloudy. 9. Bright: frost: cloudy,

10. Rain. 11. Bright: rain. 12. Damp: drizzle. 13. Drizzle. 14. Drizzle;

showers. 15. Sleet-showers: clear. 16. Bright: showers. 17. Bright: frost .

cloudy : frost. 18. Bright: frost: clear: frost. 19. Bright: frost: cloudy frost’

20. Clear: frost. 21. Bright: frost: cloudy: frost. 22. Cloudy. 23. Snow.

clear: aurora. 24. Bright: clear: aurora. 25. Clear: aurora. 26. Bright:

frost: clear: aurora. 27. Bright: clear. 28, Cloudy : frost : snow-drift: aurora.:

29. Clear: frost: thaw. 30. Bright: frost: clear: aurora. 31, Bright: frost:

clear: frost.

08-3 |PE-Z ICE-T \6%-T “Sf |1LP-SE 6-62 |Z-8€ IE. é f . 7 ; 5

sereesterrrerl LG. ET. | og | cu | ss | cau | Te | $6 |¥2s/ FOE] VE} go | 6E | ZP-6% |91-6z | LE-6z |01-62 | £6.92 ILT8-63 |7S8-6z| “TE

VI- [0G-0/°°°°""| I+ |smsmjtoua | tas | +s ce | ¥9¢ | FzE| LE} OF} OF | BP | E1-6% |9%-62 | 00-6z |€€-62 | 0-6 |Z1L-6z |9S8-62| ‘Of

seeesyereree "1 BOe | vas | va | ca | os | LE} GB] 11|#SE) €€| gz | FH | 29.6% | 98-62 | OF-6z |SL-62 | 99-62 |oPL-6z |F60-08 | *6z

GO. j*"""""F""""" 90. | sasa.| ca | 9 | t9 | 66} SE] GB} BE} 18) LI | 68 |06.6z |€%-0€ | ZL-6% |£8-6z | £9.6z |ZgI-0€ |S61-08 | *gz D

Sitter ass taal Vol: Veh 4 Nee ) ) 9€ | 6€ | O€| LE} OF; 6t | IE | LE.O€ \€€-0€ | g0-0€ |S0-0€ | £8.6% |£96-6z |PEL-0£| *Le

Bee eee eee err ee’*). sage. :| “aus: pane fe a Le | Ge} La| LE|S-1E| 0% | L] | 6%-0€ |SE-0€ | 90-0€ |gT-0€ | 06-.6z |ZL0-0€ |S£0-0£ | *9%

*eeseeieoeeeetrorrrterr***) nea | cau | cu | tan | S& | #8€ | SZ} O€| C£F| SZ | SE |IV-O€ |1P-0€ | €E-0€ |OF-0€ | F1-0€ |zhz-0€ |OLE-0€ | “Sz

"rreeeteoeeeeleerersierrees! ouss | cou | ‘a | van | $8€| LE | La} ge} VE) 6 | LE |.zv-o€ |EP-0€ | IV-0€ |QE-0F | 11-0€ |SEE-0F |8SE-08 | “Fz

8% |00-0]"°"*""|""""""| mea cau | ‘a | tau; 1€| GE |isz\fSE| 1€| 6% | GSE | SE.0€ |s1-0€ | Lz-0€ |ZO-0F | £8-6% |160-0€ |fgz-0F | “EZ

ies vegeta Bie ee! FY ‘oa | ‘au | 7S€ | g& | 1€| €€| Z| gs | CE €8.6% |zg.6z | L8-6% | F6-6% | SL-6% |O10-0€ |180-08 | *z%

*oeeesiceeeoatececcsieeeeee! og | con | ca | con | LE | Of | Of|FVE| PE) OF | ZE | 96.6% |F0.0€ |90-0F |90-0€ | 28.6% |EL0-0€ I1EL-0€ | *1%

“er eeteoeeeeicoererieeeeer] og | cguu| aud} ‘au | PE | OF | 3%! ZE| ZE| O€ | SE |S0.0€ 106.6% |S6-6% PL-6% F9-6z |L08-62 288-62 | “oO

Sih ikdake rtd ee ec ae ee a9 | ‘a 9€ | #S€ |%6z|f9e| PE) 6% | SE | 69.6z |9S.6% | 09-62 |6£-6% 0Z-6Z 1668-62 £F9-62) “61

tents |eseseeiecereriertee) sass | casa | *m | ms | OF | GE | Fa\THE| 1€| Lo | SE | LE.6% |Gz-6% |S1-6% 02-63 VI1-6% |9vE-62 |19F-62 | “81

90- [rvssr"i""""""| €z. | sass | cos | om | ms | FEO) CE | VE|Fsb| OF) 6% | PH | ZE-6z |Gz-6z | £3-6% | 13-6% | 9%-6% |8ZE-6z |0£9-62 | *LI

eeig€.0\"""""| Po. | smssicmss | “m | cm | 10 | Zp EZ) wv! TE! BB | SE. | HZ-6% |0S-6% | 2ZV-6% |€L-6% $9-6z |178-62 216-62! “OI

QG- rrr} 1S fevers] om | smu |tmuu) a | F6€ | OF [TOE] PHIS-OF| 0% | ZV | gL-6z |S1.6% | 98-6% | 88-6% 09-62 |F06-62 986-62 | *S1

OL. peers") 90. | tau | cass | ‘mu | mu | OF | OF | 18) SP\S-07) 9F | SP (96-6 |10-0€ | ZL-63 O1-0€ Lg-6% |€96-62 822-0E | “71

LO. |rrrerrire"""") Qo. | om | cm | Muu! eo cp. | sv |\f0v | fSr| ah! 6€ | oP | 9%.0€ |LE.0€ | Lz-0F 0£-0€ 86-62 |€62-0€ 11€-08 "C1 C

OG frrriver" Toe | cm | om | cm | tms | F0h | Ze | 1f|FZ7| SE} 6% | PH 112.0€ |L1-0€ |8z-0€ |£4-0€ 90-08 |1€E-0F EEP-0€ | ‘aI

QO. [rreres[rerreeicseree| om | cass | om | tou | Sp | SP! 1€) SEIS-1€) bo | LE | 61-0€ |Sz.0€ |SE-0€ |24z-0€ | Lo-o€ |g9z-0€ |19F-0£ | ‘11

GIs jrrreer|eeeeeriverrerlomum| “as | °8 ‘a | $1b | 766 | gz} SE| FE) 6% | ZE |06-6% |00-0€ | LO-0€ 60-08 96.6% |612-08 |L1z-0€ | ot

GO. |rrrrerireereieereee| cass | cau | ca | tou | O€ | gE | PE| LE| CE) 83°) CE |60.0€ \or.0€ |oT-0€ |S0-0£ g-6% |S00-0€ 061-08 | °6

GE iOP-1 |***"*'| ZO..| “asa | tou | wyeo| «ms | GE] 6E |F1E| SE] ZE| 6% | SE |90.0€ |gl.6% |08-6% 91-62 | ££-6% |0LS-62 |PZL-6%| “8

*ereseleoveselocrers/ Tz, | cas | sms | “Ss | ms | $961 66 1F1€) 6E| EF) LZ | OV | 1¥.6% |0€.6% | 98-62 |LZ-6% | Sz-62. |SL¥-62 |169-62 | °L

GO- frrsset|rcceesieseeee! cag | ems | cm | ou ov | Se} Lo| SE} 1€| 9% | OF | 9.6% |ZL-6% | 09-6% |99-6% | ZP-6% \61L-6% 661-62 | ‘9 @

Cte ck tS OO. | *MSS-| Saas | S| cms 1v | €b | ov! svi IV!) VS | OV | 8E-6z |HE.6% | 8E-6% | 6%-6% | VE-6% |ZPS-62 |179-6z | °S

Hes eee Sg abe ed ee ‘s | ‘as | Gh] ge |ferligh| HP} Lo | 6P | 0v.6z |99.62 | 60-62. |99-62 | £9.62 |L18-6z |\PL6-62 | ‘V

6S- |rrr**"| TE. [oeeres| cms | cas | os ‘s gv | ob |#LE| 19] 8h| 17 | 19 | oF-6z% |€€.6z | 09-62 | ZP-6% | 19-62 |SF8-6% 616-62 | °€

G+ |"*****|""***" 19, | cass | casa | ‘as | ‘ms | Zh | ob | CE) F6E) SE| SE | 6F | OP-6z |09.6z | OF-6% | 09-62% | zS-6% |€8l-6z |1£8-6% | *%

“seee'teeeeesl Dr. | Zz. | cass | ‘as | ‘as | vas | FZ | 6€ |¥ho| SE} VE| 6% | SP |EL-6% | LL-6z | 69-62% |S9-6% | LS-6% |L08-6% 918-62 | “f

Qa OB | 2? = = s K-4 *ul'd ‘ure “urd “ure : . “uve

felgly |P (Ee | af] y | og Pelle) FUR leg) FUE [Le LSE eg] | ef oe

Seliomis |= | Be | az] & Be]. , aS ; 5

BR | Fo] me ee cE ee ouuo” | -sorana PE | -yormsiyo TGuyag” — | zt us-seryuna #3 "sorMsTyO so

Beat id *‘PUIM *19}IWIOWIIY J, *19jaWOIV = 2

"LANWUQ) ‘asunyy younpung 7p “u0ysnoTD *|d ‘Ady 247 49 pup SauINS-sarusMag ‘asunpy ytwsagddp yw ‘xequng * AA “Ady 247 49 {NOLSOg

70 *1189.\ “AYA, 49 fuopuoryT avau ‘MOIMSIND Jy Ajarv0g josnynoysozy ay2 fo uapsvy ay; qo vosdwoy, “IJ 49 apy suorvasasgg yonFojos0ajayy

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SECOND SERIES. ]

No. 4. APRIL 1848.

XXIV.—Descriptions of Aphides. By Francis Waker, F.L.S.

Yet e’en decay and darkness have their world!

Nothing is lost,—nothing forsaken here :

In dull rank weeds unnumber’d hosts lie curl’d—

Root, branch, stem, flower, have each their insect sphere ;

E’en darkness hath its population drear ;

Each turf impregnate with existence heaves !—

More countless metamorphoses appear—

More marvels haunt our feet than thought conceives,

While worlds of insect tribes hang quivering on the leaves.—Swain.

La providence, en livrant "homme 4 lui-méme, 1’a placé sous une grande

et redoutable responsibilité. Si l’étude de l’histoire naturelle n’avoit servi

qu’a prouver cette vérité, elle auroit atteint le but le plus noble dont les

sciences puissent s’enorgueillir, celui de tendre & améliorer l’espéce humaine

par les exemples qu’elle nous propose.—Huber.

THIs communication, instead of being introduced with remarks

on the family of Aphides or on the authors who have noticed

them, begins with particular observations and specific descriptions

as a groundwork for generalities, and as a means of gradually

unfolding the history of these insects, and of gathering matter

for satisfactory conclusions thereon.

First Grovp.

This comprises the two following species, and is characterized

by some parts of their structure, such as the great length of the

nectaries and of the last joint of the feelers, by their being scat-

tered and not clustering on their habitation, and by their three

forms, which are—

1. The viviparous winged female.

The name of this form indicates one of the peculiarities of

Aphides, nearly all other insects being oviparous, and its indivi-

dual power of self-reproduction is a still more remarkable pro-

perty. This continual renewal, whose period may in some cases

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol.1. 17

250 Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides.

be lengthened by art, would in time wear out the species, as the

skin-shedding or the change of form (both which acts seem to

typify or to resemble the first-mentioned process) tends to exhaust

the insect, were not such a casualty provided for by the appear-

ance of the second form after the lapse of a few generations of

the winged female.

2. The oviparous wingless female.

The viviparous Aphides produce oviparous females and males

at different times of the year, but in most species the first ap-

pearance of the two latter forms is autumnal. The law which

thus ordains an alteration of form may be compared to that which

adjusts the relative proportions of the foliage, flowers, and seeds

of plants to the conditions of the soil and of the atmosphere ; and

these two agents bear the same relation to vegetation as the lat-

ter does to Aphides with respect to inducing a change of structure.

3. The winged male,

whose appearance in the two following species precedes the fall

of the leaf where it dwells, and then its partner, the oviparous

female, lays the eggs which by their glutinous covering are fast-

ened to the twigs, and thereby secured from injury during the ©

winter till the first mild weather in the spring recalls the species

to active life.

1. Aphis Platanoidis.

Aphis Platanoidis, Schrank, Fauna Boica, ii. 1. 112; Kalten-

bach, Mon. Pflan.i. 13 ; Ratzeburg, Forst. Ins. iii. 216. t.11. £4;

Hartig, Germ. Zeit. iii. 369.

Aphis Pseudo-platani, Sir Oswald Mosley, Gardener’s Chro-

nicle, 1. 684:

It feeds on Acer Pseudo-platanus, the sycamore; A. Plata-

notdes, the plantain-like or Norway maple; and sometimes on JA.

campestre, the field maple, and is stationed on the under side of

the leaf.

The viviparous winged female. This is hatched from the egg

in February or in March, and while young or a pupa it is slender,

pale green, rather flat and hairy, and adorned along the back with

four rows of black dots, with two vivid green stripes, and with

two rows of projections, which are separated by three rows of

smaller tubercles ; these and the hairs diminish or disappear du-

ring the growth of the insect: the limbs are dull green: the

feelers are stout, and rather shorter than the body ; their joints

have black tips: the eyes are black: the tip of the mouth is

brown : the nectaries in the very young insect are not more than

one-twelfth of the length of the body: the legs are short and

stout.

Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides. 251

Ist variety. Green, with two dark green stripes along the back.

2nd var. White, with two bright green stripes along the back.

3rd var. Whitish green. 4th var. Pale green. 5th var. Dark

green. 6th var. Yellowish green. 7th var. Yellow. 8th var. Pale

red. Qth-var. Dark red. 10th var. Nearly black. 11th var.

With a broad pale stripe on each shank, and a narrower band at

the base of each thigh.

The wings are unfolded soon after the middle of April, or

somewhat later ; the insect is then long, slender, active, rather

flat, and of a bright yellowish green colour: the breadth of the

head is about twice its length; there are two impressions near

together on its disc: the forehead is concave, and has a slight

protuberance on each side: the feelers are slender, setaceous,

brown, green at the base, and a little longer than the body; the

first and the second joints are very short, and the former is thick ;

the third is very long ; the fourth is much shorter than the third ;

the fifth is thick at the tip, and nearly as long as the fourth ; the

sixth is obclavate, and about one-fifth of the length of the prece-

ding joint ; the seventh is much more slender than the fifth, which

it equals in length ; it is sometimes reddish brown : the eyes are

bright red, and behind each of them there is a small detached

lobe which supports a few facets like those of the proper eye;

this structure and the form of the chest are common to the genus :

there are three eyelets on the crown ; one in the middle and in ad-

vance of the other two: the mouth is pale yellow with a brown

or a black tip, and just reaches the base of the middle legs ; it

is the sheath of three very slender bristles which are put forth to

pierce the plant when the insect sucks: the fore-chest is-large,

angular, and well-developed ; its breadth is about twice its length ;

it has four furrows, and of these the two inner converge towards

the fore-border and the two outer towards the hind-border : the

middle chest is smooth and shining; its lobes and the disc of

the breast are brown ; the corselet has a triangular lobe in front

and another behind, and an irregularly-oval lobe on each side;

the scutcheon is short-obconical : the abdomen is spindle-shaped,

slightly convex, not shining, and is furnished with a few hairs:

the nectaries are seated on each side of the hinder part of the

abdomen ; their tips are brown, and they are as long as one-fourth

or as one-fifth of the body. Mr. Haliday has favoured me with

the following information respecting these organs, through which

the Aphides pour forth streams of honey :—“It appeared to me

that the row of spiracles send off internally from each a delicate

membranous tube without the spiral coil, but soon ramifying into

the ordinary trachee, and that the nectary is not the regular

spiracle of the segment in which it is placed, but that this is also

present a little lower and more forward, and that the nectary is

17*

252 Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides.

an organ of the same system sending inwards and inclined a little

down a similar tube. The summit of the nectary is contracted

and then expanded again in a sort of lip, thus acting as a sphinc-

ter.” The legs are pale green, long and slender ; the fore-thighs

are stout, and each has a small obtuse tooth on the inner side of

its tip; the knees, the feet, and the tips of the shanks are brown ;

the shanks are hairy, longer and more slender than the thighs ;

the feet have two joints; the first is very short, the second is

longer and furnished with claws: the wings are colourless and

much longer than. the body ; the wing-ribs and the wing-brands

are green ; the veins are brown, and their tips are slightly clouded :

the fore-wing has a strong rib-vein running parallel to and a little

below its fore-border ; four branch-veins spring from it ; the first

and the second pass to the hind-border of the wing ; the third is

divided at about one-third of its length ; one branch joins the hind

border, the other is again forked, and the upper part of the fork

runs to the tip of the wing; the fourth or radial vein is short and

curves upwards: the lower wing has a rib-vein that runs very

near the fore-border, and sends forth two simple veins to the

hind-border. ei

lst variety. The lobes of the middle chest and the disc of the

breast are black. 2nd var. With arow of transverse black spots

along the back of the abdomen: the legs are pale yellow; the

knees, the feet, and the tips of the shanks are black : the wing-

ribs and the rib-veins are yellow. 8rd var. The disc of the head,

two spots on the fore-chest, and the middle chest are black : the

feelers are black and covered with a white bloom ; their base is

dull yellow. 4th var. The body is tinged with bright red. In

the 5th var. the dise of the head and the middle chest are green,

in the 6th they are buff, in the 7th they are red, in the 8th they

are lilac. 9th var. The body is deep black ; the head is tawny.

10th var. The whole body is covered with a white bloom. 11th

var. The body is pale red, or rust-colour: ‘the back of the abdo-

men is traversed by a row of short black bands: this variety

occurs chiefly in the autumn. 12th var. The wing-brand is

colourless.

Sometimes one hundred of these insects may be seen under a

single leaf, and innumerable swarms hover about the sycamore-

trees during the fine calm autumn evenings. In this season it

still continues to bring forth young ones, which the fall of the

leaf soon carries away to the earth, where they perish. When

it abounds, a great variety of insects, especially of Hymenopterous

and of Dipterous flies, come to feed on its honey-dew ; this matter

stops the pores and hastens the decay of the leaf, which towards

the end of autumn is often covered with little Acari, the devourers

of the dead Aphides. This honey falling on the upper surface of

Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides. 253

the leaf assumes a sooty appearance, and the presence of the Aphis

has been supposed to promote the growth of Xyloma Acerinum

on sycamore-leaves, but the appearance of this black shining

fungus seems to be occasioned by the soil and the local situa-

tion of the tree. This Aphis is devoured by the Coccinelle or

lady-birds, by the larve of the Hemerobii or lace-winged flies,

and of the Syrphide or hawk-flies ; it is carried by the Crabronide

to their nests, and is there stored up as provision for the larve.

Its internal destroyers are Aphidius constrictus, a species of Allo-

tria, Megaspilus Carpenteri, Asaphes enea, Cyrtogaster vulgaris,

Coryna clavata, and Encyrtus Atheas. Coccinella 7-punctata, the

common lady-bird, was unusuaily abundant on the sycamore-trees

in the autumn of 1847; the beetle was of frequent occurrence in

the spring, and the grubs of the succeeding generation were ex-

ceedingly numerous, and attracted public attention when they

assumed the final state.

The dark colour of Aphides appears first on the tips of the

feelers and on the tip of each of their joints, on the tip of the

mouth, on the head, the chest, the breast, and on the back of the

abdomen, on the tips of the nectaries, on the feet, and on the tips

of the shanks and of the thighs, and thence spreads more or less

over the rest of the body and of the limbs. When the skin has

been just shed, the body is pale and the limbs are white.

The preparations of these insects in Canada balsam present a

view of the internal organization, and of the parasitic larva which

lies in the abdomen in a curved position, and by appropriating to

itself the food received by the parent hinders the formation of

the young ones, of which the winged female is rather more pro-

lific than is the wingless female with regard to eggs. The Aphis

when very young, and some time before birth, appears to consist

of an almost homogeneous yolk, and resembles the egg, but is

much smaller.

The oviparous wingless female. This form attains its full

growth in the beginning of October, and is distinguished by the

long tail-like part of the abdomen behind the nectaries; it is

yellow, and has a vivid green stripe on each side of the back :

there are a few black spots along the middle of the abdomen, and

some short black streaks near its tip: the feelers are a little

shorter than the body.

lst variety. Very dark green, traversed by black bands: the

tip of the abdomen is dull yellow, slightly streaked with black.

2nd var. Almost black. 3rd var. Pale yellow, with a fine rose-

colour towards the head, and along each side of the body and

about the tip of the abdomen. 4th var. Green. 5th var. Yel-

low. 6th var. Buff. 7th var. Pale orange. 8th var. Brown.

It lays its eggs during November on the buds and on the shoots

254 Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides.

of the sycamore. The eggs are spindle-shaped, and very large in

proportion to ‘the size of the mother ; when newly laid they are

pale, but they soon become black and shining, and have much

resemblance in size, shape and colour to the eggs of most other

species of Aphis. I have not seen more than twelve eggs in the

body of a single insect, and the number is usually much less ; the

egg lies lengthwise along the body, and by preserving the Aphides

in Canada balsam the process of its formation is seen, and it may

be ascertained to be homogeneous, and not a mere envelope for the

young Aphis, as some authors have conjectured. An egg some-

times occurs in the fore-chest, but its presence there is probably

accidental.

The winged male. Unfolds its wings in the beginning of Oc-

tober ; it is darker than the winged female, and has more nume-

rous marks on the chest and on the abdomen, and its wing-brands

are also of a darker colour. It is brownish yellow: the head, the

disc of the chest, and that of the breast are brown : the head is a

little broader than the chest : the abdomen is brown and linear, and

has a broad pearly whitish green stripe on each side: the feelers

are thick towards the base, and longer than the body : the nec-

taries are dull pale yellow, brown at the base, and as long as one-

fourth of the body: the thighs except the base, and especially the

hind-thighs, are somewhat darker than the shanks. In the fore-

wing of one fly the lower vein of the first fork, instead of pro-

ceeding to the hind-border of the wing, curves backwards and

joins the second vein at a short distance from its tip. It. pairs

with the wingless female from the middle till the end of October.

list variety. Black in such parts where this sex is usually

brown.

In this species, as in other Aphides, the union of the branch-

veins with the rib-vein is usually more or less imperfect, and this

variableness occurs even in the opposite wings of one fly, but the

junction isin some cases fully effected. The seventh joint of the

feelers has occasionally but little more than half its usual length.

Length of the body 2 lines; of the wings 4 lines.

2. Aphis Acerina, n. 8.

I observed this insect near London from the beginning of July

till the end of October 1847, feeding on the leaves of two young

sycamore-trees (Acer Pseudo-platanus) that were about five feet

high, and were situate a mile apart from each other, one in a

garden, the other in a wood. It is a very lively, active and

elegant species.

The viviparous winged female. Its body is of a bright lemon-

colour: the feelers are yellow, and very much longer than the

body ; the tips of their joints are brown ; the third joint is very

Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides. 255

long; the fourth is a little shorter than the third; the fifth is a

little shorter than the fourth, and very slightly dilated at the tip ;

the sixth is spindle-shaped, and from one-fifth to one-sixth of the

length of the fifth ; the seventh is longer than the fifth : the mouth

is pale yellow ; its tip is brown ; the eyes are red : the disc of the

chest and that of the breast are brown ; the sides of tlie chest are

pale brown: there are two dark brown bands across the middle

of the disc of the abdomen, and two dots of the same colour be-

tween the hindermost band and the nectaries; these are brown,

and more than one-fourth of the length of the body, and at the

base of each there is a small black spot: the legs are yellow and

slender ; the fore-thighs and the hind-thighs are shaded with

brown ; the knees and the tips of the feet are black; each fore-

thigh has a very slight tooth on the inner side of its tip: the

wings are colourless, and much longer than the body ; the wing-

brands are very pale; the veins are buff, and in form are alike to

those of A. Platanoidis.

1st variety. The feelers are nearly twice the length of the body.

2nd var. The seventh joint of the feelers is not longer than

the fifth.

The number of young in the body does not usually amount to

twelve ; they are occasionally more numerous, but in that case

some of them are extremely small. This female is the prey of a

species of Aphidius.

The oviparous wingless female. This is spindle-shaped, and in

form much resembles the oviparous A. Platanoidis ; it occurs from

the beginning till the end of October. Its colour is buff or yel-

low ; the tips of the joimts of the feelers, the tip of the mouth,

the lobes of the chest, the tips of the nectaries, the knees, and

the feet are brown ; there are also five or six interrupted brown

bands across the abdomen, increasing in distinctness till the last,

which is usually entire : the eyes are dark red.

Ist variety. The tips of the joints of the feelers, the knees and

the feet are black.

The winged male. Much resembles the winged female, but is

somewhat darker; it pairs with the oviparous female before the

end of October.

Length of the body 14 line; of the wings 3 lines.

SECOND GRovpP.

Like the first group, but the nectaries hardly rise above the

surface of the abdomen, and the seventh joint of the feelers is

shorter than the sixth.

3. Aphis Betule.

Apis Betula, Linn. Syst. Nat. ii. 735.21; Faun. Suec. 992 ;

Fabr. Sp. Ins. ii. 386. 20; Ent. Syst. iv. 215. 25; Syst. Rhyn.

256 Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides.

297. 25 ; Gmelin, Syst. Nat. 1. 2206; Reaum. Ins. iii. t. 22. f. 2;

Schrank, Fauna Boica, u. 1. 110; Geoff. Ins. 1.496. 7 ; DeGeer,

Ins. ii. 45. 3. f. 27, 28; Kalt. Mon. Pflan. i. 144. 118.

Aphis nigritarsis, Heyden, Mus. Senkenberg. ii. Heft 3. p. 299;

Kalt. Mon. Pflan. 1. 185. 103.

Aphis punctipennis ?, Zetterstedt, Faun. Lapp. i. 559. 4; Ins.

Lapp. 1. 2. 311. 7.

This large and handsome species may often be seen flying

about birch-trees during the summer and the autumn ; it has some

resemblance to A. Platanoidis, but the successive generations are

more variable both in structure and in colour, and local differ-

ences also occur. Zetterstedt’s A. punctipennis inhabits the birch

and the alder, and has been found in Lapland and in Greenland.

The viviparous winged female. This appears before the middle

of April on the leaves of the white birch-tree, Betula alba ; while

a pupa it is narrow, long, linear and bristly, and of a bright grass-

green colour : the feelers are not more than half the length of the

body: the legs and the rudimentary wings are pale green, and

there is a spot of the same colour at the base of each nectary. The

wings are unfolded before the end of April, and the insect is then

of a grass-green colour, and often quite covered with a white

bloom : the crown of the head bears two impressions, and in front

it is rather narrow and nearly straight, but there is a slight pro-

tuberance at the inner base of each feeler: the feelers are black

and shorter than the body ; the fourth jomt is much shorter than

the third, but much longer than the fifth, whose tip is very slightly

dilated ; the sixth is also slightly dilated at the tip, and is nearly

half the length of the fifth ; the seventh is rather more than half

the length of the sixth : the eyes are dark red: the mouth is black,

green towards the base, and hardly reaches the middle hips : the

chest has a slight tawny tinge ; its disc is nearly black, and it has

a dark spot on each side: the breast is black: there are six rows

of black tubercles along the back of the abdomen : the nectaries

have black tips, and are less than one-twentieth of the length of

the body: the legs are dull green, rather long and stout; the

thighs are somewhat paler towards the base; the feet and the

tips of the shanks are brown : the wings are colourless, and longer

than the body; the wing-ribs and the rib-veins are pale yellow ;

the wing-brands are rather darker ; the veins are brown, and their

tips are slightly clouded.

lst variety. The pupa. Bluish green.

2nd variety. The pupa. Yellowish green, especially towards

the head.

3rd variety. The pupa. Dark green.

Ath variety. The pupa. Blackish,

5th variety. The disc of the head is nearly black: the legs

Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides. — 257

are black: the black spots on the abdomen are confluent and

form bands.

6th variety. Pale green ; the tips of the feelers are gray; the

sixth joint is longer than the fifth, and the last character is com-

mon to this female during the summer and the autumn : the feet

and the tips of the shanks are black: the wings are much longer

than the body. In the middle of June.

7th.variety. The pupa is pale yellowish green: the winged in-

sect is bright yellow, and often thickly covered with white bloom :

the middle chest and the middle breast are buff: the feelers are

black and longer than the body, at the base they are pale green

or pale yellow, and the latter colour sometimes extends along

their whole length with the exception of the tip of each joint :

the mouth is pale green or pale yellow ; its tip is black: the legs

are pale yellow ; the knees, the feet, and the tips of the shanks

are black ; the thighs are sometimes pale green with black tips.

In the beginning of J uly.

8th variety. Like the preceding, but with a black stripe on the

middle of the head, and a black spot on each side: there is also

a brown stripe along the fore-chest: the middle chest and the

middle breast are black.

9th variety. Like the preceding, but the middle chest is red,

and its dise is black: there are two large oblong-quadrate deep

black spots on the back of the abdomen.

10th variety. The pupa is pale yellowish green, or pale yellow

with irregular lively green spots along each side of the abdomen :

the chest of the winged insect is tawny, and marked with black,

and there is a large irregular subquadrate black «te on the middle

of the abdomen. At the end of August.

11th variety. Yellow: the head and the fore-chest are green,

and each of them has a black line along its hind-border: the

middle chest and the wing-ribs are orange ; the shield is black,

and there are two or three black spots on the back of the abdo-

men : the wing-brands are pale yellow.

12th variety. Like the preceding, but the middle chest and

the middle breast are bright flesh-colour and marked with black :

the whole of the wing-border is orange.

13th variety. The pupa is bright orange: the head, the fore-

chest and the limbs are pale yellow : the eyes, the tips of the

feelers and the tip of the mouth are black. In the beginning of

October.

14th variety. The body is of a dark colour: the feelers are

much shorter than the body, and sometimes not more than half

its length: the wings are also short. At the end of May.

There are other but less distinct varieties.

On the front of the pupa there are bristles, which disappear

258 Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides.

in the winged insect. The young ones in the pupa or in the

winged insect sometimes exceed thirty in number, but are then

of various sizes ; sometimes they are of large size and only four

innumber. Itis devoured by the grubs of Coccinelle, Hemerobii,

Chrysope and Syrphi.

The oviparous wingless female. Appears in the autumn and

lays its eggs during the latter part of October and in the be-

ginning of November, when it sits on the leafless bough. It is

brown with black bands: the feelers are black and shorter than

the body : the mouth is dull yellow; its tip and the nectaries are

black : the eyes are dark red: the legs are yellowish brown : the

hind part of the body is lengthened like that of A. Platanoidis.

Ist variety. Green.

2nd variety. Dusky yellow, or dull reddish yellow: every seg-

ment has a brown line across the disc, and another along each

side border : the legs are dull yellow ; the knees are brown; the

feet and the tips of the shanks are black.

The winged male. It pairs with the wingless female at the end

of September : it is darker than the winged female, and like it is

sometimes covered with a white bloom: the head and the chest

are mostly black, and there is a compact row of large black spots

along the abdomen : the feelers are longer than the body: the

mouth is short, and reaches a little beyond the hind-border of ~

the fore-chest.

Length of the body 13—23 lines ; of the wings 4—5} lines.

4. Aphis comes.

This insect is of rare occurrence, and has much resemblance to

Aphis Betule.

The viviparous winged female. Found on the birch, Betula

-alba, in August and in October. The body is yellowish brown,

and rather long: the front of the head is rather narrow and

nearly straight, and there is a slight protuberance at the inner

base of each feeler: the feelers are black, setaceous, slightly

hairy, and much shorter than the body ; the first and the second

joints are yellowish ; the fourth is much shorter than the third ;

the fifth is much shorter than the fourth ; the sixth is not half the

length of the fifth ; the seventh is a little shorter than the sixth :

the mouth is yellow, and reaches to the middle hips ; its tip is

black: the eyes are dark red: the dise of the chest and that of

the breast are black: the abdomen has two black spots on each

side: the nectaries are extremely short, and like those of A. Be-

tule: the legs are brownish yellow, long, and somewhat hairy ;

the feet, the knees, and the tips of the shanks of the fore-legs and

of the middle legs, and the whole of the hind legs excepting the

base of the thighs, are black : the wings are colourless ; the wing-

Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides. 259

ribs, the wing-brands and the veins are tawny ; the fourth branch-

vein sends forth its first fork at one-third, and its second fork at

two-thirds of its length. The young ones in the body sometimes

amount to thirty in number, of which a third part are large and

the rest are small.

lst variety. With four black spots on each side of the abdo-

men.

Length of the body 2—2 lines; of the wings 5—6 lines.

Tuirp Group. ‘

‘The only species in this group differs not from A. comes in

structure, but in addition to the three forms before-mentioned it

has a fourth, which is the viviparous wingless female.

5. Aphis oblonga.

Aphis oblonga, Von Heyden, Stet. Ent. Zeit. Jahr. v.12 ; Kalt.

Mon. Pflan. i. 144; Ratz. Forst. Ins. i. 219; Stet. Ent. Zeit.

1844, pp. 9, 81, 1383, 410.

The viviparous wingless female. The body is brown : the front

of the head is slightly concave: the feelers are black, setaceous,

slightly hairy, and shorter than the body ; the fourth joint is pale

yellow at the base, and about half the length of the third; the

fifth is also pale yellow at the base, and a little shorter than the

fourth ; the sixth is much shorter than the fifth ; the seventh is

much shorter than the sixth: the eyes are dark red: the mouth

is black, yellow towards the base, and reaches to the middle

hips: the nectaries are shorter than those of A. comes, and do

not rise above the surface of the abdomen: the legs are dark yel-

low and slightly hairy; the thighs, excepting the base, the feet,

and the hind shanks, are black. It is the prey of a parasitic grub.

The viviparous winged female. In colour like the preceding

form, but the disc of the chest and that of the breast are black :

the wings are colourless ; the wing-ribs, the wing-brands and the

veins are tawny; the second fork of the fourth branch-vein is

rather long.

Length of the body 1} line; of the wings 3 lines.

I am indebted to my friend Mr. Haliday for the following trans-

lation of an extract from ‘ Erichson’s Bericht,’ &c., 1844:—

“Ent. Zeitung, pp. 9, 81, 1383, 410. Ratzeburg observed a

species of Aphis on the birch which continued to produce a living

progeny, from August into winter, without either male or female

appearing. Bouché and Kaltenbach in explanation remark that

the males in this family are not always winged. However, the

May following, Ratzeburg, continuing his observations, found

the winged females, and afterwards (in October) winged males

also which paired with them. The species was then identified as

A, oblonga, V. Heyden.”

260 Dr. Dickie on the Ovule of Euphrasia officinalis.

For the male to pair with the winged female is a very unusual

case among Aphides, but it very frequently occurs that genera-

tions of many families continue viviparous till their final destruc-

tion, while other families are privileged to carry on the stock of

the species: their circumstances enable both sexes to appear among

their descendants, and eggs are consequently laid up in store

for the ensuing season. But this subject and others in relation

with it will be more fully noticed in another part of these de-

scriptions. }

[To be continued.]

XXV.—On the Ovule of Euphrasia officinalis. By G. Dicxiz,

M.D., Lecturer on Botany in the University and King’s Col-

lege of Aberdeen*. |

In a communication submitted to the Society two years ago, an

attempt was made to prove that in certain plants, tubes observed

im connexion with ovules are not really in every case derived

from the pollen, as stated by some physiologists, but prolonga-

tions from some part or other of the ovules. This statement had

reference only to a few plants, and the same restriction is still

adhered to: it would be rash to generalise in the matter. It was

argued in favour of this opinion, that the number and position

of the ovules would present obstacles to the pollen-tubes entering

their foramina. An argument, it may be said, of greater value

was employed, viz: that the development of such a tube might be

traced at an early stage projecting from the exostome in the

form of a papilla, ending in a blind extremity, afterwards increa-

sing in length and coming in contact with the placenta. The

observations of the late Mr. Griffith on Santalum were quoted in

favour of the idea in question, that acute observer having proved

the true nature of the tube sent up to- meet the pollen-tube, it

being a prolongation of that part which is usually denominated

embryo-sac. It was not in my power to speak so emphatically

regarding the nature of the tubes in those plants in which they

were seen; in Narthecium, Bartsia and Euphrasia I expressed

however my belief that they might be prolongations of the apex

of the nucleus. It was considered sufficient at that time to show

that prolongations like pollen-tubes might be sent up from the

ovule. I have repeatedly examined ovules of Huphrasia and have

found them uniformly present. I had originally set out with the

view of tracing pollen-tubes into the ovule, and if possible ob-

serving them in contact with the embryo-sac, and even in the act

of causing introflexion of that part. When I say, if possible, the

expression has reference to myself; observers of great experience

* Read before the Botanical Society of Edinburgh, 13 Jan. 1848,

Dr. Dickie on the Ovule of Euphrasia officinalis. 261

and of high authority in points relating to vegetable physiology

had made such statements, and implicit confidence was placed

inthem. Tubes were observed, but for the reasons alluded to I

felt convinced that they had origin from the ovule itself.

Additional observations have led me to change the opinion

formerly expressed respecting the part of the ovule from which

these organs in Euphrasia are derived, and the present commu- .

nication has reference to that point, and to a peculiarity in the

structure of the ovule of that plant, which, so far as I am aware,

has not been hitherto described.

The substance of the nucleus is very thin about the period of

fecundation, the embryo-sac which lines it becoming highly de-

veloped. This sac is attenuated at the posterior extremity ; its

body tapers gradually upwards into a neck, which is bent at an

obtuse angle, and near the apex it is bulbous; at this apex or

anterior extremity there is the appearance of a fissure or cleft

bounded by two or three rounded lobes. In the interior of the

neck and bulb of the sac there is distinctly seen a tube which is

narrow below, but somewhat dilated at the part corresponding to

the bulb of the sac. This tube I have observed in several in-

stances prolonged upwards, passing out at the terminal fissure

and ending in a papilla closed at the extremity. I have traced

it some way into the interior of the body of the sac, but the pre-

sence of the cellular contents has prevented me from being able

clearly to see its relation to the very minute embryo, whose out-

line might be seen shining through. In one preparation in my

possession there is an appearance which seems to indicate a con-

nexion between the embryo and the tube, but I cannot decidedly

assert that they are continuous.. Lying parallel to the embryo-

sac, and on the side next the short podosperm, there is another

organ similar in structure ; it may be compared to a Florence flask

in shape ; the necks of the two are quite continuous.

The nature of this remarkable appendage was not easily com-

prehended at first. I am inclined to believe that the arrange-

ment of the parts in Huphrasia is somewhat similar to that in

some species of Veronica, and which has been described and

illustrated by M. Planchon, to the accuracy of whose descrip-

tions and delineations I can bear testimony from my own observa-

tions. In the earlier stages of the ovule in Veronica the upper

end of the sac is bulbous, below this it tapers into a neck, then

becomes again somewhat dilated at the part in which the embryo

afterwards appears, and which may be called the body of the sac ;

towards the posterior end it gradually becomes narrower and

ends in a sharp point. At more advanced stages the neck of the

sac presents several varicose appendages. The large appendage

already described as lying parallel to the embryo-sac in Euphrasia,

262 Dr. Dickie on the Ovule of Huiphrasia officinalis.

and continuous with its neck, is merely a process of that part.

In Euphrasia, however, the embryo-sac does not appear exter-

nally, as in the advanced stages of that of Veronica.

The tube already described as traversing the bulb and neck of

the sac, and passing some way into the interior of the body of the

same organ, is certainly not the least remarkable part of the ar-

rangement. The principal argument against its origin from the

pollen has been already alluded to, viz. its closed papilliform end

projecting from the fissure in the extremity of the bulb. It is

certainly very difficult to pronounce a decision respecting the

nature of the extremity of a transparent membranous tube less

than a three-thousandth of an mch in diameter. I have come to

the conclusion mentioned, after repeated careful examination

under various powers of a microscope (by Brunner of Paris) va-

rying from 250 to upwards of 600 diameters. Figure 1 repre-

sents a preparation in my possession, in which two tubes are

lying beside each other ; one of them is evidently broken across,

the other is closed at the end; the latter may be traced to the

exostome of an ovule, part of which only is represented. The

ruptured tube belonged to another ovule which is not represented

in the figure. But for the fact just mentioned, I should feel con-

strained at once to admit, that appearances are much in favour

of Schleiden’s opinion, excepting that part which has reference

to the introflexion of the embryo-sac.

It will now be evident, therefore, that in Euphrasia, the ovule

tubes are not prolongations of the apex of the nucleus, but pro-

ceed from the interior of the embryo-sac. As already mentioned,

I am not at present prepared to state positively the relation be-

tween the tube and the embryo.

The majority of observers seem to agree respecting the pre-

sence of pollen-tubes in the tissue of the stigma and style; and

they have been traced into the interior of the ovarium. That

part of the subject which has reference to the presence of such

tubes connected with the ovule, and their nature, has given rise to

much difference of opinion.

Mirbel long ago pointed out the existence of tubular prolon-

gations proceeding from some part of the ovule. Those observed

by Mr. Brown in the Orchidee were supposed to have their exist-

ence determined by the action of the pollen, but not to be directly

derived from it. Schleiden spoke emphatically respecting the

pollen-tubes reaching the embryo-sac, and the same was admitted

by Meyen, though they differed respecting the subsequent rela-

tions of the two. Griffith demonstrated the presence of both

pollen- and ovule-tubes. Hartig admitted the existence of three

kinds in connexion with the ovules in different plants : first, true

pollen-tubes, as in the Conifere ; second, prolongations of the

Dr. Dickie on the Ovule of Kuphrasia officinalis. 263

conducting tissue of the style, as in some Crucifere; lastly,

tubes proceeding from some part of the ovule itself, as in certain

Cupulifere. Gasparrini alludes to their presence in connexion

with the ovule, but supposes them to be derived from the con-

ducting tissue of the style; Hartig and he are therefore agreed

in this, in regard to some plants at least. In Orchidee, Amici,

Mohl and Miiller have all recently traced the pollen-tube through

the foramina of the coats to the embryo-sac. Hoffmeister has

made similar observations in the Ginotheree*. Tulasne says he

has traced the pollen-tube into the interior of the embryo-sac.

The opinions respecting them are therefore three : first, they are

true pollen-tubes, an opinion supported by Schleiden, Meyen,

Amici, Mohl, Miiller, Gelesnow, Tulasne and others; second,

they are derived from the conducting tissue of the ovarium, a

view supported by Gasparrini, and also by Hartig, in reference at

least to certain plants ; third, they are derived from some part

of the ovule itself, issuing from it, not directed towards it ; this

opinion derives support from the observations of Griffith and

Hartig, and in the first part of this communication I have ex-

pressed the same in reference to Huphrasia.

Admitting that the pollen-tube reaches the embryo-sact, the

opinions respecting their subsequent relation to each other are

the following. The view first promulgated by Schleiden was,

that the pollen-tube pushed the summit of the embryo-sac before

it and became invested by it. Hoffmeister admits that the tube

im some instances where the embryo-sac is very delicate does push

it inwards a little distance, but he also speaks of the tube be-

coming distorted by the resistance of the embryo-sac. Gelesnow,

and subsequently Tulasne, state that the tube actually penetrates

the embryo-sac and lies within it, and Schleiden has recently

admitted the possibility of this in certain cases. Amici, Mohl,

Miiller and others state that it is merely applied to the sac at or

near the apex ; Meyen went a step farther, and supposed that

their respective membranes were absorbed at the point of con-

tact, thus permitting the direct mixture of the contents of both.

The action of the pollen in regard to the origin and subsequent

development of the embryo may next be alluded to. It may

however be observed, that the universality of a law having refer-

ence to the necessity for the action of the pollen is not now

tenable, after the statement of Mr. Smith respecting the female

plant of Calebogyne, and the still more recent observations of

Gasparrini on the cultivated Fig. These statements will also di-

* An account of the observations of Amici, Mohl, Miiller and Hoffmeister,

by Mr. Henfrey, is published in the ‘ Annals of Nat. Hist.’ for Jan. 1848.

ft Amici applies the term ‘embryonal vesicle’ to the earliest stage of this

organ.

264 Dr. Dickie on the Ovule of Euphrasia officinalis.

minish the tendency to call in question the observations on the

Hemp long since recorded. Still, the action of the pollen, what-

ever be its nature, cannot generally be set aside.

It will be necessary to allude briefly to the stages through

which the embryo passes. The first or earliest condition is that

of a simple cell, the germinal vesicle of Amici and others ; it may

be compared to the reproductive cells of some of the Alge, and

might be denominated with propriety the sporoid stage. The

appendage termed ‘ suspensor’ is worthy of notice ; it is usually

very highly developed in the sporoid embryo, and more so in

some plants than in others ; in some of the Cruciferae, for example,

it attains considerable dimensions. I have seen an embryo of

Draba verna =i5 of an inch long, with a suspensor three times.

that length. Mr. Griffith describes the embryo in Gnetum as

being attached to an enormously long, tortuous, but irregularly

twisted cellular suspensor, its length varying from 33 to 5 inches ;

the whole length of the seed being about 1 inch.

Different opinions are entertained respecting the true nature

of this appendage. According to Schleiden’s view it is part of

the pollen-tube ; in the Orchidee it would seem from Amici’s ob-

servations to be part of the embryo-sac; he states that the part

of the sac which was in contact with the pollen-tube becomes

elongated upwards, dividing likewise into cells, which are trans-

parent and situated one above another, so as to form a large

confervoid filament ; thus traversing in the opposite direction the

course followed by the pollen-tube, becoming enlarged and pass-

ing through the orifices of the tegmen and testa, and being pro-

longed even as far as the placenta. According to Mohl the

suspensor is essentially connected with the embryo, both being

produced by the growth and division of the germinal vesicle, the

lowest cell, the embryo, growing faster than the others. In

Tropeolum, however, the development of the suspensor seems to

precede that of the embryo; such at least is the result of Mr.

Wilson’s observations upon that plant*. It has been already

stated that the embryo in its first stage may be compared to the

spore of an Alga; future observations may afford greater reason

than at present for saying, that the sporoid embryo of some

phenogamous plants germinates in situ, emitting a confervoid

filament, and requiring no transference to a new nidus, but find-

ing in the interior of the embryo-sac all the conditions neces-

sary to its existence and future development as a spore up to a

certain period. In such Alge as Vaucheria, Derbesia, &c., the

spores usually escape from the cell in which they are produced ;

being furnished with cilia they are enabled to disperse them-

selves abroad, after a time they become fixed, and produce a

* London Journal of Botany, vol. ii. p. 623.

Dr. Dickie on the Ovule of Euphrasia officinalis. 265

plant like the parent. We may suppose that such change of cir-

cumstances is necessary to their proper development ; the very fact

of number alone would in certain cases be an obstacle to their

growth in their original situation. In some instances however they

do germinate in situ; these form the exception and not the rule.

The sporoid embryo is usually solitary (Citrus, Conifere, &c. pre-

sent exceptions) ; it does not require to change its place, but be-

gins to germinate in situ, producing a confervoid filament, the

embryo suspensor, which is usually directed towards the apex of

the nucleus. But it may be objected to this idea, that spores do

not germinate from any special fixed point ; this however is not

proved, for who has yet demonstrated that they have not a fixed

point for the origin of the thread they produce? Sometimes

however the suspensor is not directed towards the micropyle,

but away from it; Gasparrini has observed this in Citrus, and

Griffith observed that in Osyris the part corresponding to the

suspensor has a direction quite opposed to the point reached by

the pollen-tube. In the ovule of Euphrasia, the peculiarities of

which have been already described, it is probable that the tubu-

lar filamentous appendage which protrudes from the apex of the

embryo-sac is a prolongation of the terminal joint of the sus-

pensor; at all events it cannot be derived from the pollen for

reasons already given; at the same time it is not denied that the

pollen-tube may reach and come in contact with the apex of the

sac, though I have hitherto failed in detecting its presence. In

a former communication an opinion was expressed that the

jointed appendage of the embryo in the Orchidee is no part of the

pollen-tube, as supposed by Schleiden, but a process from the

embryo itself; it was also added, that a tubular prolongation of its

terminal joint might account for the presence of those tubes so

abundant upon the placenta, and which had been by most ob-

servers considered to be derived from the pollen. From the

observations of Mohl and others it would appear that the state-

ment alluded to was only partially correct, their observations

having confirmed the first part, but shown the second to be er-

roneous. For reasons already mentioned it would be premature

to state that the production of the confervoid filament or sus-

pensor, in other words, the germination of the sporoid embryo,

forms the second stage of its development.

This stage appears to be quite independent of the action of

the pollen. Murbel and Spach in 1839* demonstrated that

the first appearance of the embryo, the germinal vesicle, called

by them primary utricle, precedes the application of the pollen.

This early formation of the germinal vesicle, the first outline

of the embryo, was proved by them in a large number of

* Report by M. Giraud in ‘ Annals of Nat. Hist.’ vol. v.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. i. 18

266 Dr. Dickie on the Ovule of Kuphrasia officinalis.

Graminee. Its independence of the pollen need scarcely be

spoken of in Calebogyne and Citrus already alluded to. The ob-

servations of Mohl on the Orchidee lead to the same conclusion ;

those of Miiller on the same family have a similar import. Mr.

Henfrey in his report already quoted observes, “The whole

question appears to be narrowed to the determination of the

point, whether the germinal vesicle does actually exist before im-

pregnation, since if that can be proved, all appearances yet ob-

served may be reconciled by allowing for very slight errors in

interpreting and delineating them.”

The most careful and trustworthy observers speak with caution

respecting the real nature of the action produced by the pollen-

tube upon the ovule in impregnation. We have seen that at

least one stage of embryo-life is independent of the contact of the

pollen-tube with the embryo-sac ; this I have ventured to deno-

minate the sporoid stage. In some few cases, viz. Celebogyne and

others, all the stages are equally so; generally however the

future progress of the embryo is determined by the action of the

pollen, whatever the nature of that action may be. The pro-

duction of true radicle, cotyledons and plumule will constitute

the last stage of embryo-development, and it is in reference to it

that the best instruments cease to afford us any precise informa-

tion. We can trace the progress of the organs in question, but

we cannot state precisely in what way the action of the pollen

influences their development. We do not derive any very clear

information from such statements as those of Oken*, when he

tells us that “the pollen electrifies, animates or inspirits the

ovarium—that the male imparts nothing in impregnation but

the solar ray or fluid nervous mass in its semen, which awakes,

animates and inspirits the quiescent female—that the pollen is

a most highly differenced electrical product ; the seed-granule a

wholly indifferent and tranquil mucous mass. The pollen falls

upon the stigma of the pistil, and irradiation has taken place ;

the material fruit-capsule gains thereby so much polarity, that

saps enough ascend, in order to develope the germless seed-

vesicles.”

The theory of Schleiden had the advantage over all others that

it directly accounted for the presence of the embryo. Some ob-

servations of Mr. Griffith seemed to lead to a conclusion nearly

similar, the difference being that the embryo is not developed

directly from the end of the pollen-tube, but from cells produced

by that part. It is presumed that no one has hitherto traced a

tube through its whole length, connected with the pollen-grain

at one end and with the embryo at the other.

* Oken’s Philosophy of Nature, Ray Society, 1847.

Dr. Dickie on the Ovule of Kuphrasia officinalis. 267

rS=—

ee.

—

21>

—

{Die a>

Fig. 1. Part of an ovule with a tube issuing from the foramen and termina-

ting in a closed extremity.

Fig. 2. Embryo-sac and appendage.

Fig. 3. Part of another more highly magnified, showing the tube which

traverses the sac.

Fig. 4. Neck and bulb of the sac with tube more highly magnified.

18*

268 Mr. P. H. Gosse on the Insects of Jamaica.

XXVI.—On the Insects of Jamaica. By Puitir Henry Gosse.

[Continued from p. 202. ]

39. Calopteron bicolor. On the trees at the forest-edge, on

each side of the Hampstead Road, this Lycus was excessively

abundant in June 1845 and 1846, particularly in the latter year.

Hundreds, I should judge, were sometimes on a single small tree.

They rested principally on horizontal branches from the height

of ten feet upwards.

40. Pygolampis xanthophotis* (mihi).

41. Photuris versicolor.

42 to 58. Twelve other species of Lampyride, all luminous.

The fire-flies of the tropics have been often described. The

Lampyride are, in Jamaica, far more abundant than Pyrophorus

noctilucus. At all times, their sparks, of various degrees of in-

tensity, according to the size of the species, are to be seen, fitfully

gleaming by scores about the margins of woods, and in open and

cultivated places. Photuris versicolor, a large species with drab-

coloured elytra, I found abroad soon after my arrival, in De-

cember. One flying around the house, in the evening, I was

struck with its swift and headlong flight and nearly permanent

luminosity, which was much more brilliant than that of any spe-

cies which I had at that time seen.

The large Pygolampis, to which, for precision’s sake (as I have

a note concerning it), I have given a name, I did not meet with

until May, when one flew into the house at Bluefields in the

evening ; and two nights afterwards I observed it rather nume-

rous on the very sea-beach at Sabito. It was conspicuous for the

intensity of its light, much exceeding that of Photuris versicolor.

Sometimes it is only the last segment but two that shows lumi-

nosity, but when excited the whole hinder part of the abdomen

is lighted up with a dazzling glare.

It is in the woods of St. Elizabeth’s, in the month of June, that

I have seen the Lampyride in their glory ; and particularly along

the road leading up the mountain from Shrewsbury to Content,

where it is cut through the tall forest, which overhangs it on

each side, making it sombre even by day, and casting an impe-

netrable gloom over the scene by night. The darkness here,

however, and especially at one point, a little dell, which is most

obscure, is studded thick with fire-flies of various species, among

* This fine species may be thus described. Length 9 lines; breadth

33 lines. Elytra smoke-black ; thorax drab, the central portion dark brown;

abdomen pale, the last three or four segments cream-white. Specimens in

Brit. Mus.

Mr. P. H. Gosse on the Insects of Jamaica. 269

which the two large ones above-named are conspicuous. I have

delighted to watch and study their habits in this lonely spot,

while the strange sounds, snorings, screeches, and ringings, of

nocturnal reptiles and insects, sounds unheard by day, were

coming up from every part of the deep forest around, giving an

almost unearthly character to the scene.

Pygolampis xanthophotis is seen only in flight: its light is of

a rich orange-colour when seen abroad, but when viewed in the

light of a candle appears yellow. It is not of so deep a tint as

the abdominal light of Pyrophorus noctilucus. It is intermittent.

Photuris versicolor is noticeable by its frequent resting on a

twig or leaf in the woods, when it will gradually increase the in-

tensity of its light till it glows like a torch ; then it gradually

fades to a spark, and becomes quite extinct: it thus remains un-

seen for some time, but in about a minute, or, it may be, two, it

will begin to appear, and gradually increase to its former blaze ;

then fade again ; strongly reminding the beholder of a revolving

light at sea. The light of this species is of a brilliant green hue.

I have seen a passing Pyg. xanthophotis, attracted by the glow

of a stationary Phot. versicolor, fly up and play around it ; when

the intermingling of the green and orange rays had the same

charming appearance as the two lights of Pyrophorus noctilucus

noticed in the preceding part of this memoir.

The smaller species have, some yellow, some green light: I

have noticed only these two colours in the luminosity of such

Lampyride as I have observed.

Pygolampis xanthophotis, when held in the fingers, will fre-

quently illuminate the antepenultimate segment of the abdomen,

over which the light plays fitfully, sometimes momentarily

clouded, more or less, but generally saturated, as it were, with

most brilliant effulgence. ‘This species occasionally comes in at

open windows at night, but much more rarely than Photuris ver-

sicolor and the smaller kinds, a dozen or more of which may be

seen almost every night, especially at Content, crawling up the

walls or flitting around the room and beneath the ceiling.

At Content, in the latter part of July, I found in fresh-turned

earth a larva of a Lampyris, small and lengthened: the abdomen

was furnished with a retractile brush of divergent filaments, or-

dinarily concealed ; but having no lens with me I could not ex-

amine it particularly. |

54. Nitidula (sp. nov.). Found with a Philonthus, rather

numerous, in the centre of decaying rose-apples (Hugenia jambos)

on the Hampstead Road in June.

55. Dermestes lardarius. Probably introduced. Sadly abun-

dant in the skins of my preserved birds, at all times.

56. Helops (sp. near celestinus). A single specimen found on

270 Mr. L. Reeve on the Habits and

the ground, on Grand Vale Mountain, St. Elizabeth’s, early in

June.

57. Diaperis? (sp. nov.).. Found at New Forest, near Alli-

gator Pond, where the singular honey-combed limestone is the

common rock. It was in December.

58. Rhiptphorus (sp. nov.). A single specimen taken in June,

on the Hampstead Road: it was resting between two leaves of a

shrub.

59. Mordella (sp.).

60. Tenebrio (sp.). Common under heaps of stones in Blue-

fields pasture.

- 61. Upis (sp. nov.). 7

62. Attelabus (sp. nov. very near aureolus, Klug). . This pretty

little insect was very numerous in June on the Hampstead Road,

and it occurred also at the same season on Bluefields Mountain.

We invariably found the specimens resting on the leaves of trees

that overhung the road, and for the most part about ten or fifteen

feet from the ground. They were apt to fall off on the slightest

alarm. It has an odd appearance, as if it were but two-legged,

from the great development of the anterior pair of legs. The

spot on each elytron is golden during life, but after death fades to

a dull drab hue.

[To be continued. ]

XXVII.—On the Habits and Geographical Distribution of Buli-

~ manus, a genus of Air-breathing Mollusks. . By Lovett Rurve,

F.LS.

Tue beautiful forms and varieties of shells produced by those

air-breathing mollusks, which, under the generic appellation of

Bulimus, constitute an important division of the great tribe of

Snars, have become objects of especial interest to the concholo-

gist, owing to the zeal with which a few enterprising scientific tra-

vellers have lately penetrated into tropical countries in pursuit

of them. It is, however, to the productive exertions of Mr.

Cuming that we are mainly indebted for the newer and more

attractive species. The researches of this ardent naturalist in

the arid plains on the west side of the Andes, in the dense woods

of West Columbia and Central America, and more recently in

the luxuriant open forests of the Philippine Islands, whilst they

present an instructive contrast, exceed any result the most san-

guine collector could have anticipated. In the dry and barren

regions of Western Chili and Peru, the Bulimi are mostly small,

and of comparatively fragile structure ; but in the beautiful islands

of the Eastern Archipelago, where climate and vegetation com-

Geographical Distribution of Bulimus. 271

bine to favour the growth of arboreal species, the genus is repre-

sented with prolific splendour. Mr. Cuming must have truly

- felt like one transported to the fabled garden of the Hesperides,

when beholding the lofty trees of these sunny isles laden with

snails of such magnificent proportions. Aladdin, in the Arabian

tale, could not surely have contemplated the rich clusters of vari-

coloured fruit in the garden of the African Magician with more

astonishment, nor probably gathered it with more avidity.

“It was in 1836,” relates Mr. Broderip, “that Mr. Cuming

proceeded to the Philippine Islands by permission of the Queen

Regent of Spain, and aided by powerful recommendations from

her government, which opened to him the interior of the islands,

and caused him to be received with a noble hospitality, equalled

only by the warm interest which facilitated his pursuits wherever

he arrived and made himself known.” Species of which we had

but an imperfect knowledge, in consequence of the bad condi-

tion in which a stray individual chanced to reach our cabinets, were

found in luxuriant plenty, and many new kinds were discovered

in their airy solitude in equal abundance. Had De Férussac, the

enthusiastic admirer of this tribe, lived to see the glorious series

of Bulimi accumulated in the Cumingian collection in different

stages of growth, and in the finest state of preservation, from the

egg to the adult, he would have been indeed amazed.

The genus Bulimus, as restricted by Lamarck, comprehends -

an extremely natural group, though presenting important differ-

ences of growth and texture ; and these variations are peculiarly

local. In the Philippine Islands, the species are of large and

rather solid growth, with a remarkable hydrophanous epidermis,

that is, permeable by water or other evaporable fluid ; on the

barren hills of Lima, and in the sandy plains of Chili and Peru,

they are mostly small and delicately formed ; in Brazil, the species

are remarkable for having the aperture in frequent instances

denticulated ; and in New Caledonia, Venezuela, New Granada

and New Hebrides, they not uncommonly exhibit with equal pe-

culiarity a plaited Auricula-like columella.

_ It is a curious feature in the Philippine species, that the varie-

ties of pattern which constitute their chief ornament reside only

in the epidermis. The colours of the shell rarely describe any

sort of configuration ; they are mostly blended into a uniform

tint, over which a fanciful pattern is produced by the epidermis

forming a double porous membrane in some places, and a single

one only in others, developed, moreover, with the same continu-

ous regularity as the textile marking of a Volute or Cone. This

phenomenon is easily detected, by immersing the shell in water,

when the light portion, or upper porous layer, of the epidermis

becomes saturated, and the ground colour of the shell is seen

272 Mr. L. Reeve on the Habits and

through it ; as the moisture evaporates, the epidermis resumes its

light appearance. Sir David Brewster, in reply to a letter from

Mr. Broderip on this subject, says: “It appears to me, from

very careful observations, that the epidermis consists of two

layers, and that it is only the upper layer which is porous,

wherever the pattern ts white. These white or porous portions

of the epidermis differ from the other parts of the upper layer

only in having been deprived of, or in never having possessed,

the element which gives transparency to the membrane ; in the

same manner as hydrophanous opal has become white, from the

expulsion of its water of crystallization.”

There is little variety in the animal of Bulimus: the Chilian

species are mostly of a light colour, and a few in this and the

Columbian district are spotted, some having a transparent shell

through which the spots are visible. The Philippine species are,

without exception, of a sombre olivaceous brown, and dwell in

family groups, as it were, among the shady foliage of the branches.

Out of a group of some dozen living specimens, not more than

three or four may be found in an adult state with the lip of the

shell reflected. They may be dislodged by shaking the branches,

but are chiefly disturbed by the heavy rains with which these

islands are at times visited. Mr. Cuming preferred, however, to

collect them in dry sunny weather, because he was sure of finding

the objects of his search in their shady places of retreat. In the

immense sandy tract on the west side of the Andes, the reverse

of this condition of nature prevails. The Bulimi are here phy-

sically very distinct ; some reside all the year round upon the

numerous Cacti, but during the dry season, which lasts for several

months, they live mostly in a state of torpor, inclosed within

their shell by an epiphragm, and buried in the sand or under

stones. On the approach of the dews they revive to a state of

animation, and crawl about at night in quest of food.

In illustration of the remarkable drought that prevails in

Northern Chili, and of its effect upon mollusecous life, I am

tempted to repeat, in brief, an anecdote related to me by Mr. Cu-

ming. On the arrival of our friend at the port of Copiapo in 1829,

he discovered the beautiful .Bulimus Broderipit in considerable

numbers, in the fissures of the rocks that may be seen here and

there in the sandy plains of that country. Finding a large pro-

portion of them dead, with the soft parts entirely decomposed,

he requested a solitary inhabitant of the place to collect as many

specimens as he could pick out alive, whilst he occupied himself

in botanizing. Returning from his excursion, Mr. Cuming was

greatly disappointed to find that among the quantity his Chilian

collector had accumulated, there was scarcely one in a living state.

Upon remonstrating with him for his inattention, the native re-

Geographical Distribution of Bulimus. 273

plied : “ Only wait till the dews come, and they will be all alive

again.” Mr. Cuming rejoined: “I suppose you mean when it

rains.” The man, however, in perfect astonishment inquired

what he meant; though a sexagenarian, he had never heard of

such a thing as rain.

The Bulimi vary in their mode of propagation : fragile species

with the lip of the shell simple are mostly viviparous, while those

with a reflected lip are oviparous. The arboreal species of the Phi-

lippines deposit their eggs in little clusters on the trees, between

two leaves which the animal manages to curl up, one upon the

other, so as to form a receptacle for their protection ; and so far

as Mr. Cuming’s observations go, they are all soft, like snakes’

eggs, with the single exception of the B. Mindoroensis, in which

instance the eggs are calcareous, deposited upon a leaf in parallel

rows, each standing perpendicularly on end, attached at the base

by a glutinous substance.

The habits of the Bulimi in the two widely-remote countries

explored by Mr. Cuming having been treated of in the foregoing

remarks, it only remains to speak of them in other parts. Turn-

ing to New Holland, we are unexpectedly surprised to find that

the genus is there represented to an extremely limited extent.

I am not aware of more than three species having been found in

this wide expanse of country, although several fine Helices have

been discovered ; and in a region of which the Fauna and Flora

exhibit so luxuriant and distinctive a character, the scarcity of a

genus of so much importance in the Eastern Isles is remarkable.

The same observation applies to New Zealand, from whence, so

far as the interior of the islands of that group has been visited,

no more than one or two species have been received. In Africa,

the Bulimi are almost as great strangers as in the localities just

spoken of ; throughout the whole extent of land yet explored of

this vast continent, scarcely a dozen species have been obtained.

The Bulimi are here replaced by Achatine. Such a phenomenon

may also he observed in some of the islands of the Pacific ; in

the Sandwich Islands the Bulimi are replaced by the genus Acha-

tinella, and in the Society Islands their place is occupied by the

Partule. Inthe West Indies the genera Achatina and Glandina

seem to prevail. Howsoever abundant is the genus Bulimus in

most of the islands of the Eastern Archipelago, few species ap-

pear to inhabit the great territories of Indiaand China. On the

coast of Borneo a beautiful one was recently discovered by Mr.

Adams of H.M.S. Samarang by the accidental falling of a tree

in a woody islet situated between Banguey and Balambangan ;

but they are of rare occurrence in that locality. In Europe,

where nature is exposed to the vicissitudes of a colder climate, the

Bulimi are mostly small, and exhibit no brilliancy of colour ; so

274 Mr. A. Henfrey on the Progress of Physiological Botany :

also in the extensive district of North America, where no more

than a few insignificant species are known toexist. It is in the

richly fertile and woody district of Columbia that the genus

Bulimus is represented with a magnificence little inferior to that

of the Philippine Islands : here they are large enough and suffi-

ciently abundant to be roasted and eaten by the aborigines, as a

frequent article of food. Several fine species, entirely new to

science, have been collected in Venezuela and New Granada by

Mr. Linden, an assiduous botanical traveller, only within the

last twelvemonth, at an altitude of 5000 to 8000 feet, and

many more, no doubt, dwell in undisturbed solitude in the vast

interior of that immense continent. It is extremely probable

that a large portion of South America yet remains to be explored

by the adventurous naturalist, inclosing a fine expanse of forest

country, grand in extent, rich in foliage, and possessing all the

elements favourable to the growth and beauty of arboreal mol-

lusks.

XXVIII.—Reports on the Progress of Physiological Botany.

3 No.3. By Artuur Henrrey, F.LS. &c.

On the Growth of Leaves.

In that remarkable book, Hales’s ‘ Vegetable Staticks, we find

the account of an experiment made to determine the mode of

growth and expansion of leaves. The method Hales adopted was

to tattoo, as it may be called, young leaves with punctures made

by means of a little instrument on which pins were fixed at de-

terminate distances in parallel rows. In the fig-leaves on which

he experimented he found that the punctures were separated from

one another during the growth, but maintained their relative di-

stances unaltered, and from this he concluded that “ the growth

and expansion were owing to the dilatation of the vesicles in

every part.” In his figures, however, it may be noticed that

the leaf has grown more at the borders and apex than within the

punctures.

Similar experiments have recently been made by M. Gaudi-

chaud*, and he makes the following meagre statements in regard

to the petioles and leaves. (The marks were made on young

plants of the horse-chestnut raised from seed.) The marks made

on the petioles increased their distance two or three times the

diameters, equal or unequal, of the original measures, and the pro-

portions of the upper parts generally exceeded those of the lower.

It might be imagined that the blades of the leaves would be

* Comptes Rendus, May 10th, 1847.

On the Growth of Leaves. 275

subject to the same law of growth, but they present more ano-

malies than any other parts. He states that these are however

more apparent than real, and promises to give a detailed account

at some future time.

The generally received opinion with regard to the growth of

leaves is that, in contrast to the stem, they grow at their base

only, and their summits are therefore considered to be the oldest

arts.

a Link* however states that the leaf appears at once in the bud

with all its parts formed, and that it then grows by interstitial

development, but mentions one exception, in the Walnut, where

the leaves appear ternate or tripartite at first, and the other lobes

appear subsequently. Schleiden+ declares that the apex is the

oldest part‘and the base the youngest, and that although the

process of development within the leaf may increase its size and

influence its internal structure, it has no power of determining

its form ; while to complicate the subject still more, Nageli t has

just published a paper advocating the diametrically opposite opi-

nion. His views are so definitely expressed that they well merit

an examination. |

In the first place, he draws a marked distinction between two

modes of growth which necessarily exist im all leaves, viz.

1. growth by cell-formation, and 2. growth by the expansion of

the cells. Considering the fronds of the Algz to represent leaves,

he first pomts out how these grow by their apices and borders,

the increase in length resulting from the continual division of

the apical cell (scheitel-zelle), and the increase in breadth, where

the lobe or branch consists of several parallel rows, by the deve-

lopment of the outer marginal cells. The same occurs in the

Characee. In the Hepatice, if the leaf consists of a branched

series of cells (as in J. tricophylla and J. setacea), it grows by the

apical cells as in the Floridee. If the leaf is a layer of cells—in

the Mosses it possesses one continually developing apical cell and

the lateral growth is simultaneously effected by the division of

the cells left behind as it were by the apical cell, which divide

by a septum at right angles to that of the primary cell, and. the

first two producing four, the outer one of each pair repeats the

process, and so on till the whole growth in width is completed.

In the Hepatice when the leaves are layers or plates of cellular

tissue like those of the Mosses just. described, the process is

similar, except that they appear generally to have several apical

or primary cells. When the leaves are more than one layer thick,

as is often the case in the midnerve, septa are found in the cen-

* Elem. Philosophice Botan. i. 438.

+ Grundz. der Wiss. Botanik, 2nd edit, vol. ii. p. 172.

} Schl. and Nageli’s Zeitschr. fiir Wiss. Bot. part 3, 153.

276 Mr. A. Henfrey on the Progress of Physiological Botany :

tral cells parallel with the surface of the leaf, and the process ex-

tends outward from the central to the lateral cells according to

the specific peculiarity of the plant, but it is always the central

cell which first divides.

In the Lycopodiacee and Equisetacee the leaves also grow in

length and breadth by the development of their apical and mar-

ginal cells. The Phanerogamia follow the same law. In an im-

perfect leaf, the cells at the border and apex are full of the

homogeneous mucilage (protoplasm), while in the others it is

already transformed into yellowish or greenish granular matter.

Sometimes the formation of the septa may be observed in the

marginal cells. In thin leaves the increase in length by the di-

vision of the apical cell may frequently be observed during the

growth of the plant.

The fact that the leaves of Phanerogamia grow at the apex and

borders and not by the base, is most easily seen in compound or

much-divided leaves. As a general rule the lateral axes shoot out

from the main axis in succession from below upwards; in like

manner grow the tertiary axes (when present) from the: secondary.

In Astragalus (which is figured by the author) it is shown

that the uppermost leaflets are the youngest, the lowest the old-

est and largest.

In Utricularia the growth of the leaf originally and of the di-

visions subsequently, may be seen to occur by continual deve-

lopment at the apices of the main axis and the divisions. In

Myriophyllum however was found an exception, the upper lobes

of the leaf being formed first.

The thickness of the leaf, the various inferior layers of the

epidermis and the parenchyma depend on another mode of

growth, which Nageli calls, in opposition to the peripherical cell-

development, cell-development in every direction (allseitige Wachs-

thum). Three forms of this occur: 1. It is either absent or

merely follows at a little distance the development of the apical

cell from below upward and soon ceases. In this form the de-

velopment of the cells often ceases in the lower part of the leaf

before it is complete at the borders. Uzricularia is an example.

2. The development in every direction occurs simultaneously in

all parts of the leaf, which completes its peripherical growth very

rapidly. The growth in this form usually ceases in all parts

about the same time. 8%. The development in every direction

begins, after the rapid completion of the peripherical growth,

either only or at all events principally on the upper part of the

leaf and extends downward. It ceases at the base last.

There is also sometimes an abnormal growth in every direction,

which occurs either in particular cells or in the whole tissue, and

does not appear to be subject to any laws.

On the Growth of Leaves. 277

The growth of leaves by the expansion of the cells is subject to

various modifications.

- In the Algz the expansion does not usually begin until the

growth by development is complete. It then commences in the

uppermost. cell and extends gradually to the base. In those

branched filaments where the cells break up (Polysiphonia, &c.)

the uppermost cell falls off first, and the process extends down-

ward to the others in succession. There are some few exceptions to

this rule, where the expansion of the cells is simultaneous, or even

begins in certain other parts instead of the apex. Those Alge

however which consist of single branched cells must of course be

excepted from the rule, as the expansion is the extension of one

individual cell, and that proceeds from below upward.

In the Mosses and Hepatice the expansion commences, after

the completion of development, at the apex and extends gra-

dually downwards. In Characee the terminal cells expand first.

In the Lycopodiacee the expansion also proceeds from the apex

to the base.

In the Phanerogamia as a general rule both in simple and

compound leaves, the expansion commences at the summit, but

this rule is not without exception. In some leaves the expansion

is tolerably simultaneous, while in others, as in Utricularia, it

extends like the development from below upward. There does

not appear to be any rule for the expansion of the petiole of com-

pound leaves. et

Drawing the conclusion as to the origin of the leaf in the

higher classes from analogy, Nageli propounds the following

formule as the expression of his views :—

1. The leaf originates as a simple cell.

2. The growth by cell-formation occurs at the apex and on the

border, and proceeds, from the base, upwards and outwards.

3. The growth by the expansion of the cells begins, on the con-

trary, at the apex and extends to the base.

Now these formule look remarkably definite and clear, and if

we could receive them, our knowledge of these structures would

be much simplified ; but unfortunately, although the laws of de-

velopment are simple, fundamentally, they are subject to innu-

merable modifications in their application, and I cannot think

that Nageli has taken all the conditions of leaves into consider-

ation, and I believe therefore that he has generalized much too

freely.

ieee first place it 1s a question whether the fronds of the

Algze are always the analogues of leaves: if we have leaves in

them, we also have leaves and stems, and probably often stems

278 Mr. A. Henfrey on the Progress of Physiological Botany.

alone ; and although he is in accordance with most authors in

stating that the fronds of Algz grow by their apices and

borders, there are also exceptions here—for instance in Lami-

naria digitata, where the new frond is produced by the expansion

and development of the stalk-like part of the old one. Passing

by these, it is evident that the leaves of Mosses and Hepatice

differ widely from those of the Phanerogamia in general in their -

development, though they bear considerable resemblance to such

as those of Utricularia, &c., and many of the Monocotyledons.

The leaf of a Dicotyledon originates as a little papilla of cel-

lular tissue : if it is a lobed leaf, these lobes appear in succession ;

thus at first we see a little cone, then a three-lobed flattened pa-

pilla, next a five-lobed, and so on ; and here it is difficult to say

how we shall prove, how in the five-lobed form the intermediate

lobes originated—whether they are new ones, or the two original

lateral lobes pushed up by two succeeding lobes—since we can

only make observations on separate leaves, not see them grow;

but as it is clear that the papilla does grow at the base, becoming

narrowed into a petiole and pushing the whole of the blade up,

we have a right to assume that the leaf does in the first instance

develope at its base. But then we must not generalize for the

whole growth from this, since as soon as the petiole is distinctly

formed, the petiole and the lamina have distinct growth ; and now

the leaf in its expansion by the multiplication of its cells must

grow chiefly at its borders, since the centre of the base, that is,

the point of junction with the petiole, must retain its relative

position, and may therefore be considered as the point of de-

parture of all growth in the lamina; so that as the apex and the

borders are subsequently at a greater distance than at first, they

must develope away from it in all directions, whether by mere

marginal and apical alone or by central development also, since

in the latter case the border must grow to make room for the

growth in the centre. Niageli says that the growth by expansion

of the individual cells commences at the apex, but it would very

often be difficult to distinguish whether this expansion at the

apex depends on development of cells or actual expansion of those

already formed; he probably reasoned from analogy here in re-

gard to the Phanerogamia. Most experiments have shown the

expansion to be tolerably simultaneous throughout.

The leaves of Monocotyledons, such as those of the common

bulbous plants at least, appear to develope chiefly, if not solely, at

the base. In those which have petioles there must be a differ-

ence, but in such we observe the growth or actual development

to continue longer in the petiole than in the blade.

The forms of leaves differmg so much even in the same spe-

cies, often in consequence of difference in the amount of paren-

fang

- |

‘

: .

| C

é 4

hie

Tae

. |

* z |

e :

ae |

. .

~~ :

: P |

7 |

% iz

i -

Ann.t Mao Nat. Hist. 8.2. Voll. PLXIV

SDe.€. Sowerby. sc!

JS. Loulmin Smith. def.

Mr. Toulmin Smith on the Ventriculide of the Chalk. 279

chyma, it appears to me that the laws of growth of leaves must

be looked for in the course of the development of their frame-

work, the nerves. These are apparently organized gradually out

from the stem into the nascent leaves, just as the vascular bundles

into the apex of the stem, and their point of separation in the

blade being fixed from the first, it is clear that all growth in the

blade of the leaf must occur beyond this, and it is most natural

to suppose that the nerves become organized from this centre

outward as the vascular bundles were from the stem at first.

Thus it would happen that Dicotyledonous leaves in general

would grow at their base until they were sketched out as it were,

in the bud, but as soon as the nerves were formed and the plan

of the framework of the future expanded lamina laid down, the

growth would be apical, marginal and interstitial. In Monoco-

tyledonous leaves with straight veins there appears to be nothing

to prevent the continued development of the base, and as we

usually find the tissue in a softer and less consolidated condition

there, it is probable that that part is the seat of development.

These ideas are merely suggested as rational interpretations of

the facts before us, but much systematic observation is required

before this question can be settled.

XXIX.—On the Ventriculidee of the Chalk; their classification.

By J. Toutmin Smita, Esq.

[Continued from p. 220.]

Genus CEPHALITES.

Character. Pouch-shaped : very constant in size and dilatation :

cavity usually regular and with a single opening ; sometimes

winding and with more openings than one: membrane form-

ing the wall of the cavity always deeply folded: marginal

edges—and, sometimes, most prominent points—of the plaits

attached to a simple apolypiferous membrane stretched across

their whole breadth and forming the upper margin or head of

the wall: membrane of wall polypiferous on both external and

internal ‘surfaces.

The differences between the genera Cephalites and Ventriculites

are so broadly marked that, except in one or two species, it would

be difficult to confound even fragments of the two. In every

species of Cephalites the head is conspicuous and unmistakeable.

This very remarkable peculiarity is alone sufficient to distinguish

the genus*.

* See ante, p. 46.

280 ~~ Mr. Toulmin Smith on the Classification

The provisions found through the whole family of Ventricu-

lide for ensuring the free access of sea-water to all parts of the

surface, and for securing permanence of form as one great means

to that end, have been already noticed*. The present genus

offers fresh and most remarkable illustrations of those provi-

sions.

In every species of this genus the fold is, comparatively to the

size of the whole body, much deeper and broader—in many

species positively much deeper and broader—than in any species

of the genus Ventriculites. The size also is much smaller than

the average size of the Ventriculites; the height of specimens

of the present genus seldom exceeding two inches, rarely attain-

ing three inchest. The form is never expanded, as usual in

Ventriculites, but, with few exceptions, approaches nearly to the

cylindrical, as in v. tenuiplicatus.

Extent of surface was thus gained in this genus by the increased

depth and complexity of the fold. But this depth and complexity

would endanger the safety of the polypiferous surface were there

no special provision for maintaining the normal position of the

individual plaits. This was perfectly effected, and at the same

time with great simplicity and beauty, by stretching across the

flat upper edges, or, in afew cases, the more prominent points{,

of the plaits a simple and entire membrane §, which, spread over

the whole breadth of those edges and from point to point of those

prominences, retained all the plaits securely in their position ;

thus ensuring the safety of the whole colony and of the entire

polypidom which was covered by it. See Pl. XIV.

The general constancy in the size and form of specimens of

this genus throws difficulties in the way of the question of growth.

It is not easy to understand why we do not find young indivi-

duals of this genus as of Ventriculites. It has occurred to me

* Ante, pp. 41, 203. It was the circumstance of the Ventriculidz being

pospyereue on both surfaces that rendered these provisions so necessary.

n Halodactylus, &c. one surface only is polypiferous. See note ¢ p.41.

¢ Hence all the figures of this genus are of specimens of average size. I

have much pleasure in acknowledging here the pains and care bestowed by

Mr. Sowerby over these plates. ‘The novelty of the forms and structure

presented many difficulties, especially as the engravings were made only

from my drawings. But nothing can be more generally successful or truth-

ful than the figures which Mr. Sowerby has realised.

{ These latter cases form, however, no exception to the principle of the

marginal edge of the plaits being always attached to the cephalic membrane.

The cases in which prominent points of the plaits are attached to the head

are cases of an additional provision for security. In those cases, as in all

others, the marginal edge of the membrane, after having undergone all its

varied modifications of fold, reaches and is attached to the head. See the

description of C. campanulatus and C. constrictus.

§ As to structure and nature of this see ante (vol. xx.) pp. 96, 188.

of the Ventriculidee of the Chalk. 281

that, probably, the ocean in which this genus dwelt being, appa- |

rently, a more disturbed one than that in which the Ventricultes

dwelt*, and the head possibly not forming till a certain age and

size had been attained, individuals dead or destroyed below that

age very rapidly lost their form and are therefore found only as

shapeless masses. I do not suggest this solution of the difficulty,

however, without considerable hesitation.

The whole genus Cephalites is characteristic of the Middle

Chalk. I have never found a single specimen which | could with

-any probability refer to the Upper Chalk, though it may be ex-

pected that some forms will be found which endured into that

later epoch. Certainly none have been ever yet found in the

Lower Chalk.

§ a. Annulati +.

Head narrow and flat: plaits compact and regular.

1. Cephalites longitudinalis. P\. VII. (vol. xx.) fig. 1, & Pl. XIV.

fig. 1.

Plaits delicate but often deep; outer plaits slightly winding:

inner plaits depressed at short and regular intervals; bulging

on each side around depressions till the adjoining plaits meet

and open into each other: processes very conspicuous : wall

moderately thick.

This species much resembles in external aspect the smaller

cylindrical specimens of Ventriculites tenuiplicatus. It is however

smaller than that species usually is, the plaits less winding, and

the wall thicker. The depressions on the inside also are generally

smaller, closer, and more regular than in that species. The head

alone is sufficient to distinguish the two at a glance.

This is the only species of Cephalites in which the longitudinal

fold remains unmodified on the outer face. Hence its specific

name. A transverse section of it is seen on fig. 1 of Pl. VII.

It is a rare and delicate species : indeed all the species of the

present genus are rare. They do not seem to have abounded in

the older seas of the Middle Chalk as the Ventriculites did in the

Upper Chalk. Though thus rare, however, their modifications are

not the less clearly marked.

In regard to the head it is proper to remark, that while,

throughout the present division of this genus, its breadth will

always be found a very near approximation to that of a transverse

section of the plaits, there is a slight variation in this respect in

individual specimens. The head often slopes a little outwards, so

* See ante, p. 204. + See ante, p. 47.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. i. 19

282 Mr. Toulmin Smith on the Classification

that a section of the entire body presents an Rig. si

outline as in fig. F, in which a—é is the sec- “

tion of the head. The outline of the head b

is always quite as sharp and well-defined as

in this figure. The relative arrangement

and proportions of the head and the plaits

are such that specimens of this division can

never be confounded with any belonging to

the section Dilatati. It is very rarely in the

present division that there is any rounding,

or departure from the nearly flat character of

the head; a character, on the other hand,

never present in the Dilatati.

It is proper to notice that, in every species of this genus, in

order to give full strength to the head, the depressions, bulgings,

and other modifications of the fold,—where it does not rise, as

in C. campanulatus, in a simple form,—are so arranged that the

membrane of the inner wall, where it adjoins the head, is always,

and that of the outer wall most frequently, expanded by a lateral

bulging of the plait, so as for the adjoining plaits to meet just

at the point of union of the wall with the head. Thus the

whole of the inner, and often of the outer, edge of the head is

continuously attached to the wall, an arrangement of much im-

portance. On this inner edge the membrane often rises up in a

narrow and slightly prominent ridge above the otherwise smooth

surface of the head.

2. Cephalites guitatus. Pl. XIV. fig. 2.

Plaits broad and deep: outer plaits raised in large hollow bosses,

often elongated ; adjoining plaits having an occasional lateral

connection : inner plaits depressed at regular intervals, bulging

on each side around depressions till adjoining plaits meet and

open into each other : processes very conspicuous: wall usu-

ally thick.

Nothing can better express the usual character of this species |

than the term guttatus. The outer surface looks exactly as if

sprinkled with drops of a viscid fluid which had just begun to

run together, in some instances to a greater, in others to a less

extent. It is thus generally well distinguishable, even on the

outside, from Ventriculites mammillaris. The plaits bemg much

broader than in C. longitudinalis, the depressions on the inner

plaits are larger than in that species.

The lateral connection between adjoining external plaits, as in

Ventriculites latiplicatus and radiatus, which is only rarely seen

in C. longitudinalis, is always more or less present in this species,

of the Ventriculidee of the Chalk. 283

and furnishes another characteristic by which it may be at once

known from V. mammillaris.

3. Cephalites paradoxus. Pl. XIV. fig. 3.

Plaits narrow but deep: outer plaits depressed irregularly ;

bulging around depressions till the adjoinmg plaits meet and

open into each other: imner plaits regular and simple: pro-

cesses conspicuous : wall thick.

I have given to this remarkable species the name paradozxus,

because it differs from every other species of this genus in having

the plaits simple and regular on the inside, while all the com-—

plexity is on the outside.

The depressions, and consequently the interspaces between the

anastomosing bulgings on the outside, are not of a regular figure,

as is the case on the inner surfaces of Ventriculites radiatus and

other species. They are varying and elongated; often almost

angular ; though, as the plaits are narrow, never very large. There

do not appear to be any points of anastomosis* between the ad-

joining inner and. regular plaits, such as are found between the

outer plaits of V. radiatus.

4. Cephalites alternans. P\. VII. (vol. xx.) fig. 2, & Pl. XIV.

figs. 4 & 5.

Plaits rather broad and very deep: both outer and inner plaits

depressed at unequal intervals ; bulging on each side around

depressions till the adjoming plaits meet and open into each

other : processes conspicuous: wall thick.

The mode of fold in this species resembles that of Ventriculites

bicomplicatus in the fact of being repeated on the plaits of each

surface. It differs essentially, however, in the fact that the de-

pressions, though generally round, are, on neither surface, at re-

gular intervals : consequently no regular figure is assumed in the

general aspect of either surface.

I have named the species alternans from the circumstance of

the repetition on the two surfaces of the same manner of fold ;

while the straight plait is clearly traceable in the central portion

of the wall. A transverse section of a specimen of this species is

seen on Pl. VII. fig. 2. Its difference from a similar section of

C. longitudinalis is very marked.

This is an extremely rare species.

* The appearances seen on dissecting away the inner surface must not

be mistaken for this anastomosis. They are, in fact, the bases of the de-

pressions on the outer plaits. See the description of a similar appearance

on the outside of V. tenwiplicatus, p. 217.

19%

284 Mr. Toulmin Smith on the Classification

5. Cephalites bullatus. Pl. VII. (vol. xx.) fig. 8, & Pl. XIV-

figs. 6 & 7

Plaits broad and deep: outer plaits raised in large and very pro-

minent projections at considerable intervals, and in such man-

ner that they range spirally round the whole body : projections

nearly lozenge-shaped and terminating abruptly in an almost

flat and somewhat expanded top, having a slight depression from

the upper angle towards the middle: muner plaits having large

circular depressions at equal intervals; bulging on each side

around depressions till adjoinimg plaits meet and open into

each other: processes very conspicuous : wall very thick.

This is a most curious and interesting as well as rare but well-

marked species. The depressions on the inner folds are much

larger than in C. guttatus, which latter have been seen to be

larger than in C. longitudinalis. But the external fold is the

most deserving of attention. When the specimen is first opened

there are seen only a number of nearly semilunar marks. On

carefully applying the point of the knife it 1s found that this se-

milunar appearance is caused by very prominent projections, the

tops of which are all closed, but have a partial depression at their

upper extremity, and which depression is filled as usual with the

matrix. The projections themselves are of large size, measuring

about two lines in their longest diameter. They stand out nearly

or quite half the thickness of the wall, which is generally four

lines thick (see fig. 3. Pl. VII.*). They differ widely from any-

thing we have yet seen. Instead, like Ventriculites mammillaris,

of being mere rounded elevations on the plait, they stand out

prominently from it; and a careful dissection shows that their

shape is generally that of a lozenge, with the acute angles in the

horizontal, and the obtuse in the perpendicular, line of the whole

body. Fig. 7+ of Pl. XIV. shows the manner of the projections

from the plait and the figure which the peculiar shape of their

tops causes to be seen on a clean section exactly through the

_ middle of any one. In all the specimens of this species which I

have seen, the projections run in nearly regular spiral lines round

the body.

On the inner surface of this and of some other broadly de-

pressed species there is a very small and slight depression be-

tween each of the large depressions, and both on the plaits and

on the places of the united bulgings. It is barely traceable, and

* This is a longitudinal section taken rather obliquely in order to preserve

the roots. It is not quite regular therefore; but, on the side which is pre-

served, the projections can be well distinguished.

+ In this figure I have connected the inner and outer plaits by brackets,

—the outline of each merely being given for the sake of clearness.

of the Ventriculidee of the Chalk. 285

may easily escape notice. It is however worthy of remark as an

additional contrivance for gaining extent of surface, and an ad-

ditional instance of the exhaustless variety of plan which nature

adopts in the development of life.

6. Cephalites retrusus. Pl. XIV. fig. 8.

Plaits broad and very deep: outer plaits. . . . . . . .

‘ : inner plaits raised in rather small but very promi-

nent projections at regular and close intervals, and in such

manner that they range spirally round the whole body, and

quincuncially relatively to each other : projections cylindrical,

rounding off slightly at the top and with an exactly central

and rather deep circular depression (sometimes two) on the

top of each projection : wall very thick.

This form departs from every other which has been named.

It is the first and only instance in which we find projections on

the inner plaits, which have been already more than once found,

and will be so again, on the outer plaits. The fold which marked

the outer plaits of C. dudlatus is here found, with striking modi-

fications however, on the inside. The projections are much

smaller and closer than in that species, but no less prominent ;

while each one is again marked by a deep though small and ex-

actly central depression. It is altogether a very extraordinary

form*. In chalk specimens it would at once be distinguished

from every other species by presenting, on its inner surface, the

appearance of a series of small rings, quite unconnected with each

other, but arranged with the utmost regularity.

It is an extremely rare species. I have only met with a single

specimen, and that is a cast of the inner surface in flint, with frag-

ments of the characteristic ventriculitic structure preserved in

* Forms like this afford very strong ground of caution against the hasty

adoption of any development theories. The whole of the present subject af-

fords, indeed, the strongest ground for such caution. We see infinite variety

—all subservient to the ends of life; and throughout which one Unity is

traceable; but a Unity which certainly no more points to a low type of orga-

nization, or to a necessary or probable progressive development of one form

from another, than does the beautiful and philosophical demonstration of the

cranial vertebree, or the fact of that demonstration being afforded by the

most different members of the Vertebrata. It should be noticed that the

very remarkable octahedral structure already developed as characteristic of

the membrane of the Ventriculide has no relation whatever to those ‘ geo-

metrical figures” alluded to by Professor Owen. In the present case it

is a relative, and not a positive, form; and one assumed by animal fibre for

a special purpose. It has been already remarked (p. 96) that no spicules,

or “calcifying salts ’’ enter into the composition of any of the Ventriculide.

See Owen “on the Archetype and Homologies of the Vertebrate Skele-

ton,” 1848, p. 171.

286 Mr. Toulmin Smith on the Classification

places. I am unable therefore to describe the outer plaits. The

characters of the inner ones are, however, so marked that those

of the outer ones are quite unnecessary in order to establish the

specific difference.

The name retrusus may be considered either to express the ex-

traordinary degree in which the inner plaits are drawn back to

form the projections ; or that the most marked characters of the

species are hidden from external observation by being on the in-

ner plaits. In either sense the name seems equally appropriate.

7. Cephalites catenifer. Pl. XIV. figs. 9, 14, 15, 16.

Plaits broad and deep: outer plaits projecting prominently at

irregular intervals; projections horse-shoe shaped, with one

arm of a lower projection often linked to the hoop of the pro-

jection above it on the same plait; occasional points of ana-

stomosis between adjoining plaits: inner plaits having large

_ and generally oval depressions at regular intervals; bulging

on each side around depressions till adjoining plaits meet and

open into each other: processes very conspicuous: wall very

thick.

Var. Annulatus.

Plaits broad and deep : outer plaits projecting prominently at irre-

gular intervals; projections ring-shaped, and generally running

into each other on the same plait and often anastomosing with

those on adjoining plaits so as to form connected rings over the

whole surface: inner plaits having large and generally oval

depressions at regular intervals ; bulging on each side around

depressions till adjoining plaits meet and open into each other :

processes very conspicuous: wall very thick.

This is a singular species. The specific name of the typical

specimens exactly expresses the appearance of the outer surface,

which looks as if several links of a chain were hung about it,—

sometimes disconnected,—often connected,—always, or almost

always, open on one (and generally the same) side.

This species will be readily distinguished from C. bullatus by

the fact that the semilunar fold is continued down to the upper

edge of the plait, as well as by the links being so often con-

tinuous, and by each individual projection bemg much larger.

Figs. 14, 15 and 16 of Pl. XIV., all taken from the same spe-

cimen, will probably assist in the understanding of this modifica-

tion of the fold. Fig. 14 shows a part of the core of the matrix,

that which filled the central cavity. The round spots are where de-

pressions existed in the body itself, and where, consequently, the

matrix projected outwards from the core. Being broken off at

of the Ventriculide of the Chalk. — 287

each place, these regular marks are left, contrasting strongly with

the portions of the membrane adhering to the matrix elsewhere*.

Fig. 16, which should be compared with fig. 14 of Pl. XIIL,

shows the peculiar elevations on the plaits: and fig. 15 is a trans-

verse section showing three plaits ; the uppermost being struck

at a point where there is not any projection, the two others just

at the bend of two projections. ,

The specimens which I have distinguished as a variety, under

the name of annulatus, appear to be cases in which the horse-shoe

elevations have become more than usually continuous both on the

same plait and by anastomosis with those on adjoining plaits.

This character is sometimes seen on the lower part of specimens

the upper part of which exhibits the true normal characters of

C. catentfer, as in fig. 9. Pl. XIV. In some cases, however, the

same appearance of connected rings, instead of rows of open

links, covers a large part, or the whole, of the surface ; and it is

important that the true place of such specimens should be un-

derstood, whence the utility of distinguishing them as a variety of

C. catenifer.

It generally happens that, even in the most characteristic spe-

cimens of this variety, there are places in which the projection

on the outer plait stands, as it so often does in the normal C. ca-

tenifer, single and wholly unconnected with any other projection

on the same or on any adjoining plait. In that case, instead of

being horse-shoe shaped, the circle is usually complete. We thus

find, on an external plait, a fold very similar to that which cha-

racterizes the inner plaits of C. retrusus.

8. Cephalites compressus. Pl. XIV. fig. 10.

Plaits broad and very deep: outer plaits projecting prominently

in very elongated loops often linked at one extremity and en-

larged at the other: inner plaits often inclining towards, and

anastomosing with, adjoining plaits: pouch very short: pro-

- cesses very conspicuous: wall very thick.

This appears to be quite a distinct species from the last. Its

fold is looser, approaching therein to the character of the group

Dilatati. The external modification of fold is very different

from that of C. catenifer; while the internal difference is even

more marked. Instead of depressions we have here anastomosis

with the adjoiming plaits; and at the places of anastomosis

ee figure becomes almost angular, instead of circular as here-

tofore.

* See ante, p. 209, note +.

288 Mr. Toulmin Smith on the Classification

§ b. Dilatati.

~ Head broad and rounding : plaits loose and irregular.

All the species of the present section differ very remarkably

from the Annulati. In the latter section the heads in all the

species were of nearly the same size relatively to the size of the

whole body ; as also was the central cavity. The various differ-

ences of contrivance by which extent of surface was gained at the

same time that the free access of sea-water was maintained, were

found in the different modes of folding of the membrane of the

wall. In the present section the character of the fold of that

membrane differs also in the different species ; but that difference

is accompanied by very remarkable differences in the form and

extent of the head. The latter becomes the most conspicuous

instead of a mere subordinate part to the observer of the whole

body. As, therefore, the difference in the heads is a necessary

accompaniment of a difference in the fold of the membrane

(though rather in the relation of consequence than cause), it will

simplify the labour of the inquirer if the character of the head is

adopted as one of specific difference. The names given have

therefore a reference to this point.

It will be obvious that, the looser the folds, the more necessary

would become the greater extent of cephalic membrane in order

to secure the objects already suggested as those for which that

remarkable structure was designed. Hence the variations in this

conspicuous character in the forms immediately under consider-

ation. |

There are minor modifications in individuals of each species

which would probably be held by many to justify the assignment

of each species as a distinct genus ; an arrangement which would

indeed be far better warranted than many such divisions both in

recent and fossil classifications. It does not seem to me how-

ever that the principles of a sound classification will, in the pre-

sent state of our knowledge, justify such an arrangement*.

Moreover, all the species of the present section are of extreme

rarity ; so rare, that it is very probable that few even diligent col-

lectors will succeed in obtaining specimens of each, unless some

bed abounding in them, and at present unknown, should be dis-

covered.

1. Cephalites capitatus. Pl. XIV. fig. 11.

Plaits very deep; dividing longitudinally, and so reduplicating,

very constantly, as they pass from the inner to the outer sur-

face; points of anastomosis at irregular distances on both

* See ante, p. 41 note, and pp. 42, &c.

of the Ventriculidee of the Chaik. 289

inner and outer surfaces: central cavity small: head rounding

and very wide: wall falling in very rapidly but in a regular

slope from outer margin of head to root: diameter of whole

body greater than its height.

In some specimens of the present species the plaits are very

traceable on the outside; in others much less so, on account of

the almost total absence of oxide of iron. In each case, however,

it is equally obvious that the number of plaits seen on the outer

surface is given by the longitudinal division and reduplication of

the plaits towards that surface, in the same Fig. G.

way as the increase of plaits from base to margin

has already been described as being effected

by a ¢ransverse division and reduplication*.

The accompanying figure will explain the pre-

sent mode of this reduplication. This arrange-

ment takes place to some extent in most of

the Annulati, but the very small size of the

central cavity in C. capitatus renders this peculiarity constant in

this species, and one of its most marked characteristics. |

The general form of this species is so peculiar that a vertical

section through the fossil displays a triangular figure, of which

the base of the fossil forms an obtuse angle, while the external

margins of the head form acute angles with the wall. It is thus

impossible to confound this species with C. compressus, as the

wall of that species, like that of every other species of the sec-

tion Annulati, usually forms, inside and outside, nearly a right

angle with the headt.

2. Cephalites campanulatus. Pl. XIV. figs. 12 & 18.

Plaits very deep ; increasing very rapidly from base and dividing,

and so reduplicating, very constantly, both longitudinally and

transversely ; after attaining the fullest expansion, folding

inwards and downwards, and gradually contracting till they

more or less nearly approach the base, whence, folded upwards

in a single plait, the membrane rises, usually simple and

plain, in a funnel form, to the margin of the head surrounding

the central cavity, to which its marginal edge is attached : head

enwrapping the body and attached to all the prominent plaits

as far as the point where they incline rapidly towards the base :

diameter of body greater than height.

* See ante, p. 213.

+ I have an interesting specimen of this species in which two individuals

are close together; actually touching. But they cannot be mistaken for an

example of C. constrictus, each individual having separate roots or places of

roots, (see before, p. 46,) and not being parts of one single body.

290 Mr. Toulmin Smith on the Classification

This species differs very widely in outward appearance from

C. capitatus. In that species the head is indeed so largely de-

veloped as to be the most conspicuous part of the entire body ;

but it still leaves a view to some extent of the wall. In the pre-

sent species the whole fossil, unless actually looked at from be-

low, is so entirely enveloped by the cephalic membrane,-—rendered

necessary on account of the great depth and consequent tendency

to looseness of the foid,—that no idea of the character of the

membrane of the wall itself can be gained externally.

The modification of the fold is exceedingly remarkable, and

exceedingly difficult to be ascertained. The description given,

however extraordinary it may appear, is the result of very laborious

and careful examination, comparison, and section of all the spe-

cimens which I have been able to obtain. A familiar illustration

may perhaps assist in understanding the arrangement of this

membrane. If the inquirer will glance at the hangings of any

window, looped up, as usual, in festoons at some distance from

the ground by curtain pins or ropes, he will see a contrivance

rudely imitating the very elegant plan adopted by nature, to give,

in a small space, a very great extent of surface combined with

security to the polypiferous membrane of C. campanulatus.. Take

a piece of linen cloth: join together the side-edges along their

whole length, gathering the lower edge to a point: fix the upper

end of the sac thus formed* toa circular plain wire : at a third of

the length from the bottom fix another wire, which, though alto-

gether uniting in a circle, is deeply zigzaged: the upper wire

remaining fixed, raise the lower wire equally all round, and so

- that the drapery hanging from the upper simply circular wire

shall fall within, and that hanging from the zigzaged circle

shall fall on the outside. Over both wires draw, smoothly, a

separate cloth, to which fix both wires. Then, by holding

the entire contrivance at any point of the plain wire circle,

the whole will be retained in its place. Such a contrivance will

afford the best idea of the very remarkable arrangement of the

internal membrane of the present species, and of the object and

importance of its deeply extended head. It is obvious that, if

the lower wire were zigzaged, not only in its horizontal plane but

also in a direction perpendicular to that plane, though it would

affect the points at which the outer covering or envelope would

be touched, it would in no wise affect the principle of the plaits

or folds whose extremities touched that envelope. The following

two figures may render this matter still clearer. _

* To act properly, and to give a full idea of the extent of surface gained,

the sac should be very much wider at the middle than at the top or bottom,

in order to fill the lower zigzaged wire and yet inclose the plain fold of the

cloth without compressing or touching it.

of the Veutriculide of the Chalk. 291

Fig. H.

In each figure the dotted line is the envelope. Fig. H isa

longitudinal section as it would be seen if one could be taken

exactly clear through any spot where there was no lateral divi-

sion of a plait—the presence of which gives a false appearance of

anastomosis to a section. It will be seen that the membrane

may be traced from the point of the base to ¢ and thence to a

in a continuous line, and that the projecting plaits are affixed, at

various points, to the envelope a—b. Fig. I is a transverse sec-

tion taken about the middle of a specimen. The inner circle is

the membrane where simple and unwaving, and forming there-

fore necessarily an unbroken circle. Between this and the en-

velope the plaits are seen, cut horizontally across.

The membrane begins to fold upwards in its last plait at dif-

ferent distances in different specimens from the inner margin of

the head ; and it is rarely that the folding upwards will take place

on exactly the same plane all around; whence, on section, a de-

ceptive appearance is often given, as if there were a double or

triple or still more numerous ramification of the central cavity.

This is seen in the following curious section of a flint of this

species in my possession. Fic. K

Such cases only afford. Brn

instances of the care and :

caution necessary in the

investigation of such a

subject as the present.

It will be clearly seen

that the mode of fold, of

which an attempt has

thus been made to convey an idea, secured free access of sea-

water to all parts of the surface of the membrane, external and

mternal. By the same contrivance that membrane was held se-

curely in its position ; the regular funnel-shape assumed by the

last plait, with its margin fixed at the top, securing it within * ;

* See observations on the head, before, p. 282.

292 Mr. Toulmin Smith on the Classification

the campanulate envelope, to which the projecting points of the

plaits were affixed, securing it without. The size of the internal

cavity varies in different specimens, as will be seen by figs. 12

and 13 of Pl. XIV.; of which fig. 12 is a general view of the

external aspect of one specimen; fig. 18 is a section, with the

matrix cleared away from the inner funnel-shaped simple mem-

brane, of another.

There is certainly no form among the Ventriculide which

might, at first sight, be less supposed than the present to have

had any affinity with the fossils which have been described as

belonging to the genus Ventriculites. This will be well under-

stood by comparing Pl. XIV. figs. 12 and 13 with any of the

figures on Pl. XIII. |

The condition in which these specimens are found,—their deep

folds preventing their ever coming free from the chalk, or being

developed without the laborious use of the needle,—renders it

impossible to make any confident observations upon them as to

the processes ; a remark which also applies to every other species

of the present section.

8. Cephalites constrictus. Pl. XV. fig. 1.

Whole body very low, much-elongated and narrow, with roots at

one end: plaits very deep, and running longitudinally from the

root extremity; each plait constricted at short and not very

regular intervals, and sometimes to nearly its whole depth:

cephalic membrane covering the whole upper surface and sides,

to the margins of which last, as well as to many of the pro-

minent points of the plaits, it is attached ; usually constricted

at considerable intervals, with a single opening in the middle

of each compartment thus caused.

The specific description will satisfy the inquirer that this is a

very extraordinary form. Externally it has nothing which would

indicate any Ventriculitic affinity, and it has indeed been described

by Dr. Mantell under the name of Choanites subrotundus ; but it

has no relation whatever to Choanites. The appearance of the

fossils is so remarkable, that, but for the fixed rule of preserving

every fragment which I could not understand, I should never

have been able to establish or even suspect the true affinities.

A suite of seventeen specimens enables me, however, now to point

out the true general characters of the species without leaving

any room even for doubt.

In the two very different states in which the fossil, or frag-

ments of it, are found, it has very different appearances ; the one

state (see left hand of figure) shows the upper, the other (see

right hand of figure) the lower part only, or its cast. The com-

of the Ventriculidee of the Chalk. 293

parison of several of these apparently anomalous fossils led me

however to conceive that the connected rounded bodies seen in

the former set of specimens had some relation to the very pe-

culiarly complicated and almost angularly raised surfaces seen in

the latter. With this clue I cut down some of these rounded

bodies, and found the identical surfaces last named below them.

Several sections being made, and the whole series being then

compared, order and method became at once apparent where all

had previously been anomaly and confusion. The characteristic

Ventriculitic structure was detected: the Ventriculitic fold was

traced : and the Ventriculitic root was found.

I conceive the habit of the animal to have been very different

in one respect from that of all the species which have hitherto

engaged attention. While the latter stood rising upwards from

a central root, this species, attached at one end by a root, and thus

secured in its position, floated horizontally, like a ship riding at

anchor. It had therefore no central cavity in the direction of its

length, but, instead: of this, it was covered by a head investing

the upper and lateral surfaces of that whole length ; and which

head, with rare exceptions, for such exceptions do exist, was con-

stricted at intervals, causing the animal, when seen from above

and entire, as in the greater part of fig. 1. Pl. XV., to appear

like several distinct globose bodies linked together. The fact

of the head being occasionally, though rarely, not constricted at

all, will satisfy any philosophic inquirer that such an appearance

is deceptive, and that the explanation thus given of that appear-

ance is the true one. Besides this, however, if the head be re-

moved, and the lower surface of the fossil only seen, all trace of

separation and distinctness is gone. ‘The membrane of the wall

does not divide into lobes, as in Brachiolites: there is simply, in

order to ensure the greater security of the whole polypiferous

surface, an occasional constriction of the head and narrowing of

the plaits attached to it; which plaits expand again, like an open

fan, in the following compartment.

The appearance of the plaits themselves is very remarkable.

Their frequent constrictions give them a puckered or zigzag ap-

pearance, so that a vertical section Fig. L.

has a figure of this kind. This

figure shows, also, how the pro-

jecting points of the plaits are

often attached, for security, to

the head. When the body is broken away the cast left is very

curious, the matrix being always broken off in many of the places

where it has filled a pucker in the upper plait, depressed where

there was a pucker in the lower plait. This is seen on the right

hand of fig. 1. Pl. XV.

294 Mr. Toulmin Smith on the Ventriculide of the Chalk.

The species rarely attained half an inch in height or an inch

in breadth, though specimens often extend between two and

three inches in length.

It seems to me that the cephalic constrictions most probably

mark periods of growth*, They vary in number much in dif-

ferent specimens, and, as has been seen, are sometimes not found

at all, in which case there are several openings in the undivided

head.

Specimens sometimes assume irregular forms, as if, after

death, the long body had become twisted, which I have little

doubt was, in many such cases, the real fact.

I have placed this species next in order to C. campanulatus,

inasmuch as, on the one hand, the mode of attachment of the

cephalic membrane to the plaits resembles very much that which

is found in C. campanulatus, while, on the other hand, the fact of

the openings in the head of this species being generally several

instead of only one, places it in some relation to the species which

will next claim attention.

4. Cephalites perforatus. Pl. XV. fig. 2.

Plaits wide and very deep, so as to leave no distinct and single

central cavity ; dividing, and so reduplicating, very constantly,

longitudinally, but not transversely ; somewhat winding both

longitudinally and laterally ; occasional points of anastomosis

near the outer surface: head covering the entire top and round-

ing to some distance down the sides; having several small

round perforations arranged without any regular figure : body

of nearly uniform breadth and often twice the height of its

diameter.

The peculiar arrangement of the plaits and head in the last

two species rendered any anastomosis of adjoining plaits not

essential in either of them. The much greater height of the

present species rendered occasional points of anastomosis an im-

portant, means of securing the permanence of the position of the

folds. The width and depth of those folds rendered a large

head necessary, while it made unnecessary any large single cen-

tral cavity ; the several small openings in the head giving suffi-

cient access to the sea-water for the purpose of bathing freely all

the internal surface of the polypiferous membrane. The unity

of formt+ is not in the least degree impaired by the existence of

these several points of access. The one head still holds in place

all the several plaits, a contrivance for the security of the entire

* Specimens, apparently entire, are sometimes found, having one only

of the rounded divisions, and thus bearing some resemblance to a very small

C. campanulatus, with its root at one end instead of at the base.

+ See before, p. 207 note.

Mr. J. Walton on the genera Pissodes, Hypera, &c. 295

animal and of the individual polyps wholly different from that.

which is found in every species of the family Brachiolites.

In all the various and so greatly varying forms which have

been thus seen to be included in the genus Cephalites one end is

found to be subserved, namely, the maintenance of the security

of the whole mass, and of each individual of its myriads of living

tenants ; together with the unimpeded access of the sea-water—

that element upon whose constant presence the life and subsist-

ence of those myriads depended. The great diversity is no less

striking than is, in each case, the completeness of the varying

methods which nature has adopted for securing that ever-teeming,

ever-active life which excites the imquirer’s increased admiration

at every step he takes.

[To be continued. ]

XXX.—WNotes, &c. on the genera of Insects Pissodes, Hypera, &e. ;

with descriptions of several new species. By JoHN Watton,

F.L.S.

Fam. CURCULIONID A.

Genus Pissoprs, Germ., Schonh., Steph.

1. Pissodes Pini, Linn., Gyll., Steph., Schonh.

Recently found in Scotland rather plentifully by Mr. Weaver ;

“on rails, in a fir-wood, Weybridge, in June,” Mr.Smith ; “ under

side of a fir-log, Dalmeny Park, Scotland,” Mr. R. N. Greville ;

“ under the branches and chips of the Scotch fir lymg on grass,

Gosforth Woods, Northumberland,” Mr. T. J. Bold.

2. P. notatus, Fab., Gyll., Steph., Schénh.

— Fabricii, Steph., non Leach MSS.

Two specimens of this insect in the collection of the British

Museum, taken in Scotland by the late Dr. Leach, appear to

have been mistaken for the following by Mr. Stephens.

A single specimen found under a stone in an old gravel-pit at

Yaxham near East Dereham, Norfolk, by Mr. Wollaston.

3. P. pice, Illig., Schonh.

— Fabricii, Leach MSS. sec. specim. Mus. Brit.

Oblong-ovate, piceous, sparingly clothed with flavescent scales.

Head short, convex, obsoletely punctulated, front with a deep fovea

between the eyes ; rostrum nearly as long as the head and tho-

rax, moderately stout, cylindrical, slightly curved, closely punc-

tured, brown, and sprinkled with scales at the base. Antenne

scarcely reaching to the middle of the thorax, rather thick, rufo-

piceous, setose and pubescent. Thorax considerably narrowed

296 Mr. J. Walton on the genera Pissodes, Hypera, &c.

anteriorly, dilated and rounded at the sides posteriorly, convex

above, closely rugose-punctate, a slender abbreviated carinula

on the middle of the back, and two remote foveolz on the disc.

Elytra elongate, punctate-striate, the punctures deep, oblong,

remote, very unequal, small towards the base and apex, and much

larger in the middle ; the interstices closely rugulose, alternately

broader and elevated; sprinkled with obscure lutescent scales,

and with a broad unequal abbreviated fascia behind the middle

composed of flavescent scales. Legs elongate, pale rufo-piceous,

femora and tibie annulated with whitish scales in the middle.

Length 4 lines.

There is one specimen of this insect, reputed to be British, in

the collection of the National Museum.

Genus Hyprra, Germ. (1821), Curt., Steph., Westw.

Phytonomus, Schonh. (1826) *, Spry et Shuck.

_ Great confusion has hitherto prevailed. in this country as to the

specific identity of the insects of this genus: although our cata-

logues contain from twenty-nine to thirty-one specific names, of

which seven have been sunk into varieties and twenty-two de-

scribed as specifically distinct by Mr. Stephens in his ‘ Manual

of British Coleoptera,’ yet, after a most rigorous comparative ex-

amination of numerous specimens, I have not been able to iden-

tify more than fourteen distinct species; I have therefore ven-

tured to go further, by reducing eight more names into syno-

nyms or varieties. It appears to me that British entomologists

have relied too much or the colour and markings of the scales,

and on the colour of the different organs of the body, as specific

distinctions, but these characters in a majority of the species are

extremely variable and consequently unsafe to depend upon. I

have corrected the names of a few insects by means of well-au-

thenticated foreign specimens, and in accordance with the autho-

rities so often named in my former notes, which will I hope have

a tendency to establish the nomenclature upon a uniform and

permanent foundation.

1. Hypera punctata, Fab., et auct. alior.

Curc. medius et austriacus, Marsh., Kirb. MSS.

2. H. fasciculata, Herbst, et auct. alior.

— sticticus, Kirb. MSS.

_ Very rare and local: it has not occurred of late years to my

* TI cannot find any reason assigned by Schonherr for changing the name .

Hypera; I have therefore, in accordance with the just law of priority, followed

those British authors who have retained it ; yet it is rather remarkable that

Germar himself, with many other continental entomologists, have adopted

Phytonomus. Latreille employed a similar name (//yperia) for a genus of

Crustacea, which occurs for the first time in ‘ Cuy. Rég. Anim.’ iv. 1829.

Mr. J. Walton on the genera Pissodes, Hypera, §c. 297

knowledge. In the cabinets of the British Museum, Entomolo-

gical Society, Curtis, Stephens and Walton.

3. H. Polygoni, Linn. sec. ej. Mus., Fab., Gyll., Steph., Sch6nh.

— arator var., Linn. sec. ej. Mus., Marsh., Steph. Ill., Kirb. MSS.

— canescens var. et Vicie var., Steph. sec. ej. Mus.

— picicornis var., Steph. sec. ej. Man.

The mate has the anterior tibia acutely dentate in the middle

within. Of Rhynch. Vicie of Gyll. I have never seen an indi-

genous specimen agreeing with the two foreign insects in the col-

lection of Mr. Kirby.

Rather common ; found in damp meadows near Lyndhurst,

Battersea Fields, Arundel, Yorkshire, &c. in June.

4. H. Pollux, Fab., Gyll., Germ., Schonh.

— alternans var., Steph. Ill.

— Kunzii var., Steph. Man., non Schénh.

— palustris (Leach MSS.), Steph.

— Julinii (Sahlb.), Schonh., var. sec. Germ.

— biteniatus, Kirb. MSS.

I sent many specimens of this insect to Germar, who has sub-

divided the varieties as follows :—

a. “With gray scales upon the elytra, and with small square

spots arranged in rows—the true Phyt. Pollux, auctor.

4. “With brown scales; the elytra checkered with black, and

with two broad, gray, black checkered longitudinal lines—

ees palustris of Steph.

“ Brown or black, with three gray unspotted longitudinal lines

a each elytron—Hypera alternans of Steph. ; Kunzi, Steph.

(but not Schonh.) ; Julini, Sahlb.* ”

Identified as Rh. Pollux of Gyll. by a foreign specimen in the

collection of Mr. Kirby. I possess foreign specimens from Ger-

mar of Hy. Kunza, which is undoubtedly a very distinct insect,

and unknown as British. There is a fine series of varieties of

Rh. palustris of Leach in the British Museum ; also Mr. 8S. Ste-

vens and myself have a long series of this insect.

Occasionally found on grassy banks, at the sides of ponds and

ditches, in marshy places, but not plentifully, in June,

5. H. Rumicis, Linn. sec. ej. Mus., et auct. alior.

Procas pyrrhodactylus var., Marsh., Steph.

H, albicans, griseolus et elongatus, Kirb. MSS.

This insect in general habit and sculpture very much resembles

the preceding ; it may however be distinguished by having the

rostrum gradually dilated from the middle to the apex.

Extremely common on docks in marshy situations.

* Ent. Zeit. no. 5. p. 100, 1842.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol.i. 20

298 Mr. J. Walton on the genera Pissodes, Hypera, &e.

6. Hypera murina, Fab., Gyll., Germ., Schinh.

— Pollux et elongata var., Steph. sec. ej. Mus,

— nebulosa var., Steph. sec. ej. Man.

— fusco-cinereus, Marsh. sec. Mus. Steph. et Kirb.

' — interruptus, Marsh. sec. Steph. Catal.

— dorsiger, Kirb. MSS.

This is a larger insect than any of its congeners, and chiefly

distinguished by having the thorax subglobose, greatly dilated

and rounded at the sides; the elytra elongate, nearly four times

as long as the thorax.

Rare ; found in damp grassy places. Plumstead, Barnes Com-

mon, Mr. 8. Stevens.

7. H. tigrina (Dej.), Schonh.

— elongata, Curt. MSS.

Elongate, black, thickly clothed with cinereous and silvery

white scales, and with white and fuscous hairs. Head short,

convex, closely punctulated ; eyes oblong, depressed ; rostrum

rather longer than the thorax, subcylindrical, slender, curved and

punctulated, clothed with hair before the base in the male. An- |

tenne inserted before the middle of the rostrum, rather longer than

the head and thorax, rufo-ferruginous, pilose ; clava oblong-ovate,

obseure black. Thorax subdepressed, broader than long, consider-

ably dilated, and rounded at the sides a little before the middle,

closely and minutely punctured ; a broad stripe on each side and

a line of silvery white scales down the middle. Llytra oblong-

ovate, four times as long as the thorax, the shoulders prominent,

obtusely rounded, moderately convex above, distinctly striated,

the strize closely and minutely punctured, the interstices narrow,

convex, transversely rugulose ; thickly covered with cmereous or

silvery white scales, and a series of large subquadrate black spots

alternating with white ones on the suture, and with black spots

arranged in rows on the alternate interstices rather indistinct. an-

teriorly but distinct posteriorly. Legs long, black ; femora mo-

derately clavate, simple, squamulose ; tibiz round, pubescent ;

tarsi elongate, piceous. Length 3 lines.

This very distinct imsect. may be discriminated, by having a

longer rostrum than any other of the genus, by having the thorax

laterally dilated before the middle, and the elytra spotted with

black scales.

I understood Mr. Curtis that. three specimens, all nearly alike,

of this new British insect, were found near Dover, one of which

I have seen in his cabinet. A single specimen was taken in the

same locality by Mr. Marshall the latter end of July.

Mr. J. Walton on the genera Pissodes, Hypera, &c. 299

8. Hypera Plantaginis, DeGeer, Gyll., Steph., Schonh., Kirb.

MSS.

— villosula* (sec. Mus. Wilk.), Steph.

— cordicollis, Kirb. MSS.

Occasionally found in several localities by brushing amongst

grass, but never in any numbers.

9. H. nigrirostris, Fab., et auct. plur.

Common everywhere.

10. H. trilineata, Marsh., sec. Mus. Steph. et Kirb.

— Trifolii, Steph., non Herbst.

— stramineus var., Marsh., Steph. sec. ej. Man.

— borealis, Germ. Mag. iv. p. 339.

— nigrirostris var.,.Gyll., Schonh.

Cure. dissimilis var. major, Herbst.

Never clothed with brilliant green scales like Hy. nigrirostris,

and may further be distinguished from the varieties of that in-

-sect by having a dark denuded stripe on the middle of each ely-

tron posteriorly, bordered within and without by a series of white

or fuscescent spots: as to the form, size and sculpture it very

closely resembles the foregoing.

Although Gyllenhal and Schonherr have cited this insect as a

variety of the preceding, yet I concur with Germar that it is

sufficiently distinct. |

Common in the North of England on the different species of

Vieia, Trifolium and Medicago.

11. H. variabilis, Herbst, et auct. plur.

— sublineata (var. sec. Mus. Kirb.), Steph.

— bimaculatus, Marsh., Steph. sec. ej. Mus.

— villosula (sec. Mus. Wilk.), Steph.

— stramineus, Marsh. sec. Mus. Kirb.

— phaopa var. et rufipes var., Steph. sec. ej. Man.

Very abundant on the same plants as the last.

12. H. meles, Fab. sec. ej. Mus., Germ., Schonh,

Rh. Trifolii, Gyll.

Cure. Plantaginis, Marsh. sec. Steph. Catal.

H, murina, Steph.

— picipes var., Steph. sec. ej. Man.

This insect differs from the preceding by having the thorax

very short, and much more dilated at the sides.

There are foreign specimens which agree with it in the cabinet

of Mr. Kirby from Gyllenhal.

Rare in the vicinity of London. Taken near Ross, Hereford-

shire, by Mr. Spry.

* This synonym is repeated under No. 11, because it is represented in

Wilkins’s cabinet by two different insects. pass

300 Mr.J. Walton on the genera Pissodes, Hypera, See

13, Hypera suspiciosa, Herbst, Germ., Schénh., Steph. Man.

Curc. miles, Pk., Gyll., Steph.

— pedestris, Pk., Gyll., Steph., var. sec. Germ. et Schonh.

— biteniatus, Marah

— senex, Kirb. MSS.

Variable in form : the narrow elongate varieties have been mis-

taken: for Curc. elongata of Gyll., of which there are foreign spe-

cimens in the cabinet of the Rev. F. W. Hope.

Frequently found in damp meadows and in marshy places.

14. H. Arundinis, Fab., et auct. alior.

Rhynch. Sii, Leach MSS.

Extremely rare; I do not possess a specimen, nor have I heard

of any recent captures : there are examples in the cabinets of the

British Museum, Entomological Society, Mr. Stephens and Mr.

Curtis.

Genus Limosius, Schiénh.*

Hypera, Germ., Steph., Curt.

Phytonomus, Schonh. olim.

Char. Gen. Antenne moderate, rather slender, eleven-jointed ;

scape moderately incrassated towards the apex, reaching to the

eyes ; funiculus six-jomted, the first longer and stouter than the

second, third obconic, fourth and fifth nodose, sixth cup-shaped ;

_ clava ovate or oblong-ovate, four-jomted. Rostrum twice or

three times as long as the head, rather stout, rounded ; scrobes

oblique, somewhat deep. Eyes lateral, oval, more or less pro-

minent. Thorax, base and apex truncate, dilated and rounded

at the sides. Scutellum minute. LElytra ovate or oblong-ovate,

the shoulders obtusely angulated, moderately convex above,

densely clothed with scales.

Obs. Closely approximating to the genus Hypera, but the

funiculus of the antenna is only six-jointed.

1. Limobius dissimilis, Gyll., Germ., Schonh.

Hypera fulvipes, Steph.

— fumipes, Curt. Ann. Nat. Hist. v. p. 280.

I found many specimens of this insect upon Geranium pra-

tense growing on hedge-banks near Kast Tanfield, Yorkshire, in

July. Taken in Scotland by the Rev. W. Little; Newcastle,

Mr. 8. Stevens.

2. L. miztus, Schonh.

Oblong-ovate, black, thickly clothed with metallic brown or

cinereous scales, variegated with white and black, and with short

suberect black hairs. Head short, convex, thickly punctulated ;

* Mant. secund. Fam. Cure. p. 44. Holmiz, 1847.

Mr. J. Walton on the genera Pissodes, Hypera, &c. 301

eyes oviform, rather prominent ; rostrum as long as the thorax, —

round, thickish, bent, and closely punctulated. Antenne inserted

near the apex of the rostrum in the male, and between the mid-

dle and the apex in the female, testaceous ; clava oblong-ovate,

obscure, testaceous. Thorax as broad in the middle as long, a

little more narrowed before than behind, moderately dilated and

rounded at the sides, rather convex above, closely and delicately

punctulated ; clothed with brown scales, a large rhomboidal pale

patch on the disc, and a broad whitish line on each side. Elytra

ample, oblong-ovate, shoulders very prominent, obtusely rounded,

punctate-striate, interstices rugulose ; thickly clothed with conico-

ovate scales, two subquadrate velvety black spots at the base, a

short white line on the scutellum, an oblique pale vitta down

each elytron, broadest on the shoulders, spotted with black on the

margins, and united beyond the middle to a transverse irregular

silvery white fascia, which is joined to a subtriangular velvety

black one. Legs moderate, rufo-testaceous, pubescent ; tarsi

elongate. Length 12—2 lines.

Exclusively of the six-joimted funiculus to the antenne, this

insect is well characterized, by the conspicuous velvety black

fascia on the elytra, combined with the conico-ovate scales. —

Varieties occur with gray or silvery white scales, and these

being more subject to abrasion, are frequently found partially de-

nuded; and the spots and stripes more or less obscure ; others

occur of a brassy yellow, with the markings distinct, and the body

and legs pale testaceous.

Many specimens of this insect were found on Erodium cicuta-

rium on the Chesil Bank, Isle of Portland, in June, by Mr. Wol-

laston, to whose indefatigable industry, we are indebted not only

for this, but for many other additions to the British fauna ; sub-

sequently found in the same locality by Mr. Bowerbank and

myself in September. :

Genus TroprpHoRvus, Schonh.

Barynotus, Germ., Schonh. olim, Steph.

Char. Gen. “ Antenne moderate, rather slender; scape cla-

vate, extending beyond the eyes; funiculus with the two basal

joints somewhat long, subclavate, remainder rotundate ; clava

ovate, acuminate. Rostrum shortish, stout, subcylindrical, a

little incrassated towards the apex, carimated above; scrobes ©

curved, evanescent before the eyes. Hyes rounded, depressed.

Thorax truncated at the base and upex, rotundate-emarginate

beneath adjoining the neck, the sides straight at the base, rounded

anteriorly, narrowed in front, carinated above. Scutellum none.

Elytra short-ovate, when closed emarginated interiorly at the

3802 Mr. J. Walton on the genera Pissodes, Hypera, &c.

base, shoulders scarcely prominent, with an elevated carina to-

wards the apex of the suture. Femora clavate, unarmed.

Obs. “ Allied to the genus Barynotus, but chiefly differs in

having the rostrum and thorax carinated; and without a scu-

tellum.”’—Transcribed from Schonherr. |

1. Tropiphorus Mercurialis, Fab., Gyll., Schénh., Newm.

Curc. Aicidii var., Marsh., Kirb. MSS.

Barynotus Mercurialis var., Steph.

— Terricola var., Newm. Ent. Mag. v. p. 173.

I have found many specimens of this insect on Mercurialis

perennis in a shady wood near Mickleham, Surrey, in June, which

have the alternate interstices of the elytra distinctly elevated. I

have also found many specimens by brushing amongst grass in

meadows, and in moss in the woods of Yorkshire, that have the ¢

alternate interstices of the elytra scarcely or very slightly elevated,

but agreeing exactly with the former in every other character ;

the latter are considered by Gyllenhal and Schonherr as varieties,

and after a most careful examination of numerous specimens I

have no hesitation in citing them as such.

I possess foreign specimens from Germar.

Genus Barynotus, Germ., Schinh.

Merionus, Steph.

1. B. obscurus, Fab., Gyll., Germ., Steph.

— pilosulus, Marsh.

2. B. merens, Fab., Herbst, Germ,

— elevatus, Marsh., Steph.

Genus Or1oruyncuHvs, Germ.

O. ebeninus, Schénh.

Elongate-ovate, black and shining. Head short, broad, a little

convex, obsoletely punctulated posteriorly, front rugose-punctate,

with a deep round fovea; eyes round, brown, moderately promi-

nent ; rostrum rather longer than the head, stout, angulated, di-

lated at the apex, rugulose-punctate above, with a carinula in

the middle a little elevated and obsoletely bifid anteriorly. An-

tenn half the length of the body, black or piceous, pilose and

pubescent. Thorax somewhat longer than broad, equally dilated

and rounded at the sides, convex above, subpulvinate, closely

tuberculated at the sides, punctured or remotely punctured on

the back, totally black and glabrous. _ Scutellum short, trian-

gular. Elytra elongate-ovate, not broader anteriorly than the

base of the thorax, a little expanded before the middle, attenuated

posteriorly, acutely rounded at the apex, four times longer than

Mr. H. J. Carter on the Animality of Freshwater Sponges. ‘803

the thorax, convex above, distinctly punctate-striate, the punc-

tures rather large, remote, angulated, the lateral interstices

tuberculated, obsoletely rugose on the back, totally black and

shining. Body black beneath, granulated and cinereo-pubescent

anteriorly ; abdomen punctulated. Legs rather long, stout, black ;

‘femora robust, clavate, simple ; tibize pilose ; tarsi dilated, piceous,

clothed beneath with a flavescent pulvillus. Length 5 lines.

This insect may be placed in the genus next to Otiorhynchus

tenebricosus, to which it is nearly related.

I have a foreign specimen of Ot. ebeninus of Schonherr from

Germar.

Four specimens of this insect, which is new to the British

fauna, were found by Mr. R. N. Greville on the west highlands

of Scotland, to whose liberality [ am indebted for a specimen.

XXXI.—Notes on the Species, Structure, and Animality of the

Freshwater Sponges in the Tanks of Bombay. (Genus Spon-

gilla.) By H. J. Carrer, Esq., Assistant Surgeon*.

-Tyere are four} species of Freshwater Sponges in the Tanks of

Bombay, each of which is readily distinguished by the following

characters :—

Two are known from the other two by the peculiar form of

the spicula which encrust their seed-like bodies.

1. Is darkly cinereous or mouse-coloured when dry, purplish

under water when alive, encrusting, repent, spreading in circular

patches when isolated; smooth or interrupted by gentle emi-

nences on the surface, attaining the thickness of half an inch in

the centre, oscula tending towards a quincuncial arrangement ;

texture compact, fine, delicate; structure rectangularly reticu-

lated; friable. Seed- like bodies spherical, 1-67th of an inch in

diameter. Spicula of two kinds, large and small; large spicula

smooth, slightly curved, pointed at each end, 1-80th of an inch

long ; small spicula straight or slightly curved, thickly spini-

ferous, 1—400th of an inch long.

2. Is of a faintly yellow or bright green colour, encrusting, re-

pent, spreading m irregular patches on fixed bodies, globular

when surrounding a floating nucleus; even or interrupted by

gentle eminences on the surface when fixed, presenting meander-

ing ridges and sulci when attached to floating bodies ; attaining

the thickness of half an inch when fixed, of two inches when.

floating ; texture coarse and open, structure rectangularly reti-

culated with a suberose crust slightly tenacious. Seed-like

* Reprinted from the Transactions of the Bombay Medical and Phy-

sical Society of 1847, and communicated by the Author.

+ See Postscript at p. 310.

304 Mr. H.J.Carter on the Species, Structure, and Animality

bodies spherical, 1-386th of an inch in diameter. Spicula of two

kinds, large and small; large spicula smooth, slightly curved,

pointed at each end, 1-57th of an inch long; small spicula

smooth or thickly spiniferous, slightly curved or straight, 1-200th

of an inch long. ‘Transparent portions of investing membrane

abounding in the small spicula.

3. Is of a light yellow colour, massive, spreading, convex, with

short irregularly formed conical projections on the surface, or

meandering ridges with sulci between them, attaining a thick-

ness of two inches; texture fine; structure fibrous, plumose, ob-

liquely reticulated towards the base, rectangularly reticulated

towards the circumference; friable. Seed-like bodies spherical

and 1—40th of an inch in diameter. Spicula of two kinds, large

and small; large spicula smooth, slightly curved, pointed at

both ends, 1-57th of an inch long; small spicula composed of

a straight portion, sometimes slightly spiniferous, terminated at

each end by a toothed disc with its pots recurved or horizon-

tal; the central portion is 1-400th of an inch long, the discs

1-600th of an ineh in diameter.

4. Is of a bright yellow colour, massive, spreading, horizontal

on the surface, with projecting, plumose, irregular portions, at-

taining a thickness of about two inches; texture coarse, loose ;

structure fibrous, branched, plumose, obliquely reticulated ; semi-

friable, may be compressed with the hand in water without under-

going much injury. Seed-like bodies ovoid, 1-28th of an inch

in their long diameter, and 1—50th of an inch in their short

diameter. Spicula of two kinds, large and small; large spicula

smooth, slightly curved, pomted at each end, 1—66th of an inch

long; small spicula. 1-300th of an inch long; consisting of a

straight portion, terminated by a toothed disc at each end, with

its points recurved or horizontal, 1-950th of an inch in diameter.

Transparent portions of investing membrane abounding in little

siliceous stellated bodies, their arms projecting from a central

cell, tapering to a point which ends im a stellated circle of re-

eurved spines; they are 1—-600th part of an inch in diameter.

The measurements of the seed-like bodies and the spicula are

taken from the average size of the largest of their kind.

Habitat.-—On the inclined and under surfaces of rocks, or. at-

tached to floating bodies in the tanks of Bombay; hever at the

bottom, and sometimes so high up as to be only covered by water

three or four months in the year.

Investing membrane.—The investing membrane of the Fresh-

water Sponge, like the skin and the mucous membrane in the

human body, is continuous throughout; and, like a shut sac,

surrounds the parenchymatous structure and spicular skeleton of

the whole mass, without inclosing it. In some instances it

of the Freshwater Sponges in the Tanks of Bombay. 305

abounds in spicula, as in No. 2, where they are mostly spini-

ferous, and in No. 4, where they are of the curious stellated form

described. There are also, in addition, little sac-like bodies which

are ever changing their form and vibrating particles, both of

which will be hereafter mentioned. Ifa portion of the mem-

brane be carefully held before the blowpipe under a red heat,

the animal matter may be driven off, while the forms of the

bodies mentioned appear to remain unaltered; sometimes even a

siliceous skeleton of the membrane itself may remain, so tho-

roughly does silex pervade every portion of its structure. But

there is a transparent reticulated network (probably filamentous)

which can only be seen when the membrane is fresh.

Spicula.—The smooth spicula and the spicula terminated by

toothed discs are hollow. In the smooth spiculum the form of

its cavity may be seen by charring the animal matter which lines

its interior. It will be found to be wide in the body of the spi-

culum, and to terminate abruptly at each end in a linear con-

tinuation. I have not been able to see it in the spiniferous spi-

on account of the number of little spines which encrust

them.

The small spicula in each species are principally derived from »

the crusts of its seed-like bodies. In all the species the spicula

are siliceous, and the largest are so much alike that they are of

no use as a specific distinction.

Seed-like bodies.—The seed-like bodies are spherical or ovoid,

according to the species. They all present an infundibular de-

pression communicating with their interior; when young they

are transparent and filled with minute granules like the vibrating

bodies to be hereafter mentioned ; as they get older, a crust of

siliceous spicula, arranged perpendicularly to their surface, is se-

creted from their external membrane; it is from this crust that

the small spicula in the different species are principally derived.

In Nos. 1 and 2 they are straight, or slightly curved, and spini-

ferous. In Nos. 3 and 4 they are straight, sometimes spini-

ferous, and terminated at each end by a toothed disc; the dises

of their free extremities surmount little papillary projections on

the surface of the seed-like body, and they present a hole in their

centre, which communicates with the cavity of the spiculum on

which they are supported ; their fixed ends are applied by a simi-

lar disc to the silicifying or external membrane of the seed-like

body. The latter is coriaceous,.and presents a hexagonally tes-

sellated appearance, on which rest the fixed discs of the spicular

crust. I could not perceive any holes in the centres of these

hexagonal divisions.

Before the seed-like body arrives at its state of maturity, it is

filled with mimute granules suspended in a viscid transparent

306 Mr. H.J. Carter on the Species, Structure, and Animality

fluid; afterwards these are parcelled out into spherical trans-

parent cells, equal in size and very numerous ; what becomes of

them then I cannot say; but I have often observed in the reti-

culated structure of the dried Spongilla, a group of the spicula

of the seed-like bodies, thrown together in an irregular manner,

and I would infer from it, that, when the young Spongille are

sufficiently advanced to be capable of supporting an independent

existence, the seed-like body containing them is burst, and all

traces of it disappear, except the group of spicula mentioned ;—-

and, for the young Spongille, it appears to me that, some time

after they have been liberated, they become stationary, and pass-

ing into the form of a seed-like body, ultimately end in being

the reproductive sacs of their own species.

Most of these seed-like bodies, although they have been ex-

posed in a piece of sponge to the direct rays of a tropical sun for

a whole year, on a black dry rock, will, on being cut open, pre-

sent a fresh-looking, yellow, transparent, viscid granular matter

in their cavities, not unlike the yolk of a hard-boiled egg. They

do not appear to possess in themselves any power of locomotion;

and their being transported from ‘place to place, or their adhering

to the perpendicular or inclined surfaces of bodies, may depend

upon the presence of one or more of the little animals I am

about to describe.

Animality.— As to the animality of the Freshwater Sponge, I

think there can be no doubt whatever. Look, for instance, at a

ragged portion of it, torn off with a needle (under a magnifying

glass of one-tenth of an inch focus), and it will be seen gradually

to assume a spheroidal form; and if there be a spiculum near,

it will embrace it within its substance; it may be seen even to

approach it, and as it were spit itself upon it: still watch it, and

it may bear away the spiculum; and then regard its circum-

ference, and on it will be observed little papille, which gradually

vary their form, extending and retracting themselves, until one

of them may be seen to detach itself from the parent mass and

go off to another object. This little animal, one of the group

which it has left, may remain stationary on the second object, or

descend to the watch-glass, assuming in its progress all forms

that can be imagined, spheroidal or polygonal, while every point

of its body appears capable of extending itself into a tubular at-

tenuated prolongation. When dead and dry on the watch-glass,

it is sometimes transparent, sometimes filled or surrounded by

granular bodies, and though frequently irregular in shape, its

natural form appears to approach nearest to that of a Florence

flask, sometimes more, sometimes less globular; it is then (though

its size varies with its age) about the one-thousandth part of an

inch in diameter, not including the elongated portion, which in

of the Freshwater Sponges in the Tanks of Bombay. 307

length is about one quarter of the diameter of the body, and ap-

parently corrugated like the neck of the entozoon Cysticircus

longicollis. These transparent little sacs (the gemmules of Grant

and Hogg?) are sometimes filled with green matter. They ap-

pear to be able to adapt themselves to any form that may be

convenient for them to assume, and when forcibly separated from

each other (by tearmg to pieces a minute portion of the sponge

under water in a watch-glass), the isolated individuals may be

seen to approach each other, and to apply themselves together

in twos and threes, &c., and so on, until, from a particle only

discernible by the microscope, they assume the form of an aggre-

gate visible to the naked eye, and such a portion, growing and

multiplying, might ultimately reach the size of the largest masses

adhering to the sides of the tanks at Bombay. They appear to

belong to the genus Ameba of Ehrenberg. Dujardin has re-

cognized them, and they are correctly figured (as they appear

under a lens of one-tenth of an inch focus) in Johnston’s ‘ British

Sponges,’ p. 61 ;—as well as certain filaments, which the day

after a piece of sponge has been treated in the way which I have

just mentioned, may be seen extended from them, terminating

or not in little transparent bulbs; floating, or fixed by their ex-

tremities, branching irregularly, long or short, each branch ter-

minating or not in a bulb, and presenting similar pedicellated

bulbs here and there in its course; when fixed on the watch-

glass, disposed irregularly in straight. lines intersecting each

other,—radiating from a common centre or bulb, or in the form

of an areolar membrane; frequently moniliform, as if they grew

by the addition of cells to their free extremities.

The aggregated position of the animals I have described, im-

bedded in the transparent tissue of the sponge, bears a great re-

semblance to that of some of the Compound Tunicated Animals ;

especially in their ultimate development into a mass, intersected

in all directions by canals, to allow of the presence of that ele-

ment which is necessary for their existence,—the freedom they

possess in the early part of their life, of moving through the

water or creeping over the surfaces of solid bodies, and their

ultimate destination of becoming permanently fixed im a granulo-

gelatinous mass, secreted or formed by themselves.

There is also a curious fact connected with the vitality of the

Freshwater Sponges, and I think it also prevails with the Sea

Sponges, for it was by observing the latter and their seed-like

bodies, in the amorphous species, that I was first led to notice it.

It is, that they may be taken out of their natural element, dried,

and kept for months, without losing their vitality. This I have

inferred from observing the sponges attached to the rocks on the

upper parts of the tanks, which are uncovered for many months

308 Mr. H. J. Carter on the Species, Structure, and Animality

of the year (indeed the greater part of it), to be now again in the

full performance of all their vital functions. I have not yet been

able to prove it entirely to my satisfaction by direct experiment,

but, on the.sides of a finger-glass in which 1 placed an old dried

portion of No. 1, about a month since, changing the water daily,

there are now growing atoms of new sponge visible to the naked

eye, and there are large portions of the original mass adhering to

other objects in the same vessel ; but I have not yet been able to

satisfy myself of the presence of new tissue in the latter.

Supplementary note.—Since writing the above “ Notes,” I have

had the pleasure of reading Mr. Hogg’s “ Observations on the

Spongilla fluviatilis,” &c., published in the Transactions of the

Linnean Society, vol. xvii. part 38rd, wherein he advocates the

opinion of its vegetable nature; but when, in support of his

views, he quotes Dr. Johnston’s remark on Dujardin’s experi-

ments, p. 396,—viz. that “ locomotion is no proof of animality ;

several Alge are locomotive ;’—it must of course mean such

movements as do not appear to be directed by an instinctive

power; for there are certain changes of form accompanying

locomotion which convey an impression to the mind of, the pre-

sence of a guiding influence, beyond anything that is met with

in the vegetable kingdom, and which would seem to require no

additional evidence to prove to the observer that he is regarding

motions peculiar to animal life. Such appear to me to be evinced

by the young Spongille.

Moreover, I have ascertained by experiment, that when the

transparent spherical capsules which contain the granules within

the seed-like bodies (in No. 4) are liberated (by breaking open

the latter under water in a watch-glass), their first act is to burst :

this takes place during the first thirty-six hours; and their gra-

‘ nules, which will presently be, seen to be the true ova of a pro-

teaniform infusorium, varying in diameter from about the 1-4300th

part of an inch to a mere point, gradually and uniformly become

spread over the surface of the watch-glass. On the second or

third day (for this varies), each granule will be observed to be

provided with an extensible, pseudo-pediform base; and the day

after most of the largest may be seen slowly progressing by its

aid, or gliding over the surface of the watch-glass in a globular

form, by means of some other locomotive organs*. During the

time that these changes are going on, the smaller granules, most

of which also have an extensible base, amass themselves together

in irregularly formed portions of granulo-gelatinous matter,

while a few of the more matured animals, averaging 1—300th

part of an inch in length when extended, may generally be ob-

* The same changes take place in the granular matter from the dried

seed-like body. 7

of the Freshwater Sponges in the Tanks of Bombay. 309

served creeping about, singly or in pairs, with a number of glo-

bular bodies within them, varying in diameter from the 1-2150th

to the 1-1075th of an inch ; similar bodies also may be seen here

and there, singly or associated together, fixed to the watch-glass

by a plastic granulo-gelatinous matter, and bound down by fila-

mentous threads (such as I have before mentioned) parting from

them in different directions. After some days, from being nearly

transparent in the first instance, the granular matter with which

they are filled becomes more defined and evident, and as they

enlarge, their circumference presents a cortical investment like

that of the seed-like bodies; their colour also becomes brownish,

and their circumference, from being at first smooth and defined,

rough and irregular ; they appear to be motionless in themselves,

however much the matter contained within them may assume

different shapes, and that peculiarity connected with their size

and general appearance is quite sufficient to distinguish them

from the granules of the matter in which they are imbedded.

In the different stages of development I have mentioned, these

bodies may be viewed, both within and without the more ma-

tured Protean, but, as I have not yet seen them deposited or

fixed to the watch-glass by the animal itself, 1 am unable con-:

fidently to state that they contain its proper ova; should they

prove to do so hereafter, the assumption that the animal itself

ultimately passes into the form of a seed-like body may not be

worth much. |

The development of the ovum appears to take place in the fol-

lowing way:—When first liberated from the spherical cells of the

seed-like bodies, it consists of an ovoid or globular sac of green-

ish homogeneous matter, surmounted by a. red spot, and inclosed

within a transparent envelope ; the former then changes in shape,

becomes granular, and its granules obtain a certain latitude of

motion ; thus transformed, it occupies and projects above the

upper part of its transparent envelope, which in its turn enlarges

and becomes spherical. Should the ovum in the commencement

not have been firmly bound down by the filamentous structure

to which I have alluded, the granulo-plastic matter, and the

agelomeration of the minute vibrating bodies which accumulate

around it, and which appear to be actively engaged in this part

of the process, it may become vagrant; but if otherwise, it has

probably become fixed for the whole period of its existence; un-

less, as I have observed in some gemmules when kept in distilled

water, that the whole community appear to find it necessary to

pies 2i and forsake their spicular structure to go in search of

ood.

The form of the young Proteans from the granular matter

taken from the seed-like bodies of Nos. 2 and 4 resembles P.

310 Mr. H.J. Carter on the Animality of Freshwater Sponges.

diffluens (Miiller)*; that which chiefly accompanies No. 4 is of

the figure given by Dujardin, to which I have already had occa-

sion to allude; while the vibrating bodies themselves, when com-

bined, take on the appearance of minute Proteans, and every

particle of the fixed transparent granulo-gelatinous matter, which

serves asa nidus for the whole, appears to be endowed with the

power of continually extending, retracting, and altering its

shape.

I have further observed, that the granulo-gelatinous trans-

parent matter has in some places arranged itself into the forms

of full-sized spicula, disposed in linear continuation, over-reach-

ing each other side by side, just as they are seen in the fibrous

structure of the old sponge; their surfaces however are not yet

silicified ; nor should I expect this to take place, as my experi-

ments have been conducted with distilled water, had not Dr.

Grant mentioned that siliceous spicula were formed in the gem-

mules of Spongilla which he nourished with rain-water.

Thus does every step towards the ultimate structure of the

Freshwater Sponge, every form that is taken by the living mat-_

ter of which it is composed, appear still more nearly to approxi-

mate it to the nature of the genera of Ehrenberg’s Pseudopodia.

In a subsequent communication received from the author, he

observes, that he has confounded two species under the head No.2,

and that the bright green coloured species there mentioned is

distinguished from all the rest by having a crust of double-

pointed smooth spicula round its seed-like bodies. He supposes

this to be Spongia lacustris (Linn.), Spongilla friabilis (Lam.).

Further, he observes respecting the animality of the Freshwater

Sponges, that the animals of which they are but a congeries are

identical with the infusorium Proteus; 1st, because they are

composed of a semi-transparent gelatinous matter; 2nd, because

this gelatinous matter is endowed with the power of altering its

shape atid of locomotion; 3rd, because in it are seen transpa-

rent cells (contracting vesicles) of various diameters from 1-9000th

part of an inch to a mere point (which he formerly supposed to

be sphinctral orifices), dilating and contracting themselves as in

other animaleules; and 4th, because this gelatinous matter is

provided with greenish yellow granules moving with, and espe-

cially characteristic of both the Proteus and the animal of the

sponge. ;

He regards the Proteus as being more active in changing its

shape, &c. than the animals of the sponge when first torn from

each other, from the habits of the former having been vagrant

* Blainville, Manuel d’Actinologie (Atlas, pl. 11. fig. 12).

Bibliographical Notices. 311

perhaps from the commencement and its full development thereby

having been unimpeded, and states that the Proteus feeds upon

its like as well as upon other matter, inclosing its food within its

own substance after the manner of the Hydra.

While examining the transparent border of a portion of sponge

growing from the seed-like bodies, he has observed the contract-

ing vesicles distinctly, and a little within this, the animals them-

selves distinguishable, though amassed together and ever chan-

ging their form; but he does not appear to have ever seen them

inclose an object within their substance after the manner of the

Proteus.

In the development of the contents of the sporangia or seed-

like bodies, he observes, that when the latter are opened under

water in a watch-glass, the transparent cells within them, having

been eliminated, swell and are bursted by the imbibition (endos-

mose) of that fluid ; and that then the true ova of the Sponge with

which they are filled, spread themselves over the surface of the

vessel. Each ovum appears, not to be globular: or ovoid as he

formerly supposed, but discoidal, very much resembling in size

and appearance the globules of the blood, it being only when

they are turned on their edges that they appear ovoid. The red

spot in their centre he also now thinks to be an optical illusion,

while he has every reason to believe that the ovum retains its

planiform state until its transparent vesicles and granules have

become developed and the power of locomotion in it fully esta-

blished.— Ep. 3

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

Rare and Remarkable Animals of Scotland, represented from living

Subjects; with practical Observations on their Nature. By Sir

Joun Granam Datyett, Bart. Volume first, containing fifty-

three coloured Plates. London: John Van Voorst, Paternoster

Row, 1847. 4to. Pp. 270. ‘

{Continued from p, 139.]

Tue most interesting chapter in this interesting volume is that

which narrates the history of the Hydra tuba. This marine animal

is called a Hydra by our author because it has the form and the cha-

racters of the freshwater polypes, and possesses also their qualities—

their greed of living prey (p. 87), their proliferous evolution of

young, their endurance of privations, their power to recover from

apparently immedicable wounds, and their strange germinations and

monstrosities under the influence and direction of the experimen-

talist (p. 93). This hydra is found attached to submarine bodies ;

the body is fleshy, inversely conical, encircled on the oral disc with

312 Bibliographical Notices.

a series of long slender thread-like tentacula,—and thus it lives ap-

parently for an indeterminate period, exercising all the functions of a

perfect and adult animal even to the repeated production of young

in all respects alike to the parent. So it lives until, from some un-

known causes, a change comes over it, and it begins to unveil itself,

and to exhibit one of the most wonderful revelations in animal trans-

mutations. A pendulous column or roll is observed as if implanted

on the disc of the hydra; at first it is faintly indented by circles and

is terminated by a circular row of tentacula; the indenting circles

become more deeply waved, the tentacula shorter until they are ob-

literated ; and then each roll of the column is successively separated

and liberated from the others until the whole embryonic column is

dissolved, the individual rolls floating at freedom in the bosom of the

waters, obviously the young of one of those large Medusz which

swarm our seas in the months of the latter summer and autumn !—

Now this short sketch of the metamorphosis is not of any new dis-

covery, for Sars had made us in some degree acquainted with it, but

the account of it given by Sir John Dalyell excels all others in full-

ness and completeness, and in its freedom from conjectural explica-

tions. The metamorphosis itself is wonderfully curious, but what

strikes us as the most unaccountable fact in the process is the un-

certainty of the periods at which the change shall take place. The

Hydra tuba shall remain for years a hydra propagating its kind, and

we know of no data to fix the period when it shall begin the process

of change into its mature and final state; and, to add wonder to

wonder, having cast off several of these medusean embryos, a basis

remains out of which another Hydra tuba shall arise, to go through

the same hydra life and the same medusean metamorphoses as its

predecessor. We suppose that these facts—for facts they are—will

not support the opinions of Steenstrup on alternating generations,

nor can even be reconciled with them.

The way in which Sir John discovered that the Hydra tuba was

the embryo of a Medusa was this: he took a large Medusa, of unde-

termined species but beautifully figured on plate 15, and placing it

in a vase of sea-water the spawn—“‘‘ a brownish matter hike dust’””—

was shed from its ovarian fringes and settled at the bottom. This

spawn consisted of ‘‘ an host of animated creatures in quick and va-

ried motion,’”’ partaking much of the nature of the planules of the Ser-

tularians. The changes they rapidly underwent were noted and de-

lineated ; and in eleven or twelve days after ‘‘ the. planule had been

discharged from the unwieldy Medusa, it was converted to a sta-

tionary hydra.” (p. 105.) ‘‘ This new animal was provided with a

complement of eight arms, yet so immature as to be of unequal

dimensions. Different groups, under metamorphosis, showed the

utmost irregularity in respect to evolution, to their shape and pro-

portions : nor was it until thirteen days later, or three weeks after

their birth, that any appeared with eight regular tentacula. ‘Thus

was a most perplexing problem solved—the Hydra tuba proved to

have sprung of a Medusa.” (p. 105.) :

The progress of discovery went on. Sir John had ‘remarked

Bibliographical Notices. 313

colonies of mintite transparent animals swimming in vessels of sea-

water, during the monthsof February, March and April. ‘Their general

aspect very much resembled a flock of birds in distant flight, as re-

presented by landscape painters. After being transferred to vessels

free of other subjects, they continued several days in activity and

then disappeared. I could not account either for their origin or their

transience. They occurred only at rare intervals, and always iden-

tically under the same form.” (p. 111.) These very minute beings,

for the expansion of an individual is only between one and two lines,

were evidently allied to the Meduse ‘“ both in configuration and in

habits,’ but they differed from the Medusz in the early date of their

appearance. ‘T’o distinguish them Sir John called the species Me-

dusa bifida, and we have it minutely described and variously figured.

Sir John was first led to remark that it was chiefly observed in ves-

sels containing the Hydra tuba (p. 114); and subsequently, and as it

were by accident, he discovered that the hydra was in fact their

source ; and moreover that the hydra was identical with the Strobila

of Sars! The discovery is told in a most interesting manner, and

with a truthfulness which there is no gainsaying.

We shall quote only a few of the many passages we have marked,

previously observing that the Hydra tuba in its strobila-form is some-

thing like a fir-cone or a cylinder cut into several whorls, each whorl,

when detached, becoming what is named the Medusa bifida. The

strobila throws off these whorls in succession to the number of from

ten to twenty, when the basis, as already stated, reassumes the form

and habits of the hydra.

‘* First, a smooth fleshy bulb sustained a cylinder of about half its

own diameter, indented by plain circles, which were soon converted

to waving curvatures. A row of twenty or twenty-four tentacula

crowned the summit of the cylinder, which row disappeared or was

obliterated as the waving in its vicinity deepened, and the diameter

of the cylinder there expanded, that is, towards the summit. Con-

comitant on obliteration of the terminal row, a new circle of tenta-

cula, at first few, but gradually augmenting, was emerging from

around the bulb, while the struggles of Medusz, into which the

waving strata were evolving, accomplished their liberation to swim

unconstrained in the surrounding element.” (p. 121.)

‘« Certain facts admit of no dispute; such as the existence of a

vigorous hydra attached to a solid substance, with long flowing silky

tentacula ; an alteration in the figure of the body, or the formation of

an embryonic roll of Medusz on the disc; the gradual maturity of

each Medusa and its liberation from the roll; the disappearance of

the original tentacula of the hydra; the emerging of a new circle

of tentacula from a smooth fleshy bulb, sustaining the embryonic

roll, as the former are obliterated, and as the Meduse approach ma-

turity ; the evolution of thisfleshy bulb as a perfect hydra, along with

their departure, which becomes the parent of progeny by gemma-

tion, and its permanence as an independent animal.” (p. 122-3.)

** All the Meduse in the embryonic roll are separate and distinct

animals. Each is in close application to that which is next below,

if itself be uppermost, or lies between two if intermediate. The pro-

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol.i. 21

314 Bibliographical Notices.

boscis is outermost if the individual be uppermost in the roll; thus

all lie in the same direction, the proboscis outermost, as the Medusa

escapes, from the next left behind. When the last remains in ad-

hesion to the fleshy bulb, its proboscis projects outwards also. Thus

the under surface of the embryo is always outwards, while a portion

of the roll.” (p. 124.)

“« Although by repeated, long, and painful observation, I have en-

deavoured to learn the history of the Hydra tuba and the Meduse

originating from it, my purpose has been but partially attained. I

have selected many individuals, and I have chosen*colonies of both,

to discover whatever changes they should undergo. The hydra grew,

it fed, it bred, its existence was long. The Medusa lived, it neither

fed nor bred, its existence was infinitely shorter ; nor did it undergo

the smallest change from the first moment of liberation for fifty-five

days. Its life could not be protracted, on any occasion, beyond sixty

days. Between the form and habits of these two animals there i is not

the smallest correspondence.” (p. 128.)

We pass on to take a cursory notice of our author’s account of the

Ascidian Zoophytes.

Plates 43 and 44 illustrate Cellularia loriculata. ‘‘'The hydra is

minute, lively and active, almost transparent or dingy white; it

seldom protrudes from its dwelling, which has scarcely any percep-

tible margin. When doing so, twelve is the usual number of tenta-

cula displayed. Some have fourteen.” (p. 234.) Farre says ye the

tentacula are only ten in number.

Cellularia reptans occupies plate 45. The hydra has twelve ten-

tacula.

Cellularia fastigiata is the subject of plate 46. The hydra has six-

teen or eighteen tentacula.

Cellularia ciliata forms the subject of a pretty plate, no. 47. ‘ Natio

of the numerous tribe of Corallines can exceed the symmetry, ele-

gance and beauty of this interesting product waving amidst the

waters. The singularity of its parts and proportions seem to have

originated with the vigorous efforts of a sportive organic nature.”

(p.239.)—To the vigorous enthusiasm which dictates such a passage,

and there are many such in the volume, we owe the strength which

supported our author in his long yet unwearied labours.—The hydra

has from twelve to fourteen tentacula, and is remarkably vivacious.

Cellularia avicularis is figured in plates 48 and 49. Of the latter

we know not what to say: it does not please us, and is useless as a

scientific drawing, however imposing it may look to the amateur or

artist... Sir John has found the species only as a parasite on the

Flustra truncata. ‘* A lively ascidian hydra with fourteen, fifteen,

and, I believe; sometimes sixteen tentacula, inhabits the cells.”

(p. 242.)

The bird’s-head processes or avicularia our author has seen on

Cellularia ciliata, fastigiata, avicularis, and Flustra Murrayana. The

obscurity which hangs over their function has not been lessened or

removed by his researches ; and the conjecture which he throws out

doubtingly that they may be parasitical seems to us altogether un-

Botanical Society of Edinburgh. 315

tenable. ‘‘I cannot believe,” says Sir John, ‘‘ that it (the avicu-

larium) is connected with the hydra, from finding it seated and ac-

tive on the side of those cells wherein there are none. Nevertheless,

it is an integral part of the zoophyte, in so far as being generated

along with new or reproducing portions. This, indeed, does not

exclude the character of a parasite ; for I have understood that those

infesting the larger animals sometimes occur in the foetus.” (p. 245.)

Valkeria imbricata is well-figured on plate 50; V. cuscuta on

plate 51, and on the same plate V. spinosa in a less satisfactory and

less complete manner.

Sir John is of opinion that the genus Serialaria is unnecessary;

and he places its only species in the genus Valkeria. It forms the

subject of plate 52. The cells are not ranged in a straight line in

single series as usually described, but ‘‘ in partial alternation, the

convex side of one being applied to the opposite recess formed by

the union of two, somewhat like the position of two rows of cells in

a honeycomb.” (p. 250.) Like all Valkeria, the polype has eight

tentacula. °

Bowerbankia repens and B. densa are figured in plate 58, and the

species are described in the text. But beyond furnishing us with a

series of interesting figures and authentic and original descriptions,

we do not find that our author has added any novelty to our know-

ledge of ascidian zoophytes, beyond some additions to their external

anatomy and some corrections of less careful observers.

And now we bid a farewell—we trust a short one—to our author,

whose book has engrossed very pleasantly some days of our leisure.

We learn that his portefeuille contains many similar memoirs to

those herein published, and we could wish to have the influence of

hastening also their publication; but surely such influence, if pos-

sessed, is unnecessary, for in the honourable fame this volume has

secured for Sir John Graham Dalyell there is enough to urge him

on to the completion of his ever-during monument.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH.

Feb. 10, 1848.—The Rev. Dr. Fleming, President, in the Chair.

The following communication was read :—

«« An Account of a Botanical Excursion to Braemar, Clova, and Ben

Lawers, with his pupils, in August 1847,” by Professor Balfour.

Having made some general observations on the botany of the alpine

districts of Scotland, Dr. Balfour proceeded to give a detailed ac-

count of the localities visited and the plants gathered. From Aber-

deen the party went to Ballater, thence by Lochnagar to Castleton

of Braemar, where theyremained ten days, examining Ben Aven, Ben-

na-Muich-Dhui (on the top of which they slept for a night), Cairn

Toul, Breriach, Glen Callater, Clova, Glen Isla, &c. Leaving Brae-

mar, they walked by Glen Tilt to Blair Athol, and thence by the Pass

of Killiecrankie to Kenmore, Ben Lawers and Loch Lomond. All

the usual, and many very rare alpine species were gathered. Carex

316 Miscellaneous.

leporina was picked both on Lochnagar and on Cairn Toul; Carea’

vaginata was found on every hill in the Braemar district; Woodsia

hyperborea was gathered in Glen Isla, Glen Phee, Clova, and on Ben

Lawers ; Luzula arcuata was seen on all the lofty summits in the

vicinity of Ben-na-Muich-Dhui ; Mulyedium alpinum was detected in

considerable quantity on Lochnagar ; also a beautiful variety of Hie-

racium alpinum with remarkably long leaves and involucres covered

with long white silky hairs : itis A. alpinum var. longifolium of ‘ Flora

Silesia.’ In the vicinity of Ballater, and also in Glen Tilt, Eguisetum

umbrosum grew in profusion. The sides of Loch Etichan and the

rocks near Loch Aven were covered with numerous alpine varieties

of Hieracia, presenting remarkable transition forms: among them

were H. alpinum, Halleri, nigrescens, Lawsoni, &c. Orobus niger

was gathered at the Pass of Killiecrankie.

Dr. Balfour then made some remarks on the progress of vegetation

in the vicinity of Edinburgh and the injury done by the late frost, in

the course of which he stated that Galanthus nivalis was in flower in

the Botanic Garden, and Eranthis re in Dr. Neill’s garden on

the 10th inst.

MISCELLANEOUS.

THE COMMON FLEA (PULEX IRRITANS).

Everysopy knows that common domestic insect, the flea; but it is

not everybody who. knows that it undergoes a series of changes as

singular as those of the butterfly or beetle ; being first a minute egg,

then a long slender worm-like larva, then an inactive pupa inclosed

within a cocoon spun by the larva; and lastly, the perfect flea itself.

My object in this article is to describe these transformations, and to

add a practical suggestion for the easy destruction of these little pests.

During the course of the past summer, having dropped a very minute

insect on the floor of my library, close to the spot where one of my

spaniels is in the habit of lying near my feet, I was obliged, in order

to find it, to sweep the carpet very carefully with a fine brush upon

a piece of white paper. By doing this I found my specimen ; but I

also discovered a number of very small, white, worm-like larve,

which I immediately recognised as those of the common flea. I

was not sorry to make this discovery, being anxious to examine the

structure of this larva, and especially that of the parts of its mouth

(hitherto undescribed), in consequence of the interesting position

which the perfect insect occupies in the classification of hexapod in-

sects, forming, as it does, a separate order, to which the name of

Aphaniptera has been applied, from no wings being visible upon the

insect, although their representatives exist in the shape of two flat-

tened scales on the sides of the body attached to the proper wing-

bearing segment.

The female flea deposits about a dozen white, slimy eggs of an

oval form (fig. a, one of the eggs very highly magnified), and which

are of a rather large size in proportion to that of the parent insect.

The larve are hatched in summer at the end of five or six days. They

are at first white, but subsequently assume a slight reddish tinge,

Miscellaneous. 317

with a dark, longitudinal streak down the back, which is the dorsal

vessel. They are long and slender (fig. ) represents a group of four

of them of the natural size, and fig. c one of them highly magnified),

The body consists of thirteen segments, gradually but slightly

tapering towards the head, the. segments being armed at the sides

with strong bristles. ‘They are destitute of legs, but are nevertheless

able to crawl along with great rapidity, using the parts of the mouth

and the appendages at the end of the body in locomotion. When

disturbed they writhe about in a serpentine direction, or coil themselves

up spirally remaining for a short time immoveable, and thus easily

escape observation. ‘The head is small and conical, furnished with

two short antenne composed apparently of two joints, the basal one

being very short, and the outer one terminated by a bristle (fig. d re-

presents the front of the head seen from above, very highly magni-

fied) ; the mouth is furnished with two large brown horny jaws, point-

ed in a slight hook at the tips (fig. d**), and the lower part of the

mouthseemsto consist of a large fleshy somewhat bilobed lip, furnished

with two very minute two-jointed palpi. I also observed a small

semi-globular tubercle on each side of the head behind the antennz,

which may be the rudimental eyes. The terminal segment of the

body is furnished with two small deflexed hooks, preceded by a co-

ronet of minute sete, and which are evidently employed in walking.

When. full-grown these larve assume the pupa state, having first

entirely voided the remains of their undigested food, as is the custom

with other larve. All the larve which I kept encased themselves

within a cocoon of a silky texture and of an ellipsoid form, of a

whitish colour within and grayish externally, often covered with

minute particles of the adjacent materials. Rosel, however, observed

that some of the larve underwent these changes without forming a

cocoon. The pupa inclosed within the cocoon bears considerable

resemblance to the perfect insect, with this difference, that the legs

are folded close on the sides of. the body, and the insect is inclosed

within a thin pellicle, each of the limbs being covered by a distinct

case ; of course during this period the insect remains quite inactive,

but as soon as the period for its final transformation arrives, it

stretches forth its limbs, and casts off the thin pellicle with which

it had heen covered, and then appears as a perfect flea. Figure e

represents the pupa highly magnified, with the cast skin of the larva

(fig. f) attached to the extremity of its body.

318 Miscellaneous.

One curious question still remains to be decided in the natural

history of this insect, namely, the nature of the food of the larva.

Although the perfect insect is generally found on warm-blooded ani-

mals and man, there is no question that it is capable of breeding to

a vast extent in places not frequented by such animals. Rooms left

for a long time vacant, and some hot sandy localities, may be found

occasionally swarming witb fleas. At all events the larvee are never

found on the animals attacked by the perfect insects. M. De France,

who endeavoured to determine the question, found numerous small

black grains in company with the eggs or larve of the flea, and which

he asserts become the food of the larve, being nothing else than

dried drops of congealed blood, which, upon being moistened, imme-

diately re-assume a fluid state and red colour. ‘These grains have

been generally regarded as the excrement of the perfect fleas, but

M. De France considers them to be in fact drops of blood which have

fallen from the wounds made by the flea. My own opinion, now that

the remarkably powerful structure of the jaws of the mouth has been .

discovered, is rather that the larvee roam about and feed upon hairs

or particles of woollen or feathers lying on the spots frequented by the

animals attacked by the perfect flea.

The knowledge of these facts in the ceconomy of this insect sug-

gests that by carefully sweeping carpets, mats, &c., on which dogs

or cats are in the habit of lying, and by collecting the sweepings in

a dust-pan and burning them (instead of allowing the larve to creep

away into cracks of the floor or even in the hollows between the

threads of the carpet), we may destroy the larve in great numbers,

and thus prevent them from arriving at their perfect troublesome form.

—J.O.W. in the Gardeners’ Chronicle for March 4.

Instance of a singular Anomaly in the History of the Honey Bee.

By Georce Daruine, Esq. ~

Mons. Huber, in his wonderful and accurate researches into the

history of the Honey Bee, discovered that, if a young queen passes the

twenty-first day without intercourse with the drone, she will be only

partially fertile, aying nothing but the eggs of drone brood ; nor does

she lay these eggs in the appropriate comb, but in the comb proper

for workers. ‘This curious fact [ have seen proved several times ;

but one not noticed by the careful Frenchman came under my obser-

vation this summer. I had placed a young queen in asmall experi-

mental hive ; she was very soon impregnated, and filled a sheet of

comb with eggs. I removed her to another hive, and, in the usual

time, the bees turned out several young brood for queens to make up

for her loss. One of these, at the proper time, emerged from the cell,

and destroyed the others. Three days after hatching she began to

lay eggs, and as I supposed all right, but about a week after, when

I examined the hive, I found the queen thrown out, and three cells

converted into royal ones; but to my surprise, I found that all the

grubs were drones, both those in the forced royal cells, and those

through the combs ; and I have no doubt that the bees had, on find-

ing their queen imperfect in her functions, killed and thrown her out ;

but here their instinct had not been sufficient to teach them that a

Meteorological Observations. 319

drone grub could not be converted into a queen, for they sealed up

the grubs and waited patiently the time for their hatching. The

young drones never hatched, but shrivelled in the cells, which would

lead to the conclusion that the food suitable for a young queen is not

adapted to bring a drone to perfection.— From the Transactions of the

Berwickshire Naturalists’ Club, vol. ii. p. 205.

METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS FOR FEB. 1848.

Chiswick.—February 1, 2. Clear and fine. 93. Cloudy. 4. Overcast: rain.

5. Densely-overcast: heavy rain at night. 6. Overcast and mild. 7. Densely

overcast: rain, 8, Cloudy and fine. 9. Cloudy: boisterous: clear. 10. Very

fine: heavy rain at night. 11,12. Very fine. 13, Overcast. 14. Rain. 15.

Densely overcast: rain, 16, Frosty: clear and fine. 17. Clear: cloudy and

fine. 18. Fine. 19. Rain: hazy and damp. 20. Foggy: cloudy: clear.

21. Overcast: rain. 22. Rain. 23. Heavy clouds: fine. 24. Densely overcast:

rain. 25. Rain: showery. 26. Barometer most remarkably low : boisterous,

with heavy rain. 27. Heavy rain: clear and boisterous at night. 28. Fine:

clear, 29. Very clear: bvisterous, with rain at night.

Mean temperature of the Month ......secccsseccesscssesssesevees 39°62

Mean temperature of Feb. 1847 .....sscseceseesesceees sipetesces SATO

Mean temperature of Feb. for the last twenty years ......... 39 *32

Average amount of rain in Feb. ........cceseseesescessessseesees 1°95inch.

Boston.—Feb. 1, 2. Fine. » 3. Cloudy. 4. Rain. 5. Cloudy: rain p.m.

6. Rain. 7. Cloudy. 8. Cloudy: rainr.m. 9. Cloudy: rain early a.m. : rain

a.M. 10—13. Fine. 14. Rain: rainp.m. 15. Cloudy: rain early am. 16—

18, Fine. 19. Cloudy: snowearly a.m. 20. Rain. 21. Fine: rain p.m,

22. Cloudy: raine.m. 23. Fine: rainer.m. 24. Cloudy: rain p.m. 25. Fine.

26. Fine: rainearly a.m. 27. Cloudy: rain early a.m.: raina.m. 28. Cloudy.

29. Fine. ;

Applegarth Manse, Dumfries-shire.— Feb. 1. Hard frost a.m.: thaw and rain

pM, 2. Thaw: threatening frost again. 3. Thaw: rain: high wind. 4. Heavy

rain: snow gone. 5. Heavy rain: floods. 6, Moist a.m.: showery p.m. 7. Thick

fog ending in rain. 8. Heavy rainallday. 9. Rain a.m.: cleared: rain p.m.

10. Slight showers. 11. Very fine spring day. 12. Dull morning: wet p.m.

13. Heavy rain and high winds. 14. Fair, but threatening change. 15. Rain

allday. 16. Frost: a shower of snow. 17. Hard frost: hills white: snow. 18.

Hard frost: rain p.m. 19. Showery. 20. Beautiful day: slight frost a.m.

21. Raw frost A.M. : moist. 22. Storm of rain and wind: flood. 23. Stormy day :

violent showers, 24. Snow for two hours: heavy rain. 25. Fair aud milder.

26. Fair a.m: drizzle pm. 27. Heavy rain all day. 28. Heavy rain: thunder.

29. Showers: hail.

Mean temperature of the month .......eccessceeeees aosseh) 401

Mean temperature of Feb. 1847 .......... ib aaee oho sanlaaiae? 36 °2

Mean temperature of Feb. for twenty-five years......... 37 °3

MOAIOR $2050; Sekgadenes Seba g ere TAR ES oe ret crs auktoneenaaieeee ee 5°53 inches,

Mean rain in Feb. for twenty years ......... oe evews seven SOREL

Sandwick Manse, Orkney.—Feb. 1. Snow showers: cloudy. 2. Frost: clear,

3. Cloudy: showers, 4, Rain: damp. 5. Snow-drift: snow. 6. Snow: cloudy.

7. Rain, 8. Bright: showers, 9, Cloudy: damp. 10. Rain: cloudy. 11.

Bright: cloudy. 12. Rain: showers. 13. Showers. 14. Showers: clear.

15. Damp: rain. 16,17. Bright: frost. 18. Sleet: rain. 19. Sleet-showers :

showers. 20. Bright: snow-shower:, 21, Snow:redaurora. 22, 23. Cloudy:

rain: aurora. 24, Bright: frost: fine: aurora. 25. Showers. 26. Cloudy:

showers. 27. Showers: rain. 28. Damp: rain. 29. Clear: cloudy.

The following are the averages for Dec. 1847, with which we have been fa-

voured by our correspondent the Rev. Ch. Clouston of Sandwick Manse, whose

usual report miscarried owing to the stormy weather which then prevailed :—

Barometer. Thermometer. Rain

A.M, P.M. A.M. P.M. in inches.

29°597 29°595 39°98 40°66 5°24

LS.G '€6-S |$9.2 |g0-€ | 0. : -SE:I9- : : - ; : : . re C.6'

O@ (EL-1)° "| €%- | om tms-m| tm | og ob | zr |#lL€} oF] 2b) LE | 6F | SL-8% | 06-82 | 62-82% |26-8% | 00-62 6£8-8z \ZOP-6z . *6z

Ze. |" BO. | 10+ |emsm i cmsm| *m | ems | OV | 2b | SE} OF}. LV) SE | OS | ZL-8% |090-82 | 76.8% |08-8% | 28.8% PRZ-6% 617-64 “8%

GI- |*""*"|Ol- |Z | ca ms—‘a} ‘s | ems | 6€ | FOV | ¥SE| OF! OF! ZH | SS |19-8% | 28.8% | HE-8z |69-8% | FS.9z |G6L-9z 'F01-6z! “Lz

£o. "| LI. | gb. | va | cau | yea] om ge | ov | 6€|#L7/S-07| GE | 19 | L0-6% |96-8% | L6-8% | 29-8% | SE.8% |ZSP-8z |60Z-6% 9%

GI. |****"|60- |91- | *a | -mu | ‘m lems | of | $Ze | Foe) 467} Sh] EF | VS | 26.8% |6L-8% | £L-8% | 09-8% | F9.8z |1£0-0€ |0S0-0€ | “Sz

Lt. |"*""""| Go. |P1- | a | *@ |oyea| ems | SE | FLE | ¥6e) for] Sv! F7 | ES |€0-6% | £0.6Z | PL-8z | L6-6% | 06-82 |oZ1-6z EZE-6z | “Fz

GL. |d9-1) LI. || cm | tm | tm | cms | PE | for | gf) LV) SV) IH | SS | PL-g% |9P-8% | 96-8% gS-8% | 89.82 |Z00-6Z /1PE-6z “€%

sreeeesreees) 60, 190. | ass cms | *m | cms | FOE | Le lee! Fey! 1”) 6€ | 19 | LP-8% | 28.8% | 79-8% F0-6% | 01-6: \ZF1-62 SLP-6z ‘ZZ

61. "OP. | 11. | peo: -m | *m | sms | $66} OF | EF) ZV) OF! GE | OV. | 19-60 | EV-6% | ZV-6z 61-6% | 8-62 $6S-6% 06L-6% “12

BS. rennin SO. | ew | cm fUBD| ma} LE | SEF fo! Ob} oF! GZ | 8h | Zb.6% 109.6% | 99-62 | 0£-6% | S0.6% P9E-6% |PPL-62 - “oz

Go. ttl" ZO. | om tmsm| ms | tm | LE | Sap }$ge) for! Le|-s€ | 6P | £z-6% | 02-62% | 9-62 | 9F-6% | SP-6% '€S9-6z |gLL-6z “610

*eerceievereriroree" OT. | mss *mS-°8| Ud]: -'s av | 6€ | 92/f0V |S-2E| St | BP | HE.6% | 08-62% | H9-6% |SI-0€ | g0-0€ Z81-0£ /OZP-0€ “SI

seerseleeeeee|eereesiseeeee! og | cog |uufea| ‘ou | $PE | Se |fgs| 17] SE! 6% | SV | 9z-0€ |1£-0€ | 1€-0€ |HZ-0€ | 16.6% \PPZ-0F 'OFF-0F | “LI

oP. foo | cu Mua] WOE) co Se} fop | s€| for) SE) Sa | VP | 1L-0€ |08-6z | 96-63 | 69-62 | OF-6z |E1L-6% 996-60 “91

Il; |""°'""| ZG. |€0. | ca | sms |uyeo| *s | §gE| oF | f6E| EF) SH) 9% | OV |Sb.6a |EP-62 | O£-6z | €€-6% 01-62 |VL1-60 PHS-6, °S1

SI. tet|t| PO. | ta | cms | tm | cms | S96 | Sop | b| FOS! 29} gv | ES | 9.6% |G1-6% | HF-6% | PP-6% oF-6% 8S9-6z €98-6%) “FI

Lg. jreeres|teteee|eeere| ems | ems [uuyeo| cms | EP |. op | ¥Qe| 19/9-Lb) LV | 19 |L0.6% |Z1-6% | SE-6% | 19-6% | 95-62 9£6-6z '1S0-0£ | “EI

GI- [rereeejsereeeieeree) om | ms jurpeo| sm | €h | ob |fPE| LH} OF) OF | BP | 00-64 | LI-6Z | 0S-6% | 19-62 | 09-62 |268-6% 9F6-62| “ZI

Teteeeieeceveleoeeeelerrerrlemum wm | ued | «mu | SE] CP |fPE|) Bh} sf! of | LV | ZE.6z | 10-6Z | 8-62 | 96-82% | ZL-8z |P86-8% SFS-6% “11 C

QI. "| 0. | SG. | cu | cms |uyed| sms | ge | for |¥ge\fer| of| LE | 6V | Lo.gz | 8P-g% | 69-8% | SS-8% | LS-gz |OPS-8z 986-8Z| *O1

90. |""*"**| 79. | 10. | ‘au | ‘ms |uyeo} ms | ob | Iv |fSh! Bh} 6P| OF | 19 |LL.8% | 98-82 |9S-8% | P9-8% | 29-82% |LZ0-6Z 960-62 | 6

9%- OG-1|"°"""""| 9%. | *as | “Ss | mye | “ms iv | 17 | 9¢| LV) €V) PV | ZS /St-6% | €S.6z | 02-62% | 69-6Z | PV-6% [769-62 698-62) *8

OP. |***"**| 90. | GZ. |*msm| mss | mss | cms | PP | $96 | Bf} OF] OF| OF | ZS | 00.6% |SL.6z | 19-6% | 01-62 | FS-6% |g18-6z L66-62 | *L

*eeseeierreee) OT. | 10. | “Osa ; oud | UTRD | “AA Ge |. Se |Fle|f6P|S-1S| ov | SS |E1-0€ |0Z.0€ | 76.6% | 766% | €9-6% |SL0-0€ 6€1-0€ | *9

go. |"*"""'| Po. |€z. | a | cms | uyeo| «ms | $zE | ze | SP] Zo] €9| gh | €S- |90-0€ |26-6z | 0-62 |69°62 | $9.62 |690-0£ 001-08 | “S ©

CQ. |r|" C0. | cu | cms | ms | cms | OF | Le} oy} Lb] ob] 6€ | 19 |69.6z |9£.6z | £9.62 |99-6% | €L-6Z |111-0€ |LO1-0€ | “PV

GO. |rerers|eere*"1 TO. | sms | *s | msm} cms | Qh | Cp | foe) cp] LE|.€€ | OV | 68.6% |S9.6z | SL-6% | 06-62% | 76-62 |17Z-0F |f9£-08 | *€

QB. joreeet[seeeesieeeees] ems | cama | ma | sm | $17 | 62 | FP F1V| gf| 6% | OV | 29.6% |06-62 | L6-6% | 88-62 | 9L-62. |EST-0€ |SI€-08 | *%

"ttreelccsessieoeeeleoeeee| err iemsrou] “mu | “Mu |] Tf | 1€ | $60| 7919-66). 9% | LE |0L-6% |€S-62 | OL-6% | 09-62% | SV-62. |€9L-62|1L0-0€ | “I

ie) y red Feo = *ul'd “n't ‘urd *ul’? v ‘ qq

ES $2 ae Eo ae e 2 ge | 5S 5 e | ew 3 e | ts | 36 6 6 |p. A | RN grt

agi32\ So | 2 | 48-| 32 |S 4 BS l— Pe z . cS

Pele | PF | Be] TR] P| PR) Re | atulina|#P | seme | BAR? fonwrmwung| FF | sem | es

=“

“Urey "pur *19J9MOW IO, *19}0ULOIe Se

* Fh

"RANYUQ) ‘asunpy younpung yo ‘uoysnoy]D *d ‘Ady 247 49 puy {auIHs-saluaMag ‘asunyy yzwvsagddp yo ‘requnq * AA *AdY 247 49 fNoLsog

70 ‘\)80 \ ‘AI 49 Suopuo'yT avau ‘xdIMSIHD 70 Aya100g jounynaysozy ay7 fo uapsny ayz yo uosdwoyy, ‘AN 49 apo suocrnasasgy v2rGojoL0a}a]y

- ties of the rays, is a circle of

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SECOND SERIES.]

No. 5. MAY 1848.

XXXII.—-On a new British species of Campylodiscus.

By W. C. Witu1amson..

Wuitst examining some sand dredged up by George Barlee,

Esq. from a depth of sixty fathoms, off the coast of Skye, I was

fortunate enough to meet with a remarkably fine species of

Campylodiscus, which does not appear to have been hitherto

described.

It presents a nearly orbicular disc, which, though slightly

saddle-shaped, is considerably less curved than the Bohemian

C. clypeus, and still less so than the C. zonalis of Mr. J. Phillips.

The centre of the disc is perfectly smooth ; but around this is:a

circle of short, elegant projecting radii, which extend nearly to

the periphery, and give to the

whole the general aspect of

the face of a clock or watch ;

the radii representing the

figures marking the hours.

Within this ring, and closely

bordering the inner extremi-

very minute and slightly elon-

gated tubercles, like those

which surround the central

siliceous umbo of the Arach-

noidiscus Japonicus, but much

smaller. There are usually

four or five of these to each interspace separating the rays. A

similar circle; but with the tubercles rather more conspicuous and

elongated, connects the outer extremities of the rays with the ex-

treme margin of the disc. On the two elevated portions of the

inflected disc, the rays appear to be rather stronger than else-

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.2. Vol. i. 22

322 Dr. Dickie’s Notes of Diatomacee -

where, especially towards their outer extremities. It is the

zizth of an inch in diameter.

My specimen consists of at least three layers inclosing two

inner cavities, which contain a green endochrome. In this it

resembles many other allied forms. From what has appeared to

be a single disc of Arachnoidiscus Japonicus, I have separated as

many as six siliceous layers.

This separation into lamin, marking the existence of so many

individual frustules, reminds us of Meloseira and its allies ;—a

resemblance that becomes the more striking, when we remember

that as in Meloseira, the first frustules of Arachnoidiscus, Cocconetis

and many others are attached, as parasites, to some other body.

In the analytical table of the Bacillarie originally given by

Ehrenberg he includes many of these objects ; classing Cocconets,

Actinocyclus, and what he calls Bacillaria, together 1 in his group

of Naviculacee, and characterizing them as “ free,” in contradi-

stinction to his “fixed” forms, in which latter he includes Isthmia

and other genera. It appears evident, however, that Cocconets

and Arachnoidiscus are as “ fixed” when found .in situ as any of

the Diatomacee, and probably many of these.other allied genera

will eventually be found to exhibit the same feature when better

known. I have elsewhere* endeavoured to show the close rela-

tionship which exists between these discs and the already recog-

nized Diatomacee, and I cannot but think that by the time my

enthusiastic friend Mr. Ralfs resumes his valuable labours upon

the British species of this interesting group, he will find it ne-

cessary to include in his classification a large portion of our native

species of what are commonly called “ Siliceous Infusoria.”

I would propose for the above species of Campylodiscus the

name of-C. horologium.

Manchester, March 23, 1848.

XXXITI.—Notes of Diatomacez found in the stomachs of certain

Mollusca. By Grorez Dicxiz, M.D., Lecturer on Botany in

the University-and King’s College of Aberdeen t.

Proressor EK. Forses has remarked that the stomachs of fishes

are often zoological treasuries. The Haddock is a great concho-

logist ; the Cod is more devoted to the Echinodermata, having a

great taste for that tribe.

Certain Mollusca are equally indefatigable collectors of Dia-

tomacee ; they have been found in the stomachs‘of the Oyster,

* Memoirs of the Manchester Literary and Philosophical Society, vol. viii.

p- 48 ef seq.

t Read before the Botanical Society of Edinburgh, Mareh 9, 1848. -

found in the stomachs of certain Mollusca. 323

; Clam, &e.; and Dr. Hooker in the ‘ Botany of the Antarctic Voy-

age’ states, that the stomachs of Salpe and other (especially of

the naked) Mollusca invariably contain Diatomacee, sometimes

several species. These Sa/pe were washed up in masses on the

pack ice, and in decay they left the snow covered with animal

matter impregnated as it were with Diatomacee. He found that

the contents of the stomach of every Salpa, between the latitudes

of the North Tropic and 80° South, invariably contained the re-

mains of these minute plants. Dictyocha aculeata was universally

observed in the stomachs of those found off Victoria Barrier.

Mr. Lee has found them abundant in the stomach of the com-

mon Barnacle.

The following notes of species detected in the stomachs of

different species of Ascidia and of the freshwater Mussel (Mya

margaritifera, L.) may be worthy of record. They do not appear

to have the same discrimination as to their prey which the fishes

would seem to exercise, every object, whatever be its nature,

coming within the sphere of the currents produced by the cilia,

is swallowed, provided its size be not too great. The Ascidia

examined were from ‘depths varying from twenty-five to thirty

fathoms, and five to six miles from land.

A time was when there would have been some hesitation in

offermg to the Society such a communication as the present,

owing to the conviction that some of the organisms to which it

has reference really belonged to the animal kmgdom. The very

important discovery made by Mr. Thwaites, that they present

examples of conjugation like Zygnema, &c., leaves their true na-

ture no longer a donbtful question. There may still be some

dispute respecting the position occupied by such forms as Cosci-

nodiscus, Actinoptychus, &c.; but if it be admitted, and there

seems no reason for hesitation, that such genera as Meloseira and

its allies are true plants, it will not be difficult to understand also

the nature of those just mentioned, the transition from the one

to the other being obvious. .

Diatomacee found in the stomachs of diffrent species of

Ascidia :—

Eunotiee. Coeconoidee.

Epithemia Sorex, Ky.? Cocconeis Pediculus, Ehr.

Fragilariee. Doryphora amphiceros, Kg.

Fragilaria pectinalis, Ehr.

Diatoma flocculosum, 4g. Achnanthee.

Achnanthes longipes, 49.

Meloseiree.

Meloséira sulcata, ne - Cymbellee.

M. Jurgensii, dg.? Cymbella maculata, Kg.

Surirellee.

Surirella ? Gomphonemee.

Synedra levis, Ehr. Gomphonema pohlieforme, Kg.

‘ 22%

824 Notes of Diatomacce found in the stomachs of Mollusca.

Naviculee. Coscinodiscus eccentricus, Ehr.

Navicula Hippocampus, Ehr. Actinocyclus undulatus, Bailey.

Ceratoneis Closterium, Z&r. Actinoptychus senarius, Lhr.

Coscinodiscea. ey

Coscinodiscus Patina, Lhr. Actiniscea.

C. lineatus, Zhr. Dictyocha gracilis, Kg.

This list will afford some idea of the nature of the deposits

going on in the Aberdeen. bay at the depth and distance from

land already mentioned. | ;

The following species were evidently in a living state :—Melo-

siera sulcata, M. Jurgensii, Synedra levis, Navicula Hippocampus,

Surirella?, Coscinodiscus Patina, Actinoptychus senarius, and they

were also very common ; in this latter respect, however, they were

not superior to the Dictyocha and Doryphora.

_ Of those enumerated, the following are usually met with in

fresh water : Fragilaria pectinalis, Diatoma flocculosum, Cocconeis

Pediculus, Cymbella maculata and Gomphonema pohlieforme ; they

were also much less abundant than the others. Their presence

“is readily accounted for, when it is considered that two large

rivers, the Dee and Don, besides numerous smaller ‘streams,

empty themselves into the bay. Mr. Thwaites informs me that

he has found the Meloseira sulcata both in fresh and brackish

water. Some of the species mentioned are not uncommon in the

mud of our harbour.

Mixed up with the Diatomacee were numerous individuals

belonging to two or three forms of Foraminifera, also spicule of

a species of Grantia and fragments of Ulve, with particles of silex

in a finely divided state.

Some of those enumerated have a very extensive distribution :

Meloseira sulcata has been found at Melville Island, and by

Dr. Hooker at Victoria Barrier, where Coscinodiscus eccentricus

and C. lineatus also occur. These and others are abundant in

guano from Africa and. Peru, and are now in myriads mixed with

the soil of our fields, and their presence may perhaps at a future

time be a puzzle to some assiduous Philomikros who may be

ignorant. of the history of British agriculture.

Although temperature may exercise little influence over the

distribution of Diatomacee, it may not be irrelevant to record

here that of the sea m the Aberdeen bay, as ascertained by

Mr. James Stratton, whose observations were made occasionally

from March 1845 to September 1846 inclusive. The mean tem-

perature at a mean depth of 24°5 fathoms, four miles from land,

is 47°°7 F., being nearly one degree higher than that of the air

as observed in the vicinity of Aberdeen. The minimum took

place in March, being 395 F., exactly the mean temperature of

the ocean according to Sir J. C. Ross.

Dr. Greville on a new spectes of Spiridens. 825

The freshwater Mussel (Mya margaritifera, 1.) is abundant

in both the Dee and Don. © The specimens in whose intestines

the following Diatomacee occurred, were from the former river

eighteen miles inland.

Meridiee. Achnanthee.

Meridion circulare, Ag. Achnanthes minutissima, Zhr,.

Fragilariee. Cymbellee.

Cymbella flexella, Kitz.

Fragilaria |} is, L ;

eagle! pepe yl C. leptoceras, Kiitz. ?

Diatoma flocculosum, Ag.

D. tenue, 4g. Cocconema cymbiforme, Zhr.

Meloseiree. G h Gomp honemee. a

. . site. 2 omphonema geminatum, 4g.

Meloseira distans, Kiitz. G, pohlvetorme, Kits. ?

Surirellee, G. minutum, 4g.

nae Oe Ehr. 7 Naviculee.

ee Sore : Navicula rhomboides, Zhr,?

Cocconoidee. N. cuspidata, Kitz.

Cocconeis Pediculus, Ehr. N. viridis, Kutz.

_Intermixed with these were spicule of Spongilla. Generally

speaking the individuals of each species were of the minimum

size, certainly far less than that usually attained. Of those

brought within the sphere of the currents produced by the cilia,

the smaller alone Were swallowed. Of the species enumerated I

have found the following on our mountains at heights varying

from 2800 to 3800 feet: viz. Meridion circulare, Diatoma floccu-

losum, D. tenue, Meloseira distans?, Gomphonema pohlieforme,

G. minutum, Navicula rhomboides? and N. viridis. The Meloseira

I have found to constitute a considerable proportion of the fine

black mud found beneath patches of snow on Ben-na-Muich

Dhu.

XXXIV.—Notice of a new species of Spiridens.

By R. K. Grevitiz, LL.D. &c.*

[ With a Plate. ]

THE genus Spiridens, established by Nees von Esenbeck in the

11th volume of the ‘ Nova Acta Acad. Ces. Leopold. Car. Na-

ture Curiosorum,’ has hitherto contained the single species it

was constituted to receive, viz. Spiridens Rewiwardiiu. This most

noble of all mosses, as it is justly designated by Sir W. J. Hooker,

is a native of the Molucca Isles; twelve inches or more in height,

with a robust, Bartramia-like habit. It is figured in the Trans-

actions above-mentioned ; but the British botanist will also find

a figure and description in the first volume of Sir W. J. Hooker’s

‘ Botanical Miscellany,’ published in 1830.

* Read before the Botanica] Society.of Edinburgh, March 9, 1848.

326 Dr. Greville on two new species of Ferns

In looking over a small collection of Cryptogamous plants re-

cently gathered in the island of Tahiti by Dr. Sibbald and sent

by him to Professor Balfour, I found two specimens (only two,

alas !) of a moss which a single glance convinced me must belong

to the genus Spiridens ; and the capsules being in a perfect state

enabled me to determine this at once in the most satisfactory.

“manner. The resemblance which it bears in general character

to S. Reinwardtu is so marked, that at first it seemed doubtful

whether it might not be a mere variety, but a more careful

inspection rendered the specific distinctions quite apparent.

The new species is a smaller and more slender plant, six to

nine inches long or more, the leaves scarcely more than half

the size, the capsules more cylindrical and the subulate termina-

tion of the operculum considerably longer and finer. It is under

the microscope, however, that the most characteristic features are

perceived to exist in the leaves ; the margin of which in S. Rein-

wardti is distinguished by a broad flat border closely and sharply

toothed ; in the new species by a very narrow thickened border

remotely toothed. Without entering into a minute description,

uncalled for in so brief a notice, the following specific characters

may be assigned to the two mosses :—

S. Reinwardtii (Nees) ; foliis late marginatis, acute dentatis; den-

tibus approximatis ; capsulis ovato-oblongis.

S. Balfouriana (nob.); foliis anguste marginatis, remote dentatis ;

capsulis ovato-cylindraceis.

This beautiful species of one of the finest genera in the family

I have sincere pleasure in naming after my highly esteemed

friend Dr. Balfour, Professor of Botany in the University of

Edinburgh. x Vill

_ EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVIL.

Fig. 1. 8. ‘Balfouriana, nat. size.

Fig. 2. Leaf.

Fig. 3. Margin of the leaf of S. Reieaunda

Fig. 4. Ditto of that of 8S. Balfouriana.

Fig. 5. Pericheetial leaves and capsule.

fig. 6. Peristome.—Figs. 2-6 all magnified.

XXXV.—WNotice of two new species of Ferns belonging to the

genera Oleandra and Polypodium. By R. K. Grevitie, LL.D.

&c.*

[With a Plate.]

Tue genus Oleandra of Cavanilles, adopted by Presl and now

generally received for:a section of the eld genus Aspidium, is one

* Read before the Botanical Society of Edinburgh, March 9, 1848.

Ann.& Mag Nat Hist. 82. VoL 1 XML.

Grammitis blechnoides.

DP? Greville del. J de C. Sowerby. set

belonging to the genera Oleandra and Polypodium. 327

of the most natural in habit of the family of Ferns, and not less

beautiful than well-defined. It is at the same time so limited in

extent that the addition of a new species becomes a subject of

considerable interest. The recorded species are Oleandra nodosa

(Aspidium nodosum, Willd.), native of the islands of the West

Indies; O. articulata (Aspidium articulatum, Sw.), found in the

Mauritius; O. neritformis (Aspidium neriforme, Sw.), growing

in the Philippine Islands and the Kast Indies ; O. Wallichii (As-

pidium Wallichii, Hook.), confined to Nepal ; and O. pilosa, Hook..,

brought by Sir ‘Robert Schomburgk from British Guiana. The

last-named species, which is figured by the author in his beautiful

‘Genera Filicum,’ tab. 45, is most allied to the fern I -have now

the pleasure of laying before the Botanical Society. The latter

was recently communicated to Professor Balfour from Tahiti,

where it was collected by Dr: Sibbald, a gentleman, who, under

all the disadvantages arising from the confusion which existed

in that unhappy island, durimg the time of his visit, made some

botanieal discoveries of great interest ; and I feel no small satis-

faction in dedicating to him this very fine fern.

The character of the Hookerian species with which it has to

be contrasted is as follows :— |

O. pilosa (Hook.) ; stipite ad basin articulato, fronde subtus pube-

scenti-hirsuta, indusiis longe ciliatis.— Hook. I. c.

‘Dr. Sibbald’s fern may be thus defined :—

O. Sibbaldii (nob.); stipite ad medium articulato, fronde utrinque

pubescenti-hirsuta, indusiis integerrimis.

The frond is about eighteen inches long, membranaceous,

hnear-lanceolate like all its congeners, but more or less gradually

attenuated below, and in this respect differimg much from O. pi-

losa; both surfaces are pubescent, the margin especially, fringed

with hairs; beneath, the midrib is set with. long~chafty scales.

The arrangement of the sori, although not so regular as in

O. neriiformis, is much more so than in O. pilosa, forming a more

or lesy undulating line on each side, at from two to four lines

distance from the midrib. I could have wished that the mdu-

sium had been in a younger state, nevertheless the organ is quite’

entire, and there is not the slightest trace of ciliation.

Another fern in the same collection, discovered in Raiatea, of

which there exists only one specimen, appears like the former to

be undescribed, and to possess considerable interest from its am-

biguous appearance. With a general form of frond bearing a

close resemblance to Blechnum Spicant, it has the sori of a Gram-

mitis; and totally unlike as it is in habit to any Grammitis

828 Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides.

with which I am acquainted, I do not see how it can be placed

in any other genus.

Grammitis blechnoides (nob.) ; fronde coriacea, utrinque attenuata,

profunde pinnatifida, soris lineari-oblongis, subobliquis, numerosis.

Fronds numerous, from a creeping rhizoma which is densely

covered with pale reddish brown scales, lanceolate, coriaceous,

glabrous, seven to nine inches high, attenuated at each extremity,

pinnatifid almost if not quite to the rachis, the segments alter-

nate, entire, linear, obtuse, about half an inch long in the widest

part of the frond, diminishing gradually im size below until ner

disappear a few lines from the rhizoma. Veins simple, internal.

Sori oblong or linear-oblong, slightly oblique, arranged in a line

on each side between the midrib and the margin, somewhat sunk

in the thick substance of the frond. ari

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVIII.

Fig. 1. Grammitis blechnoides, natural size.

Fig. 2. One of the segments, a portion of its substance removed to show the

venation.

Fig. 3. Sori.

Fig. 4. Capsules.

Fig. 5. Seeds.—Figs. 2~5 magnified. ie

XXXVI.— Descriptions of Aphides. By Francis WaLkeEr,

i F.LS.

[Continued from p. 260.]

| Fourtu Grove.

Tue chief peculiarity of the only species in this group is the

abundance of cottony filaments which emanate from its body,

and it resembles the preceding Aphis in the shortness of its nec-

taries and of the seventh joint of its feelers.

6. Aphis Fagi, Linn.

Aphis Fagi, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. 735. 23; Faun. Suec. 994;

Geoff. Ins..1. 497. 12; Réaum. Ins. iu. t. 26. f, 1; Fabr. Ent.

Syst. iv. 214, 24; Syst. Rhyn. 297. 24; Burm. ‘Handb. der

Ent. ii. 92. 2.

Lachnus Fagi, Kalt. Mon. Pflan. i. 147. 1.

The viviparous wingless female. This appears on Fagus sylva-

tica, the beech, before the end of April ; as soon as it is hatched

from the egg it resorts to the veins of the young leaves, and is

then pale green or yellow, very small, long, narrow, slightly con-

vex, nearly linear, or somewhat increasing in breadth towards the

tip of the abdomen ; ; its sides are covered with white filaments :

the feelers are filiform or slightly setaceous, dark green, paler at

Ann.& Mag. Nat: Hist. $.2.Vo\1. Pl. XVI

NVXd We

Ke LZJeX <—H

‘I

Spuidens Balfouriana .

DD Greville dé. De C. Sowerby se!

Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides. 329

the base than towards the tips, and hardly more than one-fourth

of the length of the body ; the fourth joint is more than half the

length of the third; the fifth is a little shorter than the fourth ;

the sixth is shorter than the fifth, and the seventh than the sixth :

the eyes are brown: the mouth is pale greeh with a brown tip:

the back is adorned with rows of black spots which become more

distinct towards the head: the nectaries do not rise above the

surface of the abdomen : the legs are dull pale green, and rather

short ; the knees and the feet are darker. It sheds its skin in

May, and is then paler, but as it grows it acquires a more vivid

green colour, and has occasionally three rows of black spots along

its back ; it now exudes more abundantly the white cottony mat-

ter wherein it soon becomes fully wrapped ; this secretion abounds

beneath the leaves, and being removed thence it changes into a

solid sugar or gum sweet to the taste and melting on the tongue.

When full-grown it is oval and flat, and has six rows of darker

spots along the back ; these spots are all confluent with the ex-

ception of the outer row on each side: the forehead is convex,

and without spines: the feelers are rather less than half the

length of the body; the fourth joint is much shorter than the

third ; the fifth is a little shorter than the fourth, and the sixth

than the fifth ; the seventh is extremely short : the mouth extends

to the middle of the space between the fore-hips and the middle

hips. The body varies in shape ; sometimes it is long and nar-

row, sometimes it is comparatively short and broad. 2

The viviparous winged female. ‘The rudimentary wings are pale

yellow, and they’are unfolded in the middle of May : the body

is then pale green, thickly clothed with white filaments : the dise

of the head and that of the chest are black, and the abdomen has

a black band across each segment, and a row of black spots on

each side: the feelers are black, slightly setaceous, and rather more

than half the length of the body : the mouth is pale green ; its

tip, the eyes, and the legs are black; the latter are moderately

long ; the fore-thighs are pale green: the wings are colourless ;

the wing-ribs are pale green ; the wing-brands and the veins are

brown. It looks like a twist of cotton floating through the air,

and its down has sometimes a delicate and beautiful azure hue.

Length of the body 1} line; of the wings 24 lines.

The oviparous wingless female. 'This appears in October, and

is shining pale yellow or pale orange, which latter colour it may

owe to the eggs which it incloses: it has also sometimes a red-

dish tinge on each side which is adorned with a row of black dots,

and frequently there is also a row of short black or gray bands

along the back of the abdomen. The eggs are fastened in

November to the twigs of the beech-tree ; when newly laid they

are yellow, but they soon become black.

330 Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides.

The winged male. It pairs with the wingless female at the

end of October: it is slender, dull pale greenish yellow, and thickly

covered with gray powder: the head, the disc of the chest, and

that of the breast are dark gray, and the abdomen has a row of

dots on each side and ‘one of short bands along its back of the same

colour : the feelers are black, dull yellow at the base, and a little

longer than the body: the mouth and the legs are pale yellow ;

the former has a black tip ; the knees, the feet, and the tips of

the shanks are black ; the hind-legs are dark gray : the wing-ribs

are pale yellow, and the wing-brands are pale brown.

I have counted above twenty young ones of various size in one

wingless female, which form, with its winged descendant, abounds

from the middle of May till the middle of June. Durmg the

following months the species disappears from the beech-leaves

with the exception of a very few little Aphides whose growth

seems to be retarded. The second epoch of A. Fagi is October,

the only season for the assemblage of all its forms, when the vi-

viparous and oviparous females and the males swarm together,

and this remark will apply to most other species of Aphis.

Firtu Grovp.

7. Aphis antennata, Kaltenbach, Mon. Pflan. i. 115. 88.

The viviparous winged female. The body is stout and thick,

and of a bright grass-green colour : the head is broad : the front

has a small spine in the middle, and a short spine on each side at

the inner base of each feeler : the eyes are dark and prominent:

the mouth is green, and hardly reaches the base of the middle

legs; its tip is black: the feelers are black, rather stout, and

much longer than the body ; the first and the second joints are

green, and rather thick ; the fourth joint is shorter than the third ;

the fifth is longer than the fourth ; the sixth is hardly one-fourth

of the length of the fifth; the seventh is slender, setaceous, and

longer than any of the preceding joints: the nectaries do not

rise above the surface of the abdomen: the legs are long, green,

pubescent, and rather stout; the shanks are rather darker and

much longer than the thighs; the hind shanks are nearly twice

the length of the hind thighs ; the knees and the tips of the feet

are darker than the shanks: the wings are colourless and much:

longer than the body ; the wing-brand is black and nearly half

the length of the whole wing; the veins are brown; the third

branch is divided before one-third, and subdivided before two-

thirds of its length. ;

Length of the body 14 line; of the wings 53 lines:

The viviparous wingless female. Dark brown, broad, short,

Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides. 331

thick, elliptical : the front is slightly convex and very broad, and

there are no spines between the feelers: the feelers are black,

stout, and much longer than the body ; the first and the second

joints are thick and dark brown; the third is rather short ; the

fourth is as long as the third ; the fifth is a little longer than the

fourth; the sixth is about half the length of the fifth ; the seventh

is as long as the third, fourth and fifth together : the legs are stout

and very short; the shanks are longer than the thighs. In

other characters it resembles the winged female. Found in

August.

Length of the body 1 line.

The winged male. Scarlet : like the winged female but smaller,

and having a rather narrow front : the eyes also are more promi-

nent than those of the female: the mouth has a black tip, and

reaches the base of the middle legs: the lobes of the chest, the

breast, and the sexual partsare brown. In one insect the second

fork of the third branch-vein in one wing is twice the length of

that in the other wing.

Length of the body 14 line ; of the wings 3 lines.

Sixta Grovp.

Containing only one species, and represented by four forms,

which are—the winged viviparous female, the wingless oviparous

female, the wingless male, and the winged male. .

8. Aphis Tilia, Linn.

Aphis Tilia, linn. Syst. Nat. i. 734. 11; Faun. Suec. 984;

Fabr. Sp. Ins. 11. 388. 34; Ent. Syst. iv. 218. 39 ; Syst. Rhyn.

299. 39; Leeuwenh. Lettr. 1696, 293, 294; Frisch. Ins. xi. 1.

3. t. 17; Geoff. Ins. in. 1. 495. 6; DeGeer, Ins. iii. 77. 12:

t. 5. f. 1-6 ; Schrank, Faun. Boic. u. 1.117; Latr. Gen. iii. 173 ;

Burm. Handb. Ent. ii. 95. 5 ; Curtis, Brit. Ent. 577; St. Farg.

et Serv. Enc. Méth. x. 247; Fonscol. Ann. Soc. Ent. x. 182. 25;

Sir Oswald Mosley, Gardener’s Chronicle, i. 684; Kalt. Mon. Pflan.

i. 129. 99 ; Ratz. Forst. Ins. mi. 219.

This pretty Aphis feeds on Tilia rubra, the common lime-tree ;

T. platyphylla, the broad-leaved lime ; and on T. americana, the

American lime.

The viviparous winged female. Is hatched from the egg in the

middle of April, or rather later im the year: it is then nearly

oval, rather flat, and of a bright lemon colour: the feelers are

about half the length of the body ; the tip of each of their joints

and the tip of the mouth are brown: the eyes are dark red:

the nectaries are extremely short. The wings are unfolded in

the beginning of June, and for a while after this operation the

body is pale yellow, and the wings are milk-white and spotless :

832 Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides.

it is afterwards bright yellow: the sides of the head and of the

chest are brown, which colour adds to the linear appearance of

the body by forming two continuous lines with the fore-borders

of the upper wings when they are at rest : the forehead is convex

and somewhat notched : the feelers have alternate black and yel-

low rings, and are nearly as long as the body; the fourth joint

is rather more than half the length of the third; the fifth is a

little shorter than the fourth ; the sixth is shorter than the fifth ;

the seventh is much shorter than the sixth: the eyes are bright

red: the tip of the mouth and the hind-thighs, except the base,

are black: the fore-chest is large, a little narrower in front ; its

sides are slightly indented: the wings are colourless and much

longer than the body; the wing-brands are dark brown; the

veins are brown, and their tips are much shaded; the second

branch-vein is curved. The pupa is pale yellow and elliptical ;

the tips of the jomts of the feelers are black; the tip of the

mouth and the tips of the feet are brown : the young ones within

its body are very small.

Ist variety. Pupa. White and shining: there isa black spot

on each side of the chest, and on each side of the abdomen there

is one distinct row and a slight indication of a second and outer

row of black spots : the tips of the joints of the feelers, the tip of

the mouth, and the feet are black.

2nd variety. Body varied with lemon colour or pale yellow.

Srd variety. Body yellow with four rows of black dots along

the back.

4th variety. Body bright orange with a row of black spots on

each side.

- It is the prey of an Aphidius, and I believe that Myina flava

is also one of its parasites. It has sometimes two dozen young

ones within its body, and about twelve of these are of large size,

the rest are smaller.

Length of the body 14 line; of the wings 23 lines.

There is a small tubercle on the mner side of the base of each

feeler: the main vein of the wing is very strong; the space be-

tween it and the fore-border is yellow along its whole length, but

the brand is sometimes colourless with the exception of its border,

which is shaded ; the first branch-vein is nearly straight ; the

second is curved; the third is slightly curved and is distinct till

very near its source ; it is forked before one-third, and is forked

again before two-thirds of its length : the inclination of the main

vein both inwards and outwards is very slight: the legs are of

moderate length, and the fore-legs are but very little shorter

than the hind-legs.

The oviparous wingless female. This appears in September, and

continues beneath the lime-leaves till near the end of October:

Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides. 833

it is oval, yellow, rather flat and hairy, and has four rows of

black spots on the back, and these spots are often confluent so

as to form bands : the feelers are black, and nearly as long as the

body, but sometimes they are very much shorter ; the base of

each joint is yellow ; the fourth joint is very much shorter than

the third, but more than half its length ; the fifth joint is as long

as, or a little longer than the fourth ; the sixth is a little shorter

than the fifth ; the seventh is more or less shorter than the fifth,

and its base does not occupy the whole breadth of the tip of the

latter: the fore-chest is broader in proportion to its length and

narrower in front than that of the winged female: the abdomen

beneath has a shield-like plate on each side near its tip : the hind-

shanks are broad; the tips of the fore-thighs and of the middle-

thighs, the hind-thighs from the middle to the tips, and the base

of the hind-shanks are grayish black: the feet with the excep-

tion of the base are black. The eggs which it bears are about six

in number. '

lst variety.-The abdomen above is nearly black, all its spots

being confluent. |

While this oviparous female is employed in laying eggs, the

viviparous mother still continues to bring forth young ones which

quickly perish by the fall of the leaves where they are seated;

these leaves while fading on the tree are frequented by little

white half-transparent Acari.

The wingless male. It has much resemblance to the wingless

female, with which it pairs in September.

The winged male. This appears in September and October, and

then pairs with the wingless female: it is brown: the-head and

the chest are slightly marked with yellow : the abdomen is yellow,

and has a brown border: the feelers are black, and much longer

than the body: the legs are yellow ; the hind-thighs, except the

base, the base of the himd-shanks, and the tips of the feet, are

black; the knees, and the tips of the shanks are gray: the tips

of the wing-veins are less shaded than those of the female usually

are, but the colour of the body is darker than in that sex.

SEVENTH GROUP.

The viviparous wingless females appear in this group, but it

is distinguished by the great predominance of the winged female,

and is scattered and not clustermg on its habitation. The veins

of the wings are usually more or less clouded,

9. Aphis Betulicola, Kaltenbach, Mon. Pflan. i, 44.

The viviparous wingless female. This appears in July, but is of

rare occurrence ; it is pale orange and oval; the back is slightly

conyex and rather hairy: the middle-chest and the hind-chest

334 Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides.

are undeveloped as is usual in wingless Aphides, but in other cha-

racters it resembles the winged female. The body and the legs

are bristly: the front is slightly convex in the middle, and has a

tubercle crowned with a tuft of bristles on each side: the body is

“nearly spindle-shaped and often appears quite full of young ones:

the feelers are as long as or longer than the body; the fourth

joint is very much shorter than the third; the fifth is a little

shorter than the fourth ; the sixth is about half the length of —

the fifth ; the seventh is nearly as long as the fifth ; the tips of

the joints from the third to the sixth are brown: the fore-legs

are not much shorter than the hind-legs ; the shanks are straight :

the nectaries are about one-twentieth of the length of the body.

A variety of this form has the body quite round, and pale yel-

low : the limbs are white: the feelers are longer than the body ;

the fourth joint is as long as the third ; the fifth is a little longer

than the fourth ; the sixth is more than half the length of the

fifth ; the seventh is much longer than the fifth ; the tips of some

of the joints are black : the legs are very slender and rather short.

Another variety has much stouter legs than usual.

The viviparous winged female. This feeds on the leaves of the

birch-tree (Betula alba) from July to October, but is more scarce

than Aphis Betule: its colour is bright yellow, and its back is

slightly hairy: the forehead has a slight protuberance on each

side: the feelers are yellow, slender, and much longer than the

body ; the tips of the jomts are brown; the third joint is very

long ; the fourth is much shorter than the third ; the fifth is a

little shorter than the fourth ; the sixth-is slightly clavate, and

about one-third of the length of the fifth ; the seventh is as long

as the sixth: the eyes are dark red: the mouth is yellow; its tip

is brown: the nectaries are extremely short, and not more than

one-twelfth of the length of the body: the legs are yellow, long

and slender ; the feet, the knees, and the tips ‘of the shanks are

brown : the wings are colourless ; the wing-ribs, the wing-brands

and the veins are tawny ; the tips of the latter are slightly clouded ;

the first and second branch-veims are more perpendicular to the

rib-vein than m most species of this genus; the first is thick ; the

fourth is obsolete except at its tip. :

The length of the fore-chest is not less than its breadth ; its sides

are convex: the legs are very slender; the shanks are slightly

curved: the main vein begins at three-fourths of the length of

the wing to widen into the wing-brand which is irregularly spin-

dle-shaped ; the fourth vein is obsolete except at its tip ; the third

vein is obsolete at its source, and is forked before one-third of

its length and forked again before two-thirds of its length ; the

branches of the forks, and especially of the second fork, diverge

rather abruptly from each other; the second vein is rather per-

Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides. 335

pendicular to the.main vein, and the first vein still more so; and

this structure of the veins is peculiar to the group of species to

which this, with A. Quercus, Quercea, Alni, Corylt, Juglandicola,

Platanicola, &c., belongs ; the first and the second veins are di-

stinctly joined to the main vein : the legs are very slender.

lst variety. Yellow speckled with orange.

2nd variety. Orange.

3rd variety. Pale red.

Sometimes the lower branch of the first fork of the third vein

“ is wanting ; in another case the lower branch of the second fork

is wanting ; and in the other fore-wing of thé same insect the

first branch-vein is quite wanting; the second and the third do

not reach the border of the wing ; the second has a short fork, but

the third has none.

The oviparous wingless female, This appears at the end of Sep-

tember: it is orange, nearly oval, and the tip of the abdomen

is slightly produced into a tube: the limbs are yellow : the feelers

are shorter than the body ; the sixth joint is about half the length

of the fifth ; the seventh is longer than the sixth ; the tips of the

joints and the tip of the mouth are brown: the hind-shanks are

slightly dilated.

The winged male. This resembles the winged female, but its

colour is darker : the head, the disc of the fore-chest, the lobes of

the middle-chest, a spot on each side of it, and a row of short

bands along the back of the abdomen are brown. It pairs with

the oviparous female at the end of September and in the be-

ginning of October.

The bright yet delicate colour of this species makes it a beau-

tiful object.

Length of the body 14—11 line; of the wings 33—4. lines.

10. Aphis Juglandina, nu. s.

The viviparous winged female. The body is nearly linear and

rather broad : the head is broad ; the front is very prominent, and

forms a right angle : the feelers are a little longer than the body ;

the fourth joint isa little more than half the length of the third ;

the fifth joint is a little shorter than the fourth; the sixth is a

little less than half the length of the fifth ; the seventh is rather

less than twice the length of the sixth: the body is pale buff,

and has a dark line along the back of the head and of the fore-

chest whose: sides are deeply notched: the nectaries hardly rise

above the surface ofthe abdomen: the legs are yellow and of

moderate length ; the feet and the tips of the shanks are darker ;

the fore-legs are but little shorter than the hind-legs: the wings

are colourless and rather long; the main vein is inclined as

usual, first inwards, then outwards, where it forms avery obtuse

336 Mr. F. Walker’s Deseriptions of Aphides.

angle; it is not widened into a distinct brand, though that part

of the wing is yellow, and clouded at the base and at the tip;

the branch-veins are not straight ; their tips are clouded; the

first vein is not so perpendicular as in Aphis Alni and other

species ; the third vein is distinct till very near its source; it is

forked some way after one-third of its length, and forked again

long after two-thirds of its length; the fourth vein is very di-

stinct along its whole length.

Length of the body 3 line; of the wings 23 lines.

A single specimen found on the walnut near London, August

3rd, 1847.

11. Aphis Coryli, Gotze.

Aphis Coryli, Gotze, Ent. Beitrage, u.311; Sir Oswald Mosley,

Gardener’s Chronicle, i.; Kalt. Mon. Pflan. i. 98. 73.

This delicate little Aphis feeds on the hazel (Corylus Avellana),

on the hornbeam (Carpinus Betulus), and, as Kaltenbach states,

on the ash (Frazinus, excelsior). |

The viviparous wingless female. This appears beneath the leaves

at the end of March or later: it is then pale green, bristly, and

rather long and narrow: there are four rows of brown spots along

the body, and a bristle comes forth from each spot: the feelers

are brown, and nearly one-half the length of the body: the eyes

and the tip of the mouth are brown: the nectaries are extremely

short: the legs are pale green.

lst variety. The feelers and the legs are dark dull green.

The viviparous winged female. This, while a pupa, at the end

of April, has a citron or pale yellow colour: there are four rows

of tubercles along the back, which is thickly covered with brown

bristles : the eyes are. red: the feelers are full half the length of

the body ; the tips of their joints and the feet are brown. The

wings are unfolded in the middle of May, and the insect has

then a beautiful citron colour: the tips of the feelers, the tip of

the mouth, the feet, and the tips of the shanks are brown : the

feelers are as long as or a little longer than the body ; the fourth

joint is a little shorter than the third ; the fifth is much shorter

than the fourth; the sixth is much shorter than the fifth; the

seventh is as long as the fifth : the wings are colourless ; the wing-

ribs and. the wing-brands are pale yellow, and there is a small

brown spot on each of the latter ; the veins are also pale yellow,

and their tips are slightly clouded : the first branch-vein is some-

what perpendicular to the wing-rib, as in A. Alni, &e. The front

is prominent: the sides of the fore-chest are notched: the legs

are moderately long ; the fore-legs are but little shorter than the

hind-legs: the main wing-vein does not widen into a brand ; it

is very slightly inclined inwards and outwards, forming a very ob-

Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides. 337

tuse angle or a curved line along the lower border of the brand

which it incloses : the branch-veins are nearly straight ; the third

vein approaches very near to the main vein ; it is forked at one-

third, and forked again at two-thirds of its length.

The oviparous wingless female. This appears in October, and

continues beneath the leaves till the end of November ; it is often

orange, and this colour is owing to its eggs, which are attached

to the twigs in November.

12. Aphis Quercus, Kaltenbach. '

| Aphis Quercus, Kalt. Mon. Pflan. i. 98. 74; Ratzeburg, Forst.

Ins. ii. 217.

_ This and A. Quercea are very pretty, and great ornaments to

the oaks on which they feed ; they have a mutual likeness, but

may be distinguished from each other by the following charac-

teristics: the colour of A. Quercus is usually green, yellow, or

orange ; the feelers are never much longer than the body, and

the nectaries have black tips; A. Quercea has a rosy hue, its

feelers are much longer than the body, there are two hooks on

the back of its abdomen, and black spots on the tips of its thighs.

The front of A. Quercus is nearly straight, or slightly notched ;

there are no tubercles at the base of the feelers, whose fourth

joint is much shorter than the third; the fifth is still shorter

than the fourth ; the sixth is nearly half the length of the fifth ;

the seventh is longer than the sixth: the fore-chest is subqua-

drate, rather narrower in front; its breadth slightly exceeds its

length ; the sides are undulated. The feelers vary in length, but

are usually longer than the body ; the fifth joint is sometimes as

long as the fourth, and the sixth full half the length of the fifth,

and the seventh but very little longer than the sixth. It differs

from A. Quercea in its broader head and front, in its shorter legs, in

having no horn or hooks on the abdomen, in the broad black tips

of each joint of its feelers, and in its black-tipped nectaries : the

sides of the fore-chest are sometimes nearly straight : the wing-

veins are more straight than those of 4. Quercea; the main vein,

somewhat beyond the middle of the fore-border, expands into a

yellow irregularly spindle-shaped brand, which has a dark spot

at its base ; the angle formed by the vein on the lower border of

this brand is much more obtuse than that of A. Quercea: the

thighs are not spotted : the first branch-vein is more perpendicu-

lar to the main vein than is that of A. Quercea: the front of the.

head is often a little notched, and armed with bristles.

The viviparous wingless female. This appears at the end of

April or later: it is then pale yellow, very small, narrow and

linear, and has four rows of brown spots along the back, each of

them sending forth a bristle: the feelers are stout, dull brown,

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.2. Vol. 1. 23

338° Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides.

sometimes yellow at the base, and about half the length of the

body : the eyes are brown: the mouth is pale yellow with a brown

tip : the nectaries do not appear beyond the surface of the abdo-

men: the legs are dull brown, short and stout. It acquires its

full growth before the middle of May, and is then oval, slightly

convex, very pale lemon colour or almost white, half transparent,

and much less hairy than 4. Coryli: the feelers are pale yellow,

and more than half the length of the body: the eyes have a gold

colour: the mouth and the legs are pale yellow, and the latter

are moderately long: there are sometimes twenty young ones in

the body. yi

The viviparous winged female. This, as a pupa, is very abun-

dant before the end of May ; it is nearly elliptic and rather flat,

and of a delicate pale green or yellow colour : the eyes, the feet,

and the tips of the joints of the feelers are brown. It acquires

wings at the end of May, and then varies much in colour, but it

usually has a bright lemon hue ; the feelers are a little shorter

than the body: the tips of the joints are brown: the eyes are

dark brown: the mouth is pale yellow with a brown tip: the

nectaries also are yellow with brown tips, and not one-twentieth

of the length of the body: the legs are yellowish white: the

wings are colourless, and: longer than the body ; the wing-ribs,

the rib-veins, and wing-brands are pale yellow ; the other veins

are almost white.

lst variety. Yellowish green, varied with black which prevails

on the middle chest : there are four rows of black spots on the

back of the abdomen ; the two middle rows are sometimes con-

fluent, and form short bands: the feelers are black: the legs are

yellowish green, the knees and the feet are darker : the fore-bor-

der of the upper wing is tinged with brown, there is a small

brown spot at its tip, and one also at the tip of each branch- ©

vein.

2nd variety. Of a bright lemon colour: the disc of the chest

is pale orange: there is a pale brown stripe along the head, and

three stripes of the same colour along the fore-chest : the ‘mid.

dle chest is slightly streaked with pale brown: there are four

rows of brown spots on the back of the abdomen: the feelers are

brown, pale yellow at the base, and about half the length of the

body: the eyes are red: the nectaries are brown: the legs are

pale yellow ; the feet, the tips of the shanks, and the tips of the

hind-thighs are bea the whgrnons are brown, and their tips

are clouded.

3rd variety. Its colour is a fr esh and delicate green: the disc

of the chest is pale tawny: the eyes are dark green: the feelers

are white; the tips of their joints are brown: the legs are pale

yellow ; the hind-thighs are pale green; the feet are brown.

Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides. 339

4th variety. Bright yellow, having a brown line along the head

and the chest, and a line of the same colour on each side of the

latter, which has also a small brown spot at its tip: there are

four rows of brown spots on the abdomen : the tips of the shanks

are brown.

During the summer it has many other tints of yellow and of

green, more or less varied with brown and black. During the

spring of 1846 I found it in abundance feeding on the dwarf

chestnut (Castanea pumila), a native of America, but with this

exception the oak seems to be its only support.

There are two other varieties of A. Quercus: in the first the

body is rather short and nearly linear, and the head is as broad

as the chest ; in the second the body is longer, and increasing in

breadth from the head till near the tip of the abdomen, and the

head is narrower than the chest.

The oviparous wingless female. Its season is from the middle

of October to the end of November : the variableness of its colour

is partly owing to the orange eggs which it incloses: it is often

bright yellow and has a lively green stripe on each side of the

body : the abdomen is not a little lengthened behind : the feelers

are pale yellow; the tips of the joints are black: the legs are

pale yellow ; the hind-shanks sometimes and especially towards

the base are slightly dilated, and of a rather darker colour than

the other shanks.

Ist variety. Yellowish green.

2nd variety. Pale orange.

3rd variety. Brilliant orange with a pale yellow or pale green

head. It has also various tints of green and of yellow.

The body slightly increases in breadth from the head till near

the tip of the abdomen: the feelers are much shorter than the

bedy: the front of the head is beset with bristles: the sides of

» the fore-chest are not notched: the legs are rather short.

The winged male. It appears in the autumn, and pairs with

the oviparous wingless female in October : it is grass-green : the

dise of the chest is black, and there is a broad black line along

the disc of the abdomen : the feelers and the eyes are black, and

the former are longer than the body; the fourth joint is much

shorter than the third ; the fifth is shorter than the fourth ; the

sixth is much shorter than the fifth ; the seventh is a little longer

than the sixth: the legs are pale yellow; the thighs are pale

green, and with the exception of the fore-thighs they are shaded

with black.

Ist variety. Buff: the abdomen is dull buff marked with black,

and has a row of black spots on each side: the nectaries are also

black.

The wing-veins are much more strongly marked than those of

23%

340 Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides.

the female, and they are hardly clouded : the feelers, like the legs,

are tawny, and their joints have not black tips ; they are much

thicker than those of the female, with the exception of the seventh

joint, which is much more slender and rather shorter than the

sixth: the nectaries are paler than those of the female, whose

wing-brand is sometimes colourless like that of A. Quercea.

Length of the body 14 line ; of the wings 3 lines.

13. Aphis Quercea, Kaltenbach.

Aphis Quercea, Kalt. Mon. Pflan. i. 136. 104; Ratzeburg,

Forst. Ins. ii, 218.

The viviparous winged female. The front of the head is notched

or crenulate, but without tubercles at the base of the feelers,

which are very much longer than the body ; the fourth jomt is

very much shorter than the third; the fifth is much shorter than

the fourth ; the sixth is about half the length of the fifth ; the

seventh is a little longer than the sixth: the sides of the fore-chest

are notched : the back of the abdomen near the base bears a horn

armed with two forks or hooks : the nectaries are not more than

one-twelfth of the length of the body: the legs are long and

slender ; the fore-legs are not much shorter than the hind-legs ;

there is a dark spot at the tip of each thigh : the tip of the abdo-

men,-as in the other species of this group, is not compressed nor

sickle-shaped : the feelers and legs of the pupa, which often has a

beautiful rose colour, are shorter than those of the winged insect,

and the young ones are very clearly seen in the body of the

former, whose horn is very short and indistinct. The fourth

joint of the feelers is sometimes not more than half the length of

the third; and the fifth is as long as the fourth ; and there are

eradations between these varieties: the sides of the fore-chest

and the front of the head are sometimes straight, and sometimes

notched: the wings are colourless; the veins are not straight ;

the main vein does not widen towards its tip as in other species ;

it is bent first inwards, then outwards, where it forms an angle

from whence springs the fourth vein, and it is clouded at each

end of the sides of this angle ; the first branch-vein is rather per-

pendicular, and like the second is joined to the main vein; the

third does not quite join the main vein, but comes very near to

it, and is forked a little after one-third and forked again a little

after two-thirds of its length ; its base is quite clear, but in the

other veins that part is slightly clouded : the brand is sometimes

coloured like that of A. Quercus, but it is always shorter: m A.

Quercus the seventh joint of the feelers is a little shorter than the

sixth ; in 4. Quercea it is a little longer: in both these species

the third branch-vein is more slender and less distinct than the

first or the second veins ; however, when the wings are just un-

Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides. 341

folded, and as yet milk-white, and slightly opake, all the veins

have the same thickness, and then also the third vein is more

clearly defined close to its source, and the widening of the main

vein into the brand is more distinct. The wing-brand sometimes

forms a curve along its hind-border, the angle being obsolete.

The oviparous wingless female. The body is rose colour, and

gradually -increases in breadth from the head to near the tip of

the abdomen, and as is usual in this generation is somewhat at-

tenuated behind the nectaries: the feelers are shorter than the

body : the legs are shorter than those of the winged female ; the

hind-shanks are hardly or not at all dilated, and this variation

also occurs in A. Quercus : the body of the latter species is more

lengthened towards the tip.than that of A. Quercea, and the

feelers of the former are shorter than the body.

Length of the body 1 line ; of the wings 2} lines.

14. Aphis Alni, Fabr.

Aphis Alni, Fabr. Ent. Syst. iv. 215. 26; Syst. Rhyn. 298.

26 ; Gmelin, Syst. Nat. 1. 2206; DeGeer, Ins. 1. 47. 4. t. 8. f. 15-

17; Latr. Gen. 11. 173 ; Kirby and Spence, Intr. Ent. ii. 76;

St. Farg. et Serv. Enc. Méth. Hist. Nat. x. 248; Kalt. Mon.

Pflan. i. 1387. 105 ; Ratz. Forst. Ins. ii. 219.

A.maculata, Von Heyden, Mus. Senk. 11.297; A. punctipennis?,

Zetterstedt. A

This Aphis feeds on the alder (Alnus glutinosa) from the be-

ginning of May till the end of November. It is a scattered

species.

The viviparous wingless female. When young it is linear and

white, but when full-grown it is very pale whitish green,. half-

transparent, nearly oval, hairy, and rather flat: there are three

large transverse vivid green spots on the back ; the second one

reaches nearly across, and is almost or quite divided in the mid-

dle: the front is slightly convex : the feelers are shorter than the

body ; the fourth joint4s much shorter than the third; the fifth

is shorter than the fourth; the sixth is a little more than half

the length of the fifth; the seventh is shorter than the sixth:

the tips of the joints of the feelers, the eyes, the tip of the mouth,

and the feet are black: the nectaries are extremely short. In

May.

Tst variety. The feelers are a little longer than the body.

2nd variety. A black spot near the tip of each hind-thigh.

The young ones in the body are twenty and upwards in

number.

The viviparous winged female. This unfolds its wings in the

beginning of May: it is yellow: the head and the chest are chiefly

dark green ; their sutures and borders are pale green : the abdo-

342 Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides.

men is traversed by bands like those of the wingless female:

the feelers are as long as or a little longer than the body ; the

tips of their jomts, and sometimes the whole of them excepting

the base, are black : the eyes, the tip of the mouth, the tips of the

nectaries, the feet, and the hind-thighs from the middle to the

base, and sometimes the whole of them, are black ; there is also

a black ring round each middle thigh : the wings are colourless ;

the wing-ribs and the rib-veins are pale yellow ; the wing- brands

are colourless ; the first branch-vein is strongly marked ; the

fourth is more or less wanting ; the tips of the veins are slightly

shaded.

The body is rather short and broad ; the middle of the front

of the head is prominent and armed with bristles: the first joint

of the feelers has a black spot on its inner side ; the fourth joimt

is very much shorter than the third; the fifth is as long as the

fourth ; the sixth is full half the length of the fifth ; the seventh

is shorter than the sixth: the sides of the fore-chest are convex

and slightly notched : the legs are moderately long ; the fore-legs

are much shorter than the hind-legs: the main wing-vein is

slightly curved inwards and outwards, and is somewhat clouded

on the inner side at its tip, but does not form a distinct brand ;

the first branch-vein is nearly perpendicular ; the second and the

third are strongly marked towards the base ; the latter is very

distinct till close to its source, and sends forth its forks at one-

third and at two-thirds of its length ; these forks are very slen-

der, and, as in other species of this group, they are much di-

verging from each other.

lst variety. The abdomen is not traversed by bands.

2nd variety. The head and the chest are almost black.

3rd variety. The sutures of the chest are yellow.

4th variety. The head is black : the disc of the chest is brown.

5th variety. The whole of the hind-thighs is black.

6th variety. The tips of the middle thighs are brown or black.

The main wing does not form an angle but a curve beneath

the place of the brand ; the third vein is sometimes forked after

one-third, and again after two-thirds of its length: all the veins

have the same thickness when the wings are just unfolded.

The oviparous wingless female. This occurs in October and con-

tinues till the end of November: it is pale yellow varied with

green: the feelers are black about the middle, and more than

half the length of the body : the tips of the feet are also black :

the tip of the abdomen is lengthened : the hind-shanks are dilated.

lst variety. Pale yellow varied with bright yellow.

2nd variety. Pale yellow varied with orange.

3rd variety. Pale greenish yellow, with a lively irregular green

-stripe on each side.

Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides. 343

4th variety. Feelers not more than half the length of the body.

On each side of the abdomen there is a bundle of white floc-

cose matter like spun-glass ready to be used, as is said, as wrap-

pers for the eggs when they are laid; these eggs are four or five

in number, of an orange colour, which they communicate to the

half-transparent body.

Length of the body 1 line; of the wings 23 lines.

The winged male. Its colour does not differ from that of the

winged female : it lives in October and November, and then pairs

with the wingless female.

15. Aphis Juglandicola.

Lachnus Juglandicola, Kalt. Mon. Pflan. i. 151. 4.

The viviparous wingless female. Appears in July ; it is yellow,

oval, flat, and hairy: the feelers are not quite one-fourth of the

length of the body. ;

The viviparous winged female. This dwells on the underside of

the leaves of Juglans regia, the walnut-tree, from July to October :

while a pupa it is yellow, flat, hairy, nearly elliptical, and has two

rows of brown spots along the back ; there are usually seven

spots, often less, but very rarely more, in each row : the front is

broad, convex between the eyes and prominent in the middle :

the limbs are pale yellow: the feelers are not more than one-

fourth of the length of the body ; the tips of their joints and the

tip of the. mouth are brown. When winged it is yellow: the

feelers are less than half the length of the body ; the tips of the

joints are brown; the third joint is long; the fourth is much

shorter than the third; the fifth is hardly shorter than the

fourth ; the sixth is much shorter than the fifth ; the seventh is

extremely short and about one-fourth of the length of the sixth :

there are no tubercles at the base of the feelers : the eyes are red :

the nectaries are extremely short: the legs are yellow, and there

is a brown spot near the tip of each hind-thigh: the wings are

colourless ; the wing-ribs and the rib-veins are yellow; the wing-

brands are colourless ; the base of each branch-vein and the tips

of the rib-veins are slightly clouded; the first and the second

branch-veins descend abruptly to the hind-border of the wing,

as in Betulicola, Alni, &c.; these vems become very faint as they

approach the hind-border.

lst variety. A spot on the tip of each of the middle thighs.

2nd variety. The wing-brands slightly clouded.

3rd variety. A brown spot on each side of the back of the ab-

domen.

4th variety. Body yellow intermingled with orange.

5th variety. Body orange.

The body is rather short and broad: the front of the head and

344 Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides.

the sides of the fore-chest are notched : the legs are rather short ;

the fore-legs are but little shorter than the hind-legs ; the wings

are somewhat small; the main vein widens into the brand a little

beyond the middle of the fore-border of the wing ; its inclina- -

tion inwards and outwards is very slight ; the brand is very pale

yellow, irregularly spindle-shaped, and forms a very obtuse angle

along its hind-border ; the branch-veins are slightly curved, and

very slender except at the base; the third vein is distinct at its

source, it is forked a little beyond one-third, and forked again a

very little beyond two-thirds of its length; the fourth is very

short ; the first vein is perpendicular tothe main vein. The third

vein sometimes sends forth its forks a little before one-third and

' two-thirds respectively of its length. '

It is infested by an Aphidius and by an Allotria.

The oviparous wingless female. This appears in the beginning

of August, and sometimes does not disappear before the middle

of October : the body is nearly elliptical, and sometimes all yel-

low, but more often the middle chest is brown, and there is a

broad brown band across the abdomen whose tip is slightly

lengthened: the limbs are yellow; the feelers are not half the

length of the body: the hind-shanks are broad, and there is a

black spot at the tip of each thigh.

The winged male. Like the winged female, but more slender :

the sides of the body are almost black: the head and the middle

chest are brown, and there are four brown spots on the back of

the abdomen : the veins of the wings are more distinctly marked

than in the female, and the wing-brands are darker and shaded

at both ends: the feelers are yellow, and very nearly as long as

the body ; the first and the second and the tips of the following

joints are brown : the tips of the hind-thighs and the base of the

hind-shanks are slightly clouded: there is a small: brown spot

at the tip of each thigh : the tips of the feet are black.

lst variety. The hind-thighs and the hind-shanks are black,

excepting the base of the former and the tips of the latter.

2nd variety. The sides of the abdomen are brown, and there

are two spots of the same colour in a line on its back.

Length of the body 1 line; of the wings 2 lines.

16. Aphis Platanicola.

Lachnus Platanicola, Kalt. Mon. Pflan. 1.

The species is not a native of England, and the following notes

are taken from specimens given to me by Professor Kaltenbach

of Aix-la-~Chapelle, in whose work on Aphides it is more fully

described.. Perhaps it should form part of the following group.

The viviparous winged female. The body is orange, and rather

broad ; the abdomen is black : the feelers are yellow at the base,

Mr. W. H. Benson on the genus Pterocyclos. 845

and nearly as long as the body; the tips of the third and of the

following joints and the whole of the latter joints are black ; the

fourth joint is rather more than half the length of the third ; the

fifth is very much longer than the fourth; the sixth is a little

shorter than the fifth ; the seventh is extremely short, and almost

obsolete : the nectaries are extremely short : the legs are yellow ;

the feet and the tips of the thighs and of the shanks are darker :

the wings are colourless ; the veins are like those of A. Alni, but

less straight and much more clouded ; the third vein sends forth

its first fork a little beyond one-third and its second fork a little

beyond two-thirds of its length ; the fourth vein is sometimes ob-

solete, sometimes indistinctly visible.

Length of the body 2 lines; of the wings 5 lines.

[To be continued. ]

XXXVII.—WNote on the Cyclostomatous genus Pterocyclos, Ben-

son (Steganotoma, Troschel). By W. H. Benson, Esq., late

Bengal Civil Service. |

Amone Dr. Philippi’s ‘ Abbildungen und Beschreibungen neuer

oder wenig gekannter Conchylien,’ vol. i. Cassel, 1842-45, ap-

pear two species of operculated land-snails under the generic title

of Steganotoma, Troschel, as founded by that author in ‘ Wieg-

mann’s Archiv fiir Naturgesch.’ for 1837, on his species S. pic-

tum. This genus was anticipated by me under the name of

Pterocyclos in the ‘ Journal of the Asiatic Society of Calcutta ’

for January 1882, vol. i. pp. 11-14, pl. 2, on a shell which I had

discovered in the province of Bahar in the previous year. Three

capital figures of my third variety of Pterocyclos rupestris, drawn

and engraved by the lamented James Prinsep, Secretary of the

Society, accompanied the paper. Six years subsequently Troschel

published the type of the identical species, described in the In-

dian Journal, as new.

In November 1833 Dr. Pearson (J. A. S. vol. 11.) added two

species (hispidus and parvus) under the generic name of Spira-

culum, from the north-east frontier of Bengal, which were figured

by Priusep im tab. 20 of that volume.

In the fifth vol. of the ‘Zool. Journal’ for 1834, p. 462, the

attention of conchologists was called to the genus Pterocyclos in

a slight notice. In June 1836 I published, in vol. v. of the

J. A. S., further observations on the genus (after discovering the

animal inhabiting the shell), together with remarks on its sin-

gular operculum, and on Dr. Pearson’s two species, adding also

the comparative characters of the living animals of Pterocyclos

and Cyclostoma.

In 1837 (as before mentioned) Troschel’s character of Stega-

346 Mr. W. H. Benson on the genus Pterocyclos.

notoma appeared. In 18438 Sowerby published his monograph

of Cyclostoma, including a new species, C. bilabiatwn (for which

“‘ Pterocyclos, Benson,” was given as a synonym), and refigured

Pearson’s hispidus as C. spiraculum. In March 1844 Pearson’s

hispidus suffered a further change of name, being published in

Philippi’s work under Von dem Busch’s name of Steganotoma

Princepsi, and Pt. rupestris was again figured as St. pictum,

Trosch. : Prinsep’s name (with an erroneousspelling) being affixed

to the former species, it 1s possible (though the source is not

acknowledged) that the specimen was originally derived from

him, in which case it was unfortunate that the shell should not

have been accompanied by a note of the previous publication of

the genus and species.

The following are the species known to me, with their syno-

nyms. Nos. 4and 5 are I believe as yet undescribed. Coloured

figures of them by Dr. Bland were sent to me for inspection by

Prinsep. The original shells may yet be tonthowtentg, in some

English collection.

1. Pterocyclos rupestris, Benson, J. A. S, vol. i. January 1832, pl. 2.

Steganotoma pictum, Troschel, Wieg. Archiv, FOBT Abbildung.

Phil. 1844,

2. Pt. hispidus* (Spiraculum), Pearson, J. A. S. vol. ii. 1832.

Cyclostoma spiraculum, Sow. Thes. Conch, 1843.

Steganotoma Princepsi, V. d. Busch, Abbild. 1844.

. Pt. parvus (Spiraculum), Pearson, loc. cit. pl. 20.

4. Pt. (unnamed), note by Dr. Bland, J. A. S. vol. v. p. 783,

Ceylon.

5. Ft,

nang.

6. Pt. bilabiatus (Cyclostoma), Sowerby, Thes. Conch. 1843.

Dr. Philippi alludes to a species in the possession of Dr. Pfeiffer

which is undescribed, unless it be P. parvus or bilabiatus, to which

last Dr. Philippi has not adverted in the ‘Abbildungen.’ His

arguments for the separation of the genus from Cyclostoma, in

opposition to the opinion of Deshayes, grounded on the analogy

to Pleurotoma afforded by the slit in the lip, and on the thimble-

shaped operculum, are worthy of attention. The planorbular

(ditto), Dr. Bland, Joc. cit. Pulo Susson near Pulo Pi-

* Since the above went to press I find that Dr. Pfeiffer has, in the

‘Zeitschrift’ for 1846, p. 35, under the head of Cyel. bilabiatum, Sow.,

acknowledged the priority of Pterocyclos, Benson, to Troschel’s Stegano-

toma; and has referred bilabiatum, and spiraculum, Sowerby, to Pterocyclos.

He gives C. angulifera, Souleyet, ‘ Rev. Zool.’ 1841, as synonymous with

‘C, spiraculum, and proposes to cancel Sowerby’s name in favour of the

latter ; both, however, must give place te Dr. PearSon’s specific name of

« hispidus.”

Sir R. Schomburgk on some new Fossil Shells. 347

Cyclostomata from the same quarter have opercula wound on a

plane, as in a new species found by Dr. Jerdon in the Nilgherries,

or beautifully ornamented and projecting beyond the peristome,

as in C. cornu-venatorium. Of the last-named shell I lately took

alive, near Point de Galle in Ceylon, specimens of a singular

variety with a free deflected aperture analogous to that of Cylin-

drella.

XXXVITT.—Description of some new Fossil Shells from Bissex

Hill and Springfield in Barbados. Communicated by Sir

Rosert H. Scnomspurck, Ph.D., Member of the Imperial

Academy Nat. Curios. &c.*

Fam. SCALARIANA, Lam.

Scataria Enrenserel, EL. Forbes. (Fig. 1.)

“§. testa brevi, obesa, ventricosa, anfractibus 5, longitudinaliter

costulata, costis regularibus equalibus, lamelliformibus, in ultimo

anfractu 16; apertura rotundata, marginata.

“Shell ventricose and shortly conical, whorls about 5, rounded,

longitudinally ribbed ; the ribs equal, elevated’and not thick, nu-

merous, 16 on the body whorls: no spiral ridge on the base:

Fig. 1. Scalaria Ebrenbergi.

Fig. 2, Nucula Packeri. Fig. 4. Nucula Schomburgkii.

Fig. 3. The same, showing the dorsal margin. Fig. 5. The same, showing the dorsal margin.

marginal rib of the round aperture strong and high ; columella

broad and rather angulated at the base. Length 58; of an inch :

breadth 5, of an inch.

“This remarkable species is allied to some tertiary forms, pro-

bably miocene. Among recent species its nearest ally is the

Scalaria crassilabrum of Sowerby, jun., a species from the Phi-

hippines and Central America.”

* The description of these interesting fossils is originally printed in my

‘History of Barbados’ (London, 1848, Longman, Brown and Co.); but as

such a work possesses only local interest, and its circulation is consequently

limited, it is not probable that naturalists in general would become acquainted

with their description if it were restricted to the pages of that work. I have

therefore requested the Editors to insert the account of these fossil shells in

the ‘ Annals of Natural History.’—R. H. S.

348 Sir R. Schomburgk on some new Fossil Shells. —

I found this unique shell near the summit of Bissex Hill, im-

bedded in siliceous limestone. I am glad that my discovery of

this new shell has afforded Professor Forbes an opportunity to

name it after the learned Professor Ehrenberg, who, by his dis-

covery of anew class of animalcules in the rocks of Barbados, has

added another claim to our thanks for his indefatigable researches

into the history of the most minute forms of organic life.

_ Mr. Edward Packer of Springfield forwarded to me during

my stay in Barbados, a specimen of rock consisting of dark gray

limestone inclosing small quartz pebbles, in which numerous

shells of the genera Nucula, Lucina, Pleurotoma and Venus were

so firmly imbedded as to form one mass. According to his de-

scription, this block lies isolated in the neighbourhood of Spring-

field, and 1 do not recollect having met with a similar rock in situ

during my rambles in the island. I have to regret that the spe-

cimens of shells which I received from Mr. Packer were mostly

very imperfect ; this refers chiefly tothe Lucina and Pleurotoma.

One of the species of Nucula was very perfect, which, at my re-

quest, my friend Professor Forbes has named after Mr. Edward

Packer, a gentleman who has taken great interest in my researches

while in Barbados, and offered me many facilities in prosecuting

them. F

I have consented, not without some hesitation, to the specific

name of the second species, upon which my kind friend Pro-

fessor Forbes has insisted.

Fam. ARCACHA, Blainv. and Lam.

Nucvura (Lepa) Packer, E. Forbes. (Figs. 2 and 3.)

“‘N. testa oblonga, subtumida, transverse striata, longitudinaliter ob-

lique unisulcata; latere postico productiore, attenuato, angulato,

subacuto ; antero rotundato ; margine ventrali simplici, subsinuato ;

lunula oblongo-lanceolata, carinis elevatis cincta.

“Shell ovate or oblong, rather tumid, produced slightly retrally

into a subcompressed acutely-angled beak, which is separated

from the rest of the shell by a shallow furrow ; the other extre-

mity is rounded. The surface is crossed by very numerous

transverse striz with sharp intermediate ridges. The beaks are

prominent. ‘The lunule is well-defined and smooth, and bounded

by two ridges, one of which is the margin of the upper part of

the valves. The margins of the shell are smooth. Transverse

dimension ;8, of an inch : beak to frontal margin 3%, of an inch.

“This form is allied to several existing tropical and subtropical

Nucule, and to some crag forms.

Nucuia Scnompurextt, EL. Forbes. (Figs. 4 and 5.)

*« N. testa ovato-elliptica, valde inzequilaterali, tumida, postice rotun-

data, antice abrupte truncata, lineis seepe divaricatis sculpta; umbo-

nibus subterminalibus ; lunula lanceolata, marginibus denticulatis.

Mr. P. H. Gosse on the Insects of Jamaica. 349

- “Shell rather tumid, ovate, elliptic, very equilateral, with the

beaks nearly terminal at the truncated anteal extremity. The

posteal extremity rounded. An arched furrow runs from the

beak to the margin at the anteal extremity. This furrow is

smooth ; the space in front of it is terminated by about a dozen

nearly perpendicular curved grooves, bounding a somewhat im-

pressed, nearly smooth indistinct area. Between the arched

groove and in front of the border of the lunule, all over the shell

are fine curving divaricating furrows, forming a series of elegant

‘angular markings. Towards the cardinal margin these furrows

curve inwards, widen, and have thicker interspaces, so as to den-

ticulate the borders of the lanceolate and nearly smooth lunule.

The ventral margin appears to have had smooth lips. The cast

is smooth. Dimensions of the most perfect specimen, from beak

to posterior angle, ;5, : central breadth 4, : thickness =.

“This remarkable shell belongs to a group of Nucule, of which

there are few known species, either living or fossil. The oldest

known members of the section occur in cretaceous strata: Nu-

cula bivirgata, Sowerby, and Nucula ornatissima, D’Orbigny, both

gault species, are examples. Still nearer the West Indian species

is the Nucula Cobboldie of the crag, a species which lived on in

the Celtic region of Europe till the elevation of the sea-bed of

the glacial epoch caused its extinction. Two living Nucule re-

present this group, viz. Nucula divaricata and Nucula castrensis,

both described by Mr. Hinds in the ‘ Zoology of the Voyage of

the Sulphur’; the former was taken im twenty-four fathoms in

the Chinese seas, and the latter dredged in seven fathoms, sand,

at Sitka im North-West America.”

XXXIX.—On the Insects of Jamaica. By Poitier Henry Gosse.

{Continued from p. 270.]

63. Brentus (sp.). Taken on Bluefields Mountain early in

June.

64. Brentus (sp.). Small. Taken in the same locality a day

or two after the former.

65. Brentus (sp.). Intermediate in size between the preceding

two. Taken at the Hampstead Road near the end of June.

66. Pachneus (sp. near opalus). Numerous on the Hampstead

Road in June, on low shrubs and herbaceous plants.

67. Diaprepes Spengleri. I found this weevil in some abun-

dance on the stunted prickly trees growing in the Pedro Plains,

about the middle of June. I also found it plentiful in the island

of St. Thomas, about a month later.

350 Mr. P. H. Gosse on the Insects of Jamaica.

68. ? impressus (Curculio impressus, Fabr.). At the

back of Content Cottage grows, at the edge of the forest, a tower-

ing mahogany-tree: the specimens (some ten or twelve) of this

very conspicuous insect which I obtained, were all with one or

two exceptions found on this tree. They were usually resting

on the leaves or twigs at a great elevation, and we found them

only by a careful and patient searching with the eye among

the lofty foliage. When we observed one, we procured it by

thrusting up a bag-net at the end of a pole, into which on the

slightest shock it would fall. One specimen flew in at the open

window of the cottage after nightfall, attracted by the lights.

They occurred from the latter part of May to the end of June.

69. Prepodes vittatus. The first specimen I saw was brought

to me in April, found among the grass at Bluefields. Stragglng

individuals were picked up now and then until the end of May,

when the species became very numerous on Bluefields Mountain,

and still more abundant on the Hampstead Road; continuing

plentiful throughout June. We found them for the most part

in the early part of the day resting on the leaves and twigs of the

young trees that border and overhang the roads. Specimens

differ much in size, and still more in beauty; for while in some,

the longitudinal bands of alternate crimson and green that run

down the elytra are perfect and brilliant, in others they are

nearly defaced by rubbing, and the colours are changed to a dull

brown and a dingy yellow.

70. Prepodes (sp. nov.). This is smaller than the preceding,

and distinguished by the longitudinal bands being white. It is

rather uncommon. I took three specimens almost together, on

low bushes (Lantana, if I rightly remember) beside the road

leading from: Bluefields to Savanna le mer, about the middle of

July ; and another at Auld Ayr, near Bluefields, about the middle

of August.

71. Celiodes? (sp.). A few specimens were taken at Bognie,

on Bluefields Mountain, about the beginning of June.

72. Eurhinus (sp. nov.). This is near EL: festivus, but is still

more lustrous than that lovely insect ; the light reflected from its

burnished surface is of an orange-red hue, and almost resembles

that of a glowing coal. I obtained but three specimens ; one of

which was found on a bush at Belmont, early m June, and an-

other on the Hampstead Road, at the same season in the follow-

ing year.

73. Macromerus (sp. nov. ?). Flew into the house at Content,

during the evening, near the end of May.

74. Lachnopus aurifer. This beautiful insect occurred only

in the neighbourhood of Kingston Harbour. At the end of June

and beginning of July, my lad Sam found it in considerable num-

Mr. P. H. Gosse on the Insects of Jamaica. 351

bers on the bushes and trees of Greenwich, the residence of

J. Parry, Esq.

75. Lachnopus (sp. nov.). Taken near Content rather late in

May.

76. Loncophorus (sp. nov.?). Taken on the Hampstead Road

in June.

77. Loncophorus (sp. nov.?). Taken at the same place and

season as the preceding.

78. Heilipus (sp. near elegans). Hampstead Road in June.

79. Polydrusus (sp. nov.).. Very numerous on the Hampstead

Road in May and June; chiefly on the leaves of a spinous-leafed

Solanum.

80 to 83. Cryptorhynchus. Four species.

84. Sphenophorus sericeus.

85 to 87. Sitophilus. Three species.

88. Calandra (sp. near abbreviata).

89. Bostrichus (sp. near typographicus). The only occasion on

which I met with this species was on the dissection of a Chor-

deiles Virginianus early in May. The stomach was distended.

with these little beetles, to the number of about two hundred, so.

that when turned out, one wondered how they could ever have

been compressed into so small a cavity. Doubtless this bird had

found a swarm of these beetles flying high 1 in air, in the evening ;

for it was soon after sunset that it was shot.

90. Stenodontes (damicornis?). Three or four specimens of

this Longicorn, the female of which is the largest beetle 1 found

in Jamaica, occurred in March, April and October. All were

taken either within or about the house at Bluefields.

91. Solenoptera fuliginosa (Fabr.).

92. Solenoptera lineata (Linn.). I suspect that these two are

but one species, of which the former, destitute of the white

bands, is the male. Though I never found it myself, consi-

derable numbers were given me at various times in May and

June, all of which were taken at Shrewsbury, a little below Con-

tent. The sexes, if such they are, occurred in nearly equal num-

bers, and were almost invariably found together.

93. Chlorida festiva. Found within the house at Bluefields,

after nightfall, about the middle of May.

94. Hburia 4-maculata.

95. Eburia (sp. near 4-maculata).

96. Eburia maculosa.

97. EKburia (sp. nov.).

All these species occurred principally on the Hampstead Road

in June, occasionally also at Sabito, and on Bluefields Mountain.

I could not call either of them common, with the exception of

E. maculosa, which, in the localities and at the season just named,

352 Mr. Toulmin Smith on the Classification

was by far the most abundant coleopterous insect I met with.

It is not at all gregarious, but single individuals are seen resting

on the leaves of trees that overhang the sides of the roads;

scarcely a shrub being without several for miles together.

98. Elaphidion spinicorne. From the creaking sound made

by this species in common with many others of the Longicornes,

it is commonly known by the name of the Fiddler. It is one of

those species whose activity is not confined to any particular sea-

son or locality, but is a common visitor at all times, flying in at

open windows, and crawling around the candle-shades, or up the

walls, in the evening. The spinous processes of the antennz and

of other parts are so long and sharp that they pierce the fingers

when the insect is handled, though ever so tenderly.

99. Elaphidion 6-fasciatum. Very common on the leaves of

low trees by the sides of the Hampstead Road throughout June.

100. Elaphidion bidens? Rare: a specimen taken at the

Hampstead Road near the end of June.

101 to 104. Hlaphidion (sp. near insulare). And three other

species ; occurring sparingly in June, on the Hampstead Road,

and occasionally flying in at the open window at Content, in the

evening. a:

105. Callichroma virens. Of this magnificent insect, which I

have taken also in Alabama (U.S.), two specimens occurred in

Jamaica, both of them much larger and finer than my American

specimen. The first was taken resting on a projecting twig of a

tree overhanging the Hampstead Road, June 24th, pretty high

up. The other was brought me from the woods behind Blue-

fields, on the 18th July. Both were strongly fragrant during

life. .

[To be continued. |

XL.—On the Ventriculide of the Chalk ; their classification.

By J. Toutmin Srrua, Esq.

{ Concluded from p. 295.]

Genus BRACHIOLITES. °

Character. Shape and size very various, but always much lobated

or branched : internal cavities of lobes and branches always

communicating : extremities closed or open: membrane form-

ing the wall sometimes plain sometimes folded : margin of wall

thinned or rounded off to an edge: membrane of wall poly-

piferous on both external and internal surfaces.

Departing altogether from the forms hitherto examined, the

_ present genus is characterized by its lobated or branched divi-

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist..8.2, Voll. PLXV,

it |

iit

i ; i fe te

SF ue

J Loulmin Smith. del. Sde C. Sowe rb. se!

of the Ventriculidee of the Chalk. 353

sions*. These divisions communicate internally, either by open-

ing directly into each other, or by opening into a central cavity

which they surround.

This genus therefore presents the Ventriculide in a new light.

With far less of the intricate complexity of fold of membrane

which is found in the other genera, it exhibits what may, in con-

tradistinction, be called a convolution of membrane varying greatly

in different species. And that this “ convolution” is a distinct

thing from the “fold ” already noticed will be evident, should its

essential distinctness be not otherwise recognized, from the faet

that several species have the fold as well as the convolution. In

the descriptions which follow, the fold and the convolution will

be distinguished as the primary and the brachial fold.

This genus, like each of the others, will be found to have all

its modifications adapted for the purpose of maintaining strength

and stability of form and the free access of sea-water. We shall

find some contrivances for these purposes of singular novelty and

beauty ; and it is upon the marked distinction of two groups in

one general arrangement for ensuring to the whole polypiferous

surface a full and constant supply of the grand element of the

existence of the creatures that the sectional division of the genus

is founded ;—the one section having the separate lobes of such

size, or so arranged with reference to a central cavity, that one

maint entrance afforded sufficient access to the sea-water ; those

lobes in the other being so extended, or so arranged with reference

to each other, that additional means were needful for that end.

The roots do not, in general, differ in this genus from the same

part in the others; but I shall have occasion to call attention to

some special and very remarkable contrivances in the arrange-

ment of this part. | |

The forms are all well-defined ; and though, like Ventriculites,

specimens of such species as are not of great rarity are found of

various sizes, there is little danger of confounding any two of the

species unless in a very fragmentary state. As to the question

of growth, the present genus may be considered, from the fact

just mentioned, to stand on the same ground as the genus Ven-

triculites.

Different forms of this genus are found in the Upper, the

Middle, and the Lower Chalk, and even in still lower beds of the

* See pp. 46, 206 note }, and 293.

+ The very beautiful arrangement of B. angularis will be found to be one

of those interesting apparent (at first sight) exceptions which prove a rule,

the main access being through the central cavity, and the lateral perforations

ensuring only the full and free circulation of the water entering, by that main

access, the cavities of the arms. The contrivance in all the group Aperti

is of a very different character. See post, p. 361.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.2. Vol.i. 24

354: Mr. Toulmin Smith on the Classification

cretaceous series. I believe only one, B. digitatus*, is strictly

common to all the beds, and that undergoes a modification of

character in the lower ones. Some of the most marked forms

are, as far as present observation has extended, peculiar to the

lower of these beds.

| § a. Operti.

Brachial folds closed at extremity.

1. Brachiolites tuberosus. Pl. XV. fig. 3.

Membrane having an irregular and generally slight primary fold :

brachial fold arranged subspirally around a wide central ca-

vity, and at rather distant intervals, in tuberous sacs, broad and.

flattened at the head, with slight depressions in the middle of

the head.

Of this remarkable species I am fortunate in possessing four

well-marked specimens, all of which were found by myself, though

in very distant parts of the country, and they are the only spe-

cimens I have ever seen. The form is striking. Rising from,

apparently, a very short root, it attains a considerable height, one

of my specimens being upwards of three inches high. The sacs

_ usually project about four limes from the central cylinder, and

are about four lines wide, though sometimes more, at their

broadest part. They open by a broad and trumpet-shaped mouth

into the central cavity, which is wide and open at the top. Thus

the access of sea-water is freely maintained. ;

A transverse section gives the accompanying figure, which will

be at once distinguished from that seen in a similar section (see

fig. G, p. 289) of Cephalites capitatus or of any other of that

genus. me Ae Fig. M.

The figure (8. Pl. XV.), which is peal

from a specimen carefully developed ,

from the chalk by means of the needle, & a &

gives a complete idea of the species. A ~~ om

large partis broken away, and thusthe _grmess “ee

inside, as well as the outside, is cleared %

out and displayed. Being, however,

developed by this means, and the spe-

cimen being one in which the oxide of “s

iron very greatly abounds, the primary fold is hardly to be seen.

A careful comparison of this with other specimens shows that

that fold was, like that of Ventriculites impressus, irregular ;

usually slight; but occasionally deep, at any rate in that part of

the membrane which forms the central cylinder.

The remark already made, in describing Cephalites campanu-

* See Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. xx. Ist Ser. p. 337, and ante p. 38.

Caiatin

i aN

At ch

ste tite,

_ of the Ventriculidee of the Chalk. 355

latus, as to observations upon the processes, applies equally to

every species of the present genus. Hnough, however, can be

detected to determine the fact of their presence.

This species must, in its recent state, have been singularly

striking. It is difficult, indeed, to conceive anything more beau-

tiful than must have been its exterior with each of its regularly

ranged lobes covered with its myriads of living polyps and their

ever-active tentacles.

All my specimens are from the Upper Chalk.

2. Brachiolites elegans. Pl. XV. fig. 4.

Membrane simple and without any primary fold: brachial fold

beginning almost at the acute base, and rapidly increasing in

broad and swelling lobes closely arranged round a central ca-

vity, and terminating in a simple and regular crown, open at

the top, and which, rising from the midst, reaches to a consi-

derable distance above the highest lobes, and is of about half

the diameter of the whole body.

This form is, in its fossil state, frequently so beautiful that I

have hence chosen its specific name. The effect is heightened

by the fact that the root of this species is usually long, and often

maintains the same diameter for a height of nearly two inches.

The primary membrane is exactly similar to that of Ventri-

culites simplex : the brachial folds are deep and broad, their inner

surface being freely exposed to access of sea-water from the large

internal cavity. The crown is one of the most remarkable fea-

tures of this species. It is regular and plain; springs from the

lower edge of the most deeply folded lobes, and rises, unbroken,

to a clear and even margin. A glance at fig. H, p. 291, illus-

trative of the fold of Cephalites campanulatus, will aid in un-

derstanding the anatomy of the present species ; broad convolu-

tions here replacing the plaits seen in that specimen, and the_

crown being always straight-sided, and never, I believe, assuming

a funnel form. Nothing can show more convincingly than this

peculiar crown, that the forms of the. Ventriculide are not

merely arbitrary massings of an amorphous or simply cumulative

organism, or mere examples of “ vegetative repetition,” but that

there was a type appointed to each which it should attain, and

each having its special adaptations. In perfect specimens this

head is never wanting, though it is rarely, if ever, to be seen

without the aid of the knife; whence it is that it has never, so

far as I am aware, been heretofore observed.

The species appears to be characteristic of the Upper Chalk.

3. Brachiolites convolutus. Pl. XV. fig. 5.

Membrane coarse in texture, simple and without any primary

24%

‘

356 Mr. Toulmin Smith on the Classification

‘fold: brachial fold developed very rapidly from the base, in

broad and deeply undulating convolutions, so deep as to leave

no regular central cavity; most prominent surfaces much

flattened, and spread laterally till those of adjoining convolu-

tions meet and unite in many places, often presenting, towards

the lower part of the whole, a continuous surface.

This species displays many peculiarities. The structure of its

simple membrane seems coarse, that is, the squares are larger

than in any other species of the Ventriculide. The root is ex-

ceedingly short.. The most curious point, however, is the union

of the flattened prominences of the convolutions. A reference

to fig. M, p. 354, will show, in B. tuberosus, a disposition to

flattening of the most prominent part of the convolution in

that species, and will make the nature of the present fold easily

understood, where that flattening is so much more extensive

that adjoining convolutions meet and unite*. This peculiarity

was important in the present species on account of the great

depth of the convolutions, which would, without it, have been

more liable than in B. eleyans and other species to be displaced,

and so injury to have happened to the polyps. But a curious

phznomenon is often presented in consequence. The flint,--

which, from its specific gravity, would always lie, when fluid,

near the sea-bottom,—was attracted round the base of the spe-

cimen, but, the surface there being usually continuous for a con-

siderable distance, access to the lower part of the mside seldom

took place, unless the siliceous fluid was very abundant ; any silex

attracted towards the insidey+ in the manner before suggested

(p. 85) being specially attracted by the convolutions interposing

before it reached the base, solidifying there, and thus preventing

the flow of other fluid towards the base. Hence, on the decay

of the animal matter, a large hollow was frequently left in the

flint, which is often now found only partially filled up by chal-

eedony. Such flints are cup-shaped; very regularly rounded be-

low, and. have a flat top. Near the edge of that top a continuous

line is usually found, showimg the place of the united mem-

brane. Within this are seen traces of the conyolutions of the

* This outer surface, where the polyp-skin is preserved, which very rarely

happens, may sometimes appear as if apolypous. A very careful comparison

of all the specimens I have on which remains of this membrane are found,

leads me, however, to the conclusion that this is not the fact ; but that, the

membrane being coarser than usual, the polyp-cells, though present, are not

so clearly preserved as in some other species.

t The access of the liquid chalk was often made equally difficult by the

collapsion, after death, of some of the lower convolutions on one another.

Hence we find the bases of specimens enveloped in that substance often hol-

low like those in flint. Some deposit of chalcedony has often taken place

in those hollows, as in the hollows of the flints.

of the Ventriculide of the Chalk. 357

brachial fold which attracted and retained the siliceous fluid in

its descent towards the base. Fig. N is

a small specimen of this kind, instances

which are not uncommon in some places.

Fig. 5. Pl. XV. represents a specimen. 4

which has been longitudinally divided, |"”

and has afterwards had the convolutions }jj\, |)

cleared out by the needle. The white |j\)

central parts, round the entire edges of |

which the structure is seen, are the only

parts where the true central cavity is cut,

notwithstanding the section. The depth

of the conyolutions will be clearly seen.

It. will also be observed that there are several places where the

flattened convolutions do not unite, thus leaving ample means

for. the free admission of sea-water to bathe the whole inner

portion of what. is really. the external surface of the membrane,

though so much surrounded by the overspreading flattened, and

thus actually outer, surface. The true imner surface. is, bathed

by means of the access of water through the upper part in the

usual way. |

Specimens vary greatly in size.. I have them from.an inch to

at least eight inches in height. The height to which the flat-

tened outer surface is continuous varies in different. specimens,

being, as might be anticipated, greater in large. ones. It:is some-

times much greater on one side than on the other, a circumstance,

however, which, in the living creature, would not at all interfere

with the free access of the sea-water, inasmuch, as the communi-

cation was free all around withm and under this: expanded con-

tinuous surface.

The species is found both in Upper and Middle Chalk,

4. Brachiolites angularis.

Membrane exceedingly fine in texture, having a primary fold of

minute and corresponding depressions arranged in more or

less exact quincuncial figure: brachial fold expanding very ra-

pidly into a varying number of arms opening into a central

~ open cavity; each arm haying the two walls parallel and flat ;

closed at upper and lateral edges ; terminating at the external

angle in a broad triangular lip depressed in the middle; and

having at regular intervals, along its lateral edge, complete

perforations, between which distinct and single root-fibres are

attached to the membrane at intervals from the base upwards.

This is certainly the most extraordinary and interesting of the

whole family of Ventriculide. It presents some points of such

358 Mr. Toulmin Smith on the Classification

remarkable structure as must excite the astonishment and ad-.

miration of every earnest inquirer.

Fig. O.

{ AL hae

We RAL: ISIE

Nr Te et

Ay H| if

i) Gp aPigs

) Hes

Diol Mn at 8 a ga

ily

= = Ss

Few fossils have given rise to more varied conjecture than

this. A fragment of a specimen found in an unusual con-

dition by Dr. Mantell was originally figured by him under the

name of Ventriculites quadrangularis. He subsequently aban-

doned that view,—showing that it had been adopted without the

euide of any definite principle,—and, for what reason it is diffi-

cult to imagine, and none is stated, placed it among Flustre*.

Others have amused themselves by discovering analogies to the

foliaceous sponges. Remains both in chalk and flint, which had

apparently escaped Dr. Mantell’s notice, or whose connexion

with his figured specimens was at any rate not perceived by him

have even been placed by collectors among the Asteria.

The form in which the species is necessarily most usually found

* Ante, p. 74, note*.

of the Ventriculidee of the Chalk. - 359

is seen in the accompanying cage

figure. This can, in itself, alte

give little idea of the form or .

nature of the recent animal.

I have a specimen of this

aspect nine inches across.

Anxious to ascertain the true

nature of this remarkable ap-

pearance, of which no expla- A

nation had ever been even

offered, I carefully collected a

every fragment I could find,

until I was led to infer a rela-

tion between certain flat and

unconnected surfaces, some-

times found, and these mark- v

ings. I was fortunate at

length in obtaining two specimens, each of very large size, and

which exhibited on one end the aspect of fig. P, and on the broad

side, and in continuous connexion with one of the lines of that

peculiar marking, an entire and unbroken surface of many square

inches in extent. It became obvious that the inference already

made had been correct*; that these markings were caused by

the transverse section of a membrane very deeply folded up. I

then had recourse, as in other cases, to dissection, in order to

ascertain the entire form and habit of the creature, which no

specimen developed in the ordinary way could ever show. The

extreme fineness of the membrane, and the great depth of the

brachial fold, made the task a very difficult one. Having, how-

ever, succeeded in several instances, I have been able to restore,

from specimens thus cleared out, the beautiful and extraordinary

form seen in figure O, a form of animal life seldom if ever exceeded

in beauty and striking evidence of design and adaptationt.

The wall of this species is exceedingly thin and delicate, the

* These specimens had been shown by me to several friends, and my in-

ference of the habit of the animal, with a model in paper of what I con-

ceived its form to be, explained to them long before the importation of the

11th livraison of Michelin’s ‘ Iconographie Zoophytologique’ (see ante,

p- 80). Plate 30 of that work became an interesting illustration of the pre-

sent species, though giving little idea of its true character, and none what-

ever of its habit, on neither of which points do the accompanying descrip-

tions afford any real aid. The character of the surface is there very imper-

fectly represented, and the magnified views are not truthful, which they

could hardly be since that author had no idea of the true structure of this

class of fossils.

+ This figure, as well as all the other woodcuts illustrative of the present

subject, has been executed, with great care and faithfulness, by Mr. Frederick

Gyde.

360 Mr. Toulmin Smith on the Classification

squares. being smaller than in any other species of the Ventri-

culide. Its membrane is folded up m very small depressions,

after the manner of Ventriculites quincuncialis, but very much

smaller, each depression being rarely more than the sixth of a line.

in diameter, often less, and usually of an oval form. The plaits

may generally be easily traced, as, though these folds assume a

quincuncial arrangement, it is usually easy, on a large surface,

to trace the fan-like expansion of certain lines,—the lines of the

typical plait. .The squares being smaller than in other species

of Ventriculidee, the whole thickness of the folded membrane does

not exceed the twentieth of an inch. The two surfaces. corre-

spond as in the section Simplices of the genus Ventriculites...

Rising from a short and, comparatively to the whole, size, of

the animal, small central root, the fold is. sometimes found for,a

short distance assuming a tubular form, but it generally puts,on;

very speedily, its characteristic brachial fold into narrow flat, tri-

angular arms. These folds vary greatly.in number., The spe-

cimen above figured has ten arms, but that: number is very; un-

common. I haye even specimens with.only two, but I consider

them as abnormal... The arms do not, always, though generally,

start from exactly the same point. This.is the case with the arm

on the right of the above figure, as well as with some others the

bases of which cannot. be seen in the present position of that

figure. .

Spreading out, sometimes toa very great, sometimes to a very

small size, the angular fold terminates, atthe top, not in double

parallel edges as might have been anticipated, but with the edges

united and rounded. over as at the lateral margin. Hach arm

is thus closed on all sides except where it communicates with the

central cavity, which is, normally, open atthe top. The, upper

and lateral margins of each arm, consequently form with each

other an acute angle. Those margins are usually straight,; those

at the top being also. often horizontal, and those at the sides

sloping regularly down from their extremity to a point at the

base. Instances are found, however, in which these margins

have a symmetrical wayy outline. At the extreme outer angle

of each arm there is further added a curious triangular expan-

sion, not unlike the expansion at the extremity of each sac of

B. tuberosus, This lip, as it may be termed, and. which, like all

the elevations on Ventriculites mammillaris, B. tuberosus, &c., is

hollow within, is concave at the aspect towards the spectator.

It will be understood from this that, between the two walls of

each. lobe, there is an open space, narrow and of even width

throughout. The communication between the central cavity and

these arms being therefore not wide, though continuous, the ex-

tent and narrowness of these arms struck me for a long time as

of the Ventriculidee of the Chalk. 361

likely to offer some difficulty in the way of the free circulation

of the sea-water. Confident however that, if my interpretation

of the nature of these animals were correct, the means of free

circulation must exist and might be discovered, | resumed the

examination with an increased series of specimens. : The result

was the strengthening of all. conclusions as to the physiology

of the whole family in general, and of this species’ in particular,

by the discovery of a contrivance by which this end was perfectly

effected ; a contrivance which, for its novelty and simplicity, may

well claim the inquirer’s attention. ~

Equidistant, or nearly so, along each /ateral margin, I found

what at first 1 took for a larger form of depression, but which, on

dissection, I found to be actual perforations* through the mem-

brane. These are found present from near the root to the ex-

treme angular expansion already named. A comparison of many

specimens satisfied me that these perforations are never absent ;

that they are always ranged in the same way, and that their size

is proportioned to that of the entire animal and to the width be-

tween the walls of the arms. They are usually circular, some-

times oval. They vary from half a line to two lmes im longest

diameter, seldom however attaiming this last size.

It became at once evident that this simple provision could

have but one end ; but that that end it would fully effect. That

end was the fulfillmg of the very purpose whose imcomplete-

ness had before been felt. A constant access and circulation

of sea-water would be maintained over all the inner surfaces

of these lobes, deep and narrow as they are ; the water, admitted

at the opening of the great central cavity, coursing out, by

the continual action of numberless ciliated tentacles, through

these marginal perforations. And herein it is that these perfo-

rations differ from those in the group Aperti, and do not bring

this species within that group. The large central opening was

amply sufficient, in this case, for the admission of sea-water, but

the peculiar form of the arms interposed difficulties in the way

of its free change and circulation, which is equally necessary to

the well-being of these creatures. Hence this beautifully simple

contrivance for the water, admitted by the central orifice, to pass

out through these perforations. In the group Aperti, on the

other hand, each perforated lobe offered the principal, if not in

every case the only, means of both access and circulation of the

* In some of Michelin’s figures traces of some of these are found, which,

when their nature is known, will be recognized, but which, as they appear

in those figures, suggest nothing but irregular depressions: they attracted,

indeed, no attention of that author, but, in his descriptions, they are wholly

unnoticed, the margins being only said to be,—in the same words as the

** superficiebus laminum,’’-—“ perforatis,” which, as applied, is erroneous.

362 Mr. Toulmin Smith on the Classification

sea-water, just as in any single specimen of Ventriculites or

Cephalites.

But the contrivances in this species to secure the well-being

of the myriads of its tenants, and so strikingly indicative of de-

sign and adaptation, do not end here. Thin and delicate as the

wall is, though greatly strengthened by the fact of the upper as

well as the lateral margins of each lobe being closed, the cur-

rents, small as they would be, caused by the streams continually

pouring out of these lateral perforations, or lungs as they may well

be called, might tend to displace the form ;—a matter of pecu-

har danger in species having such extended surfaces in such

close apposition, their distance seldom exceeding one line.

Besides this, such broad flat surfaces as the lobes or arms here

take would offer so much resistance to the slightest impulse that

the walls would be more hable than those of other species to

suffer displacement ; while there is no membrané, as in Cephalites,

stretching across and attached to each to secure them in posi-

tion ; a contrivance indeed which, though so admirably adapted

to all cases in which it is found, the length and depth and entire

distinctness of the arms would, in this case, have rendered but

very imperfectly effectual.

To secure the animal against such dangers I have further found

that, while the central root * is comparatively small, merely acting

as an anchor, there depended a single root-fibril from between each

of these perforations to a considerable height +, on all sides of the

entire animal. By these then was it maintained securely in shape

and in position. These depending fibrils acted exactly like the

* In an earlier page, 91, contrasting the Actinie, which are locomotive,

with the Pennatulide, which are, according to the better opinion, not so,

but which are permanently fixed in the soft mud, I suggested that the Ven-

triculidee might possibly combine both these qualities, and have a locomotive

power, fixing themselves firmly, during pleasure, in the soft mud. However

difficult it may be to arrive at certainty on such a point, the inquirer will pro-

bably be inclined to acquiesce in the doubtfulness with which this sugges-

tion was offered, after considering the very peculiar arrangement of roots in

the present species. The roots of this family of compound animals fulfilled

the same purpose as the peduncle of the Zerebratula. They differ indeed in

structure from the latter,—for the opportunity of examining which, in the

recent state, I am again indebted to the kindness of Prof. Owen,—but, in

this respect, the byssus of the Pinna, with an analogous function, differs yet

again from both. But it is a curious and important fact that the roots of

Ventriculidz are never found attached to rock or shells, though shells are

often attached to parts of the surface of the body and roots: nor have the

minutest shells ever penetrated the substance of the body, as they continu-

ally do in sponges.

+ How high it is almost impossible to ascertain. It has been with the

greatest difficulty that I have ascertained the fact at all, as it is only by fol-

lowing the small fibril with the knife that its presence can be detected or its

direction traced. ;

of the Ventriculidee of the Chalk. 363

ropes of a tent, by which alone it is securely kept in a position

which, swinging on its single central support, it could not other-

wise sustain for an instant*.

Such are the normal characters of this very curious and inter-

esting species. As was to be expected in so delicate a species,

specimens are, not unfrequently, found exhibiting abnormal forms;

owing either to displacements of the dead mass before or during

the process of fossilization ; or, sometimes, to incomplete deve-

lopment of the living mass, or accidents to the living animal,—

accidents to which, from its delicacy and remarkable form, it

would be peculiarly liable. Thus I have a flint ten inches in

length covered with irregular markings, but in which may I

think be clearly traced displaced portions of an individual of this

species. I have similar specimens in chalk in which it appears

clear that the originally flat arms have been tumbled and bent

over upon one another in confusion. I have myself collected

more than one specimen which would seem never to have had

more than two of the flattened arms. In such cases compensa-

ting provisions are found ; and, there being no large central ca-

vity, the lateral perforations are found larger than usual, and on

both edges of what thus becomes one elongated double fold. I

have another most interesting specimen, in which the opening of

the central cavity is in an abnormal position, namely on one side ;

but still it is there present in all its completeness, thus showing

the necessity and the presence of some compensation where any

abnormal conditions exist. There is, indeed, no species among

the Ventriculide which bears more conclusive evidence to the

truth of the views heretofore expressed as to the character, affi-

nities, and habits of the recent animal than does Brachiolites an-

gularis.

~ I cannot conclude the account of this species without express-

ing the strong feeling which its examination impresses of the

wonderful variety, and always. completeness, of the contrivances

by which nature has effected her ever-present purpose of securing

the well-being and permanent safety of every creature she has

made. The theorists on meret+ “ Vegetative Repetition” and on

“ Progressive Development” will find themselves equally at fault

in the examination of this species. There is no form which the

naturalist can study with greater interest, admiration and in-

struction than that of Brachiolites angularis.

This species is found in both Upper and Middle Chalk.

* The reader will recal the description of an abnormal form of root already

given (p. 92). That specimen is of the genus Ventriculites. What is there

abnormal becomes a special character in the present species.

+ This word is used advisedly, to distinguish those who thus theorize from

those who philosophically inquire into the important questions of serial ho-

mologies.

364 | Mr. Toulmin Smith on the Classification

§ db. Aperti.

Brachial folds open at extremity.

1. Brachiolites foliaceus. Pl. XVI. fig. 1.

Membrane simple and without any primary fold: brachial fold

variously winding and irregularly anastomosing, and thus

forming irregular but close and connected sinuous cavities, with

rounded, but irregularly arranged, external openings: mass

rising to a considerable height; expanding slowly from root,

and the whole maintaining, throughout, a narrow diameter.

The style of fold of this delicate species is very similar to that

of the recent Eschara foliacea. The form. assumed by the whole

mass differs however materially. Instead of spreading horizon-

tally, the habit of B. foliaceus was to rise perpendicularly... It

sometimes attained six inches in height, but seldom more than

an inch in width at its broadest part. The external openings in

this species also differed materially ; those openings. being usually

separate. and circular or oval in form, not irregularly running

into each other as in EL. foliacea. ee

Fragmentary portions in flint or chalk may readily be distin-

guished from those of any preceding species by the greater deli-

cacy of the membrane and closeness of the brachial fold. The

upper part of fig. 1. Pl. X VI. shows the appearance displayed on

a vertical section ; while the lower part of that figure shows the

external appearance of the fossil when entire.

The close anastomosing of the brachial folds of this species must

have given great strength to the whole body; while the freely

communicating cavities would allow constant access and circula-

tion of the sea-water.

I have a specimen in which the whole animal part is converted’

into iron pyrites and the cavities are perfectly clear of all matrix.

The species is found in Upper and Middle Chalk.

2. Brachiolites racemosus. Pl. XV. fig. 6.

Membrane having a rather deep primary fold, round, and of

nearly equal width the whole depth of the fold, and arranged

in quincuncial figure : brachial fold beginning at some distance

from the base, and running in narrow and short but regular

cylinders ranged subspirally round a small central cavity at

rather distant intervals.

This species differs essentially from the last m having a deep

primary fold ; in having a distinct central cavity, though varying

in size, into which each of the brachial folds opens ; and in these

Ann.& Mag. Nat Hist. $.2. VOL. PLNXVL

ibe}

EArt

S.Toulmin Smith dei TDe C. Sowerby sef

BAPOEILE Sry .t8

ee a S ae

Or :

Eres tices od? Soars 79 a8 sith

boo Arebande ented satew-soa ln Site

Anitty a nabutiliys dads sage olf tog oa on fditehiaals &

“8bhe es %: Na8S peda id “dtonoinnns cones

vis si Hie. inane endl Hate ae Sage oy fe a nit

: & i | eo

mirervatins 7 at ne walang sere aks i Bia ‘

bleh he ch 8 ni

ot TOR snail FO SAY

3 logan iol

ao eT etrey fae Vy MM te

FAS SR LEB TITS A a

Rab we ta gay cea ri

Ut ign aiid

igade ved a JSRBBG * Fs

. 2 te dosti bowel ove ameizisuas |

ye ony Siow add 3 78H) a2 tailt?o yuo ah.

3 to Steril bottiogis itt sl. Jerguiggaa ;

es << Z yatitis rected tongs. -: dostee 4

old a edesoiy yor talis gact irae

alba toi ae HW gio¥ satire NEY FLAN ce Sat

Hr yd Bonntawon ewelv ont xbtog QR Guise re Fo: ‘

aii OTe da cueeate ont OF HE wyatt eget os ‘

aden Pa Fe, mans i; 24)

of the Ventriculidee of the Chalk. 365

last being distinct*, and regular in form and arrangement. The

term racemosus seems peculiarly expressive of the character of

this species. The perfect animal rose on a rather high stem.

I am fortunate in possessing a specimen in flint, from which the

fig. 6 on Pl. XV. is drawn, with the stem and roots entire, a

condition in which the members of the present section are very

rarely found. I have another specimen in which the processes

are very conspicuously seen, also an exceedingly rare circumstance

in specimens of this genus. |

The wall of the brachial fold is full a line in thickness, often

more, owing to the depth of the primary fold, which much re-

sembles that of Ventriculites quincuncialis. The central cavity

is usually very small, the access of sea-water being abundant, and

its circulation free, by means of the open short cylinders which

the brachial fold assumes. Occasionally the central cavity is wide

however ; though the opening into it is not, even then, propor-

tionably wide, a fact which might have been anticipated.

It would be difficult to confound this species with B. tuberosus,

though the general habit is the same. The primary fold, and

the nature of the lobes, open at the extremity, and much larger

than-those of B. tuberosus, at once distinguish the twot.

All the specimens which I have seen of this species are from

the Upper Chalk.

3. Brachiolites digitatus. Pl. XVI. fig. 2.

Membrane having a deep primary fold of regular quadrilateral

and rectangular form, usually more or less oblong, and arranged

in tessellated figure : brachial fold branching out irregularly

* T have observed, in one specimen in flint, an indistinct appearance as

if two of the cylinders adjoined at one point. If it be a true anastomosis

(which I doubt), it is a very rare exception, No symptom of it has been

seen in any other instance.

+ Through the kindness of Mr. Wetherell I am in possession of one very

interesting specimen of this species, strikingly illustrative of the truth of the

views expressed in the early pages of these sheets as to the peculiar state in

which silicified specimens are found. Each of the cylinders is separately

encased in a thin coat of flint, so that the whole was actually taken, by a

distinguished paleontologist, for the silicified fruit of a eonifer. In touch-

ing on this subject I cannot forbear citing a passage from Humboldt’s

‘Cosmos,’ published long after my-remarks on the formation of flint and on

the silicified Ventriculites were written, and which is in direct accordance

with, and therefore supports, the views advanced by me on both those sub-

jects. That writer alludes to the siliceous-shelled infusoria as being uni-

versally found in sea-water, “ although the chemical analysis of sea-water

has not shown silica to be one of its essential constituents; and ié could only

indeed exist in water in a state of simple mixture or suspension,” (Vol. 1.

p- 341.). This, however, is a state of things which Mr. Bowerbank has ex-

pressed himself unable, ‘ by any stretch of the imagination,” to “‘ conceive.”

‘Ann. and Mag, Nat, Hist.’ vol. xix. Ist Ser, p. 260.

366 Mr. Toulmin Smith on the Classification

into long and wide regular cylinders either grouped near the

base or dividing off one from the other.

This species differs most essentially from the last. Both pri-

mary and brachial fold altogether differ. The former exactly re-

sembles the fold of Ventriculites tessellatus. The latter is very

peculiar. It often displays a group of cylinders radiating out

from near the base just like the outstretched fingers of the hand ;

and the length and thickness of the cylinders increase the resem-

blance. Hence the name. It is often found however under a

modification of this form, rising to a considerable height, and one

branch rising out of the other, at considerable distances, as it

increases. In each case alike the cylindrical cavities of all the

branches open into each other, and there is no true separate

central cavity into which they open. The separate branches form

exceedingly regular cylinders, and the primary fold is marked

on each with perfect regularity. The margin goes off to a round

edge, as will be seen in the figure.

The species cannot be at all understood, or even detected,

without careful clearing out with the knife and needle; since

its very nature, like that of every other species in this section,

prevents it ever coming out of the matrix entire by any acci-

dental fracture : beautiful fragments of it are, however, sometimes

found.

The species is found in the Upper and Middle Chalk. A form

essentially the same and of the same habit is sometimes found in

the lower chalk and in the chalk marl and greensand*. In all the

specimens from these latter beds which I have seen the thickness

of the wall is however much greater, and the diameter of the

branches also rather greater than in specimens from the Up-

per and Middle Chalk, a fact which it is interesting and import-

ant to notice as connected with the stratigraphical distribution

of these fossils, though I do not conceive these minor characters

sufficient to justify, at present at any rate, and until their con-

stancy is fully established, a distinct species or even variety for

those lower forms.

Among the Mount Rhanden specimens ‘in the British Museum

are individuals identical in general character and habit with the

last-named modification of B. digitatus.

4. Brachiolites tubulatus. Pl. XV. fig. 7.

Membrane having a more or less slight, but close, primary fold,

without any regular figure :. brachial fold in narrow tubes in-

creasing in size and length from the base upwards, and closely

ranged round a central cavity; each tube narrowing at the

. mouth. :

* See ante, p. 354.

of the Ventriculidee of the Chalk. 367

This form will readily be distinguished from every other not only

by the difference in the primary fold from that of any species which

approach it in the character of the brachial fold, but in the essential

character of that brachial fold itself. The narrowness, in com-

parison with the length, and the close setting of the tubes, are

together found in no other a

species. The accompany- ig. Q.

ing figure, which is a trans- a

verse section of a specimen

of this species, near the top,

and just therefore missing

the central cavity, could

be presented by a similar

section of no other species.

It seems to me that there

is generally no marked di-

stinct opening to the cen-

tral cavity, but that it is

surrounded on all sides by

the tubes. In fig. 7 of

PI. XV. the upper part was !

cut away before it came into my possession, but the wall of the

cavity is, in. that specimen, rounding inwards, and not expanding.

It is important to notice that each brachial fold is distinctly

tubular and prominently projecting, and that its termination is

slightly contracted, in the present species, two characters in which

it essentially differs from B. labrosus and B. fenestratus, and cha-

racters which must obviously have materially affected the access

_ and circulation of the sea-water. The central cavity into which

those tubes open is another character to which the last remark

strongly applies, and is a character also at once distinguishing

this species from B. fenestratus.

This species is from the Middle Chalk.

5. Brachiolites fenestratus. Pl. XVI. fig. 3.

Membrane simple and without any primary fold: brachial fold

in narrow tubes anastomosing and opening into each other in

not very regular figure, but in several vertical and horizontal

planes, leaving interspaces between them about equal to their

own width: each tube rounding at mouth and projecting

slightly beyond the plane of the most external range of the

anastomosed mass.

The description will at once show wherein this species differs

from the last. A single fragment of tube may be mistaken, as

the primary fold is not strikingly marked in either, and the size

368 Mr. Toulmin Smith on the Classification

of the tube is the same in each. But masses of the two cannot

be confounded, and the specific distinctions, as noticed in treating

of B. tubulatus, are very important. It should be further noticed

that, in the present species, there is not that variety in the size

of the tubes which, as seen in fig. 7. Pl. XV., is found in B. tu-

bulatus. |

A certain degree of regularity is generally found, on careful

observation, in the arrangement of the anastomosing tubes ; that

arrangement bearing often a near resemblance to regular square

lattice-work. This arrangement extends both in the horizontal

and vertical plane, as endeavoured to be represented in fig. 3,

Pl. XVI. Specimens sometimes attained a large size.

Both this species and the last are very beautiful fossils when

they can be obtained in any degree of perfectness. This how-

ever is extremely difficult, owing to the small branching arms of

which each is made up. The inquirer may, unless great care is

bestowed, and very cautious dissection made, easily mistake for

them some of the markings often found on accidental fracture of

chalk and flint, and on the outsides of flints, and which are really

caused by B. foliaceus or other of the sinuous species. Oblique

fractures take very indeterminate forms. 7

This species is found in the Chalk Marl and Upper Greensand.

I have never seen a specimen from any higher beds.

6. Brachiolites labrosus. Pl. XVI. fig. 4.

Membrane having a slight and irregular primary fold: brachial

fold variously windmg and irregularly anastomosing, thus

forming irregular but wide sinuous cavities opening into each —

other, with slightly projectmg wide and irregular openings

having entire and rounded margins: mass compact, broad and

wide ; rising to a moderate height, and subglobose in form.

_ The description will at once enable the inquirer to distinguish

this very marked form from every other. The character of the

primary fold resembles that of Ventriculites impressus. It is not

nearly so close as in B. tubulatus, but much closer than is usual in

B. protensus. The mouths of the cavities rarely open, as in B.

fenestratus, by a regular cylindrical tube, but are very often elon-

gated or irregular, and more or less constricted near the middle.

The margin, however, is in every case entire, and generally

spreads outwards, thick and lip-like, whence the name. The

figure exhibits these peculiarities, but the size of the plate did

not allow space for the representation of an entire specimen.

This species is found m the Chalk Marl and in the Upper

Greensand. I have seen it from no higher beds.

ke of the Ventriculide of the Chalk. 369

7. Brachiolites protensus. P|. XVI. fig. 5.

Membrane having a slight and irregular -primary fold : brachial

fold in large sinuous tubular masses frequently anastomosing

and opening into each other, and, with occasional, but irre-

gular, large interstices: mass very irregular and usually spread-

ing horizontally.

This species will perhaps be best understood if the inquirer

conceives a number of the arms of B. digitatus to be more or

less contorted instead of straight, and to anastomose and open

into each other instead of always being distinct from each other

at all other points than their bases.’ The tubular folds of B. pro-

tensus project from the mass not very prominently, but still con-

spicuously and in every direction. The primary fold differs how-

ever, as will be seen both by the deseription and figure, most

essentially from that of B. digitatus.

The habit of the mass is the very reverse of being compact like

B. labrosus ; it may best be described as sprawling, whence the

name; its tendency being usually to horizontal rather than

perpendicular extension : it does not seem to have any inclina-

tion to assume the globose or any other definite general figure.

The mouths of the tubes tend to expand as in B. labrosus, while

_ in B. digitatus their tendency, where not simply straight, is rather

to contract as in B. tubulatus.

This species is from the Lower Chalk and Chalk Marl.

I have thus laid before the reader the result of an investiga-

tion which has engaged most of the leisure hours of some years.

I am too conscious of the disadvantages under which I labour,

and the want of qualifications which I possess, to anticipate

otherwise than much criticism as to the result of that investiga-

tion and the execution of my task. I would only request the

reader to remember that the field was an entirely untrodden one

and the task a new one,—“a task of no little difficulty in the ac-

complishment, and one that may fairly entitle him who enters

upon it to expect to meet with indulgence*.” -

I have endeavoured to show the existence, in one, at least, of

the great geological epochs, of a widely extended class of animals

whose nature,—if the existence of a few of the forms was vaguely

known before,—was totally unknown, as also was their structure

and all that constitutes the knowledge of an organic being. ~ I

have exhibited a structure as remarkable as it is novel. I have

shown the extraordinary variety of forms which that structure

assumes,—a variety in which one Law of Unity, however, still

* Farre, ut ante, p. 887.

Ann. § Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. 1. 25

370 Mr. Toulmin Smith on the Classification

prevails. Numberless illustrations of design and adaptation

have-forced themselves upon attention in the course of the inves-

tigation, and more might have been suggested had it not been

feared that the allusion would appear obtrusive.

It cannot be supposed that the forms which have been here

described constitute all that existed of this family even in the

cretaceous seas. In my own collection are a few individuals as

to whose specific identity I have some doubt, but as to which |

would wait for further means of observation rather than rashly

increase the number of species. Doubtless, now that the struc-

ture has been described, and figures and descriptions of such

numerous forms been given, some attention will be directed to

the subject and other forms be found. From the great extent of

the materials on which these observations have been made, it

may, however, without presumption, be conceived that the prin-

cipal typical forms are here included, and that any which may

hereafter be clearly ascertained will range themselves easily in

one or other of the groups whose characters, general and special,

have been here determined.

Many other obscure fossils are found in the chalk, either gene-

rally unknown or distinguished by names which impart little idea

of vitality to the objects to which they have been attached,—a

vitality which it is sought in vain to realize by any descriptions

which have hitherto been published. To a more particular ex-

amination of some of these, the attention of such readers as have

followed with any interest the present inquiry into the structure,

affinities and forms of the Ventriculide, may, at a future day, be

perhaps invited.

' EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

[Plates VII. and VIII. appeared in vol. xx. of the first Series. ]

Pl, VII. (all in flint except figs. 1, 2, 3, 9 and 12).

Fig. 1. Transverse section of Cephalites longitudinalis, pp. 89 & 281.

2. Transverse section of C. alternans, pp. 89 & 283.

3. Oblique section of C. bullatus, p, 284.

4. Vertical section of Ventriculites, showing base of body lodged and

ensheathed in the root: the upper part showing the fold of the

membrane, p. 88.

— 5&6. Vertical and transverse section of the same specimen showing

body lodged and ensheathed in the root, p. 91, & see p, 362, note.

7. Root seen externally ensheathing body, p. 91.

8, Intimate structure of the Ventriculide highly magnified, showing

square and octahedral structure, p. 93.

9. Cast in chalk of this structure, p. 95.

10. The octahedral structure very highly magnified, p. 95.

11. The dermis or underskin, pp. 95 & 182.

12. The epidermis or polyp-skin, pp. 95 & 182. This specimen is broken

away at the upper part, showing traces of the structure below.

Lee

of the Ventriculidee of the Chalk. : 371

Fig. 13. The polyp-cells : vertical section highly magnified, p. 188.

— 14. The mode of addition of fibre, p. 93.

~ Pl. VITT. (all in chalk except fig. 7).

Pigs. 4 & 5, Casts showing the places of processes, p. 184.

— 6. Polyp-cells highly magnified, p. 187.

— 7. Root-fibre encrusted with chalcedony, p. 97.

— 1. Ventriculites simplex, p. 204.

— 2&3. Ventriculites impressus, p. 205.

N.B. For Ventriculites quincuncialis see Pl. VII. fig. 7, & p. 207.

Pl. XIII. (all in chalk, except fig. 6, which is in flint).

Fig. 1. Veniriculites muricatus, p. 210.

— 2. Ventriculites tessellatus, p. 211.

— 3& 4. Different sections of V. tessellaius, p. 211.

— 5. Ventriculites cavatus, p. 212.

— 6. Ventriculites striatus, p. 212.

— 7. Ventriculites mammillaris, p. 213.

N.B. For Ventriculites latiplicatus see fig. D, p. 215,

— 8. Ventriculites decurrens, p. 215.

— 9. Variety tenuiplicatus, p. 215.

— 10. Ventriculites radiatus, p. 218.

— ll. Section of V. quincuncialis, p. 208.

— 12. Section of V. muricatus, p. 210.

— 13. Plaits of V. striatus, pp. 214, 216.

— 14. Plaits of V. mammillaris, pp. 214, 216.

— 15. Plaits of V. radiatus, p. 216.

N.B. For Veniriculites bicomplicatus see fig. E, p. 219.

PI. XIV. (all in chalk).

Fig. 1. Cephalites longitudinalis, p. 281.

— 2. Cephalites guttatus, p. 282. 3

— 3. Cephalites paradoxzus, p. 283.

— 4&5. Outer and inner surfaces of Cephalites alternans, p. 283.

— 6. Cephalites bullatus, p. 284.

— 7. Section of Cephalites bullatus, p. 284.

— 8. Cephalites retrusus (moulded from a cast in flint), p. 285.

— 9. Cephalites catenifer, p. 286.

— 10. Cephalites compressus, p. 287:

— 11. Cephalites capitatus, p. 288.

— 12. Cephalites campanulatus, p. 289.

— 13. Vertical section of Cephalites campanulatus, p. 292.

— 14, Piece of the matrix from inside of C. catenifer, showing projecting

parts, which filled the depressions in the living animal, broken

away, p. 286.

~— 15. Transverse section of fold of membrane of C. catenifer, p. 287.

— 16. Plaits of C. catenifer, p. 287.

Pl. XV. (all in chalk, except fig. 6, which is flint).

Fig. 1. Cephalites constrictus, p. 292.

— 2. Cephalites perforatus, p. 294.

— 3. Brachiolites tuberosus, p. 354.

— 4. Brachiolites elegans, p. 355.

— 5. Brachiolites convolutus. ‘The specimen has been vertically divided

and one-half cleared out, thus showing the convolutions and the

interior, p. 355.

N.B. For Brachiolites angularis see fig. O, p. 357.

25%

372 Mr. F. Walker on the Migrations of Aphides.

‘ig. 6. Brachiolites racemosus : the right-hand portion shows the form of the

arms as seen on outside of flint; the left-hand portion shows the

root and longitudinal sections of several arms, p. 364.

— 7. Brachiolites tubulatus, p. 366.

P]. XVI. (all in chalk).

Fig.1. Brachiolites foliaceus : the lower part showing the outside, the upper

part a vertical section, p, 364.

2. Brachiolites digitatus, p. 365.

3. Brachiolites fenestratus, p. 367.

4. Brachiolites labrosus, p. 368.

5. Brachiolites protensus, p. 369.

XLI.—Remarks on the Migrations of Aphides.

By Francis Waker, F.L.S.

From the great Author all that lives

Its stated boon of life receives.

Ere long again restored to thee ;

Each insect too minute to name

Yet owns a portion of thy flame,

Part of thy numerous family.

Resplendent cars of fiery glow

From realms of light to earth below

Thy animated offspring bear ;

And when this mortal trial ends,

Again the glorious car attends

To wing them to their native sphere.

Lorenzo de Medici.

Ly the following notice I have enumerated some of the species

of Aphis that migrate at regular periods from one kind of plant

to another, or whose food has been partly altered by the cultiva-

tion of plants. Aphis Rose migrates from the rose to the teazel ;

A. dirhoda from the rose to grasses and flags, and the introdue-

tion and growth of corn have afforded it a new nourishment, and

have consequently modified its habits ; and the cultivation of va-

rious species of rose brought into this country has also increased

its food, and that of A. Rose and of the three following species :

A. trirhoda migrates from the rose to the columbine, and this

change. of food is probably not aboriginal, but consequent on the

cultivation of the latter plant. A. tetrarhoda and A. Rosarum

appear to live only on the rose genus. A. Avene has its first

habitation on grasses, andthe cultivation of corn has furnished

it with a new and abundant source of food. A. Capree migrates

from the willow to umbelliferous plants, and in this case both

the winter residence and the summer pasture of the species are

aboriginal. The food of A. Urticaria is divided between the

nettle and the bramble, and both these plants are also original

sources. A. Humuli lives permanently and aboriginally on the

Mr. F. Walker on the Migrations of Aphides. 373

sloe, and the hop-grounds now provide it with a plentiful

provision in the summer. Its presence on the hop is depen-

dent on the proximity of the sloe to the hop-grounds, and these

plantations should be inspected, and the extent of the sloes

in the vicinity and their distance from the hops ascertained, and

the length of the flight of the Aphis should also be observed,

in order that the hop and the sloe may in time be kept suffi-

ciently remote from each other to confine the Aphis to the latter

plant and thus to prevent its injuring the hop. A. Ulmarie

dwells on the broom, and the meadow-sweet is its summer food,

and the cultivation of sweet peas, peas, beans, clover, tares,

vetches, saintfoin, &c. has added greatly to its means of subsist-

ence. A. Lactuce is very abundant on the sow-thistle and some

allied plants, and its eeconomy is modified by the presence of the

lettuce and the black currant in gardens, to both which plants

it is very partial. 4. Brassice feeds especially on the sea-kale

in a wild state, and also on the wild mustard, and the introduc-

tion of the cabbage from the South of Europe has added to its

food in this country. A. Pruni has settled on the plum since

that tree was brought into Europe, and it has received the name

of A. Arundinis from its feeding on the reed, which is its earliest

habitation. A. Mali and A. Sordi dwell on the white-thorn as

well as on the apple, the service, the medlar and the mountain-

ash. A. Persice is so named from its having fixed itself on the

peach since that tree was planted in Europe, but its other name,

A. Prunicola, denotes its primitive habitation and food. A.

Juglandis and A. Juglandicola have accompanied or followed the

walnut in its successive cultivation westward from Persia, which

is its native country, and that of the peach and of the apricot.

A. Abietina has probably come into England with the spruce fir,

and a few other species that feed on the fir-tribe may have also

been brought over from the continent. A. Rubi abounds on the

bramble and on the raspberry, and during the summer is also

common on Geum urbanum, the common Avens, and on a species

of Epilobium or willow-herb. A. Dianthi (otherwise named A.

vulgaris and A. Rape and A.vastator) feeds on a very great variety

of green-house plants. The furze seems to be the prineipal

winter-quarters of 4. Rumicis, and I observed that it swarmed

profusely and laid its eggs on that plant m the autumn of 1846,

and the following year was remarkable on account of the devasta-

tions of this Aphis in the bean-fields ; it feeds also on the labur-

num, the poppy and the dock, and on very many other plants. It

-was unusually abundant on the laburnum last year, and great

numbers of humble-bees came to feed on its honey. The lady-

bird (Coccinella 7-~punctata) was also extremely common with

this Aphis, and it promises to be equally so this year, for great

numbers have already appeared during March and April.

374 Bibliographical Notices.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

Flore de France, par M. Grenier et M. Gopron. Vol. I. Part I.

Paris, 1848. 8vo.

We have much pleasure in recommending to the notice of our bo-

tanical readers this first portion of what promises to be a most valu-

able work. Now for the first time there is a probability of our pos-

sessing a general French flora of a truly scientific and comprehensive

kind. All the former attempts at such a work have been deficient

in one or other of those respects :—the best of them, although high

in scientific character, is very incomplete in other points. Many

large districts of France seem long to have suffered an almost total

neglect from botanists, and it is only of late that the publication of

good local floras, and the more general distribution through France

of that botanical knowledge which was so long confined, in a great

degree, to Paris, has provided the requisite materials for a complete

flora.

The work before us is arranged very nearly in accordance with the

system of DeCandolle as developed in his ‘ Prodromus’; and this

first part, commencing with Ranunculaceae, includes thirty Natural

Orders, concluding with Coriarie. The language is French; the —

plan similar to that of Koch’s ‘ Synopsis Flore Germanice’ and

Babington’s ‘ Manual of British Botany.’

Were we to attempt a detailed examination of the contents of this

work, we should extend far beyond our limits; we therefore merely

remark, that the apparent tendency of the authors is to divide species

rather more than seems desirable to us.

This work is as necessary to the student of British botany as

Koch’s ‘ Synopsis.’ Both of them ought to be in the hands of all

who aspire to a higher rank than mere collectors. We look anxiously

for the continuation of this flora.

A Manual of the Botany of the Northern United States, from New

Eingland to Wisconsin and south to Ohio and Pennsylvania inclusive,

arranged according to the Natural System. By A. Gray, M.D.

Boston, 1848. 12mo. 710 pages.

Dr. A. Gray has here supplied botanists with a very valuable con-

densed account of the plants of the northern part of the United

States. It includes the flowering plants and ferns by Dr. Gray him-

self, and the mosses and liverworts from the pen of Mr. W. S. Sul-

livant. Mr. John Carey has elaborated the genera Salix, Populus

and Carex.

The plan of the book is similar to Koch’s ‘ Synopsis Flore Ger-

manice,’ and must prove as useful to the student of the plants of its

province, as that work has been found to be by the botanists of

Central Europe.

We need scarcely add that it is an excellent work ; the name of

its author is a sufficient guarantee of that being the case. It is just

what was wanted by the European botanist, since, in conjunction with

Linnean Society. 375

Hooker’s elaborate ‘ Flora boreali-americana,’ we are now supplied

with an accurate account of the plants of those parts of America in

which the genera and species are most nearly allied to those of North-

ern Europe. It is most interesting to observe the considerable num-

ber of species which seem apparently correctly identified with those

of Scandinavia and Britain, and we are much struck with the great

number of European weeds which are naturalized in the United

States. Ns

It is to be hoped that, now that this work is off his hands, its

author will hasten the publication of the continuation of the ‘ Flora

of North America,’ of which one complete volume and three parts of

a second, extending to Composite inclusive, have appeared from his

pen in conjunction with Dr. Torrey. It is now five years since the

last portion of that flora was published, and we can assure its authors

that it is not without great anxiety that European botanists have

been long expecting its continuation.

In conclusion we can strongly recommend this Manual to all bo-

tanists. It is published in London by John Chapman.

In the Press.

We are glad to learn that Mr. Ralfs’ beautiful work on that in-

teresting tribe the Desmidiee, will be ready for distribution to the

Subscribers in the course of a few days.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

LINNAZAN SOCIETY.

June l, 1847.—The Lord Bishop of Norwich, President, in the

Chair.

Read a ‘‘ Description of Athalamia, a new genus of Marchantiee.”

By Hugh Falconer, M.D., F.L.S. &c.

ATHALAMIA,

Cuar. Gen. Flores masculi? Capituli foeeminei receptaculum nullum ;

floribus immediaté pedunculo insertis, erectis. Jnvolucrum nullum.

LInvolucella tubulosa, vertice bivalvia, basi inter se connata. Calyptra

persistens, sub-bifido-lacerata. Sporangium in lacinias 4 v. 5 demaim

revolutas dehiscens; pedicello elongato sub-exserto.—Frons simplex,

v. radiatim 3-loba, crassé carnosa, subtds margine squamis foliaceis

pluri-seriatis instructa ; lobis oblongis, concavis, margine attenuatis ;

pedunculo pedicellisque crassis, succulentis, teretibus.

ATHALAMIA PINGUIs, Fale.

Hab.

The absence of a common receptacle and the erect flowers appear

to be the most characteristic marks of the genus Athalamia, which

is most nearly allied to Lunularia, Micheli, in the dehiscence of the

sporangium and elongation of the pedicel.

376 Linnean Society.

June 15 —The Lord Bishop of Norwich, President, in the Chair.

Read ‘* Some Account. of an undescribed Fossil Fruit.” By R.

Brown, Esq., D.C.L., V.P.L.S. &e. &c.

This singularly beautiful and instructive fossil, which had for

many years formed part of the collection of Baron Roget in Paris,

was brought to London in 1843, and purchased jointly by the British

Museum, the Marquis of Northampton and Mr. Brown. Nothing is

known of its origin, but from its obvious analogy in structure and

mineral condition with Lepidostrobus, Mr. Brown conjectures it to

belong to the same geological formation.

‘The specimen is evidently the upper half of a strobilus very gra-

dually tapering towards the top. As brought to England it was not

quite two. inches in length, but a transverse slice, probably of no

great thickness, had been removed from it in Paris; and the trans-

verse diameter of the lower slices somewhat exceeded the length of

the specimen. Its surface, which was evidently water-worn, is

marked with closely approximated unequal-sided hexagons, which

are the terminations of bracteze, and become smaller and less distinct

towards the top.

From transverse and vertical sections it appears that the strobilus

is formed of a central axis of small diameter, compared with the parts

proceeding from it, which consist :

1. Of bractez, densely approximated and much- smi briented, having

their lower halves at right angles to the axis, while the imbricating

portion, of equal length with the lower and forming an obtuse angle

with it, is gradually thickened upwards. ‘These form the spokes

and external rhomboidal arez seen in the transverse section.

2. Of an equal number of oblong bodies, of a lighter colour and

more transparent, each of which is adnate to and connected by cel-

lular tissue with the upper surface of the corresponding bractea.

These bodies are sections of sporangia, filled with innumerable mi-

eroscopic sporules, originally connected in threes, very rarely in

fours, but ultimately separating. From this triple composition or

union of sporules, which differs from the constantly quadruple

union in tribes of existing plants, namely Ophioglossee and Lyco-

podiacee, which from other points of structure may be supposed to

be most nearly related to the fossil, Mr. Brown has named it

Triplosporite.

The structure of the axis, which is well-preserved, distinctly

shows, in the arrangement of its vascular bundles, a preparation for

the supply of an equal number of bractez. ‘These vascular fasciculi

are nearly equidistant in a tissue of moderately elongated cells.

‘The vessels are exclusively scalariform, very closely resembling those

of the recent Ferns and Lycopodiacee, and among fossils, those of

Psarolites, Lepidodendron and its supposed fruit Lepidostrobus, as

well as several other fossil genera, namely Sigillaria, Ulodendron and

Diplozylon.

. Mr. Brown does not. propose to enter fully into the question of

the affinities of Triplosporite; but contents. himself with. remark-

Linnean Society. 377

ing that in its scalariform vessels it agrees with all the fossil genera

supposed to be Acotyledonous ; and that in the structure of its spo-

rangia and sporules it approaches most nearly, among recent tribes,

to Ophioglossee and Lycopodiacee, and among fossils to Lepidostro-

bus, and consequently to Lepidodendron. The stem-structure of Le-

pidodendron, known only in Lepidodendron Harcourtii, offers no ob-

jection to this view, the vascular arrangement of the axis of its stem

bearing a considerable resemblance to that of Triplosporite. To this

argument, derived from the agreement between axis of stem and

axis of strobilus, Mr. Brown attaches considerable importance, as

an equal agreement exists both in recent and fossil Conifere. «

Mr. Brown adds, that Dr. J. D. Hooker has very recently de-

tected, in the sporangia of a species ‘referred to Lepidostrobus, spo-

rules united in threes; there still however remain, in the form and

arrangement of the sporangia of that species, characters sufficient to

distinguish it generically from the fossil here described.

The paper was illustrated by drawings, both of the natural size

and microscopic.

Read also a note “‘ On the occurrence of the Potatoe Disease

independent of the Attacks of Insects.” By J. O. Westwood, Esq.,

F.L.S., Secretary of the Entomological Society, &c. &c.

This note, in which the author maintained that the disease which

has of late years been so destructive to the potatoe is wholly inde-

pendent of the agency of insects, was illustrated by numerous recent

specimens of the potatoe-plant, in which the disease had made con-

siderable progress in the tuber, while the haulm appeared perfectly

healthy ;, and on which the ravages of insects, and in particular of

the Aphis to which the devastation has been so confidently attri-

buted, were nowhere to be traced.

November 2.—E. Forster, Esq , V.P., in the Chair.

Mr. Westwood exhibited the foilowing cases of insect monstrosi-

ties :—

1. Chiasognathus Grantii, with the left antenna deformed, furcate

at the base of the serrated portion; one branch very short and appa-

rently composed of four clavate joints, the other branch shorter than

in the normal antenna and irregularly and shortly serrated ; the lower

division. of the left mandible also shorter than that of the right side,

From Mr. Westwood’s collection.

2. A new species of Hlateride from Ceylon, in Mr. 'Templeton’s

collection. The middle foot on the right side deformed; the coxa

and trochanter nurmal, but with three femora conjoined at their bases,

and emitting three perfect tibize, and two perfect and one imperfect

tarsus.

3. An Indian Copris allied to C. lunaris, from Col. Hearsey’s col-

lection, in which the upper portion of the front of the head is want-

ing, exposing the parts of the mouth.

Read a paper ‘‘On the Natural History, Anatomy, and Develop-

ment of Meloé (Third Memoir—the Anatomy).” By George New-

port, Esq., F.R.S., F.L.S. &e.

Mr. Newport commenced this memoir by stating that having

378 Linnean Society.

traced the Natural History of Meloé in the preceding memoirs, he

now proposed to examine its Anatomy ‘‘ with reference to those

principles which regulate the formation of animal bodies, and which

seem to be the links of connexion that associate peculiarities of in-

stinct with the evolution and with the functions of special struc-

tures.”

The portion read was the first section of the third memoir, the

tegument of the young larva. This structure was shown to be the

primary and essential foundation-tissue of the organized being, having

its origin in the blastoderma, and being composed entirely of cells,

like the young tissue of plants. The form of the body of the em-

bryo entirély depends on the changes which take place in this struc-

ture, and the principles which regulate these changes regulate also

those of the whole life of the insect.

The growth of the tegument of the young larva Mr. Nowaort

showed to depend on the division of the nuclei of its cells; that

the subsequent consolidation of the tegument in the formation of

the hardened dermo-skeleton of the insect is the result of the secre-

tion of earthy materials by the nuclei of the tegumentary cells, in a

manner similar to that in which bone is formed in the Vertebrata, by

the calcification of the cells in layers of the surface of the peri-

osteum, as shown by Hunter, Flourens, Goodsir, Sharpey, Tomes

and others; and that this is analogous to the mode in which the

woody fibre of exogenous trees is formed on the inner surface of

their bark. The earthy constituents of the dermo-skeleton were

stated, from the chemical analyses of Odier, Lassaigne and Mr. Chil-

dren, to consist chiefly of phosphate of lime, with carbonates of potass

and lime, and a little phosphate of iron, and in some species with

traces of silica, magnesia and manganese ; materials which, ten years

ago, led Mr. Newport to describe the dermo-skeleton of insects as

‘‘an imperfectly-developed condition of bony matter,” a view which

has recently been much supported by the discovery by Platner of

star-shaped corpuscles in the tegument of the silkworm, closely re-

sembling those of true bone in the Vertebrata.

The tegument of insects is thus regarded as analogous in its mode

of development, as in its function, to that of the skeleton of the Che-

lonian Reptiles. This structure in the very young Meloé was then

fully described, and the nature ef its appendages and functions exa-

mined. The spines and hairs were shown to originate from the centre

of tegumentary cells, and were regarded as excessive developments

of the nuclei as single bodies. The growth and development of the

tegument was shown to be effected by means of the enlargement and

fissiparous division of the nuclei of the.cells, and the subsequent ex-

pansion of these into cells, the nuclei of which undergo similar

changes. This was pointed out as being strongly confirmatory of

the theory of Schwann with reference to the tissues generally, and

as being in full accordance with the observations of Kolliker on the

yolk cells, and with original observations which Mr. Newport. has

himself made on other structures.

The formation of the external respiratory organs was then exa-

mined, ‘These were shown to commence in the tegument in spaces

Linnean Society. 379

between the cells, which open into follicles connected with sinuses

in the granular tissue of the body, and that the orifices (the spiracles)

at first very closely resemble the stomata of plants. The parietes of

these follicles in Meloé are formed by aggregations of exceedingly

minute, nucleated embryo-cells of rounded shape, and about one five-

or one six-thousandth of an inch in diameter.

The tegument of the head, and more especially that of the eye of

the young Me/oé was then examined, and the cornea, which in this

stage of the insect’s existence is a single structure, fitted only for

near vision, was shown tv be composed of numerous transparent der-

mal cells, continuous with those which form the surface of the head,

while the centre of the cornea, the axis of vision, is occupied by a

single cell, more projecting and twice the size of those which sur-

round it.

The changes which take place in the relative development of dif-

ferent parts of the tegument of the young Meloé, which lead to its

entire alteration of form, were then pointed out, and shown to occur

chiefly in the rapid growth of the dorsal region, which from being

originally the smallest, as it is the last-formed part of the body, be-

comes the most voluminous, and occasions a complete alteration in

the position and size of the limbs and in the entire form of the in-

sect. :

The stages of this process and the formation of the dermo-skele-

ton, the author proposed to be considered in the next section of this

memoir.

_Noy. 16.—The Lord Bishop of Norwich, President, in the Chair.

E. Doubleday, Esq., F.L.S., read a paper ‘‘ On the Pterology of

the Diurnal Lepidoptera, especially upon that of some genera of the

Heliconide.”’

After expressing his regret at the little attention bestowed in this

country upon the anatomy of the Annulosa, the writer proceeded to

remark that he was not aware that any author had recorded the fact

of a sexual variation in the neuration of the wings of Lepidoptera, a

fact extremely interesting from the light it throws on the homologies

of the nervures and nervules.

The variation takes place in the genera Ithomia, Mechanitis and

Sais, all remarkable also for the great sexual variation in the struc-

ture of the anterior legs, those of the males being the least de-

veloped, those of the females the most developed, of any butterflies

with suspended pupez.

The state of atrophy of the anterior feet of the males is not, he

states, the consequence of excessive development of the other pairs

of feet, or of any other organs, nor does it appear to depend on any

peculiar habits of the insect; neither can the greater development

of these feet in the females be accounted for by any difference of

habits. For the more developed anterior feet of some male Coleo-

ptera, for the powerful jaws of the leaf-cutting or timber-boring bees,

there are obvious uses; but a greater development in the one sex of

organs almost atrophied in the other, which still leaves them unfitted

380 be Linnean Society.

for the functions they perform in a normal state, and apparently does

not render them useful for any other function, can only be explained

by conceiving it in some way to depend on the position of the ani-

mal in the system of Nature.

- The system of neuration of the posterior wings in the Diurnal

Lepidoptera, which may be considered normal as regards this group,

is abnormal as it respects the whole order; and it would seem

as though Nature, by a partial return to a normal structure in a

few genera, wished to indicate to us the real homologies of these

arts.

x In general the posterior wings of the Diurnal Lepidoptera have the

discoidal nervure, which in these wings never branches, so placed as

to seem to be a third subcostal nervule; but in some genera, although

its basal is always wanting, its real characteris very evident, and it

is united to the subcostal nervure or one of its nervules, and also to

- the median nervure or one of its nervules, by distinct upper and

lower disco-cellular nervules. In the Heliconide we find this struc-

ture, almost normal as it respects the order, in the genus Jtuna, and

also in Jthomia. It is found in some female Jthomie, of which the

males have a different structure, giving indications of that change of

position which in the next genus might lead us to mistake the discoi-

dal nervure for a fourth median nervule, the disco-cellular nervules

being placed more obliquely, the cell becoming thereby more elon-

gated, and the lower disco-cellular nervule appearing almost to form

a continuation of the median nervure. In Mechanitis both sexes have

this character further carried out, and the wing appears to have a

subcostal nervure dividing into two nervules, and a median dividing

into four, so completely has the discoidal nervure assumed the po-

sition of a branch of the latter nervure. The females of the genus

Sais have also this character, but in the males we find a still further

change of structure. In these the second subcostal nervule assumes

the position of a fifth median nervule, and the subcostal nervure con-

sequently appears simple.

‘Thus, leaving the genera Heliconia, Lycorea and their immediate

allies, which have the structure which is normal as regards the Di-

urnal Lepidoptera, though abnormal as regards the order, we find in

Ituna and some female Jthomie a structure nearly normal as regards

the whole order, but the males of the latter become abnormal in an

opposite manner to the prevalent character of the group; next in

Mechanitis we find this structure common to both sexes; and then

in Sais, the females retaining the same structure as in Mechanitis,

but the males varying still further from the type.

This gradual change in the position of the discoidal nervure

actually occurring first in the two sexes of the same species, and

then becoming common to both sexes, is, in the opinion of the

writer, confirmatory in the highest degree of the theory laid down

by him in a former paper, as to the structure of the anterior wings

of the Diurnal Lepidoptera, and leaves, he thinks, no room to doubt

the correctness of the explanation there given of the apparent ano-

maly of those wings in the Papilionide.

Linnean Society. 381

In the sexual variations detailed above, it is the male insect which

varies most from the type, but the females of some species of Me-

chanitis present a remarkable structure in the anterior portion of the

wing, the costal nervure being united to the subcostal for the greater

part of its course.

An additional interest attaches to these peculiarities of the wings,

from their being combined with the great peculiarities above referred

to in the structure of the anterior feet. .

The writer then proceeded to point out some analogies in the struc-

ture of the wings of the /thomie and some Hymenoptera, especially

as regards the inner margin of the anterior wings and the anterior

margin of the posterior wings, and also with reference to a fringe of

hairs on the latter, analogous to the hooks occupying the same po-

sition in the Bees and other Hymenoptera.

‘December 7.—E. Forster, Esq., V.P., in the Chair.

Read a “‘ Description of a new genus of Lentibularia, with remarks

on some Indian species of Utricularia.” By M. Pakenham Edge-

worth, Esq., F.L.S, &c. |

Gen. Nov. DivrosPermum.

Calyx bilabiatus, labio superiore 2- (rarius 3-) dentato. Corolla bilabi-

ata, tubo brevi, Jabio superiore brevissimo. truncato, inferiore 3-dentato.

Stamina inclusa. Stylus brevis, stigmate dilatato. Capsula ovata,

oligosperma; placenta centrali liberé conicé in apicem producta. Se-

mina pauca (prope 6), ovata, testa laxa striato-rugosd, utrinque pilis

paucis longis caudata. Nucula compressa, submarginata. Hmbryo?

—Herba pusilla, acaulis, foliis radicalibus, radicibus utriculiferis.

DrvurosPpERMUM ALBUM.

Hab. super rupes madidos, in Vishnugangetis valle, Himala; alt. 8000

ped.

This little plant, the author thinks, forms a link connecting Len-

tibularie with Cyrtandracee, to which order its tailed seeds show an

approximation. Unfortunately he has not been able to separate the

embryo so as to be satisfied with its nature and direction. In habit

it resembles slightly some of the section Oligocista of Utricularia.

Urricuxaria (subgenus Oligocista) rovrotata, radicibus fibrosis brevi-

bus, scapo simplici aphyllo 2—6 floro racemoso sinistrorstim volubili,

bracteis solitariis ovatis acutis basi-fixis pedicello vel longioribus vel

multo brevioribus, lobis calycinis pedicello longioribus ovatis acutis

corollam subzequantibus in fructu.cum pedicello defracto valdé auctis,

corollzlabio inferiore vix concavo margine 3-lobo superiore bifido: cal-

eare conico labii inferioris longitudine, capsula cernud calyce aucto

obtecta, seminibus majusculis compresso-trapezoideis rugoso-foveolatis

foveolis nitidis punctatis.

Hab, in Bengalia, uliginosis, Januario.

An U, uliginosa, DC., no. 66. vol. viii. p. 15? Flos purpureus, scapus ru-

bescens.

UrricuLARIA POLYGALOIDES, radicibus fibrosis, scapo aphyllo erecto plus

minus ramoso 2- v. multi-floro, squamis adpressis ovatis acutis, bracteis

ternis exterioribus ovatis acutis interioribus subulatis pedicello com-

presso zqualibus vel longioribus, lobis calycinis ovatis acuminatis sub-

382 Linnean Society.

zequalibus, corolla azureze calycem zquantis labio inferiore majore

margine externe revoluto: palato convéxo intus barbato: calcare conico

albido labium zequante in lobo calycis inferiore nidulante ; labio supe-

riore rotundato 4-crenato, capsuld cordaté compressd lobis calycinis

valdé acutis arcté obtecté, seminibus rugoso-striatis.

Hab. in Bengalia, prope Bardwan, uliginosis, Januario.

An U. reticulatéd, DC., no. 90. p. 19? differt tantum (secus descriptio-

nem) pedicellis bracteis brevioribus, labii superioris margine non revoluta.

Planta 2—10 pollicaris, stricta. Semina oblonga, testé laxiusculé rugoso-

striata, inter nervulos prominulos minutius striata. Labium inferius 2 lin.

long. Calycis lobi per anthesin 2, in fructu 4 lin. longi. Staminum fila-

menta arcuata; antheris approximatis medio constrictis. Stigma sessile

infundibuliforme. Folia nulla?

Urnicutaria rosea, radicibus fibrosis, scapo filiformi subesquamato de-

mim subvolubili apice racemosim 3—10 floro, bracteis ternis exteriore

medio fix4 utrinque acuta lateralibus ovatis acutis pedicello nitido sub-

zequalibus, lobis calycinis rotundatis suborbiculatis corolla brevioribus,

corolle rosez labio inferiore 3-lobo (lobo medio breviore) crenulato

intus fornicato palato luteo intus papilloso: caleare obtuso labium

zequante ; labio superiore rotundato, filamentis arcuatis apice valdé

dilatatis ; antheris ovatis medio pauld constrictis, capsulé subglobosa

calycem vix auctum subzequante uno latere valvula sursum basi recur-

vata dehiscente, placenta centrali globosa foveolata, seminibus (pluri-

mis abortivis) ovatis punctis prominulis subechinatis rugoso-striatis.

Hab. in Bengalia, prope Bardwan, uliginosis.

An U. nivea, DC., no. 98, at floribus roseo-purpurascentibus, capsula ca-

lycem zequante nec minore, nec longiore ut in U. racemosd, squamis quo-

que minimis, an potius omnes in unam speciem reducendz? Scapi calyces-

que rubescentes,

UrricuLariA PTEROSPERMA, radicibus fibrosis parcé utriculiferis, utriculis

1-setosis, scapo aphyllo purpurascente 2- (an pluri-?) floro ad axillam

squama ovata obtusa basifixd bracteato, pedicellis teretibus superiore

bracteolato, lobis calycinis obovatis cucullatis obtusis corolla dimidio

brevioribus nec in fructu auctis, corollz luteze labio superiore suberecto

concavo integro; inferiore integro marginibus revolutis: palato magno

aurantio-striato utrinque glabro faucem obtegente : calcare surstim cur-

vato conico acutiusculo labio sublongiore, staminum filamentis cras-

sis arcuatis supra antheram 1-locularem nec constrictam productis,

polline orbiculari rugosulo, stigmate bilamellato, capsula latere com-

pressiusculaé subglobosa stylo apiculata, placent&é globos4 alveolata, se-

minibus paucis laté alatis alé irregulariter dentata reticulatim venosa ;

testa irregulariter rugosa; nucula globosé; radicula et plumula distinct&

ceterum pingul.

Hab. in Bengaliaé, Bardwan, uliginosis, Januario.

Ab U. diantha quacum maxime affinis differt pedicellis teretibus nec mar-

ginatis, caleare ascendente labio longiore nec descendente, lobis calycinis

in fructu non auctis antherisque non constrictis, An semina U. dianthe

alata?

Utricularia fasciculata, vide DC., no, 8. p. 18. no. 18, adde :—Placenta

globosa spongiosd, seminibus compressis marginatis rugosulis uno la-

tere foveolato altero prominulo.

A further communication, from a letter written by Mr. Edge-

worth, dated Banda, 30th August, 1847, was made to the meeting,

respecting a remarkable effect produced by the leaves of Gymnema

Linnean Society. 383

sylvestris, R. Br., upon the sense of taste, in reference to diminish-

ing the perception of saccharine flavours.

Read also a paper ‘‘ On the Formation and Use of the Air-Sacs

and Dilated Trachee in Insects.”” By G. Newport, Esq., F.R.S.,

F.L.S. &c. &c.

The paper was commenced with the remark, that the presence of

air-sacs in insects is known to every comparative anatomist. ‘These

sacs are largest and most numerous ip the Hymenoptera, Lepidoptera

and Diptera. ‘They are numerous and capacious in the Dragon-flies

among the Neuropiera, but are smaller and fewer in the Ephemere,

the Sialide and the Scorpion-flies. In the Coleoptera they exist only

in the volant’ species; and even in the same tribe, as in the Cara-

bide, they are found in the winged, but not in the apterous species.

In all insects in which they occur they are largest and most nume-

rous in the swiftest and most powerful individuals. ‘They are found

in the Orthoptera only in the migratory families; while in those

which are truly saltatorial insects the tracheze are enlarged in some

parts of their course, but are not to be regarded as properly saccu-

lated, and sacs are never found in the larva state of any species of

insect. The sacs are formed by the dilatation of tracheze during the

metamorphoses of the insects, which commences at the close of the

larva state, when the insect has ceased to feed. ‘This dilatation goes

on for the first few days only in those spécies which hybernate, and

is resumed again in the spring, but it continues uninterruptedly to

the development of the perfect insect in those which change to that

state in the summer.

The author showed that the longitudinal trachez of the third and

fourth segments of the larva of winged insects give off a small branch

at the sides of each segment, which, divided into two portions, passes

outwards and ‘‘is involved in a fold of the new tegument that is

formed beneath the old skin of the larva some days before its change.

These folds of tegument supplied each with their trachez closely re-

semble in appearance the external abdominal branchiz of the aqua-

tic larvee of Neuroptera,” and afterwards become the most important

organs of the insect in its perfect state—the wings. ‘The expansion

of these organs at the change is mainly effected by their trachez,

which instead of becoming dilated, like those within the body, are

.elongated, and thus induce a rush of blood into these portions of the

tegument which promotes their expansion into wings. This elon-

gation, as well as the dilatation of the trachez within the body, is

the result of powerful respiratory efforts of the insect. The author

remarked, that although able to show the mode in which these

changes are effected, it is less easy to give a satisfactory explanation of

the real use of the vesicles. He adopts, however, a view entertained

by John Hunter, that the vesicles are mainly to enable the insect to

alter the specific gravity of its body at pleasure during flight, and

thus diminish the muscular exertion required during these move-

ments. ‘Io support this opinion, the author reviewed the different

classes of Vertebrata, and showed that although a vesicular form of

the respiratory organs exists in the whole, yet that Birds approach

384 Linnean Society.

much more closely to Insects in this respect, as well as in the more

extensive distribution of the organs themselves, than any other of

the Vertebrata; and he referred to the fact that in apterous insects,

as in birds that are unaccustomed to flight, the respiratory organs

are less capacious or less extensively distributed. ‘This fact, he

stated, is not confined to insects of which both sexes are apterous,

but that when one sex is winged and active in flight, and the other

apterous, he has always found the body of the former with vesicular

trachez, while in the other, the apterous sex, the trachee are sim-

ply arborescent, as he has found in the sexes of the glow-worm, and

in the common winter-moth, Geometra trumaria. These facts, in-

ferential with regard to the use of the vesicles, the author supported

with an account of an experimental observation on the mode in which

the common dung-beetle prepares itself for flight, by rapidly in-

creasing its respiration and distending its body the instant before

it unfolds its wings and attempts to raise itself upon them.

January 18, 1848.—N. Wallich, Esq., M.D., in the Chair,

Read a paper ‘On the genus Atamisquea.”” By John Miers, Esq.,

F.R.S., F.L.S..&c.

Of this Capparideous genus, named by Mr. Miers in his ‘Travels

in Chile,’ vol. ii. p. 529, and subsequently characterized by Sir W.

J. Hooker in his ‘ Botanical Miscellany,’ Mr. Miers gives the follow-

ing more complete character, derived from the living plant.

ATAMISQqUEA, Miers.

Cuar. Gen. Sepala 2, ovoidea, concava, zstivatione marginibus subim-

bricatis, in torum carnosum, cyathiformem persistentem demim indu-

ratum dentibus erectis notatum coalita, decidua. Petala 6, e margine

tori orta, ineequalia, lineari-spathulata, reflexa; 2 superiora erectiora,

zestivatione subimbricata; 2 lateralia breviora, exteriora. Stamina 9,

quorum 6 fertilia longiora; jilamenta estivatione replicata, demtim

recta, reclinata, glabra, basi glandulosa, lepidota; anthere oblonge,

2-loculares, basifixee, erect, demtm curvate. Zhecaphorum decli-

natum; basi glabrum, disco staminifero cinctum, hine geniculatum ;

indé gracile, elongatum, et cum ovario lepidotum. Ovarium ovatum ;

stylus brevissimus; stigma obtusé 2-lobum. acca ovoidea, subcar-

nosa, densé lepidota. Semina 2 (vel abortu 1), exalbuminosa, cochleato-

reniformia, funiculo libero erecto bifurcato ex imo loculo orto laterali-

ter appensa; testa coriacea, loculo altero incompleto hilo opposito.

Embryo campylotropus ; cotyledones magne, foliaceze, incumbentes,

invicem plicato-convolute ; radicula teres, infera, loculo incompleto

velata, et ob embryonis curvaturam hilum superné spectans.—Frutex

durus, ramosus, Americ meridionalis extratropice ; ramis abbrevia-

tis, gunioribus lepidotis, nonnungquam spinescentibus; foliis e ramulis

junioribus orta, parva, alterna, brevissimé petiolata, canaliculata, e@sti-

vatione conduplicata, subtus lepidota, costé carinatéd. Pedunculus axzil-

laris, solitarius, 1-florus.

Atamisquea emarginata, foliis lineari-oblongis basi apiceque emarginatis

supra viridi-nitentibus subtis hirsutis incanis squamisque lepidotis

tectis.

Hab. in campis patentibus, aridis, salinis, Travesia dictis, Provincize Men-

dozz Chilensis.

Linnean Society. 385

Mr. Miers states that he offers the above view of the floral enve-

lopes (which he regards as consisting of 2 sepals and 6 petals) with

much deference, especially as that which Sir W. J. Hooker has taken

of them is in conformity with the usual arrangement of the family.

It appears to him, however, to be warranted by the fact that the

two broad external leaflets (which he considers as the calyx) form

one entire whorl, being continuous at their origin with the margin

of the cup of the torus, while the insertion of the six narrower seg-

ments (petals) is also upon one line, within the margin of the same

cup; the cicatrix of the calyx being marked by a clean line on the

margin of the cup, while the remains of the claws of the petals are

distinctly seen within the same margin forming so many projecting

indurated teeth. ‘This (as regards the calyx) is analogous with what

occurs in Busbeckia, Endl., Steriphoma, Spr., and Morisonia, Plum.,

in all of which only 2 sepals exist, or an entire envelope bursting

into two valves. ‘l’o reconcile the apparent anomaly, the author

would consider the floral envelope of Atamisquea either as formed of

three series, each consisting of two normal parts, the innermost series

appearing double in consequence of the division of its lobes to their

point of insertion; (and this view is supported by the cohesion of

the upper and lower pairs of petals at their base when pulled away

from the torus, while a distinct interval is manifest between each of

these pairs and the shorter lateral petals;) or he would (still taking

the same view with regard to the composition of the upper and lower

pairs of petals) regard them as forming with the two lateral petals a

whorl of four parts, and suppose the outer series also(the sepals) to _

be normally four in number, united. by adhesion into two. This

last view he considers to be rendered somewhat the more probable

by its approximating more nearly to the usual structure, and by the

fact that each of the sepals when dried readily splits down the middle

by a clean line into two distinct segments.

The paper was illustrated by detailed illustrations of the structure

of the plant. |

February 1.—Robert Brown, Esq., V.P., in the Chair.

J.O. Westwood, Esq., F.L.S. &c., exhibited specimens of the silk

spun by the caterpillars of the new Indian silk moth, Bombyx Hut-

toni, Westw. (figured in the ‘Cabinet of Oriental Entomology,’ pl. 12.

fig. 4), communicated to him by Gapt. T. Hutton. After stating the

importance of the discovery of a new and valuable product of this

nature in our foreign territories, and that the ‘Transactions of the

Linnean Society’ contained a valuable paper on East Indian silk

insects by Gen. Hardwicke, Mr. Westwood observed that the insect

ciscovered by Capt. Hutton was congeneric with the real silk insect,

Bombyx Mori, a native of China, whereas those described in the

Transactions of the Society belonged to another genus, Saturnia,

and that consequently the silk spun by the new species was likely

to approximate nearer to that of B. Mori in its qualities than that

of the large Indian Saturnie. ‘The new species had been disco-

vered to be a native of the hills about Mussooree, on the south-

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vel. i. 26

386 Linnean Society.

ern side of the Himalaya, 6500 feet above the level of the sea,

and its caterpillar (like that of B. Mori) feeds on the leaves of the

wild mulberry, which is another reason why the qualities of the

silk should resemble that spun by the true silkworm. The perfect

moth is about the size of B..Mori, but has darker-coloured wings,

with a large, blackish lunate spot near the tips of the hooked fore-

wings.

3 oes of the natural fibre of the silk, and some with the

threads severally composed of three, six, nine and twelve fibres were

exhibited, those with nine and twelve fibres having been pronounced

by the Delhi silk-workers to be worth 25 rupees per seer, that is,

about 25 shillings per pound, at 2 shillings per rupee.

Read a paper entitled ‘‘ Descriptions of some new species of Athy-

reus, MacL., a genus of Lamellicorn Beetles.” By J. O. Westwood,

Esq., F.L.S. &c. , |

After tracing the history of the genus and its affinities, and no-

ticing in detail its most remarkable peculiarities, dwelling par-

ticularly on those characters which are externally indicative of di-

stinction of sex, Mr. Westwood proceeds to describe the following

species :

1. Aruyreus cteas, Hope; castaneus, elytris magis rufis, capite glabro

anticé 3-cornuto, mandibulis magnis externé acuté dentatis, pronoto

utrinque excavatione profunda discoque cornubus duobus crassis acutis

divergentibus, elytris tenuissimé striato-punctatis.—Long. corp. une. 1

(mandibulis inclusis).

Hab. in Brasilia. In Mus. D. Hope.

2. Aruyreus aRmatus, ope; piceo-niger, lateribus prothoracis mandi-

bulis pedibusque rufescentibus, mandibulis magnis singula extus 2-

dentataé dente antico magno, pronoto utrinque carina deflexa medio-

que cornu suberecto, elytris elevato-striatis.—Long. corp. lin. 9.

Hab. in America meridionali. In Mus. D. Hope.

3. ATHYREUS SUBARMATUS, ¢ ; supra obscurus nigricans, labro mandi-

bulis prothoracis lateribus pedibusque piceo-rufis, tenuissimé granu-

losus, clypeo margine antico parim reflexo posticé carina elevata in

medio tuberculo instructo, antennis luteis, pronoto carinis duabus bre-

vibus mediis in spatio medio ovali linea elevata circumcincto instructo.

—Long. corp. lin. 83.

_ Hab. in America meridionali. In Mus. D. Hope, sub nomine 4. arma-

tus, 9.

4. AtuyREUS TUBERCULATUS, Hope; obscuré piceus, sub lente tenuis-

simé granulosus et setosus, antennis luteis, clypeo conico anticé cornu

parim elevato terminato, pronoto tuberculis duobus contiguis ante

medium disci positis, elytris sublineatis, tibiis anticis 5-6-dentatis.—

Long. corp. lin. 8}.

Hab. in Brasilié. In Mus. D. Hope.

. Atuyreus rotunpus, Hope; supra obscurus piceo-rufus, sub lente

pote tuberculis minimis obsitus, clypeo margine antico truncato

et parim elevato margine postico carina tuberculis tribus acutis in-

structo, pronoto tuberculis duobus contiguis ante medium elytrisque

leeviter striatis.—Long. corp. Jin. 10.

Hab. in Brasilid. In Mus. D. Hope.

Linnean Society. 387

This insect Mr. Westwood thinks to be probably the female of

A. tuberculatus. |

6. ATHYREUS BELLATOR; piceo-niger, capite et pronoto (marginibus ex-

ceptis) subleevibus hujus marginibus lateralibus pedibusque rufis vel

fulvis, clypeo in dentem acutum elongato, pronoto dente elevato bifido

pone medium armato.—Long. corp. lin. 104.

Athyreus bifurcatus, Laporte, An. Art. iii. p. 102. pl. 7. f. 3. (nee A. bi-

furcatus, Klug, nec A. bifurcatus, MacL..)

Athyreus furcifer, Dej. Cat. et Laporte, An. Art, 1. c. (teste Mus. Gory.)

Hab. in Brasilia et Cayenna. In Mus. D. Hope.

_ The present species stands in Mr. Hope’s collection as the male

of A. Bilbergit.

7. Aruyreus Birseren, Gray in Griffith An. Kingd.; piceo-niger, tu-

berculis minutis scaber, clypei margine antico recto postico carinato

et 3-tuberculato tuberculo intermedio magis elevato, angulis laterali-

bus capitis ante oculos acutis, pronoto margine antico pariim elevato ;

disco tuberculis duobus levibus lineisque duabus curvatis elevatis.—

Long. corp. lin. 10.

Athyreus furcicollis, Dej. (teste Mus. Gory, nune Hope.)

Hab. in Demerara et Cayenna. In Mus. D. Hope.

8. Aruyreus Puotas, Buquet MS.; piceo-castaneus, lateribus protho-

racis et elytrorum pedibusque rufescentibus, scabriusculus, clypeo an-

ticé angustato margine antico bituberculato, vertice concavo, protho-

racis lateribus dilatatis disco excavatione subquadrat& spina erecta

antica lateribusque acuté tuberculatis —Long. corp. lin. 6.

Athyreus trituberculatus, Gory in Mus.

Hab. in Colombia, Santa Fé de Bogota. In Mus. Hope.

Obs. Athyreus recticornis, Guérin, Iconogr. du Régne An. Ins. p. 83,

from Swan River (Mus. Gory)= Bolboceras hastifer, Bainbridge.

The insect placed in M. Gory’s collection, with the label of

Athyreus porcatus, De Laporte, Anim. Artic. t. ii. p. 103. no. 6,

Athyreus Senegalensis, Dejean, is a new species of Bolboceras, from

Senegal.

9. ATHYREUS PURPUREIPENNIS; cyaneo-niger subtis fulvo-testaceus, ely-

tris leté purpureis, pronoto linea longitudinali impress& utrinque spa-

tio convexo levissimo nigro versus angulos anticos furcato.— Long.

corp. lin. 6.

Hab. in America meridionali. In Museo Britannico.

10. Aruyreus CENTRALIS; testaceo-fulvus, capitis vertice anticé 3-

dentato, pronoto carina abbreviata centrali lineis duabus parum ele-

vatis obliquis alteraque utrinque prope angulos posticos, elytris im-

presso-striatis striis longe ante apicem evanescentibus.—-Long. corp.

lin. 62.

Hab. in'N ova Grenadé, Rio Magdalena, Ibaque. In Museo Britannico.

11. Atayrevus T'weepyaAnus; testaceus, pronoto maximo lateribus obtusé

angulatis et sinuatis medio disci depresso levi et lined obliqué param

curvata e lateribus separato linedqne altera abbreviaté utrinque ver-

sus angulos posticos.—Long. corp. lin. 54.

Hab. in Insula Hayti, Indiz occidentalis. DD. Tweedy et Hearne. In

Muss. Soc. Ent. Londin, et Hope.

26*

388 Royal Society.

ROYAL SOCIETY.

March 23, 1848.—‘* Observations om some Belemnites and other

fossil remains of Cephalopoda, discovered by Mr, Reginald Neville

Mantell, C.E., in the Oxford Clay, near Trowbridge in Wiltshire.”

By Gideon Algernon Mantell, Esq., LL.D., F.R.S., Vice-President

of the Geological Society.

The author states, that a line of railway now in progress of con-

struction to connect the large manufacturing town of Trowbridge

with the Great Western, being part of the Wilts, Somerset, and

Weymouth line, traverses extensive beds of the Oxford clay of the

same geological character as those at Christian-Malford in the same

county, which furnished the remarkable fossil cephalopods described

by Mr. Channing Pearce under the name of Belemnoteuthis, and by

Professor Owen (in a memoir which received the award of a Royal

Medal of this Society), as the animals to which the fossils commonly

known by the name of Belemnites belong.

The son of the author, Mr. R. N. Mantell, being engaged in these

works under the eminent engineer Mr. Brunel, availed himself of the

opportunity to form an extensive and highly interesting collection of

the fossils of the Oxford clay, and other oolitic deposits cut through

or exposed by the engineering operations. Among those transmitted

to the author are many illustrative examples of Belemnoteuthes and

Belemnites ; some of which confirm the opinions entertained by the

late Mr. C. Pearce, Mr. Cunnington, and other competent observers,

that the body and soft parts, with the cephalic uncinated arms, &c.

of cephalopods, obtained from Christian-Malford by the Noble Pre-

sident and Mr. Pearce Pratt, and referred by Professor Owen in the

memoir above-mentioned to the Belemnite, belong to a distinct

genus—the Belemnoteuthis.

The author describes and figures several perfect examples of the

phragmocone of the Belemnoteuthis, and institutes a comparison be-

tween them and a beautiful example of the phragmocone of a belem-

nite occupying the alveolus of the guard; and defines the essential dif-

ferences observable in the form and structure of these chambered cal-

careous cones. He especially points out as distinctive characters of

the phragmocone of the Belemnoteuthis, two flat longitudinal ridges

which extend upwards from the apical extremity, and the granulated

and striated external surface of the epidermis. ‘The phragmocone

of the Belemnite has a smooth surface, is destitute of any lon-

gitudinal ridges, and terminates at the apex in a very fine point, the

axis being in an oblique direction.

The author next describes a remarkable specimen of a Belemnite,

twenty-two iuches in length, in which the osselet or guard, phrag-

mocone, and capsule or receptacle, are preserved in connexion. In

this fossil is demonstrated, for the first time, the upper or basal ter-

mination of the phragmocone, with two elongated calcareous pro-

cesses extending upwards from the margin: these are analogous in

form and position to the prolongations from the peristome of the

Miscellaneous. 389

outer chamber of certain Ammonites, as for example, in 4. Jasoni.

In the phragmocone of the Belemnoteuthis the peristome is entire.

Another interesting part of the structure of the Belemnite, not

previously detected, is also shown in the same specimen, as well as

in many other examples found in the Oxford clay near Trowbridge ;

namely, a calcareous shelly periosteum or capsule, which invests the

guard, and expands upwards into a horny sheath or receptacle, that

surrounds the basal chamber of the phragmocone in which the viscera

were probably contained. This receptacle was formerly supposed to

originate from within the alveolus of the guard. Mr. Miller, many

years ago, inferred the existence of a vascular integument around

the guard from the meandring impressions of blood-vessels obser-

vable on the surface of some specimens; but the presence of a cal-

careo-corneous capsule or sheath investing the guard, and expanding

into a horny receptacle, has not till now been demonstrated.

The author considers the facts described as proving that the ce-

-phalopod of the Belemnite was entirely distinct from the Belemno-

teuthis; and that the muscular mantle, cephalic arms, and other

parts referred by Professor Owen to the former, exclusively belong

to the latter genus.

He concludes that the remains of at least three genera of naked

Cephalopoda occur in the argillaceous deposits of the oolite in Wilt-

shire; namely, the first or true Calamary, with a horny dorsal gla-

dius or pen; the second, the Belemnoteuthis, or a decapod with unci-

nated cephalic arms, ink-bag, pallial fins, and a corneo-calcareous

phragmocone; and the third, the Belemnite, which possessed a phrag-

mocone having the apical part implanted in the cavity or alveolus of

a guard or osselet, which in its original state resembled in substance

the sepiostaire of the Cuttle-fish, but is generally found mineralized

by calcareous spar ; and the peristome, possessing two or more elon-

gated shelly processes; both the guard and the phragmocone being

invested with a corneo-calcareous capsule or receptacle. He observes,

lastly, that the body and other soft parts of the cephalopod of the

Belemnite are at present unknown. The author's communication

was illustrated by drawings, and accompanied by the specimens

-above described.

MISCELLANEOUS.

On a new genus and species of Fossil Ruminantia, Poébrotherium

Wilsoni. By Joszrpn Leipy, M.D.

InpirecrLy through Mr. J. S. Phillips and the influence of Dr. S.

G. Morton, the Academy has become the depositary of a valuable

and unique fossil, received through Dr. S. D. Culbertson of Cham-

bersburg, Pa., from Mr. Joseph Culbertson.

As first received, it consisted of a mass of argillaceous limestone,

having one side of a cranium of an animal exposed to view, which,

by the patience of Dr. T. A. Wilson, was relieved of its matrix ; and

390 Miscellaneous.

the lower extremity of the humerus, and the upper extremity of the

ulna and radius of the right leg were also disclosed.

The top or vault above the orbits, and posterior part of the cranium,

are wanting, as are also the ossa nasi, ossa intermaxillaria, the part of

the os maxillare inferius just anterior to the commencement of the

symphysis, and the zygoma of the left side, but sufficient is left to

characterize it as a remarkable genus of Ruminantia, very different

from any that has been heretofore described.

The cranium belonged to a full-grown or adult animal, but not an

old one, as is indicated by the teeth.

In the upper jaw are seven molars, differing in this respect from

any ruminant known, living or fossil. The posterior three molars,

usually called true, present nothing very peculiar in their conforma-

tion. They are notso square as in Cervus, but are more like those

of Ovis, being much broader than wide, so that they have a compressed

appearance. ‘The four crescents upon the crowns are quite simple.

Externally these teeth present two and nearly plane surfaces, sepa-

rated by an abrupt, salient, longitudinal ridge on a line with the

notch separating the anterior and posterior pair of columns. Each

of these surfaces has a longitudinal rounded ridge, more prominent

upon the anterior than the posterior one, but neither so salient as

the first. The antero-external border is also elevated or prominent,

so that each of these teeth presents externally four longitudinal ridges.

As is usual, these teeth are obliquely situated in the jaw, and the

anterior part of one folds over externally, or overlaps the posterior

part of the one preceding it.

The anterior four molars or premolars are not more than half the

length of the true molars, and differ among themselves so as to render

‘it necessary to examine them separately. The posterior or fourth

premolar has more the characteristics of a true molar, and it would

probably not be wrong to consider it as an additional true molar.

The crown presents four crescents, which are thicker than in the

true molars, and the anterior and posterior pair are separated by a

comparatively deeper notch. Externally the tooth has four ridges

corresponding to those of the true molars. The third premolar, or

the one immediately preceding the last, has upon its crown a pos-

terior pair of thick crescents, and an anterior cusp which has the

appearance of being formed by the blending together of a pair of

crescents. Externally it is trilobed, the lobes being separated by

two concave depressions. It is shorter, but broader, than the last.

The second premolar is compressed, faintly trilobed, and presents an

elongated trenchant crown. The first premolar is the most remark-

able characteristic of this cranium. It is separated from the others

by a concave notch of *333 of an inch, and is on a line with the an-

‘terior mental foramen. It is implanted in the jaw by two fangs,

which are divergent and. placed one anterior to the other. The body

is nearly as broad as the second premolar and is of a compressed py-

~ramidal form, and the crown has a trenchant edge, the posterior and

anterior part of which form an angle about. its centre.

In the lower jaw, in the specimen, are six inferior molars in a

Miscellaneous. 391

closed row commencing ‘25 of an inch anterior to the corresponding

six molars above, and continuing as far back as the latter. Besides

these, and separated from them by a concave, descending notch of

‘45 of an inch, just anterior to the anterior mental foramen, or “15

of an inch anterior to the commencement of the symphysis posteriorly,

is one-half of an alveolus for an additional or seventh molar, which,

when the specimen was first received, contained a portion of a fang,

since mislaid. ‘This additional molar in the lower jaw is possessed

by only one other known genus of Ruminantia, the Dorcatherium

of Kaup.

The crowns of the inferior molars are enveloped i in the matrix in

such a manner that they cannot be exposed without endangering the

specimen. . Externally the three true molars present their columns

as sharply triangular prisms, as in Ovis, &c., and have no intervening

points or cones, as in Cervus, Dorcatherium, &e.

The fourth premolar is trilobed externally, each lobe presenting a

cusp towards the crown. ‘The third and second are compressed, and

the latter, I can perceive, has a.trenchant crown.

The position of the molars, though resembling that of Dorcathe-

rium considerably more than that of any other genus of Ruminantia,

differs materially from it ; for while the teeth reach to the symphysis

in the latter, in the former they even extend anteriorly to its com-

mencement.

From the foregoing description of theteeth, it will be perceived, that

in the possession of a seventh molar. in the upper jaw, in the posi-

tion of the molars, and in several other minor peculiarities, this genus

differs from all others heretofore known, and is well characterized,

and I therefore propose for it the name of ‘‘ Poébrotherium *,”

[ We omit some further details, and pass to the concluding remarks. |

These bones belonged to an animal rather less in size than the

Dorcatherium.

The species I have designated Wilsoni, i in honour of Dr. Thomas

B. Wilson, a munificent patron of the natural sciences.

Probable habit of the animal.—From the evidences of considerable

muscular strength in the posterior part of the inferior maxilla and

the trenchant crowns of the anterior premolars, it might be supposed

that the animal was adapted to eating flesh as part of its food, as

was thought by Cuvier to have been probably the case with the Ano-

plotherium gracile, a pachydermous animal having very similar cha-

racters ; but I should think its general structure would entirely pre-

clude the idea of its having been able to catch living animal prey,

and doubt very much whether its food could have been other than

vegetable. ‘The anterior trenchant molars were more probably in-

tended for cutting branches and twigs of bushes, or tough grasses,

which afterwards underwent a finer trituration with the true molars.

The position which the genus should occupy.—Poébrotherium in its

dentition approaches the Ruminantia to the Pachydermata, for in the

number of the molar teeth and the trenchant nature of the anterior

* méa, herba, Bpdw, pasco, Onpy fera.

392 Miscellaneous.

premolars, it is closely allied to the Xiphodont Anoplotherium, while

in the true molars it is characteristically ruminant, and its position

would therefore probably stand thus : Dorcatherium, Poébrotherium,

Anoplotherium.

Measurements * of the head.

In.

Meatus auditorius externus to infra orbitar foramen .........++ 3°]

From point of hook-like Procesg of inferior maxilla to anterior

mental foramen .........++. Sd optaenecesbecsacvernensvara srenseses shiek Oe

Greatest width of orbit ....,..0....scccccscvccceccees eoseccoo Saiestese ate

Narrowest part of face, below ossa NASI ........:eseeeeseeeeeeeeees *2

Width at the corono-condyloid depressions of inferior maxilla 1°6

Width at the coronoid processes ........+.se000e du sace tub tpaeie pee?

Greatest width at the ossa tympani ....... dein dyn Se aeinenaes ¥oepl ey!

Distance between ossa tympani ....0. eeeeeeees acbininseonabevags meee (Ain eee

Width of os tympanum ......... edecdandatier nina nneiee shied Sepacncone A

Length of row formed by the posterior six superior molars .., 2°5

Notch between the first and second superior premolars ......... 333

Length of row formed by the posterior six inferior molars...... 2°7

Notch between the first and second inferior premolars .,....... °45

Measurements of superior molar teeth.

Length, Breadth. Thickness.

TU POO Bossi escdoateub aves’ > 375 “6 2

Ely ee Sahat “4 55 25

Sth — oases ds vaee chi Gat 333 *45 *275

Bt hy i reese) 2s ewe deubeee es eB °375 25

Br. wre sinssaaas dikes Sica idikts start ae *4 °2

BE comme, :.00, Satsinaleens Gene oie i PM cel *35 a

FT PR aR: 0 ANF “3 “O75

Measurements of inferior molar teeth.

Length. Breadth,

Zils molariciwes tic cedk.. cedessee 88 +35

Cth eet. i verciesens Leeaaacies bis tae %

BE Hoe wannonden Sie Rub TAA “25. 4

ee helo Ry ae eM RRR "itl 15 "45

Srd —— a. peees IAPS PEELE Af “30

2nd — ga saeee denshdesccsions SOR *35

Measurements from bones of fore-leg.

Transverse diameter of lower articular surface of os humeri......... °75

Antero-posterior diameter in depressed portion of same .........64 45

Length of olecranon above the lowest part of the articular surface

OF ANG, CHDOW Fie... ccssnssenseescses eharhoakememunspnndtgitesnsh endian bere ss 95

From Silliman’s Journal for March 1848.

On two new genera of Siliceaus-shelled Polygastrica from Patagonian

Guano. By Prof. Exrensere.

From the very large number of the typical generic forms of Poly-

gastrica already described and arranged, new genera no longer occur

so frequently ;| but when they do, the new forms have a greater sci-

entific value. During his stay in England last summer Prof. Ehren-

* The measurements are taken in English inches and parts of the same.

Miscellaneous. 3893

berg noticed a very interesting form among the microscopic prepara-

tions put up with great neatness by Mr. Topping for sale. It is found

in a certain kind of guano from Patagonia, and is one of the largest

forms. Prof. Ehrenberg has called it Hemiptychus ornatus. They are

isolated, comparatively very large, thin, discoid siliceous plates, which

exhibit radii upon their surface connected by a very delicate network,

after the manner of the genus Actinoptychus. ‘These radii are like-

_ wise in the present instance raised bands, but which, commencing at

the margin, do not reach to the centre, but leave a broad central

disc, in which these bands are continued in the form of finely punc-

tated radial lines to the centre where a circle of teeth are visible:

no marginal apertures were perceptible.

Another new genus of Polygastrica was found in some guano

from Patagonia brought by the Danish ship Waldemar.

Like all the kinds of guane hitherto examined, this Patagonian

‘kind contains a considerable number of siliceous-shelled Polyga-

strica, together with numerous siliceous spicula of sea-sponges.

The most interesting form is Entopyla australis, a new genus. Ex-

ternally it has the greatest resemblance to Tessel/a, but in its in-

ternal structure it more resembles the genus Biblarium. It forms

quadrangular plates, which seen from the side are rounded off above

and below. These quadrate tablets or boxes consist of several leaves

like a book, which however are firmly connected. The leaves are

parallel with the narrow sides and curved; the two external leaves

are like the cover of a book, thicker and marked with thirty-two

horizontal ribs. ‘These two outer decorated leaves resemble each

other in Biblarium but not in Entopyla, where one is outwardly con-

cave and the other outwardly convex. The concave outer leaf is

upon the ventral side, since it exhibits two large roundish apertures

at the extremities ; the opposite convex leaf has no aperture; all the

intervening leaves have a large aperture in the centre, leaving only

a thin margin, thus forming a large continuous space in the interior

of these little boxes. The structure in Biblarium is similar.

This form is not quite new, a fragment of it having been brought

from the Falkland Islands in the year 1843; it was then arranged as

an imperfect but characteristic form with the genus Suwrirella, and

called Surirella ? australis. It was a part of the cover of the Ento-

pyla, which very much resembles the shells of Suriredle.

This new guano contained—

PoLYGASTRICA.

Actinoptychus octonarius. Grammatophora oceanica.

Cocconeis oceanica. serpentina.

Coscinodiscus subtilis. Tessella Catena.

Entopyla australis. Synedra Gallionii ?

Gallionella sulcata. Zygoceros Rhombus?

Grammatophora angulosa.

PHYTOLITHARIA,

Lithodontium furcatum. Spongolithis Clavus.

platyodon. cenocephala.

Fustis.

394. Miscellaneous.

All the other forms are known sea organisms, excepting the Litho-

dontia.

Novorum Generum Characteres succincti.

Hemiprycavus. Animal e Bacillariis Naviculaceis liberum. Lorica

_ simplex zequaliter bivalvis silicea orbicularis (non concatenata ?)

_ intus sepimentis imperfectis ad dimidiam fere radiorum partem in

loculos radiantes (nec alternos impressos) divisa, medio disco late

vacuo, radiato nec septato, centro, denticulorum corona cincto,

_ radiorum experte, extremi marginis aperturis non conspicuis.

Sepimentis abbreviatis, concamerationibus non alterne impressis,

centro coronato et aperturis marginalibus obsoletis ab Actino-

ptycho differt.

‘H. ornatus disco subtilissime granulato radiis 29 equalibus, cellu-

larum apparatu interposito concentrico. Diameter J,!".

Entopyia. Animal e Bacillariis Naviculaceis (an Echinelleis P).

Lorica prismatica compressa multivalvis (libera, an concatenata ?).

Valvis in serie simplici recta, libri foliorum instar, contiguis, in-

ternis apertura maxima media perviis, externis inzequalibus trans-

verse striatis, altera integerrima (non perforata), altera ad utrum-

que apicem poro magno insigni.

Forma arcuata ad Achnanthem accedit, tabellari forma Tesselle affi-

nior est, maxime Biblario propinquior est.

E. australis, foliolis linearibus utroque fine rotundato, foliolis mediis

in adultis numero fere 16, costis foliolorum lateralium in adultis

ultra 40 iisque (Surirelle more) linea media flexuosa divisis.

Longit. 3'5'".

Vidi juniora. specimina gs" longa, foliolis intermediis tribus, costis

_ inter aperturas 6.

Syn. Surirella? australis, 1843, Abhandl. d. Akad.—Proceedings of

the Berlin Academy. 3

EXTENSIBILITY OF MEMBRANE AND MUSCLE IN THE SERPENT TRIBE.

The following facts, as illustrative of the great extensibility of

membrane and muscle in the Serpent tribe, may prove interesting

to some of your readers.

On the 14th ultimo a Boa constrictor was sent for my inspection,

which had that morning swallowed a pig belonging to some Chinese

at Sungi Kranjie. It would appear-that the snake had been seen

1 king about the sty several days previous to his last meal which

cost him so dear; he artfully however escaped the owner of the

swine, who had ineffectually attempted his capture or destruction on

these’ occasions ; but on the morning in question, the Boa succeeded

in getting entrance into the sty, and having helped himself to a

porker, found himself in the dilemma of the weasel in the barn,—

he could not get out again. ‘The owner came upon him in this state

of helplessness, and having called comrades to his assistance, secured

the victim, torpid from his voracious exertions, and brought him in

triumph into town.

Now you will say there is nothing novel. in ail this ; nevertheless

the disparity of size between the carcase of the pig and the jaws

Miscellaneous. | 395

and body of the snake struck me so forcibly, and appeared so extra-

ordinary, that I forthwith proceeded to ascertain the exact relative

proportions, and found them as follow. The snake was twelve feet

nine inches long, transverse diameter of jaw inside three and a half

inches, neck round nine inches, greatest girth of body at thickest

part, when pig was out, eleven anda half inches. The pig weighed

thirty-seven catties and a half, or rather more than fifty pounds, was

a good three-fourths-grown young sow, and lay apparently without

a mark of violence upon its body—not a hair ruffled, legs unbroken ;

indeed old Isaac Walton never dealt more tenderly with his frog than

the Boa had seemingly done with young piggy. Upon closer exa-

mination it was however discovered that the ribs were broken ; but

as the animal remained in its place of sepulture some hours, suffi-

cient gases had been generated to rectify the effects of the crushing

and restore piggy to her pristine comeliness of shape; the contrast

therefore was the more striking; but still it is quite inconceivable

how the animal was ever swallowed : how the head of the pig passed

the jaws of the snake, would I think puzzle a conjuror to determine ;

and how the snake felt I leave to the consideration of some hopeless

dyspeptic. So distended were the walls of the abdomen by the un-

usual meal, that the whole pig could be seen plainly through them ;

they became diaphanous and thin as gold-beater’s skin. The vitality

of the monster equalled his voracity, for, despite the numberless blows

of clubs on its head, two hours after the pig had been cut out of the

abdomen, I saw the tail firmly coil itself around a stake. Boa met

with poetical justice, for, the same evening, he descended into the

very little less ravenous maws of some Chinese, who looked upon

the flesh as something exceedingly piquant and appetizing, and

eagerly they strove amongst themselves who should possess the

largest share of it.—From the Journal of the Indian Archipelago

and Eastern Asia for Feb. 1848. ;

Observations on the Nummulites. By Messrs. Jou1z and LeyMeERiE.

In this note the authors have presented the principal results of

their researches upon the Nummulites, and which it is intended shall

form the subject of a detailed memoir in connexion with some re-

searches upon the Bryozoa, Ehrenberg, Foraminifera, D’Orbigny,

contained in the fossiliferous deposits of the subpyrenean basin. _

The fossils under consideration are arranged by all naturalists

among animal productions, and are looked upon as a kind of cham-

_ber analogous to shells, but a variety of opinions prevail with respect

to the form and organization of the animal of Nummulites, and the

position which it occupied in relation to these paradoxical shells.

Linneus first arranged this animal among the Madrepores, subse-

quently he made a Medusa of it, and finally classified it among the

cephalopodous Mollusca having a polythalamian outer shell. While

referring theanimal of the Nummulite to this order of Mollusca, Deluc,

Lamarck and Cuvier considered that its shell was internal*, while

Bruguiére considered it to be partly contained in the last chamber

* It was impossible for G. Cuvier to adopt any other opinion, since he

defined the Nummulites as shells exhibiting outwardly a lenticular form

396 Miscellaneous.

of the shell like the Nautili and Ammonites. Persuaded that a care-

ful investigation of the structure of the Nummulites could alone

decide respecting the form of the animal which constructed these

singular habitations, we set earnestly about it, and after frequently

repeated observations and sections, fractions, sawings and grindings,

and having examined with the microscope a multitude of Nummulites

as hard as quartz or the most compact limestone, we had the good

fortune to meet with a number from which we might remove suc-

cessively the circumvolutions of the spire by means of a kind of

cleavage, which has led us to conclude :—

1. That the Nummulites were external multispiral shells with

enveloping convolutions, and at the same time polythalamian.

2. The sides of these shells were perforated in a similar manner

to what is observed in the Rotalia and Nonionina.

3. It was through these holes that the numerous tentacula or

pseudopoda with which the animal was provided were exserted

(organs of prehension or locomotion).

4. The septa of the chambers leave a triangular aperture between

them and the last-formed convolution of the spire by means of which

they all communicate.

5. All the chambers were occupied at the same time by the multi-

segmented body of the animal.

6. The several segments were connected with one another by a

tube or ‘sipho, which at the same time fulfils the office of digestive

canal.

7. The animal increased by producing new segments which were

added in the same plane to those previously existing. These seg-

ments were soon enveloped by the calcareous matter which they

secreted, like the mantle of the Mollusca.

8. The inhabitant of the Nummulites was neither a Polyp nor a

Medusa, nor an Annelide nor a Cephalopodous mollusk, but one of

those long- misunderstood creatures for which D’Orbigny created the

name of Foraminifera.—Comptes Rendus, Oct. 25, 1847.

Description of the Caligus Str6mii. By W. Bairp, M.D., F.L.S. &c.

In 1845 I found upon a salmon at Berwick a species of Caligus

which, at that time, I thought was new. Upon more careful ex-

amination I found it approached very near the Caligus Vespa of M.

Edwards, differing however considerably in size and other more

minute distinctions. In the Copenhagen Transactions, vol. x. p. 23,

and t. 7. f. 1-6, the celebrated Strom has described and figured a

species of Caligus under the name of ‘‘ Laxe luus ” or salmon louse,

and which he shortly defines ‘‘ Monoculus thorace abdomineque

ovato, cauda lobata.”’ It is evidently the same as the specimens I

found upon the salmon of the Tweed, and as Strom is the only author

who seems to have noticed it, I have named it after him.

without any apparent aperture and internally a spiral cavity divided by septa

into a number of minute chambers, but without a sipho (Régne Animal,

iii. p. 22) ; which is the same thing as saying, that these chambers had no

communication with each other nor with the exterior. From our examination

of these fossils we have been led to admit the very opposite. :

Miscellaneous. 397

Caligus Strémii—Strém, Kiobenhavn, Selskabs Skrifter, x. 23. t. 7.

f. 1-7.

Female. Carapace oval, the frontal plate somewhat prominent,

without sucking discs; thorax about the same length as the carapace,

narrower at upper extremity, broader at posterior extremity and ter-

minating in two rounded lobes. The horny tubercles on the medium

line of the lower portion of thorax above the vulva, large and simple.

Abdomen long and narrow, nearly as long as the thorax, terminating

in two lobes which give off several short, stout, plumose sete. The

sternal fork is short and simple. The oviferous tubes are long.—

Length of whole body (exclusive of tubes) half an inch.

Male. The male is much smaller than the female. ‘The carapace

is oval, much larger in proportion to thorax than in female; thorax

narrow and posteriorly notched rather than lobed on each side. Ab-

domen much shorter than in female, terminating sete of caudal ap-

pendages longer and beautifully plumose. About half the size of

female.

The Cal. Vespa (female) of M. Edwards is cnly 3 lines long and

has the carapace narrow in front and very broad posteriorly, while

in this species the carapace is almost an exact oval, and the animal

(female) is fully half an inch in length. In C. Vespa the horny

tubercle at base of thorax is small and setiferous, while in this species

it is simple and of considerable size. The Vespa is said by M. Edwards

to have been found in the gills of asalmon. ‘This species I found on

different parts of the body of the fish ; andI have since then received

specimens from Dr. Johnston, who found them also on the body of

the salmon. M. Edwards does not appear to have ever seen the

male.—From the Transactions of the Berwickshire Naturalists’ Club,

vol. il. p. 259. ‘

Fossit Inrusor1a IN AMBER.

In a paper recently read before the Berlin Academy, Prof. Ehren-

berg drew attention to the occurrence of fossil Infusoria in amber, a

fact of considerable interest connected with the phenomena of the

tertiary formation of the earth’s surface. The following nine species

had already been detected by him in amber :—

Amphora gracilis. Navicula amphioxys.

Cocconeis borealis. Bacillum (tenuis).

Cocconema Cistula? — Pinnularia capitata.

Fragilaria rhabdosoma ? Gastrum.

Navicula affinis.

Navicula amphiorys is most numerous, and with Cocconeis and

Amphora together with Pinnularia Gastrum form the mass.—W., F.

OBITUARY.

The Chevalier Carl Johan Schinherr, Royal Counsellor of Com-

merce, Knight Commander of the Royal Swedish Order of Wasa,

Knight of the Polar Star, Member of the Royal Society of Stock-

holm, Honorary Member of the Entomological Societies of London

and France, and of numerous learned bodies in Sweden and other

398 | Miscellaneous.

parts of Europe, died at his estate Sparresdter, in Sweden, on the

28th March ult. in his 76th year.

From a letter addressed by the Rev. Mr. Carlson, nephew of

M. Schénherr and Secretary to the Swedish Legation in London, to

J. Walton, Esq., we learn the following particulars respecting his

decease :—He was “‘ suddenly attacked by a fit of apoplexy on the

16th of last month (March) at eight o’clock in the evening, when he

fell down on the threshold of his outer room just as he was going

downstairs to join the family. The physicians did all they could to

avert the danger and he got a little better, but there was scarcely

any hope, and I have this day received the melancholy intelligence

of his death on the 28th ult. at half-past seven o’clock in the morning.

This unexpected loss of my dear and venerable relative has filled my

heart with sadness, and I am sure you will feel with me, as you were

a very dear friend of my late uncle.”

It is impossible to speak in’ too high terms of the entomological

productions of the deceased author. Instead of dissipating his talents

by devoting them to a variety of subjects, he steadily kept in view

one great object, namely the elaboration of the synonymy of the

order of Coleoptera. His great work—-(for in fact all his publica-

tions form but one whole )—the ‘ Synonymia Insectorum,’—was com-

menced in 1806. ‘Three volumes successively appeared, in which

the original plan was retained, namely that of giving a synonymical

list of every known beetle with reference to every work in which it

had been described, with the occasional addition of such species as

had come to the knowledge of the author; these at first were but

few in number. The ‘ Systema Eleutheratorum’ of Fabricius had

appeared a few years previously, and that author by his continual

travels had made himself acquainted with the contents of the ento-

mological cabinets of England, France and Germany. Moreover at

that time the world was otherwise occupied than in collecting in-

sects. The third volume appeared in 1817, but now time and the

change of affairs had brought a great influx of novelties from distant

regions, and:an Appendix of new species appeared in a separate

volume at the same time as the third volume.

The three volumes and appendix thus far published completed the

Coleoptera as arranged in the ‘ Systema Eleutheratorum’ of Fabri-

cius, so far as page 376 of the second volume of that work, leaving

the Rhynchophorous, Xylophagous and Brachelytrous Coleoptera un-

touched. ‘The attention of Schonherr was accordingly next applied

to the first of these groups answering to the Linnean genus Curculio,

but here the vast number of species and the modifications which had

been introduced by Latreille and Dejean rendered another plan of

proceeding necessary ; the result of which was the publication of

the ‘ Curculionidum dispositio methodica, seu Prodromus ad syno-

nymiz Insectorum partem quartam,’ 8vo, Leipsic, 1826. This was

succeeded in 1833 by the commencement of the herculean task of

arranging the synonymy and describing the species of Rhynchopho-

rous beetles, the extent and labour of which may be easily under-

stood when it is stated that it has required eight thick 8vo volumes

(containing more than 7000 pages) to,complete the work, the last

Meteorological Observations. 399

volume containing a mantissa of new species, and it is only a very

few months since we received a second mantissa of new species.

Such a work of course required assistance; Gyllenhal, Germar,

Boheman, and other entomological authors of the first eminence,

gladly laboured in describing many of the new species, their initials

being added at the end of each ; and so highly was the work esteemed

that we believe a grant was made by the King of Sweden to effect

its completion. ‘The ‘ Synonymia Insectorum’ therefore forms the

** Monumentum ere perennius”’ of C. J. Schénherr.—J. O. W.

METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS FOR MARCH 1848.

Chiswick.—March 1, Constant rain: barometer very low. 2. Cloudy and

damp. 3. Very fine. 4. Hoar-frost: slight haze. 5. Rain. 6. Cloudy: fine:

overcast. 7. Foggy: slight haze: clear. 8. Frosty and foggy : overcast : slight

rain. 9. Overcast and mild. 10. Rain: fine: cloudy. 11. Boisterous, with

heavy showers. 12. Showery. 13. Cloudy and cold: heavy rain at night.

14. Fine: clear and frosty. 15, Overcast. 16,:17. Rain. 18. Foggy: fine.

19. Foggy: fine: showery. 20, Heavy rain. 21. Hazy and damp: cloudy:

showery : clear: frosty at night. 22. Cloudless: boisterous, with rain at night.

23, 24. Cloudy and fine. 25. Uniform haze: cloudy and fine. 26. Overcast :

slight rain. 27. Foggy: drizzly. 28. Very fine: rain at night. 29, Hazy and

damp : fine. 30. Foggy: slightrain: clear. $1. Hazy : very fine: clear at night.

Mean temperature of the Month .......ccsecsescccocssesccesccees 42°°5

Mean temperature of March 1847.........c.ssesscesesceveeesees - 40°11

Mean temperature of March for the last twenty years......... 42 °8

Average amount of rain in March .............06.+- cosseveseese 1°96 inchs

Boston.—March 1, Cloudy: rain last night. 2. Cloudy: raine.m. 3. Fine:

rainre.M. 4 Fine. 5. Rain. 6—9. Cloudy. 10,11. Cloudy: rain a.m.

12, Cloudy: rain a.m. and p.m. 13. Fine: rain p.m. 14,15. Fine. 16. Rain:

rain A.M. and p.m. 17. Cloudy: rain a.m. and p.m. 18, Cloudy. 19. Cloudy :

rainp.M. 20. Fine. 21. Rain: rain a.M.and p.m. 22. Fine: rainp.m. 23—25.

Cloudy. 26. Cloudy: rainr.m. 27. Cloudy: rain a.m. and p.m. 28. Rain:

rain a.m. 29. Cloudy: raina.m. 30. Fine: rainr.m. 31. Rain.

Applegarth Manse, Dumfries-shire.— March 1. Fair, but cloudy and raw. 2,

3. Fair and clear: raw frost a.m. 4. Fair and clear: hard frost a.m.: rain Pp M.

5—7. Cloudy, but fair. 8. Fine: wet a.m.: cleared. 9. Rain in the night:

cleared'r.m, 10. Showers: hail. 11. Frequent showers: hills covered with snow.

12, Clear cold day. 13. Clear cold day: frost a.m.: fine. 14. Frost a.m.:

cloudy: rain p.m. 15, Frequent showers. 16. Fair, but chilly. 17. Rain

during night: drizzling am. 18. Rain early A.m.: fine. 19. Rain and hail:

snow P.M. 20. Frost: hail: thawr.m. 21. Frost: snow.on hills: hail. 29,

Frost a.M.: heavy rainr.m. 23. Frequent showers. 24. Very fine: warm.

25. Very fine. 26. Rain nearly all day. 27. Very fine. 28. Wet till noon:

cleared. 29. Fine: clear: cold. 30. Fine all day: light clouds. $1. Very

fine : clear and warm.

Mean temperature of the month ..........6. avacesanceonesn aL 7S

Mean temperature of March 1847...........+06 Siesta abiee ok 42 °°5

Mean temperature of March for twenty-five years ...... 39 *1

Mean rain in March for twenty years ....cccecesssesseeees 2°35 inches,

SRMETY Oh OMECH BORG 05, ole it cauckacscas huckiahcas tonal eR s ae

Sandwick Manse, Orkney.—March 1. Clear. 2. Clear: cloudy. 3. Clear.

4. Damp. 5. Damp: drops. 6. Damp: cloudy. 7. Cloudy. & Showers :

clear : aurora. 9. Bright: showers. 10. Clear: hoar frost. 11. Cloudy : showers.

12, Bright: clear. 13. Clear: hoar-frost. 14. Cloudy: rain. 15. Bright:

clear: aurora, 16, Showers. 17. Cloudy : showers. 18. Bright: cloudy. ‘19.

Bright: clear: aurora, 20. Snow: clear: aurora. 21. Clear: frost: cloudy.

22. Clear: cloudy. 23. Rain: drops. 24. Clear: cloudy. 25. Bright : cloudy.

a — 27. Clear: fog. 28. Fog: rain. 29,30, Bright: cloudy. $1. Clear:

cloudy.

6L-% |01-F |09-% |S0-€ | . ”

# [6.6€ 0P-2P (6-SE 16-27 |g. “ee lop. ae Be ae a eee een geen (nan

de | ree us dll ' — ‘660 aad adie inne 260-62 |GL9-62 | *

a, Ta See, OE Die "ass | “AS | °S *s | fab | SP € >

a 08-0 - 10 | -m | 3 | ass | 3 | bh | 9b . a ae # s 06-65 wObe 68-62 |18-6% 05-62 |668-6z |866-6z| “If

OL [or] O8 fe) oe | sf smn | cas | br | Goh} | Sp) oF) ze | 19 0B ook Reg sl beaten dl po sl cogadh pad ra

dow frr27] 0%: | 12+ | vasa | sos | vas | sms | €P | SP) IP) “| sbi IP | 68 | 9.60. pot pact 99-62 |b28-62 |668-62 | “62

Glo [etre | SO ae s ‘s “MS 6€ vr | ov|. L¥| LV -op LG | 08-6% hares 05-66 £6.66 1€L-62 |€ 18-62 "8%

6t- orf 50 | soe |-us-m os | ms | cb | eh | pl Obl Sh Of | FS 0060/2632 Fr Ee Re end eo Ble

resecpeseeslerseneleeet| ogg | sas | smu | cam | feb | §€7 | $e| PS /s2h) sé. | 9¢ Pea rer owes ote clue ye Wehr BIE OE) Se |

ars Fens Meee oe gee oe be ered tae Lenn Me 29 Lp gba te Qi aaR Re od Sead Bay

Go. Jot-1|60- |" saw | sms ms | cms | FOF | {1P| zh) 0S] 08) PP ip ae So bey NGM oR i ed sy BO

Cae. gite ted ee ae a nae a ee A os rae oe Gb, Eee tee eee ee ee

ong Q€- |80- | -asa |mutou -as | em | $6E |] IP |$1€) Shi EF Sz | os te ZV-6% |91-6% LE-6% | 92-66 |PLS-6z 8£9-6%| “Ze

%9- |"*""*"|Z0- |g: | ass | -s | *s | cms] LE| OF |%6z| €F| oF of | gg og nO oH Sey ogee d ped netgeed ioc: RL

Fey ae A Gir | vas | 8°] +s. | ms ov | ob | bE! Ph] ob 62 | ES eae rs VL-8z ‘VL-8% (99-8% |016-8% |S00-6% | “0%

sg 0 Bo. te 1 en a: | on oe) ahd ee) bhi et Be Me 6-8% | PL-8Z 16-83 Z8-8% |S£0-64|PL1-62| "610

Fo: 01 } - |GI- | ‘auu | *auu! ‘a | -*s 17 | $6¢ | 6€| Ser! oF Of | wh 1 5 29-62 | 00-6 VP-6% G1-6% \SPZ-6% \VOP-6Z | “81

Po. Jott |40. jog | vu | vou | a | tom | 1h] PY LHPE ELE) ob. OC | PP Ed RE pe ha ed ocd

gam fo. at “a | ongel Mo See tack eel OP Ie fe. 6F a 9£-6% |€£-6% 09-66 9£-6Z [680-62 OLL-64) *S1

14 OL [gt | ced cau mur} cma! pe | 1p | See! $LP ef) of. | FP VP-6%. | 19-6% | 09-66 69-63 VP-6z |\8S2.62 FL8-62| “VI

gies SSP go- | Zo. | ca |mua| mu |-mu| gt! oF |f0¢| §hh | re Li re GV-6% 09:66 $%-6% S8-9% F0Z-6z |1L0-6%) “EI

ae ES Boz | ‘| sm | rm rms | Le | for | Se) Sh] Ph) Se | LP ne % |£0-6% |70-6% 01-86 PE-8% |L69-8% 606-82 | ‘I C

Low freee] @G. | ras tuum) sj cms | 96 | ob | 9f/"Sh| 1h se | 6F eee eee Fame ce eueeergeoeet. 3

Fo ete 10. | tas | tais-j mea | a” | 2 | OP.) Bh) 1S] GP) Of | e9 0:62 | 1262 |01-66 01-62 00-62 |16£-62 6FP-6z| ‘OT

L0- |0$.0|""*:"| go..| cms | cm | cs | ems | yb | fh |fge] oS] 9€ 1% | 0S ge ee ee ie cate peeen

ba bole onal See wef Pp tor Uy |1Se) oF) 6S) ee | oP fipee, atom (ORCS REE | 89-60. i990-0E POtHO) 'S

Go. frog. [ve cos | aus |rauan| cw | OE | EP | CC/ ESP] 66) gz | OF ee oe eer eee ee tae,

£6. |" 60. |ob. | *s jms | ca | ss | ab | fb |Ee| LP] ob) .9f eee cree renee [SE O8 ee -av Laon Bou on

Be Wiedag (oto sc lense Bee 7 | EPE| LP| 1! of | oF [zeoe- leroz EOG6 J 8g-Sn 5906 068-56, 900-08) |

0- Gt. | tl. | ‘2 |tmuu|uyeoj sas | of | ob | 9€!] PPIS.cP e QV | Zt-0€. |SP-6% | 89-6% | £1-6z 08.8% 901-63 OVS-6Z| °%

Bole : , OF) Of | OF |P1-66 |28-8% | €8-8% [89-86 | GE-82 |L9-80 L06-8 | “I -

Siae | = Bo 9 a/'Po| Bo a = Sesos ; ss :

43 28 2 2 Bo es g ae ao: So S | z ee = S ty Oy urd "ure ein tite oe ‘YoIvyy

sa\e2|§ |s | Ze | SB] 8 4 =. , f 6 6 £3 We] -opoy7

= ae ie aa g . PS by ct eek “aye a8 ‘ : *yormpu 4 @ aera

PMEAN *19}9UIOW LOY], “19, 9WOIV ae

> S,

*RANYUQG) ‘asunpy ynpunyg vw Suoysnory "7° YY "

yo Ra A *aqTN Ag § : : SNOTD “- *Adt 947 2g pup SAUIHS-saluaWMaAcy ‘asup Sandd ‘ os

POA “AIA 49 *kopuo] avau ‘MOIMSIND 2p Ajarv0g Jounqnoysozy 2y3 fo sania a kd nt shia ee fa pa Btn 8 AE isic

a a ee

eh 7

4 © J ol

a i = . L.

* 1’ . % 7

y .

~ th oa ®

‘ * me ae

x .

: 3

. ,

* ‘

Ann: & Mag: Nat Hest: 2 Ser: Wold PAIK

A. Hancoek del.

by Hulkmandel & Walton.

irinted

DG.

7 cd

Py a -

ana a

"hy aes

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SECOND SERIES. ]

No.6, JUNE 1848.

XLII.—On a proposed New Order of Gasteropodous Mollusca.

By Josuua AutpER and Atpany Hancock.

[With two Plates.]

Ar the last meeting of the British Association at Oxford we took

the liberty of bringing under the notice of the Natural History

Section two or three curious little mollusks, which had recently

been found by our friend Mr. W. P. Cocks on the coast near

Falmouth. These mollusks belong to a group very little known

to British naturalists, but interesting on account of their zoolo-

gical relations, and the modifications they show in the molluscan

type. Want of time prevented our making “our communication

to the Oxford meeting: so full as we could have wished, but

having since had the opportunity of making further investiga-

tions, particularly with regard to their anatomical characters, we

now offer our remarks on this group in a more detailed and

somewhat amended form.

The three species which we then described we considered to

be new. On showing our drawings to Dr. Johnston, however, he

at once recognized our Chalidis nigricans to be his Limapontia

nigra, a species which we had previously not been able to make

out. There cannot be a doubt that our little animal belongs to

the genus Chalidis of Quatrefages ; these genera therefore must

be synonymous; and as the name of Limapontia has precedence,

it becomes necessary to adopt it. The description and figure

published by Dr. Johnston in Loudon’s ‘ Magazine of Natural

History,’ taken from a single specimen, did not give the cha-

racters so well as could be wished ; it will, therefore, we trust not

be thought superfluous if we redescribe and figure it on the pre-

sent occasion, especially as this is the species upon which our ana-

tomical details are founded.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.2. Vol. i. 27

402 Messrs. Alder and Hancock on a proposed New Order

LIMAPONTIA NIGRA, Johnston. Pl. XIX. figs. 4, 5, 6. Johnst.

in Loud. Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. ix. p. 79.

Body black, or sometimes of a transparent brownish green,

rather depressed, the sides slightly overhanging the foot. When

in full progression the sides are almost parallel, but more fre-

quently they are a little convex, and when the animal is at rest

it becomes nearly circular. Head truncated in front and flat at

the sides, where it is elevated into two crest-like ridges, arched

from behind forwards. yes large, situated at the posterior ex-

tremity of the crests, in a pale circular space, which is prolonged

on the crest. vot of a yellowish colour, slightly stained by the

viscera ; narrower than the body; the sides are parallel, and it

tapers gradually to a bluntish point behind ; in front it is trun-

cated with the angles rounded. Length 1} line.

A single speeimen was obtained by Dr. “Johnston in Berwick

Bay ; since which it has been found in great abundance by

Mr. Cocks at Falmouth, in small pools among the rocks, between

half-tide and high-water marks, feeding upon Conferva glauces-

cens. We have also got it in similar situations at Cullercoats,

and Mr. Richard Howse has taken it at Whitburn.

The following observations on this species have been commu-

nicated to us by Mr. Cocks :—“ They are found on Conferva glau-

cescens; they eat its branches and the microscopic larve with

which the plant is infested. In July 1847 I procured a portion

of the Conferva, not more than one inch in length and four-

eighths in breadth, containing upwards of twenty patches of

spawn ; each patch. contained from 50 to 150 ova. Stragglers

are sometimes met with on the Conferva albida ; but the spawn,

never. I have found them in the shallow pools on the rocks at

half-tide in the months of April, May, June, July, August, Sep-

tember, October, and November. In December I visited all my

old haunts, but without success: the slugs had migrated, and the

Conferva was in a decayed state or dead. In fine warm weather

- they congregate on the surface of the Conferva, but in dull, cold,

or windy weather, they descend towards the lower portion of the

plant. They are active, very hardy, and tenacious of life. I

have kept them in bottles for a month or six weeks, without

changing the water, with apparently very little injury.”

They appear to be most plentiful during the months of June

and July, at which time we met with them in great abundance at

Cullercoats ; but on visiting the same spot again in the autumn,

not a single mdividual was to be found. It is probable that the

old individuals die off during the winter, and the young brood

do not come to maturity until the following year. Their remain-

ing so much longer on the Cornish than on the Northumberland

of Gasteropodous Mollusca. 403

coast may be accounted for by the difference of climate, as their

position in shallow pools exposes them a good deal to change of

temperature. The spawn forms a small pear-shaped, transparent,

gelatinous mass (Pl. XIX. fig. 7), with the ova, which are yel-

low, imbedded in the centre. Some spawn, deposited by an in-

dividual, in a vessel of sea-water, on the 3rd or 4th of June, was

hatched, and the larve swimming about on the 20th of the same

month. The larva very much resembles that of the Nudibranchs,

as may be seen by a reference to the figure (Pl. XIX. fig. 8),

having, in that state, a transparent shell and an operculum, which

afterwards disappear. A transparent and nearly colourless va-

riety of Limapontia nigra is frequently found at Cullercoats, in

which the green biliary organ is seen through the skin, as repre-

sented in Pl. XIX. fig. 5.

This species, when bruised, has a peculiar sweetish smell, like

that of moist sugar, which appears to be derived from the Con-

ferva it feeds upon.

In Lovén’s ‘ Index Molluscorum Scandinaviee ’ this species is

made synonymous with Planarta limacina, O. Fabricius, and P.

capitata, Miller. The former we can find no description of, but

the Fasciola capitata of Miller (Verm. 70) may be either this or

a nearly allied species. He describes it however to be spotted

with white, which is scarcely a character of L. nigra*.

AcTEONIA corRUGATA, n.s. Pl. XIX. figs. 2, 3.

Body \imaciform, black, depressed, somewhat bulged at the

sides, and covered with regular wrinkles like an Arion. On each

side of the body there is a slightly elevated ridge, with a few pale

tubercular spots. Head carinated at the sides ; each carina being

produced above into a short, flat, ear-like tentacular process,

which is whitish. The eyes are placed in circular palish spots at

the posterior extremity of the ridges. The posterior extremity

is obtuse and pale ; there is also a palish spot near the centre of

the back. Foot linear. Length one-eighth of an inch.

Found by Mr. Cocks at Falmouth along with the last, and

feeding upon the same Conferva, but rare.

The genus Acteonia was formed by M. de Quatrefages for a

small mollusk found on the French coast. It comes very near to

the last, the chief difference bemg in the form of the carinated

ridges at the sides of the head, which im this are produced into

flat, blunt, angular projections making an approach towards ten-

tacles.

* Perhaps Fasciola capitata may be the black species of Pelta, described

in the ‘ Ann. of Nat. Hist.’ vol. xviii. p. 289, which agrees with Miiller’s de-

scription in having a ridge along the side, and is also sprinkled with pale

spots.

27%*

404 Messrs. Alder and Hancock on a proposed New Order

Genus Cenra*,

Animal limaciform ; the back elevated ; head slightly angulated,

and bearing two linear tentacles on the dorsal aspect, behind and

exterior to which are the eyes. Anus a little behind the centre

of the back.

Crenra Cocxsit, n.s. Pl. XTX. fig. 1.

Body robust, considerably elevated on the back; black above,

fading into fawn-colour at the sides. Head slightly angulated

at the sides, and having a black central stripe, the sides of which,

as well as the tentacles and the area surrounding the eyes, are

yellow or fawn-coloured : on each side of the back, near the re-

gion of the anus, is a slight ridge with three or four pale tuber-

cular spots. Tentacles of moderate length, cylindrical and linear ;

the points obtuse. Eyes very large. Length three-sixteenths

of an inch. :

Two or three specimens were found at Falmouth by Mr. Cocks

on Chorda lomentaria and Dumontia filiformis, in pools between

tide-marks.

We dedicate this species to its discoverer, whose exertions have

added many species to the different departments of the British

fauna.

These animals have been placed by M. de Quatrefages in his

order Philebenterata, which, it will be recollected, is formed by

detaching the Kolidide from the other Nudibranchiata, and uni-

ting them with these to form a new order, founded upon the

gastric, or, according to that author’s views, the gastro-vascular

system of organization. This order we have already objected to,

both on account of our opinion of the incorrectness of the theory

which the name involves, and because it breaks up the order

Nudibranchiata, which appears to us to be a natural group, well-

distinguished by their external characters, and, though somewhat

different in their internal anatomy, showing modifications, in that

respect, so gradual that it is scarcely possible to draw a line of

distinction which would separate them even into families. M. de

Quatrefages. seems now inclined to give up this group as an order,

but thinks it convenient to retain it as a section of the Nudi-

branchiata. We cannot, however, agree in any arrangement that

would bring the Holidide into closer relationship with these little

- animals than with the other families of the Nudibranchiata ; nor

do we think that these animals can with propriety be referred to

* In our communication to the British Association we proposed the name

of Jetis for this genus, but having since found that this name is already ap-

propriated to a genus of Mammalia, we have now changed it to Cenza, an.

ancient name of the place near which it was found.

of Gasteropodous Mollusca. 405

an order, so remarkable for the beauty and variety of the branchial

appendages with which the species are adorned. The mollusks

now under consideration are, on the contrary, distinguished by

the extreme simplicity of external form, and by the absence of

any specialized breathing organs. It would, therefore, be more

in conformity with the views on which the existing orders of

Gasteropoda were established by Cuvier, to consider this group

as forming a separate order, characterized by the absence of spe-

cialized branchize ; and as the function of respiration is entirely

performed by the skin, we propose to call this order Prxu-

BRANCHIATA, and to include in it the following genera :-—

Elysia, Risso (Acteon, Oken).

Limapontia, Johnston (Chalidis, Quatrefages).

Acteonia, Quatrefages.

Cenia, Alder and Hancock.

The Placobranchus of Van Hasselt, a genus involved in great

obscurity, may possibly belong to this order, as it has a very

evident relationship with Elysia; but, as it is stated to have la-

mellated branchize, disposed on the back and lateral lobes, we

think it more probable that it is an aberrant group of the Nudi-

branchiata, forming a passage to the present order through the

genus Eiysia, the latter being itself a slight departure from the

more simple form of the Pellibranchiata.

On the other hand, this order is nearly allied to the Infero-

branchiata through a small mollusk which we have already de-

scribed in the ‘ Annals of Natural History*,’ having very much

the form and appearance of the Pellibranchiata, but possessing

external plumose branchiz, under the right side of the cloak, as

in the former order, to which it must consequently be referred.

This animal we take to belong to the genus Pelta of Quatrefages,

though the characters he assigns to that genus differ in many

respects from those we find in our species.

In consequence of the extreme degradation from the molluscan

type that M. de Quatrefages has stated to exist im these little ani-

mals, they have become objects of much interest in a physiolo-

gical point of view, and we therefore consider ourselves fortunate

in having the opportunity of examining two or three of the ge-

nera, and especially in having got one of these im such great

abundance, as, notwithstanding its minuteness, to enable us to

make out its anatomy very satisfactorily. The anatomy of this spe-

cies (Limapontia nigra) we now purpose giving in detail, and from

the slight examination we have been able to make of the other two

genera, species of which we have described, we believe it may be

taken as a fair example of the anatomical characters of the order ;

* Vol. xviii. p. 289.

406 Messrs. Alder and Hancock on a proposed New Order

and as the species subjected to dissection is one of the most

simple forms of the group, it is consequently likely to show any

departure from the molluscan type in the greatest degree. It will

be seen, however, that no such extreme degradation as that sup-

posed to exist by M. de Quatrefages, is to be found in our little

mollusk, whose organization, though showmg some interesting

modifications, agrees upon the whole with that of the other Gas-

teropods.

Anatomy, by AtpaANny Hancock.

In describing the anatomy of these animals we shall confine

ourselves almost entirely to that.of Limapontia nigra, as of it

alone have we possessed a sufficient number to warrant our en-

tering at all into details on the subject. We would premise, how-

ever, that on account of the extreme minuteness of this species,

we have been compelled to use the compressor, and to rely on

this mode of investigation to a considerable extent. Being fully

aware of the danger arising from examinations conducted solely

by the aid of transmitted light, especially on animals so highly

organized as the Pellibranchiata, we have taken every precaution

to avoid error; and having had an exhaustless supply of speci-

mens, we have verified most of the points over and over again.

To prevent the confusion arising from the multiplicity of parts,

we soon found it necessary to separate the viscera, and it was not

until we succeeded in domg this that we made out the genera-

tive system, which is.of vast complication in this animal. ‘The

digestive apparatus is much simpler, and.may be almost entirely

determined without the aid of the compressor. We observed

nearly the whole of this. portion of the anatomy in an individual

whose skin was rendered transparent by removing the epidermis

and pigment cells; the cesophagus and intestine, being filled at

the time with matter, rendering these parts opake, were'seen very

distinctly ; the two lateral branched vessels forming the biliary

organ were also observed in connexion with the sides of the

stomach.

We have said thus much on the mode of investigation, that the

authenticity of the following details may be duly estimated.

The Digestive System opens on the inferior surface of the head,

where a small puckered orifice indicates the entrance to a short

channel, which leads to a muscular buccal mass (Pl. XX. fig. 1 a).

This is circular when viewed from above, but, when seen im pro-

tile, is irregularly quadrate, with a projection in front from the

inferior angle. We could not distinguish the least appearance

of corneous jaws. ‘The tongue (b) however is very easily seen :

it is a prehensile organ, and appears to be placed in the cavity of

the mouth as in the Holidide; that is, it is bent fram behind

of Gasteropodous Mollusca. 407

forwards and supported in the centre of the cavity on a fleshy

arch. When seen in the compressor, it is always doubled near

the middle, as may be observed in Kolis under the same circum-

stances. It is composed of ten or twelve plates or joints, each

bearing a large crystalline spine, or rather process, apparently of

a flattened or scoop-like form. These spines or processes are.

directed backwards to the cesophagus. In connexion with the

anterior, or outer extremity of this prehensile organ, is placed

what might be taken for an oval sac (figs. 1.c and 2 a), contain-

ing spines, much resembling those of the tongue, hut smaller.

Professor Allman has pointed out in Acteon an appendage of the

same kind, and supposes it to be a vesicle for the purpose of ge-

nerating the spines of the tongue. In two or three species of

the Polycerine, as well as in some species of Doris, we have ob-

served a similar organ, and have ascertained that in these species

it is not a vesicle but a portion of the channel of the mouth, im-

mediately m advance of the tongue, having the interior lined

with rows of minute spines, forming, in fact, a prehensile collar,

which on being everted forms a circle of curved spines, directed

inwards, so as to lay hold of the food and carry it backwards to

the tongue, which immediately conveys it to the cesophagus. In

Acteon and Limapontia there can be little doubt that this sac-

like appendage is an organ for the same purpose, though, on ac-

count of the minuteness of the species we have examined, we

should have found much difficulty respecting it but for the

homology above alluded to. Be this, however, as it may; judging

from analogy, this sac-like appendage cannot be for the par-

pose assigned to it by Professor Allman, for the spines of the

tongue are generated at the opposite extremity, as any one may

convince himself by viewing the tongue of Purpura or Buccinum,

when the spines will be observed at the inner extremity in a state

of growth, apparently soft and not perfectly formed.

Immediately in front of the buccal mass, and probably con-

' nected with the channel of the mouth, is a folliculated organ

(fig. 1d), which, perhaps, from its position and character, may be

considered a salivary gland.

The cesophagus (e) is a long, slender tube, passing from the

posterior part of the buccal mass near the imner termination of

the tongue, and ending about the centre of the body, where it

dilates gradually into a stomach of no great size (f) ; but whose

entire configuration we could not determine, having only seen its

anterior portion, the rest beimg overlapped by the opake granular

substance of the hepatic organ.

The intestine (/) is short and slender: it arises from the left

side of the upper surface of the stomach, and, taking a sweep

408 Messrs. Alder and Hancock on a proposed New Order

backwards and towards the right side, ends in the anus (1), which

is median, and a little behind the centre of the body.

At first we could scarcely determine the position of this organ,

though we had traced the intestine almost to its termination ;

and, notwithstanding that there is at this part of the back a

swelling indicating its presence, yet there is no prominent nip-

ple, and it is very difficult to see the opening. The position of

the anus however was made manifest by our observing excre-

mentitious matter passing out of it, and its situation cannot

therefore be doubted. We succeeded in gaining further proof of

the position of this exeretory orifice by using the compressor, so

as to force the contents of the intestine through it. This was

attained by placing the animal in the instrument with its dorsal

ridge exactly in profile, and then adjusting the pressure, with

great care, to avoid rupture. In this way we, more than once,

forced out the contents of the intestine.

Along each side of the back immediately below the skin, and

distinct from it, is a wide, somewhat folliculated, and branched

vessel (9, 9, 9,9), having the interior lined with a layer, more or

less thick, of dark green granules. These vessels are joined to

the sides of the upper surface of the stomach, which is nearly

covered with the granular substance. In these vessels we think

we perceive the true homologue of the liver of the more typical

mollusks; and in proof of this opinion we would refer to the na-

ture of their contents, which, as just stated, are green and gra-

nular. When these granules are highly magnified, each is found

to be an aggregation of very minute corpuscules within a delicate

membranous vesicle, having much the character of the micro-

scopic structure of the glands of the papille of Holts.

In Cenia and Acteonia the digestive system would appear to

be similar to that of Limapontia ; both are furnished with a mus-

cular -buccal mass without jaws, but having a lingual apparatus

formed as in Limapontia ; the hepatic organ has the same dispo-

sition as in that genus; and the anal aperture in both is indicated

by a slight swelling on the median line near the centre of the

back, though we have not determined its position in these two

genera with the same precision as in Limaponiia.

This account of the alimentary system is very different from

that given by M. de Quatrefages in the description of his Cha-

lidis cerulea. 'The anus and intestine he has altogether over-

looked, and the two lateral hepatic vessels he has called the

stomach, that organ having likewise escaped his observation :

there can be no doubt, however, that C. cerulea is as highly or-

ganized as L. nigra.

The Generative System lies immediately beneath the organs

of Gasteropodous Mollusca. — 409

of digestion, and is highly complicated and of great extent, filling

by far the largest portion of the body. Each individual possesses

both male and female organs, as well as the additional apparatus

of a spermatheca, as observed in the Nudibranchs. The external

orifices are placed on the right side of the body and are three in

number ; two immediately below the eye, and one nearly half-way

along the body. Of the two anterior orifices, the one in front

is that of the male intromittent organ (Pl. XX. fig. 4a), and the

other, which is close behind it, is that for the passage of the ova

(Z); the third orifice (m) is in communication with the sperma-

theca, and is that by which impregnation is effected. Of the

position and nature of these orifices there can be no doubt, for

we have had frequent opportunities of observing the animals

during coitus, and have also seen them when spawning. The

male intromittent organ lies doubled upon itself immediately

within the orifice, and when partially exserted (fig. 4a) is of a

subconic form, but is capable of much elongation and attenua-

tion. The point (figs. 4. & 5 4) is furnished with a minute curved

crystalline spur-like process, which is perforated (fig.6 a). The

base of this process is united to a tube (figs. 4c & 5 c), which, pass-

ing through the axis of the penis, runs a short way backwards

and is joined by the oviduct at 7, immediately after it is united to

the duct of the testis at g, and then terminates in an elliptical

bulb (p) at the end of the copulatory passage, just where it receives

the duct of the spermatheca (r). Near to the point where the

oviduct joins this tube, it is attached to what occasionally assumes

the appearance, in the compressor, of two elongated glands (m)

with undulated walls, but which is very possibly a portion of the

large mucous gland belonging to the female parts, afterwards to

be more fully described. In tracing the male organs backwards,

it is seen that the duct of the testis, after its union with the

tube of the penis, runs for a short way parallel to the copulatory

channel, as will be by and by more’particularly mentioned ; and

after communicating with it at f, soon reaches the median line of

the body, about midway between the head and the tail. The

duct of the testis then suddenly dilates, and, almost directly

afterwards, divides into two branches, one going to each side of

the body (dd) ; here these branches again divide into two nearly

equal portions, one of which goes towards the head, the other

towards the tail ; these portions divide and subdivide two or three

times, the extremities ending in blind sacs. This multiple organ,

there can be no doubt, is the testis, though we have no direct evi-

dence in proof of this. Its anatomical relationship, however,

appears sufficient to warrant this opinion.

The ovarium (h’ #h), like the testis, is also divided into two

parts ; one, much the larger (4 /), occupies the posterior portion

410 Messrs. Alder and Hancock on a proposed New Order

of the body; the other (A’) lies on the left side immediately be-

hind the buccal mass, and extends backwards as far as the middle

of the body. This organ is composed of large globular vesicles

of a yellow colour, six of which make up the posterior, and four the

anterior portion. The ova are generated in the interior of these

vesicles, which are united by short ducts into pairs; each pair

having a single channel of communication with the central duct.

Thus it would appear that the ovary as well as the testis has a

dichotomous arrangement. The channels of the two portions of

the ovary are united near the median line of the body, a little in

front and to the left of the union of the two divisions of the

testis ; and almost immediately after their junction, the common

oviduct, passing towards the right side, is suddenly enlarged and

doubled once or twice upon itself (¢) ; it is then as suddenly con-

stricted, and shortly afterwards reaches the tube of the penis at 7,

just in advance of its union with the testis, as before stated. At

this point the tube of the penis is attached to the upper surface

of a large pellucid gland (k), which lies along the right side of

the body, extending from the base of the penis to the orifice

leading to the spermatheca. The colour and general appearance

of this organ resembles that of the mucous gland of Holis, and

like it, no doubt, secretes the transparent jelly-like envelope that

covers the eggs. This gland is of an irregular form, but neither

its shape nor general structure could be determined with preci-

sion, on account of the distortion produced by the compressor.

The opake granular portion associated with this gland in Holis

would appear to be wanting, unless the two glandular-like organs

(m), before noticed in connexion with the tube of the penis, are

the homologues of this part, which we are rather inclined to think

is the fact. : i

The mucous gland terminates in front in a widish channel

which opens externally (/) immediately behind the base of the

penis. It is through this opening that the spawn, as before

stated, issues from the body ; but we have not been able to ascer-

tain how the eggs reach this channel : most probably the oviduct,

shortly after its junction with the tube of the penis, smks down

into the channel of this gland ; and thus, as in Hols, the passage

for the eggs is accomplished. Whether this be the mode of com-

munication or not, it is certain that the eggs find their way into

the channel and anterior portion of the mucous gland, for we

have had ocular proof of the fact. On one occasion, observing

an individual spawning, we placed it in the compressor, and de-

tected numerous ova, as described, in the anterior portion of the

gland and also in the channel : a little more pressure forced them

out at the orifice.

The spermatheca (g) is an oval sac of considerable size and of

of Gasteropodous Mollusca. 411

a brownish yellow colour. It lies a little behind the buccal mass,

near the median line of the body. From its right side issues a

small duct (7), which, turning backwards, communicates with the

bulb (p), or dilated portion of the copulatory passage, at the

point where it receives the tube of the penis. From thence the

copulatory passage or channel (0) leads backwards, and for a

short way runs parallel to the duct of the testis, to which it is

closely adherent ; it soon contracts and turns to the right side.

At the poimt where the contraction takes place it communicates

at f with the duct of the testis ; afterwards the walls of the chan-

nel continue parallel until it approaches the external orifice, when

it suddenly expands into a sort of shallow pouch (nv). During

copulation, the intromittent organ, entering at this orifice, will

pass along the channel just described, probably as far as the bulb,

or dilated portion, in connexion with the short duct of the sper-

matheca ; from thence the seminal fluid will readily reach that

vesicle, to be there retained until required for the fertilization of

the ova. How this takes place will be seen if we trace the eggs

from the ovary to the external outlet. |

The eggs pass from the ovigerous sacs by the small ducts be-

fore described, and, reaching the central duct, find their way at

once into the dilated portion (7) of the common oviduct; and

there, probably, are advanced another step towards maturity :

they then pass along the constricted part of the oviduct, and

reach the tube of the penis near its junction with the bulb of the

copulatory passage, when they will be within the influence of the

fluid stored up in the spermatheca, and aiso of that of the testis

of the same individual. The bulb (p), or dilated portion of the

channel leading to the spermatheca, may be probably a sort of

reservoir for the retention of the fertilizing fluid secreted by the.

testis of the same individual. If so, this fluid may be supposed

to pass from the duct of the testis at the point (f) where it com-

municates with the swelled portion of the channel, and it may

be here.that the eggs are fertilized. During coitus the seminal

fluid will pass directly onwards through the duct of the testis to

the tube of the penis. And thus, perhaps, we arrive at a correct

understanding of the function of those two points of union. The

eggs, after being thus fertilized, pass downwards into the chan-

nel of the great mucous gland (4), and then become enveloped in

their final covering previous to expulsion through the opening

(/) at the base of the penis.

It would appear, from the diagram of Chalidis caerulea given

by M. de Quatrefages, that he has confounded the ovary with

the testicle, and that which is called the testicle is probably a

portion of the great mucous gland. The salivary gland has the

412 Messrs. Alder and Hancock on a proposed New Order

appearance of the spermatheca. Further than this, these organs

seem to have escaped observation.

In Cenia and Acteonta we have not been able to investigate

the reproductive organs ; they both, however, have the intro-

mittent organ provided with a curved crystalline spur- like point.

The generative system of Acteon (Elysia), as given by Pro-

fessor Allman, appears to have a considerable resemblance to that

of Limapontia. We think we can recognise the same parts,

though Professor Allman differs from us in assigning to them

their various functions. To arrive at a just conclusion on this

difficult subject, itis necessary, in the first place, to ascertain the

position of the external orifices, and their connexion with the

several parts of these complicated organs. Unfortunately in

Acteon these points could not be determined. In Limapontia,

on the contrary, we have had the good fortune to succeed in

making them out with sufficient certainty ; consequently we have

been able to speak with more confidence than we should have

otherwise done. The large irregularly-formed organ in Acton,

which is designated ¢estis, is undoubtedly the same that we con-

sider the mucous gland. The opening of the gland externally,

and the detection of eggs in the anterior portion of it and in its

channel, are sufficient to prove that this cannot be the male

secreting organ. If then this be the mucous gland in Acteon,

the testis must be sought for elsewhere. It seems to have escaped

notice. The vas deferens, however, has been traced backwards

until it bifurcates near the median line of the body in the same

way as it does in Limapontia. Here, therefore, judging from

analogy, the testis begims; and it will probably be found occu-

pying a position in the neighbourhood of the ovary. The oval

pouch (y) is most likely the homologue of the dilated portion of

the common oviduct, and the small tube that passes from it

backwards, dividing dichotomously, will prove, very probably, to

lead from the ovarrum. The oval body (xz), we would surmise,

corresponds with the dilated portion of the copulatory channel at

the base of the spermatheca ; like it, it is in communication with

the vas deferens, or testis, and with the oviduct ; and, if this con-

jecture be correct, it will also communicate with the oval sac

which we take to be the spermatheca: it will likewise have an

external outlet.

From the description we have given of the reproductive system

of Limapontia, it is evident that it does not differ in any material

degree from what has been observed in the Nudibranchs.

The ovary and testis are certainly considerably modified, and

are differently arranged in the body; their ducts, however, and

the duct from the spermatheca, as in Lolis, are all brought

of Gasteropodous Mollusca. 413

together on the superior wall near to the channel of the great

mucous gland, and then communicate with each other. Hence

the inference that the eggs may possibly receive the fertilizing

influence of two individuals, as we suppose to be the case with

the Nudibranchs. The most interesting modification of these

organs is in the position of the external orifices. In Kolis all these

three are placed close together within a common opening: in

Limapontia, as before described, the orifice leading to the sper-

matheca is removed to a considerable distance from the other

two. The nature of these orifices becomes therefore better under-

stood. From this arrangement we have been enabled to deter-

mine beyond a-doubt, that the channel leading to the sperma-

theca is really the copulatory channel, and that the orifice at the

base of the penis is that through which the eggs pass ; and thus

the anatomy of this animal becomes confirmatory of our views,

elsewhere expressed, of these parts in Eolis.

Vascular and Respiratory Systems.—From the minuteness of

the species on which our observations were made, we have not been

able to trace the former system to any great extent. The heart,

however, we have determined with sufficient precision : it is com-

posed of two distinct chambers,—a ventricle and an auricle.

These may be seen by placing the animal sideways in the com-

pressor. We succeeded in this way, after having made. several

fruitless attempts in the usual manner, of depressing the animal

with the back uppermost. In the more transparent individuals

the heart may be observed beating near the middle of the back,

within an indistinct, irregular, oval swelling, without the aid of

the compressor ; but the best way of ascertaining its parts is that,

above-mentioned, of compressing the animal sideways, and thus

obtaining a profile view of the heart. In this position the two

chambers are rendered quite obvious. They le immediately be-

low the skin, within a clear space, which perhaps indicates the

extent of a pericardium. The ventricle is placed in advance of

the auricle, and is pyriform, with the apex in front ; the auricle

is a little larger than the ventricle, and is separated from it by a

very marked constriction : its form resembles that of the ventricle,

but is a little narrower and has the attenuated end posterior ;

this end terminates in a well-defined vascular trunk, which ap-

pears in close contact with the skin. By adjusting the pressure

so that, when the parts are rendered sufficiently transparent, the

heart is permitted to swell and contract, the blood may be seen

passing along the aorta, which issues from the anterior apex of

the ventricle. In this way we could trace the aorta as far as the

buccal mass, where it bifurcates. On leaving the ventricle it dips

a little downwards, and then advances towards its destination.

414 ~ Messrs. Alder and Hancock on a proposed New Order -

Further than this we have not been able to make out the vascular

system.

When subjected to the pressure of the instrument, the pulsa-

tions of the heart are very slow, but when the animal is at liberty

it beats with great rapidity,—probably ninety times or even more

per minute. We could not ascertain the number exactly on account

of the restlessness of the little creature, and the impossibility of -

seeing the pulsations excepting in some particular lights.

M. de Quatrefages describes his Chalidis caerulea to be without

a heart or any traces of a vascular system. We have seen that

Limapontia nigra possesses not only a well-formed bipartite heart,

but that it has also an arterial system, and from the sudden con-

traction of the auricle behind it, it is evident that the venous

‘system is not altogether deficient, or that.portion of it, at least,

which M. Milne-Edwards calls branchio-cardiac. The deductions

of M. de Quatrefages therefore, in this instance, cannot be sus

tained. |

Respiration appears to be performed by the whole surface of

the body, as it is entirely clothed with vibratile cilia, not even

excepting the under surface of the foot*. The cilia are large and

vigorous, and their action may be detected under favourable cir-

cumstances with a powerful single lens.

Nervous System and the Senses.—We have not paid sufficient

attention to this part of the subject to enable us to give a detailed

account of its anatomy. The cerebral ganglia were consequently

not fully determined: they are placed as usual: round the com-

mencement of the cesophagus, and are four or more in number.

The central or upper pair are somewhat pyriform, and are placed

further apart than usual: they are connected by a stout com-—

missure. The lateral pair are rather smaller than the central

ones, and are of an elliptical form : they appear to be united below

the cesophagus by a short collar and two small oval buccal

ganglia ; but these were not determined with sufficient certainty.

Nerves pass from these central ganglia to all parts of the body.

The optic nerve is:of considerable length; and springs from the

outer margin of the central ganglion, where it joins with the lateral

one. This nerve enters the base of the black pigment cup of the

eye, which is large and pretty regularly formed. Half-buried

within the mouth of this cup is a spherical crystalline lens,

which is protected in front by a cornea, that passes close in ad-

vance of it: the whole is enveloped in a thin membranous sac.

* Limapontia is not, by any means, the only slug that has the under sur-

face of the foot ciliated. We have detected these minute organs on the same

part in the Nudibranchs, and in Purpura, Littorina and Patella. It is there-

fore probable that all the Gasteropods have cilia on the crawling disc.

of Gasteropodous Mollusca. 415

The auditory capsule contains a single spherical otolithe, and

- jg attached to the central ganglion at the root of the optic nerve.

In Acteonia corrugata the auditory capsule is also furnished

with a single otolithe.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES XIX. ann XX.

Pirate XIX.

Fig. 1. Cenia Cocksii, much enlarged.

— 2. Acteonia corrugata.

— 3. Side view of the head of the same.

— 4, 5, 6. Different views of Limapontia nigra.

— 7. Spawn of the same magnified.

— 8. Larva of the same. .

— 9. A portion of one of the lateral hepatic trunks of Cenia Cocksit, show-

ing its granular appearance.

— 10. A few of the granules more highly magnified, exhibiting their mi-

nute structure.

Puate XX.

Fig. 1. General view of the digestive system of Limapontia nigra: a, buccal

mass; 6, tongue; ¢, prehensile collar in advance of the same;

d, salivary gland; e, oesophagus; f, stomach; gg gq, lateral he-

patic trunks; A, intestine ; 7, anus ; 7, cerebral ganglions.

— 2. Tongue removed from the buccal mass: a, prehensile collar.

— 3. Two joints or plates of the tongue more highly magnified. _

— 4. General view of the reproductive system: a, penis; 6, crystalline

: point of the same; ¢, tube of the penis; d d, testis; e, duct of the

same; f, junction of the duct of the testis with the bulb of the

copulatory channel; g, junction of the duct of the testis with the

tube of the penis; hhh, ovigerous sacs containing ova ; 2, dilated

portion of the oviduct ; 7, junction of the oviduct with the tube of

the penis ; &, mucous gland ; /, external orifice leading to the same,

and through which the eggs pass; m, two elongated glands pro-

bably connected with the mucous gland; 2, shallow pouch at the

external orifice leading to the spermatheca ; 0, copulatory channel ;

_ p, bulb of the same ; g, spermatheca ; 7, duct of the same.

— 5. Intromittent organ of Limapontia nigra: a, penis; 0b, crystalline

point; ¢, tube.

— 6. Crystalline point (much magnified) of the penis of Cenia Cocksii,

exhibiting the perforation at the extremity a.

— 7. Profile view of the heart of Limapontia nigra: a, ventricle; 6, au-

ricle; ¢c, aorta ; d, venous trunk leading to the auricle ; e, dorsal

skin; ff, clear space, probably showing the limits of a pericar-

dium.

— 8. Cerebral ganglions of LZ. nigra, with nerves : a a, central ganglions ;

b, commissure uniting the same above the cesophagus; ec, lateral

ganglia; d, buccal ganglia; ee, eyes; ff, auditory capsules.

— 9. Auditory capsule, with otolithe, more highly magnified.

— 10. Eye greatly magnified, exhibiting the nerve, pigment cup, lens,

cornea, and general capsule.

416 Mr. J. Walton on the genus Anthonomus.

XLITI.— Notes, &c. on the genus_of Insects Anthonomus ; with a

description of one new species. By Joun Watton, F.L.S.

Fam. CURCULIONIDZ.

Genus AntHonomus, Germ., Schinh., Steph., Curt.

TueEre is the greatest imaginable confusion amongst the species

of this very pretty and interesting genus of insects; ten have

been catalogued and described as specifically distinct, but I must

confess my inability to distinguish out of that number more than

four ; notwithstanding all the care I have taken, it is very pos-

sible I may have erred or blundered; should this be the case, I

must plead the infirmity of human judgement, from which the

most skilful cannot claim exemption, and I can only say I shall

feel truly obliged if any entomologist will have the kindness to.

point out any errors I may have inadvertently committed, and

thus give me an opportunity of correcting them before the con-

clusion of my notes on this family of insects.

§ A. Anterior femora strongly dentate.

1. Anthonomus Pomorum, Linn. sec. ej. Mus. et Auctor. alior.

-— incurvus, Steph. sec. ej. Mus., non Panz.

There are foreign specimens of Ant. incurvus in the collec-

tion of Kirby from Gyllenhal, and others in my possession from

Schoénherr ; it is a small insect (length 12 line), about one-third

the size of Ant. Pomorum, from which it only differs by being

much less and inhabiting a different plant ; according to the opi-

nion of Gyllenhal, ‘scarcely a distinct species,’ and to Germar,

‘obsoletely distinct ; in Sweden it inhabits the bird cherry (Pru-

nus Padus), and possibly may be found on that plant in this

country, where it grows wild in the mountainous districts of the

north of England and in Scotland. I have not yet seen an indi-

genous specimen.

I may refer to some very interesting observations relative to

the habits and ceconomy of Ant. Pomorum in Mr. Curtis’s ‘ Bri-

tish Entomology,’ vol. u., and in the ‘ Ent. Mag.’ vol. i. p. 33.

Found on the blossoms of the apple- and pear-tree from about

the 25th of May to the 15th of June, and under the bark in

winter; the late Mr. Bainbridge reared many specimens, either

from the larve or pupe, I forget which, obtained from the buds

or the rust-coloured blossoms of the apple.

2. A. Ulmi, DeGeer, Marsh., Gyll., Steph., Schonh., Kirb. MSS.

— pedicularius, Germ. Mag. iv. p. 322.

— Druparum var., Steph. sec. ej. Mus., non Linn.

— fasciatus, Kirb. MSS.

The form, sculpture, and general habit of this insect approxi- —

Mr. J. Walton on the genus Anthonomus. 417

mate very closely to the following, and being subjeet to consi-

derable variation of size and colour, its varieties, without a careful

comparative examination, are extremely liable to be mixed, as I

have noticed in many cabinets, with the next species ; it may how-

ever be satisfactorily discriminated by its having the rostrum

evidently longer, more slender, with the antennz inserted further

from the apex; the tooth of the anterior femur distinctly longer

and more robust; the basal half of the tibia curved and more di-

lated within in the middle ; the posterior femora each with their

tooth excessively minute, and scarcely perceptible without a

powerful lens. |

_ There are foreign specimens of Curc. Druparum in the Lin-

nan and British Museums, in the collection of Mr. Kirby from

Gyllenhal, and in my possession from Schénherr : Curc. Drupa-

rum is incorrectly recorded to have been found near London and

in Somersetshire, but a variety of the insect now under consi-

deration appears to have been mistaken for it, nor has it hitherto

been discovered as an inhabitant of this country; in Sweden it

occurs copiously on the leaves of the bird cherry, and will pro- -

bably be found in Britain if that plant is diligently searched.

Found plentifully on the leaves of elms (U/mus campestris) near

Gravesend in July, and in many other localities throughout Great

Britain, but never, as far as my experience goes, in company with

the following.

3. Anthonomus pedicularius, Linn. sec. ej}. Mus., Marsh., Kirb.

MSS., Steph. Ill. :

Curc. fasciatus, Marsh.

Rhynch. Ulmi var., Gyll., var. y. Schonh.

A. Pomone, Germ. Mag. iv. p. 323.

— Pomorum, Steph. sec. ej. Mus.

— Ulmi var. ?, Steph. sec. ej. Man.

— maculosus et rubrescens, Kirb. MSS.

I have frequently examined the insect in the cabinet of Lin-

neus labelled ‘ pedicularius,’ which agrees with his description,

and which is, beyond all doubt, specifically identical with this

insect ; I have therefore followed Marsham and Kirby in adopt-

ing the name given by that illustrious naturalist.

Much doubt has hitherto existed as to the distinction of this

from the preceding insect: Gyllenhal, Schénherr and Stephens

think they are the same; whilst Marsham, Kirby, Germar and

Curtis have separated them into distinct species, but without di-

stinguishing characters: it appears that Gyllenhal, from his de-

scriptions of the varieties of colour, has confounded this with the

preceding insect, and that by depending too much on the incon-

stant character of colour he has overlooked specific differences

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. i. 28

418 Mr. J. Walton on the genus Anthonomus.

which are constant. I have a Swedish insect sent me by Schén-

herr as Ant. Ulmi var. y, which undoubtedly belongs to this spe-

cies, and which it is evident he has also confounded with the pre-

ceding.

Exclusively of colour, it may at once be dienes by a

comparative examination of the following characters : the rostrum

is shorter, thicker, and the antennée inserted nearer the apex ;

the tooth of the anterior femur evidently shorter and not so stout ;

the tibia of a different form, being nearly straight, except at the

base which is a little bent, and much less dilated within in the

middle; the posterior femora each with the tooth larger, and

distinctly visible with a lens of an inch focus.

I have found this insect on the leaves of the white-thorn

(Mespilus Oxyacantha) in hedges on the west side of Turner’s

Wood, Hampstead, sparingly in April of dark colours, and

abundantly i in September of pale colours ; and also in many ‘other

localities in the south of England, but never on any other plant

or in n company with Ant. Ulmi. |

§ B. Femora minutely dentate.

4. Anthonomus pubescens ?, Payk., Gyll., Germ., Schonh.

Ovate, testaceous, cinereo-pubescent. Head small, round, tes-

taceous, punctulated and pubescent ; eyes globose, brown- black ;

rostrum rather longer than the head and thorax, slender, a little

curved, punctulated, deep rufous, shining, and more or less fus-

cous at the apex. Antenne rather long, slender, rufo-testaceous,

clava elongate and fuscous. ‘Thorax transversely impressed and

constricted anteriorly, a little rounded at the sides, bisinuated at

the base, moderately convex above, testaceous, closely and deeply

punctured and pubescent. Scutellum small, elevated and densely

“pubescent. Llytra ovate, very convex above, testaceous, deeply

punctate-striate, interstices narrow, convex, indistinctly punctu-

lated and sparingly pubescent. Legs long, testaceous ; anterior

femora minutely dentate, posterior femora scarcely or very obso-

letely dentate. Length 12 line.

The form of the rostrum, with the place of insertion of the

antenne, and the form of the tibiz, are very similar to Ant. pe-

dicularius ; but the absence of a fascia on the elytra, and the mi-

nute tooth on each of the femora, at once distinguish this insect

from the pale varieties of the two preceding, to which it is allied.

This insect agrees in all its essential characters with Gyllen-

hal’s description of Rhynch. pubescens; there is however a dif-

ference in the colour of the head, that of the former being testa-

ceous, and of the latter black or fuscous; but colour is so ex-

tremely variable in these insects that I consider it of very little

value as a subsidiary specific character.

Mr. J. Walton on the genus Anthonomus. 419

Three specimens of this, with other British msects, taken in

Herefordshire by Mr. Doubleday, were given by him to Mr.

Smith, one of which was kindly presented to me by the latter

gentleman : it occurs on pines in the north of Sweden.

5. Anthonomus Rubi, Herbst, Gyll., Germ., Steph., Schénh.

Cure. ater et melanopterus, Marsh. sec. Mus. Steph. et Kirb.

A. obscurus var., Steph. sec. ej. Mus.

— brunnipennis var., Curt. Ann. Nat. Hist. v. 280.

This insect greatly varies in magnitude (length 14—2 lines)

and in colour, which two circumstances have led to its being

separated into different species : the varieties my be subdivided

as follows :—

a. Black, with the basal joint of the antenne, the base and apex

of the femora, the tibize and tarsi fusco-piceons or fusco-fer-

ruginous: Curc. Rubi of Herbst, and melanopterus of Marsh.:

very common. |

6. Entirely black ; or black, with the basal joint of the antenna

fusco-piceous: Cure. ater of Marsh. : not uncommon.

e. With the head, rostrum and thorax piceous black or piceous ;

the elytra and legs fusco-testaceous or fusco-ferruginous :

Ant. obscurus of Steph., and brunnipennis of Curt.: not of fre-

quent occurrence.

I have examined the original specimen of Cure. clavatus of

Marsham in the cabinet of Mr. Stephens, and I have no doubt

it is a large female specimen of Balaninus (Rhynch.) Brassice of

Fab., with the apex of the rostrum morbidly tumefied and the

palpus exposed*: Mr. Curtis gave me a specimen of Ant. brun-

nipennis, which I sent to M. Schouherr, who returned it as a variety

(y) of Ant. Rubi, accompanied by Swedish examples which agree

with it: there are similar specimens of this variety in the cabinet

of Mr. Stephens, under the name of Ant. obscurus, which I have

earefully examined, but not being able to discover sufficiently di-

stinctive characters, I am compelled to consider them, as well as

Ant. brunnipennis, merely as immature varieties.

Widely dispersed throughout Great riba and found on

various plants in many localities.

* I beg to return my sincere thanks to Mr. Stephens, not only for the in-

valuable privilege of inspecting his rich indigenous collection of insects (that

of the late Mr. Marsham being now incorporated with his own), but for the

facilities he has invariably afforded me in examining its rarities, which have

been the means of enabling me to rectify many mistakes, originating in

most cases from the great difficulty of distinguishing species from varieties.

28*

420 Capt. N. Vicary’s Notes on the Botany of Sinde. |

XLIV.—Some Notes on the Botany of Sinde. By Captain N.

Vicary, 2nd European Regiment *.

Tue following notes have been made from plants, collected under

considerable difficulties, at seasons (Dec., Jan., Feb.) the worst

that could be selected for collecting plants, or when I was accom-

panying an army in an enemy’s country, with scarcely the means

of transporting my private baggage. I mention this merely to

show that much remains to be done of botanical imterest in Sinde,

and that my collection gives but a limited, although a charac-

teristic idea of the plants that flourish in that region. The flora

of Sinde falls naturally, into three divisions, that of the hills, the

plains, and the coast. The hills, being either the bases or out-

liers of the Hala range, are barren in the extreme, owing to the

want of rivers, the rareness of natural springs, their saline nature

where they do exist, and the absence of periodical rains.

Little that could be called soil exists ; a few of the mtervening

valleys only are favoured with arable land.

The hilly country generally presents a most desolate and bar-

ren appearance—little vegetation meets the eye—scarcely any-

thing but the bare, broken, pale or rusty yellow tertiary strata

of which they are composed. My Beloch guides informed me

that rain at a proper season falls on an average about every fourth

year, that shortly afterwards vegetation appears abundantly, and

that on those occasions the Belochees are in the habit of collect-

ing and storing dried grass; at such seasons the botanist would

doubtless find much to excite attention, but at any time the few

plants found are very interesting.

A species of palm is very abundant in this division, near

springs and lining the banks of water-courses. If not new, I be-

lieve it to be Chamerops humilis, but I have seen neither flowers

nor fruit. The tree has scarcely any stem above ground; the _

leaves are flabelliform, and the petioles channeled with lacerate

stiff margins. The denuded and dry spadix of one tree which I

saw was about six feet high, with numerous lateral branchlets. The

Belochees make sandals of the leaves of this tree. A Viola is

found near water-courses, nearly allied to, if not identical with,

V. patrinii.

A species of Reaumuria, with leaves differing somewhat from

the described kinds, also exists on the tops of some of the lower

hills. This, and a Scrophularineous plant (Anticharis), are the

most ornamental plants found in the Lower Halas.

A Grewia, allied to G. sapida, forms small shrubs rising from

the fissures of the rocks ; its small red berries are eatable.

* From the Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal for Nov. 1847.

Capt. N. Vicary’s Notes on the Botany of Sinde. 421

Orygia trianthemoides is found near the base of the hills, He-

ptophyllum tuberculatum in the upper valleys, and Peganum Har-

mala everywhere. I found Tribulus alatus, Del., and Calligonum,

both Egyptian forms, at the base of the hills ; a species of Zygo-

phyllum, differing little from Z. simplex, is found forming dense

matted beds near springs in the upper valleys. Seezenia, a

Sierra Leone genus, is abundant both in the hills and at their

bases; also a new species of the Cape genus Monsonia. Neu-

rada procumbens, an Egyptian or Arabian plant, is plentiful on the

borders uf the Sinde desert, and also in the hills, is particularly

plentiful too near Shahpvor on the western border of the desert.

On the sand-hills at the same place I found species of Rhazya ;

it is a pretty small shrub with so much the habit of the garden

oleander, that our sepoys called it “Bun Kunale.” It is also

found throughout the hills, but mvariably in sandy places.

A species of Forskalea with ovate leaves is abundant in some

places amongst the hills ; the leaves of this plant adhere to every-

thing with great tenacity, and can only be removed piecemeal ;

the whole plant is clothed with sharp hooked hairs.

A Sophora, with pretty yellow laburnum-hke flowers, is also

found amongst rocks near water, accompanied by Linaria ramo-

sissima, and a variety of Lindenbergia urticefolia. Several spe-

cies of Sa/sola are also abundant ; one in particular in the hilly

country with terete pungent leaves and axillary capitate inflo-

rescence, of which unfortunately I am without specimens. A new

species of the African genus Limeum is also found on the skirts

of the Halas. Plantago amplexicaulis is found in the inner val-

leys along with Haplophyllum. An Echium of the Cape type, and

possibly new, and Zrichodesma Africanum, K.B., are abundant

in the fissures of rocks amidst the higher hills. |

Salvia primula-Aigyptiaca, and a new species of the same

section, are widely spread through the hills. A new Linaria,

very like L. triphylla, is found from the base of the hills upwards.

Solanum Forskalit, or a species akin to it, is also abundant.

Hyoscyamus muticus is found in moist places. An Asclepiad, with

the habit of Orthanthera viminea, is very abundant on the mar-

gins of water-courses; it forms a large bushy shrub, and I

suspect is the same plant described by my-friend Dr. Falconer as

“‘ Campelepis.” Cometes Surattensis 1s found occasionally along

the whole base of the Hala mountains; a Caralluma or some

nearly allied plant is abundant on the higher ranges, but I never

saw it in flower; a new and pretty species of Cleome is found in

the passes leading into the Hala range at a low elevation: with

this I close my notice of the hilly region of Sinde.

The plains of Sinde are of a very variable character, some

places beimg very fertile, and others barren, and naked desert

422 Capt. N. Vieary’s Notes on the Botany of Sinde.

with little to be seen except Salsole and Tamarisk, and even

these affect the borders of desert places.

The tamarisk on the borders of the desert in some places

yields a considerable quantity of manna ; it exudes from the bark

of the younger branches in the form of translucent tears. It is

collected in some abundance in the neighbourhood of Meher,

south of Larkhana, and used to adulterate sugar ; my servants eat

a considerable quantity of it without being in any way affected.

In fact they were wonder-stricken, and returned thanks to God

for having miraculously created sugar in the desert jungle. I had

about a seer of it for near a year; it remained unaltered, and was

at last destroyed by exposure to rain.

This species of manna is noticed by Dr. Royle in his <TIlus-

trations of Botany,’ p. 214. I saw neither flowers nor fruit, so

cannot speak as to the species, but the shrub has the habit and

appearance of 7. gallica.

The little desert of Sinde flanks the base of the Hala range,

varying from ten to twenty-five miles (or more) in breadth, ex-

tending in a southerly direction to beyond Meher, where it nar-

rows to three or four miles, and there are more or less extensive

patches of desert nearly as far south as the Munchaul Lake. In

a northerly direction branches of the desert extend to near Mit-

tun Kote, flanking the base of the Boogtee Beloch hills (spurs

of the Halas) upon which Deyrah and Kahun are situated. This

tract is sometimes called the Burshoree desert, from the name of

a halting-place on the other side, N.W. of Shikarpoor. The soil

is a hard-baked yellow clay, often exhibiting proofs of lacustrine

or alluvial origin, generally extremely arid and devoid of all ve-

getation. In some places even in the heart of the desert Salsole

are abundant, in others the surface for miles is perfectly naked ;

in many places saline matter abounds, efflorescing and whitening

the surface, or cementing the soil, which crackles under the feet

as if ice-bound; saltpetre is or has been manufactured at the

southern end of the desert. It will be seen that but for the

Indus this desert would form a branch of the great Jeysulmeer

desert, which in some places south of Bhawulpoor approaches

the Indus so closely that its sands are poured into the stream ;

hence we may expect the vegetation on the bor ders of both to be

somewhat similar. -

Not far south of Bhawulpoor a species of Anabasis, very

like (if not identical with) A. florida, makes its appearance ; this

plant abounds on the borders of the desert, and on both banks

of the Indus wherever the desert approaches.

The borders of the Sinde desert are usually belted with sand-

hills, and outside them a belt of Acacia catechu of greater or r less

br eacdtli:

Capt. N. Vicary’s Notes on the Botany of Sinde. 423

I have already noticed Monsonia as existing on the western bor-

ders of the desert ; I also found it in desert places in Lower Sinde.

Antichorus (Corchorus) depressus abounds on the desert bor-

ders, particularly at Khangurh ; Physalis somnifera is also found

here, and extends into the hill valleys. In Lower Sinde, south of

Sewan, a species of Euphorbia, very like E. pentagona, abounds

in many places.forming impervious patches of jungle: near

Kotree, and also between that place and Sewan, I found an

“ Ochradenus,” I believe identical with the Egyptian O. baccatus,

Delisle. Fagonia is abundant throughout Sinde, both in the hills

and plains ; [ have no specimens, but considered the species to be

F’, Mysorensis ; the flowers are pale purple.

At Meher and some other places a species of sugar-cane is in

cultivation, which I believe to be unknown in India; it is called

“ Buhadooree ;” the stems are slender and trailing ; they grow to

ten or fifteen feet in length, the base not being thicker than a

finger ; ten or twelve are usually fastened together so as to afford

mutual support ; the cane is said to yield the best sugar, but in

small quantity. Cleome ruta, Jacqt., is abundant on the rocks

at Sukkur and throughout Sinde. Typha angustifolia is found

on most lands subject to the annual flooding of the Indus, and

from it vast quantities of mats are manufactured. A species of

Adenanthera, I believe A. pavonia, is often found near villages in

Lower Sinde; this tree has a weeping habit, and at a distance

looks not unlike Salix Babylonica. A remarkable species of

Acacia is also found near villages; in its mode of growth and

appearance it strongly resembles the funereal cypress. The

Sindeans call it “ Cauboolee Baubool,” a name which points to

its foreign origin. |

I was not fortunate enough to see this tree either m blossom

or fruit. Between Kotree and Kurrachee I noticed a species of

wild cotton trailing up trees to twenty_feet ; I was sick in a doo-

lee at the time and unable to take specimens.

Dodonea Burmanniana, and I believe another species, are found

in Lower Sinde. Aristolochia bracteata, and a Verbena akin to

V. officinalis, but perhaps distinct, exist on the smaller hills of

Lower Sinde; Orthanthera viminea abounds throughout Sinde

and is a very useful plant ; like many others of its order, the bark

yields a strong fibre ; in this shrub it is of greater length than

perhaps in any other Asclepiad. I am not aware of the fibre

being used by the Sindeans, but the thin osier-like branches are

bruised, and twisted into a strong coarse kind of rope in common

use.

There are also numerous well-known Indian forms of plants

in the plains of Sinde, particularly near the cultivated districts,

of which I took neither notes nor specimens ; the date flourishes

424 Capt. N. Vicary’s Notes on the Botany of Sinde.

in several parts of Sinde, but thrives best at Sukkur and its vi-

cinity, on both banks of the Indus. There are two varieties :

one with pale yellow, and the other with brown fruit ; the fruit

is smaller than the Egyptian date, but when ripe is very palatable ;

only certain trees produce good fruit, about a third of the whole

perhaps. The fruit of the remainder is injured by tapping for

the juice, from which sugar is manufactured.

The plants of the coast are of a mixed and peculiar character,

and many of them belong to more northern genera. Serrea in-

cana, Cav., grows plentifully on the sand-hills of the coast ; the

only known species of this genus is a native of Succotra, and is

described as being only three inches high. The Kurrachee plant

forms a bush two feet in height, and when in flower is very pretty ;

perhaps it may be a new species.

A very hoary Atriplex, not far removed from A. verruciferum,

is also very plentiful: Jpomea bilobata spreads over the sand in

every direction, and Scevola Taccada, Roxb., is abundant on the

tops of the sand-hills ; the berry is white at first, but turns purple

when ripe. A new species of 4gialitis is also found all along the

coast, and a new shrubby plant of the Paronychia, with the bark

and almost the leaves of an Equisetum.

Cadaba Indica? grows on the rocks at Minora Point; I also

noticed this plant in the Hala mountains, but am rather doubtful

as to the species; I have only seen the cucumber-shaped fruit -

which is made into a pickle by the Sindeans.

I shall now proceed to notice seriatim such plants of my her-

barium as appear to me deserving of elucidation.

UMBELLIFERZ.

Indigenous plants of this class are rare in Sinde; I have but

one specimen from the Hala mountains, which for the present I

have referred to— _

1. “ Libanotis ;” the plant smells strong of asafoetida.

RHIZOPHORACE.

I found a fresh flowering branch of a tree of this class floating

in the surf on the beach at Kurrachee, but nowhere detected

living trees.

2. It belongs to the genus “ Certops ” of Arnott; the many

mouths of the Indus will doubtless afford others of this order.

CRUCIFERZ.

3. A species of Farsetia abounds from Bhawulpoor throughout

Sinde ; it is often the only food procurable for camels, who eat it

greedily along with a frutescent Crambe? In the Hala moun-

tains it is used for the same purposes.

Capt. N. Vicary’s Notes on the Botany of Sinde. 425

CAPPARIDER.

4, Cleome ruta, Jacqt.: Sukkur and other rocky places in Sinde.

The petals are pink, and bear at the base of each a fringed

scale.

5. Cleome fimbriata, Vic.: lower hills in Sinde.

Stems and leaves hispid from gland-capitate stiff hairs ; leaves

all simple, lower ones long-petioled, round-cordate, quintuple-

nerved, outer lateral nerves lost in the margin, three medial

nerves stronger and inarcuately reaching the apex. Upper leaves

smaller, subconform narrower, subsessile; flowers pale purple ?

from the terminal axille; pedicels lengthening in fruit ; calyx

clothed with gland-capitate hairs. Sepals four, subequal, lan-

ceolate. Petals four, shortly clawed with acute oblong-deltoid

lamine, apices bearing out gland-capitate hairs, and ciliate with

them ; bases toothed slightly on the margins, and bearing above

claw transverse free fimbriate petaloid scales. Fertile stamens

four, rather longer than petals, one anther larger, torus small.

Ovary subsessile, linear, rather rough ; style caducous, cylindric,

short ; stigma discoid, capitate. Capsule linear-cylindric, fur-

rowed on opposite sides, shortly stipitate, densely clothed with

strongly stipitate, peltate glands, one-celled, two-valved, valves

separating from the placentiferous narrow replum ; seeds nume-

rous, cordiform, smooth, amphitropous. I have given my note

of this plant, as it seems to be not far removed from C. Dro-

sertfolia, Del.; and perhaps eventually it may prove to be the

same.

6. Cleome rupicola, Vic.: passes leading into the Hala range

of mountains and lower hills.

This plant is not unlike C. glauca, DeC., vol. i. p. 239, but the

stems and leaves of my plant are clothed with scattered gland-

headed hairs, and the young branches are four-angled. Leaves el-

liptic, ovate and obovate, petiolate, upper leaves reduced to linear-

lanceolate bracts. Racemes often six inches long. Petals orange-

rufescent, secund, smooth ; stamens secund, in an opposite direc-

tion to petals, six; gland of the torus semilunate ; siliques pen-

dulous, falcate, flat, subsessile, fifteen lines long, two lines broad,

bearing some scattered capitate hairs ; seeds densely beset with

brown hairs, numerous.

7. Cadaba Indica? : on rocks near Kurrachee and Hala moun-

tains.

I am doubtful about this plant, having seen it only in fruit.

The leaves near the apices of branches are often supported by

two stipulary thorns. The fruit is nutant, longly stipitate and

cucumber-shaped, bluntly trigonal, three to four inches long, and

turning red when ripe.

426 Capt. N. Vicary’s Notes on the Botany of Sinde.

RESEDACER.

8. Ochradenus baccatus, Delile : Lower Sinde. I believe this

to be the Egyptian plant, although the Sinde one differs in some

trifling particulars ; my specimens are not sufficiently advanced

- to show the spinifacient habit.

VioLacen.

9. Viola patrini, D.C. : Kurrachee and Hala mountains.

REAUMURIACER.

10. Reaumuria Hypericoides, Wild.: Doz Akhooshtee, and spurs

of the Hala mountains.

The leaves of the Sinde plant are spatulate-linear and crowded

to the ends of the branches.

SAPINDACER.

11. Dodonea Burmanniana, D.C.: Lower Sinde. This shrub

is not more than three feet in height, with leaves about an inch

in length, never more, and blunt cuneate-linear. I have some

doubt as to the species; there is another in Sinde of which 1.

have no specimens.

MALVACE.

12. Althea pumila, Vic. : near Shikarpoor. Plant herbaceous,

from six to ten inches. i

Stems slender, stellately hairy, stipules ovate, leaves stellate,

hairy on both sides, lower ones caudate at base, palmately three-

partite with the lateral lobes bifid, the apices roundly tridentate,

mid-lobe cuneate, the apex roundly three- five-toothed. Flowers

very shortly pedicelled, axillary, blue. Involucre ten-cleft with

linear lobes. Calyx half five-cleft, with acute lobes ; anthers about

ten; styles ten, filiform. Stigmas capitate. Carpels arranged

round a central shortly ten-winged columella, the apex of which

is filiform, not marginate, transversely corrugate, one-seeded.

_ 18. Pavonia odorata, Wild. : between Kurrachee and Hydera-

bad.

14, Serrea incana, Cay.: sand-hills, Kurrachee. This plant is

rather pretty when in flower ; it forms small bushes about two feet

in height. Anthers twenty- “five to thirty, stipitate, reniform, one-

celled, stigmas ciliate.

15. Abutilon Indicum: Sinde and Hala mountains.

16. Sida acuta: plains of Sinde.

TILIACER.

17. Antichorus (Corchorus) depressus, Linn.: Khangurh and

borders of desert.

18. Grewia sapida? : allhilly places in Sinde. IT have doubt-

Capt. N. Vicary’s Notes on the Botany of Sinde. 427

fully referred this to G. sapida, but I suspect it is a very differ-

ent plant; my specimens are not sufficient to determine; the

petals bear a large scale at base and are bifid with toothed lobes.

The berry is red and eatable when ripe.

PoRTULACE.

19. Orygia decumbens, Forsk. : eastern base of Hala mountains.

The sepals and petals are red, and the stems and leaves are

often coloured ; this plant does not seem to differ much from O.

trianthemoides, Heyne.

PARONYCHIE.

20. Cometes Surattensis : all Sinde.

RUTACEA.

21. Peganum Harmala: all Sinde.

22. Haplophyllum tuberculatum, Andry. Juss.: near Deyrah,

Boogtee Beloch hills.

ZYGOPHYLLER.

23. Tribulus alatus, Del.: eastern base of Hala mountains.

24. Fagonia Mysorensis: Sukkur and all Sinde.

25. Zygophyllum obtusum, Vic.: valleys of the eastern slopes

of Hala range; plants gregarious, herbaceous, decumbent, pale

green. Leaves fleshy, simple, spatulate-linear, blunt, or rounded

at apex, sessile and subsessile, stipules acuminate, scales at base of

stamens deeply bifid. Capsule deeply five-wing-lobed, five-celled,

each cell opening inwards, with two to three pendent seeds. Flow-

ers shortly pedicelled, yellow.

26. Seezenia lanatum, Wild. : all rocky places in Sinde. The

stamens in the Sinde plant are most certainly alternate with the

sepals of calyx, and not opposite to them ; some doubt may exist

with respect to the identity of this plant with that from Sierra

Leone, I therefore give my note of it.

Plant spreading, semi-erect, stems and branches flexuose, woolly

at the joints within the stipules; younger branches, under surface

of leaves, and their margins papillose from sessile glands, other-

wise smooth; leaves petioled, opposite, three-foliate, midleaflet

obovate, often retuse, lateral leafiets oblique-ovate, all entire and

shortly apiculate, stipules linear, often uniting with the margins

of the stipules of the opposite leaf and thus appearing interpetio-

lary ; flowers green tinged with yellow, axillary, solitary, pedicels

in fruit longer than the leaves. Calyx five-parted with a valvate

eestivation, lobes lanceolate, each bearing opposite the centre of its

base an adherent scale half its length and with free shortly fimbri-

ate margins ; stamens five, hypogynous, opposite to the divisions

of calyx ; filaments slightly flattened, smooth, tapering; style five-

428 Capt. N. Vicary’s Notes on the Botany of Sinde.

cleft almost to the base, with long linear terete lobes ; stigmas

capitate, rough; ovary oblong, five-celled aud ribbed. Ovules five,

pendent from the apex of columella. Capsule five-furrowed and

seeded, detaching from base into five cocci, and thus remaining

for a long time pendent by short funiculi from the seeds to the

apex of columella ; the cocci are internally bivalved and perforated

on the mner angles of apices for the passage of the funiculi. Co-

lumella persistent-for a long time after the seeds have fallen,

five-angled, with the apex discoid, five-lobed, and with the pla-

centas in the sinuses between the lobes; seeds brown, oblong,

acute at both ends, with a scanty green arillus.

GERANIACER.

27. Monsonia Asiatica, Vie. : eastern base of Hala-mountains

and Lower Sinde.

I believe that this is the first species of Monsonia found out of

Africa. The Sinde plant belongs to the section “ Holopetalum.”

Plant semi-erect, herbaceous, clothed everywhere with long,

- white, silky hairs; leaves long-petioled, cordate-ovate, blunt,

irregularly dentate, seven-nerved, stipules herbaceous, linear-lan-

ceolate ; peduncles slender, two- to-five-flowered, with from four

to six unequal linear bracts at apex, pedicels slender, flowers blue.

Calyx sepals apiculate, three-nerved, petals entire, stamens pen-

tadelphous in a double series. Capsule very longly rostrate.

RosacEm@—Sub-ord. NEuRADE.

28. Neurada procumbens, Linn.: borders of Sinde desert, at

base of Hala mountains, and near Shahpoor. This curious plant

has heretofore been noted as a native of Egypt, Numidia and

Arabia.

LEGUMINOSZ&.

29. Sophora tomentosa, Linn.? At Coombe in the Boogtee

Beloch hills, a shrub of four feet.

30. Crotolaria arida, Royle : borders of desert.

31. Crotolaria oxalidifolia, Vic.: eastern base of Hala range.

Prostrate or semi-erect, with branches from six to eight inches

long, all parts clothed with appressed strigose hairs, stipules

lanceo-linear, adnate; leaves petioled, three-foliate, leaflets shortly

petiolulate, midleaflet obcordate, lateral leaflets oblique, obovate,

blunt; peduncles slender, opposed to a leaf; legume sessile linear,

trigonous, hairy, nine-seeded and constricted between the seeds.

32. Tavernieria nummularia, D.C.: Hala mountains, near

Deyrah.

33. Alhagi maurorum, Tourn. : Sinde passim.

34. Cassia obovata, Collad.: Sinde passim ; this plant is also

abundant in the Punjaub.

Capt. N. Vicary’s Notes on the Botany of Sinde. 429

35. Adenanthera pavoniana? Near villages, cultivated ?

Plants of this order are comparatively rare in Sinde ; my her-

barium contains only four others, and two of these are Indigofera.

URTICACE.

36. Forskalea ovata, Vic. : Hala mountains. Plant rising erect

to two feet, all parts clothed with sharp hooked hairs; leaves

alternate, triple-nerved, white, tomentose beneath excepting the

nerves, lower ones broad ovate, upper ones ovate, all narrowed

at base inio the petioles and grussly dentate ; involucres of four

to seven linear-spatulate lobes. ‘This plant comes near F. tena-

cissima, and perhaps may be a broad-leayed variety of it.

ARISTOLOCHIACER.

37. Aristolochia bracteata : Lower Sinde.

CHENOPODIACER.

38. Salsola Indica: Sinde desert and Halas.

39. Salsola stricta? : Upper and Lower Sinde.

40. Anabasis florida, M.B. : borders of Sinde desert, and mre :

of Indus to near Bhawulpoor.

41. Atriplex verruciferum, M. B.?: sand-hills near Kurrachee.

I have douhtfully referred this as above, but it is probably a new

species. The whole plant is lepidate-hoary and shrubby. Leaves

shortly petioled, oblong, ovate, and obovate, blunt, narrowed at

base into the petioles, lower leaves often remotely toothed. Upper

leaves entire, valves of fruit orbicular with the reflexed entire mar-

gins and subcordate bases lepidate, otherwise smooth. Stamens

of the male flowers five.

PHYTOLACCACER.

42. Limeum obovatum, Vic.: skirts of the Hala mountains

near Kotree. Roots ligneous, descending deep into the soil ; stems

herbaceous prostrate, minutely pubescent. _ Leaves cuneate ob-

_ovate and ovate, obtuse with a point, minutely pubescent ; flowers

opposed to a leaf, three to five together, very shortly pedunculate,

pedicels minutely bibracteolate. This plant comes near L. Capense.

POLYGONACE.

43. Calligonum Polygonoides?: all Sinde. The specific cha-

racters of this curious genus are founded on peculiarities of the

fruit ; unfortunately I have never seen the fruit of our Sinde

shrub, and have merely referred it to C. Polygonoides, because

that plant makes a nearer approach in habitat to Sinde than C.

Pallasia. This shrub is common throughout Sinde, and is found

on the banks of the Indus nearly as far up as Bhawulpoor ; near

Shahpoor, at the eastern base of the Hala mountains, it is most

430 Capt. N. Vicary’s Notes on the Botany of Sinde.

abundant, forming small trees of ten or twelve feet high, with a

diameter of six to ten inches at base ; when in full flower it looks

rather pretty.

MENISPERMACES.

44. Cocculus leceba?, D.C.: Lower Sinde.

MyYRSINACE. )

45. Afgiceras fragrans, Kon.: mud-flats, Kurrachee harbour.

CoNVOLVULACE.

46. Ipomea bilobata ; sand-hills, Kurrachee.

47. Convolvulus lanuginosus, Desr.: Hala mountains.

48. Convolvulus parviflorus, Vahl: base of-mountains.

49. Breweria evolvuloides ?, Chois.: Hala mountains. As I feel

considerable uncertainty about this plant, I add my note.

Shrub erect, of one to two feet, stems slender, ligneous, all parts

densely clothed with a sericeous pubescence. Leaves very shortly

petioled, elliptic, upper ones lanceolate, entire, mucronate and

emarginate from the reflexed mucro, triple-nerved, pubescence

more dense beneath. Flowers axillary, one to three together, sub-

sessile. Calyx persistent, not enlarging, with two linear bracts at

base ; sepals, three exterior and two interior, a little shorter, lan-

ceolate acute, hairy beneath. -Corolla with a deeply five-lobed

limb, the lobes hairy beneath. Stamens scarcely exsert, filaments

broad at base with five short teeth alternating, anthers reniform-

cordate, ovary two-celled, ovules four, styles two, divergent, fili-

- form, stigmas discoid orbicular, continuous (not peltate). Capsule

chartaceous, dry, hairy towards apex, longer than the dry calyx,

two-celled, septa membranous, four-valved ; seeds from two to

three, oblong, black, very minutely scrobiculate, of a nutty

hardness.

50. Evolvulus linifolius : base of Halas.

51. Cressa Cretica, var. Indica: all Sinde.

SCEHEVOLACER.

52. Scevola Taccada, Roxb. : tops of sand-hills near Kurrachee.

PLANTAGINER.

53. Plantago amplexicaulis, Cav.: Hala mountains.

PLUMBAGINES.

54. Aigialitis obovata, Vic.: sand-hills, Kurrachee. Shrub of

two feet, stems ligneous, annulate with the ensheathing bases of

fallen leaves, densely foliaceous upwards; leaves blunt cuneate-

obovate, retuse, glaucous hoary, smooth, articulated to the sheaths

at base, spikes paniculate, flexuose, terminal flowers secund, utri-

eulus bursting at the apex into five short acute teeth.

Capt. N. Vicary’s Notes on the Botany of Sinde. 431

BoRAGINES.

55. oo piesa ea Rotlert : Kurrachee.

56. Echium?: Halarange. Iam unable to refer this to any

of the many described species, and therefore attach my note.

Plant fruticose, erect, about a foot in height, growing from

fissures in rocks. Younger stems, leaves and calyces densely

clothed with short appressed strigee. Leaves five to six lines

long, ligulate-linear, blunt-pointed, sessile, alternate. Racemes

simple, many-flowered ; flowers solitary, sessile, secund, bluish

white, bracts like the leaves but smaller, bracteoles none, pedi-

cels short, adherent to rachis for half their length. Calyx with

blunt lmear unequal segments (sometimes only four, the fourth

broader); tube of the corolla ten-nerved with a ring of hairs within

at base, smooth in the middle, and the faux closed with hairs which

indistinctly form five very small tubes between the anthers ; lobes

of limb patent, blunt-ovate, slightly auricled at base (one lobe

often broader). Margins minutely and remotely toothed. Sta-

mens not exsert, filaments very short, anthers mutic, linear-ob-

long blunt and undivided at base, style shortly exsert, its base

becoming angular in seed; stigma peltate capitate with two mi-

nute central points; achenia rather smooth with an incurved

point, one or two, often only one maturing, attached to base of

style, perforation at base oblong triangular. +

57. Trichodesma Indica: Sinde passim.

58. Trichodesma Africanum, R. B.?: Hala mountains.

I have referred this to the above with some doubt; it has the

same prickly hispid habit, but differs in some particulars; plant

growing from fissures im rocks, erect, 1 to 1} feet. Leaves and

stems dark green, hispid from hard white prickle-bearing calli,

leaves opposite at the divisions of the racemes, otherwise alter-

nate, upper leaves subsessile, lanceolate, acute, prickles longer on

the margins and midrib beneath. Racemes lax, the lower ones

from opposite axils, upper from alternate axils and terminal ;

peduncles usually three-flowered, lengthening with the en-

larging calyx in seed; bracteoles none; calyx rigid, hairy, five-

angled with rounded auricles, segments acute, corolla blue with

caudate lobes, stigma simple, blunt, pedicels lengthened with the

much-increased and nutant calyx in seed, achenia four, subtri-

gonal, the outer faces concave, marginate, the margin acutely

serrulate with slightly glochidiate teeth.

My specimens do not exhibit the lower leaves.

LABIATA.

59. Salvia A’gyptiaca, Linn.: slopes of Hala mountains.

60. Salvia pumila, Benth: slopes of Hala mountains.

432 Capt. N. Vicary’s Notes on the Botany of Sinde. -

61. Salvia Halaénsis, Vic.: slopes of Hala mountains. Plant

of ten to twelve inches, erect ; old stems ligneous, younger stems

obsoletely four-angled, densely clothed with short hairs and

sessile yellow glands; leaves much-corrugated, cordate-ovate

and broad-ovate, blunt or rounded; slightly winging the short

petioles, and often forming two lateral denticule at their apices ;

margins undulate lobate-crenate. Racemes two to three inches

long, dense-flowered, subspicate ; flowers blue, solitary, almost

sessile ; floral leaves small, bractea-formed, ovate, entire, hairy

and longly ciliate; bracteoles nearly as long as bracts, linear-

lanceolate, hairy ; calyx lanato-pilose, enlarging and becoming

-nutant with the lengthening pedicel; upper lip shortly triden-

tate; the mid-tooth smaller, all acute, lower lip bipartite with

linear filiform lobes. Corolla, upper lip erect, short, bifid; mid- |

lobe of lower lip orbicular emarginate.

The achenia of this plant give out much mucilage in water.

VERBENACES. |

62. Verbena officinalis? : spurs of the Hala mountains, Lower

Sinde. I have referred this doubtfully to V. officinalis. The

foliage of my specimens is from the ends of the flowering branches.

The leaves are petioled, opposite and alternate, both surfaces

shortly pilose, ovate and broad-ovate, blunt or emarginate, five-

nerved,- margin serrate, with the three serratures at the apex

larger. Vig!

ScROPHULARINE.

63. Linaria sindensis, Vic.: base of Hala mountains, Upper

and Lower Sinde. This plant is extremely like L. triphylla.

Herbaceous, stems procumbent or semi-erect, eight to ten inches;

leaves scattered, solitary, glaucous, entire, ovate, narrowed into

and winging the petioles ; apices soft-pointed ; young leaves often

shortly pubescent ; flowers purple tinged with yellow, subses-

sile, axillary, solitary, bracteoles none ; upper lobe of calyx folia-

ceous, broad-ovate, greatly exceeding the other four linear-lan-

ceolate lobes; lower stamens with their anthers united; stigma

simple; capsule obliquely globular, two-celled, upper cell abor-

tive, lower cell many-seeded, bursting irregularly ; seeds conical.

Testa spongy, furrowed.

Linaria ramosissima, Wall.: Hala mountains. The Sinde plant

is softly pilose, in other respects it is the same.

Anticharis, Endlich.: Hala mountains.

A. viscosa, Vic. This plant belongs most certainly to End-

licher’s genus, and probably to the very species, but as I have

no means of referring to the specific characters given, I have

allowed my herbarium name to stand for the present.

Capt. N. Vicary’s Notes on the Botany of Sinde. 433

The Sinde plant is so viscous that everything adheres to it.

Flowers blue; leaves ovate-lanceolate, narrowed into the short

petioles : pedicels short, minutely bibracteolate above the middle :

seeds truncate, oblong, longitudinally grooved with minute trans-

verse strive.

SOLANACER.

Solanum Forskalii, Dun.; cordatum, Fors.: Hala mountains.

Both species appear to be different forms of the same plant ; our

Sinde plant is sometimes prickly, sometimes not ; the leaves are

variable also. Stems slender; prickles both curved and straight,

near the ends of the branches only; young shoots and leaves

starry pubescent, old leaves smooth, round-cordate or subcordate

at base, narrowed into the petioles, margin entire or occasionally

sinuate toothed; flowers rather longly pedicelled, blue ; the corolla

greatly exceeding the half five-cleft calyx; berry red, smooth,

rather larger than a pea.

Physalis somnifera, var. flecuosa: all Sinde and Hala moun-

tains.

Hyoscyamus muticus, Linn. Hala mountains.

APOCYNER.

Rhazya stricta, Decaisne. This shrub is abundant in the

Hala mountains and at their eastern bases, but particularly at

Shahpoor. It usually grows upon sand-hills, and has somewhat

the habit of our garden oleander, but does not rise to more than

three feet. The flowers are pale blue turning white by age.

There is a small entire margined nectarium.

ASCLEPIADES.

Periploca aphylla, Dec. Bot. Jacq. All hilly parts of Sinde.

This is my friend Dr. Falconer’s Campelepis, Ann. Nat. Hist.

vol. x. p. 362. This shrub abounds in the Boogtee Beloch hills

near Deyrah.

The habit 1s that of Orthanthera viminea ; the branches are de-

void of all pubescence. The leaves are linear-lanceolate (not ovate),

and are seen only on the young surculi, ‘The flowers are of a

dark dull red colour; the long uncinate filiform processes of the

faucial corona are inflected over the genitalia in the earlier stages

of the flower, but subsequently become reflexed through the divi-

sions of the corolla. The pollen of this plant requires to be re-

examined in the fresh flowers ; in my opinion it not only differs

from that of Rist aioe but from the pollen of everygenus of the

order.

Orthanthera viminea. All Sinde.

With few exceptions the nage noted plants are foreign to our

Ann. & Mag. N, Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. i. 29

434 Capt. N. Vicary’s Notes on the Botany of Sinde.

Indian flora, flourishing between the parallels 25° and 30° N. lat.,

or nearly equivalent to the tract between Allahabad and Hurdwar.

At first sight it appears strange that so many northern forms

should exist in Sinde in excess of those found between the same

parallels in India, but a shght examination of the countries form-

ing our northern frontier will, I think, sufficiently account for

it. The Himalaya mountains, the Hindoo Coosh, and probably

the Tukt-i-Sulleemaun range, form an impassable ‘barrier to cer-

tain classes of plants, but the lower ranges of the Hala moun-

tains, which in many places are not more than 1500 feet above

the sea, offer no such obstacle ; besides this there is the coast-

line, which with its constantly drifting sands offers a facile mode

of transmission to seeds ; thus we find several Egyptian, Arabian,

Persian and African plants in Sinde: that they have not spread

into India seems also easily accounted for; the Indian desert

of Jesulmeer proves in a south-eastern direction a sufficient pre-

ventative. The course vid the banks of the Indus is to a narrow

extent only open to the north-east, and accordingly we find some

Egyptian forms extending to Delhi and its neighbourhood, as

has been remarked by my friend Dr. Royle in his ‘ Illustrations

of Indian Botany,’ pp. 70 and 160,

Salvadora persica, Capparis aphylla and Farsetia, are found

throughout Sinde; however Giseckia, so abundant near Feroze-

poor, is not found in Lower Sinde; Orobanche Calotropidis,

Edgw., is found from Umballa to Kurrachee, and is extremely

abundant in Lower Sinde; the flowers of this plant are change-

able, being blue at first and becoming pale yellow, hence two

varieties have been supposed to exist. No Scitamineous or Or-

chideous plant exists in Sinde; of the latter order Zeuxine is

sparingly found under the tamarisks, nearly as far as Subzul-

kote, following the course of the river. ’

The coast-line alluded to above offers no obstacle to the dif-

fusion of plants in a southerly direction vid Cutch and Goozerat

towards Bombay, but as yet these countries, the delta of the

Indus and the south-western tail of the desert are botanically

unknown; in the other direction, a botanical excursion to Son-

meeanee Bay, or farther if possible, would serve to connect our

Indian flora with that of Africa, Persia and Arabia.

I have still some curious Sinde plants of which I hope to give

an account hereafter.

Subathoo, 27th September, 1847.

Dr. Mantell’s Observations on the Ventriculites. 435

XLV.—Reply to Mr. Smitn’s Remarks on Dr. MANTELL’s

Account of the Ventriculites.

To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

GENTLEMEN,

Ir is with great reluctance that I intrude on your indulgence

and request permission to notice some of Mr. Smith’s animad-

versions on my figures and descriptions of the chalk zoopbytes

which I first distinguished by the name “ Ventriculites,” in a

memoir published in the ‘ Linnean Transactions’ in 1815;

although I ought perhaps to consider myself as hors de combat,

since Mr. Smith concludes his memoir by the assertion, “ that

the field was entirely untrodden, and the task a new one ;” the

nature of those zoophytes “being totally unknown” till he un-

dertook to elucidate the subject ! !

I should not presume to occupy your pages by a lengthened

comment on Mr. Smith’s communications, even could I fully

comprehend the author’s meaning, which in many instances I

am unable to do, for his genius has removed a subject, which I

once imagined to be simple and easily interpreted, far above my

feeble capacity. But I feel that it would be uncourteous to the

readers of my works, who indulgently give me credit for truth-

fulness and accuracy of observation, were I to pass wholly unno-

ticed Mr. Smith’s impeachment of my scientific veracity. I shall

therefore content myself with affirming, that notwithstanding

all the remarks Mr. Smith has inscribed on your pages, I see -

no reason whatever to alter a single word in the following de-

scription of the zoophytes which I designated Ventriculites, ex-

tracted from my ‘ Medals of Creation ’°—

‘The original form of the Ventriculite was that of a funnel, or

hollow inverted cone, terminating in a point at the base, whence

numerous fibres proceed, and by which the zoophyte was attached

to other bodies. The outer integument was reticulated—that is,-

disposed in meshes like network—and the inner surface was studded

over with regular openings, the orifices of tubular cells, each of which

was probably occupied by a polype. The substance of the polypa-

rium or framework of this aggregation of animalcules appears to

have been analogous to that of the soft Alcyonia, and to have pos-

sessed a common irritability, and been able to contract and expand.

This opinion is based on the circumstance that some specimens occur

in which the zoophyte is in the form of a nearly flat circular disc,

and in others, in that of a subcylindrical pouch: in the former state,

the outer reticulated structure is elongated, while in the latter it is con-

tracted and corrugated. ‘The polype-cells are cylindrical and very

regular: the flints often present beautiful casts of them, which ap-

pear like rows of minute pillars on the inner surface.”

29%

436 Mr. A. Henfrey on the Progress of Physiological Botany :

Mr. Smith’s “ folded membrane,” “ polype-skin,” &c. are in my

opinion purely imaginary. If the tubular cavities disposed with

so much regularity on the inner surface of the fossils to which I

restricted the term Ventriculites were not cells inhabited by

polypes, then I affirm that we have, at present, no eyidence that

any of these zoophytes were polypiferous; and I readily admit

that this may still be regarded as an open question. The only

unequivocal instance I have seen of the soft parts of a polype

from the chalk strata, is one in flint discovered by the Rev. J.

B. Reade, and figured in the 6th edit. of my ‘ Wonders of Geo-

logy,’ p. 8304: but there is no proof that this polype belonged to

a Ventriculite.

How far it may be deemed expedient to admit of the applica-

tion of the term “ cephalic membrane” to the margin of a cup-

shaped zoophyte, or to group together under the name of Veniri-

culide the incongruous assemblage of fossil zoophytes thus classed

by Mr. Smith, I leave for competent naturalists to determine.

To those geologists who like me aspire only to a general

knowledge of the organic remains found in the respective strata,

I believe that the accurate and simple exposition of the form and

structure of the Ventriculites, given in my works, long before

Mr. Smith commenced his arduous labours, will be found alike

true to nature and perfectly intelligible: the sublime transcen-

dentalisms in the communications to which the above remarks

refer, are far beyond the comprehension. of such humble ob-

Servers as, Gentlemen, your very faithful servant, —_

Gipron ALGERNON MANTELL.

_ Chester Square, Pimlico, May 5, 1848.

XLVI.—Reports on the Progress of Physiological Botany. No. 4.

By Artuur Henrrey, F.L.S. &e.

On the Multiplication of Vegetable Cells by Division.

On the 22nd of Noveniber 1847, Prof. Mitscherlich read before

the Royal Academy of Berlin, a portion of an essay on the De-

velopment and Composition of the Conferve. This has been

published in the monthly report of the Academy*, and is so in-

structive that it deserves a somewhat detailed report here.

Prof. Mitscherlich selected the Conferve on account of the

simplicity of their structure and the rapidity of their develop-

ment, and C. glomerata is the -species which he found best

adapted for the observations, as the cells are very distinct from

each other, and develope weil beneath the microscope. Moreover

* Monatsbericht der Kénig!. Preuss. Acad. Nov. 1847.

On the Multiplication of Vegetable Cells by Division. 437

it is the plant on which Mohl’s observations on cell-division * were

made, which observations however were made on distinct indivi-

duals in different stages of development.

The author placed the plant on a slip of glass, covered it with

thin glass, and laid a loose filament of cotton round the latter,

the end of the filament being made to dip in a glass of water

close to the stage, so that as often as the evolution of gas from the

plant elevated the thin glass, the water soaked up by the filament

ran in and kept the plant constantly surrounded with water. By

this means he was enabled to continue the observations on one

plant for several weeks.

In the first place Prof. Mitscherlich gives an account of the

structure of the plant and the action of various reagents upon the

tissues. The entire plant, with all its branches, is surrounded

by a common, connected membrane ; this may often be clearly

distinguished in perfect cells from the membrane of the indivi-

dual cells ; it withstands the action of acids longer, although much

thinner, so that when sulphuric acid is applied to the Conferva

under the microscope, the membrane of the cells is dissolved, and

when after some time openings occur in the outer envelopmg

membrane, the contents escape, and the envelope remains as a

tube with very thin walls. It is clear that the envelope is yet

undecomposed, and that what is seen is not the mere remnant

of an enveloping membrane, from the fact, that when the upper

part of the tube is properly focused, it requires a quarter of a

revolution of the adjusting screw to bring the lower part imto

focus. ‘The envelope is finally dissolved by the sulphuric acid,

without acquiring a brown colour or leaving a brown residuum ;

therefore it is distinct from the substance of the long cells of

wood, or of the cells of the stones of fruits ; it is not coloured blue

by iodine and sulphuric acid, therefore it is not cellulose ; it was

not possible to obtain enough of it for analysis ; it agrees best in

its peculiarities with the cell-membrane of Yeast. No special

structure could be made evident by any mechanical or chemical

means.

The cell-membrane which forms the wall of every individual

cell consists of vegetable fibre-substance (Faserstoff), the so-called

cellulose. It.is coloured brown by iodine, and when sulphuric

acid is applied to the wall thus coloured, every part acquires an

intense blue tint and then it dissolves, the blue colour disap-

pearing without leaving a trace of brown behind+. From all re-

searches at present known to us, the blue colour which iodine pro-

* Vermisch. Schrift. p. 363, 1845.

+ The author recommends a saturated solution of iodine in iodide of

potassium or sodium, to avoid the inconveniences attending the separation

of the iodine which occurs when the alcoholic tincture is used.

438 Mr. A. Henfrey on the Progress of Physiological Botany :

duces can only indicate a compound of iodine with starch. Iodine

in a divided condition, whether dissolved or in powder, is always

brown ; but that the blue compound which fibre-substance (cel-

lulose), iodine and sulphuric acid produce, when washed away

with water leaves a residuum which gives no blue colour unless

sulphuric acid is again applied, implies that the starch which has

been found has been converted into dextrine by the addition of

water and the presence of concentrated sulphuric acid.

When the Conferva is heated with hydrochloric acid of the

usual strength, the cell-wall swells up and splits into separate

fibres, the diameter of these being less than +525,5ths of a mil-

limetre. They often appear as long as the cell, and he side by

side in the direction of the length of the cell; no spiral arrange-

ment or crossing of these fibres could be observed. The walls of

many cells, which consist of cellulose, become split up into such

fibres by boiling im hydrochloric acid ; this may be seen very

plainly in the bass-fibres of flax, and a splitting-up of this kind

occurs in mechanical operations upon them, as in the manufac-

ture of paper. The cuticle does not pass im between the conti-

guous cells, so that the walls of the two cells are in immediate

contact.

The contents of the cell consist at first of a gelatinous mass,

coloured green by chlorophylle; the green colouring matter, which

forms but an insignificant proportion of the whole, is dissolved on

the addition of hydrochloric acid, and the gelatinous mass con-

tracts. Iodine colours the mass brown, and then denser masses

(nuclei), which lie irregularly scattered through it, become more

evident. It withstands the action of sulphuric acid longer than

the cellulose; heated with nitric acid and then saturated with

ammonia, it gives the xanthoproteate of ammonia, and therefore

consists at least in part of proteine compounds.

At a certain epoch of the development the nuclei of the gela-

tinous mass become opake and increase in diameter ; then starch

can be distinctly detected in their interior by means of iodine ;

in other Confervee, for instance in Spirogyra, these points, in

which starch is sometimes formed, may be perceived more di-

stinctly. Sometimes the green gelatinous mass lies closely ap-

plied to the cell-wall in C. glomerata, and the whole cell is densely

filled with it ; sometimes, and particularly in rapidly developing

cells, a clear fluid lies between the gelatmous mass and the wall,

and in this fluid sometimes occur particles in molecular motion ;

spaces filled with clear fluid also occur in the interior of the mass,

and are traversed by reticulated processes of the gelatinous

matter.

The author observed and determined the growth and multipli-

cation of C. glomerata in cooperation with his assistant M. Lasch,

On the Multiplication of Vegetable Cells by Division. 439

in a great number of specimens; it will be sufficient to describe

the complete course of the changes.

On the 19th of September a lateral branch consisted of two

cells ; on the 21st of three; on the 23rd of four ; on the 24th of

six ; on the 26th of seven cells ; in another branch from a cell at

some distance, the same multiplication and enlargement occurred.

No formation of cells within cells was observed, solely multipli-

eation by division. This usually commenced when the length of

the cell was about +4,ths of a millimetre.

The gelatinous mass usually separates a little from the cell-

wall, and then a small ring is formed upon the latter ; thus in the

fourth cell of a side branch nothing was perceptible in the morn-

ing, then the foundation of a ring was formed ; some two hours

later the diameter of the ring was already more than half the

diameter of the internal cavity of the cell ; the gelatinous mass was

retracted. About a quarter to one o’clock the mass parted so as to

leave acavity ; a few moments after the mass divided on one side,

_ and about half-past two the division was complete. The forma-

tion of a septum is generally effected in from four to five hours ;

the wall is a new structure and by no means a constriction * ; it

is at first a very thin membrane which extends across from one

wall to the other; fresh cellulose is deposited upon this mem-

brane, and when the cell elongates and enlarges every cell ex-

hibits its own proper wall, which, where the walls of the parent-

cell and new cell are in contact, stands apart from the former.

Sometimes it happens that a cell-wall is only half-developed,

very often only on one side; deposits are then subsequently

found on these structures; and unless the development of the

membrane is continuously traced under the microscope, these

structures may easily be taken for the commencement of infold-

ing or constriction.

If the Conferva is boiled in solution of soda of 1°35 sp. gr.,

which does not dissolve but loosens the texture of cellulose, the

deposited mass frequently separates from the septum by which

the division is first of all produced, and thus it may be distinctly

observed ; acetic acid has the same effect. The division takes

place most frequently in the terminal cell, but also very often

in the others, even in the old cells of the primary filament.

From the manner in which the gelatinous mass is divided by

the new membrane, it is very clearly seen that the mass is not

surrounded by a membrane; projecting pieces also and separate

portions of the gelatinous mass are generally seen, which are not

* The author appears to misunderstand the way in which the constriction

is said to take place. No one now supposes that the cell-wall is constricted,

only the contents; and the septum is certainly a new structure, a double

layer of membrane formed in the fold.--A. H.

440 Mr. A. Henfrey on the Progress of Physiological Botany :

inclosed in a membrane. When solutions which act through

endosmose are applied to the cells, these abstract water from the

gelatinous mass, and the outermost layer, which thus becomes

the densest, may easily be mistaken for a membrane. The side

branches are formed by the bulging-out of a cell, and this always

occurs at the same end im all cells ; thus if we call the end of a

cell where such a protrusion has occurred, the upper end, it will

be found at the upper end of all the cells. This bulging portion

elongates into a cell, and the membrane which produces the di-

vision is usually formed close to the parent-cell. Sometimes it

happens that if the parent-cell dies, or the contents have run out

by a wound, the cell of the lateral branch elongates into the

parent-cell.

The formation of the lateral branches by protrusion is of espe-

cial interest for the explanation of the multiplication of the top-

Yeast (ober-hefe); no formation of cells within cells takes place

in this. The author has repeatedly observed the whole course

of the formation of a cell, in Yeast, beneath the microscope, and

no little cell could ever be seen in the little nodule which first of

all originates by the bulging-out of the parent-cell ; a small gra-

nule of the contents of the parent-cell sometimes lay in front of

the place where the bulging took place, but this never entered

the young cell. In the bulging of the C. glomerata an opening

exists which is almost as wide as the new cell; in the Yeast the

opening is very small. The cell-membrane itself grows forth as

in the Conferva glomerata, and the gelatinous contents increase

within ; some of this matter can be detected, by means of iodine,

in the nodule at the very commencement of the protrusion.

The cells of Yeast are composed of a cell-wall and gelatmous

contents which become granular, and the granules again consist

of cell-wall and gelatinous contents, thercfore of cells; the cell-

wall is probably identical with the cuticula of the Conferve ; the

cellulose layer is wanting in the Yeast, and in the Confervee the

primordial utricle which H. von Moh] has pointed out in other

cells does not occur.

The deposition of starch takes place in the Conferve, as in

other plants, when the usual process of development in the cell

is not so active or is hindered, and it ceases when this process be-

gins again*,

‘The remainder of the paper relates to the chemical analyses of

the different portions of the Conferva; but it will be more inter-

esting to consider here the relations of the observations brought

* Starch is not usually formed abundantly in cells until they have ceased

to grow. Indeed the formation of starch and the process of growth may be

regarded as directly opposed phenomena, one being the accumulation of

nutrient matter, the other the consumption of it.—A. H.

On the Multiplication of Vegetable Cells by Division. 441

forward in the preceding pages to the investigations of cther in-

quirers.

In the first place, with regard to the action of sulphuric acid

and iodine upon the various membranes, H. von Mohl* has shown

that this depends more upon the age of the structure than any-

thing else. He finds that these reagents produce the blue colour

in young cell-membrane, and that the older structures which are

usually coloured brown, are brought into a condition to acquire

the blue tint with iodine by boiling in nitric acid or solution of

potash ; and this without destroying the membrane, at all events

without converting it into starch, since it remains insoluble in

boiling water. He finds solution of potash produce the effect

best in epidermal structures; nitric acid in the ligneous tissues.

It is uncertain whether this altered condition of old tissues de-

pends on spontaneous alteration or the penetration of the tissue

by new substances. Ungert+ also states that these structures

which are usually coloured brown by iodine may be made to ac-

quire the blue colour by boiling in concentrated sulphuric acid.

These observations show that mere chemical reaction is not suffi-

cient to determine the physiological nature of the tissue. The

outer layer, which Prof. Mitscherlich calls the cuticula, is appa-

rently the wall of the original cell; the new cell-walls do not form

part of it, being deposited on its interior in successive layers, with

which the new septa are continuous.

With regard to the process of division many modifications of

opinion exist ; almost all recent observers however agree in attri-

buting the principal influence to the substance which Prof. Mit-

scherlich calls the gelatinous mass. This is the Schleim of most

German authors, translated by many English authors as mucus, and

by myself always as mucilage or mucilaginous matter ; a bad term,

and one which it would be desirable to replace universally by the

one proposed by H. von Mohl, Protoplasm, which involves no

theory of its chemical nature, but certainly is correct in the view

it assumes of the function of this matter. Some German authors

apply the general term of Lnhalt or cell-contents to it: it is the

cytoblastema of Schleiden and the endochrome of other authors.

Kiitzing t holds that this protoplasm is enveloped in a special

membrane, which he calls the amylid-zelle. HH. von Mohl§ de-

* Ueber das Wachsthum der Zellmembran. Bot. Zeitung, vol. iv. p.337,

1846.—Translated in Annals of Nat. Hist. Ser. 1, vol. xviii. p. 145, 1846.

Untersuchung der Frage: Bildet die Cellulose die Grundlage sammtlicher

vegetabilischen Membran? Bot. Zeitung, vol. v. pp. 497, 521, 545, 1847.

t Die Intercellularsubstanz und ihr Verhiltniss zur Zellmembran bei

Pflanzen. Botanische Zeitung, vol. v. p. 289, 1847.

—{ Linnea, 1841, p. 546.

§ Beitrage zur Entwickelungsgeschichte der Pflanzen. Botanische Zeit-

ung, vol. i, 1843.—'T'ranslated in Taylor’s Scientific Memoirs, vol. iy. p. 91.

442 Mr. A. Henfrey on the Progress of Physiological Botany.

scribes such a structure under the name of the primordial-schlauch,

which I have translated and adopted in my own researches under

the name of primordial utricle. Unger* also takes the same view.

Nageli maintains that there is no special membrane inclosing the

cell-contents, and like Prof. Mitscherlich he believes that the ap-

pearances which the protoplasm presents when coagulated on the

surface have deceived the above observers. My own observations +

have led me to agree with H. von Mohl, and the independent

membranous nature of the primordial utricle is also asserted by

K. Millerf.

The action of the protoplasm in the production of the septum

in cell-division is therefore either immediate, as asserted by

Nageli §, who declares that it secretes the new membrane or

thickening layers, as the case may be, or it is the investing mem-

brane of the protoplasm, the primordial utricle, on the surface

of which the new deposits are formed and moulded.

Nageli says, that the protoplasm divides into two complete

portions, at once, and deposits the septum, perfect, though as yet

very thin. Unger also describes the division of the primordial

utricle as being effected at-once, and the formation of the whole

septum as simultaneous.

It has just been seen that Prof. Mitscherlich holds the forma-

tion of the septum to be progressive ||, and H. von Mohlf de-

scribes and figures the whole series of stages which he saw, and

which convinced him that the process of formation proceeds from

the periphery to the centre; that the primordial utriele gradually

folds in, and secretes the cell-membrane as it advances. My own

observations** agree with this view, and it is principally supported

by what I saw in common with H. von Mohl, namely the con-

tinuation of the cell-contents through the imperfect septum.

However Nageli. states that this appearance is produced by the

adherence of the contents to the centre of the septum. On the

other hand, I believe with Von Mohl that the conclusion that the

contents are divided into two parts at once may be founded on an

error caused by the action of reagents, which when they cause the

protoplasm and primordial utricle to contract violently, also fre-

quently produce a rupture across the isthmus which connects the

contents of the two parts of the dividing cell.

* I. ¢. supra,

t+ Ann. of Nat. Hist. Ser. 1. vol. xviii. p. 364, 1846.

{ Zur Entwickelungsgeschichte der Charen. Botanische Zeitung, vol. iii.

1845.—Translated in the Ann. of Nat. Hist. Ser. 1. vol. xvii, 1846.

§ Zellenkerne, Zellenbildung, &c. Zeitschrift fiir Wiss. Bot., Heft 1 & 3.

The former paper is translated in the Ray Society’s publications, 1845,

|| Prof. Mitscherlich does not attribute any function to the cell-contents.

{ Vermisch. Schrift. p. 363, 1845.

** Ann. of Nat. Hist. /. ¢.

Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides. 443

I may add to the above, in conclusion, that the opinions of

observers are becoming more and more in favour of the view, that

multiplication by cell-division is the regular mode of increase in

vegetating or growing parts. Nageli* asserts it in his most re-

cent publications, and Unger + considers that it is the mode of

imcrease in the cambium layer or growing region of wood. On

the other hand, Mohl, Miiller, Nageli and many other authors,

agree that spores, pollen and embryos are produced. by free cell-

formation from nuclei. .

XLVII.—Descriptions of Aphides. By Francis Waker,

F.L.S.

[Continued from p. 345. ]

EieutH GRrovp.

Tue following species is one of the most beautiful of the Bri-

tish Aphides, and is distinguished from all other kinds by its

peculiar structure.

17. Aphis Juglandis, Frisch.

Aphis Juglandis, Frisch, Ins. xi. pl. 16. f. 1, 5.

Lachnus Juglandis, Kalt. Mon. Pflan. i. 150. 3.

The viviparous winged female. It feeds from July to October

on the leaves of the walnut, Juglans regia, and is stationed in

clusters along the middle vein of the upper side of the leaf. The

body is pale orange: the head is darker, and rather short and

broad: the front forms an angle where it retreats on each side,

and is slightly concave in the middle : the feelers are filiform, and

a little more than one-fourth, or sometimes full one-third, of the

length of the body; the fourth joint is much less than half the ~

length of the third ; the fifth is a little shorter than the fourth ;

the sixth is less than half the length of the fifth ; the seventh is

much shorter and more slender than the sixth ; the tips of these

joints are black : the eyes are red : the mouth reaches to the mid-

dle hips ; its tip is black: the discs of the chest and of the breast

are black : the sides of the fore-chest are notched : the abdomen

is rather large, and sometimes it contains upwards of thirty young

ones which are all of the same size: the nectaries are extremely

short, and less than one-twentieth of the length of the body: in the

pupa there are four rows of brown spots along the back of the

abdomen; the middle rows, which are confluent in the winged

insect, have a short and slender transverse brown line on each

interval between the spots: the fore-legs are much ‘shorter than

* Zeitschrift fiir Wiss, Botanik, Heft 3, 1847. + LZ. cit.

Add. Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides.

the hind-legs, which are rather long and stout; the shanks are

nearly straight : the wings are colourless and of moderate size ;

the ves are brown and strongly marked; their borders are

clouded with brown ; the space between the rib-vein and the fore-

border of the wing is clouded as far as the brand, which is irre-

gularly spindle-shaped, and for the most part colourless; the

first and the second branch-veins are nearly straight ; the third

is distinct at its source, inclined inwards, and forms two very

obtuse angles where it throws off its forks; the first fork begins

soon after one-third, the second long after two-thirds, of the length

of the vein: in the hind-wings the space between the vein and

the fore-border is clouded for more than half the length of the

wing ; the tips of the other veims are also clouded: the feet, the

tips of the shanks, and the tips of the hind-thighs are brown ; —

there is also a slight brown mark at the tip of each of the other

four thighs.

Length of the body 2 lines; of the wings 5 lines.

The oviparous wingless female. Found at the end of October.

The body and the limbs are hairy; the former is pale orange,

and spindle-shaped : the head is black, slightly varied with orange,

hairy in front: the breast is pale yellow: there are four rows of

black spots along the back, the middle rows consisting of long

transverse spots, some of them confluent along the back of the ab-

domen ; there is also a transverse row of four narrow black streaks

on each interval between the large spots: the abdomen beneath

is orange ; its tip is yellow and its sides are varied with alternate

spots of pale yellow and black: the spots on the chest are larger

than those on the abdomen, and sometimes all the spots on the

latter are nearly confluent : the feelers are yellow with black tips,

and about one-fourth of the length of the body : the legs are pale

yellow ; in the hind-legs the tips of the thighs, the shanks except

their tips, and the feet except the middle part, are black.

The winged male. This also appears at the end of October, and

much resembles the winged female: the head and the abdomen

are orange, and the latter has some short black bands on its

back, those towards the tip are interrupted : the feelers are black,

yellow at the base, and about half the length of the body: the

wing-ribs are pale yellow: the wing-brands are brownish black.

Nintu Grove.

18. Aphis bifrons, n.s.

A single insect found near London on the 20th of July, 1847,

on the alder ?

The viviparous winged female. The body is yellowish brown and

thickly covered with white powder : the head short and broad : the

Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides. 445

forehead broad, very slightly convex, with a little tubercle on each

side at the base of the feelers : the eyes are dark brown and promi-

nent: the mouth reaches the hind-shanks : the chest and the breast

are dark brown ; the fore-part paler : the feelers are setaceous, more

than half the length of the body ; the fourth joint a little shorter

than the third ; the fifth a little shorter than the fourth ; the sixth

full half the length of the fifth ; the seventh a little shorter than

the fifth : the nectaries do not appear above the surface of the ab-

domen : the legs are tawny, long and rather stout ; the knees, the

feet, and the tips of the shanks are dark brown; the shanks are

very slightly curved ; the fore-legs are a little shorter than the

hind-legs : the wings are colourless, and not very long; the veins

and the wing-brands are tawny ; the brands are irregularly spin-

dle-shaped ; the rib-veins widen gradually into the brands very

soon after the middle of the fore-border of the wing ; the fourth

vein springs from hind-border of the brand at three-fourths of

‘the length of the latter; the third vein is distinct along its

whole course, and is forked a little before one-third of its length,

and forked again just after two-thirds of the same.

Length of the body 1} line ; of the wings 4 lines.

TentH Grovp.

19. Aphis Popult.

Aphis Populi, Linn. Syst. Nat. ii. 736.27; Faun. Suec. 996 ;

Fabr. Ent. Syst. iv. 216. 27; Syst. Rhyn. 298. 27 ; DeGeer. Ins.

1. 94. 15. tab. 7. f. 1-7; Kalt. Mon. Pflan. i. 126. 98; Ratz.

Forst. Ins. iii. 218. 16. ay

Myzegirus, Amyot, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 2™° série, v. 479.

The viviparous wingless female. It is pale yellowish green, oval,

and hairy: there are irregular stripes of darker green along the

abdomen : the feelers are pale yellow, and shorter than the body ;

their tips are brown : the mouth is pale yellow ; its tip is brown:

the eyes are dark brown: the nectaries are brown, and less than

one-twelfth of the length of the body: the legs are pale yellow,

and moderately long; the feet and the tips of the shanks are

brown. It is surrounded by its offspring which are almost white,

and prettily mottled with green. In the middle of June 1846

beneath the leaves of Populus nigra, the black poplar, and P. di-

latata, the Lombardy poplar.

Ist variety. This is smaller than the preceding, and when

young is pale dull green with a bluish line on each side, oval,

convex, slightly pubescent : the head, a large spot on each side of

the fore-chest, the feelers, the mouth, the nectaries, and the legs

are blackish green: the feelers are less than one-third of the

length of the body: the eyes are dark brown: the nectaries are

446 Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides.

not more than one-twentieth of the length of the body. Beneath

the leaves of Populus alba, the white poplar, a little before the

middle of April. In the beginning of June when full-grown it

is pale green, varied with vivid green, and is hairy, oval, and

rather flat : the feelers are pale green, shorter than the body ;

their tips are brown : the eyes are black : the mouth is pale green ;

its tip 1s brown: the nectaries are very short: the legs are pale

green, and moderately long ; the feet and the tips of the shanks

are brown.

There are often two interrupted brown lines along the back ;

these lines vary in breadth and distinctness, and sometimes occupy

the greater part of the back ; they occasionally occur only on the

head and on the fore-part of the chest. The young ones have

the front convex in the middle : the broods are less numerous in -

this species than in the kinds with long nectaries : the little ones

before birth are of various sizes, and the smallest do not exceed

the size of the heads of the largest.

The oviparous wingless female. In colour it resembles the vivi-

parous wingless female: the feelers are not more than one-half,

or sometimes than one-third, of the length of the body, which is

more or less lengthened towards the tip: the hind-shanks are

slightly dilated and of a rather darker colour than the other

shanks : the fore-chest, like that of the male, has a dark spot on

each side. Its eggs are three or four in number.

The viviparous winged female. Black, and rather small: the

fore-border, the hind-border and the underside of the fore-chest

are dark green: the abdomen is green, and has an interrupted

black band across the back of each segment, and a line of black

dots along each side: the feelers are black, pale yellow towards

the base, and shorter than the body: the eyes are black: the

mouth is dull green: the nectaries are black, and hardly one-

twelfth of the length of the body: the legs are pale yellow and

moderately long ; the knees and the tips of the shanks are brown ;

the hind-thighs are black: the wings are colourless, and much

longer than the body; the wing-ribs are pale yellow ; the wing-

brands and the veins are black, and the latter are slightly

clouded.

lst variety. Smaller than the preceding: the abdomen and

the underside of the fore-chest are pale green : the feelers are pale

brown, pale green at the base, and a little shorter than the body :

the mouth is pale green with a black tip : the legs are pale green:

the wing-brands and the veins of the wings are brown. On

Populus alba, the white poplar, in the beginning of June.

At the end of August it much resembles the male in colour,

and sometimes, as in that sex, the wing-brand extends beyond

the rib-vein which passes through it, and the zigzag line men-

Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides. 447

tioned in the description of the male indicates the border of the

brand.

The pupa is elliptical, and of a bright yellow colour.

The winged male. It acquires wings early in October, and its

deep red or crimson-coloured pupz may be seen for some time

previously feeding here and there among the viviparous and ovi-

parous females. The head is broader than the chest: the front

is armed with bristles, slightly concave in the middle, and retreat-

ing on each side: the eyes are prominent: the feelers are seta-

-eeous, and as long as the body ; the fourth jomt is much more

than half the length-of the third ; the fifth is much shorter than

the fourth ; the sixth is a little more than half the length of the

fifth, and increases in breadth from its base to its tip ; the seventh

is rather longer than the fourth, and is much more slender than

any of the preceding joints: the fore-chest is rather broad and

short ; its length is one-fourth of its breadth ; the sides are con-

vex and not notched: the nectaries are not more than one-twentieth

of the length of the body : the legs are rather short and stout ; the

shanks are very slightly curved : the wings are long and colour-

less ; the veins are brown ; the wing-vein does not widen into the

brand, but passes along its hind-border which is very slightly

curved, and not angular; it is spindle-shaped; the veins are

strongly marked ; the first and the second branch-veins are near

together at the base, the first is straight, the second is slightly

curved ; the third is obsolete at its.source, and is forked before

one-third, and forked again before two-thirds of its length, and

it forms two very slight obtuse angles where it casts off its forks ;

a very slender zigzag line runs along the brand at a short di-

stance from its hind-border ; the fourth vein is unusually long.

The body is yellow: the feelers, except the base of the third joint,

the tip of the mouth, the disc of the chest and that of the breast,

and the four hinder thighs, are brown : the eyes are red; the wing-

brands are brown. Irregularities in the wing-veins :—1st, The

fourth vein is curved towardsits tip. 2nd, The tip of the lower

branch of the first fork, and the tips of both branches of the

second fork are wanting. 3rd, The lower branch of the second

fork is obsolete.

Length of the body 3-13 line; of the wings 23 lines.

This species may be found from June till October, but is not

abundant till the autumn, when the winged female disappears ;

but the viviparous wingless female is common in October, the

season for the pairing of the male with the oviparous female.

20. Aphis hirticornis, n. s.

The viviparous winged female. The body is dull dark buff : the

dise of the head and that of the chest are brown: the feelers are

448 Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides..

slender, setaceous, hairy, and as long as the body; the fourth

joint much shorter than the third; the fifth is a little shorter

than the fourth ; the sixth increases in breadth from the base to

the tip, and is not half the length of the fifth ; the seventh is as

long as the sixth, and much more slender than the preceding

joints: the front of the head is nearly straight, and has no tuber-

cles : the tip of the mouth is brown, and reaches the middle hips:

the sides of the fore-chest are convex: the nectaries are about

one-twentieth of the length of the body: the wings are colourless ;

the veins and the wing-brands are pale brown; the rib-veins

widen into the brands which are irregularly spindle-shaped, and

form on the hind-border a scarcely perceptible angle from whence

springs the fourth vein ; the first and the second veins are nearly

straight; the third vein is slightly inclined inwards, and forms two

very obtuse angles where it throws off its forks; the first fork

begins after one-third, and the second fork before two-thirds of

the length of the wing ; the two forks are sometimes much nearer

to each other in one wing than in the other : the legs are yellow,

and moderately long ; the shanks are very slightly curved, and

rather hairy ; the tips of the feet are brown.

Length of the body 14 line; of the wings 3 lines.

July, on the oak, near London.

ELeventu Grove,

21. Aphis Aceris.

Aphis Aceris, Linn. Syst. Nat. u. 7361; Faun. Suec. 999 ;

Fabr. Syst. Ent. 735. 9; Sp. Ins. 11. 385. 10 ; Ent. Syst. iv. 211.

1] ; Syst. Rhyn. 295. 11 ; Gmelin, ed. Syst. Nat. 1. 2208 ; Geoffr.

Ins. i. 495. 5; Reaum. Ins. i. 281-350. t. 22. f. 6-10; Scopoli,

Ent. Carn. 137. 897; Ene. Méth. i. t. 116. f. 6; Rossi, Faun.

Etruse. 260. 1372 ; Schrank, Faun. Boic. 1. 1. 111; Fonscolombe,

Ann. Soc. Ent. x. 173. 13; Kaltenbach, Mon. Pflan. 1. 125 ;

Ratzeburg, Forst. Ins. iii. 218.

Acerifex, Amyot, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 2™° série, v. 479.

This species abounds on the different species of maple, such as

Acer Pseudo-platanus, the sycamore; A. Platanoides, the plantain-

like or Norway maple; 4. campestre, the field maple ; A. opali-

folium, the guelder rose-leaved maple; A. Monspessulanum, the

Montpelier maple ; A. ¢ataricum, Tartarian maple ; A. Negundo,

ash-leaved maple.

The egg-born viviparous wingless female. It is hatched in the

middle of February or later, and is then very small, black, bristly,

linear, or slightly increasing in breadth towards the tip of the

abdomen: the limbs are short and thick: the mouth reaches a

little beyond the tip of the abdomen, a character retamed through

Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides. 149

life by some species of Aphis : the nectaries do not rise above the

surface of the body. In March it increases in size, sheds its

skin, is broader than before, and of an olive-green colour, with a

large pale green spot by each of the nectaries which are dark

brown : there are foar rows of large tubercles along the back, and

some of smaller size intermixed: the feelers are pale green,

darker towards their tips, or nearly brown, and not one-fourth of

the length of the body ; the fourth joint is much shorter than the

third ; the fifth is as long as the fourth; the sixth is a little

shorter than the fifth, and the seventh has the same proportion

to the sixth: the front is convex: the mouth does not reach

beyond the hind-hips.

The viviparous winged female. The pupe of this generation

appear in April, and are very variable in colour, in breadth, and

in outline ; the colour varies between bright pale yellow with a

slight green tinge or with two green stripes along the back, pale

green, dark green with black spots, red, and brown ; the back

is covered with bristles, and the underside is sometimes black :

the feelers are more or less than half the length of the body ;

their tips, the feet, the tips of the shanks and the hind-

thighs are brown ; the latter are sometimes red; the shanks are

sometimes yellow: the nectaries are pale green with brown tips,

and vary from one-twelfth to one-twentieth of the length of the

body. The wings are unfolded soon after the middle of April,

and when this process has just occurred the fly is pale green, but

afterwards the crown of the head and the dise of the chest become

black: the body is bristly, especially the abdomen, which has a

black band across each segment both above and below ; the feelers

are black or brown ; they have a broad yellow band at the base,

and are more than half the length of the body ; the fourth joint

isemore than half the length of the third; the fifth is a little

shorter than the fourth ; the sixth is spindle-shaped, and hardly

half the length of the fifth ; the seventh is much more slender

than the sixth, and more than twice or thrice its length: the

eyes are dark brown: the mouth and the nectaries are black :

the legs are pale yellow and bristly; the feet and the tips of the

thighs and of the shanks are brown or black, which last colour

_is most prevalent in the four hinder legs whose thighs are some-

times nearly all black : the wings are colourless, and much longer

than the body ; the wing-ribs, the wing- brands and the veins are

buff, brown, green, or pale straw-colour. The colour of this insect

for a short while after it sheds its skin is a most delicate green or

yellow inclining to white, and resembling that of some very young

leaves, but more beautiful. At the end of September this winged

Aphis is black: the abdomen is dark dull yellow; the dise of its

back except the sutures is black, and there is a row of black dots

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. i. 30

450 Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides.

on each side: the feelers are nearly as long as the body: the

mouth is dull yellow ; its tip and the nectaries are black, and the

latter are one-tenth of the length of the body.

The second form of the viviparous wingless female. The winged

mother in the begmning of June gives birth to a large progeny

of pale green young ones; these are covered with long white

hairs, and have white limbs and brown eyes; they sit in clusters

beneath the sycamore leaves; the number in each group varies

from ten to some hundreds, and they continue thus without any

increase of size for three months or longer; they are arranged

with their heads converging towards the centre of the group. There

is a thi membrane or rim or edge round the body: the eyes are

red: the mouth reaches a little beyond the hind-hips ; its tip is

brown: the feelers are more than half the length of the body :

the legs are rather short and stout. In September an alteration

takes place ; the body increases in size, becomes more and more

plump, and much less hairy, and its rim ceases : the fourth joint

of the feelers is about half the length of the third; the fifth is as

long as the fourth ; the sixth is much shorter than the fifth ; the

seventh is rather more than twice the length of the sixth. I have

found the full-grown viviparous wingless female on the maple in

August, but its occurrence then and during the preceding month

is uncommon: the body is rather narrow, but rapidly increases

in breadth towards the hinder part: the back and the limbs are

hairy, and the feelers are nearly as long as the body ; the fourth

joint is much shorter than the third; the fifth is very nearly as

long as the fourth ; the sixth is not half the length of the fifth ;

the seventh is longer than the fifth. Both the wingless and the

winged viviparous females in October resemble those of the pre-

ceding generations : the forehead is slightly convex, rather bristly,

and has no tubercles at the base of the feelers : in the winged

insect the seventh joimt of the feelers is longer than the fifth:

the third wing-vein sometimes sends forth its second fork before

two-thirds of its length.

The oviparous wingless female. This appears in the autumn,

and when very young is pale yellow; it acquires its full size

during October, and at an early period of the growth two deep

green spots appear on the back, and afterwards there are two

brown stripes along the back, having a buff space between them,

and sending forth on each side a short branch to the border of

the abdomen which is much broader than the chest ; these stripes

are sometimes very uneven, or broken, or various in shade and

in tint ; the colour of the whole body is also variable, being yel-

low, or brown, or green varied with black, or almost black : it

contains eight large full-grown eggs which quite fill the body even

to the fore-chest : the abdomen is lengthened or drawn out towards

Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides. 451

the tip: the feelers are hardly half the length of the body ; the

_ fourth joint is much shorter than the third; the fifth is a little

shorter than the fourth; the sixth is more than half the length

of the fifth ; the seventh is a little longer than the fifth : the fore-

legs are not much shorter than the hind-legs; the hind-shanks

are slightly curved, tawny, and darker than the other shanks.

The winged male. This may be found from the middle of Oc-

tober till November : it is like the winged female with the excep-

tion of the following particulars :—the abdomen is dark green, and

has a row of large transverse black spots along its back, and one

of black dots on each side: the feelers are thick till near their

tips: the legs are yellow; the hind-thighs from the middle to

the tips, the knees, the feet, and the tips of the shanks are black.

The feelers are scarcely hairy, and much shorter than the body ;

the fourth joint is much shorter than the third ; the fifth is a

little shorter than the fourth ; the sixth is rather more than half

the length of the fifth; the seventh is as long as the fifth ; the

wing-brand is irregularly spindle-shaped, and gradually widens

soon after the middle of the wing ; the fourth vein springs from

a little beyond the middle of its hind border ;- the third vein is

obsolete for some distance from its source, it is forked at one-

third and forked again just after two-thirds of its length; the

second vein is also obsolete before its source: the legs are hairy ;

their shanks are straight.

Length of the body 14—2 lines; of the wings 4 lines.

The viviparous winged female. Found on the sycamore at the

end of May and in the beginning of June. The body is black,

and rather long : the fore-border and the hind-border of the fore-

chest are green: the abdomen is grass-green, and has a row of

black spots on each side; the disc of its back is black, but tra-

versed by narrow green bands : the nectaries are black, and about

one-fifteenth of the length of the body : the legs are pale yellow,

and moderately long ; the feet are darker : the wings are colour-

less; and much longer than the body; the wing-ribs are pale

yellow ; the wing-brands are black; the veins are black. In

other characters it resembles Aphis Aceris.

Length of the body 13 line ; of the wings 4 lines.

TwELFtH GROUP.

23. Aphis Populea.

Aphis Populea, Kaltenbach, Mon. Pflan. i. 116. 90.

Lachnus punctatus, Burm. Handb. Ent. n. 98. 5.

The viviparous wingless female. This insect sometimes occurs

near London in the summer on the twigs of the Lombardy pop-

452 Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides.

lar, Populus dilatata, and of the willow-tree, Sali alba, vitellina

and caprea ; it is fixed there in dense masses, and each row over-

laps the one below it. Large companies of ants (Formica rufa)

are continually passing up and down the trunks of the trees

whereon it is stationed. The body is oval, rather flat, hairy, and

of a very dull yellow colour, and thickly covered with gray pow-

der: the front is broad and slightly convex : the feelers are seta-

ceous, hairy, and much less than half the length of the body ;

their tips are dark brown; the fourth joint is less than half the

length of the third; the fifth is full as long as the fourth; the

sixth is little more than half the length of the fifth ; the seventh

is much longer and more slender than the sixth ; the mouth

reaches the hind hips; its tip is dark brown: there are six rows

of dark spots along the back: the nectaries are yellow, and not

more than one-twentieth of the length of the body: the legs are

stout and rather hairy ; the fore-legs are much shorter than the

hind-legs ; the feet, andthe tips of the shanks and of the hind-

thighs are dark brown: the body contains aps twenty young

ones of Various size.

The viviparous winged female. This has ond resemblance to

the viviparous wingless female: the sixth joint of the feelers is

much less than half the length of the fifth : the discs of the head,

of the chest, and of the breast are dark : the wings are colourless,

and of moderate size ; the veins and the brand are tawny; the

rib-veins widen into irregularly spindle-shaped brands soon after

the middle of the fore-border of the wing ; the first branch-vein

is nearly straight ; the second is slightly curved ; the third is in-

clined inwards, and forms two angles as usual ; its first fork begins

after one-third, and the second at two-thirds of its length ; it ap-

proaches very near its source before it becomes obsolete.

Length of the body 14 line; of the wings 3 lines.

It is infested by an Aphidius, and is also devoured by the

grubs of a Syrphus and of an Agromyza.

24. Aphis Salicis.

Aphis Salicis, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. 736. 26 ; Faun. Suec. 995 ;

Gmel. ed. Syst. Nat. i. 2207. 2210; Fabr. Syst. Ins. ii. 389. 46 ;

Ent. Syst. iv. 219. 47; Syst. Rhyn. 801. 47; Reaum. Ins. iii.

281-350. t. 22. f. 2; Deg. Ins. iii. 50. 11; Schrank, Faun.

Boic. ii. 1. 102. 1176; Rossi, Faun. Etruse. 264. 1398; Kalt.

Mon. Pflan. i. 1381. 100; Ratz. Forst. Ins. ii. 218. 18.

Salicifex, Amyot, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 2™° série, v. 480.

The viviparous wingless female. Dull green, covered with white

powder, rather flat, and increasing in breadth from the head till

near the tip of the abdomen: there is a row of black spots on

each side of the body: the sides are dull orange, and so disposed

Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides. 453

as almost to form a tubercle on each segment : the fore-chest is

large : the middle chest is rather shorter : the hind-chest and the

following segments are much shorter and of nearly equal size :

the feelers are slender, almost filiform, pale green at the base,

brown at the tips, and less than one-third of the length of the

body : the eyes are brown ; the mouth is dull green : the nectaries

are yellow, and about one-twentieth of the length of the body :

the legs are dull green, long and stout ; the feet are brown. In

the middle of April on the shoots of the willow.

lst variety. Dull olive-green, varied with brown.

The viviparous winged female. The wings of this fly are un-

folded before the middle of May : it is metallic black, and slightly

covered with gray powder: the fore-breast and the underside of

the abdomen are grayish green, and the back of the latter has

alternate bands of black and gray: the feelers are black, slightly

setaceous, and hardly half the length of the body ; the fourth

joint is much shorter than the third ; the fifth is a little shorter

than the fourth ; the sixth is shorter than the fifth ; the seventh

is a little longer than the sixth: the mouth is dull green with a

darker tip, and reaches a little beyond the base of the hind-legs :

the eyes are black : the nectaries are orange and extremely short :

the legs are black, long and stout ; the thighs towards the base,

and the shanks except their tips are dark red: the wings are

colourless, and longer than the body; the wing-ribs are pale

yellow ; the wing-brands are long, and dull buff; the veins are

brown ; the rib-vein does not widen into the brand, but passes

along its hind-border ; the first and the second veins are nearly

straight ; the third is obsolete at its source, and is inclined in-

wards, and forms two very slight obtuse angles where it throws

off its forks ; the first fork begins soon after one-third, the second

soon after two-thirds of the length of the wing: the legs are

rather stout, and long, and hairy.

Length of the body 2 lines ; of the wings 33 lines.

THIRTEENTH GROUP.

Containing one species which seems to be always wingless.

25. Aphis Salicivora, un. s.

The viviparous wingless female. The body is oval, flat, hairy,

and yellow : the hairs on the sides of the body are very long : the

front is hairy and slightly convex, and has no tubercles: the

feelers are slender, setaceous, and nearly as long as the body ; the

fourth joint is much shorter than the third ; the fifth is fully as

long as the fourth ; the sixth is shorter than the fifth, and m-

creases in breadth from the base to the tip; the seventh is much

454 Mr. Blyth’s Remarks upon specimens of Mammalia and Birds

more slender than the preceding joints, and is rather longer than

the fifth and the sixth joints together: the eyes are red, and

rather prominent: the tip of the mouth is brown, and reaches

the middle hips : the nectaries are very short, and not more than

one-twentieth of the length of the body: the legs are rather

short ; the tips of the feet are brown.

lst variety. The feelers are less than half the length of the

body.

The oviparous wingless female. The body is spindle-shaped,

and contains two eggs: the feelers are rather less than half the

length of the body : the hind-shanks are not dilated.

The wingless male. It has a narrower body, and longer and

stouter legs than the female: the body is nearly linear, and ob-

tuse at the tip: the feelers are much stouter than those of the

female; the fifth joint is shorter than the fourth; the sixth is

much shorter than the fifth.

Length of the body 4-3 line.

Sometimes above eight hundred insects of this species feed

together under a single leaf of the willow, S. caprea, from the

beginning of May till the end of October, the latter month being

the time for the appearance of the male and of the oviparous

female.

[To be continued, ]

XLVIII.— Corrections of “ Critical Remarks on Mr. Gray’s Ca-

talogue of Mammalia and Birds presented by B. H. Hodgson,

Esq., to the British Museum,” Ann. and Mag. N. H. vol. xx.

p. 313. By E. Biyra, Curator to the Museum of the Asiatic

Society, Calcutta. .

Page 313. Presbytis priamus does not inhabit Ceylon, but the

entelloid group of monkeys is represented over the low northern half

of that island by a peculiar species, of which Dr. R. Templeton (late

of Colombo) has favoured me with a living adult male, which I have

since figured and described by the name Pr. thersites, Elliot (J. A.

S. B. xvi. 1271). I have given coloured figures also of Pr. entellus

(verus), Pr. priamus, Pr. hypoleucos, Pr. Johnii, Pr. cephalopterus

(three varieties of colour), Pr. pileatus and Pr. Phayrei. There is

another large monkey in Ceylon, peculiar to the elevated and colder

parts of the island*, which remains to be examined, but would seem

to be very probably Pr. Johnii, which is common in the Neilgherries ;

and Dr. Templeton assures me of the existence of a small monkey

probably undescribed,—all additional to the well-known Pr. cephalo-

* See Major Forbes’s ‘ Journal of Eleven Years’ Residence in Ceylon,’

ii, 144. :

presented by My. Hodgson to the British Museum. 455

pterus and Macacus sinicus (or the Wdndura and Kdlawi of the Cin-

ghalese *).

The Tibetan Lynx I have since described by the name Felis isa-

bellina: vide J. A. S. B. xvi. 1178. ;

P. 314. For Sorex Perrotellii read S. Perrotettii..

P. 317. Sylvia indica, Jerdon, proves to be my Phylloscopus gri-

seolus, which must therefore now stand as Ph. indicus (Jerdon) :

while my MS. name flaveolus (cited by Mr. Gray) refers to the spe-

cies which was named Motacilla affinis by Capt. ‘Tickell.

P. 319. For Staparola read Stoparola.

P. 321. For Emberiza sinops read oinops.

Mirafra assamica, M‘Clelland and Horsfield, v. Plocealauda typica,

Hodgson, has another synonym (apud Jerdon), it being the Alauda

mirafra, 'Temminck.

P. 323. Phalacrocorax leucotis, nobis, is the Graculus sinensis

(Lath.).

P. 383. For Toontoonu (native name) read Toontoonee, or Tiintini.

P. 384. For Tas-feek (ditto) read Tao-feek.

P. 386, 1.14. After the word ‘individuals ” insert of Halcyon

smyrnensis.

I find that though many females of Paleornis pondicerianus are

black-billed, others have the upper mandible coral-red as in the

male, and some again imperfectly so; the latter being probably a

transitory stage from black to red. One in my possession had the

upper mandible black for more than a year, when its colour changed

rapidly to bright coral-red.

P. 387 et seg. Jungle-fowls. A remarkable fact which I have ob-

_ served both in the wild Gallus ferrugineus (Gm.), and in G. Sonne-

ratii, is that for two or three months in the year (earlier in the

former than in the latter species), the nuchal hackles are replaced by

a growth of short blackish feathers, nearly as in a pheasant but devoid

of brilliancy. ‘This I have seen in no race of domestic fowls, not

even in the hybrids produced between the male G. Sonneratii and a

common hen; the hackles of these, when shed at the moulting sea-

son, being immediately replaced by others like them. In a curious

small Malayan domestic cock I have (without wattles), the hackles

fall and leave the neck quite bare for a season, giving him a rather

singular appearance.

Respecting the matrimonial arrangements of the wild G. ferrugi-

neus, I have still been unable to satisfy myself whether they are mo-

nogamous (as Capt. Hutton affirms) or polygamous to a greater or

less extent. Capt. Tickell well remarks ; ‘‘ They dwell in such deep

and tigerish jungles as not to be easily watched. I have met with

the males and females,” he adds, ‘‘ indifferently together—commonly

one male to three or four females. I remark however that just now

* The Jnuus silenus, which has been generally assigned to Ceylon, is un-

known there in a state of nature, though inhabiting (as | have been assured)

the neighbouring provinces of ‘Travancore and Cochin, on the mainland of

India.

456 Myr. Blyth’s Remarks upon some Mammalia and Birds.

(February) the hens occur occasionally in little bevies by themselves ;

» and during a whole day’s search we do not find more than a solitary

cock bird, and then by himself. But these separations of the sexes

are not proofs of monogamy or polygamy. ‘The eggs are generally

six to ten in number.” Early in January I came upon a party of

eighteen or twenty (driven together at least out of the jungle by the

beaters) ; and the sexes in this instance were about equal in number.

Mr. Skipwith writes me word, that he has made inquiries on this

subject of several shikdrrees, and was told that when the opportunity

offers the cock is decidedly polygamous; ‘“‘ and I suspect,”’ he adds,

‘this must be the case, from a fact that has repeatedly come under

my own observation when shooting, that in every covey of birds there

are two or three hens to every cock.”’ Capt. Hutton states however

that in the breeding season he has constantly found them paired ; but

this seems to have been in places where the species was not very nu-

merous, the few pairs being widely scattered.

The following remarks on Jungle-fowl shooting may be here

quoted from the ‘Bengal Sporting Magazine’ (for May 1837) :—

** The Bhund Moorg, or Jungle-cock, is pretty generally known to

Indian sportsmen. It is found in almost every part of the country

where there is jungle. Being however exceedingly shy, and fre-

quenting the thickest cover, an elephant is necessary for this sport,

though an occasional bird may be shot on foot. They sometimes

rise in pairs, affording an easy right and lefter, though likely to flurry

a young sportsman on first coming across them. I have always

found that, on beating for jungle-fowl, the best place is to take up a

position eighty or one hundred yards ahead of my coolies, and allow -

them to beat the birds towards me. They take a good charge of

shot to kill them dead, and when they are only wounded will run a

considerable distance. In this case, there is-little chance of bagging

the bird. On the Calcutta and Benares roads they are very plen-

tiful, particularly at Oondah, Bancoorah, Chatua, Chundunkearee,

Chass, and Goomeah—the last-named place especially.

‘* As the day breaks (on the line of march) you hear them crowing

on all sides; at this early hour venturing to the skirts of the jungle

to feed in the grain and rice Khets, but appearing always on the

qui vive, and on your approach they immediately disappear. When

accompanied with chickens, the sportsman (?) has the best chance

of success, as they seldom forsake their young, and the chuck, chuck

of the old hen directs to the spot where they are. The weight of a

jungle-cock is about 34 lbs.”’

Suchis the wild common fowl. ‘The habits of one of the two Cingha-

lese species are thus noticed by Major Forbes :—‘t These Jungle-fowl

are continually announcing their position by a shrill double call,

which is somewhat like the cry of the partridge, but has no resem-

blance to the crowing of a ‘ dumestic’ cock*. This call, when com-

* The crow of G. Sonnerati is exceedingly different from that of G. fer-

rugineus, either wild or in any domestic variety,—-a sort of charréh-cha-

dale

ratcha,

Bibliographical Notices. 457

menced by one jungle-cock, is answered by every other within hear-

ing; then, with hostile intent and alternate sounds of defiance, they

gradually advance to their morning combat; they are even more

pugnacious than their domestic brethren; and I have seen jungle-

cocks, when replied to (apparently in a very different dialect) from

the fowl-yard, advance within its precincts, and give battle to its

champions. In taste their flesh resembles that of the pheasant: in

appearance, the males are like the common red dunghill-cock, only

with more glossy plumage, and a yellow spot in the centre of the

red upright comb ; the female is much smaller, and in colour resem-

bles the heath-hen of the moors.”

I know the species referred to by Major Forbes,.and suspect it is

that named G. Lafayette: ; being distinct from that of which the hen

is figured in Hardwicke’s ‘ Illustrations’ by the name G. Stanleyi,

and which inhabits more elevated ground. The habits portrayed

are very decidedly those of a polygamous species ; and (equally with

those before cited of G'. ferrugineus) vividly recal to mind those of

the British pheasant. And G. Sonneratii will answer and defiantly

crow against a common fowl, however widely different its voice, the

same as the Ceylon species; at least I speak of G. Sonneratii when

tamed, but not domesticated, and which if he breaks loose is most

readily recaptured by putting out a common domestic cock to entice

him to combat.

P. 393. Is not Turdus rufulus, Drapiez, vel modestus, Eyton, iden-

tical with T. javanicus, Horsfield, vel concolor, Temminck ?

As regards the Lanius phenicurus and L. superciliosus, I may re-

peat my observation that the colouring characteristic of the latter is

peculiar to the Malayan bird, common as L. phenicurus is through-

‘out India ; but that what I now consider to be females or young males

of the former are undistinguishable from the Indian L. phenicurus.

L. tigrinus is distinct altogether: and I may remark that I have

lately described a beautiful new shrike from the Tenasserim pro-

_ vinces, which is very nearly allied to L. Hardwickii.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

Recherches sur les Animaux Fossiles, par L. bE Kontncx. Liége, 1847.

(Premitre Partie, Monographie des Genres Productus et Chonetes.)

Tuts is the first of a series of works entitled ‘ Researches on Fossil

Animals,’ containing monographs of the genera Productus and Cho-

netes. ‘These works are intended to supply the geologist and natu-

ralist with complete monographs of different genera, so as to embody

in one volume all the species of a genus which are now more or less

distributed through many periodicals, memoirs and transactions of

Societies. ‘The first part contains a list of 107 works and memoirs

to which the author has referred in the subsequent pages. To this

458 Bibliographical Notices.

succeeds an historical introduction and observations on the generic

characters, with a classification of the species. A detailed descrip-

tion of each species is given, to which is appended a very complete

synonymy. From the geologic and geographic distribution which

follows we extract a few notes. The number of species of Productus

described amounts to 62, of which 4 are Devonian, 47 Carboniferous,

10 Permian, and 1 Triassic. Of the 47 Carboniferous species 35 only

are found in the lower divisions, viz. :—

P. striatus. — P. proboscideus. _—_P.. costatus. P. fimbriatus.

— giganteus. — genuinus. — subquadratus. — Buchianus.

— latissimus. — Nystianus. — brachythzrus. — Deshayesianus.

— flexistria — Medusa. — spinulosus. | — marginalis.

— mammatus. — plicatilis. — Villiersi. — granulosus.

— arcuarius, — Griffithianus. |— tessellatus. | — Orbignianus.

— porrectus. — sublevis. — Humboldtii. _— Verneuilianus.

— undatus. — Boliviensis. — pyxidiformis. — Christiani.

— expansus. — Leuchtenbergensis.

Not any species belongs exclusively to the middle division, al-

though 7 are common to the lower and middle portions, viz. P. mar-

garitaceus, undiferus, Flemingii, pustulosus, Keyserlingianus, aculeatus,

mesolobus. The P. carbonarius is found only in the upper division.

The P. Cora, semireticulatus, scabriculus and punctatus appear to

have lived from the commencement to the close of the carboniferous

period. |

It is interesting to observe that all the Devonian species have

common general characters, and may be arranged in the same group

(Caperati) ; a similar remark also applies to the Permian species,

which, with the exception of three, are nearly all comprised in the

group (Horridi), so that the latter group is almost composed of Per-

mian species, the P. Orbignianus, P. Verneuilianus, being the only

carboniferous forms; and it is not a little singular, in consulting

the table of classification (page 29), to find that the Permian species

have a much greater affinity with the Devonian than with the car-

boniferous, notwithstanding the considerable period which must have

elapsed between their development.

Under the geologic distribution of the genus Chonetes we find there

are 23 species known at present, which number may probably be in-

creased when the fossiliferous deposits of America, New Holland and

Asia are more explored. Nevertheless the geological results to which

the known species lead us are deserving of notice. From the obser-

vations of M. de Koninck it appears (contrary to the opinion gene-

rally admitted), that with the exception of one, not any of the 23

species pass from one system to another, or even from the lower to

the upper beds of the same system.

The following table shows their distribution in the different parts

of the paleozoic series :—

Bibliographical Notices. 459

Silurian. Devonian. Carboniferous. Permian.

C, striatella. C. Falklandica. C. concentrica. C, variolata ??

— cornuta, —sarcinulata. | — papilionacea.

— dilatata. — comoides.

—crenulata. ,| —Shumardiana.

— nana. — Dalmaniana.

— setigera. — sulcata.

— armata. — Buchiana.

— minuta. — tuberculata.

— convoluta. — variolata.

— elegans.

— Laguessiana,

— perlata.

From the inspection of the above table, it appears that the genus

Chonetes attained its greatest development in the carboniferous

system; it is there also that the species present many varieties of

form and are of the greatest size. This latter remark applies also

to Productus, to which Chonetes is closely allied. However, the pro-

portion in which this development has taken place is very different

for the two genera. With regard to their distribution in time, the

following conclusions are drawn from the table above quoted: the

two Silurian species belong to the upper beds of the system ; in the

Devonian system the C. Falklandica, sarcinulata and dilatata cha-

racterize the inferior beds, the C. crenulata, nana and setigera are

characteristic of the middle portion, and the C. armata, minuta and

convoluta are found only in the upper beds of the same system. The

C. concentrica, papilionacea, comoides, Shumardiana, Dalmaniana, sul-

cata, Buchiana and tuberculata belong exclusively to the inferior

beds of the carboniferous system, the C. elegans to the middle, and

the C. Laguessiana and perlata to the superior beds of the same

system ; and lastly, the C. variolata belongs to different carboniferous

deposits, and appears even to pass into the Permian system.

In a memoir of this nature, it is almost impossible to attain abso-

lute correctness, more especially from the author not having had the

means of verifying all the species from original or well-authenticated

specimens ; independently, however, it is a work of great research,

and will be of considerable value to the paleontologist, in placing

before him carefully executed figures of the species belonging to

these two genera. The volume is in quarto, illustrated by 20 plates,

and contains also an alphabetical, synonymical and chronological

table of all the species.

Monographia Heliceorum Viventium, sistens Descriptiones systematicas

et criticas omnium hujus familie generum et specierum hodie cogni-

tarum. Auctore Lupovico Prrirrer, Dr. Cassellana, Fasc. 1,2,3.

Lipsiz, 1847-48.

- It is with great pleasure we announce the appearance of the com-

pletion of the first volume of this excellent monograph, containing

460 Linnean Society.

the Helices. The author gives moderately long and complete com-

parative descriptions of 3 species of Anostoma, 2 Tomigerus, 24 Stre-

ptaxis, 6 Proserpina, and 1148 species of Heliz, with their synonyma

most carefully and completely elucidated. It forms one of the most

important additions which have lately been made to the study of

shells.

Malacologically considered, the work must be regarded as a retro-

grade movement.: the author is a pure conchologist, belonging to the

same school as Klein, Montfort and Schumacher, for he pays little or

no attention to the animal, and even refuses to adopt genera formed

on the study of them: if the same system was followed with regard

to the marine mollusca, several groups which are now considered as

families, each containing several generally adopted genera, must be

reduced to a single genus. In the same manner, the immense num-

ber of kinds of Helices are arranged together in an artificial manner,

without any attention to their relation to one another, which is more

to be regretted, as Férussac in his ‘ Prodromus’ arranged the species

which he knew in most excellent natural groups; but Dr. Pfeiffer

appears to be quite destitute of the faculty of distinguishing or cha-

racterizing natural groups, though he describes the species so well.

It was the remarkable union of these qualities in the same individual

which so eminently distinguished Linnzus, Jussieu and Lamarck

from other naturalists, and causes the great value of their works.

A large proportion of the species are described from the English

collections, and where the author has not observed the species him-

self, he quotes descriptions given by its original describers.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

LINNZAN SOCIETY.

Feb. 15, 1848.—The Lord Bishop of Norwich, President, in the Chair.

Read a memoir ‘“ On the early aes of the Development of Le-

manea fluviatilis, Agardh.” By G. H. K. Thwaites, Esq. Commu-

nicated by the Rev. M. J. Berkeley, K.L.S.

Mr. Thwaites attributes the neglect of the early condition at this

conferva to its having been confounded in this stage with Trente-

pohlia pulchella B. chalybea, Harv., with which it is frequently found

growing intermingled. He states that it may be observed in great

abundance towards the end of November, covering the surface of

stones with a uniform, dark olive, somewhat villous coating, and

adhering with.great pertinacity by means of its minute roots. The

structure of the plant at this early stage is found to consist of nu-

merous conferva-like filaments, of about a line in length and spa-

ringly branched, Each filament is about ;,'55th of an inch in dia-

meter, and consists of a single row of cells, which are from 4 to 6

times longer than wide, and have a blue-green endochrome arranged

Linnean Society. 461

in a spiral manner, except in the terminal cells, where it is more

abundant and gives them a darker colour. This stage Mr. Thwaites

regards as analogous to the confervoid filaments which form the pri-

mordia of a moss, or to the mycelium of a fungus; and he adds that

Kiutzing has described and figured the early condition of Lemanea

torulosa, Agardh, as very similar.

From a cell near the base of this conferva-like structure a branch is

given off, which at first differs apparently from the ordinary branches

only in its cells being much shorter. This little branch increases

rapidly in length and thickness from the multiplication of its cells

by fissiparous division ; and to enable it to acquire a firmer support,

a number of roots are given off from its base (in the same manner

as in the phyton of a moss), and it is thus enabled to attach itself

and maintain an independent existence. From this period it gra-

dually puts on the well-known characters of the full-grown Le-

manea.

Mr: Thwaites believes that the study of the early development of

the Alge would well repay the careful observer. He thinks it highly

probable that very many of the structures now classed with the Pa/-

melle are merely immature states of more complicated species; but

he recommends great caution in such investigations, as without a

good microscope and a practised eye, very essential characters readily

escape detection.

Read also a portion of Dr. Buchanan Hamilton’s Commentary on

the 9th Part of Van Rheede’s Hortus Madabaricus.

March 7.—The Lord Bishop of Norwich, President, in the Chair.

Read a memoir “‘ On Melianthee, a new natural order of plants,

proposed and defined by J. E. Planchon, docteur-és-sciences.” Com-

municated by the Secretary.

After an introductory critical sketch, the author proceeds to com-

pare together Melianthus, Diplerisma (a new genus founded upon

Melianthus minor, L., and Mel. comosus, Vahl), Natalia and Ber-

sama; thatis to say, the four genera which he proposes to unite

under the common name of Melianthee. This comparison includes

chiefly descriptive details, of the results of which the following

synoptical table will afford a summary view :—(See the Table on

pp. 462-3.)

A glance at the characters suffices to show that those among

them which are common to all the genera are also of undoubted

primary importance in most natural tribes. So, for instance, the

structure of the seeds, the relative position and numerical propor-

tion of the floral parts, the position and even the shape of the disc,

the pinnate leaves and the constant presence of stipules, are so many

points by which the connection of these plants is established. Ad-

mitting then the homogeneity of the order, the author proceeds to

point out its more general affinities.

Linnean Society.

4.62

‘aq ITV

*IO|[VUIS O]I}I]T B OUO IBMO'T

*squouSes ouroAyeo

OY} YIM oyvusoze ‘ozepnomsuy

°¢

*9UO OUI PIjJDIUMOD JIV 4SVT

YOIYM ‘LOLIOJUT OMY ‘[VIOFV] OY

‘rolwadns ouo syenbeun ATpaeyy

°g

‘mds ynoy}t

"Ie[nSoL

AYSys ‘eyo109 ay} ueYY JoT~eUIG

*Teotjourusg

“UOTZIS

-od 443i a0y) Ut sommTy [Te 4V

“Teas

‘a[duris sawooRy

"(omy Jo

dn opeut) avjonedesyut [pews auG

‘ayeuurdireduit ‘ayeuso}] y

‘rerqnoed AToIY4s SurpoN

*S90.1} [[BUIg

etegseeertenseeeseaaeeeeees QQay TW

"ee*** TOITVUIS IRI] V VUO TAMO'T

"squeuses outoAyvo

OU} YIM oyeUtozye ‘oyepnomsuy

*9U0 OJUT P2yDIUMOD JIB 4SP[

TOIT A ‘LOTIOFUT OMY ‘TRLIYL] OMY

‘rolmedns ouo ‘yenboun Alprezy

COSC HH OTH Sees HFEF EEF sereBEEEEEeeses Cc

eeeereoeeeronreressces

ands ynoyqt

*Te[NSIIIL

Apyy Sis ‘eyjo109 oy} ueYy JayyeWUg

cteeeeesescererrees | TBOTIIQUIULASY

) “UOT}IS

-od 3Y311 toy} Ul som} [Te +V

tttinesertcesenseneeseeeeon snes TMOG

e[duns sours0eyy

"(omy Jo

dn opeut) rejoredenut [ews oupO

srererees onpuurdedult ‘oyVuray[V¥

“Dou

-md nuynog sy soveds 9uGg

SPC eaeteseeerstenete Hees $99.1} yTeus

*"SMBLD I10Y} JO suLsavut ATIOOM

943 Aq poyouuos pue Surs10a

“0d souo rOLI03sod pue [e193e'y

ee cegeceeneeees Suruem QUO JAMO'T

*SJUDUIBOS OUTOATBO

oq} YIM oyeus0q]e ‘oyepnomnsu—

‘gary Atpenba {je ‘eBrey

‘Opla JOLMojUL OMY ‘MOIIEU

jeiaqe] OM ‘F[eus JoLIedns ouQ

PPC OH SHEE EET EFeSTEBEESHEHESHES eEEEE8 Cc

ttteeesereeeseveceeee mds QnOUITAN

*retnZaait Ajqe

~YIVUAI ‘e{[OIND VY} UY Jodie]

UES DSU CON Kens tdoccoe [eoljowusy

*sjaotped ay} JO uoIs10} ATTRa

943 JO aduenbasuoo ut‘ayeutdusay

saesereenceesscseserscccneseeeees QBIBrT

Poereerreerrereres a{duuts soulaoey

Reva SS =< 90nht'"*2: sR zaaeT ‘Qaqy OM],

tereeeee* gatsoddoqns 10 09vU10I[V

"uMOp

Ystiq a ‘possordpe ‘4.10ys @ YITAA

"Pa1uowisipy-—DaIvsoy IJV]

tteeeneerseetereererereorreees SONITG

*SMBIO IYI JO sulsreur ATTOOM

ay} Aq poyouu0d pue SuiSiaa

-09 soUo JOLIo}sod pue [ei9ze'T

tieeeerereneees QATqTOGR QUO JOMO']

*sqyugwuZes oulodyeo

OY} YA oyeusogye ‘aye~nomMsuy

‘aaag Atpenba {ye ‘adze]

‘opIm JOMejut OM} ‘MOLIVU

[eto7e] OM} ‘[TeWIS IOLIEdNs Iu

‘ands 939]0S

-qO SOWIIOMLOS PU 4IOYS B ITA

‘renSan ATqe

-YIVUIII ‘e][O.109 94} UY) 1oB1e'T

2 PCE Ee ee jeoLomuisy

“sjaorpod 943 JO WoTs10} ATIe9

ay} Jo souenhasuoo ut ‘oyeurdnsay

seertraeerseeeceeeeeserserseuses QB IprT

Mecedesege othe sass 4 *geelaiee SOULIOVIT

"(0.3 JO

dn apeut) repoyodesqut oSiey uC

seeeeeees oopuuIdLied ull ‘a7vUusloq,V

ee vecccoesecces snoiqe|s ‘snoone[y

“***sparuoMmIshpy—DaID8Oy IAT

teereeeee snogoeqiay Jey ‘sqniys

eeesesee sjeq9d

*s}U9UI

-Sas ourodye9

eeerteooe xAje9

"*889* SIOMOTT

setee WIV

goUddSaLO BUT

er: sotndug

sevcees SOABIT

eeereeece SOTOB

*** MOTIR49I9 A

‘uasa4y ‘VWVSUAG “fF SnUdy

"WSYIOF] ‘VIIVIVN “§ suuey

‘youn ‘VWSTAATdI(T *Z SnUdsy

"T ‘SQHINVITAJ *[ snuey

‘WANVSUAG *Z “WI

*WHHINVITAWOD *T *¥09S

‘youmd “WAHLINVIIAW ‘PIO

Linnean Society.

*suopo[Ajoo

XOAUOd-oUrTd VY ULYy 1oSU0T

QPIpel ojVaRpO B YYIM ‘uaar

“qe sy} JO SIxB oy9 UL WYSIeIIG

‘Ausoy ysourye ‘snoidog

*snoddeqSNID

*snyue reqndno Aysep & UIT

: “ArvqTOS

"QOUBISTYOP OPIOTMIOT B YITAA

“P2499 7ON

‘ajnsdea asoqo]Sqns ‘snovde1109

*Surpusosy

*g]Sue [eussz

-UI dy} JO Vseq Jy} ye poyoRyV

*][90 yore ut (snodozjzeur) |

*"P2q°1-¢

*(O1YD) spre you yuaq ‘oyeTnus

*(suawmieys

OU} YA 93VU109[% S][IO) Pa][I0-¢

*aseq

IY} Vaoqe opI4IT B ‘yoRq 943

UO payee ‘SyJa[D [VOIZIGA OMY

Aq Suruedo ‘remmooyiq ‘asio1uy

‘snoydjapeuout pue yoojiod [Ty

*spejod 94} YIM o3vUldy,

“¢

‘aejnuue Io wiAo;der0ddipy

*SuUdTI

-Bys pue sejod oy} uaaM4oq

‘IIMOP IY} JO opts 101L10480d 9y3

ut posed ‘or1queoxa ‘ajoqdmoouy

*suopo]{yoo

xeAuod-ourld oy} Uey} 19ZU0T

QpPIpel 9yVARpO BV YIM ‘udUT

“g[e 9} JO Stxe 94} UT yyBIeI9¢

eee eeeeeneee Auioy ysoulye ‘snoidog

reeseeererreseeereres SNOQOBISNAD

"+ snqpue reqndno Aysop ® WIT A,

rr eee eee cere eererrerr rer ee yy Arez1[0g

"** QOUMBDSTYSP IPrOTNIOT B YILAA

ssissteeeeseeteeeeeeerese® DOGOT JON

* gfnsdeo ssoqopSqns ‘snovoe1109

COO rece seserereseeeresare® Surpusosy

‘9]3ue [eute4

-UI 9} JO 9seq 9} ye peyoryy

"***** 1199 YoBe Ut (snodorzeuR) T

etesseeeerseeerteereneneeaes® NOGOT=F

(19143) Spremyorq quaq ‘ayejnqng

*(suoweys

OY} YIM 93VUII}TV S][90) po][90-F

*aseq

I9y} Voge 9]}7TT B SYoeq oy}

WO pIyoe77B ‘S}JO]9 [VOTIAIA OMY

&q Suruedo ‘xemoopiq ‘as1013Uy

‘Suture

IOLLIJUl 9Yy ‘pojoouuU0d ATPY STS

Iot193s0od OM} Vy} JO Soseq IJ,

sjejod oy} YUIM 04RUI03/V

see eeeeranee snoweudpip Ayysys ‘fF

waosidesd0ddrpy

*suguL

-Bys pue s[ejod oy} Ud0M4aq

‘JOMOP 9} JO Vpts 10LI943sod 9y3

ut pooeld ‘orjusoxe ‘aya;duoouy

seesearttteeeenarrs

*suopot{joo

XOANOO-OURTd 94} UeY} JaZU0T

QPIpRL VIVAR[D B YIM ‘udu

“nqje sy} JO SIxe 94} Ul 4YSIN.NS

trreseeesees KuOy gsourye ‘snordog

etteeeecteseeeesetteee gnOQOBISNID

O7U][e JON

sitaaessseaeeseserenasecesrene IQ 7

““* GOUOOSTYOP IplorNooy @ UM

*spuo 430q 48 pogo] you pur jenby

*sno1o4d

R130} some ajnsdeo aevjmoyyjoy

strereres Burpusgose 10 TeUOZLOP]

*9[3uB [euIzUL 944

JO 9[pprar oy sA0ge poyoeny

* ]]29 Yous ui (snodosyeur) F 10 Z

etesteneerertereenreeser® DQTTIOO]=F

see" SplemyoRq gueq ‘oyeT~Nqng

*(suowie4s

OY} UII 94VUINITS S[[VO) po]]e0-F

‘aseq

TI9Y} VAOGe sT}4I] B ‘YoOVq oyy

UO pate ‘SIJoTD [BOTZIDA OMY

kq Suruedo ‘xeyndopiq ‘as1014Uy

*BuIQUBAL

JOLIOJUT IY} ‘payoouUOd ATWYAIIS

Jot1aysod OM} 94} JO Soseq IU],

spejod on} YIM oyeUlaz,V

see ereeeeees snoweupip Apysys ‘E

wuostdaso0ddizy

*suoul

“84s pue speyod oy} ud9M40qG

‘IAMOP IY} JO opts 10L193s0d 944

ul posed ‘o1yueoxe ‘a30[dm00u]

eeeer eee teewereeee

*suopayA3oo

xoAuod-ourld 94} UeYy JaSUOT

QpPIpel azVavjo B@ YyIM ‘UVUT

-nqje 943 JO Six 943 UT 4YyZIeNg

stseeseeeess KUTOY ysouye ‘snoidog

BOHR e et ee ewer eeeeeeeee snovoejysnig

eee reteset waetet errors oyel[Lre I0N

CoP e ewer eerreeeeeee T[20 yora Ul Z

“** QOUdISIYOP IPIONIO]T B YITAA,

teeeeeeeeseeees vodp S}I B® poqol-F

*sno103d

-B1}0} ysouye ofusdeo srenoTlog

trrereees BSurpuadose 10 [VIUOZLOP]

‘9]3ue Teus9zUt

9} JO O[pprul oy} VAOGe poyoRizVy

"*""* 1199 Gove ul (snodo.yeue) F

eet et eereeesesersreeseseee poy3003-F

“""" Spremyoeq yueq fayejnqng

*(suaureys

9} YIM 948U109[8 S]T]9O) Po[[I0-F

‘aseq

I1IIY} IAOge ap4zI[ B ‘yorq Vy

UO PoyoRsze ‘SIJoTO [VOTAVA OM

4q Sutmedo ‘xemoopiq ‘as1013Uy

*BUIQUBAL

JOLIOJUI 9Y4 ‘payoouUOd APQWSYs

Jow1aysod OM} OY} JO saseq Vy],

‘rrees gregad aug YIIM oFVULOITV

cee cecceenes snoureudptp Apysys iy

twuostdoeto0ddrpy

“Suu

~eys pue sfejyod 913 us0M30q

‘JMO 9} JO apts 10L1a4sod oy

ut posed ‘orjusoxe ‘ajaydumoou]

eaeeee okiquiy

seer uswng y

ee teeteee B4S9J,

treeeees Saag

sreseres amag

eereeee SITNAO

‘ree BULSIG

et eeenes e435

eer TUNLIVAG

ee ee s1eqyuy

erree SUITILIS

eereeeere

asi]

464 Botanical Society of Edinburgh.

Melianthus being usually considered as an anomalous form of Zy-

gophyllee, the question presents itself, to what natural class this last

order is to be referred? Is it also to be admitted simply as a tribe

of Rutacee (as defined by the Jussieus), or shall we follow Mr. Ro-

bert Brown in considering it as an independent order? The author

not only declares in favour of the latter opinion, but expresses his

belief that while, on the one hand, Diosmee (including Rutee, Dios-

mee proper, Zanthoxylee and Aurantiacee), together with Simarubee

and Meliacee, constitute a natural class, so, on the other hand, Zygo-

phyllee, Oxalidee, Connaracee, Leguminose and Moringee are closely

connected into one group, not only by their general structure and

facies, but by the common tendency of their compound leaves to

periodical sleep, or occasionally to movement under an irritating in-

fluence, a physiological phanomenon connected with the structural

fact of the articulation of the foliole with the petiole on which it

moves.

Neither of the two natural classes just mentioned admits, in the

opinion of the author, the new order of Melianthee.

The pinnate leaves, irregular flowers, excentric and incomplete

disc placed outside of the stamens, the quaternary proportion * of

these organs in contrast with the quinary division of the calyx, the

occasional cohesion of two of the sepals, the close analogy of the

follicular capsule of Diplerisma with that of Cardiospermum, and of

the coriaceous fruit and arillate seeds of Bersamee with the corre-

sponding parts in Paullinia, and the fact of a species of Natalia being

justly named Paullinioides, are the points by which the close affinity

of Melianthee with Sapindacee are traced out. Thus by the know-

ledge of very recent materials (Bersama and Natalia being both but

lately discovered) are confirmed the views which Adanson expressed

‘upon the affinities of Melianthus, when, in his otherwise rather hete-

rogeneous family of Gerania, he placed that singular genus between

Cardiospermum and Geranium.

After some other general considerations, the author concludes with

a review of the geographical distribution of Melianthee, the most

striking fact mentioned being the occurrence of Melianthus Hima-

layanus, Wall., in the mountains of northern India, while its only

congener, the well-known Melianthus major, L., does not exceed the

limits of the flora of the Cape of Good Hope.

BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH.

April 13, 1848.—Rev. Dr. Fleming, President, in the Chair.

1. “* Notes of Shropshire Rubi,” by the Rev. Wm. A. Leighton,

B.A. -

The species noticed in this communication, which is the first of a

series, were Rubus ideus, suberectus, fissus (Fl. Shrop.), plicatus (W.

et N.), afinis (W. et N.), and nitidus (W. et N.).

2. “On the Reproduction of Cryptogamic Plants,” by the late

* Bersama must here be excepted, because of its five stamens.

Miscellaneous. 465

Wm. Stark Dougall, Esq.; part 3rd, on the Reproduction of Lyco-

podiacee, Marsileacee and Filices.

In this portion of the paper, the author first considers Lycopo-

diacee, in which he points out two sets of capsules differing in their

respective contents. In Marsileacee, also, he notices two forms of

reproductive bodies, and concludes by stating that there is evidence

in favour of sexual reproduction in the Lycopodial alliance, the Ly-

copodiacee being hermaphrodite, and Marsileacee monecious. In

Filices, especially Polypodiacee, he points out the existence of anthe-

ridia associated with filiform bodies, and of thecz or spore-cases, In

some ferns phytozoa have been detected. He concludes by a general

review of the whole subject, and expresses an opinion in favour of

the view that the union of two cellular bodies i is required in order to

form the perfect spore.

3. Mr. Hamlin Lee exhibited a simple mode of constructing

aquatic cells for microscopical objects, by splitting across very flat

watch-glasses and cementing them to a piece of glass so as to leave

cavities for holding fluid.

Dr. Balfour noticed a few plants gathered at Arniston on the 25th

of March last. Eighteen phanerogamous plants were observed in

flower, including Pulmonaria officinalis, Lathrea squamaria, Galanthus

nivalis, &c.

MISCELLANEOUS.

On some Microscopic Organisms found in the Stomach of a Perwvian

Freshwater Fish. By Prof. Enxrenspere.

M. VaLenciennes having discovered in the stomach and in the

intestinal canal of Lebiasina bimaculata, a new genus of fish belong-

ing to the family Hrythrini, a number of Infusoria, forwarded them

to Prof. Ehrenberg to determine the species. ‘The stomach and in-

testinal canal were filled as far as Bauhin’s ventricle with a blackish

orreddish mud. The river in which this small fish lives is said to flow

from the Titicaca lake, and we thus obtain, by means of the micro-

scopic organisms contained in the stomach of this fish, the first

glance into the forms of the interior of Peru.

From Ehrenberg’s examination of several hundred kinds of fish, it

resulted that they very rarely and only accidentally contain isolated

specimens of infusoria taken up with their food in the contents of

their stomach and intestinal canal, a circumstance of importance in

deciding the question respecting the origin of guano. ‘This is gene-

rally regarded as the product of the numerous piscivorous birds in-

habiting these localities.. As these birds do not take in either water

or mud purposely in any quantity, the infusoria could only have been

contained in the fish upon which they had fed*. ‘This difficulty was

pointed out in a former communication, and the main part in the

formation of the guano ascribed to the vermiferous shore birds.

* This conclusion appears to us unnecessary; it is far more probable

that during the process of formation of these valuable deposits, spray con-

taining multitudes of the infusoria may have been carried on to it.—W. F.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. 1. 31

466 Miscellaneous.

This Peruvian fish however is interesting from its showing that there

exist fishes there which live principally upon infusorial mud. Whe-

ther this occurs upon an extensive scale and also in the case of the

salt-water fish of that country must be left to further inquiry.

In the small sample of the contents of the stomach forwarded, the

following species have been’ determined :—

PotyGastrRica 27.

Amphora gracilis. Navicula lineolata.

Cocconeis fasciata. Scalprum.

Placentula. Pinnularia affinis.

Cocconema Leptoceros. borealis.

Lunula. peregrina.

Coscinodiscus radiolatus ? viridis.

Discoplea? (Gallionella ?). Podosphenia Pupula.

Eunotia gibba. Synedra acuta.

Fragilaria acuta. ‘a constricta ?

rhabdosoma. Entomon.

Glceonema paradoxum ? Sphenosira Catena.

Gomphonema gracile. Stauroneis linearis.

Augur, Stauroptera Monogramma.

Himantidium Arcus.

PHYTOLITHARIA 4.”

Lithostylidium Clepsammidium. Lithostylidium rude.

Rajula. Trabecula.

It is evident from this list that the river water in which the fish

was taken contains an admixture of sea animalcules (Coscinodiscus),

and consequently is situated either within the tidal reach of the

ocean, or, as only fragments of the marine form were noticed, flows

over tertiary biolithic deposits. Cocconeis fasciata is likewise a

known form from the coast of Peru.

Synedra Entomon, known hitherto only from Chili, is remarkable

from its occurrence in the dust of the trade-winds. Synedra? con-

stricta is a smooth form characteristic from its two extremities being

drawn out into two long-pointed needles. Stauroneis linearis and

Sphenosira Catena are known American forms from Chili and Mexico.

Stauroptera Monogramma is a ribbed form resembling the smooth

Stauroneis Monogramma from Surinam, which is again similar to but

not identical with Achnanthes ventricosa.—Report of the Berlin Aca-

demy, Jan. 1848. :

Discovery of the Maxillary Organs of the Iguanodon.

Dr. Mantell’s researches have at length been rewarded by the

discovery of portions of both the upper and lower jaw of the Igua-

nodon, nearly thirty years after his first announcement of the form

and structure of the teeth of that colossal herbivorous reptile.

The form of the maxillary organs of the Iguanodon is most ex-

traordinary, and entirely differs from anything previously known in

the class of reptiles. The configuration of the lower jaw approaches

Miscellaneous. 467

nearest to that of the large extinct Edentata, the Mylodons; but the

structure of the symphysial portion is unlike that of any other

animal. Dr. Mantell will shortly present a memoir on this most

interesting discovery to the Royal Society, in whose Transactions

his first memoir on the Teeth of the Iguanodon was published in

1825. The lower jaw, containing teeth, was discovered by Captain

Bickenden, the upper by Dr. Mantell: both are from the same loca-

lity in Tilgate Forest,

Description of a new British Mould. By Groner Jonnstron, M.D. &c.

Iam willing to believe, with my Lord Bacon, that Mould “ is

something between putrescence anda plant.” It settles a much-

mooted point as well as any other theory has yet done. Organic

substance, in a state of decay, is Mould’s fruitful matrix,—life from

death,—the ever-yearning change from a worse toa better condition ;

for life, even in this its lowest state, is better certainly than sad

corruption. And how beautiful are many Moulds, when, with the

microscope, we discover Nature’s handicraft in them to the eye of

sense! We can scarcely but believe that they have a sort of enjoy-

ment in their life, and in the evolution of their symmetrical figures.

One sort is now vigorous and abundant on some plants in my little

‘‘ Green-house,” where it is as noxious as the Green-fly, or Aphis;

and it is rather singular that the species has not been yet recorded

as a British production. I have the high authority of the Rev. M.

J. Berkeley for this fact, who informs me that our Mould is the Bo-

trytis umbellata* of DeCandolle.

Botrytis umbellata. Ona flat and smooth leaf, the decumbent fila-

ments of this Mould form a cobweb-like mycelium, but on leaves

with an uneven surface, and on the stalks of herbs, the mycelium is

so filamentous and thin as to be scarcely perceptible ; while the erect

filaments are so numerous as to render the surface downy or hirsute.

The decumbent filaments are also slenderer than the others, but:

there is no difference in their structure; they are smooth hyaline

membranous tubes jointed at distant intervals, the joints alternately

swollen and constricted, but not regularly so, and when moistened

with water, the whole tube becomes swollen, tense, and cylindrical.

The erect filaments are two lines in height, of a gray or cinereous

colour, with a hoary sporuliferous head ; they are sparingly and ir-

regularly branched, and at the top four or five short divergent branch-

lets form a sort of imperfect umbel, collecting, as it were, the sporules

into a round heap or summit. The main branches are either diver-

gent or dichotomous; and many of the filaments are quite simple.

The sporules are ovate or elliptical, often marked with a septum,

sometimes transversely, and in others in a longitudinal direction ;

and this septum disappears when the sporules are moistened. The

number of sporules is incalculable; they fall from the head and are

found adherent to every fibre of the plant; and when this is shaken,

they fly abroad in a little cloud.

* Lam. et DeCand. Fl. France. ii. 71. Duby, Bot. Gall. ii, 921.

31*

468 Meteorological Observations.

My friend Mr. Bowerbank examined this Mould with the micro-

scope. When highly magnified, many of the main filaments exhi-

bited slight protuberances, which were supposed to be incipient

branches ; these were sometimes opposed to each other, and sometimes

they were not quite in opposition. ‘The sporules varied considerably

in size, and were ovate or elliptical. Placed in water between glasses,

after a lapse of two days it was found that most of the sporules had

germinated, each emitting a single filament, which was sparingly and

irregularly branched, and contained some very minute granules.—

From the Transactions of the Berwickshire Naturalists’ Club, vol. ii.

Pp: 213.5: .

METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS FOR APRIL 1848.

Chiswick.— April 1. Foggy: very fine: clear. 2. Foggy in the morning: very

fine. 3,4. Slight fog: fine. 5. Fine. 6. Overcast: very fine. 7. Cloudy:

rain at night. 8,9. Rain. 10, Fine: rain at night. 11. Cloudy: rain.

12. Showery. 13. Overcast: heavy rain at night. 14. Clear and cold. 15.

Foggy: rain. 16. Hazy and damp: cloudy: rain. 17. Showery. 18. Rain.

19. Cloudy: fine. 20. Fine: rain. 21. Drizaly: overcast: rain at night. 22.

Rain : drizzly : partially overcast. 23. Fine: cloudy: slightrain. 24. Overcast:

drizzly. 25. Densely clouded. 26. Fine. 27. Clear: shower: clear. 28. Cold

rain: overcast: clear. 29. Overcast: fine. 30. Fine throughout.

Mean temperature of the Month ........ssesecessceeceveceenes see 47°38

Mean temperature of April 1847 .......... viiniaioastovenstaneves 44 *28

Mean temperature of April for the last twenty years ......... 47 -06

Average amount of rainin Apri] ........ jemiawa ght fasskeenss «1°47 inch.

Boston.— April 1. Foggy. 2. Fine: thunder and lightning p.m. 3, 4. Fine.

5. Cloudy: raine.m. 6. Fine: rain early a.m. 7. Fine. 8. Rain: rain a.m.

and p.m. 9. Cloudy: raina.m. 10. Cloudy: rainr.m. 11. Fine. 12, Cloudy:

raina.M.andp.M. 13, Rain: raina.. 14. Fine. 15. Cloudy. 16. Cloudy:

rain P.M. 17. Cloudy: rain early a.m. 18. Cloudy: rain p.m. 19, 20. Fine:

rain p.m. 21. Cloudy. 22. Cloudy: rain early a.m. 23. Cloudy: brisk

wind: rainrp.m. 24. Rain: rain a.m. 25. Rain: rain early a.m.: rain P.M.

26. Cloudy: hail and rain a.m. 27. Fine. 28. Cloudy. 29, 30. Fine.

Applegarth Manse, Dumfries-shire—April 1. Fine spring day. 2. Fine spring

day : one slight shower. 3. Finespring day: rainrm. 4. Fair, but cloudy. _ 5.

Fair a.m.: rainr.M. 6. Fair a.m.: rain: hail. 7. Rain: frost a.m. 8. Showers:

snow preceding night. 9. Fair: cloudy p.m. 10,11. Frosta.m. 12. Cloudy:

cleared. 13. Frost a.m. 14. Frost: one shower. 15. Frost: very cold. 16.

Cloudy and threatening. 17. Rain early a.m. 18. Slight rain early. 19. Fair

and fine: thunder. 20. Fine: showers. 21. Rainearly a.m. 22. Slight shower :

rainer.M. 23. Fair and droughty, 24. Fair: rain p.m. 25. Showery. 26.

Slight hail. 27. Frost, keen:raine.m. 28. Hail: frequent showers. 29, Hail :

frost. 30. Hard frost.

Mean temperature of the month ........... Seepeoearinnneays Som

Mean temperature of April 1847 ........sse0e0. a adwanp aoe 43 °4

Mean temperature of April for twenty-five years ...... 44 °2

Mean rain in April for twenty years ....... phibkekonddede 1°76 inch.

Sandwick Manse, Orkney.—April 1. Bright: cloudy. 2 Bright: drops. 3.

Damp: drops. 4. Bright: showers. 5. Showers:aurora. 6. Sleet-showers:

showers: sleet. 7. Clear: frost: aurora. 8. Clear: frost: snow-showers.

9. Snow-showers: clear: frost. 10—13. Clear. 14. Cloudy. 15. Bright:

cloudy. 16. Bright: cloudy: drops. 17,18. Damp. 19. Cloudy. 20. Damp.

21. Cloudy. 22. Clear: cloudy. 23,24. Damp. 25. Cloudy: drops. 26.

Snow-showers: clear. 27. Bright: cloudy. 28. Hail-showers. 29. Sleet-

showers : hail-showers: aurora. 30. Bright: hail-showers: aurora.

| |

hee 8

sseeee Gp ierrertere**| em |emum!| a | su | ¥1V | IV | 8d} €S) 1S 6z | €9 |90-0€ |P6.6z% | 00-08 | 96-62% | €2-6% |100-0€ |1Z1-0£| ‘of

le ello] ca | ca | ems | 66 | Ib | c€|fsh| sh) Lo | 8G | 72-62 |99.62 | 98.6% | SL-6% | 9S-6% 686-62 |\PEO.0€ | *6z

go. fi 1 BIe |-mum| au) mu | sas | 6 | SE | PE| BP} OF) 8% | 9G | €S.6% | 19.6% | 09-6% | OP-66 | 0£-62 69.62 |FH8-6z | *8%

rereee'eesees! 20, 1O1. | unyeo [mas wuyeo| “ms | 6€ | IP £6z| 2S| Le| o€ | LG |£9-6% | Lo.6z% | 0S.6z | 0L-6% | 75.6% |€6L-6z 668-62! “Lz

Lo. [esveee 10. |**''t| -aua| ‘a | ‘mu | can | gf | €1b |FSE) 1G] Sh) 9% | PS | 186% |68.6% | 6L-6% | £8-6% | 8h-62 | 191-62 |€26-62) “9% D

eS | ed. eee a eee ‘au ‘a ‘au | £6€ | f€h | EV) €S| 17) 6% 0S | 86-62% | 96.6% | 08-6% | 186% | 0S-6% |L%98.6z 298-64) “SZ

sevens seeees gz, | 90. | eu | cou |‘aua| ‘ou | €h | $Sh |f1h| PS/S.Sh, 6€ | OF | 10-0F | fF0.0€ | $g.6% %8-6% S£.6% 619-62 €%8-6z | “Vz

sree zo.g | o. | ou | cau | ‘ou | ou | Sh | FEb |FIP| 19| ZS) PH | 09 | £0-0€ | 26.6% | LL.6z |SL-66 | SE-6% ZS9.6z |6L9.6%| *€%

tereseseeeeel BO, (ZO. |-aua |toum, ‘oa | mu | Sh | 19 | PP) PS) OG) FH | VS | 00-08 | 16.6% | 89-62% 19-6% | 11.6% \LDP.6z |€8S-6% | *z%

Lo. "| 1€- |60- | ‘a |rouu | uyeo| «ma | LP | Fo9 |FEV/FSS\9-1S) OF | PS | 68-66 | 19.6% 09-62 05-66 (01-68 BhP.6z |LOS.6z) “1%

lo. **"*77/S0. |6€- | +a | ‘au jroua | ‘ou | FPP | VR | sh| 8G} SS) OF | 69 | 62-62% |29.6z | 8h-6% | 6£-6% | 00-62 POE.6z \6gE-6z) “0%

peseetneo ea Gye tt Ge: Stat oe ‘s cp} Sp | Shi #S¢) €¢) 9€ | 19 |LS-6% |8S.6% | 18-62 €1-6% | 16.8% %62-62 |PEE-6z| “61

“tteesiseenee|eereer! TE. | casa |'O—9s | UV | °s cy | pr Scr LS! eh SE | LS | 89-62% |9S.6z | 71-62 | 6£-6% | $6.6z 'g0£-62z |S69-62; “810

Li. | Ob. | 11 | cas | cms jueo| cms | th | Lv | Sb) GG) ZS) ZE | 19 |9F-6% |VP-6z | 6-62 S£.6G | ZZ-6% 619.6% £69-6z| “LI

“169,09 "6S | tas. | ta | cass | *s | bh | Lb |¥8E! S| gh OF | BS | 89-62 92.6% | LP-6% SL-6% 09.6% EFL-6z 086-62 ‘91

steseeveneseloereee] OZ, | cas | a | ‘as | *ms | OF | TOP | CF S1C91¢.b7| wh | SS |Lg.6z |F6.6z |€2-6% | 18-6% 09-62 188-62 |766-6z| “SI

teresseeeees! Go, (ete) or vorurm) ‘atu | tatu | ge | FOV | 1€) 0G| oh) 6% | SS | £0.08 |LL.6¢ | 16-6z BL-6% | £0-6% |€98-6Z 690-08 | “FI

treeeseeresl Op. |Cp. | tm |cmu | cma | cm | op | ge |FIf) Sh| Lb) SE | LG | LS.6z |£9.6z |S9-6% GS-62 | 02-66 OPS-6z SL9.6z| “EI

seseesceeeeel CZ, (Q]. | cm | ‘ou |*msm| ‘ms | fe | 17 | PE) ob} OG) EF | 09 L¥-6z |1¥-6% | £€-6% S%-6% 00.6% |ZEP-62% |0VS-6z | “ZI

teveeeoserae 20, (ZT. |upwo| ms | ‘au | ‘mu| OF | 1h | 6%| 6€| Bh) Gh | 69 | ¥S.6z |LS.6z | 8P-6z (£6.62 | 82-62 (€SP-6c |6S2-62 | “11

auotenjenetantis*©°*hLG>".| OUD. | “Osa | "OU: | *S o€ | Ib | Z€| sviG-6€| O€ | ES | FS.6% 04.6% | 62-62 L2-6% | £1-6% 8Zl-62 |E8h-6z| ‘01 C

stress sesees OZ, | Py. |uayeo| ‘a | ‘ou | ou | FEE | LE | O€ |FSh| wh) VE | EY | 89.6% | 12.6% |9V-6% 19-60 | ZE-6z |6€9-6z S1S-62| *6

90. 'Sb.0 Po. | Po. | -auu| -a | ‘@ | ‘au | OF | IV | BE) OF] OF BE | EF | 78.62 (61.6% | 89-60 0S-6% | 80.6% |PEE-6z 09F-6z| *8

Cy. forees|rrs*| PO. | wpwo| ca | cu | cau | SE | LE | “| “| OF] OF LP |0L-6% |69-6% | 00-62% |9S-6% | 0%-6% \OVP-6z |169-62| *L

OT. "OT. "| CMa. | “a ‘ua | cau | f9€ | f0v | **| “| OF] TE | ES |0L-6% |ZL-6% | Z9-6Z%.|99-6% LZ.6% |€€9-6z |€S9-62| °9

Oz jit] 10. | tau | ow | CM] “At 1p | Sch | ct] ctl €S! oF | 19 |£9-6z |L¥-6z | 69-62 |VL-62 | LP-6% |9EL-62 |686-6z| °S

Po. erste] cms | cms | tm | cm | FTP fop | «| | LG| IF | SL |2S-6% |29.6z | 08-62 | 88-6% | S$9.6% |S10-0€ |€£0-0€ | “7

eccccclccccce|seoces|socsce mM *s “MUU *s *ov os eee ees LS oF gl 69-62 £8.66 £8.62 68-62 ; PS.6z 8h6-62 166-62 ¢ €

eee) ets e-— 2 s E ‘s |uyua| ‘a Gb i 2S | PE} 09} BS| OF | SL | Fe6z |18-6z | 08-6% | $8-6% | 99-62% |188-6z |PR6-62| *%

Go. ferrets une | cms | peo} cau | 6h | $09 | SE} BS| 1S} BE | SL |S8-6z |LL-6z | 06-62 | 06-66 | 79-62% |200-0F |720-08| “I

Qa cs QO i) > = = = Kd ‘urd ‘ure -urr'd "ure " . ‘judy

zo a ele ES es] § | se| &* | Be] |e low] 5 | & | tw | f | 6 | 6 | Sy | “MW | MM) ose]

Pace any = | 3 a5 | = 4 |——_———_— pe : 9 2

25/7 >) 5 pF ~ - Eos ° ao 1, : es ; 5S

iS ? “3 . P eo a : : F nyt en oF “MopAstyD aka. ‘aatys-sanyuing | * > *yormsigo 2 S

: °

5 ‘<

“Urey “Pum. *JOJOMLOWIOU], *JajaUMLOIeg = S

470

INDEX to VOL. I.

ACTEONIA, new species of, 403.

Actinia, new species of, 34.

Aigialitis, new species of, 430.

Alder, J., on some new British species

of nudibranchiate mollusca, 189;

on a proposed new order of gastero-

podous mollusca, 401.

Algee, on the mode of formation of

spores in, 236.

Alima, new species of, 226.

Alope, characters of the new genus,

225.

Althzea, new species of, 426.

Amber, on the occurrence of fossil in-

fusoria in, 397.

Amici, Prof. J. B., on the origin and

development of the vegetable em-

bryo, 49. -

Anacharis Alsinastrum, description of,

81; synopsis of the species of, 85.

Anthonomus, on the British species

of, 416.

Anthracite coal, on the fossil vegeta-

tion of, 157.

Anticharis, new species of, 432.

Ba description of the new genus,

190.

Ants, on the habits of some Indian

species of, 147; on the habits of

some English species of, 240.

Apalanthe, synopsis of the species of,

87 ?

Aphides, descriptions of, 249, 328,

443; on the migrations of the, 372.

Aphodius, new species of, 143.

Araneidea, on certain phenomena in

the physiology of the, 173.

Astacus, new species of, 225.

Atamisquea, on the genus, 384.

Athalamia, characters of the new

genus, 375.

Athyreus, new species of, 386.

Aulacoseira, characters of the new

genus, 167.

Babington, C. C., on Anacharis Alsi-

nastrum, 81; on Sagina ciliata and

Carex brizoides, 153.

Baird, Dr. W., on the genus Cypri-

dina, 21; on Caligus Strémii, 396.

Balfour, Dr., account of a botanical

excursion to Braemar, Clova, and

Ben Lawers, 315. /

Basilosaurus, observations on, 246.

Belemnites, observations on some,

388.

Benson, W. H., on the genus Ptero-

eyclos, 345.

Birds, observations on some Indian,

454,

Blackwall, J., on the physiology of

the Araneidea, 173.

Blyth, E., on some East Indian mam-

malia and birds, 454.

Books, new:—Sir R. H. Schom-

burgk’s History of Barbados, 67 ;

Broderip’s Zoological Recreations,

71; Rainey’s Experimental Inquiry

into the Cause of the Ascent and

Descent of the Sap, 73; Dalyell’s

Rare and Remarkable Animals of

Scotland, 132, 311; Messrs. Gre-

nier and Godron’s Flore de France,

374; Gray’s Manual of the Botany

of the Northern United States, 374;

Koninck’s Monograph of the genera

Productus and Chonetes, 457 ;

Pfeiffer’s Monographia Heliceorum

viventium, 459.

Botanical Society of Edinburgh, pro-

ceedings of the, 236, 315, 464.

Botrytis, new species of, 467.

Boys, Capt., on the habits of some

Indian species of ants and other

insects, 147.

Brachiolites, characters of the genus,

352.

Broderip’s, W. J., Zoological Recrea-

tions, noticed, 71. ;

Brown, R., on an undescribed fossil

fruit, 376. .

Bulimus, on the habits and geogra-

phical distribution of, 270.

Caladium distillatorium, observations

on, 188.

Calandra, new species of, 107.

Caligus Strémii, description of, 396.

Campylodiscus, new British species

of, 321.

INDEX.

Carex brizoides, occurrence of, in

Great Britain, 154.

Carter, H. J., on the species, struc-

ture and animality of the freshwater

spongesinthetanksat Bombay, 303.

Cells, vegetable, on the multiplication

of, 436.

_Cenia, new species of, 404.

ee characters of the genus,

279.

Cephalopoda, on some fossil remains

of, 388.

Cereus, on a curious phenomenon in

the, 77

Characez, on the mode of formation

of spores in, 236.

‘hitones, observations on, 228.

a observations on the genus,

457.

Chorinus, new species of, 222.

Clark, G., on some bullocks brought

from the island of Lombach, near

Java, 73.

Cleome, new species of, 425.

Coccinella, description of a new species

of, from New healand, 66.

Coleoptera, new, 66, 107, 142, 295,

386, 416.

Confervee, on the development and

composition of, 437.

Cotswold Naturalists’ Club, proceed-

ings of the, 140.

Crotolaria, new species of, 428.

Crustacea, descriptions of new, 221.

Curculionide, on some British species

of, 295, 416.

Cyclotella, new species of, 169.

Cypridina, on the genus, with descrip-

tions of new species, 21.

Dalyell’s, Sir J.G., Rare and Remark-

able Animals of Scotland, noticed,

132, 311.

Darling, G., on a singular anomaly in

the history of the honey-bee, 318.

De Jussieu, A., on the anomalous

forms of dicotyledonous stems, 127.

Denny, H., on the habits of msects,

75; on the habits of ants, 240.

Diatomaceee, observations on the, with

descriptions of new genera and spe-

cies, 161; on some, found in the

stomachs of certain mollusca, 322.

Dickie, Dr. G., on the ovule of Eu-

phrasia officinalis, 260; on Diato-

maceze found in the stomachs of

certain mollusea, 322.

471

Dickieia, new species of, 171.

Diurospermum, description of the new

- genus, 381. .

‘Doubleday, E., on new or imperfectly

described lepidopterous insects, 121;

on the pterology of the diurnal Le-

pidoptera, 379.

Dougall, W. S., on the reproduction

of cryptogamic plants, 236, 238,465.

Echium, new species of, 431.

Edgeworth, M. P., on a new genus of

Lentibulariz, with remarks on some

Indian species of Utricularia, 381.

Ehrenberg, Prof., on two new genera

of siliceous-shelled Polygastrica

from Patagonian guano, 392; on

the occurrence of infusoria in amber,

397 ; on some microscopic orga-

nisms found in the stomach of a

Peruvian freshwater fish, 465,

Embleton, Dr. D., on the anatomy of

Eolis, 88.

Embryo, vegetable, on the develop-

ment of the, 49, 260.

Entomological Society, proceedings of

the, 141. 229. nia

ee description of the new genus,

93.

Eolis, on the anatomy of, 88; new

species of, 191.

Ephippiphora, characters of the new —

genus, 226.

ee officinalis, on the ovule of,

260.

Euterpe, new species of, 121.

Falconer, Dr. H., on Athalamia, a

new genus of Marchantiezx, 375.

Fauna of Ireland, additions to the, 62.

Ferns, new species of, 326.

Filices, on the reproduction of, 465.

Vire-flies of the tropics, on the, 268.

ior ih the metamorphoses of the,

Forbes, Prof. E., on some new fossil

shells from Barbados, 347.

Forskalea, new species of, 429.

Fossil conchology of the great oolite

of Minchinhampton, observations

on the, 115.

Fruit, fossil, some account of an un-

~ described, 376.

Gamboge, on the plants producing

the, 155.

Gaudichaud, M., on the growth of

leaves, 274.

Gebia, new species of, 225.

472

Geophilus longicornis, on the vene-

niferous glands of, 140.

Gnat, on thte digestive apparatus of

the, 241.

Godron’s, M., Flore de France, no-

ticed, 374.

Gosse, P. H., onthe insects of Jamaica,

109, 197, 268, 349.

Grammitis, new species of, 327.

Gray, J. E., on Chitones, 228; note

on Porcupines, 246.

Gray’s, A., Manual of the Botany of

= Northern United States, noticed,

Grenier’s, M., Flore de France, no-

ticed, 374.

Greville, R. K., on a new species of

Spiridens, 325 ; on two new species

of ferns, 326.

Hancock, A., on the anatomy of Eolis,

88 ; on some new British species of

nudibranchiate mollusca, 189; on a’

proposed new order of gasteropo-

dous mollusea, 401.

Hemiptychus, description of the new

genus, 392.

Henfrey, A., on the progress of phy-

siological botany, 49, 124, 180, 274,

436; on some points in the struc-

ture and growth of monocotyledons,

180.

Hofmeister, W., on the origin and de-

velopment of the vegetable embryo,

Honey-bee, on a singular anomaly in

the history of the, 318.

Hope, Rev. F. W., on some new Co-

leoptera, 142. |

Hydra tuba, on the history of the,

Srl.

Hypera, on the British species of, 296.

Iguanodon, discovery of the maxillary

organs of the, 466+

Infusoria, descriptions of some new

genera of fossil, 392; occurrence

of, in amber, 397 ; notice respect-

ing some recent Peruvian, 465, °

Insects, on the habits of some, 75,

147, 159; on a new method of re-

laxing, 144; notes on rare British,

141, 229; of Madeira, on the, 76;

of Jamaica, 109, 197, 268, 349; on

the formation and use of the air-sacs

and dilated trachez in, 383.

Jansonia, description of thenew genus,

235,

INDEX.

Jeffreys, J. G., on some British mol-

lusea, 239.

Johnston, Dr. G., on a new British

mould, 467.

Jolie, M., on the Nummulites, 395.

Kippist, R., on the new genus Jan-

sonia, 235.

Koninck’s, L. de, Researches on Fossil

Animals, noticed, 457.

5 on the recent British species

of, 1.

Lampyride of Jamaica, observations

on the, 268.

Larus Bonapartii, occurrence of, in

Europe, 192.

Leaves, on the growth of, 274.

Leidy, Dr. J., on two new species of

Planaria, 78; on a new subgenus

of Planaria, 242; on a new genus

and species of fossil Ruminantia,

389.

Lemanea fluviatilis, on the early stages

of the development of, 460.

Lepidoptera, descriptions of new, 121;

on the pterology of, 379.

Leptalis, new species of, 122.

a M., on the Nummulites,

Limapontia nigra, description of, 402.

Limeum, new species of, 429.

Limobius, on the British species of,

300.

Linaria, new species of, 432.

Linnean Society, proceedings of the,

234, 375, 460.

Locusts, note on some Indian species

of, 148.

Lycett, J., on the fossil conchology

of the great oolite of Minchinhamp-

ton, 115.

Lycopodiaceze, on the reproduction

of, 465.

Mammalia, observations on some In-

dian, 454.

Mantell, G. A., on some Belemnites

and other fossil remains of Cepha-

lopoda, 388; on the Ventriculites,

435; on the discovery of the max-

illary organs of the Iguanodon, 466.

Marchantiez, description of a new

genus of, 375.

Marsileacez, on the reproduction of,

465.

Mason, Rey. F., on the gamboge of

the Tenasserim provinces, 155.

Medusze, on the development of, 25.

i INDEX.

Meliantheze, observations on the new

order, 461. ~—

Meloé, on the anatomy of the, 377.

Meteorological observations, 79, 159,

247, 319, 399, 468. :

Miers, J., on a new genus of plants of

the family Burmanniacee, 234; on

the genus Atamisquea, 384.

Mitscherlich, Prof., on the develop-

— composition of Confervee,

Mohl, Prof. on the origin and deve-

eee of the vegetable embryo,

Mollusca, notes on rare British, 239 ;

on the occurrence of Diatomacez in

the stomachs of certain, 322.

, gasteropodous, on a proposed

new order of, 401; new species of,

402.

, nudibranchiate, new British spe-

cies of, 189.

Monocotyledons, on some points in

the structure and growth of, 180.

Morris, J., on a new species of Nau-

tilus, 106.

Mosses, on the reproductive organs

of, 238; new species of, 325.

eer on a new British species of,

467.

Miiller, K., on the origin and deve-

gaan of the vegetable embryo,

Miller, Prof. J., on Basilosaurus, 246.

Mulsant, M., on a new species of

Coccinella, 66.

oe M., on the growth of leaves,

275.

Nautilus, new species of, 106.

Newport, G., on the anatomy of the

Meloé, 377; on the formation and

use of the air-sacs and dilated

tracheze in insects, 383. ~~

Notonecta glauca, on the habits of,

oe.

Nucula, new species of, 348.

Nummulites, observations on the, 395.

Nymphon, new species of, 227.

Oleandra, new species of, 326.

Onthophagus, new species of, 143.

Ophiomeris, description of the new

genus, 234.

Orthoseira, characters of the new

genus, 167.

Otiorhynchus, on a new British spe-

cies of, 302,

473

Owen, Prof., on Mr. Cuming’s collee-

tion of shells, 149.

Pagurus, new species of, 224.

Pfeiffer’s, Dr. L., Monographia Heli-

ceorum viventium, noticed, 459.

Phogocata, deseription of the new

genus, 242.

Pissodes, on the British species of,

295.

Planaria, new species of, 78; on a

new subgenus of, 242.

Planchon, J. E., on Anacharis and

Apalanthe, 85; on Melianthez, 461.

Plants, rare British, 315; new species

of, 425. ,

» monocotyledonous, on the

structure and growth of, 180.

, cryptogamic, on the reproduc-

tion of, 236, 465.

Poébrotherium, description of the,

389.

eo rhai on two new genera of,

392

Polypes, on the rapid growth of, 137.

Porcupines, notes on, 246.

Potatoe disease, remarks on the, 377.

Potentilla, monstrous growth of a, 77.

Pouchet, F., on the digestive appa-

ratus of the gnat, 241.

Productus, on the genus, 457.

Pterocyclos, observations on the ge-

nus, 345.

Pyrophorus noctilucus, observations

on, 200.

Rafflesia Patma, observations on, 154.

Rainey’s, G., Experimental Inquiry

into the Cause of the Ascent and

Descent of the Sap, noticed, 73.

Reeve, L., on the habits and geogra-

phical distribution of Bulimus, 270.

Reid, Dr., on the development of the

Medusze, 25; on a new species of

Actinia, 34.

Royal Society, proceedings of the, 388.

Sagina ciliata, British habitat for, 153.

Salvia, new species of, 432.

Scalaria, new species of, 347.

Schizonema, new species of, 169.

Schleiden, M., on the structure and

growth of monocotyledons, 182.

Schomburgk’s, Sir R. H., History of

Barbados, noticed, 67; on some

new fossil shells from Barbados,

347.

Schonherr, Carl Johan, notice of the

late, 397.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. i. 32

Aoi

474

Semanopterus, new species of, 142.

Serpent tribe, on the extensibility of

membrane ahd muscle in the, 394.

Sertularia, on the development of, 136.

Shells, on Mr. Cuming’s collection

of, 149 ; descriptions of new species

of fossil, 347. —

Shepherd, Prof. F., on the habits of

DB ksicitn glauca, 158.

Sinde, notes on the botany of, 420.

Smith, J. T., on the Ventriculide of

the chalk, 36, 203, 279, 352; on

some curious phenomena in the

night-blooming Cereus, 77.

Sparganium ramosum, on the struc-

ture and growth of, 181.

Spiders, on the reproduction of lost

parts in, 173.

Spiridens, new species of, 325.

_ Sponges, freshwater, on the structure

and animality of the, 303.

Stems, on the anomalous forms of

_ dicotyledonous, 127. 3

Stephens, S., on a new method of re-

laxing insects, 144.

Teschemacher, J. E., on the fossil

vegetation of anthracite coal, 157.

Thompson, W., on the fauna of Ire-

land, 62; on the occurrence of the

Bonapartian gull in Europe, 192.

Thwaites, G. H. K., on the Diato-

mace, with descriptions of new

= and species, 161; on the

abits of Tinea granella, 234; on

the early stages of the development

of Lemanea fluviatilis, 460.

Timea granella, on the habits of, 234.

Treviranus, Prof., on the anomalous

forms of dicotyledonous stems, 124.

Tritonia, new species of, 191.

Tropiphorus, on the British species

. of, 301.

evra on the development of,

2 ycat &

BRALIC; ‘

MUSE, r

“Aes ™

. >

INDEX. Vay

Utricularia, on some Indian species

of, 381.

Ventriculide of the chalk, on the

oe of \the, 36, 203, 279,

352.

—— observations on the,

Vicary, Capt. N., on the botany of

Sinde, 420. =

Walker’s, F., descriptions of Aphides,

249, 328, 443; on the migrations

of Aphides, 372. .

Walton, J., on the genera of insects

Pissodes, Hypera, &c., 295; on the

genus Anthonomus, 416.

Westwood, J. O., on the common

flea, 316; on the potatoe disease,

377; on some new species of Athy-

reus, 386.

White, A., on an apparently new sub-

genus of Calandride, 107 ; on some

new or little-known crustacea, 221.

‘Williamson, F., on Caladium distilla-

torium, 188.

Williamson, W. C., on the recent

British species of the genus Lagena,

1; on a new British species of Cam-

pylodiscus, 321.

* Wollaston, T. V., on the msects of

Madeira, 76.

Wright, Dr.,; on the veneniferous

lands of Geophilus longicornis,

40.

Xenocarcinus, characters of the genus,

221.

Zebrida, characters of the new genus,

222.

Zollinger, M., on Rafflesia Patma,154.

Zoological Society, proceedings ax,

the, 221.

Zoophytes, hydroid, observations on

the, 133.

Zygophyllum, new species of, 427.

“ « END OF THE FIRST VOLUME.

PRINTED BY RICHARD AND JOHN E. TAYLOR,

RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET.

tise

Sosy

pte? oss)

snsgeee =

piseeee ee

Peart y ry

-~ ot

teteke

schsat

;

ata

eo ee

BOR TRF 8 216 5,

oebtnee

"ee

umcere

-“"

‘

Pee

tiie

state

+ +e “y

pe etesetsters =,

= Sascs.

beeen

ras

ese

7 we ‘

, aa pa | oe te one. -

SE Ame eR OO He MORRO WHR a See ya sen a:

Sere ene eae ee ee

Eohesmy

ersasn:.

drtee yd:

Th Oe

soe en

Se ewe eee

Cetanaragn

Serene nwe

eare ae

e900 G8 6 Ot 8 peng

Somers

o1ses

anit rae

pitsssss

be. Bit

see naes

«Me ipabdee

ranks are lee

° os

- eee

oe barteahs } a

es Spon nt seo wee

ras Pp oeg yr teehee gn aeo8 ho Sen

oe mh AT MES PERAG RISES S OO ema were

eteteleceesteteteab release aes

Sed ietettisssrstete Se aon ae

tTereyere

wees

Tit

Perce

+ eee

— Rhorerasee eta

ANS ERT e TASS

SSOP Ae PEO

+144

rate

hee

eee”

p+e

yet

pobareraeets

tee?

<G 9328-9 —e=wen

St eee oeece

Sok -eae—ees

* ©

yeas.

Seeea

Mbmheni ane

tee Nahe

as.

eer ree er et ee ed .

eae Hd ak Ren oe emt berewe tan oe

sont eee ee ett cubes, bet heed ea

- rer

are

yrtes

eoart?

tea

Seerse

ee am

once

SesaPae emery

Heng ORO ~Wmee

sere ee cen

as 3

Moa

teh ere,

ees

oth Ape.

be 9

eeuccn

ee eewens

aoe

wba

eee

ameenee

So pres ee ony

VAPOR HO EDAD DOF Ow

HAF AB Ow HH =~

RPT «AD -

Sabie

OS ee ah =

se<8

pene HH

Sed ok

a2 aeons

O08 Fore 38.

etre

4 Senyeee

sat me-

eos

ok ie

;

treserestres

“oo

ead

oh bo

ye oe.

eee

toto t hehe

ga am -

Fosse em nn 4

Ba ae tage Fase aoe = weNe ow

Petehe Towa nate FAI Oe Owe

Tero Poe »

Seater

ores

sassoess

ooeen

oParmber

aehepesetts

Peer

BOR OR SR MOAR Oem EEO we

ae Oe ee ee ee

sisecemese ene onan

—2e8+ee eee - open

oratat aeons Se Rowe ee hae oe me on!

-ooer - HBR Ri Remwe

pees -t cans

ease

“

afe aares =

ee at

seahaacaces

BANE Rreme

rrotstesd

erties

qehetee=§

mot) in8-tnp

Mwrahe)

wterere

Lpsibe) ‘

ape tohen—

PAR MM ep ate

Sepia hietied

are

’ eeet

$433

Paves

~pla~ wer’

Sere

ieee:

werk we my

+o%e

Sete

Sonar

L} =?

uP a

feo

boo

P) ,

teat

rhe

see

3333

rar at?

kySaare ween

1 i} ~

ay.

orn

bod J

——

bere

a4.

tad

ob)

*te ie

reaul ie

70%

atat

aoeheeeh

ter

*hereberers

’

th beet.

e-ta0>

petyieier

apes

Stare

a eha,

wletaia

aie bas

ere

retary